Scribd Logo
Upload

Welcome to Scribd!

  • BNBC Code 2014

    Uploaded by

    Nurus Salam
    279 views748 pages
    The document defines key terms used in the structural design code. It covers definitions for structural elements, loads, materials and systems. It also defines symbols and notations used in the code. The code governs all structural design, construction and materials. Buildings and structures are classified into categories based on their occupancy to determine design requirements for flood, wind and earthquake loads.

    Original Description:

    Bangladesh National Building Code 2014

    Original Title

    Bnbc Code 2014

    Copyright

    © © All Rights Reserved

    Available Formats

    PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Did you find this document useful?

    Is this content inappropriate?

    Report this Document
    The document defines key terms used in the structural design code. It covers definitions for structural elements, loads, materials and systems. It also defines symbols and notations used in the code. The code governs all structural design, construction and materials. Buildings and structures are classified into categories based on their occupancy to determine design requirements for flood, wind and earthquake loads.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Flag for inappropriate content
    279 views748 pages

    BNBC Code 2014

    Uploaded by

    Nurus Salam
    The document defines key terms used in the structural design code. It covers definitions for structural elements, loads, materials and systems. It also defines symbols and notations used in the code. The code governs all structural design, construction and materials. Buildings and structures are classified into categories based on their occupancy to determine design requirements for flood, wind and earthquake loads.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Flag for inappropriate content
    of 748

    Chapter 1

    DEFINITIONSANDGENERALEQUIREMENTS

    1.1 INTRODUCTION
    1.1.1 SCOPE
    The definitions providing meanings of different terms and general requirements for the structural design of
    buildings, structures, and components thereof are specified in this chapter. These requirements shall apply to all
    buildings and structures or their components regulated by this code. All anticipated loads required for structural
    design shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2. Design parameters required for the
    structuraldesignoffoundationelementsshallconformtotheprovisionsofChapter3.Designofstructuralmembers
    using various construction materials shall comply with the relevant provisions of Chapters 4 through 13. The FPS
    equivalentsoftheempiricalexpressionsusedthroughoutPart6arelistedinAppendixA.

    ThisCodeshallgoverninallmatterspertainingtodesign,construction,andmaterialpropertieswhereverthisCode
    is in conflict with requirements contained in other standards referenced in this Code. However, in special cases
    wherethedesignofastructureoritscomponentscannotbecoveredbytheprovisionsofthiscode,otherrelevant
    internationallyacceptedcodesreferredinthiscodemaybeused.

    1.1.2 DEFINITIONS
    Thefollowingdefinitionsshallprovidethemeaningofcertaintermsusedinthischapter.

    BASESHEAR:Totaldesignlateralforceorshearatthebaseofastructure.

    BASIC WIND SPEED : Threesecond gust speed at 10 metres above the mean ground level in terrain ExposureB
    definedinSec2.4.8andassociatedwithanannualprobabilityofoccurrenceof0.02.

    BEARINGWALLSYSTEM:Astructuralsystemwithoutacompleteverticalloadcarryingspaceframe.

    BRACEDFRAME:Anessentiallyverticaltrusssystemoftheconcentricoreccentrictypewhichisprovidedtoresist
    lateralforces.

    BUILDINGFRAMESYSTEM:Anessentiallycompletespaceframewhichprovidessupportforloads.

    CONCENTRICBRACEDFRAME(CBF):AsteelbracedframedesignedinconformancewithSec10.20.13.or10.20.14.

    COLLECTOR : A member or element used to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to the vertical
    elementsofthelateralforceresistingelements.

    BUILDINGS:Structuresthatencloseaspaceandareusedforvariousoccupancies.

    DEADLOAD:Theloadduetotheweightofallpermanentstructuralandnonstructuralcomponentsofabuildingor
    astructure,suchaswalls,floors,roofsandfixedserviceequipment.

    DIAPHRAGM : A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting
    elements.Theterm"diaphragm"includeshorizontalbracingsystems.
    Part6

    DUALSYSTEM:AcombinationofMomentResistingFramesandShearWallsorBracedFramestoresistlateralloads
    designedinaccordancewiththecriteriaofSec1.3.2.

    ECCENTRICBRACEDFRAME(EBF):AsteelbracedframedesignedinconformancewithSec10.20.15.

    HORIZONTAL BRACING SYSTEM : A horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a floor or roof
    diaphragm.

    INTERMEDIATE MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (IMRF) : A concrete moment resisting frame designed in accordance
    withSec8.3.10.

    LIVELOAD:Theloadsuperimposedbytheuseandoccupancyofabuilding.

    MOMENT RESISTING FRAME : A frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
    flexure.

    ORDINARY MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (OMRF) : A moment resisting frame not meeting special detailing
    requirementsforductilebehaviour.

    PRIMARYFRAMINGSYSTEM:Thatpartofthestructuralsystemassignedtoresistlateralforces.

    SHEARWALL:Awalldesignedtoresistlateralforcesparalleltotheplaneofthewall(sometimesreferredtoasa
    verticaldiaphragmorastructuralwall).

    SLENDER BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES : Buildings and structures having a height exceeding five times the least
    horizontal dimension, or having a fundamental natural frequency less than 1 Hz. For those cases where the
    horizontaldimensionsvarywithheight,theleasthorizontaldimensionatmidheightshallbeused.

    SOFTSTOREY:Storeyinwhichthelateralstiffnessislessthan70percentofthestiffnessofthestoreyabove.

    SPACEFRAME:Athreedimensionalstructuralsystemwithoutbearingwallscomposedofmembersinterconnected
    soastofunctionasacompleteselfcontainedunitwithorwithouttheaidofhorizontaldiaphragmsorfloorbracing
    systems.

    SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (SMRF) : A moment resisting frame specially detailed to provide ductile
    behaviourcomplyingwiththerequirementsofChapter8or10forconcreteorsteelframesrespectively.

    SPECIAL STRUCTURAL SYSTEM : A structural system not listed in Table 1.3.1 and specially designed to carry the
    lateralloads.SeeSec1.3.2.5.

    STOREY:Thespacebetweenanytwofloorlevelsincludingtheroofofabuilding.Storeyxisthestoreybelowlevel
    x.

    STOREYSHEAR,Vx:Thesummationofdesignlateralforcesabovethestoreyunderconsideration.

    STRENGTH:Theusablecapacityofanelementoramembertoresisttheloadasprescribedintheseprovisions.

    TERRAIN:Thegroundsurfaceroughnessconditionwhenconsideringthesizeandarrangementofobstructionsto
    thewind.

    THREESECONDGUSTSPEED:Thehighestaveragewindspeedovera3seconddurationataheightof10m.The
    threesecondgustspeedisderivedusingDurst'smodelintermsofthemeanwindspeedandturbulenceintensity.

    TOWER:Atall,slimverticalstructure.

    VERTICALLOADCARRYINGFRAME:Aspaceframedesignedtocarryallverticalgravityloads.

    WEAKSTOREY:Storeyinwhichthelateralstrengthislessthan80percentofthatofthestoreyabove.

    2
    Chapter1

    1.1.3 SYMBOLSANDNOTATION
    Thefollowingsymbolsandnotationshallapplytotheprovisionsofthischapter:

    D =dead load on a member including self weight and weight of components, materials and
    permanentequipmentssupportedbythemember

    E =earthquakeload

    Fi =lateralforceappliedatleveliofabuilding

    h =heightofabuildingorastructureabovegroundlevelinmetres

    hi,hn,hx =heightinmetresabovegroundleveltoleveli,norxrespectively

    leveli =ithlevelofastructureabovethebase;i=1designatesthefirstlevelabove
    thebase

    leveln =uppermostlevelofastructure

    levelx =xthlevelofastructureabovethebase;x=1designatesthefirstlevelabovethebase.

    L =liveloadduetointendeduseoroccupancy

    l =spanofamemberorcomponent.

    Mx =overturningmomentatlevelx

    V =thetotaldesignlateralforceorshearatthebase

    Vx =thestoreyshearatstoreylevelx

    R =response modification or reduction coefficient for structural system given in Table 2.5.7 for
    seismicdesign.

    S =Snowload

    T =Fundamentalperiodofvibrationinseconds

    W =Loadduetowindpressure.

    W =Weightofanelementorcomponent

    Z =SeismiczonecoefficientgiveninFig2.5.1orTables2.5.2or2.5.3

    =Storeylateraldrift.

    1.2 BASICCONSIDERATIONS
    1.2.1 GENERAL
    Allbuildingsandstructuresshallbedesignedandconstructedinconformancewiththeprovisionsofthissection.
    Thebuildingsandportionsthereofshallsupportallloadsincludingdeadloadspecifiedinthischapterandelsewhere
    inthisCode.Impact,fatigueandselfstrainingforcesshallbeconsideredwheretheseforcesoccur.

    1.2.2 BUILDINGSANDSTRUCTURES
    A structure shall ordinarily be described as an assemblage of framing members and components arranged to
    support both gravity and lateral forces. Structures may be classified as building and nonbuilding structures.
    Structuresthatencloseaspaceandareusedforvariousoccupanciesshallbecalledbuildingsorbuildingstructures.
    Structuresotherthanbuildings,suchaswatertanks,bridges,communicationtowers,chimneysetc.,shallbecalled

    3
    Part6

    nonbuildingstructures.Whenusedinconjunctionwiththewordbuilding(s),thewordstructure(s)shallmeannon
    buildingstructures,e.g.'buildingsandstructures'or'buildingsorstructures'.Otherwisetheword'structures'shall
    includebothbuildingsandnonbuildingstructures.

    1.2.3 BUILDINGANDSTRUCTUREOCCUPANCYCATEGORIES
    Buildingsandotherstructuresshallbeclassified,basedonthenatureofoccupancy,accordingtoTable1.2.1forthe
    purposes of applying flood, surge, wind and earthquake provisions. The occupancy categories range from I to IV,
    whereOccupancyCategoryIrepresentsbuildingsandotherstructureswithalowhazardtohumanlifeintheevent
    of failure and Occupancy Category IV represents essential facilities. Each building or other structure shall be
    assignedtothehighestapplicableoccupancycategoryorcategories.Assignmentofthesamestructuretomultiple
    occupancycategoriesbasedonuseandthetypeofloadconditionbeingevaluated(e.g.,windorseismic)shallbe
    permissible.

    Whenbuildingsorotherstructureshavemultipleuses(occupancies),therelationshipbetweentheusesofvarious
    partsofthebuildingorotherstructureandtheindependenceofthestructuralsystemsforthosevariouspartsshall
    beexamined.Theclassificationforeachindependentstructuralsystemofamultipleusebuildingorotherstructure
    shallbethatofthehighestusagegroupinanypartofthebuildingorotherstructurethatisdependentonthatbasic
    structuralsystem.

    1.2.4 SAFETY
    Buildings, structures and components thereof, shall be designed and constructed to support all loads, including
    deadloads,withoutexceedingtheallowablestressesorspecifiedstrengths(underapplicablefactoredloads)forthe
    materialsofconstructioninthestructuralmembersandconnections.

    1.2.5 SERVICEABILITY
    Structuralframingsystemsandcomponentsshallbedesignedwithadequatestiffnesstohavedeflections,vibration,
    or any other deformations within the serviceability limit of building or structure. The deflections of structural
    members shall not exceed the more restrictive of the limitations provided in Chapters 2 through 13 or that
    permittedbyTable1.2.2orthenotesthatfollow.Forwindandearthquakeloading,storydriftandswayshallbe
    limitedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec1.5.6.

    1.2.6 RATIONALITY
    Structuralsystemsandcomponentsthereofshallbeanalyzed,designedandconstructedbasedonrationalmethods
    whichshallinclude,butnotbelimitedto,theprovisionsofSec1.2.7

    1.2.7 ANALYSIS
    Analysis of the structural systems shall be made for determining the load effects on the resisting elements and
    connections,basedonwellestablishedprinciplesofmechanicstakingequilibrium,geometriccompatibilityandboth
    shortandlongtermpropertiesoftheconstructionmaterialsintoaccountandincorporatingthefollowing:

    1.2.7.1 MATHEMATICALMODEL
    A mathematical model of the physical structure shall represent the spatial distribution of stiffness and other
    propertiesofthestructurewhichisadequatetoprovideacompleteloadpathcapableoftransferringallloadsand
    forces from their points of origin to the loadresisting elements for obtaining various load effects. For dynamic
    analysis,mathematicalmodelshallalsoincorporatetheappropriatelydistributedmassanddampingpropertiesof

    4
    Chapter1

    thestructureadequateforthedeterminationofthesignificantfeaturesofitsdynamicresponse.Allbuildingsand
    structures shall be thus ananlyzed preferably using a three dimensional computerized model incorporating these
    featuresofmathematicalmodel.Itisessentialtousethreedimensionalcomputermodeltorepresentastructure
    havingirregularplanconfigurationsuchasthoselistedinTables1.3.2and1.3.3andhavingrigidorsemirigidfloor
    and roof diaphragms. Requirements for twodimensional model and three dimensional models for earthquake
    analysisaredescribedinSec.2.5.11to2.5.14.

    Table1.2.1 OccupancyCategoryofBuildingsandOtherStructuresforFlood,Surge,WindandEarthquakeLoads

    Occupancy
    NatureofOccupancy Category
    Buildingsandotherstructuresthatrepresentalowhazardtohumanlifeintheeventoffailure,including,butnotlimited I
    to:
    Agriculturalfacilities
    Certaintemporaryfacilities
    Minorstoragefacilities
    AllbuildingsandotherstructuresexceptthoselistedinOccupancyCategoriesI,III,andIV II
    Buildingsandotherstructuresthatrepresentasubstantialhazardtohumanlifeintheeventoffailure,including,butnot III
    limitedto:
    Buildingsandotherstructureswheremorethan300peoplecongregateinonearea
    Buildingsandotherstructureswithdaycarefacilitieswithacapacitygreaterthan150
    Buildingsandotherstructureswithelementaryschoolorsecondaryschoolfacilitieswithacapacitygreaterthan250
    Buildingsandotherstructureswithacapacitygreaterthan500forcollegesoradulteducationfacilities
    Healthcarefacilitieswithacapacityof50ormoreresidentpatients,butnothavingsurgeryoremergency
    treatmentfacilities
    Jailsanddetentionfacilities

    Buildingsandotherstructures,notincludedinOccupancyCategoryIV,withpotentialtocauseasubstantialeconomic
    impactand/ormassdisruptionofdaytodaycivilianlifeintheeventoffailure,including,butnotlimitedto:
    Powergeneratingstationsa
    Watertreatmentfacilities
    Sewagetreatmentfacilities
    Telecommunicationcenters

    BuildingsandotherstructuresnotincludedinOccupancyCategoryIV(including,butnotlimitedto,facilitiesthat
    manufacture,process,handle,store,use,ordisposeofsuchsubstancesashazardousfuels,hazardouschemicals,
    hazardouswaste,orexplosives)containingsufficientquantitiesoftoxicorexplosivesubstancestobedangeroustothe
    publicifreleased.

    Buildingsandotherstructuresdesignatedasessentialfacilities,including,butnotlimitedto: IV
    Hospitalsandotherhealthcarefacilitieshavingsurgeryoremergencytreatmentfacilities
    Fire,rescue,ambulance,andpolicestationsandemergencyvehiclegarages
    Designatedearthquake,hurricane,orotheremergencyshelters
    Designatedemergencypreparedness,communication,andoperationcentersandotherfacilitiesrequiredfor
    emergencyresponse
    Powergeneratingstationsandotherpublicutilityfacilitiesrequiredinanemergency
    Ancillarystructures(including,butnotlimitedto,communicationtowers,fuelstoragetanks,coolingtowers,
    electricalsubstation structures,firewaterstoragetanksorotherstructureshousingorsupportingwater,orother
    firesuppressionmaterialorequipment) requiredforoperationofOccupancyCategoryIVstructuresduringan
    emergency
    Aviationcontroltowers,airtrafficcontrolcenters,andemergencyaircrafthangars
    Waterstoragefacilitiesandpumpstructuresrequiredtomaintainwaterpressureforfiresuppression
    Buildingsandotherstructureshavingcriticalnationaldefensefunctions

    Buildingsandotherstructures(including,butnotlimitedto,facilitiesthatmanufacture,process,handle,store,use,or
    dispose of such substances as hazardous fuels, hazardous chemicals, or hazardous waste) containing highly toxic
    substances where the quantity of the material exceeds a threshold quantity established by the authority having
    jurisdiction.
    aCogenerationpowerplantsthatdonotsupplypoweronthenationalgridshallbedesignatedOccupancyCategoryII.

    1.2.7.2 LOADSANDFORCES
    Allprescribedloadsandforcestobesupportedbythestructuralsystemsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewith
    theapplicableprovisionsofthischapterandChapter2.Loadsshallbeappliedonthemathematicalmodelspecified
    inSec.1.2.7.1atappropriatespatiallocationsandalongdesireddirections.

    5
    Part6

    Table1.2.2DeflectionLimits(Exceptearthquakeload)


    Intheabovetable lstandsforspanofthememberunderconsideration; Lstandsforliveload, Wstandsfor
    windloadandDstandsfordeadload.

    Notes:
    a. For structural roofing and siding made of formed metal sheets, the total load deflection shall not exceed l/60. For secondary roof
    structural members supporting formed metal roofing, the live load deflection shall not exceed l/150. For secondary wall members
    supporting formed metal siding, the design wind load deflection shall not exceed l/90. For roofs, this exception only applies when the
    metalsheetshavenoroofcovering.

    b.Interiorpartitionsnotexceeding2min heightand flexible,foldingand portablepartitionsarenot governedbytheprovisionsofthis


    section.

    c.Forcantilevermembers,lshallbetakenastwicethelengthofthecantilever.

    d.Forwoodstructuralmembershavingamoisturecontentoflessthan16percentattimeofinstallationandusedunderdryconditions,
    thedeflectionresultingfromL+0.5DispermittedtobesubstitutedforthedeflectionresultingfromL+D.

    e.Theabovedeflectionsdonotensureagainstponding.Roofsthatdonothavesufficientslopeorcambertoassureadequatedrainageshall
    beinvestigatedforponding.SeeSection1.6.5forrainandpondingrequirements.

    f.Thewindloadispermittedtobetakenas0.7timesthecomponentandcladdingloadsforthepurposeofdeterminingdeflectionlimits
    herein.

    g.Forsteelstructuralmembers,thedeadloadshallbetakenaszero.

    h. For aluminum structural members or aluminum panels used in skylights and sloped glazing framing, roofs or walls of sunroom
    additionsorpatiocovers,notsupportingedgeofglassoraluminumsandwichpanels,thetotalloaddeflectionshallnotexceedl/60.For
    continuousaluminumstructuralmemberssupportingedgeofglass,thetotalloaddeflectionshallnotexceed l/175foreachglassliteor
    l/60fortheentirelengthofthemember,whicheverismorestringent.Foraluminumsandwichpanelsusedinroofsorwallsofsunroom
    additionsorpatiocovers,thetotalloaddeflectionshallnotexceedl/120.

    1.2.7.3 SOILSTRUCTUREINTERACTION
    Soilstructure interaction effects, where required, shall be included in the analysis by appropriately including the
    properlysubstantiatedpropertiesofsoilintothemathematicalmodelspecifiedinSec.1.2.7.1above.

    1.2.8 DISTRIBUTIONOFHORIZONTALSHEAR
    Thetotallateralforceshallbedistributedtothevariouselementsofthelateralforceresistingsysteminproportion
    totheirrigiditiesconsideringtherigidityofthehorizontalbracingsystemsordiaphragms.

    6
    Chapter1

    1.2.9 HORIZONTALTORSIONALMOMENTS
    Structural systems and components shall be designed to sustain additional forces resulting from torsion due to
    eccentricity between the centre of application of the lateral forces and the centre of rigidity of the lateral force
    resisting system. Forces shall not be decreased due to torsional effects. For accidental torsion effects on seismic
    forces,requirementsshallconformtoSec2.5.9.6

    1.2.10 STABILITYAGAINSTOVERTURNINGANDSLIDING
    Everybuildingorstructureshallbedesignedtoresisttheoverturningandslidingeffectscausedbythelateralforces
    specifiedinthischapter.

    1.2.11 ANCHORAGE
    Anchorageoftherooftowallandcolumns,andofwallsandcolumnstofoundations,shallbeprovidedtoresistthe
    upliftandslidingforcesresultingfromtheapplicationoftheprescribedloads.Additionalrequirementsformasonry
    orconcretewallsshallbethosegiveninSec1.7.3.6.

    1.2.12 GENERALSTRUCTURALINTEGRITY
    Buildingsandstructuralsystemsshallpossessgeneralstructuralintegrity,thatistheabilitytosustainlocaldamage
    caused due to misuse or accidental overloading, with the structure as a whole remaining stable and not being
    damagedtoanextentdisproportionatetotheoriginallocaldamage.

    1.2.13 PROPORTIONINGOFSTRUCTURALELEMENTS
    Structuralelements,componentsandconnectionsshallbeproportionedanddetailedbasedonthedesignmethods
    provided inthe subsequent chapters for variousmaterials ofconstruction, such as reinforced concrete, masonry,
    steeletc.toresistvariousloadeffectsobtainedfromarationalanalysisofthestructuralsystem.

    1.2.14 WALLSANDFRAMING
    Walls and structural framing shall be erected true and plumb in accordance with the design. Interior walls,
    permanent partitions and temporary partitions exceeding 1.8 m of height shall be designed to resist all loads to
    whichtheyaresubjected.IfnototherwisespecifiedelsewhereinthisCode,wallsshallbedesignedforaminimum
    load of 0.25 kN/m2 applied perpendicular to the wall surfaces. The deflection of such walls under a load of 0.25
    kN/m2shallnotexceed 1/240ofthespanforwallswithbrittlefinishesand 1/120ofthespanforwallswithflexible
    finishes. However, flexible, folding or portable partitions shall not be required to meet the above load and
    deflectioncriteria,butshallbeanchoredtothesupportingstructure.

    1.2.15 ADDITIONSTOEXISTINGSTRUCTURES
    Whenanexistingbuildingorstructureisextendedorotherwisealtered,allportionsthereofaffectedbysuchcause
    shallbestrengthened,ifnecessary,tocomplywiththesafetyandserviceabilityrequirementsprovidedinSec1.2.4
    and1.2.5respectively.

    1.2.16 PHASEDCONSTRUCTION
    Whenabuildingorstructureisplannedoranticipatedtoundergophasedconstruction,structuralmemberstherein
    shallbeinvestigatedanddesignedforanyadditionalstressesarisingduetosuchconstruction.

    7
    Part6

    1.2.17 LOADCOMBINATIONSANDSTRESSINCREASE
    Every building, structure, foundation or components thereof shall be designed to sustain, within the allowable
    stress or specified strength (under factored load), the most unfavourable effects resulting from various
    combinationsofloadsspecifiedinsection2.7.Exceptotherwisepermittedorrestrictedbyanyothersectionofthis
    Code,maximumincreaseintheallowablestressshallbe33%whenallowableorworkingstressmethodofdesignis
    followed.Forsoilstressesduetofoundationloads,loadcombinationsandstressincreasespecifiedinSec2.7.4for
    allowablestressdesignmethodshallbeused.

    1.3 STRUCTURALSYSTEMS
    1.3.1 GENERAL
    EverystructureshallhaveoneofthebasicstructuralsystemsspecifiedinSec1.3.2oracombinationthereof.The
    structuralconfigurationshallbeasspecifiedinSec1.3.4withthelimitationsimposedinSec2.5.7.4.

    1.3.2 BASICSTRUCTURALSYSTEMS
    StructuralsystemsforbuildingsandotherstructuresshallbedesignatedasoneofthetypesAtoGlistedinTable
    1.3.1. Each type is again classified as shown in the table by the types of vertical elements used to resist lateral
    forces.Abriefdescriptionofdifferentstructuralsystemsarepresentedinfollowingsubsections.

    Table1.3.1:BasicStructuralSystems
    A.BEARINGWALLSYSTEMS(noframe)
    1. Special reinforced concrete shear walls
    2. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls
    3. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls
    4. Ordinary plain masonry shear walls
    B.BUILDINGFRAMESYSTEMS(withbracingorshearwall)
    1. Steel eccentrically braced frames, moment resisting connections at
    columns away from links
    2. Steel eccentrically braced frames, non-moment-resisting, connections at
    columns away from links
    3. Special steel concentrically braced frames
    4. Ordinary steel concentrically braced frames
    5. Special reinforced concrete shear walls
    6. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls
    7. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls
    8. Ordinary plain masonry shear walls
    C.MOMENTRESISTINGFRAMESYSTEMS(noshearwall)
    1. Special steel moment frames
    2. Intermediate steel moment frames
    3. Ordinary steel moment frames
    4. Special reinforced concrete moment frames
    5. Intermediate reinforced concrete moment frames
    6. Ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames
    D.DUALSYSTEMS:SPECIALMOMENTFRAMESCAPABLEOFRESISTINGATLEAST25%OF
    PRESCRIBEDSEISMICFORCES(withbracingorshearwall)
    1. Steel eccentrically braced frames
    2. Special steel concentrically braced frames
    3. Special reinforced concrete shear walls
    4. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls
    E.DUALSYSTEMS:INTERMEDIATEMOMENTFRAMESCAPABLEOFRESISTINGATLEAST25%
    OFPRESCRIBEDSEISMICFORCES(withbracingorshearwall)
    1. Special steel concentrically braced frames
    2. Special reinforced concrete shear walls
    3. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls
    4. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls
    F.DUALSHEARWALLFRAMESYSTEM:ORDINARYREINFORCEDCONCRETEMOMENT
    FRAMESANDORDINARYREINFORCEDCONCRETESHEARWALLS
    G.STEELSYSTEMSNOTSPECIFICALLYDETAILEDFORSEISMICRESISTANCE

    8
    Chapter1

    1.3.2.1 BEARINGWALLSYSTEM
    A structural system having bearing walls or bracing systems without a complete vertical load carrying frame to
    supportgravityloads.Resistancetolateralloadsisprovidedbyshearwallsorbracedframes.

    1.3.2.2 BUILDINGFRAMESYSTEM
    A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to
    lateralloadsisprovidedbyshearwallsorbracedframesseparately.

    1.3.2.3 MOMENTRESISTINGFRAMESYSTEM
    Astructuralsystemwithanessentiallycompletespaceframeprovidingsupportforgravityloads.Momentresisting
    framesalsoprovideresistancetolateralloadprimarilybyflexuralactionofmembers,andmaybeclassifiedasone
    ofthefollowingtypes:

    a) SpecialMomentResistingFrames(SMRF)

    b) IntermediateMomentResistingFrames(IMRF)

    c) OrdinaryMomentResistingFrames(OMRF).

    The framing system, IMRF and SMRF shall have special detailing to provide ductile behaviour conforming to the
    provisions of Sec 8.3 and 10.20 for concrete and steel structures respectively. OMRF need not conform to these
    specialductilityrequirementsofChapter8or10.

    1.3.2.4 DUALSYSTEM
    Astructuralsystemhavingacombinationofthefollowingframingsystems:

    a) Momentresistingframes(SMRF,IMRForsteelOMRF),and

    b) Shearwallsorbracedframes.

    Thetwosystemsspecifiedin(a)and(b)aboveshallbedesignedtoresistthetotallateralforceinproportiontotheir
    relativerigiditiesconsideringtheinteractionofthedualsystematalllevels.However,themomentresistingframes
    shallbecapableofresistingatleast25%oftheapplicabletotalseismiclateralforce,evenwhenwindoranyother
    lateralforcegovernsthedesign.

    1.3.2.5 SPECIALSTRUCTURALSYSTEM:
    AstructuralsystemnotdefinedabovenorlistedinTable1.3.1andspeciallydesignedtocarrythelateralloads,such
    astubeintube,bundledtube,etc.

    1.3.2.6 NONBUILDINGSTRUCTURALSYSTEM
    AstructuralsystemusedforpurposesotherthaninbuildingsandconformingtoSec1.5.4.8,1.5.4.9,2.4and2.5.

    1.3.3 COMBINATIONOFSTRUCTURALSYSTEMS
    WhendifferentstructuralsystemsofSec1.3.2arecombinedforincorporationintothesamestructure,designof
    thecombinedseismicforceresistingsystemshallconformtotheprovisionsofSec2.5.7.5.

    1.3.4 STRUCTURALCONFIGURATIONS
    Based on the structural configuration, each structure shall be designated as a regular or irregular structure as
    definedbelow:

    9
    Part6

    1.3.4.1 REGULARSTRUCTURES
    Regularstructureshavenosignificantphysicaldiscontinuitiesorirregularitiesinplanorverticalconfigurationorin
    theirlateralforceresistingsystems.TypicalfeaturescausingirregularityaredescribedinSec1.3.4.2.

    1.3.4.2 IRREGULARSTRUCTURES
    Irregularstructureshaveeitherverticalirregularityorplanirregularityorbothintheirstructuralconfigurationsor
    lateralforceresistingsystems.

    1.3.4.2.1 VerticalIrregularity
    StructureshavingoneormoreoftheirregularfeatureslistedinTable1.3.2shallbedesignatedashavingavertical
    irregularity.

    Table1.3.2:VerticalIrregularitiesofStructures

    VerticalIrregularity Reference*
    Type Definition Section
    I StiffnessIrregularity(SoftStorey):
    Asoftstoreyisoneinwhichthelateralstiffnessislessthan70percentofthat 2.5.7to2.5.14
    in the storey above or less than 80 per cent of the average stiffness of the and2.5.19
    threestoreysabove.
    II MassIrregularity:
    Massirregularityshallbeconsideredtoexistwheretheeffectivemassofany 2.5.7to2.5.14
    storeyismorethan150percentoftheeffectivemassofanadjacentstorey.A
    roofwhichislighterthanthefloorbelowneednotbeconsidered.
    III VerticalGeometricIrregularity:
    Verticalgeometricirregularityshallbeconsideredtoexistwherehorizontal 2.5.7to2.5.14
    dimensionofthelateralforceresistingsysteminanystoreyismorethan130
    per cent of that in an adjacent storey, onestorey penthouses need not be
    considered.
    IV InPlaneDiscontinuityinVerticalLateralForceResistingElement:
    An inplane offset of the lateral loadresisting elements greater than the 2.5.7to2.5.14
    lengthofthoseelements.
    Va DiscontinuityinCapacity(WeakStorey):
    Aweakstoreyisoneinwhichthestoreystrengthislessthan 80percentof 2.5.7to2.5.14
    that in the storey above. The storey strength is the total strength of all and2.5.19
    seismicresisting elements sharing the storey shear for the direction under
    consideration.
    Vb ExtremeDiscontinuityinCapacity(VeryWeakStorey):
    Averyweakstoreyisoneinwhichthestoreystrengthislessthan65percent 2.5.7to2.5.14
    ofthatinthestoreyabove. and2.5.19

    1.3.4.2.2 PlanIrregularity
    Structures having one or more of the irregular features listed in Table 1.3.3 shall be designated as having a plan
    irregularity.

    Table1.3.3:PlanIrregularitiesofStructures

    PlanIrregularity Reference*
    Type Definition Section
    I Torsional Irregularity (to be considered when diaphragms are not
    flexible): 2.5.7to2.5.14
    Torsional irregularity shall be considered to exist when the maximum storey
    drift,computedincludingaccidentaltorsion,atoneendofthestructureismore
    than1.2timestheaverageofthestoreydriftsatthetwoendsofthestructure.

    10
    Chapter1

    II ReentrantCorners:
    Planconfigurationsofastructureanditslateralforceresistingsystemcontain 2.5.7to2.5.14
    reentrantcorners,wherebothprojectionsofthestructurebeyondareentrant
    corner are greater than 15 per cent of the plan dimension of the structure in
    thegivendirection.
    III DiaphragmDiscontinuity:
    Diaphragms with abrupt discontinuities or variations in stiffness, including 2.5.7to2.5.14
    those having cutout or open areas greater than 50 per cent of the gross
    enclosedareaofthediaphragm,orchangesineffectivediaphragmstiffnessof
    morethan50percentfromonestoreytothenext.
    IV OutofplaneOffsets: 2.5.7to2.5.14
    Discontinuities in a lateral force path, such as outofplane offsets of the
    verticalelements.
    V NonparallelSystems:
    The vertical lateral loadresisting elements are not parallel to or symmetric 2.5.7to2.5.14
    aboutthemajororthogonalaxesofthelateralforceresistingsystem.

    1.4 DESIGNFORGRAVITYLOADS
    1.4.1 GENERAL
    Design of buildings and components thereof for gravity loads shall conform to the requirements of this section.
    Gravity loads, such as dead load and live loads applied at the floors or roof of a building shall be determined in
    accordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter2.

    1.4.2 FLOORDESIGN
    FloorslabsanddecksshallbedesignedforthefulldeadandliveloadsasspecifiedinSec2.2and2.3respectively.
    Floor supporting elements such as beams, joists, columns etc. shall be designed for the full dead load and the
    appropriately reduced live loads set forth by the provisions of Sec 2.3.13. Design of floor elements shall also
    conformtothefollowingprovisions:

    a) UniformlyDistributedLoads:Whereuniformfloorloadsareinvolved,considerationmaybe
    limitedtofulldeadloadonallspansincombinationwithfullliveloadonadjacentspansand
    on alternate spans to determine the most unfavourable effect of stresses in the member
    concerned.

    b) ConcentratedLoads:Provisionshallbemadeindesigningfloorsforaconcentratedloadas
    set forth in Sec 2.3.5 applied at a location wherever this load acting upon an otherwise
    unloaded floor would produce stresses greater than those caused by the uniform load
    requiredtherefore.

    c) Partition Loads : Loads due to permanent partitions shall be treated as a dead load applied
    overthefloorasauniformlineloadhavinganintensityequaltotheweightpermetrerunof
    thepartitionsasspecifiedinSec2.2.5.Loadsforlightmovablepartitionsshallbedetermined
    inaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec2.3.6.

    d) Design of Members : Floor members, such as slabs or decks, beams, joists etc. shall be
    designedtosustaintheworsteffectofthedeadplusliveloadsoranyotherloadcombinations
    asspecifiedinSec2.7.Wherefloorsareusedasdiaphragmstotransmitlateralloadsbetween
    various resisting elements, those loads shall be determined following the provisions of Sec
    1.7.3.8. Detailed design of the floor elements shall be performed using the procedures
    providedinChapters4through13forvariousconstructionmaterials.

    11
    Part6

    1.4.3 ROOFDESIGN
    Roofs and their supporting elements shall be designed to sustain, within their allowable stresses or specified
    strengthlimits,alldeadloadsandliveloadsassetoutbytheprovisionsofSec2.2and2.3respectively.Designof
    roofmembersshallalsoconformtothefollowingrequirements:

    a) Application of Loads : When uniformly distributed loads are considered for the design of
    continuousstructuralmembers,loadincludingfulldeadloadsonallspansincombinationwith
    fullliveloadsonadjacentspansandonalternatespan,shallbeinvestigatedtodeterminethe
    worst effects of loading. Concentrated roof live loads and special roof live loads, where
    applicable,shallalsobeconsideredindesign.

    b) UnbalancedLoading:Effectsduetounbalancedloadsshallbeconsideredinthedesignofroof
    membersandconnectionswheresuchloadingwillresultinmorecriticalstresses.Trussesand
    archesshallbedesignedtoresistthestressescausedbyuniformliveloadsononehalfofthe
    span if such loading results in reverse stresses, or stresses greater in any portion than the
    stressesproducedbythisunitliveloadwhenappliedupontheentirespan.

    c) RainLoads:Roofs,wherepondingofrainwaterisanticipatedduetoblockageofroofdrains,
    excessive deflectionor insufficient slopes, shall be designedto support suchloads.Loads on
    roofs due to rain shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sec 2.6.3. In
    additiontothedeadloadoftheroof,eithertheroofliveloadortherainload,whicheverisof
    higherintensity,shallbeconsideredindesign.

    1.4.4 REDUCTIONOFLIVELOADS
    ThedesignliveloadsspecifiedinSec2.3,maybereducedtoappropriatevaluesaspermittedbytheprovisionsof
    Sec2.3.13.andSec.2.3.14.

    1.4.5 POSTINGOFLIVELOADS
    Ineverybuilding,ofwhichthefloorsorpartsthereofhaveadesignliveloadof3.5kN/m2ormore,andwhichare
    used as library stack room, file room, parking garage, machine or plant room, or used for industrial or storage
    purposes,the ownerofthe buildingshall ensurethattheliveloadsforwhichsuchspace has beendesigned,are
    postedondurablemetalplatesasshowninFig1.1,securelyaffixedinaconspicuousplaceineachspacetowhich
    theyrelate.Ifsuchplatesarelost,removed,ordefaced,theownershallberesponsibletohavethemreplaced.

    1.4.6 RESTRICTIONSONLOADING
    The building owner shall ensure that the live load for which a floor or roof is or has been designed, will not be
    exceededduringitsuse.

    1.4.7 SPECIALCONSIDERATIONS
    Intheabsenceofactualdeadandliveloaddata,theminimumvaluesoftheseloadsshallbethosespecifiedinSec
    2.2and2.3.Inaddition,specialconsiderationshallbegiventothefollowingaspectsofloadinganddueallowances
    shallbemadeindesignifoccurrenceofsuchloadingisanticipatedafterconstructionofabuilding:

    a) IncreaseinDeadLoad:Actualthicknessoftheconcreteslabsorothermembersmaybecome
    largerthanthedesignedthicknessduetomovementsordeflectionsoftheformworkduring
    construction.

    12
    Chapter1

    b) Future Installatio
    ons: Changes iin the numbeers, types and positions of partitions and
    d other
    insttallationsmayincreaseactuaalloadontheffloorsofabuild
    ding.

    c) OcccupancyChangges:Increasein
    nliveloadsdue
    etochangeso
    ofoccupancyin
    nvolvingloadsheavier
    thanthatbeingdesignedfor.


    Figure1.1:SampleLiveLoadSign

    1.4.8 DEFLECT
    TIONANDC
    CAMBER
    Structural systems and members thereof shall be designed to have
    h adequatee stiffness to limit
    l deflections. The
    deflectionssofstructural membersshallnotexceedtthemorerestrrictiveofthelimitationsofC
    Chapters2thro
    ough13
    orthatperrmittedbyTab
    ble1.2.2.orpro
    ovisionsofSecc1.2.5.Incalcu
    ulatingdeflectionsduetograavityloads,lon
    ngterm
    effects(e.gg.creep,shrinkkageorstressrrelaxation)sho
    ouldalsobeco
    onsidered.

    1.5 DESIGNFORLAT
    TERALLOA
    ADS
    1.5.1 GENERAL
    L
    Everybuild
    ding,structureorportionsth
    hereofshallbedesignedtoresistthelateraalloadeffects,,suchasthoseedueto
    windorearthquakeforcees,incomplian
    ncewiththereequirementsprrescribedinthissection.

    1.5.2 SELECTIO
    ONOFLATE
    ERALFORC
    CEFORDES
    SIGN
    Any of the n Chapter 2, cconsidered eitther alone or in combinatio
    e lateral loadss prescribed in on with other forces,
    whicheverproducesthemostcriticale
    effect,shallgovvernthedesign.However,th
    hestructuraldetailingrequirements
    plywiththose prescribedin Sec1.7.When
    shallcomp nadualstructturalsystemisusedtoresisttlateralloads,,design
    shallalsocconformtoSecc1.3.2.4.

    1.5.3 DESIGNF
    FORWINDL
    LOAD
    Design of buildings and their comp
    ponents to reesist wind ind
    duced forces shall complyy with the fo
    ollowing
    requirements:

    13
    Part6

    1.5.3.1 DIRECTIONOFWIND
    Structural design for wind forces shall be based on the assumption that wind may blow from any horizontal
    direction.

    1.5.3.2 DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS
    Designwindloadontheprimaryframingsystemsandcomponentsofabuildingorstructureshallbedeterminedon
    thebasisoftheproceduresprovidedinSec2.4consideringthebasicwindspeed,shapeandsizeofthebuilding,and
    theterrainexposure conditionofthesite.Forslenderbuildingsandstructures, dynamicresponse characteristics,
    such as fundamental natural frequency, shall be determined for calculating the gust response coefficient. Load
    effects, such as forces, moments, deflections etc. on various components of the building due to wind shall be
    determinedfromastaticanalysisofthestructureasspecifiedinSec1.2.7.1.

    1.5.3.3 SHIELDINGEFFECT
    Reductions in wind pressure on buildings and structures due to apparent direct shielding effects of the up wind
    obstructions,suchasmanmadeconstructionsornaturalterrainfeatures,shallnotbepermitted.

    1.5.3.4 DYNAMICEFFECTS
    Dynamic wind forces such as that from alongwind vibrations caused by the dynamic windstructure interaction
    effects, as set forth by the provisions of Sec 2.4.10, shall be considered in the design of regular shaped slender
    buildings.Forotherdynamiceffectssuchascrosswindortorsionalresponsesasmaybeexperiencedbybuildings
    orstructureshavingunusualgeometricalshapes(i.e.verticalorplanirregularitieslistedinTables1.3.2and1.3.3),
    responsecharacteristics,orsitelocations,structuraldesignshallbemadebasedontheinformationobtainedeither
    from other reliable references or from windtunnel test specified in Sec 1.5.3.5 below, complying with the other
    requirementsofthissection.

    1.5.3.5 WINDTUNNELTEST
    Properlyconductedwindtunneltestsshallberequiredforthosebuildingsorstructureshavingunusualgeometric
    shapes,responsecharacteristics,orsitelocationsforwhichcrosswindresponsesuchasvortexshedding,galloping
    etc. warrant special consideration, and for which no reliable literature for the determination of such effects is
    available. This test is also recommended for those buildings or structures for which more accurate windloading
    informationisdesiredthanthosegiveninthissectionandinSec2.4.

    Testsforthedeterminationofmeanandfluctuatingcomponentsofforcesandpressuresshallbeconsideredtobe
    properlyconductedonlyifthefollowingrequirementsaresatisfied:

    a) Thenaturalwindhasbeenmodelledtoaccountforthevariationofwindspeedwithheight,

    b) The intensity of the longitudinal components of turbulence has been taken into consideration in the
    model,

    c) The geometric scale of the structural model is not more than three times the geometric scale of the
    longitudinalcomponentofturbulence,

    d) Theresponsecharacteristicsofthewindtunnelinstrumentationareconsistentwiththemeasurements
    tobemade,and

    e) The Reynolds number is taken into consideration when determining forces and pressures on the
    structuralelements.

    14
    Chapter1

    Tests for the purpose of determining the dynamic response of a structure shall be considered to be properly
    conducted only if requirements (a) through (e) above are fulfilled and, in addition, the structural model is scaled
    withdueconsiderationtolength,distributionofmass,stiffnessanddampingofthestructure.

    1.5.3.6 WINDLOADSDURINGCONSTRUCTION
    Buildings, structures and portions thereof under construction, and construction structures such as formwork,
    stagingetc.shallbeprovidedwithadequatetemporarybracingsorotherlateralsupportstoresistthewindloadon
    themduringtheerectionandconstructionphase.

    1.5.3.7 MASONRYCONSTRUCTIONINHIGHWINDREGIONS
    Designandconstructionofmasonrystructuresinhighwindregionsshallconformtotherequirementsofrelevant
    sectionsofChapter7.

    1.5.3.8 HEIGHTLIMITS
    UnlessotherwisespecifiedelsewhereinthisCode,noheightlimitsshallbeimposed,ingeneral,onthedesignand
    constructionofbuildingsorstructurestoresistwindinducedforces.

    1.5.4 DESIGNFOREARTHQUAKEFORCES
    Design of structures and components thereof to resist the effects of earthquake forces shall comply with the
    requirementsofthissection.

    1.5.4.1 BASICDESIGNCONSIDERATION
    Forthepurposeofearthquakeresistantdesign,eachstructureshallbeplacedinoneoftheseismiczonesasgivenin
    Sec 2.5.6.2 and assigned with a structure importance category as set forth in Sec 2.5.7.1. The seismic forces on
    structuresshallbedeterminedconsideringseismiczoning,sitesoilcharacteristics,structureimportance,structural
    systemsandconfigurations,heightanddynamicpropertiesofthestructureasprovidedinSec2.5.Thestructural
    systemandconfigurationtypesforabuildingorastructureshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththeprovisions
    ofSec2.5.7.4.Otherseismicdesignrequirementsshallbethosespecifiedinthissection.

    1.5.4.2 REQUIREMENTSFORDIRECTIONALEFFECTS
    Thedirectionsofapplicationofseismicforcesusedinthedesignshallbethosewhichwillproducethemostcritical
    loadeffects.Earthquakeforcesactinbothprincipaldirectionsofthebuildingsimultaneously.Designprovisionsfor
    consideringearthquakecomponentinorthogonaldirectionshavebeenprovidedinSec2.5.15.1.

    1.5.4.3 STRUCTURALSYSTEMANDCONFIGURATIONREQUIREMENTS
    Seismicdesignprovisionsimposethefollowinglimitationsontheuseofstructuralsystemsandconfigurations:

    a) The structural system used shall satisfy requirements of the Seismic Design Category (defined in
    Sec.2.5.7.2)andheightlimitationsgiveninSec2.5.7.4.

    b) StructuresassignedtoSeismicDesignCategoryDhavingverticalirregularityTypeVbofTable1.3.2
    shall not be permitted. Structures with such vertical irregularity may be permitted for Seismic
    DesignCategoryBorCbutshallnotbeovertwostoriesor9minheight.

    c) Structures having irregular features described in Table 1.3.2 or 1.3.3 shall be designed in
    compliancewiththeadditionalrequirementsofthesectionsreferencedintheseTables.

    15
    Part6

    d) Special Structural Systems defined in Sec 1.3.2.5 may be permitted if it can be demonstrated by
    analytical and test data to be equivalent, with regard to dynamic characteristics, lateral force
    resistance and energy absorption, to one of the structural systems listed in Table 2.5.7, for
    obtaininganequivalentRandCdvalueforseismicdesign.

    1.5.4.4 METHODSOFANALYSIS
    Earthquake forces and their effects on various structural elements shall be determined by using either a static
    analysismethodoradynamicanalysismethodwhicheverisapplicablebasedonthelimitationssetforthinSec2.5.7
    through2.5.14andconformingtoSec1.2.7.

    1.5.4.5 MINIMUMDESIGNSEISMICFORCE
    The minimum design seismic forces shall be those determined in accordance with the Sec 2.5.7 through 2.5.14
    whicheverisapplicable.

    1.5.4.6 DISTRIBUTIONOFSEISMICFORCES
    Thetotallateralseismicforcesandmomentsshallbedistributedamongvariousresistingelementsatanyleveland
    alongtheverticaldirectionofabuildingorstructureinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec2.5.7through2.5.14
    asappropriate.

    1.5.4.7 VERTICALCOMPONENTSOFSEISMICFORCES
    DesignprovisionsforconsideringverticalcomponentofearthquakegroundmotionisgiveninSec2.5.15.2

    1.5.4.8 HEIGHTLIMITS
    HeightlimitationsfordifferentstructuralsystemsaregiveninTable2.5.7ofSec2.5.7.4ofPart6ofthiscodeasa
    functionofseismicdesigncategory.

    1.5.4.9 NONBUILDINGSTRUCTURES
    SeismiclateralforceonnonbuildingstructuresshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter15
    ofASCE705.However,provisionsofChapter15ofASCE705maybesimplified,consistentwiththeprovisionsof
    Section2.5ofPart6ofthiscode.Otherdesignrequirementsshallbethoseprovidedinthischapter.

    1.5.5 OVERTURNINGREQUIREMENTS
    Everystructureshallbedesignedtoresisttheoverturningeffectscausedbywindorearthquakeforcesspecifiedin
    Sec2.4and2.5respectivelyaswellotherlateralforceslikeearthpressure,tidalsurgeetc.Theoverturningmoment
    Mxatanystoreylevelxofabuildingshallbedeterminedas:

    1.5.1

    where,

    hi,hx,hn = Heightinmetresatleveli,xornrespectively.

    Fi = Lateralforceappliedatleveli,i=1ton.

    16
    Chapter1

    Atanylevel,theincrementofoverturningmomentshallbedistributedtothevariousresistingelementsinthesame
    mannerasthedistributionofhorizontalshearprescribedinSec2.5.9.5.Overturningeffectsoneveryelementshall
    becarrieddowntothefoundationlevel.

    1.5.6 DRIFTANDBUILDINGSEPARATION

    1.5.6.1 STOREYDRIFTLIMITATION
    Storeydriftisthehorizontaldisplacementofonelevelofabuildingorstructurerelativetothelevelaboveorbelow
    duetothedesigngravity(deadandliveloads)orlateralforces(e.g.windandearthquakeloads).Exceptotherwise
    permitted in Sec 1.3.4.2.1 calculated storey drift shall include both translational and torsional deflections and
    conformtothefollowingrequirements:

    1. Storeydrift,,forloadsotherthanearthquakeloads,shallbelimitedasfollows:

    0.005h forT<0.7second.

    0.004h forT0.7second.

    0.0025h forunreinforcedmasonrystructures.

    where,h=heightofthebuildingorstructure.

    TheperiodTusedinthiscalculationshallbethesameasthatusedfordeterminingthebaseshear
    inSec2.5.9.2.

    2. Thedriftlimitssetoutin(1)abovemaybeexceededwhereitcanbedemonstratedthatgreater
    driftcanbetoleratedbybothstructuralandnonstructuralelementswithoutaffectinglifesafety.

    3. Forearthquakeloads,thestorydrift,,shallbelimitedinaccordancewiththelimitssetforthin
    Sec2.5.16.1

    1.5.6.2 SWAYLIMITATION
    The overall sway (horizontal deflection) at the top level of the building or structure due to wind loading shall be
    1
    limitedto /500timesofthetotalheightofthebuildingabovebase.

    1.5.7 BUILDINGSEPARATION
    Allcomponentsofastructureshallbedesignedandconstructedtoactasanintegralunitunlesstheyareseparated
    structurallybyadistancesufficienttoavoidcontactunderthemostunfavourableconditionofdeflectionsdueto
    lateralloads.Forseismicloads,designguidelinesaregiveninSec2.5.16.3.

    1.5.8 PDELTAEFFECTS
    TheresultingmemberforcesandmomentsandthestoreydriftsinducedbyPDeltaeffectsneednotbeconsidered
    whenthestabilitycoefficient()remainswithin0.10.Thiscoefficient(describedinSec2.5.9.9)maybeevaluated
    foranystoreyastheproductofthetotalverticaldeadandliveloadsabovethestoreyandthelateraldriftinthat
    storeydividedbytheproductofthestoreyshearinthatstoreyandtheheightofthatstorey.

    1.5.9 UPLIFTEFFECTS
    Uplifteffectscausedduetolateralloadsshallbeconsideredindesign.Whenallowable(working)stressmethodis
    usedfordesign,deadloadsusedtoreduceupliftshallbemultipliedbyafactorof0.85.

    17
    Part6

    1.6 DESIGNFORMISCELLANEOUSLOADS
    1.6.1 GENERAL
    Buildings, structuresand components thereof, whensubject toloads other than dead,live, wind and earthquake
    loads,shallbedesignedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthissection.Miscellaneousloads,suchasthosedueto
    temperature,rain,floodandsurgeetc.onbuildingsorstructures,shallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSec2.6.
    Structuralmemberssubjecttomiscellaneousloads,notspecifiedinSec2.6shallbedesignedusingwellestablished
    methodsgiveninanyreliablereferences,andcomplyingwiththeotherrequirementsofthisCode.

    1.6.2 SELFSTRAININGFORCES
    Selfstraining forces such as those arising due to assumed differential settlements of foundations and from
    restraineddimensionalchangesduetotemperature,moisture,shrinkage,creep,andsimilareffects,shallbetaken
    intoconsiderationinthedesignofstructuralmembers.

    1.6.3 STRESSREVERSALANDFATIGUE
    Structural members and joints shall be investigated and designed against possible stress reversals caused due to
    various construction loads. Where required, allowance shall be made in the design to account for the effects of
    fatigue.Theallowablestressmaybeappropriatelyreducedtoaccountforsucheffectsinthestructuralmembers.

    1.6.4 FLOOD,TIDAL/STORMSURGEANDTSUNAMI
    Buildings, structures and components thereof shall be designed, constructed and anchored to resist flotation,
    collapseoranypermanentmovementduetoloadsincludingflood,tidal/Stormsurgeandtsunami,whenapplicable.
    Structuralmembersshallbedesignedtoresistbothhydrostaticandsignificanthydrodynamicloadsandeffectsof
    buoyancyresultingfromfloodorsurge.Floodandsurgeloadsonbuildingsandstructuresshallbedeterminedin
    accordance with Sec 2.6.4. Load combination including flood and surge loads shall conform to Sec 2.7. Design of
    foundationstosustaintheseloadeffectsshallconformtotheprovisionsofSec1.8.

    Stability against overturning and sliding caused due to wind and flood or surge loads simultaneously shall be
    investigated,andsucheffectsshallberesistedwithaminimumfactorofsafetyof1.5,consideringdeadloadonly.

    1.6.5 RAINLOADS
    Roofsofthebuildingsandstructuresaswellastheirothercomponentswhichmayhavethecapabilityofretaining
    rainwatershallbedesignedforadequategravityloadinducedbyponding.Roofsandsuchothercomponentsshall
    beanalysedanddesignedforloadduetopondingcausedbyaccidentalblockageofdrainagesystemcomplyingwith
    Sec.2.6.3.

    1.6.6 OTHERLOADS
    Buildingsandstructuresandtheircomponentsshallbeanalyzedanddesignedforstressescausedbythefollowing
    effects

    a. TemparatureEffects(Sec2.6.5).

    b. SoilandHydrostaticPressure(Sec2.6.6).

    c. ImpactsandCollisions

    d. Explosions(Sec2.6.7).

    18
    Chapter1

    e. Fire

    f. VerticalForcesonAirRaidShelters(Sec2.6.8).

    g. LoadsonHelicopterLandingAreas(Sec2.6.9).

    h. ErectionandConstructionLoads(Sec2.6.10).

    i. MovingLoadsforCraneMovements

    j. CreepandShrinkage

    k. DynamicLoadsduetoVibrations

    l. ConstructionLoads

    Designofbuildingsandstructuresshallincludeloadingandstressescausedbytheaboveeffectsinaccordancewith
    theprovisionssetforthinChapter2.

    1.7 DETAILEDDESIGNREQUIREMENTS
    1.7.1 GENERAL
    All structural framing systems shall comply with the requirements of this section. Only the elements of the
    designated lateral force resisting systems can be used to resist design lateral forces specified in Chapter 2. The
    individualcomponentsshallbedesignedtoresisttheprescribedforcesactingonthem.Designofcomponentsshall
    alsocomplywiththespecificrequirementsforthematerialscontainedinChapters4through13.Inaddition,such
    framingsystemsandcomponentsshallcomplywiththedesignrequirementsprovidedinthissection.

    1.7.2 STRUCTURALFRAMINGSYSTEMS
    ThebasicstructuralsystemsaredefinedinSec1.3.2andshowninTable1.3.1,andeachtypeissubdividedbythe
    typesofframingelementsusedtoresistthelateralforces.Thestructuralsystemusedshallsatisfyrequirementsof
    seismicdesigncategoryandheightlimitationsindicatedinTable2.5.7.Specialframingrequirementsaregivenin
    thefollowingsectionsinadditiontothoseprovidedinChapters4through13.

    1.7.3 DETAILINGREQUIREMENTSFORCOMBINATIONSOFSTRUCTURAL
    SYSTEMS:
    Forcomponentscommontodifferentstructuralsystems,amorerestrictivedetailingshallbeprovided.

    1.7.3.1 CONNECTIONSTORESISTSEISMICFORCES
    Connections which resist prescribed seismic forces shall be designed in accordance with the seismic design
    requirements provided in Chapters 4 through 13. Detailed sketches for these connections shall be given in the
    structuraldrawings.

    1.7.3.2 DEFORMATIONCOMPATIBILITY
    Allframingelementsnotrequiredbydesigntobepartofthelateralforceresistingsystem,shallbeinvestigatedand
    showntobeadequateforverticalloadcarryingcapacitywhensubjectedtolateraldisplacementsresultingfromthe
    seismic lateral forces. For designs using working stress methods, this capacity may be determined using an
    allowablestressincreaseof30percent.PDeltaeffectsonsuchelementsshallbeaccountedfor.

    19
    Part6

    a. AdjoiningRigidElements:Momentresistingframesmaybeenclosed oradjoinedbymorerigid
    elementswhichwouldtendtopreventaspaceframefromresistinglateralforceswhereitcanbe
    shownthattheactionorfailureofthemorerigidelementswillnotimpairtheverticalandlateral
    loadresistingabilityofthespaceframe.

    b. ExteriorElements:Exteriornonbearing,nonshearwallpanelsorelementswhichareattachedto
    orenclosetheexteriorofastructure,shallbedesignedtoresisttheforcesaccordingtoSec.2.5.17
    of Chapter 2, if seismic forces are present, and shall accommodate movements of the structure
    resulting from lateral forces or temperature changes. Such elements shall be supported by
    structural members or by mechanical connections and fasteners joining them to structural
    membersinaccordancewiththefollowingprovisions:

    i. Connectionsandpaneljointsshallallowforarelativemovementbetweenstoreysofnotless
    than two times the storey drift caused by wind forces or design seismic forces, or 12 mm,
    whicheverisgreater.

    ii. Connections to permit movement in the plane of the panel for storey drift shall be either
    slidingconnectionsusingslottedoroversizedholes,connectionswhichpermitmovementby
    bendingofsteel,orotherconnectionsprovidingequivalentslidingandductilitycapacity.

    iii. Bodies of connections shall have sufficient ductility and rotation capability to preclude any
    fractureoftheanchoringelementsorbrittlefailuresatornearweldings.

    iv. Bodies of the connection shall be designed for 1.33 times the seismic force determined by
    Sec.2.5.17ofChapter2,orequivalent.

    v. All fasteners in the connection system, such as bolts, inserts, welds, dowels etc. shall be
    designedfor4timestheforcesdeterminedbySec.2.5.17ofChapter2orequivalent.

    vi. Fastenersembeddedinconcreteshallbeattachedto,orhookedaroundreinforcingsteel,or
    otherwiseterminatedsoastotransferforcestothereinforcingsteeleffectively.

    1.7.3.3 TIESANDCONTINUITY
    Allpartsofastructureshallbeinterconnected.Theseconnectionsshallbecapableoftransmittingtheprescribed
    lateralforcetothelateralforceresistingsystem.Individualmembers,includingthosenotpartoftheseismicforce
    resisting system, shall be provided with adequate strength to resist the shears, axial forces, and moments
    determined in accordance with this standard. Connections shall develop the strength of the connected members
    andshallbecapableoftransmittingtheseismicforce(Fp)inducedbythepartsbeingconnected.

    1.7.3.4 COLLECTORELEMENTS
    Collector elements shall be provided which are capable of transferring the lateral forces originating in other
    portionsofthestructuretotheelementprovidingtheresistancetothoseforces.

    1.7.3.5 CONCRETEFRAMES
    Whenconcreteframesareprovidedbydesigntobepartofthelateralforceresistingsystem,theyshallconformto
    thefollowingprovisions:

    a) InSeismicZones3and4theseframesshallbedesignedasspecialmomentresistingframes(SMRF).

    b) InSeismicZone2theyshall,asaminimum,beintermediatemomentresistingframes(IMRF).

    20
    Chapter1

    1.7.3.6 ANCHORAGEOFCONCRETEANDMASONRYSTRUCTURALWALLS
    The concrete and masonry structural walls shall be anchored to supporting construction. The anchorage shall
    provide a positive direct connection between the wall and floor or roof and shall be capable of resisting the
    horizontal forces specified in Secs 2.4.13 and 2.5.17, or a minimum force of 4.09 kN/m of wall. Walls shall be
    designedtoresistbendingbetweenanchorswheretheanchorspacingexceeds1.2m.Inmasonrywallsofhollow
    units or cavity walls, anchors shall be embedded in a reinforced grouted structural element of the wall.
    Deformations of the floor and roof diaphragms shall be considered in the design of the supported walls and the
    anchorageforcesinthediaphragmsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSec1.7.3.9below.

    1.7.3.7 BOUNDARYMEMBERS
    Specially detailed boundary members shall be considered for shearwalls and shearwall elements whenever their
    designisgovernedbyflexure.

    1.7.3.8 FLOORANDROOFDIAPHRAGMS
    Deflection in the plane of the diaphragm shall not exceed the permissible deflection of the attached elements.
    Permissible deflection shall be that deflection which will permit the attached element to maintain its structural
    integrityundertheindividualloadingandcontinuetosupporttheprescribedloads.Designofdiaphragmsshallalso
    complywiththefollowingrequirements.

    a) DiaphragmForces:DiaphragmsshallbedesignedtoresisttheseismicforcesgiveninSec2.5or
    forsimilarnonseismiclateralforces,whicheverisgreater.

    b) DiaphragmTies:Diaphragmssupportingconcreteormasonrywallsshallhavecontinuousties,or
    struts between the diaphragm chords to distribute the anchorage forces specified in Sec 1.7.3.6
    above.Addedchordsmaybeprovidedtoformsubdiaphragmstotransmittheanchorageforcesto
    themaincrossties.

    c) Wood Diaphragms : Where wood diaphragms are used to laterally support concrete or masonry
    walls,theanchorageshallconformtoSec1.7.3.6above.InseismicZones2,3and4thefollowing
    requirementsshallalsoapply:

    i. Anchorageshallnotbeaccomplishedbyuseoftoenailsornailssubjecttowithdrawal,
    norshallwoodledgersorframingbeusedincrossgrainbendingorcrossgraintension.

    ii. The continuous ties required by paragraph (b) above, shall be in addition to the
    diaphragmsheathing.
    d) Structureshavingirregularities

    i) ForstructuresassignedtoSeismicDesignCategoryDandhavingaplanirregularityofType
    I,II,III,orIVinTable1.3.3oraverticalstructuralirregularityofTypeIVinTable1.3.2,the
    designforcesdeterminedfromSection2.5.9shallbeincreased25percentforconnections
    of diaphragms to vertical elements and to collectors and for connections of collectors to
    the vertical elements. Collectors and their connections also shall be designed for these
    increased forces unless they are designed for the load combinations with overstrength
    factor.

    ii) For structures having a plan irregularity of Type II in Table 1.3.3, diaphragm chords and
    collectorsshallbedesignedconsideringindependentmovementofanyprojectingwingsof

    21
    Part6

    thestructure.Eachofthesediaphragmelementsshallbedesignedforthemoresevereof
    thefollowingcases:

    1. Motionoftheprojectingwingsinthesamedirection.

    2. Motionoftheprojectingwingsinopposingdirections.
    Exception:

    ThisrequirementmaybedeemedtobesatisfiediftheproceduresofSec2.5.10whenseismicforcesarepresent,in
    conjunctionwithathreedimensionalmodel,havebeenusedtodeterminethelateralseismicforcesfordesign.

    1.7.3.9 FRAMINGBELOWTHEBASE
    Whenstructuralframingscontinuebelowthebase,thefollowingrequirementsshallbesatisfied.

    a. FramingbetweentheBaseandtheFoundation:Thestrengthandstiffnessoftheframingbetween
    thebaseandthefoundationshallnotbelessthanthatofthesuperstructure.Thespecialdetailing
    requirements of Sec 8.3 or 10.20, as appropriate for reinforced concrete or steel, shall apply to
    columns supporting discontinuous lateral force resisting elements and to SMRF, IMRF, and EBF
    system elements below the base which are required to transmit the forcesresulting fromlateral
    loadstothefoundation.

    b. Foundations: The foundation shall be capable of transmitting the design base shear and the
    overturning forces from the superstructure into the supporting soil, but the short term dynamic
    nature of the loads may be taken into account in establishing the soil properties. Sec 1.8 below
    prescribestheadditionalrequirementsforspecifictypesoffoundationconstruction.

    1.8 FOUNDATIONDESIGNREQUIREMENTS
    1.8.1 GENERAL
    The design andconstruction of foundation, foundation components and connection between thefoundation and
    superstructureshallconformtotherequirementsofthissectionandapplicableprovisionsofChapter3andother
    portionsofthisCode.

    1.8.2 SOILCAPACITIES
    Thebearingcapacityofthesoil,orthecapacityofthesoilfoundationsystemincludingfooting,pile,pierorcaisson
    andthesoil,shallbesufficienttosupportthestructurewithallprescribedloads,consideringthesettlementofthe
    structure. For piles, this refers to pile capacity as determined by pilesoil friction and bearing which may be
    determinedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter3.Fortheloadcombinationincludingearthquake,thesoil
    capacity shall be sufficient to resist loads at acceptable strains considering both the short time loading and the
    dynamicpropertiesofthesoil.Thestressandsettlementofsoilunderappliedloadsshallbedeterminedbasedon
    establishedmethodsofSoilMechanics.

    1.8.3 SUPERSTRUCTURETOFOUNDATIONCONNECTION
    Theconnectionofsuperstructureelementstothefoundationshallbeadequatetotransmittothefoundationthe
    forcesforwhichtheelementsarerequiredtobedesigned.

    22
    Chapter1

    1.8.4 FOUNDATIONSOILINTERFACE
    For regular buildings the base overturning moments for the entire structure or for any one of its lateral force
    resisting elements, shall not exceed twothirds of the dead load resisting moment. The weight of the earth
    superimposedoverfootingsmaybeusedtocalculatethedeadloadresistingmoment.

    1.8.5 SPECIALREQUIREMENTSFORFOOTINGS,PILESANDCAISSONSINSEISMIC
    ZONES2,3AND4

    1.8.5.1 PILESANDCAISSONS
    Piles and caissons shall be designed for flexure whenever the top of such members is anticipated to be laterally
    displacedbyearthquakemotions.ThecriteriaanddetailingrequirementsofSec8.3forconcreteandSec10.20for
    steelshallapplyforalengthofsuchmembersequalto120percentoftheflexurallength.

    1.8.5.2 FOOTINGINTERCONNECTION
    a. Footingsandpilecapsshallbecompletelyinterconnectedbystruttiesorotherequivalentmeans
    torestraintheirlateralmovementsinanyorthogonaldirection.

    b. Thestruttiesorotherequivalentmeansasspecifiedin(a)above,shallbecapableofresistingin
    tensionorcompressionaforcenotlessthan10%ofthelargerfootingorcolumnloadunlessitcan
    bedemonstratedthatequivalentrestraintcanbeprovidedbyfrictionalandpassivesoilresistance
    orbyotherestablishedmeans.

    1.8.6 RETAININGWALLDESIGN
    Retainingwallsshallbedesignedtoresistthelateralpressureoftheretainedmaterial,underdrainedorundrained
    conditions and including surcharge, in accordance with established engineering practice. For such walls, the
    minimumfactorofsafetyagainstbaseoverturningandslidingduetoappliedearthpressureshallbe1.5.

    1.9 DESIGNANDCONSTRUCTIONREVIEW
    Everybuildingorstructuredesignedshallhaveitsdesigndocumentspreparedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsof
    Sec1.9.1.Theminimumrequirementsfordesignreviewandconstructionobservationshallbethosesetforthunder
    Sec1.9.2and1.9.3respectively.

    1.9.1 DESIGNDOCUMENT
    The design documents shall be prepared and signed by the engineer responsible for the structural design of any
    building or structure intended for construction. The design documents shall include a design report, material
    specificationsandasetofstructuraldrawings,whichshallbepreparedincompliancewithSec1.9.2and1.9.3below
    forsubmittaltotheconcernedauthority.Forthepurposeofthisprovision,theconcernedauthorityshallbeeither
    personsfromthegovernmentapprovalagencyfortheconstruction,ortheownerofthebuildingorthestructure,or
    oneofhisrepresentatives.

    1.9.2 DESIGNREPORT
    Thedesignreportshallcontainthedescriptionofthestructuraldesignwithbasic designinformationasprovided
    below,sothatanyotherstructuraldesignengineerwillbeabletoindependentlyverifythedesignparametersand
    themembersizesusingthesebasicinformation.Thedesignreportshallinclude,butnotbelimitedto,thefollowing
    :

    23
    Part6

    a) Name and governing edition of this Code and other referenced standards, and the specific
    portions, stating chapter, section, clause etc. of these Code and standards including any
    specialistreportusedforthestructuraldesign.

    b) Methodsusedforthecalculationofallappliedloadsalongwithbasicloadcoefficientsand
    other basic information including any assumption or judgment made under special
    circumstances.

    c) A drawing of the complete mathematical model prepared in accordance with Sec 1.2.7.1 to
    represent the structure and showing on it the values, locations and directions of all applied
    loads,andlocationofthelateralloadresistingsystemssuchasshearwalls,bracedframesetc.

    d) Methodsofstructuralanalysis,andresultsoftheanalysissuchasshear,moment,axialforce
    etc., used for proportioning various structural members and joints including foundation
    members.

    e) Methods of structural design including types and strength of the materials of construction
    usedforproportioningthestructuralmembers.

    f) Reference of the soil report or any other documents used in the design of the structure,
    foundationorcomponentsthereof.

    g) Statementsupportingthevalidityoftheabovedesigndocumentswithdateandsignatureof
    theengineerresponsibleforthestructuraldesign.

    h) When computer programs are used, to any extent, to aid in the analysis or design of the
    structure,thefollowingitems,inadditiontoitems(a)through(g)above,shallberequiredto
    beincludedinthedesignreport:

    i. Asketchofthemathematicalmodelusedtorepresentthestructureinthecomputer
    generatedanalysis.

    ii. The computer output containing the date of processing, program identification,
    identification of structures being analysed, all input data, units and final results. The
    computer input data shall be clearly distinguished from those computed in the
    program.

    iii. A program description containing the information necessary to verify the input data
    and interpret the results to determine the nature and extent of the analysis and to
    checkwhetherthecomputationscomplywiththeprovisionsofthisCode.

    iv. Thefirstsheetofeachcomputerrunshallbesignedbytheengineerresponsibleforthe
    structuraldesign.

    1.9.3 STRUCTURALDRAWINGSANDMATERIALSPECIFICATIONS
    Thestructuraldrawingsshallinclude,butnotbelimitedto,thefollowing:

    a) Thefirstsheetshallcontain:(1)identificationoftheprojecttowhichthebuildingorthestructure,
    orportionthereofbelongs,(2)referencetothedesignreportspecifiedinSec1.9.2above,(3)date
    ofcompletionofdesign,and(4)identificationandsignaturewithdateoftheengineerresponsible
    forthestructuraldesign.

    24
    Chapter1

    b) The second sheet shall contain detail material specifications showing : (1) Specified compressive
    strength of concrete at stated ages or stages of construction for which each part of structure is
    designed (2) Specified strength or grade of reinforcement (3) Specified strength of prestressing
    tendonsorwires(4)Specifiedstrengthorgradeofsteel(5)Specifiedstrengthsforbolts,weldsetc.
    (6) Specified strength of masonry, timber, bamboo, ferrocement (7) Minimum concrete
    compressivestrengthattimeofposttensioning(8)Stressingsequenceforposttensioningtendons
    (9) General notes indicating clear cover, development lengths of reinforcements, or any other
    design parameter relevant to the member or connection details provided in drawings to be
    followed,asapplicable,and(10)identificationandsignaturewithdateoftheengineerresponsible
    forthestructuraldesign.

    c) Drawing sheets, other than the first two, shall include structural details of the elements of the
    structure clearly showing all sizes, crosssections and relative locations, connections,
    reinforcements, laps, stiffeners, welding types, lengths and locations etc. whichever is applicable
    for a particular construction. Floor levels, column centres and offset etc., shall be dimensioned.
    Camber of trusses and beams, if required, shall be shown on drawings. For bolt connected
    members,connectiontypessuchasslip,critical,tensionorbearingtype,shallbeindicatedonthe
    drawing.

    d) Drawingsshallbepreparedtoascalelargeenoughtoshowtheinformationclearlyandthescales
    shallbemarkedonthedrawingsheets.Ifanyvariationfromthedesignspecificationsprovidedin
    sheettwooccurs,thedrawingsheetshallbeprovidedadditionallywiththedesignspecifications
    includingmaterialtypesandstrength,clearcoveranddevelopmentlengthsofreinforcements,or
    anyotherdesignparameterrelevanttothememberorconnectiondetailsprovidedinthatdrawing
    sheet.Eachdrawingsheetshallalsocontainthesignaturewithdateoftheengineerresponsiblefor
    thestructuraldesign.

    1.9.4 DESIGNREVIEW
    ThedesigndocumentsspecifiedinSec1.9.1shallbeavailableforreviewwhenrequiredbytheconcernedauthority.
    Review shall be accomplished by an independent structural engineer qualified for this task and appointed by the
    concernedauthority.Designreviewshallbeperformedthroughindependentcalculations,basedontheinformation
    provided in the design documents prepared and signed by the original structural design engineer, to verify the
    designparametersincludingappliedloads,methodsofanalysisanddesign,andfinaldesigndimensionsandother
    detailsof the structural elements. The reviewing engineer shall also check thesufficiency andappropriateness of
    thesuppliedstructuraldrawingsforconstruction.

    1.9.5 CONSTRUCTIONOBSERVATION
    Construction observation shall be performed by a responsible person who will be a competent professional
    appointedbytheownerofthebuildingorthestructure.Constructionobservationshallinclude,butnotbelimited
    to,thefollowing:

    a. Specificationofanappropriatetestingandinspectionschedulepreparedandsignedwithdateby
    theresponsibleperson;

    b. Reviewoftestingandinspectionreports;and

    c. Regular site visit to verify the general compliance of the construction work with the structural
    drawingsandspecificationsprovidedinSec1.9.3above.

    25
    Chapter 2

    LOADSONBUILDINGSANDSTRUCTURES

    2.1 INTRODUCTION
    2.1.1 SCOPE
    This chapter specifies the minimum design forces including dead load, live load, wind and earthquake loads,
    miscellaneousloadsandtheirvariouscombinations.Theseloadsshallbeapplicableforthedesignofbuildings
    andstructuresinconformancewiththegeneraldesignrequirementsprovidedinChapter1.

    2.1.2 LIMITATIONS
    Provisionsofthischaptershallgenerallybeappliedtomajorityofbuildingsandotherstructurescoveredinthis
    code subject to normally expected loading conditions. For those buildings and structures having unusual
    geometricalshapes,responsecharacteristicsorsitelocations,orforthosesubjecttospecialloadingincluding
    tornadoes, special dynamic or hydrodynamic loads etc., sitespecific or casespecific data or analysis may be
    required to determine the design loads on them. In such cases, and all other cases for which loads are not
    specifiedinthischapter,loadinginformationmaybeobtainedfromreliablereferencesorspecialistadvicemay
    besought.However,suchloadsshallbeappliedincompliancewiththeprovisionsofotherpartsorsectionsof
    thisCode.

    2.2 DEADLOADS
    2.2.1 GENERAL
    Theminimumdesigndeadloadforbuildingsandportionsthereofshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththe
    provisionsofthissection.Inaddition,designoftheoverallstructureanditsprimaryloadresistingsystemsshall
    conformtothegeneraldesignprovisionsgiveninChapter1.

    2.2.2 DEFINITION
    DeadLoadistheverticalloadduetotheweightofpermanentstructuralandnonstructuralcomponentsand
    attachmentsofabuildingsuchaswalls,floors,ceilings,permanentpartitionsandfixedserviceequipmentetc.

    2.2.3 ASSESSMENTOFDEADLOAD
    Deadloadforastructuralmembershallbeassessedbasedontheforcesdueto:

    weightofthememberitself,

    weightofallmaterialsofconstructionincorporatedintothebuildingtobesupportedpermanentlyby
    themember,

    weightofpermanentpartitions,

    weightoffixedserviceequipment,and

    neteffectofprestressing.

    Part6

    2.2.4 WEIGHTOFMATERIALSANDCONSTRUCTIONS
    Inestimatingdeadloads,theactualweightsofmaterialsandconstructionsshallbeused,providedthatinthe
    absenceofdefiniteinformation,theweightsgiveninTables2.2.1and2.2.2shallbeassumedforthepurposes
    ofdesign.

    Table2.2.1:UnitWeightofBasicMaterials

    Unitweight Unit
    Material (kN/m3) Material Weight
    (kN/m3)
    Aluminium 27.0 Granite,Basalt 26.4
    Asphalt 21.2 Ironcast 70.7
    Brass 83.6 wrought 75.4
    Bronze 87.7 Lead 111.0
    Brick 18.9 Limestone 24.5
    Cement 14.7 Marble 26.4
    Coal,loose 8.8 Sand,dry 15.7
    Concretestoneaggregate(unreinforced) 22.8* Sandstone 22.6
    brickaggregate(unreinforced) 20.4* Slate 28.3
    Copper 86.4 Steel 77.0
    Cork,normal 1.7 StainlessSteel 78.75
    Cork,compressed 3.7 Timber 5.911.0
    Glass,window(sodalime) 25.5 Zinc 70.0
    *forreinforcedconcrete,add0.63kN/m3foreach1%byvolumeofmainreinforcement

    2.2.5 WEIGHTOFPERMANENTPARTITIONS
    When partition walls are indicated on the plans, their weight shall be considered as dead load acting as
    concentratedlineloadsintheiractualpositionsonthefloor.Theloadsduetoanticipatedpartitionwalls,which
    arenotindicatedontheplans,shallbetreatedasliveloadsanddeterminedinaccordancewithSec2.3.2.4.

    2.2.6 WEIGHTOFFIXEDSERVICEEQUIPMENT
    Weights of fixed service equipment and other permanent machinery, such as electrical feeders and other
    machinery,heating,ventilatingandairconditioningsystems,liftsandescalators,plumbingstacksandrisersetc.
    shallbeincludedasdeadloadwheneversuchequipmentaresupportedbystructuralmembers.

    2.2.7 ADDITIONALLOADS
    In evaluating the final dead loads on a structural member for design purposes,allowances shall be made for
    additional loads resulting from the (i) difference between the prescribed and the actual weights of the
    membersandconstructionmaterials;(ii)inclusionoffutureinstallations;(iii)changesinoccupancyoruseof
    buildings;and(iv)inclusionofstructuralandnonstructuralmembersnotcoveredinSec2.2.2and2.2.3.

    2.3 LIVELOADS
    2.3.1 GENERAL
    Theliveloadsusedforthestructuraldesignoffloors,roofandthesupportingmembersshallbethegreatest
    appliedloadsarisingfromtheintendeduseoroccupancyofthebuilding,orfromthestackingofmaterialsand
    the use of equipment and propping during construction, but shall not be less than the minimum design live
    loads set out by the provisions of this section. For the design of structural members for forces including live
    loads,requirementsoftherelevantsectionsofChapter1shallalsobefulfilled.

    2
    Chapter2

    Table2.2.2DeadLoad
    Weightper Weight
    Material/Component/Member UnitArea Material per
    (kN/m2) UnitArea
    (kN/m2)
    Floor WallsandPartitions
    Asphalt,25mmthick 0.526 Acrylic resin sheet, flat, per mm 0.012
    Claytiling,13mmthick 0.268 thickness
    Concreteslab(stoneaggregate)* Asbestoscementsheeting 0.072
    solid,100mmthick 2.360 4.5mmthick 0.106
    solid,150mmthick 3.540 6.0mmthick
    Galvanizedsteelfloordeck(excl.topping) 0.1470.383 Brickmasonrywork,excl.plaster 1.910
    Magnesiumoxychloride burnt clay, per 100 mm 1.980
    normal(sawdustfiller),25mmthick 0.345 thickness
    heavyduty(mineralfiller),25mmthick 0.527 sandlime, per 100 mm 2.360
    Terrazzopaving16mmthick 0.431 thickness 3.540
    Concrete(stoneaggregate)* 5.900
    Roof 100mmthick 0.034
    Acrylicresinsheet,corrugated 150mmthick 0.092
    3mmthick,standardcorrugations 0.043 250mmthick 0.269
    3mmthick,deepcorrugations 0.062 Fibre insulation board, per 10 mm 0.961
    Asbestoscement,corrugatedsheeting thickness 0.075
    (incl.lapandfastenings) Fibrous plaster board, per 10 mm 0.092
    6mmthick(standardcorrugations) 0.134 thickness 0.061
    6mmthick(deepcorrugations) 0.158 Glass,per10mmthickness
    Aluminium,corrugatedsheeting Hardboard,per10mmthickness
    (incl.lapandfastenings) Particle or flake board, per 10 mm 0.081
    1.2mmthick 0.048 thickness 0.287
    0.8mmthick 0.028 Plasterboard,per10mmthickness 0.480
    0.6mmthick 0.024 Plywood,per10mmthickness
    Aluminiumsheet(plain)
    1.2mmthick 0.033 Ceiling
    1.0mmthick 0.024 Fibrousplaster,10mmthick 0.019
    0.8mmthick 0.019 Cementplaster,13mmthick
    Bituminousfelt(5ply)andgravel 0.431 Suspendedmetallathandplaster 0.230
    Slates (twofacedincl.studding) 0.191
    4.7mmthick 0.335 0.153
    9.5mmthick 0.671 Miscellaneous 0.151
    Steelsheet,flatgalvanized Felt(insulating),per10mmthickness
    1.00mmthick 0.082 Plaster 0.671
    0.80mmthick 0.067 cement,per10mmthickness 0.995
    0.60mmthick 0.053 lime,per10mmthickness 1.388
    Steel,galvanizedstd.corrugatedsheeting PVCsheet,per10mmthickness
    (incl.lapandfastenings) Rubberpaving,per10mmthickness
    1.0mmthick 0.120 TerracottaHollowBlockMasonry
    0.8mmthick 0.096 75mmthick
    0.6mmthick 0.077 100mmthick
    Tiles 150mmthick
    terracotta(Frenchpattern) 0.575
    concrete,25mmthick 0.527
    claytiles 0.60.9
    *forbrickaggregate,90%ofthelistedvaluesmaybeused.

    2.3.2 DEFINITION
    Live load is the load superimposed by the use or occupancy of the building not including the environmental
    loadssuchaswindload,rainload,earthquakeloadordeadload.

    2.3.3 MINIMUMFLOORLIVELOADS
    The minimum floor live loads shall be the greatest actual imposed loads resulting from the intended use or
    occupancyofthefloor,andshallnotbelessthantheuniformlydistributedloadpatternsspecifiedinSec2.3.4
    ortheconcentratedloadsspecifiedinSec2.3.5whicheverproducesthemostcriticaleffect.Theliveloadsshall
    beassumedtoactverticallyupontheareaprojectedonahorizontalplane.

    3
    Part6
    Table2.3.1 MinimumUniformlyDistributedLiveLoads,AndMinimumConcentratedLiveLoads
    OccupancyorUse Uniform Conc.
    kN/m2 kN
    Apartments(seeResidential)
    Accessfloorsystems
    Officeuse 2.4 8.9
    Computeruse 4.79 8.9
    Armoriesanddrillrooms 7.18
    Assemblyareasandtheaters
    Fixedseats(fastenedtofloor) 2.87
    Lobbies 4.79
    Movableseats 4.79
    Platforms(assembly) 4.79
    Stagefloors 7.18
    Balconies(exterior) 4.79
    Ononeandtwofamilyresidencesonly,andnotexceeding19.3m2 2.87
    Bowlingalleys,poolrooms,andsimilarrecreationalareas 3.59
    Catwalksformaintenanceaccess 1.92 1.33
    Corridors
    Firstfloor 4.79
    Otherfloors,sameasoccupancyservedexceptasindicated
    Dancehallsandballrooms 4.79
    Decks(patioandroof)
    Sameasareaserved,orforthetypeofoccupancyaccommodated
    Diningroomsandrestaurants 4.79
    Dwellings(seeResidential)
    Elevatormachineroomgrating(onareaof2,580mm2) 1.33

    Finishlightfloorplateconstruction (onareaof645mm2) 0.89


    Fireescapes 4.79
    Onsinglefamilydwellingsonly 1.92
    Fixedladders SeeSection2.3.11
    Garages(passengervehiclesonly)Trucksandbuses 1.92a,b
    Grandstands(seeStadiumsandarenas,Bleachers)
    Gymnasiumsmainfloorsandbalconies 4.79
    Handrails,guardrails,andgrabbars SeeSection2.3.11
    Hospitals
    Operatingrooms,laboratories 2.87 4.45
    Patientrooms 1.92 4.45
    Corridorsabovefirstfloor 3.83 4.45
    Hotels(seeResidential)
    Libraries
    Readingrooms 2.87 4.45
    Stackrooms 7.18c 4.45
    Corridorsabovefirstfloor 3.83 4.45
    Manufacturing
    Light 6.00 8.90
    Heavy 11.97 13.40
    Marquees 3.59
    OfficeBuildings
    Fileandcomputerroomsshallbedesignedforheavierloads basedonanticipated
    occupancy

    Lobbiesandfirstfloorcorridors 4.79 8.90


    Offices 2.40 8.90
    Corridorsabovefirstfloor 3.83 8.90

    4
    Chapter2

    Table2.3.1 MinimumUniformlyDistributedLiveLoads,AndMinimumConcentratedLiveLoads(Contd.)
    PenalInstitutions
    Cellblocks 1.92
    Corridors 4.79
    Residential
    Dwellings(oneandtwofamily)
    Uninhabitableatticswithoutstorage 0.48
    Uninhabitableatticswithstorage 0.96
    Habitableatticsandsleepingareas 1.44
    Allotherareasexceptstairsandbalconies 1.92

    Hotelsandmultifamilyhouses
    Privateroomsandcorridorsservingthem 1.92
    Publicroomsandcorridorsservingthem 4.79

    Reviewingstands,grandstands,andbleachers 4.79d
    Roofs
    Ordinaryflat,pitched,andcurvedroofs 0.96h
    Roofsusedforpromenadepurposes 2.87
    Roofsusedforroofgardensorassemblypurposes 4.79
    Roofsusedforotherspecialpurposes i i
    Awningsandcanopies
    Fabricconstructionsupportedbyalightweightrigidskeletonstructure 0.24(nonreduceable)
    Allotherconstruction 0.96
    Primaryroofmembers,exposedtoaworkfloor
    Singlepanelpointoflowerchordofrooftrussesoranypointalongprimary 8.9
    structuralmemberssupportingroofsovermanufacturing,storage
    warehouses,andrepairgarages
    Allotheroccupancies 1.33
    Allroofsurfacessubjecttomaintenance workers 1.33
    Schools
    Classrooms 1.92 4.45
    Corridorsabovefirstfloor 3.83 4.45
    Firstfloorcorridors 4.79 4.45
    Scuttles,skylightribs,andaccessibleceilings 0.89
    Sidewalks,vehiculardriveways,andyardssubjecttotrucking 11.97e 35.60f
    Stadiumsandarenas
    Bleachers 4.79d
    Fixedseats(fastenedtofloor)
    2.87d
    Stairsandexitways 4.79 g
    Oneandtwofamilyresidencesonly 1.92
    Storageareasaboveceilings 0.96
    Storagewarehouses(shallbedesignedforheavierloadsifrequiredfor
    anticipatedstorage)
    Light 6.00
    Heavy 11.97
    Stores
    Retail
    Firstfloor 4.79 4.45
    Upper loors 3.59 4.45
    Wholesale,allfloors 6.00 4.45
    Vehiclebarriers SeeSection2.3.11
    Walkwaysandelevatedplatforms(otherthanexitways) 2.87
    Yardsandterraces,pedestrian 4.79
    aFloorsingaragesorportionsofabuildingusedforthestorageofmotorvehiclesshallbedesignedfortheuniformly
    distributedliveloadsofTable2.3.1orthefollowingconcentratedload:(1)forgaragesrestrictedtopassengervehicles
    accommodatingnotmorethanninepassengers,13.35kNactingonanareaof114mmby114mmfootprintofajack;
    and(2)formechanicalparkingstructureswithoutslabordeckthatareusedforstoringpassengercaronly,10kNper
    wheel.

    5
    Part6
    bGaragesaccommodatingtrucksandbusesshallbedesignedinaccordancewithanapprovedmethod,whichcontains
    provisionsfortruckandbusloadings.
    cTheloadingappliestostackroomfloorsthatsupportnonmobile,doublefacedlibrarybookstackssubjecttothe
    followinglimitations:(1)Thenominalbook stackunitheightshallnotexceed2290mm;(2)thenominalshelfdepth
    shallnotexceed305mmforeachface;and(3)parallelrowsof doublefacedbookstacksshallbeseparatedbyaisles
    notlessthan914mmwide.
    dInadditiontotheverticalliveloads,thedesignshallincludehorizontalswayingforcesappliedtoeachrowofthe
    seatsasfollows:0.350kNperlinearmeterofseatappliedinadirectionparalleltoeachrowofseatsand0.15kNper
    linearmeterofseatappliedinadirectionperpendiculartoeachrowofseats.Theparallelandperpendicular
    horizontalswayingforcesneednotbeappliedsimultaneously.
    eOtheruniformloadsinaccordancewithanapprovedmethod,whichcontainsprovisionsfortruckloadings,shallalso
    beconsideredwhereappropriate.
    fTheconcentratedwheelloadshallbeappliedonanareaof114mmby114mmfootprintofajack.
    gMinimumconcentratedloadonstairtreads(onareaof2,580mm2)is1.33kN.
    hWhereuniformroofliveloadsarereducedtolessthan1.0kN/m2inaccordancewithSection2.3.14.1andare
    appliedtothedesignofstructural membersarrangedsoastocreatecontinuity,thereducedroofliveloadshallbe
    appliedtoadjacentspansortoalternatespans,whicheverproducesthegreatest unfavorableeffect.
    iRoofsusedforotherspecialpurposesshallbedesignedforappropriateloadsasapprovedbytheauthorityhaving
    jurisdiction.

    2.3.4 UNIFORMLYDISTRIBUTEDLOADS
    The uniformly distributed live load shall not be less than the values listed in Table 2.3.1, reduced as may be
    specifiedinSec2.3.13,applieduniformlyovertheentireareaofthefloor,oranyportionthereoftoproduce
    themostadverseeffectsinthememberconcerned.

    2.3.5 CONCENTRATEDLOADS
    The concentrated loadto beappliednonconcurrently with the uniformly distributed load givenin Sec 2.3.4,
    shall not be less than that listed in Table 2.3.1. Unless otherwise specified in Table 2.3.1 or in the following
    paragraph,theconcentratedloadshallbeappliedoveranareaof300mmx300mmandshallbelocatedsoas
    toproducethemaximumstressconditionsinthestructuralmembers.

    Inareaswherevehiclesareusedorstored,suchascarparkinggarages,ramps,repairshopsetc.,provisionshall
    bemadeforconcentratedloadsconsistingoftwoormoreloadsspacednominally1.5moncentresinabsence
    oftheuniformliveloads.Eachloadshallbe40percentofthegrossweightofthemaximumsizevehicletobe
    accommodated and applied over an area of 750 mm x 750 mm. For the storage of private or pleasuretype
    vehicles without repair or fuelling, floors shall be investigated in the absence of the uniform live load, for a
    minimumconcentratedwheelloadof9kNspaced1.5moncentres,appliedoveranareaof750mmx750
    mm. The uniform live loads for these cases are provided in Table 2.3.1 The condition of concentrated or
    uniformliveloadproducingthegreaterstressesshallgovern.

    2.3.6 PROVISIONFORPARTITIONWALLS
    Whenpartitions,not indicatedonthe plans,areanticipatedtobeplacedonthefloors,theirweightshallbe
    included as an additional live load acting as concentrated line loads in an arrangement producing the most
    severeeffectonthefloor,unlessitcanbeshownthatamorefavourablearrangementofthepartitionsshall
    prevailduringthefutureuseofthefloor.

    Inthecaseoflightpartitions,whereinthetotalweightpermetrerunisnotgreaterthan5.5kN,auniformly
    distributedliveloadmaybeappliedonthefloorinlieuoftheconcentratedlineloadsspecifiedabove.Such
    uniformliveloadpersquaremetreshallbeatleast33%oftheweightpermetrerunofthepartitions,subject
    toaminimumof1.2kN/m2.

    6
    Chapter2

    2.3.7 MORETHANONEOCCUPANCY
    Whereanareaofafloorisintendedfortwoormoreoccupanciesatdifferenttimes,thevaluetobeusedfrom
    Table2.3.1shallbethegreatestvalueforanyoftheoccupanciesconcerned.

    2.3.8 MINIMUMROOFLIVELOADS
    Roofliveloadsshallbeassumedtoactverticallyovertheareaprojectedbytherooforanyportionofitupona
    horizontalplane,andshallbedeterminedasspecifiedinthefollowingsections:

    2.3.8.1 REGULARPURPOSEFLAT,PITCHEDANDCURVEDROOFS
    Liveloadsonregularpurposeroofsshallbethegreatestappliedloadsproducedduringusebymovableobjects
    suchasplantersandpeople,andthoseinducedduringmaintenancebyworkers,equipmentandmaterialsbut
    shallnotbelessthanthosegiveninTable2.3.2.

    2.3.8.2 SPECIALPURPOSEROOFS
    Forspecialpurposeroofs,liveloadsshallbeestimatedbasedontheactualweightdependingonthetypeof
    use,butshallnotbelessthanthefollowingvalues:

    a)roofsusedforpromenadepurposes 3.0kN/m2

    b)roofsusedforassemblypurposes 5.0kN/m2

    c)roofsusedforgardens 5.0kN/m2

    d)roofsusedforotherspecialpurposestobedeterminedasperSec2.3.9

    2.3.8.3 ACCESSIBLEROOFSUPPORTINGMEMBERS
    Rooftrussesoranyotherprimaryroofsupportingmemberbeneathwhichafullceilingisnotprovided,shallbe
    capableofsupportingsafely,inadditiontootherroofloads,aconcentratedloadatthelocationsasspecified
    below:
    a) Industrial, Storage and Garage Buildings Any single panel point of the 9.0kN
    lowerchordofarooftruss,oranypointofotherprimaryroofsupporting
    member

    b) BuildingwithOtherOccupanciesAnysinglepanelpointofthelowerchord 1.3kN
    ofarooftruss,oranypointofotherprimaryroofsupportingmember

    2.3.9 LOADSNOTSPECIFIED
    Liveloads,notspecifiedforusesoroccupanciesinSec2.3.3,2.3.4and2.3.5,shallbedeterminedfromloads
    resultingfrom:
    a) weightoftheprobableassemblyofpersons;
    b) weightoftheprobableaccumulationofequipmentandfurniture,and
    c) weightoftheprobablestorageofmaterials.

    2.3.10 PARTIALLOADINGANDOTHERLOADINGARRANGEMENTS
    The full intensity of the appropriately reduced live load applied only to a portion of the length or area of a
    structure or member shall be considered, if it produces a more unfavourable effect than the same intensity
    appliedoverthefulllengthorareaofthestructureormember.
    Where uniformly distributed live loads are used in the design of continuous members and their supports,
    considerationshallbegiventofulldeadloadonallspansincombinationwithfullliveloadsonadjacentspans
    andonalternatespanswhicheverproducesamoreunfavourableeffect.

    7
    Part6

    Table2.3.2:MinimumRoofLiveLoads(1)
    TypeandSlopeofRoof Distributed Concentrated
    Load,kN/m2 Load,kN
    I Flatroof(slope=0) 1.5 1.8

    II 1.Pitchedorslopedroof(0<slope<1/3) 1.0 0.9
    2Archedroofordome(rise<1/8span)

    III 1.Pitchedorslopedroof(1/3slope<1.0) 0.8 0.9
    2.Archedroofordome(1/8rise<3/8span)

    IV 1.Pitchedorslopedroof(slope1.0) 0.6 0.9
    2.Archedroofordome(rise3/8span)

    V Greenhouse,andagriculturebuildings 0.5 0.9

    VI Canopiesandawnings,exceptthosewith sameasgiveninIthroughIV
    clothcovers abovebasedonthetypeand
    slope.
    Note:(1) GreaterofthisloadandrainloadasspecifiedinSec2.6.3shallbetakenasthedesignliveload
    forroof.Thedistributedloadshallbeappliedovertheareaoftheroofprojecteduponahorizontalplane
    and shall not be applied simultaneously with the concentrated load. The concentrated load shall be
    assumedtoactupona300mmx300mmareaandneednotbeconsideredforroofscapableoflaterally
    distributingtheload,e.g.reinforcedconcreteslabs.

    2.3.11 OTHERLIVELOADS
    Liveloadsonmiscellaneousstructuresandcomponents,suchashandrailsandsupportingmembers,parapets
    and balustrades, ceilings, skylights and supports, and the like, shall be determined from the analysis of the
    actualloadsonthem,butshallnotbelessthanthosegiveninTable2.3.3.

    2.3.12 IMPACTANDDYNAMICLOADS
    The live loads specifiedin Sec 2.3.3shall be assumed to include allowances for impacts arising from normal
    usesonly.However,forcesimposedbyunusualvibrationsandimpactsresultingfromtheoperationofinstalled
    machineryandequipmentshallbedeterminedseparatelyandtreatedasadditionalliveloads.Liveloadsdueto
    vibrationorimpactshallbedeterminedbydynamicanalysisofthesupportingmemberorstructureincluding
    foundations, or from the recommended values supplied by the manufacture of the particular equipment or
    machinery.Inabsenceofadefiniteinformation,valueslistedinTable2.3.4forsomecommonequipment,shall
    beusedfordesignpurposes.

    2.3.13 REDUCTIONOFLIVELOADS
    Exceptforroofuniformliveloads,allotherminimumuniformlydistributedliveloads,LoinTable2.3.1,maybe
    reducedaccordingtothefollowingprovisions.

    2.3.13.1 GENERAL
    SubjecttothelimitationsofSections2.3.13.2through2.3.13.5,membersforwhichavalueofKLLATis37.16m2
    ormorearepermittedtobedesignedforareducedliveloadinaccordancewiththefollowingformula:
    .
    0.25 (2.3.1)
    2
    where,L=reduceddesignliveloadperm ofareasupportedbythemember;L0=unreduceddesignliveload
    perm2ofareasupportedbythemember(seeTable2.3.1);KLL=liveloadelementfactor(seeTable2.3.5);AT=
    tributaryareainm2.Lshallnotbelessthan0.50L0formemberssupportingonefloorandLshallnotbelessthan
    0.40L0formemberssupportingtwoormorefloors.

    8
    Chapter2

    Table2.3.3:MiscellaneousLiveLoads
    StructuralMemberorComponent LiveLoad(1)
    (kN/m)
    1. Handrails,parapetsandsupports:
    a)Lightaccessstairs,gangwaysetc.
    i) width0.6m 0.25
    ii) width>0.6m 0.35

    b)Staircasesotherthanin(a)above,ramps,balconies:
    i) Singledwellingandprivate 0.35
    ii) Staircasesinresidentialbuildings 0.35
    iii) Balconiesorportionthereof,standsetc.having 1.5
    fixedseatswithin0.55mofthebarrier
    vi) Publicassemblybuildingsincludingtheatres, 3.0
    cinemas,assemblyhalls,stadiums,mosques,
    churches,schoolsetc.
    vi) Buildingsandoccupanciesotherthan(i)through(iv)above 0.75

    2. Vehiclebarriersforcarparksandramps:
    a) Forvehicleshavinggrossmass2500kg 100(2)
    b) Forvehicleshavinggrossmass>2500kg
    c) Forrampsofcarparksetc. 165(2)
    seenote(3)
    Note: (1) Theseloadsshallbeappliednonconcurrentlyalonghorizontalandverticaldirections,
    exceptasspecifiedinnote(2)below.
    (2) Theseloadsshallbeappliedonlyinthehorizontaldirection,uniformlydistributedover
    anylengthof1.5mofabarrierandshallbeconsideredtoactatbumperheight.Forcase
    2(a)bumperheightmaybetakenas375mmabovefloorlevel.
    (3) Barrierstoaccessrampsofcarparksshallbedesignedforhorizontalforcesequalto
    50%ofthosegivenin2(a)and2(b)appliedatalevelof610mmabovetheramp.
    Barrierstostraightexitrampsexceeding20minlengthshallbedesignedfor
    horizontalforcesequaltotwicethevaluesgivenin2(a)and2(b).

    Table2.3.4:MinimumLiveLoadsonSupportsandConnectionsofEquipmentduetoImpact(1)
    EquipmentorMachinery Additionalloadduetoimpactaspercentage
    ofstaticloadincludingselfweight
    Vertical Horizontal
    1. Lifts,hoistsandrelatedoperating 100%
    machinery
    2. Lightmachinery(shaftormotordriven) 20%
    3. Reciprocatingmachinery,orpowerdriven 50%
    units.
    4. Hangerssupportingfloorsandbalconies 33%
    5. Cranes:
    a)Electricoverheadcranes 25%of i)Transversetotherail:
    maximum 20%oftheweightoftrolley
    wheelload andliftedloadonly,applied
    onehalfatthetopofeachrail

    ii)Alongtherail:
    10%ofmaximumwheelload
    appliedatthetopofeachrail

    b)Manuallyoperatedcranes 50%ofthe 50%ofthe
    valuesin(a) valuesin(a)above
    above

    c)Caboperatedtravellingcranes 25%

    Notapplicable

    Note:(1) Alltheseloadsshallbeincreasedifsorecommendedbythemanufacturer.For
    machineryandequipmentnotlisted,impactloadsshallbethoserecommendedby
    themanufacturers,ordeterminedbydynamicanalysis.

    9
    Part6

    2.3.13.2 HEAVYLIVELOADS.

    2
    Liveloadsthatexceed4.79kN/m shallnotbereduced.

    EXCEPTION:Liveloadsformemberssupportingtwoormorefloorsmaybereducedby20percent.

    2.3.13.3 PASSENGERCARGARAGES.

    Theliveloadsshallnotbereducedinpassengercargarages.

    EXCEPTION:Liveloadsformemberssupportingtwoormorefloorsmaybereducedby20percent.

    2.3.13.4 SPECIALOCCUPANCIES.

    Liveloadsof4.79kN/m2orlessshallnotbereducedinpublicassemblyoccupancies.
    Thereshallbenoreductionofliveloadsforcycloneshelters.

    2.3.13.5 LIMITATIONSONONEWAYSLABS.

    Thetributaryarea,AT,foronewayslabsshallnotexceedanareadefinedbytheslabspantimesawidthnormal
    tothespanof1.5timestheslabspan.

    2.3.14 REDUCTIONINROOFLIVELOADS
    Theminimumuniformlydistributedroofliveloads,LoinTable2.3.1,arepermittedtobereducedaccordingto
    thefollowingprovisions.

    2.3.14.1 FLAT,PITCHED,ANDCURVEDROOFS.
    Ordinaryflat,pitched,andcurvedroofsarepermittedtobedesignedforareducedroofliveload,asspecified
    inEq.2.3.2 orothercontrolling combinationsof loads, as discussed laterin this chapter, whichever produces
    the greater load. In structures such as greenhouses, where special scaffolding is used as a work surface for
    workmenandmaterialsduringmaintenanceandrepairoperations,alowerroofloadthanspecifiedinEq.2.3.2
    shallnotbeusedunlessapprovedbytheauthorityhavingjurisdiction.Onsuchstructures,theminimumroof
    liveloadshallbe0.58kN/m2.

    Lr=LoR1R2where0.58Lr0.96 (2.3.2)

    where

    Lr=reducedroofliveloadperm2ofhorizontalprojectioninkN/m2

    ThereductionfactorsR1andR2shallbedeterminedasfollows:

    R1=1forAt18.58m2

    =1.20.011Atfor18.58m2<At<55.74m2

    =0.6forAt55.74m2

    whereAt=tributaryareainm2supportedbyanystructuralmemberand

    R2=1forF4

    =1.20.05Ffor4<F<12

    =0.6forF12

    10
    Chapter2

    where,forapitchedroof,F=0.12slope,withslopeexpressedinpercentagepointsand,foranarchordome,
    F=risetospanratiomultipliedby32.

    2.3.14.2 SPECIALPURPOSEROOFS.
    Roofsthathaveanoccupancyfunction,suchasroofgardens,assemblypurposes,orotherspecialpurposesare
    permittedtohavetheiruniformlydistributedliveloadreducedinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSection
    2.3.13.

    Table2.3.5LiveLoadElementFactor,KLL

    Element KLL
    Interiorcolumns 4
    Exteriorcolumnswithoutcantileverslabs 4
    Edgecolumnswithcantileverslabs 3
    Cornercolumnswithcantileverslabs 2
    Edgebeamswithoutcantileverslabs 2
    Interiorbeams 2
    Allothermembersnotidentifiedincluding: 1
    Edgebeamswithcantileverslabs
    Cantileverbeams
    Onewayslabs
    Twowayslabs
    Memberswithoutprovisionsforcontinuous
    sheartransfernormaltotheirspan
    aInlieuoftheprecedingvalues,KL L ispermittedtobecalculated.

    2.4 WINDLOADS

    2.4.1 GENERAL
    Scope: Buildings and other structures, including the Main WindForce Resisting System (MWFRS) and all
    componentsandcladdingthereof,shallbedesignedandconstructedtoresistwindloadsasspecifiedherein.

    Allowed Procedures: The design wind loads for buildings and other structures, including the MWFRS and
    componentandcladdingelementsthereof,shallbedeterminedusingoneofthefollowingprocedures:

    (1) Method1Simplified Procedure as specified in Section 2.4.4 for buildings and structures meeting the
    requirementsspecifiedtherein;

    (2) Method 2Analytical Procedure as specified in Section 2.4.5 for buildings and structures meeting the
    requirementsspecifiedtherein;

    (3)Method3WindTunnelProcedureasspecifiedinSection2.4.18.

    WindPressures:Actingonoppositefacesofeachbuildingsurface.Inthecalculationofdesignwindloadsfor
    the MWFRS and for components and cladding for buildings, the algebraic sum of the pressures acting on
    oppositefacesofeachbuildingsurfaceshallbetakenintoaccount.

    2.4.1.1 MINIMUMDESIGNWINDLOADING
    Thedesignwindload,determinedbyanyoneoftheproceduresspecifiedinSection2.4.1,shallbenotlessthan
    specifiedinthissection.

    MainWindForceResistingSystem:ThewindloadtobeusedinthedesignoftheMWFRSforanenclosedor
    partially enclosed building or other structure shall not be less than 0.5kN/m2 multiplied by the area of the

    11
    Part6

    building or structure projected onto a vertical plane normalto the assumed wind direction. Thedesign wind
    forceforopenbuildingsandotherstructuresshallbenotlessthan0.5kN/m2)multipliedbytheareaAf.

    ComponentsandCladding:Thedesignwindpressureforcomponentsandcladdingofbuildingsshallnotbeless
    thananetpressureof0.5kN/m2actingineitherdirectionnormaltothesurface.

    2.4.2 DEFINITIONS
    ThefollowingdefinitionsapplyonlytotheprovisionsofSection2.4:

    APPROVED:Acceptabletotheauthorityhavingjurisdiction.

    BASICWINDSPEED,V:Threesecondgustspeedat10mabovethegroundinExposureB(seeSection2.4.8.3)
    havingareturnperiodof50years.

    BUILDING, ENCLOSED: A building that does not comply with the requirements for open or partially enclosed
    buildings.

    BUILDING ENVELOPE: Cladding, roofing, exterior walls, glazing, door assemblies, window assemblies, skylight
    assemblies,andothercomponentsenclosingthebuilding.

    BUILDINGANDOTHERSTRUCTURE,FLEXIBLE:Slenderbuildingsandotherstructuresthathaveafundamental
    naturalfrequencylessthan1Hz.

    BUILDING,LOWRISE:Enclosedorpartiallyenclosedbuildingsthatcomplywiththefollowingconditions:

    1.Meanroofheighthlessthanorequalto18.3m.

    2.Meanroofheighthdoesnotexceedleasthorizontaldimension.

    BUILDING,OPEN:Abuildinghavingeachwallatleast80percentopen.Thisconditionisexpressedforeachwall
    bytheequationAo0.8Agwhere

    Ao=totalareaofopeningsinawallthatreceivespositiveexternalpressure(m2).

    Ag=thegrossareaofthatwallinwhichAoisidentified(m2).

    BUILDING,PARTIALLYENCLOSED:Abuildingthatcomplieswithbothofthefollowingconditions:

    1.Thetotalareaofopeningsinawallthatreceivespositiveexternalpressureexceedsthesumoftheareasof
    openingsinthebalanceofthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof)bymorethan10percent.

    2.Thetotalareaofopeningsinawallthatreceivespositiveexternalpressureexceeds0.37m2or1percentof
    the area of that wall, whichever is smaller, and the percentage of openings in the balance of the building
    envelopedoesnotexceed20percent.

    Theseconditionsareexpressedbythefollowingequations:

    1.Ao>1.10Aoi

    2.Ao>0.37m2or>0.01Ag,whicheverissmaller,

    andAoi/Agi0.20

    where

    Ao,AgareasdefinedforOpenBuilding

    Aoi=thesumoftheareasofopeningsinthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof)notincludingAo,inm2.

    Agi=thesumofthegrosssurfaceareasofthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof)notincludingAg,inm2.

    12
    Chapter2

    BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURE, REGULAR SHAPED: A building or other structure having no unusual
    geometricalirregularityinspatialform.

    BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURES, RIGID: A building or other structure whose fundamental frequency is
    greaterthanorequalto1Hz.

    BUILDING, SIMPLE DIAPHRAGM: A building in which both windward and leeward wind loads are transmitted
    throughfloorandroofdiaphragmstothesameverticalMWFRS(e.g.,nostructuralseparations).

    COMPONENTSANDCLADDING:ElementsofthebuildingenvelopethatdonotqualifyaspartoftheMWFRS.

    DESIGNFORCE,F:Equivalentstaticforcetobeusedinthedeterminationofwindloadsforopenbuildingsand
    otherstructures.

    DESIGNPRESSURE,p:Equivalentstaticpressuretobeusedinthedeterminationofwindloadsforbuildings.

    EAVE HEIGHT, h: The distance from the ground surface adjacent to the building to the roof eave line at a
    particularwall.Iftheheightoftheeavevariesalongthewall,theaverageheightshallbeused.

    EFFECTIVE WIND AREA, A: The area used to determine GCp. For component and cladding elements, the
    effectivewindareainFigs.2.4.11through2.4.17and2.4.19isthespanlengthmultipliedbyaneffectivewidth
    thatneednotbelessthanonethirdthespanlength.Forcladdingfasteners,theeffectivewindareashallnotbe
    greaterthantheareathatistributarytoanindividualfastener.

    ESCARPMENT:Alsoknownasscarp,withrespecttotopographiceffectsinSection2.4.9,aclifforsteepslope
    generallyseparatingtwolevelsorgentlyslopingareas(seeFig.2.4.4).

    FREEROOF:Roof(monoslope,pitched,ortroughed)inanopenbuildingwithnoenclosingwallsunderneaththe
    roofsurface.

    GLAZING:Glassortransparentortranslucentplasticsheetusedinwindows,doors,skylights,orcurtainwalls.

    GLAZING, IMPACT RESISTANT: Glazing that has been shown by testing in accordance with ASTM E1886 and
    ASTM E1996 or other approved test methods to withstand the impact of windborne missiles likely to be
    generatedinwindbornedebrisregionsduringdesignwinds.

    HILL:WithrespecttotopographiceffectsinSection2.4.9,alandsurfacecharacterizedbystrongreliefinany
    horizontaldirection(seeFig.2.4.4).

    HURRICANE PRONE REGIONS: Areas vulnerable to hurricanes; in Bangladesh these areas include the
    Sundarbans,southernpartsofBarisalandPatuakhali,Hatia,Bhola,easternpartsofChittagongandCoxsBazar

    IMPACT RESISTANT COVERING: A covering designed to protect glazing, which has been shown by testing in
    accordance with ASTM E1886 and ASTM E1996 or other approved test methods to withstand the impact of
    windbornedebrismissileslikelytobegeneratedinwindbornedebrisregionsduringdesignwinds.

    IMPORTANCEFACTOR,I:Afactorthataccountsforthedegreeofhazardtohumanlifeanddamagetoproperty.

    MAIN WINDFORCE RESISTING SYSTEM (MWFRS): An assemblage of structural elements assigned to provide
    supportandstabilityfortheoverallstructure.Thesystemgenerallyreceiveswindloadingfrommorethanone
    surface.

    MEANROOFHEIGHT,h:Theaverageoftheroofeaveheightandtheheighttothehighestpointontheroof
    surface,exceptthat,forroofanglesoflessthanorequalto10o,themeanroofheightshallbetheroofheave
    height.

    OPENINGS:Aperturesorholesinthebuildingenvelopethatallowairtoflowthroughthebuildingenvelopeand
    thataredesignedasopenduringdesignwindsasdefinedbytheseprovisions.

    RECOGNIZEDLITERATURE:Publishedresearchfindingsandtechnicalpapersthatareapproved.
    13
    Part6

    RIDGE:WithrespecttotopographiceffectsinSection2.4.9,anelongatedcrestofahillcharacterizedbystrong
    reliefintwodirections(seeFig.2.4.4).

    WINDBORNEDEBRISREGIONS:Areaswithinhurricaneproneregionslocated:

    1.Within1.6kmofthecoastalmeanhighwaterlinewherethebasicwindspeedisequaltoorgreaterthan180
    km/hor

    2.Inareaswherethebasicwindspeedisequaltoorgreaterthan200km/h.

    2.4.3 SYMBOLSANDNOTATION
    ThefollowingsymbolsandnotationapplyonlytotheprovisionsofSection2.4:

    A=effectivewindarea,inm2

    Af=areaofopen buildings andotherstructureseither normaltothe winddirectionorprojected ona plane


    normaltothewinddirection,inm2.

    Ag=thegrossareaofthatwallinwhichAoisidentified,inm2.

    Agi=thesumofthegrosssurfaceareasofthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof)notincludingAg,inm2

    Ao=totalareaofopeningsinawallthatreceivespositiveexternalpressure,inm2.

    Aoi=thesumoftheareasofopeningsinthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof)notincludingAo,inm2

    Aog=totalareaofopeningsinthebuildingenvelopeinm2

    As=grossareaofthesolidfreestandingwallorsolidsign,inm2

    a=widthofpressurecoefficientzone,inm.

    B=horizontaldimensionofbuildingmeasurednormaltowinddirection,inm.

    b=meanhourlywindspeedfactorinEq.2.4.14fromTable2.4.3

    =3sgustspeedfactorfromTable2.4.3

    Cf=forcecoefficienttobeusedindeterminationofwindloadsforotherstructures

    CN=netpressurecoefficienttobeusedindeterminationofwindloadsforopenbuildings

    Cp=externalpressurecoefficienttobeusedindeterminationofwindloadsforbuildings

    c=turbulenceintensityfactorinEq.2.4.5fromTable2.4.3

    D=diameterofacircularstructureormemberinm.

    D=depthofprotrudingelementssuchasribsandspoilersinm.

    F=designwindforceforotherstructures,inN.

    G=gusteffectfactor

    Gf=gusteffectfactorforMWFRSsofflexiblebuildingsandotherstructures

    GCpn=combinednetpressurecoefficientforaparapet

    GCp=productofexternalpressurecoefficientandgusteffectfactortobeusedindeterminationofwindloads
    forbuildings

    GCpf=productoftheequivalentexternalpressurecoefficientandgusteffectfactortobeusedindetermination
    ofwindloadsforMWFRSoflowrisebuildings

    14
    Chapter2

    GCpi=productofinternalpressurecoefficientandgusteffectfactortobeusedindeterminationofwindloads
    forbuildings

    gQ=peakfactorforbackgroundresponseinEqs.2.4.4and2.4.8

    gR=peakfactorforresonantresponseinEq.2.4.8

    gv=peakfactorforwindresponseinEqs.2.4.4and2.4.8

    H=heightofhillorescarpmentinFig.2.4.4,inm.

    h=meanroofheightofabuildingorheightofotherstructure,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedforroof
    o
    angleoflessthanorequalto10 ,inm.

    he=roofeaveheightataparticularwall,ortheaverageheightiftheeavevariesalongthewall

    I=importancefactor

    Iz=intensityofturbulencefromEq.2.4.5

    K1,K2,K3=multipliersinFig.2.4.4toobtainKzt

    Kd=winddirectionalityfactorinTable2.4.5

    Kh=velocitypressureexposurecoefficientevaluatedatheightz=h

    Kz=velocitypressureexposurecoefficientevaluatedatheightz

    Kzt=topographicfactorasdefinedinSection2.4.9

    L=horizontaldimensionofabuildingmeasuredparalleltothewinddirection,inm.

    Lh=distanceupwindofcrestofhillorescarpmentinFig.2.4.4towherethedifferenceingroundelevationis
    halftheheightofhillorescarpment,inm.

    L=integrallengthscaleofturbulence,inm.

    Lr=horizontaldimensionofreturncornerforasolidfreestandingwallorsolidsignfromFig.2.4.20,inm.

    l=integrallengthscalefactorfromTable2.4.3inm.

    N1=reducedfrequencyfromEq.2.4.12

    n1=buildingnaturalfrequency,Hz

    p=designpressuretobeusedindeterminationofwindloadsforbuildings,inN/m2

    pL=windpressureactingonleewardfaceinFig.2.4.9,inN/m2

    Pnet=netdesignwindpressurefromEq.2.4.2,inN/m2

    Pnet30=netdesignwindpressureforExposureAath=9.1mandI=1.0fromFig.2.4.3,inN/m2.

    Pp=combinednetpressureonaparapetfromEq.2.4.20,inN/m2.

    Ps=netdesignwindpressurefromEq.2.4.1,inN/m2.

    Ps30=simplifieddesignwindpressureforExposureAath=9.1mandI=1.0fromFig.2.4.2,inN/m2.

    PW=windpressureactingonwindwardfaceinFig.2.4.9,inN/m2.

    Q=backgroundresponsefactorfromEq.2.4.6

    q=velocitypressure,inN/m2.

    qh=velocitypressureevaluatedatheightz=h,inN/m2

    15
    Part6

    qi=velocitypressureforinternalpressuredetermination,inN/m2.

    qp=velocitypressureattopofparapet,inN/m2.

    qz=velocitypressureevaluatedatheightzaboveground,inN/m2.

    R=resonantresponsefactorfromEq.2.4.10

    RB,Rh,RL=valuesfromEq.2.4.13

    Ri=reductionfactorfromEq.2.4.16

    Rn=valuefromEq.2.4.11

    s=verticaldimensionofthesolidfreestandingwallorsolidsignfromFig.2.4.20,inm.

    r=risetospanratioforarchedroofs.

    V= basicwindspeedobtainedfromFig.2.4.1orTable2.4.1,inm/s.Thebasicwindspeedcorrespondstoa3s
    gustspeedat10mabovegroundinExposureCategoryBhavinganannualprobabilityofoccurrenceof
    0.02.

    Vi=unpartitionedinternalvolumem3

    V Z =meanhourlywindspeedatheight ,m/s.

    W=widthofbuildinginFigs.2.4.12and2.4.14AandBandwidthofspaninFigs.2.4.13and2.4.15,inm.

    X=distancetocenterofpressurefromwindwardedgeinFig.2.4.18,inm.

    x=distanceupwindordownwindofcrestinFig.2.4.4,inm.

    z=heightabovegroundlevel,inm.

    z=equivalentheightofstructure,inm.

    zg=nominalheightoftheatmosphericboundarylayerusedinthisstandard.ValuesappearinTable2.4.3

    zmin=exposureconstantfromTable2.4.3

    =3sgustspeedpowerlawexponentfromTable2.4.3

    =reciprocaloffromTable2.4.3

    =meanhourlywindspeedpowerlawexponentinEq.2.4.14fromTable2.4.3

    =dampingratio,percentcriticalforbuildingsorotherstructures

    =ratioofsolidareatogrossareaforsolidfreestandingwall,solidsign,opensign,faceofatrussedtower,or
    latticestructure

    =adjustmentfactorforbuildingheightandexposurefromFigs.2.4.2and2.4.3

    =integrallengthscalepowerlawexponentinEq.2.4.7fromTable2.4.3

    =valueusedinEq.2.4.13(seeSection2.4.10.2)

    =angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees

    v=heighttowidthratioforsolidsign

    16
    Chapter2

    2.4.4 METHOD1SIMPLIFIEDPROCEDURE

    2.4.4.1 SCOPE
    Abuildingwhosedesignwindloadsaredeterminedinaccordancewiththissectionshallmeetalltheconditions
    of Sections 2.4.4.2 or 2.4.4.3. If a building qualifies only under 2.4.4.2 for design of its components and
    cladding,thenitsMWFRSshallbedesignedbyMethod2orMethod3.

    Limitations on Wind Speeds: Variation of basic wind speeds with direction shall not be permitted unless
    substantiatedbyanyestablishedanalyticalmethodorwindtunneltesting.

    2.4.4.2 MAINWINDFORCERESISTINGSYSTEMS
    ForthedesignofMWFRSsthebuildingmustmeetallofthefollowingconditions:

    1.ThebuildingisasimplediaphragmbuildingasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    2.ThebuildingisalowrisebuildingasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    3. The building is enclosed as defined in Section 2.4.2 and conforms to the windborne debris provisions of
    Section2.4.11.3.

    4.ThebuildingisaregularshapedbuildingorstructureasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    5.ThebuildingisnotclassifiedasaflexiblebuildingasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    6. The building does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
    shedding,instabilityduetogallopingorflutter;anddoesnothaveasitelocationforwhichchannelingeffectsor
    buffetinginthewakeofupwindobstructionswarrantspecialconsideration.

    7. The building has an approximately symmetrical crosssection in each direction with either a flat roof or a
    gableorhiproofwith45.

    8.ThebuildingisexemptedfromtorsionalloadcasesasindicatedinNote5ofFig.2.4.10,orthetorsionalload
    casesdefinedinNote5donotcontrolthedesignofanyoftheMWFRSsofthebuilding.

    2.4.4.3 COMPONENTSANDCLADDING
    Forthedesignofcomponentsandcladdingthebuildingmustmeetallthefollowingconditions:

    1.Themeanroofheighthmustbelessthanorequalto18.3m(h18.3m).

    2. The building is enclosed as defined in Section 2.4.2 and conforms to the windborne debris provisions of
    Section2.4.11.3.

    3.ThebuildingisaregularshapedbuildingorstructureasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    4. The building does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
    shedding,instabilityduetogallopingorflutter;anddoesnothaveasitelocationforwhichchannelingeffectsor
    buffetinginthewakeofupwindobstructionswarrantspecialconsideration.

    5.Thebuildinghaseitheraflatroof,agableroofwith45o,orahiproofwith27o.

    2.4.4.4 DESIGNPROCEDURE
    1.ThebasicwindspeedVshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.6.Thewindshallbeassumedto
    comefromanyhorizontaldirection.

    2.AnimportancefactorIshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.7.

    3.AnexposurecategoryshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.8.3.

    17
    Part6

    4.Aheightandexposureadjustmentcoefficient,,shallbedeterminedfromFig.2.4.2.

    2.4.4.4.1 MainWindForceResistingSystem.
    Simplifieddesignwindpressures,ps,fortheMWFRSsoflowrisesimplediaphragmbuildingsrepresentthenet
    pressures (sum of internal and external) to be applied to the horizontal and vertical projections of building
    surfaces as shown in Fig. 2.4.2. For the horizontal pressures (zones A, B, C, D), ps is the combination of the
    windwardandleewardnetpressures.psshallbedeterminedbythefollowingequation:

    ps=KztIpS30 (2.4.1)

    where

    =adjustmentfactorforbuildingheightandexposurefromFig.2.4.2

    Kzt=topographicfactorasdefinedinSection2.4.9evaluatedatmeanroofheight,h

    I=importancefactorasdefinedinSection2.4.7

    pS30=simplifieddesignwindpressureforExposureA,ath=9.1m,andforI=1.0,fromFig.2.4.2

    MinimumPressures:Theloadeffectsofthedesignwindpressuresfromthissectionshallnotbelessthanthe
    minimumloadcasefromSection2.4.4.1assumingthepressures,ps,forzonesA,B,C,andDallequalto+0.5
    kN/m2,whileassumingzonesE,F,G,andHallequaltozerokN/m2.

    2.4.4.4.2 ComponentsandCladding
    Net design wind pressures, Pnet, for the components and cladding of buildings designed using Method 1
    represent the net pressures (sum of internal and external) to be applied normal to each building surface as
    showninFig.2.4.3.

    pnetshallbedeterminedbythefollowingequation:

    pnet=KztIPnet30 (2.4.2)

    where

    =adjustmentfactorforbuildingheightandexposurefromFig.2.4.3

    Kzt=topographicfactorasdefinedinSection2.4.9evaluatedatmeanroofheight,h

    I=importancefactorasdefinedinSection2.4.7

    pnet30=netdesignwindpressureforExposureA,ath=9.1m,andforI=1.0,fromFig.2.4.3

    Minimum Pressures : The positive design wind pressures, pnet, from this section shall not be less than +0.5
    kN/m2,andthenegativedesignwindpressures,pnet,fromthissectionshallnotbelessthan0.5kN/m2.

    2.4.4.4.3 AirPermeableCladding
    DesignwindloadsdeterminedfromFig.2.4.3shallbeusedforallairpermeablecladdingunlessapprovedtest
    data or the recognized literature demonstrate lower loads for the type of air permeable cladding being
    considered.

    2.4.5 METHOD2ANALYTICALPROCEDURE

    2.4.5.1 SCOPESANDLIMITATIONS
    A building or other structure whose design wind loads are determined in accordance with this section shall
    meetallofthefollowingconditions:

    1.ThebuildingorotherstructureisaregularshapedbuildingorstructureasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    18
    Chapter2

    2. The building or other structure does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind
    loading, vortex shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter; or does not have a site location for which
    channelingeffectsorbuffetinginthewakeofupwindobstructionswarrantspecialconsideration.

    Theprovisionsofthissectiontakeintoconsiderationtheloadmagnificationeffectcausedbygustsinresonance
    withalongwindvibrationsofflexiblebuildingsorotherstructures.Buildingsorotherstructures notmeeting
    therequirementsofSection2.4.4,orhavingunusualshapesorresponsecharacteristicsshallbedesignedusing
    recognizedliteraturedocumentingsuchwindloadeffectsorshallusethewindtunnelprocedurespecifiedin
    Section0.

    2.4.5.2 SHIELDING.
    There shall be no reductions in velocity pressure due to apparent shielding afforded by buildings and other
    structuresorterrainfeatures.

    2.4.5.3 AIRPERMEABLECLADDING
    DesignwindloadsdeterminedfromSection2.4.5shallbeusedforairpermeablecladdingunlessapprovedtest
    dataorrecognizedliteraturedemonstratelowerloadsforthetypeofairpermeablecladdingbeingconsidered.

    2.4.5.4 DESIGNPROCEDURE
    1. The basic wind speed V and wind directionality factor Kd shall be determined in accordance with Section
    2.4.6.

    2.AnimportancefactorIshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.7.

    3. An exposure category or exposure categories and velocity pressure exposure coefficient Kz or Kh, as
    applicable,shallbedeterminedforeachwinddirectioninaccordancewithSection2.4.8.

    4.AtopographicfactorKztshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.9.

    5.AgusteffectfactorGorGf,asapplicable,shallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.10.

    6.AnenclosureclassificationshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.11.

    7.InternalpressurecoefficientGCpishallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.12.1.

    8. External pressure coefficients Cp or GCpf, or force coefficients Cf, as applicable, shall be determined in
    accordancewithSection2.4.12.2or2.4.12.3,respectively.

    9.Velocitypressureqzorqh,asapplicable,shallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.4.11.5.

    10.DesignwindloadporFshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSections2.4.13.

    2.4.6 BASICWINDSPEED
    Thebasicwindspeed,V,usedinthedeterminationofdesignwindloadsonbuildingsandotherstructuresshall
    be as given in Fig.2.4.1 except as provided in Section 2.4.6.1. The wind shall be assumed to come from any
    horizontaldirection.

    2.4.6.1 SPECIALWINDREGIONS
    Thebasicwindspeedshallbeincreasedwhererecordsorexperienceindicatethatthewindspeedsarehigher
    than those reflected in Fig. 2.4.1. Mountainous terrain, gorges, and special regions shall be examined for
    unusualwindconditions.Theauthorityhavingjurisdictionshall,ifnecessary,adjustthevaluesgiveninFig.2.4.1
    to account for higher local wind speeds. Such adjustment shall be based on adequate meteorological
    informationandothernecessarydata.

    19
    Part6

    2.4.6.2 LIMITATION
    Tornadoeshavenotbeenconsideredindevelopingthebasicwindspeeddistributions.

    2.4.6.3 WINDDIRECTIONALITYFACTOR
    Thewinddirectionalityfactor,Kd,shallbedeterminedfromTable2.4.5.Thisfactorshallonlybeappliedwhen
    usedinconjunctionwithloadcombinationsspecifiedinChapter2ofPart6ofthiscode.

    2.4.7 IMPORTANCEFACTOR
    An importance factor, I, for the building or other structure shall be determined from Table 2.4.2 based on
    buildingandstructurecategorieslistedinSection1.2.4.

    2.4.8 EXPOSURE
    Foreachwinddirectionconsidered,theupwindexposurecategoryshallbebasedongroundsurfaceroughness
    thatisdeterminedfromnaturaltopography,vegetation,andconstructedfacilities.

    2.4.8.1 WINDDIRECTIONSANDSECTORS
    Foreachselectedwinddirectionatwhichthewindloadsaretobeevaluated,theexposureofthebuildingor
    o
    structure shall be determined for the two upwind sectors extending 45 either side of the selected wind
    direction.

    TheexposuresinthesetwosectorsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSections2.4.8.2and2.4.8.3andthe
    exposureresultinginthehighestwindloadsshallbeusedtorepresentthewindsfromthatdirection.

    2.4.8.2 SURFACEROUGHNESSCATEGORIES
    A ground surface roughness within each 45o sector shall be determined for a distance upwind of the site as
    defined in Section 2.4.8.3 from the categories defined in the following text, for the purpose of assigning an
    exposurecategoryasdefinedinSection2.4.8.3.

    SurfaceRoughnessA:Urbanandsuburbanareas,woodedareas,orotherterrainwithnumerouscloselyspaced
    obstructionshavingthesizeofsinglefamilydwellingsorlarger.

    SurfaceRoughnessB:Openterrainwithscatteredobstructionshavingheightsgenerallylessthan9.1m.This
    categoryincludesflatopencountry,grasslands,andallwatersurfacesinhurricaneproneregions.

    Surface Roughness C: Flat, unobstructed areas and water surfaces outside hurricane prone regions. This
    categoryincludessmoothmudflatsandsaltflats.

    2.4.8.3 EXPOSURECATEGORIES
    Exposure A: Exposure A shall apply where the ground surface roughness condition, as defined by Surface
    Roughness A, prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of at least 792 m or 20times the height of the
    building,whicheverisgreater.

    EXCEPTION:Forbuildingswhosemeanroofheightislessthanorequalto9.1m,theupwinddistancemaybe
    reducedto457m.

    ExposureB:ExposureBshallapplyforallcaseswhereExposuresAorCdonotapply.

    ExposureC:ExposureCshallapplywherethegroundsurfaceroughness,asdefinedbySurfaceRoughnessC,
    prevailsintheupwinddirectionforadistancegreaterthan1,524mor20timesthebuildingheight,whichever
    isgreater.ExposureCshallextendintodownwindareasofSurfaceRoughnessAorBforadistanceof200mor
    20timestheheightofthebuilding,whicheverisgreater.

    20
    Chapter2

    Forasitelocatedinthetransitionzonebetweenexposurecategories,thecategoryresultinginthelargestwind
    forcesshallbeused.

    EXCEPTION: An intermediate exposure between the preceding categories is permitted in a transition zone
    providedthatitisdeterminedbyarationalanalysismethoddefinedintherecognizedliterature.

    2.4.8.4 EXPOSURECATEGORYFORMAINWINDFORCERESISTINGSYSTEM.
    BuildingsandOtherStructures:Foreachwinddirectionconsidered,windloadsforthedesignoftheMWFRS
    determinedfromFig.2.4.6shallbebasedontheexposurecategoriesdefinedinSection2.4.8.3.

    LowRiseBuildings:WindloadsforthedesignoftheMWFRSsforlowrisebuildingsshallbedeterminedusinga
    velocitypressureqhbasedontheexposureresultinginthehighestwindloadsforanywinddirectionatthesite
    whereexternalpressurecoefficientsGCpfgiveninFig.2.4.10areused.

    2.4.8.5 EXPOSURECATEGORYFORCOMPONENTSANDCLADDING
    Componentsandcladdingdesignpressuresforallbuildingsandotherstructuresshallbebasedontheexposure
    resultinginthehighestwindloadsforanydirectionatthesite.

    2.4.8.6 VELOCITYPRESSUREEXPOSURECOEFFICIENT
    BasedontheexposurecategorydeterminedinSection2.4.8.3,avelocitypressureexposurecoefficientKzorKh,
    asapplicable,shallbedeterminedfromTable2.4.4.Forasitelocatedinatransitionzonebetweenexposure
    categories, that is, near to a change in ground surface roughness, intermediate values of Kz or Kh, between
    those shown in Table 2.4.4, are permitted, provided that they are determined by a rational analysis method
    definedintherecognizedliterature.

    2.4.9 TOPOGRAPHICEFFECTS

    2.4.9.1 WINDSPEEDUPOVERHILLS,RIDGES,ANDESCARPMENTS
    Wind speedup effects at isolated hills, ridges, and escarpments constituting abrupt changes in the general
    topography, located in any exposure category, shall be included in the design when buildings and other site
    conditionsandlocationsofstructuresmeetallofthefollowingconditions:

    i. Thehill,ridge,orescarpmentisisolatedandunobstructedupwindbyothersimilartopographic
    featuresofcomparableheightfor100timestheheightofthetopographicfeature(100H)or
    3.22km,whicheverisless.Thisdistanceshallbemeasuredhorizontallyfromthepointat
    whichtheheightHofthehill,ridge,orescarpmentisdetermined.
    ii. Thehill,ridge,orescarpmentprotrudesabovetheheightofupwindterrainfeatureswithina
    3.22kmradiusinanyquadrantbyafactoroftwoormore.
    iii. ThestructureislocatedasshowninFig.2.4.4intheupperonehalfofahillorridgeornearthe
    crestofanescarpment.
    iv. H/Lh0.2.
    v. Hisgreaterthanorequalto4.5mforExposuresBandCand18.3mforExposureA.

    2.4.9.2 TOPOGRAPHICFACTOR
    Thewindspeedupeffectshallbeincludedinthecalculationofdesignwindloadsbyusingthe
    factorKzt:

    Kzt 1 K1K2K3 2 2.4.3

    whereK1,K2,andK3aregiveninFig.2.4.4.

    21
    Part6

    IfsiteconditionsandlocationsofstructuresdonotmeetalltheconditionsspecifiedinSection2.4.9.1thenKzt=
    1.0.

    2.4.10 GUSTEFFECTFACTOR

    2.4.10.1 RIGIDSTRUCTURES
    ForrigidstructuresasdefinedinSection2.4.2,thegusteffectfactorshallbetakenas0.85orcalculatedbythe
    formula:

    1 1.7 (2.4.4)
    0.925
    1 1.7

    10 (2.4.5)

    where theintensityofturbulenceatheight where theequivalentheightofthestructuredefined


    as 0.6h, but not less than zmin for all building heights h. zmin and c are listed for each exposure in Table
    2.4.3;gQandgvshallbetakenas3.4.ThebackgroundresponseQisgivenby

    1 2.4.6
    .
    1 0.63

    whereB,haredefinedinSection2.4.3;and =theintegrallengthscaleofturbulenceattheequivalentheight
    givenby

    (2.4.7)

    10
    inwhichland areconstantslistedinTable2.4.3.

    2.4.10.2 FLEXIBLEORDYNAMICALLYSENSITIVESTRUCTURES
    ForflexibleordynamicallysensitivestructuresasdefinedinSection2.4.2 naturalperiodgreaterthan1.0
    second ,thegusteffectfactorshallbecalculatedby

    2.4.8
    1 1.7
    0.925
    1 1.7

    gQandgvshallbetakenas3.4andgRisgivenby
    0.577 2.4.9
    2 ln 3600
    2 ln 3600

    R,theresonantresponsefactor,isgivenby

    1
    0.53 0.47 (2.4.10)

    7.47 (2.4.11)

    1 10.3

    22
    Chapter2

    (2.4.12)

    1 1 (2.4.13a)
    1 for 0
    2

    1for 0 2.4.13b

    wherethesubscriptinEq.2.4.13shallbetakenash,B,andL,respectively,whereh,B,andLaredefinedin
    Section2.4.3.

    n1=buildingnaturalfrequency

    R=Rhsetting=4.6 /

    R=RBsetting=4.6 /

    R=RLsetting=15.4 /

    =dampingratio,percentofcritical

    =meanhourlywindspeedatheight determinedfromEq.2.4.14.

    (2.4.14)

    10

    where and areconstantslistedinTable2.4.3andV isthebasicwindspeedinkm/h.

    2.4.10.3 RATIONALANALYSIS
    InlieuoftheproceduredefinedinSections2.4.10.1and2.4.10.2,determinationofthegusteffectfactorbyany
    rationalanalysisdefinedintherecognizedliteratureispermitted.

    2.4.10.4 LIMITATIONS
    Where combined gusteffect factors and pressure coefficients (GCp, GCpi, and GCpf ) are given in figures and
    tables,thegusteffectfactorshallnotbedeterminedseparately.

    2.4.11 ENCLOSURECLASSIFICATIONS.

    2.4.11.1 GENERAL
    For the purpose of determining internal pressure coefficients, all buildings shall be classified as enclosed,
    partiallyenclosed,oropenasdefinedinSection2.4.2.

    2.4.11.2 OPENINGS
    Adeterminationshallbemadeoftheamountofopeningsinthebuildingenvelopetodeterminetheenclosure
    classificationasdefinedinSection2.4.11.3.

    2.4.11.3 WINDBORNEDEBRIS
    Glazinginbuildingslocatedinwindbornedebrisregionsshallbeprotectedwithanimpactresistantcoveringor
    beimpactresistantglazingaccordingtotherequirementsspecifiedinASTME1886andASTME1996orother
    approvedtestmethodsandperformancecriteria.ThelevelsofimpactresistanceshallbeafunctionofMissile
    LevelsandWindZonesspecifiedinASTME1886andASTME1996.

    EXCEPTIONS:

    23
    Part6

    i. GlazinginCategoryII,III,orIVbuildingslocatedover18.3mabovethegroundandover9.2m
    aboveaggregatesurfaceroofslocatedwithin458mofthebuildingshallbepermittedtobe
    unprotected.
    ii. GlazinginCategoryIbuildingsshallbepermittedtobeunprotected.

    2.4.11.4 MULTIPLECLASSIFICATIONS
    If a building by definition complies with both the open and partially enclosed definitions, it shall be
    classifiedasanopenbuilding.Abuildingthatdoesnotcomplywitheithertheopenorpartiallyenclosed
    definitionsshallbeclassifiedasanenclosedbuilding.

    2.4.11.5 VELOCITYPRESSURE
    Velocitypressure,qz,evaluatedatheightzshallbecalculatedbythefollowingequation:

    0.000613 ;(kN/m2),Vinm/s (2.4.15)

    where Kd is the wind directionality factor, Kz is the velocity pressure exposure coefficient defined in Section
    2.4.8.6,KztisthetopographicfactordefinedinSection2.4.9.2,andqh isthevelocitypressurecalculatedusing
    Eq. 2.4.15 at mean roof height h. The numerical coefficient 0.000613 shall be used except where sufficient
    climaticdataareavailabletojustifytheselectionofadifferentvalueofthisfactorforadesignapplication.

    2.4.12 PRESSUREANDFORCECOEFFICIENTS.

    2.4.12.1 INTERNALPRESSURECOEFFICIENTS
    InternalPressureCoefficient.Internalpressurecoefficients,GCpi,shallbedeterminedfromFig.2.4.5basedon
    buildingenclosureclassificationsdeterminedfromSection2.4.11.

    Reduction Factor for Large Volume Buildings, Ri: For a partially enclosed building containing a single,
    unpartitioned large volume, the internal pressure coefficient, GCpi, shall be multiplied by the following
    reductionfactor,Ri:

    1.0or

    1
    0.5 1 1.0 (2.4.16)
    1
    6951

    where

    Aog=totalareaofopeningsinthebuildingenvelope(wallsandroof,inm2)

    Vi=unpartitionedinternalvolume,inm3

    2.4.12.2 EXTERNALPRESSURECOEFFICIENTS.
    Main WindForce Resisting Systems: External pressure coefficients for MWFRSs Cp are given in Figs. 2.4.6,
    2.4.7,and2.4.8.Combinedgusteffectfactorandexternalpressurecoefficients,GCpf,aregiveninFig.2.4.10for
    lowrisebuildings.ThepressurecoefficientvaluesandgusteffectfactorinFig.2.4.10shallnotbeseparated.

    24
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladding:Combinedgusteffectfactorandexternalpressurecoefficientsforcomponentsand
    claddingGCparegiveninFigs.2.4.11through2.4.17.Thepressurecoefficientvaluesandgusteffectfactorshall
    notbeseparated.

    2.4.12.3 FORCECOEFFICIENTS
    ForcecoefficientsCfaregiveninFigs.2.4.20through2.4.23.

    2.4.12.4 ROOFOVERHANGS
    Main WindForce Resisting System: Roof overhangs shall be designed for a positive pressure on the bottom
    surfaceofwindwardroofoverhangscorrespondingtoCp=0.8incombinationwiththepressuresdetermined
    fromusingFigs.2.4.6and2.4.10.

    ComponentsandCladding:Forallbuildings,roofoverhangsshallbedesignedforpressuresdeterminedfrom
    pressurecoefficientsgiveninFigs.2.4.11B,C,D.

    2.4.12.5 PARAPETS
    MainWindForceResistingSystem:ThepressurecoefficientsfortheeffectofparapetsontheMWFRSloads
    aregiveninSection2.4.14.2

    Components and Cladding: The pressure coefficients for the design of parapet component and cladding
    elementsaretakenfromthewallandroofpressurecoefficientsasspecifiedinSection2.4.14.3.

    2.4.13 DESIGNWINDLOADSONENCLOSEDANDPARTIALLYENCLOSED
    BUILDINGS.

    2.4.13.1 GENERAL
    SignConvention:Positivepressureactstowardthesurfaceandnegativepressureactsawayfromthesurface.

    CriticalLoadCondition:Valuesofexternalandinternalpressuresshallbecombinedalgebraicallytodetermine
    themostcriticalload.

    TributaryAreasGreaterthan65m2:Componentandcladdingelementswithtributaryareasgreaterthan65m2
    shallbepermittedtobedesignedusingtheprovisionsforMWFRSs.

    2.4.13.2 MAINWINDFORCERESISTINGSYSTEMS
    Rigid Buildings of All Heights: Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of buildings of all heights shall be
    determinedbythefollowingequation:

    k Nm (2.4.17)

    where

    q= qzforwindwardwallsevaluatedatheightzabovetheground

    q= qhforleewardwalls,sidewalls,androofs,evaluatedatheighth

    qi = qh forwindwardwalls,sidewalls,leewardwalls,androofsofenclosedbuildingsandfornegativeinternal
    pressureevaluationinpartiallyenclosedbuildings

    qi = qz forpositiveinternalpressureevaluationinpartiallyenclosedbuildingswhereheightzisdefinedasthe
    levelofthehighestopeninginthebuildingthatcouldaffectthepositiveinternalpressure.Forbuildingssitedin
    windbornedebrisregions,glazingthatisnotimpactresistantorprotectedwithanimpactresistantcovering,

    25
    Part6

    shallbetreatedasanopeninginaccordancewithSection2.4.11.3.Forpositiveinternalpressureevaluation, qi
    mayconservativelybeevaluatedatheighth(qi=qh)

    G= gusteffectfactorfromSection2.4.10

    Cp=externalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.6or2.4.8

    (GCpi)=internalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.5

    qandqishallbeevaluatedusingexposuredefinedinSection2.4.8.3.Pressureshallbeappliedsimultaneously
    onwindwardandleewardwallsandonroofsurfacesasdefinedinFigs.2.4.6and2.4.8.

    LowRise Building: Alternatively, design wind pressures for the MWFRS of lowrise buildings shall be
    determinedbythefollowingequation:

    kNm (2.4.18)

    where

    qh=velocitypressureevaluatedatmeanroofheighthusingexposuredefinedinSection2.4.8.3

    (GCpf)=externalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.10

    (GCpi)=internalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.5

    Flexible Buildings: Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of flexible buildings shall be determined from the
    followingequation:

    k Nm (2.4.19)

    whereq,qi,Cp,and(GCpi)areasdefinedinSection2.4.13.2andGf=gusteffectfactorisdefinedasinSection
    2.4.10.

    Parapets:ThedesignwindpressurefortheeffectofparapetsonMWFRSsofrigid,lowrise,orflexiblebuildings
    withflat,gable,orhiproofsshallbedeterminedbythefollowingequation:

    kNm (2.4.20)

    where

    pp = combinednet pressure on the parapet due tothe combination ofthe net pressuresfromthe frontand
    back parapet surfaces. Plus (and minus) signs signify net pressure acting toward (and away from) the front
    (exterior)sideoftheparapet

    qp= velocitypressureevaluatedatthetopoftheparapet

    GCpn= combinednetpressurecoefficient

    = +1.5forwindwardparapet

    = 1.0forleewardparapet

    2.4.13.3 DESIGNWINDLOADCASES
    The MWFRS of buildings of all heights, whose wind loads have been determined under the provisions of
    Sections2.4.13.2,shallbedesignedforthewindloadcasesasdefinedinFig.2.4.9.Theeccentricitye forrigid
    structuresshallbemeasuredfromthegeometriccenterofthebuildingfaceandshallbeconsideredforeach
    principalaxis(eX,eY ).Theeccentricitye forflexiblestructuresshallbedeterminedfromthefollowingequation
    andshallbeconsideredforeachprincipalaxis(eX,eY ):

    26
    Chapter2

    1.7
    (2.4.21)
    1 1.7

    where

    eQ= eccentricityeasdeterminedforrigidstructuresinFig.2.4.9

    eR= distancebetweentheelasticshearcenterandcenterofmassofeachfloor

    , gQ,Q,gR,R shallbeasdefinedinSection2.4.3

    Thesignoftheeccentricitye shallbeplusorminus,whichevercausesthemoresevereloadeffect.

    EXCEPTION:Onestorybuildingswithhlessthanorequalto9.1m,buildingstwostoriesorlessframedwith
    lightframe construction, and buildings two stories or less designed with flexible diaphragms need only be
    designedforLoadCase1andLoadCase3inFig.2.4.9.

    2.4.13.4 COMPONENTSANDCLADDING.
    LowRise Buildings and Buildings with h 18.3 m: Design wind pressures on component and cladding
    elementsoflowrisebuildingsandbuildingswithh 18.3mshallbedeterminedfromthefollowingequation:

    k Nm (2.4.22)

    where

    qh= velocitypressureevaluatedatmeanroofheighthusingexposuredefinedinSection2.4.8.5

    (GCp)= externalpressurecoefficientsgiveninFigs.2.4.11through2.4.16

    (GCpi )= internalpressurecoefficientgiveninFig.2.4.5

    Buildingswithh>18.3m:Designwindpressuresoncomponentsandcladdingforallbuildingswithh > 18.3m


    shallbedeterminedfromthefollowingequation:

    kN/m (2.4.23)

    where

    q=qzforwindwardwallscalculatedatheightzabovetheground

    q=qhforleewardwalls,sidewalls,androofs,evaluatedatheighth

    qi =qh forwindwardwalls,sidewalls,leewardwalls,androofsofenclosedbuildingsandfornegativeinternal
    pressureevaluationinpartiallyenclosedbuildings

    qi =qz forpositiveinternalpressureevaluationinpartiallyenclosedbuildingswhereheightzisdefinedasthe
    levelofthehighestopeninginthebuildingthatcouldaffectthepositiveinternalpressure.Forbuildingssitedin
    windbornedebrisregions,glazingthatisnotimpactresistantorprotectedwithanimpactresistantcovering,
    shallbetreatedasanopeninginaccordancewith Section2.4.11.3.Forpositiveinternalpressureevaluation,qi
    mayconservativelybeevaluatedatheighth(qi=qh)

    (GCp)=externalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.17.

    (GCpi )=internalpressurecoefficientgiveninFig.2.4.5.qandqi shallbeevaluatedusingexposuredefinedin


    Section2.4.8.3.

    27
    Part6

    2.4.13.5 ALTERNATIVEDESIGNWINDPRESSURESFORCOMPONENTSAND
    CLADDINGINBUILDINGSWITH18.3M< h < 27.4M
    AlternativetotherequirementsofSection2.4.13.2,thedesignofcomponentsandcladdingforbuildingswitha
    meanroofheightgreaterthan18.3mandlessthan27.4mvaluesfromFigs.2.4.11through2.4.17shallbeused
    onlyiftheheighttowidthratioisoneorless(exceptaspermittedbyNote6ofFig.2.4.17)andEq.2.4.22is
    used.

    Parapets:Thedesignwindpressureonthecomponentsandcladdingelementsofparapetsshallbedesignedby
    thefollowingequation:

    (2.4.24)

    where

    qp=velocitypressureevaluatedatthetopoftheparapet

    GCp=externalpressurecoefficientfromFigs.2.4.11through2.4.17

    GCpi=internalpressurecoefficientfromFig.2.4.5,basedontheporosityoftheparapetenvelope.

    Twoloadcasesshallbeconsidered.LoadCaseAshallconsistofapplyingtheapplicablepositivewallpressure
    fromFig.2.4.11Aor2.4.17tothefrontsurfaceoftheparapetwhileapplyingtheapplicablenegativeedgeor
    corner zone roof pressure from Figs.2.4.11 through 2.4.17 to the back surface. Load Case B shall consist of
    applying theapplicable positivewall pressure from Fig.2.4.11A or2.4.17 tothe back ofthe parapet surface,
    andapplyingtheapplicablenegativewallpressurefromFig.2.4.11Aor2.4.17tothefrontsurface.Edgeand
    cornerzonesshallbearrangedasshowninFigs.2.4.11through2.4.17.GCp shallbedeterminedforappropriate
    roof angle and effective wind area from Figs.2.4.11 through 2.4.17. If internal pressure is present, both load
    casesshouldbeevaluatedunderpositiveandnegativeinternalpressure.

    2.4.14 DESIGNWINDLOADSONOPENBUILDINGSWITHMONOSLOPE,
    PITCHED,ORTROUGHEDROOFS.

    2.4.14.1 GENERAL
    Sign Convention: Plus and minus signs signify pressure acting toward and away from the top surface of the
    roof,respectively.

    CriticalLoadCondition:Net pressurecoefficientsCN includecontributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces.All


    loadcasesshownforeachroofangleshallbeinvestigated.

    2.4.14.2 MAINWINDFORCERESISTINGSYSTEMS
    ThenetdesignpressurefortheMWFRSsofmonoslope,pitched,ortroughedroofsshallbedeterminedbythe
    followingequation:

    (2.4.25)

    where

    qh = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h using the exposure as defined in Section 2.4.8.3 that
    resultsinthehighestwindloadsforanywinddirectionatthesite

    G= gusteffectfactorfromSection2.4.10

    CN= netpressurecoefficientdeterminedfromFigs.2.4.18Athrough2.4.18D.

    28
    Chapter2

    Forfreeroofswithanangle ofplaneofrooffromhorizontal lessthanorequalto 5o andcontainingfascia


    panels,thefasciapanelshallbeconsideredaninvertedparapet.Thecontributionofloadsonthefasciatothe
    MWFRSloadsshallbedeterminedusingSection2.4.13.5withqp equaltoqh .

    2.4.14.3 COMPONENTANDCLADDINGELEMENTS
    Thenetdesignwindpressureforcomponentandcladdingelementsofmonoslope,pitched,andtroughedroofs
    shallbedeterminedbythefollowingequation:

    (2.4.26)

    where

    qh = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h using the exposure as defined in Section 2.4.8.3 that
    resultsinthehighestwindloadsforanywinddirectionatthesite

    G= gusteffectfactorfromSection2.4.10

    CN= netpressurecoefficientdeterminedfromFigs.2.4.19Athrough2.4.19C.

    2.4.15 DESIGNWINDLOADSONSOLIDFREESTANDINGWALLSANDSOLID
    SIGNS
    Thedesignwindforceforsolidfreestandingwallsandsolidsignsshallbedeterminedbythefollowingformula:

    kN (2.4.27)

    where

    qh= thevelocitypressureevaluatedatheighth(definedinFig.2.4.20)usingexposuredefinedinSection2.4.8.3

    G= gusteffectfactorfromSection2.4.10

    Cf= netforcecoefficientfromFig.2.4.20

    AS= thegrossareaofthesolidfreestandingwallorsolidsign,inm2

    2.4.16 DESIGNWINDLOADSONOTHERSTRUCTURES
    Thedesignwindforceforotherstructuresshallbedeterminedbythefollowing

    equation:

    kN (2.4.28)

    where

    qz= velocitypressureevaluatedatheightzofthecentroidofareaAfusingexposuredefinedinSection2.4.8.3

    G= gusteffectfactorfromSection2.4.10

    Cf= forcecoefficientsfromFigs.2.4.21through2.4.23.

    Af= projectedareanormaltothewindexceptwhereCfisspecifiedfortheactualsurfacearea,m
    2

    29
    Part6

    2.4.17 ROOFTOPSTRUCTURESANDEQUIPMENTFORBUILDINGSWITHH
    18.3M
    TheforceonrooftopstructuresandequipmentwithAflessthan(0.1Bh)locatedonbuildingswithh18.3m
    shallbedeterminedfromEq.2.4.28,increasedbyafactorof1.9.Thefactorshallbepermittedtobereduced
    linearlyfrom1.9to1.0asthevalueofAfisincreasedfrom(0.1Bh)to(Bh).

    2.4.18 METHOD3WINDTUNNELPROCEDURE

    2.4.18.1 SCOPE
    Windtunneltestsshallbe usedwhererequiredbySection2.4.5.1.Windtunneltestingshall bepermittedin
    lieuofMethods1and2foranybuildingorstructure.

    2.4.18.2 TESTCONDITIONS
    Windtunneltests,orsimilartestsemployingfluidsotherthanair,usedforthedeterminationofdesignwind
    loads for any building or other structure, shall be conducted in accordance with this section. Tests for the
    determinationofmeanandfluctuatingforcesandpressuresshallmeetallofthefollowingconditions:

    i. Thenaturalatmosphericboundarylayerhasbeenmodeledtoaccountforthevariationof
    windspeedwithheight.
    ii. Therelevantmacro(integral)lengthandmicrolengthscalesofthelongitudinalcomponent
    ofatmosphericturbulencearemodeledtoapproximatelythesamescaleasthatusedtomodel
    thebuildingorstructure.
    iii. Themodeledbuildingorotherstructureandsurroundingstructuresandtopographyare
    geometricallysimilartotheirfullscalecounterparts,exceptthat,forlowrisebuildings
    meetingtherequirementsofSection2.4.5.1,testsshallbepermittedforthemodeledbuilding
    inasingleexposuresiteasdefinedinSection2.4.8
    iv. Theprojectedareaofthemodeledbuildingorotherstructureandsurroundingsislessthan8
    percentofthetestsectioncrosssectionalareaunlesscorrectionismadeforblockage.
    v. Thelongitudinalpressuregradientinthewindtunneltestsectionisaccountedfor.
    vi. Reynoldsnumbereffectsonpressuresandforcesareminimized.
    vii. Responsecharacteristicsofthewindtunnelinstrumentationareconsistentwiththerequired
    measurements.

    2.4.19 DYNAMICRESPONSE
    Tests for the purpose of determining the dynamic response of a building or other structure shall be in
    accordance with Section 2.4.18.2. The structural model and associated analysis shall account for mass
    distribution,stiffness,anddamping.

    30
    Chapterr2

    Fig. 22.4.1 Basic wind speed (Vb) map of B


    Bangladesh

    31
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method1 h 18.3 m


    Figure2.4.2 DesignWindPressures Walls&Roofs
    EnclosedBuildings

    Notes:
    1.Pressuresshownareappliedtothehorizontalandverticalprojections,forexposureA,ath=9.1m,I=1.0,andKzt=
    1.0.AdjusttootherconditionsusingEquation2.4.1.
    2.Theloadpatternsshownshallbeappliedtoeachcornerofthebuildinginturnasthereferencecorner.(SeeFigure
    2.4.10)
    3.ForthedesignofthelongitudinalMWFRSuse=0,andlocatethezoneE/F,G/Hboundaryatthemidlengthofthe
    building.
    4.Loadcases1and2mustbecheckedfor25<45.Loadcase2at25isprovidedonlyforinterpolationbetween
    25to30.
    5.Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromtheprojectedsurfaces,respectively.
    6.Forroofslopesotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    7.Thetotalhorizontalloadshallnotbelessthanthatdeterminedbyassumingps=0inzonesB&D.
    8.Thezonepressuresrepresentthefollowing:
    HorizontalpressurezonesSumofthewindwardandleewardnet(sumofinternalandexternal)pressureson
    verticalprojectionof:
    AEndzoneofwall CInteriorzoneofwall
    BEndzoneofroof DInteriorzoneofroof
    VerticalpressurezonesNet(sumofinternalandexternal)pressuresonhorizontalprojectionof:
    EEndzoneofwindwardroofGInteriorzoneofwindwardroof
    FEndzoneofleewardroof HInteriorzoneofleewardroof
    9. WherezoneEorGfallsonaroofoverhangonthewindwardsideofthebuilding,useEOHandGOHforthepressure
    onthehorizontalprojectionoftheoverhang.Overhangsontheleewardandsideedgesshallhavethebasiczone
    pressureapplied.
    10.Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthaneither4%ofleast
    horizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,infeet(meters),exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedforroofangles<10.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    32
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method1 h 18.3m


    Figure2.4.2(contd) DesignWindpressures Walls&Roofs
    EnclosedBuildings

    AdjustmentFactor

    forBuildingHeightandExposure,
    Mean roof height Exposure
    (m)
    A B C
    4.6 1.00 1.21 1.47

    6 1.00 1.29 1.55

    7.6 1.00 1.35 1.61

    9.1 1.00 1.40 1.66

    10.7 1.05 1.45 1.70

    12.2 1.09 1.49 1.74

    13.7 1.12 1.53 1.78

    15.2 1.16 1.56 1.81

    16.8 1.19 1.59 1.84

    18.3 1.22 1.62 1.87

    33
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod1 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.3 DesignWindPressures Walls&Roofs
    EnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1.Pressuresshownareappliednormaltothesurface,forexposureA,ath=9.1m,I=1.0,andKzt=1.0.Adjustto
    otherconditionsusingEquation2.4.2.
    2.Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    3.Forhiproofswith25,Zone3shallbetreatedasZone2.
    4.Foreffectivewindareasbetweenthosegiven,valuemaybeinterpolated,otherwiseusethevalueassociated
    withthelowereffectivewindarea.
    5.Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthaneither4%ofleast
    horizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,infeet(meters),exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedforroofangles<10.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    34
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod1 h18.3m
    Figure2.4.3(cont'd) NetDesignWindPressures Walls&Roofs

    EnclosedBuildings

    RoofOverhangNetDesignWindPressure,Pnet30(kN/m2)
    (ExposureAath=9.1mwithl=1.0)
    Zone Effective BasicWindSpeedV(m/s)
    Wind 40.23 44.7 49.17 53.64 58.11 62.58 67.05 75.99
    Area
    (m2)
    2 0.930 1.005 1.239 1.502 1.785 2.096 2.431 2.790 3.584
    Roof0to7degrees

    2 1.860 0.986 1.220 1.473 1.756 2.058 2.388 2.742 3.522


    2 4.648 0.962 1.191 1.440 1.713 2.010 2.330 2.675 3.436
    2 9.296 0.947 1.168 1.412 1.680 1.971 2.287 2.627 3.373
    3 0.930 1.656 2.043 2.470 2.943 3.450 4.005 4.594 5.905
    3 1.860 1.297 1.603 1.938 2.311 2.708 3.144 3.609 4.632
    3 4.648 0.828 1.024 1.240 1.474 1.727 2.005 2.302 2.957
    3 9.296 0.479 0.584 0.708 0.842 0.986 1.144 1.311 1.684
    2 0.930 1.302 1.603 1.943 2.311 2.713 3.144 3.613 4.637
    2 1.860 1.302 1.603 1.943 2.311 2.713 3.144 3.613 4.637
    2 4.648 1.302 1.603 1.943 2.311 2.713 3.144 3.613 4.637
    Roof>7to27

    2 9.296 1.302 1.603 1.943 2.311 2.713 3.144 3.613 4.637


    3 0.930 2.187 2.699 3.268 3.885 4.560 5.292 6.072 7.800
    degrees

    3 1.860 1.971 2.436 2.948 3.507 4.115 4.775 5.479 7.039


    3 4.648 1.689 2.086 2.526 3.005 3.526 4.091 4.694 6.034
    3 9.296 1.479 1.823 2.206 2.627 3.082 3.574 4.106 5.268
    2 0.930 1.182 1.460 1.766 2.101 2.464 2.861 3.282 4.216
    2 1.860 1.148 1.416 1.713 2.038 2.393 2.775 3.182 4.091
    2 4.648 1.101 1.359 1.641 1.952 2.292 2.660 3.052 3.924
    Roof>27to45

    2 9.296 1.062 1.311 1.587 1.890 2.220 2.574 2.952 3.795


    3 0.930 1.182 1.460 1.766 2.101 2.464 2.861 3.283 4.216
    degrees

    3 1.860 1.148 1.416 1.713 2.038 2.393 2.775 3.182 4.091


    3 4.648 1.101 1.359 1.641 1.952 2.292 2.660 3.053 3.923
    3 9.296 1.062 1.311 1.589 1.890 2.220 2.574 2.952 3.795
    AdjustmentFactor
    forBuildingHeightandExposure,
    Mean roof Exposure
    height(m) A B C
    4.6 1.00 1.21 1.47
    6.1 1.00 1.29 1.55
    7.6 1.00 1.35 1.61
    9.15 1.00 1.40 1.66
    10.7 1.05 1.45 1.70
    12.2 1.09 1.49 1.74
    13.7 1.12 1.53 1.78
    15.2 1.16 1.56 1.81
    16.8 1.19 1.59 1.84
    18.3 1.22 1.62 1.87

    UnitConversion1.0ft=0.3048m;1.0psf=0.0929m2;1.0psf=0.0479KN/m

    35
    Part6

    TopographicFactor,KztMethod2

    Figure2.4.4

    Topographic Multipliers for Exposure B


    H/Lh K1 Multiplier x/Lh 2-DK2 Multiplier z/Lh K3 Multiplier
    2-D 2-D 3-D All 2-D 2-D 3-D
    Ridge Escarp. Axisym. Escarp. Other Ridge Escarp. Axisym.
    Hill Cases Hill
    0.20 0.29 0.17 0.21 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
    0.25 0.36 0.21 0.26 0.50 0.88 0.67 0.10 0.74 0.78 0.67
    0.30 0.43 0.26 0.32 1.00 0.75 0.33 0.20 0.55 0.61 0.45
    0.35 0.51 0.30 0.37 1.50 0.63 0.00 0.30 0.41 0.47 0.30
    0.40 0.58 0.34 0.42 2.00 0.50 0.00 0.40 0.30 0.37 0.20
    0.45 0.65 0.38 0.47 2.50 0.38 0.00 0.50 0.22 0.29 0.14
    0.50 0.72 0.43 0.53 3.00 0.25 0.00 0.60 0.17 0.22 0.09
    3.50 0.13 0.00 0.70 0.12 0.17 0.06
    4.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.09 0.14 0.04
    0.90 0.07 0.11 0.03
    1.00 0.05 0.08 0.02
    1.50 0.01 0.02 0.00
    2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    Notes:
    1.ForvaluesofH/Lh,x/Lhandz/Lhotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    2.ForH/Lh>0.5,assumeH/Lh=0.5forevaluatingK1andsubstitute2HforLhforevaluatingK2and
    K3.
    3. Multipliers are based on the assumption that wind approaches the hill or escarpment along the
    directionofmaximumslope.
    4.Notation:
    H:Heightofhillorescarpmentrelativetotheupwindterrain,inmeters.
    Lh:Distanceupwindofcresttowherethedifferenceingroundelevationishalftheheightof
    hillorescarpment,inmeters.
    K1:Factortoaccountforshapeoftopographicfeatureandmaximumspeedupeffect.
    K2:Factortoaccountforreductioninspeedupwithdistanceupwindordownwindofcrest.
    K3:Factortoaccountforreductioninspeedupwithheightabovelocalterrain.
    x:Distance(upwindordownwind)fromthecresttothebuildingsite,inmeters.
    z:Heightabovelocalgroundlevel,inmeters.
    W:Horizontalattenuationfactor.
    :Heightattenuationfactor.

    36
    Chapter2


    TopographicFactor,KztMethod2
    Figure2.4.4(contd)

    Equation:

    K1 determined from table below

    | |
    1

    ParametersforSpeedUpOverHillsandEscarpments
    HillShape K1/(H/Lh)
    Exposure Upwind of Downwindof
    A B C crest Crest
    2dimensionalridges 1.30 1.45 1.55 3 1.5 1.5
    (or valleys with negative H in
    K1/(H/Lh)
    2dimensionalescarpments 0.75 0.85 0.95 2.5 1.5 4
    3dimensionalaxisym.Hill 0.95 1.05 1.15 4 1.5 1.5

    MainWindForceRes.Sys./CompandClad. Method2 AllHeight


    Figure2.4.5 Internal PressureCoefficient,GCpi Walls&Roofs

    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosed,andOpenBuildings
    Notes:
    1. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the internal surfaces,
    respectively.
    EnclosureClassification GCpi
    OpenBuilding 0.00
    PartiallyEnclosedBuilding +0.55
    0.55
    EnclosedBuilding +0.18
    0.18
    2. ValuesofGCpishallbeusedwithqzorqhasspecifiedin2.4.13.
    3. Twocasesshallbeconsideredtodeterminethecriticalloadrequirementsfortheappropriate
    condition:
    (i)apositivevalueofGCpiappliedtoallinternalsurfaces
    (ii)anegativevalueofGCpiappliedtoallinternalsurfaces.

    37
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 AllHeights


    Figure2.4.6 ExternalPressureCoefficients,Cp Walls&Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    38
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 AllHeights


    Figure2.4.6(cont) ExternalPressureCoefficients,Cp Walls&Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    WallPressureCoefficients,Cp
    Surface L/B Cp UseWith
    WindwardWall Allvalues 0.8 qz
    LeewardWall 01 0.5 qh
    2 0.3
    >4 0.2
    SideWall Allvalues 0.7 qh

    RoofPressureCoefficients,Cp,forusewithqh
    Wind Windward Leeward
    Direction Angle,(degrees) Angle,(degrees)
    h/L 10 15 20 25 30 35 45 >60# 10 15 >20
    Normal 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.0* 0.3 0.6
    Toridge <0.25 0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.01 0.5
    0
    for>10 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.0* 0.5 0.6
    0.5 0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.01 0.5
    0.18
    1.3** 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.0* 0.7 0.6
    >1.0 0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.01 0.6
    0.18 0.18
    Normal Horizontal Cp *Valueisprovidedforinterpolationpurposes
    Toridge distancefrom
    for Windwardedge **Valuecanbereducedlinearlywitharea
    <10o 0toh/2 0.9,0.18 overwhichitisapplicableasfollows
    and <0.5 h/2toh 0.9,0.18
    Parallel Hto2h 0.5,0.18
    Toridge >2h 0.3,0.18
    forall 0toh/2 1.3**,0.18
    Area(m2) ReductionFactor
    >1.0 < 9.3sqm 1.0
    >h/2 0.7,0.18 23,2sqm 0.9
    >92.9sqm 0.8
    Notes:
    1.Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    2.LinearinterpolationispermittedforvaluesofL/B,h/Landotherthanshown.Interpolationshallonlybe
    carriedoutbetweenvaluesofthesamesign.Wherenovalueofthesamesignisgiven,assume0.0for
    interpolationpurposes.
    3.WheretwovaluesofCparelisted,thisindicatesthatthewindwardroofslopeissubjectedtoeither
    positiveornegativepressuresandtheroofstructureshallbedesignedforbothconditions.Interpolationfor
    intermediateratiosofh/LinthiscaseshallonlybecarriedoutbetweenCpvaluesoflikesign.
    4.Formonosloperoofs,entireroofsurfaceiseitherawindwardorleewardsurface.
    5.ForflexiblebuildingsuseappropriateGfasdeterminedbySection2.4.10.
    6.RefertoFigure2.4.7fordomesandFigure2.4.8forarchedroofs.
    7.Notation:
    B:Horizontaldimensionofbuilding,inmeter,measurednormaltowinddirection.
    L:Horizontaldimensionofbuilding,inmeter,measuredparalleltowinddirection.
    h:Meanroofheightinmeters,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfore10degrees.
    z:Heightaboveground,inmeters.
    G:Gusteffectfactor.
    qz,qh:Velocitypressure,inN/m2,evaluatedatrespectiveheight.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.
    8.Formansardroofs,thetophorizontalsurfaceandleewardinclinedsurfaceshallbetreatedasleeward
    surfacesfromthetable.
    9.ExceptforMWFRS'sattheroofconsistingofmomentresistingframes,thetotalhorizontalshearshallnot
    belessthanthatdeterminedbyneglectingwindforcesonroofsurfaces.
    #Forroofslopesgreaterthan80,useCp=0.8

    39
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 AllHeights


    Figure2.4.7 ExternalPressureCoefficients,Cp Domed Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings andStructures

    Note:
    1. Twoloadcasesshallbeconsidered:
    CaseA.CpvaluesbetweenAandBandbetweenBandCshallbedeterminedbylinear
    interpolationalongarcsonthedomeparalleltothewinddirection;
    CaseB.CpshallbetheconstantvalueofAfor25degrees,andshallbedeterminedbylinear
    interpolationfrom25degreestoBandfromBtoC.
    2. ValuesdenoteCptobeusedwith wherehD+fistheheightatthetopofthedome.
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    4. Cpisconstantonthedomesurfaceforarcsofcirclesperpendiculartothewinddirection;for
    example,thearcpassingthroughBBBandallarcsparalleltoBBB.
    5. ForvaluesofhD/Dbetweenthoselistedonthegraphcurves,linearinterpolationshallbe
    permitted.
    6. =0degreesondomespringline,=90degreesatdomecentertoppoint.fismeasuredfrom
    springlinetotop.
    7. Thetotalhorizontalshearshallnotbelessthanthatdeterminedbyneglectingwindforcesroof
    surfaces.
    8. Forf/Dvalueslessthan0.05.useFigure2.4.6.

    40
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceRes.Sys./CompandClad. Method2 AllHeight


    Figure2.4.8 ExternalPressureCoefficients,Cp ArchedRoofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildingsandStructures

    Condition Risetospan Cp
    ratio,r Windward Center Leeward
    quarter half quarter
    0<r<0.2
    0.9 0.7r 0.5
    Roofonelevatedstructure
    0.2 r<0.3*
    l.5r0.3 0.7r 0.5

    0.3r0.6
    2.75r0.7 0.7r 0.5

    Roof springing from ground
    0<r0.6 1.4r 0.7r 0.5
    level

    *Whentherisetospanratiois0.2r0.3,alternatecoefficientsgivenby6r2.1shallalsobeusedfor
    thewindwardquarter.
    Notes:
    1. Valueslistedareforthedeterminationofaverageloadonmainwindforceresistingsystems.
    2. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    3. Forwinddirectedparalleltotheaxisofthearch,usepressurecoefficientsfromFig.2.4.6with
    winddirectedparalleltoridge.
    4. Forcomponentsandcladding:(1)Atroofperimeter,usetheexternalpressurecoefficientsinFig.
    2.4.11withebasedonspringlineslopeand(2)forremainingroofareas,useexternalpressure
    coefficientsofthistablemultipliedby0.87.

    41
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 AllHeights


    Figure2.4.9 DesignWindLoadCases

    Case1.Fulldesignwindpressureactingontheprojectedareaperpendiculartoeachprincipalaxis
    ofthestructure,consideredseparatelyalongeachprincipalaxis.
    Case2.Threequartersofthedesignwindpressureactingontheprojectedareaperpendicularto
    eachprincipalaxisofthestructureinconjunctionwithatorsionalmomentasshown,
    consideredseparatelyforeachprincipalaxis.
    Case3.WindloadingasdefinedinCase1,butconsideredtoactsimultaneouslyat75%ofthe
    specifiedvalue.
    Case4.WindloadingasdefinedinCase2,butconsideredtoactsimultaneouslyat75%ofthe
    specifiedvalue.

    Notes:
    1. Designwindpressuresforwindwardandleewardfacesshallbedeterminedinaccordance
    withtheprovisionsof2.4.13asapplicableforbuildingofallheights.
    2. Diagramsshowplanviewsofbuilding.
    3. Notation:
    Pwx,PwY:Windwardfacedesignpressureactinginthex,yprincipalaxis,respectively.
    PLX,PLY:Leewardfacedesignpressureactinginthex,yprincipalaxis,respectively.
    e(eX+ey):Eccentricityforthex,yprincipalaxisofthestructure,respectively.
    MT:Torsionalmomentperunitheightactingaboutaverticalaxisofthebuilding.

    42
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 h 18.3m


    Figure2.4.10 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCpf LowriseWalls&
    Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    43
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem Method2 h 18.3m


    Figure2.4.10(contd) ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCpf LowriseWalls&
    Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    Roof BuildingSurface
    Angle
    1 2 3 4 5 6 1E 2E 3E 4E
    (degrees)
    05 0.40 0.69 0.37 0.29 0.45 0.45 0.61 1.07 0.53 0.43
    20 0.53 0.69 0.48 0.43 0.45 0.45 0.80 1.07 0.69 0.64
    3045 0.56 0.21 0.43 0.37 0.45 0.45 0.69 0.27 0.53 0.48
    90 0.56 0.56 0.37 0.37 0.45 0.45 0.69 0.69 0.48 0.48
    Notes:
    1. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    2. Forvaluesofotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    3. Thebuildingmustbedesignedforallwinddirectionsusingthe8loadingpatternsshown.Theload
    patternsareappliedtoeachbuildingcornerinturnastheReferenceCorner.
    4. Combinationsofexternalandinternalpressures(seeFigure2.4.5)shallbeevaluatedasrequiredto
    obtainthemostsevereloadings.
    5. Forthetorsionalloadcasesshownbelow,thepressuresinzonesdesignatedwithaT(1T,2T,3T,
    4T)shallbe25%ofthefulldesignwindpressures(zones1,2,3,4).
    Exception: One story buildings with h less than or equal to 9.1m, buildings two stories or less
    framed with light frame construction, and buildings two stories or less designed with flexible
    diaphragmsneednotbedesignedforthetorsionalloadcases.
    Torsionalloadingshallapplytoalleightbasicloadpatternsusingthefiguresbelowappliedateach
    referencecorner.
    6. Except for momentresisting frames, the total horizontal shear shall not be less than that
    determinedbyneglectingwindforcesonroofsurfaces.
    7. ForthedesignoftheMWFRSprovidinglateralresistanceinadirectionparalleltoaridgelineorfor
    flatroofs,use=0andlocatethezone2/3boundaryatthemidlengthofthebuilding.
    8. TheroofpressurecoefficientGCpf,whennegativeinZone2or2E,shallbeappliedinZone2/2Efor
    adistancefromtheedgeofroofequalto0.5timesthehorizontaldimensionofthebuildingparallel
    to the direction of the MWFRS being designed or 2.5 times the eave height, he, at the windward
    wall, whichever is less; the remainder of Zone 2/2E extending to the ridge line shall use the
    pressurecoefficientGCpfforZone3/3E.
    9. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthaneither
    4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor10.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    44
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h18.3m
    Figure2.4.11.A ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp Walls
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. Horizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindarea,insquaremeters.
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. ValuesofGCPforwallsshallbereducedby10%when100.
    6. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor100.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    45
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.11.B ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp GableRoofs70
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. Horizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindarea,insquaremeters.
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. Ifaparapetequaltoorhigherthan0.9misprovidedaroundtheperimeteroftheroofwith
    70,thenegativevaluesofGC0inZone3shallbeequaltothoseforZone2andpositive
    valuesofGCPinZones2and4shallbesetequaltothoseforwallZones4and5respectively
    infigure2.4.11A.
    6. ValuesofGCPforroofoverhangsincludepressurecontributionsfrombothupperandlower
    surfaces.
    7. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Eaveheightshallbeusedfor100.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    46
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.11.C ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp Gable/HipRoofs70<270
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. Horizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindarea,insquarefeet(squaremeters).
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. ValuesofGCPforroofoverhangsincludepressurecontributionsfrombothupperand
    lowersurfaces.
    6. Forhiproofswith70<270,edge/ridgestripsandpressurecoefficientsforridgesof
    gabledroofsshallapplyoneachhip.
    7. Forhiproofswith70<250,Zone3shallbetreatedasZone2.
    8. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor100.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    47
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    0 0
    Figure2.4.11.D ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp GableRoofs27 <45
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. Horizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindarea,insquarefeet(squaremeters).
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. ValuesofGCPforroofoverhangsincludepressurecontributionsfrombothupperandlower
    surfaces.
    6. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    48
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.12 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings SteppedRoofs

    Notes:
    On the lower level of flat, stepped roofs shown in Fig. 2.4.12, the zone designations and pressure
    coefficientsshowninFig.2.4.11Bshallapply,exceptthatat theroofupperwallintersection(s),Zone3
    shallbetreatedasZone2andZone2shallbetreatedasZone1.PositivevaluesofGCp equaltothosefor
    wallsinFig.2.4.11AshallapplyonthecrosshatchedareasshowninFig.2.4.12.
    Notation:
    b:1.5h1inFig.2.4.12,butnotgreaterthan30.5m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters.
    hi:h1orh2inFig.2.4.12;h=h1+h2;h13.1m;hi/h=0.3to0.7.
    W:BuildingwidthinFig.2.4.12.
    Wi:W1orW2orW3inFig.2.4.12.W=W1+W2orW1+W2+W3;Wi/W=0.25to0.75.
    e:Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    49
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.13 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp MultispanGableRoofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. Horizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindarea,insquaremeters.
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. For100ValuesofGCPfromFig.2.4.11shallbeused.
    6. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,infeet(meters),exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor100.
    W:Buildingmodulewidth,inmeters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    50
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.14.A ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp MonoslopeRoofs
    30<100
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. HorizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindareaA,insquaremeters.
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. For30ValuesofGCPfromFig.2.4.11Bshallbeused.
    6. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthan
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Eaveheightshallbeusedfor100.
    W:Buildingwidth,inmeters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    51
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.14.B ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp MonoslopeRoofs
    100<300
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. HorizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindareaA,insquarefeet(squaremeters).
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    5. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.4h,whicheverissmaller,butnotlessthaneither
    4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheightinmeters.
    W:Buildingwidth,inmeters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    52
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h 18.3m
    Figure2.4.15 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp SawtoothRoofs

    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings


    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCPtobeusedwithqh
    2. HorizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindareaA,insquarefeet(squaremeters).
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    4. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    0
    5. For10 ValuesofGCPfromFig.2.4.11shallbeused.
    6. Notation:
    a: 10 percent of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller, but not less than
    either4%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheightinmetersexceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor00100.
    W:Buildingwidth,inmeters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    53
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 AllHeights
    Figure2.4.16 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp DomedRoofs

    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings



    ExternalPressureCoefficientsforDomeswithacircularBase
    NegativePressures PositivePressures PositivePressures
    ,degrees 090 060 6190
    GCp 0.9 +0.9 +0.5

    Notes:
    1. ValuesdenoteCptobeusedwithq(hD+f)wherehD+fistheheightatthetopofthedome.
    2. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,
    respectively.
    3. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    4. Valuesapplyto0hDD0.5,0.2f/D0.5.
    5. =0degreesondomespringline,=90degreesatdomecentertoppoint.fismeasuredfrom
    springlinetotop.

    54
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladdingMethod2 h >18.3m
    Figure2.4.17 ExternalPressureCoefficients,GCp Walls &Roofs
    Enclosed,PartiallyEnclosedBuildings

    Notes:
    1. VerticalscaledenotesGCptobeusedwithappropriateqzorqh.
    2. HorizontalscaledenoteseffectivewindareaA,insquarefeet(squaremeters).
    3. Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardandawayfromthesurfaces,respectively.
    4. UseqzwithpositivevaluesofGCpandqhwithnegativevaluesofGCp
    5. Eachcomponentshallbedesignedformaximumpositiveandnegativepressures.
    6. Coefficientsareforroofswithangle10.Forotherroofanglesandgeometry,useGCpvaluesfrom
    Fig.2.4.11andattendantqhbasedonexposuredefinedin2.4.8.
    7. Ifaparapetequaltoorhigherthan0.9misprovidedaroundtheperimeteroftheroofwith10,
    Zone3shallbetreatedasZone2.
    8. Notation:
    a:10percentofleasthorizontaldimension,butnotlessthan0.9m.
    h:Meanroofheight,inmeters,exceptthateaveheightshallbeusedfor10o.
    z:heightaboveground,in(meters.
    :Angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,indegrees.

    55
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem 0.25< h/L<1.0


    Figure2.4.18A NetPressureCoefficient,CN MonoslopeFreeRoofs
    OpenBuildings q<45,=0,180


    Roof Load WindDirection,=0 WindDirection,=180
    Angle Case
    ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow
    CNW CNL CNW CNL CNW CNL CNW CNL
    0 A 1.2 0.3 0.5 1.2 1.2 0.3 0.5 1.2
    B 1.1 0.1 1.1 0.6 1.1 0.1 1.1 0.6
    7.5 A 0.6 1 1 1.5 0.9 1.5 0.2 1.2
    B 1.4 0 1.7 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.8 0.3
    15 A 0.3 1.3 1.1 1.5 1.3 1.6 0.4 1.1
    B 1.9 0 2.1 0.6 1.8 0.6 1.2 0.3
    22.5 A 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.8 0.5 1
    B 2.4 0.3 2.3 0.9 2.2 0.7 1.3 0
    30 A 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.1 0.6 1
    B 2.5 0.6 2.3 1.1 2.6 1 1.6 0.1
    37.5 A 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.2 0.7 0.9
    B 2.4 0.6 2.2 1.1 2.7 1.1 1.9 0.3
    45 A 1.6 1.8 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.5 0.8 0.9
    B 2.3 0.7 1.9 1.2 2.6 1.4 2.1 0.4
    Notes:
    CNWandCNLdenotenetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces)forwindwardand
    leewardhalfofroofsurfaces,respectively.
    Clearwindflowdenotesrelativelyunobstructedwindflowwithblockagelessthanorequalto50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    Forvaluesofebetween7.5and45,linearinterpolationispermitted.Forvaluesofelessthan7.5,use
    Monosloperoofloadcoefficients.
    Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardsandawayfromthetoproofsurface,respectively.
    Allloadcasesshownforeachroofangleshallbeinvestigated.
    Notation:
    L :horizontaldimensionofroof,measuredinthealongwinddirection,m
    h :meanroofheight,m
    :directionofwind,degrees
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    56
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceResistingSystem 0.25h/L1.0
    Figure2.4.18B NetPressureCoefficients,CN PitchedFreeRoofs
    45o,=0o,180o
    OpenBuildings

    Roof Load WindDirection, =0o,180o


    Angle, Case ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow
    CNW CNL CNW CNL
    7.5o A 1.1 0.3 1.6 1
    B 0.2 1.2 0.9 1.7
    15o A 1.1 0.4 1.2 1
    B 0.1 1.1 0.6 1.6
    22.5o A 1.1 0.1 1.2 1.2
    B 0.1 0.8 0.8 1.7
    30o A 1.3 0.3 0.7 0.7
    B 0.1 0.9 0.2 1.1
    37.5o A 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
    B 0.2 0.6 0.3 0.9
    45o A 1.1 0.9 0.5 0.5
    B 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.7
    Notes:
    CNWandCNLdenotenetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces)forwindwardandleeward
    halfofroofsurfaces,respectively.
    Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    Forvaluesof between7.5 and 45,linear interpolationispermitted.Forvaluesof lessthan 7.5,use
    monosloperoofloadcoefficients.
    Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardsandawayfromthetoproofsurface,respectively.
    Allloadcasesshownforeachroofangleshallbeinvestigated.
    Notation:
    L :horizontaldimensionofroof,measuredinthealongwinddirection,m
    h :meanroofheight,m
    :directionofwind,degrees
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    57
    Part6

    MainWindForceResistingSystem 0.25h/L1.0
    Figure2.4.18C NetPressureCoefficients,CN TroughedFreeRoofs
    45o,=0o,180o
    OpenBuildings

    Roof Load WindDirection,=0o,180o


    Angle, Case ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow
    CNW CNL CNW CNL
    7.5o A 1.1 0.3 1.6 0.5
    B 0.2 1.2 0.9 0.8
    15o A 1.1 0.4 1.2 0.5
    B 0.1 1.1 0.6 0.8
    22.5o A 1.1 0.1 1.2 0.6
    B 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.8
    30o A 1.3 0.3 1.4 0.4
    B 0.1 0.9 0.2 0.5
    37.5o A 1.3 0.6 1.4 0.3
    B 0.2 0.6 0.3 0.4
    45o A 1.1 0.9 1.2 0.3
    B 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.4
    Notes:
    CNWandCNLdenotenetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces)forwindwardandleeward
    halfofroofsurfaces,respectively.
    Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    For values of between 7.5 and 45, linear interpolation is permitted. For values of less than 7.5, use
    monosloperoofloadcoefficients.
    Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardsandawayfromthetoproofsurface,respectively.
    Allloadcasesshownforeachroofangleshallbeinvestigated.
    Notation:
    L :horizontaldimensionofroof,measuredinthealongwinddirection,m
    h :meanroofheight,m
    :directionofwind,degrees
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    58
    Chapter2

    MainWindForceResistingSystem 0.25h/L1.0
    Figure2.4.18D NetPressureCoefficients,CN TroughedFreeRoofs
    45o,=0o,180o
    OpenBuildings

    Horizontal Roof LoadCase ClearWindFlow Obstructed Wind


    Distancefrom Angle Flow
    WindwardEdge CN CN
    h AllShapes A 0.8 1.2
    45o B 0.8 0.5
    >h,2h AllShapes A 0.6 0.9
    45o B 0.5 0.5
    >2h AllShapes A 0.3 0.6
    45o B 0.3 0.3
    Notes:
    CNdenotesnetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces).
    Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardsandawayfromthetoproofsurface,respectively.
    Allloadcasesshownforeachroofangleshallbeinvestigated.
    Formonosloperoofswiththetalessthan5degrees,CNvaluesshownapplyalsoforcaseswheregamma=0
    degreesand0.05lessthanorequaltoh/Llessthanorequalto0.25.SeeFigure2.4.18Aforotherh/Lvalues.
    Notation:
    L :horizontaldimensionofroof,measuredinthealongwinddirection,m
    h :meanroofheight,m
    y :directionofwind,degrees
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    59
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladding 0.25< h/L< 1.0


    Figure2.4.19A NetPressureCoefficient,CN MonoslopeFreeRoofs
    OpenBuildings <45


    Roof Effective CN
    Angle WindArea
    ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow

    Zone3 Zone2 Zone1 Zone3 Zone2 Zone1
    0 <a2 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 1 3.6 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,<4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2
    7.5 <a2 3.2 4.2 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.6 5.1 0.5 2.6 0.8 1.7
    >a2,<4.0a2 2.4 2.1 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.2 2.6 1.2 2.6 0.8 1.7
    >4.0a2 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.4 0.8 1.7 0.8 1.7 0.8 1.7
    15 <a2 3.6 3.8 2.7 2.9 1.8 1.9 2.4 4.2 1.8 3.2 1.2 2.1
    >a2,<4.0a2 2.7 2.9 2.7 2.9 1.8 1.9 1.8 3.2 1.8 3.2 1.2 2.1
    >4.0a2 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.9 1.2 2.1 1.2 2.1 1.2 2.3
    30 <a2 5.2 5 3.9 3.8 2.6 2.5 3.2 4.6 2.4 3.5 1.6 2.3
    >a2,<4.0a2 3.9 3.8 3.9 3.8 2.6 2.5 2.4 3.5 2.4 3.5 1.6 2.3
    >4.0a2 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 1.6 2.3 1.6 2.3 1.6 2.3
    45 <a2 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.5 2.6 2.3 4.2 3.8 3.2 2.9 2.1 1.9
    >a2,<4.0a2 3.9 3.5 3.9 3.5 2.6 2.3 3.2 2.9 3.2 2.9 2.1 1.9
    >4.0a2 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.9 2.1 1.9 2.1 1.9
    Notes:
    1.CNdenotesnetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces).
    2.Clearwindflowdenotesrelativelyunobstructedwindflowwithblockagelessthanorequalto50%.
    windflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    3.Forvaluesofeotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    4. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface,
    respectively.
    5. Components and cladding elements shall be designed for positive and negative pressure
    coefficientsshown.
    6.Notation:
    a : 10% of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller but not less than 4% of least
    horizontaldimensionor0.9m
    h:meanroofheight,m
    L:horizontaldimensionofbuilding,measuredinalongwinddirection,m
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    60
    Chapter2

    ComponentsandCladding 0.25h/L1.0
    Figure2.4.19B NetPressureCoefficients,CN MonoslopeFreeRoofs
    45o
    OpenBuildings

    Roof Effective CN
    Angle WindArea ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow
    Zone3 Zone2 Zone1 Zone3 Zone2 Zone1
    0o a2 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 1 3.6 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 08 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2
    7.5o a2 2.2 3.6 1.7 1.8 1.1 1.2 1 5.1 0.8 26 0.5 1.7
    >a2,4.0a2 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.1 1.2 0.8 2.6 0.8 26 0.5 1.7
    >4.0a2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 0.5 1.7 0.5 1.7 as 1.7
    15o a2 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.1 1 3.2 0.8 2.4 0.5 1.6
    >a2,4.0a2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.1 0.8 2.4 0.8 2.4 0.5 1.6
    >4.0a2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.5 1.6 0.5 1.6 0.5 1.6
    30o a2 2.6 1.8 2 1.4 1.3 0.9 1 2.4 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,4.0a2 2 1.4 2 1.4 1.3 0.9 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.9 0.5 1.2 0.5 .1.2 0.5 1.2
    45o a2 2.2 1.6 1.7 1.2 1.1 0.8 1 2.4 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,4.0a2 1.7 1.2 1.7 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.1 0.8 1.1 0.8 1.1 0.8 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2
    Notes:
    1.CNdenotesnetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces).
    2.Clearwindflowdenotesrelativelyunobstructedwindflowwithblockagelessthanorequalto50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    3.Forvaluesofotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    4. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface,
    respectively.
    5.Componentsandcladdingelementsshallbedesignedforpositiveandnegativepressurecoefficients
    shown.
    6.Notation:
    a:10%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.411,whicheverissmallerbutnotlessthan4%ofleast
    horizontaldimensionor0.9m
    h:meanroofheight,m
    L:horizontaldimensionofbuilding,measuredinalongwinddirection,m
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    61
    Part6

    ComponentsandCladding 0.25h/L1.0
    Figure2.4.19C NetPressureCoefficients,CN TroughedFreeRoofs
    45o
    OpenBuildings

    Roof Effective CN
    Angle WindArea ClearWindFlow ObstructedWindFlow
    Zone3 Zone2 Zone1 Zone3 Zone2 Zone1
    0o a2 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 1 3.6 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2
    7.5o a2 2.4 3.3 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 1 4.8 0.8 2.4 0.5 1.6
    >a2,4.0a2 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.1 0.8 2.4 0.8 2.4 0.5 1.6
    >4.0a2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 0.5 1.6 0.5 1.6 0.5 1.6
    15o a2 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.1 1 2.4 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a2,4.0a2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >4.0a2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 12 0.5 1.2
    30o a2 1.8 2.6 1.4 2 0.9 1.3 1 2.8 0.8 2.1 0.5 1.4
    >a2,4.0a2 1.4 2 1.4 2 0.9 1.3 0.8 2.1 0.8 2.1 0.5 1.4
    >4.0a2 0.9 1.3 1.9 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.5 1.4 0.5 1.4 0.5 1.4
    45o a2 1.6 2.2 1.2 1.7 0.8 1.1 1 2.4 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    >a ,4.0a 1.2 1.7 1.2 1.7 0.8 1.1 0.8 1.8 0.8 1.8 0.5 1.2
    2 2

    >4.0a2 0.8 1.1 1.8 1.1 0.8 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2 0.5 1.2
    Notes:
    1.CNdenotesnetpressures(contributionsfromtopandbottomsurfaces).
    2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50%.
    Obstructedwindflowdenotesobjectsbelowroofinhibitingwindflow(>50%blockage).
    3.Forvaluesofotherthanthoseshown,linearinterpolationispermitted.
    4.Plusandminussignssignifypressuresactingtowardsandawayfromthetoproofsurface,respectively.
    5. Components and cladding elements shall be designed for positive and negative pressure coefficients
    shown.
    6.Notation:
    a:10%ofleasthorizontaldimensionor0.411,whicheverissmallerbutnotlessthan4%ofleast
    horizontaldimensionor0.9m
    h:meanroofheight,m
    L:horizontaldimensionofbuilding,measuredinalongwinddirection,m
    :angleofplaneofrooffromhorizontal,degrees

    62
    Chapter2

    OtherStructuresMethod2 AllHeight
    Figure2.4.20 ForceCoefficient, Cf SolidFreestandingWalls&SolidSigns

    Cf , CASE A & CASE B


    Clearance Aspect Ratio, B/s
    Ratio, s/h 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 5 10 20 30 45
    1 1.80 1.70 1.65 1.55 1.45 1.40 1.35 1.35 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
    0.9 1.85 1.75 1.70 1.60 1.55 1.50 1.45 1.45 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
    0.7 1.90 1.85 1.75 1.70 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55
    0.5 1.95 1.85 1.80 1.75 1.75 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.75
    0.3 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85
    0.2 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.90 1.95
    0.16 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.90 1.90 1.95
    Cf, CASE C
    Region Aspect Ratio, B/s Region Aspect Ratio, B/s
    (horizontal (horizontal
    distance from distance from
    windward edge) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 windward edge) 13 45
    0 to s 2.25 2.60 2.90 3.10* 3.30* 3.40* 3.55* 3.65* 3.75* 0 to s 4.00* 4.30*
    s to 2s 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.00 2.15 2.25 2.30 2.35 2.45 s to 2s 2.60 2.55
    2s to 3s 1.15 1.30 1.45 1.55 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.85 2s to 3s 2.00 1.95
    3s to 10s 1.10 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.00 0.95 3s to 4s 1.50 1.85
    4s to 5s 1.35 1.85
    *Values shall be 5s to 10s 0.90 1.10
    multiplied by the
    following Lr/s Reduction >10s 0.55 0.55
    reduction Factor
    factor when a 0.3 0.9
    return 1.0 0.75
    corner is present: 2 0.60
    Notes:
    1.Theterm"signs"innotesbelowalsoappliesto"freestandingwalls".
    2.Signswithopeningscomprisinglessthan30%ofthegrossareaareclassifiedassolidsigns.Forcecoefficientsforsolid
    signswithopeningsshallbepermittedtobemultipliedbythereductionfactor(1(1)1.5).
    3.Toallowforbothnormalandobliquewinddirections,thefollowingcasesshallbeconsidered:
    Fors/h<1:
    CASEA:resultantforceactsnormaltothefaceofthesignthroughthegeometriccenter.
    CASE B: resultant force acts normal to the face of the sign at a distance from the geometric center toward the
    windwardedgeequalto0.2timestheaveragewidthofthesign.
    ForB/s2,CASECmustalsobeconsidered:
    CASEC:resultantforcesactnormaltothefaceofthesignthroughthegeometriccentersofeachregion.
    Fors/h=1:
    The same cases as above except that the vertical locations of the resultant forces occur at a distance above the
    geometriccenterequalto0.05timestheaverageheightofthesign.
    4.ForCASECwheres/h>0.8,forcecoefficientsshallbemultipliedbythereductionfactor(1.8s/h).
    5.Linearinterpolationispermittedforvaluesofs/h,B/sandLr/sotherthanshown.
    6.Notation:
    B:horizontaldimensionofsign,inmeters;
    h:heightofthesign,inmeters;
    s:verticaldimensionofthesign,inmeters;
    :ratioofsolidareatogrossarea;
    Lr:horizontaldimensionofreturncorner,inmeters

    63
    Part6

    OtherStructuresMethod2 AllHeight
    Figure2.4.21 ForceCoefficient,Cf Chimneys,Tanks,Rooftop
    Equipment,&SimilarStructures

    CrossSection TypeofSurface h/D

    1 7 25
    Square(windnormaltoface) All 1.3 1.4 2.0

    Square(windalongdiagomal) All 1.0 1.1 1.5

    Hexagonaloroctagonal All 1.0 1.2 1.4

    Round 5.3, inm, Moderately 0.5 0.6 0.7


    in Nm smooth

    Rough 0.7 0.8 0.9


    (D/D=0.02)
    Veryrough 0.8 1.0 0.2
    (D/D=0.08)
    Round 5.3, inm, All 0.7 0.8 1.2
    in Nm

    Notes:
    Thedesignwindforceshallbecalculatedbasedontheareaofthestructureprojectedonaplanenormal
    tothewinddirection.Theforceshallbeassumedtoactparalleltothewinddirection.
    Linearinterpolationispermittedforh/Dvaluesotherthanshown.
    Notation:
    D: diameterofcircularcrosssectionandleasthorizontaldimensionofsquare,hexagonaloroctagonal
    crosssectionatelevationunderconsideration,inmeters;
    D: depthofprotrudingelementsuchasribsandspoilers,inmeters;
    H: heightofstructure,metersand
    qz: velocitypressureevaluatedatheightzaboveground,inN/m 2

    64
    Chapter2

    OtherStructuresMethod2 AllHeight
    Figure2.4.22 ForceCoefficient,Cf OpenSigns&Lattice
    Frameworks

    FlatSided RoundedMembers
    Members
    5.3, 5.3,
    <0.1 2.0 1.2 0.8

    0.1to0.29 1.8 1.3 0.9

    0.3to0.7 1.6 1.5 1.1

    Notes:
    Signswithopeningscomprising30%ormoreofthegrossareaareclassifiedasopensigns.
    Thecalculationofthedesignwindforcesshallbebasedontheareaofallexposedmembersandelements
    projectedonaplanenormaltothewinddirection.Forcesshallbeassumedtoactparalleltothewind.
    TheareaAfconsistentwiththeseforcecoefficientsisthesolidareaprojectednormalthewinddirection.
    Notation:
    :ratioofsolidareatogrossarea;
    D:diameterofatypicalroundnumber,inmeters
    qz:velocitypressureevaluatedatheightzabovegroundinN/m2.

    OtherStructuresMethod2 AllHeight
    Figure2.4.23 ForceCoefficient,Cf TrussedTower
    OpenStructures

    TowerCrossSection Cf
    Square 4.025.9+4.0
    Triangle 3.424.7+3.4
    Notes:
    1. Forallwinddirectionsconsidered,theareaAfconsistentwiththespecifiedforcecoefficientsshallbe
    the solid area of a tower face projected on the plane of that face for the tower segment under
    consideration.
    2. Thespecifiedforcecoefficientsarefortowerswithstructuralanglesorsimilarflatsidedmembers.
    3. Fortowerscontainingroundedmembers,itisacceptabletomultiplythespecifiedforcecoefficients
    bythefollowingfactorwhendeterminingwindforcesonsuchmembers:0.512+0.571.0
    4. Windforcesshallbeapplied inthedirectionsresultingin maximummemberforcesandreactions.
    Fortowerswithsquarecrosssections,windforcesshallbemultipliedbythefollowingfactorwhen
    thewindisdirectedalongatowerdiagonal:
    1+0.751.2
    5. Wind forces on tower appurtenances such as ladders, conduits, lights, elevators, etc., shall be
    calculatedusingappropriateforcecoefficientsfortheseelements.
    6. LoadsduetoiceaccretionasdescribedinSection11shallbeaccountedfor.
    7. Notation:
    :ratioofsolidareatogrossareaofonetowerfaceforthesegmentunderconsideration.

    65
    Part6

    Table2.4.1:BasicWindSpeedsforSelectedLocationsinBangladesh

    BasicWind BasicWind
    Location Speed(m/s) Location Speed(m/s)
    Angarpota 47.8 Lalmonirhat 63.7
    Bagerhat 77.5 Madaripur 68.1
    Bandarban 62.5 Magura 65.0
    Barguna 80.0 Manikganj 58.2
    Barisal 78.7 Meherpur 58.2
    Bhola 69.5 Maheshkhali 80.0
    Bogra 61.9 Moulvibazar 53.0
    Brahmanbaria 56.7 Munshiganj 57.1
    Chandpur 50.6 Mymensingh 67.4
    ChapaiNawabganj 41.4 Naogaon 55.2
    Chittagong 80.0 Narail 68.6
    Chuadanga 61.9 Narayanganj 61.1
    Comilla 61.4 Narsinghdi 59.7
    CoxsBazar 80.0 Natore 61.9
    Dahagram 47.8 Netrokona 65.6
    Dhaka 65.7 Nilphamari 44.7
    Dinajpur 41.4 Noakhali 57.1
    Faridpur 63.1 Pabna 63.1
    Feni 64.1 Panchagarh 41.4
    Gaibandha 65.6 Patuakhali 80.0
    Gazipur 66.5 Pirojpur 80.0
    Gopalganj 74.5 Rajbari 59.1
    Habiganj 54.2 Rajshahi 49.2
    Hatiya 80.0 Rangamati 56.7
    Ishurdi 69.5 Rangpur 65.3
    Joypurhat 56.7 Satkhira 57.6
    Jamalpur 56.7 Shariatpur 61.9
    Jessore 64.1 Sherpur 62.5
    Jhalakati 80.0 Sirajganj 50.6
    Jhenaidah 65.0 Srimangal 50.6
    Khagrachhari 56.7 St.MartinsIsland 80.0
    Khulna 73.3 Sunamganj 61.1
    Kutubdia 80.0 Sylhet 61.1
    Kishoreganj 64.7 Sandwip 80.0
    Kurigram 65.6 Tangail 50.6
    Kushtia 66.9 Teknaf 80.0
    Lakshmipur 51.2 Thakurgaon 41.4

    66
    Chapter2

    ImportanceFactor,I(WindLoads)

    Table2.4.2


    Categoryor NonHurricaneProne HurricaneProneRegions
    ImportanceClass Regionsand withV>44m/s
    HurricaneProneRegions
    with
    V=3844m/s

    I 0.87 0.77

    II 1.0 1.00

    III 1.15 1.15

    IV 1.15 1.15



    Note:
    1. The building and structure classification categories are listed in Table 1.2.1

    TerrainExposureConstants

    Table2.4.3

    Exposure Zg(m) c (m) Zmin(m)*

    A 7.0 365.76 1/7 0.84 1/4.0 0.45 0.30 97.54 1/3.0 9.14

    B 9.5 274.32 1/9.5 1.00 1/6.5 0.65 0.20 152.4 1/5.0 4.57

    C 11.5 213.36 1/11.5 1.07 1/9.0 0.80 0.15 198.12 1/8.0 2.13


    *zmin = minimum height used to ensure that the equivalent height z is
    greater of 0.6h or zmin.

    For buildings with h zmin, shall be taken as zmin.


    67
    Part6

    VelocityPressureExposureCoefficients,KhandKz

    Table2.4.4

    Heightabovegroundlevel,z Exposure(Note1)
    A B C
    (m) Case1 Case2 Case1&2 Case1&2
    04.6 0.70 0.57 0.85 1.03
    6.1 0.70 0.62 0.90 1.08
    7.6 0.70 0.66 0.94 1.12
    9.1 0.70 0.70 0.98 1.16
    12.2 0.76 0.76 1.04 1.22
    15.2 0.81 0.81 1.09 1.27
    18 0.85 0.85 1.13 1.31
    21.3 0.89 0.89 1.17 1.34
    24.4 0.93 0.93 1.21 1.38
    27.41 0.96 0.96 1.24 1.40
    30.5 0.99 0.99 1.26 1.43
    36.6 1.04 1.04 1.31 1.48
    42.7 1.09 1.09 1.36 1.52
    48.8 1.13 1.13 1.39 1.55
    54.9 1.17 1.17 1.43 1.58
    61.0 1.20 1.20 1.46 1.61
    76.2 1.28 1.28 1.53 1.68
    91.4 1.35 1.35 1.59 1.73
    106.7 1.41 1.41 1.64 1.78
    121.9 1.47 1.47 1.69 1.82
    137.2 1.52 1.52 1.73 1.86
    152.4 1.56 1.56 1.77 1.89
    Notes:
    1.Case1:a.Allcomponentsandcladding.
    b.MainwindforceresistingsysteminlowrisebuildingsdesignedusingFigure2.4.10.
    Case 2: a. All main wind force resisting systems in buildings except those in lowrise
    buildingsdesignedusingFigure2.4.10.
    b.Allmainwindforceresistingsystemsinotherstructures.
    2. ThevelocitypressureexposurecoefficientKzmaybedeterminedfromthefollowingformula:
    For4.57mzz :
    g K =2.01(z/z )2/
    z g
    Forz<4.57m: Kz=2.01(4.57/zg)2/a
    Note:zshallnotbetakenlessthan9.1mforCase1inexposureA.
    3. andzgaretabulatedinTable2.4.3.
    4. Linearinterpolationforintermediatevalues.ofheightzisacceptable.
    5. Exposurecategoriesaredefinedin2.4.8.3.

    68
    Chapter2

    WindDirectionalityFactor,Kd

    Table2.4.5

    StructureType DirectionalityFactorKd*

    Buildings
    MainWindForceResistingSystem 0.85
    ComponentsandCladding 0.85

    ArchedRoofs 0.85

    Chimneys,Tanks,andSimilarStructures
    Square
    Hexagonal 0.90
    Round 0.95
    0.95

    SolidSigns 0.85

    OpenSignsandLatticeFramework 0.85

    TrussedTowers
    Triangular,square,rectangular 0.85
    Allothercrosssections 0.95

    *DirectionalityFactorKdhasbeencalibratedwithcombinationsofloadsspecifiedinSection2.7.This
    factorshallonlybeappliedwhenusedinconjunctionwithloadcombinationsspecifiedin2.7.4and
    2.7.5.

    69
    Part6

    2.5 EARTHQUAKELOADS
    2.5.1 GENERAL
    Minimumdesignearthquakeforcesforbuildings,structuresorcomponentsthereofshallbedeterminedin
    accordance with the provisions of section 2.5. Some definitions and symbols relevant for earthquake
    resistant design for buildings are provided in Sections 2.5.2 and 2.5.3. Section 2.5.4 presents basic
    earthquake resistant design concepts. Section 2.5.5 describes procedures for soil investigations, while
    Section 2.5.6 describes procedures for determining earthquake ground motion for design. Section 2.5.7
    describesdifferenttypesofbuildingsandstructuralsystemswhichpossessdifferentearthquakeresistant
    characteristics. Static analysis procedures for design are described in Sections 2.5.8, 2.5.9 and 2.5.14.
    Dynamic analysis procedures are dealt with in Sections 2.5.10 to 2.5.13. Section 2.5.15 presents
    combinationofearthquakeloadingeffectsindifferentdirectionsandwithotherloadingeffects.Section
    2.5.16dealswithallowabledriftanddeformationlimits.Section2.5.17addressesdesignofnonstructural
    componentsinbuildings.Section2.5.18presentsdesignconsiderationsforbuildingswithseismicisolation
    systems.DesignforsoftstoreyconditioninbuildingsisaddressedinSection2.5.19.

    2.5.2 DEFINITIONS
    ThefollowingdefinitionsoftermsshallbeapplicableonlytotheprovisionsofSection2.5:

    BASE:Thelevelatwhichtheearthquakemotionsareconsideredtobeimpartedtothestructuresorthe
    levelatwhichthestructureasadynamicvibratorissupported.

    BASESHEAR:Totaldesignlateralforceorshearduetoearthquakeatthebaseofastructure.

    BEARINGWALLSYSTEM:Astructuralsystemwithoutacompleteverticalloadcarryingspaceframe.

    BRACEDFRAME:Anessentiallyverticaltrusssystemoftheconcentricoreccentrictypeprovidedtoresist
    lateralforces.

    BUILDINGFRAMESYSTEM:Anessentiallycompletespaceframewhichprovidessupportforgravityloads.

    CAPACITYCURVE:Aplotofthetotalappliedlateralforce,Vj,versusthelateraldisplacementofthecontrol
    point,j,asdeterminedinanonlinearstaticanalysis.

    CONTROL POINT: A point used to index the lateral displacement of the structure in a nonlinear static
    analysis.

    CRITICALDAMPING:Amountofdampingbeyondwhichthefreevibrationwillnotbeoscillatory.

    DAMPING: The effect of inherent energy dissipation mechanisms in a structure (due to sliding, friction,
    etc.)thatresultsinreductionofeffectofvibration,expressedasapercentageofthecriticaldampingfor
    thestructure.

    DESIGNACCELERATIONRESPONSESPECTRUM:Smoothenedidealizedplotofmaximumaccelerationofa
    singledegreeoffreedomstructureasafunctionofstructureperiodfordesignearthquakegroundmotion.

    DESIGNEARTHQUAKE:Theearthquakegroundmotionconsidered(fornormaldesign)astwothirdsofthe
    correspondingMaximumConsideredEarthquake(MCE).

    70
    Chapter2

    DIAPHRAGM:Ahorizontalornearlyhorizontalsystemofstructuresactingtotransmitlateralforcestothe
    vertical resisting elements. The term "diaphragm" includes reinforced concrete floor slabs as well as
    horizontalbracingsystems.

    DUALSYSTEM:AcombinationofaSpecialorIntermediateMomentResistingFrameandShearWallsor
    BracedFramesdesignedinaccordancewiththecriteriaofSec1.3.2.

    DUCTILITY: Capacity of a structure, or its members to undergo large inelastic deformations without
    significantlossofstrengthorstiffness.

    ECCENTRICBRACEDFRAME(EBF):AsteelbracedframedesignedinconformancewithSec10.20.15.

    EPICENTRE:Thepointonthesurfaceofearthverticallyabovethefocus(pointoforigin)oftheearthquake.

    ESSENTIAL FACILITIES : Buildings and structures which are necessary to remain functional during an
    emergencyorapostdisasterperiod.

    FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM : A floor or roof diaphragm shall be considered flexible, for purposes of this
    provision,whenthemaximumlateraldeformationofthediaphragmismorethantwotimestheaverage
    storey drift of the associated storey. This may be determined by comparing the computed midpoint in
    plane deflection of the diaphragm under lateral load with the storey drift of adjoining vertical resisting
    elementsunderequivalenttributarylateralload.

    FLEXIBLE ELEMENT OR SYSTEM : An element or system whose deformation under lateral load is
    significantlylargerthanadjoiningpartsofthesystem.

    HORIZONTALBRACINGSYSTEM:Ahorizontaltrusssystemthatservesthesamefunctionasafloororroof
    diaphragm.

    IMPORTANCE FACTOR: It is a factor used to increase the design seismic forces for structures of
    importance.

    INTENSITYOFEARTHQUAKE:Itisameasureoftheamountofgroundshakingataparticularsiteduetoan
    earthquake

    INTERMEDIATE MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (IMRF): A concrete or steel frame designed in accordance
    withSec8.3or10.20.10respectively.

    LIQUEFACTION: State in saturated cohesionless soil wherein the effective shear strength is reduced to
    negligible value due to pore water pressure generated by earthquake vibrations, when the pore water
    pressureapproachesthetotalconfiningpressure.Inthiscondition,thesoiltendstobehavelikealiquid.

    MAGNITUDEOFEARTHQUAKE:Themagnitudeofearthquakeisanumber,whichisameasureofenergy
    releasedinanearthquake.

    MAXIMUMCONSIDEREDEARTHQUAKE(MCE):Themostsevereearthquakegroundmotionconsideredby
    thiscode.

    MODALMASS:partofthetotalseismicmassofthestructurethatiseffectiveinmodekofvibration.

    MODAL PARTICIPATION FACTOR: Amount by which mode k contributes to the overall vibration of the
    structureunderhorizontalandverticalearthquakegroundmotions.

    71
    Part6

    MODAL SHAPE COEFFICIENT: When a system is vibrating in a normal mode, at any particular instant of
    time, the vibration amplitude of mass i expressed as a ratio of the vibration amplitude of one of the
    massesofthesystem,isknownasmodalshapecoefficient

    MOMENTRESISTINGFRAME:Aframeinwhichmembersandjointsarecapableofresistinglateralforces
    primarilybyflexure.Momentresistingframesareclassifiedasordinarymomentresistingframes(OMRF),
    intermediatemomentresistingframes(IMRF)andspecialmomentresistingframes(SMRF).

    NUMBEROFSTOREYS(n):Numberofstoreysofabuildingisthenumberoflevelsabovethebase.This
    excludes the basement storeys, where basement walls are connected with ground floor deck or fitted
    betweenthebuildingcolumns.But,itincludesthebasementstoreys,whentheyarenotsoconnected.

    ORDINARYMOMENTRESISTINGFRAME(OMRF):Amomentresistingframenotmeetingspecialdetailing
    requirementsforductilebehaviour.

    PDELTAEFFECT:Itisthesecondaryeffectonshearsandmomentsofframemembersduetoactionofthe
    verticalloadsduetothelateraldisplacementofbuildingresultingfromseismicforces.

    PERIOD OF BUILDING: Fundamental period (for 1st mode) of vibration of building for lateral motion in
    directionconsidered.

    RESPONSEREDUCTIONFACTOR:Itisthefactorbywhichtheactualbaseshearforcethatwoulddevelopif
    the structure behaved truly elastic during earthquake, is reduced to obtain design base shear. This
    reduction is allowed to account for the beneficial effects of inelastic deformation (resulting in energy
    dissipation)thatcanoccurinastructureduringamajorearthquake,stillensuringacceptableresponseof
    thestructure.

    SEISMICDESIGNCATEGORY:Aclassificationassignedtoastructurebasedonitsimportancefactorandthe
    severityofthedesignearthquakegroundmotionatthesite.

    SEISMICFORCERESISTING SYSTEM: That part of the structural system that has been considered in the
    designtoprovidetherequiredresistancetotheseismicforces.

    SHEAR WALL : A wall designed to resist lateral forces acting in its plane (sometimes referred to as a
    verticaldiaphragmorastructuralwall).

    SOFTSTOREY:Storeyinwhichthelateralstiffnessislessthan70percentofthestiffnessofthestorey
    aboveorlessthan80percentoftheaveragelateralstiffnessofthethreestoreysabove.

    SITECLASS:Siteisclassifiedbasedonsoilpropertiesofupper30meters.

    SPACE FRAME : A threedimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of members
    interconnectedsoastofunctionasacompleteselfcontainedunitwithorwithouttheaidofhorizontal
    diaphragmsorfloorbracingsystems.

    SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (SMRF) : A moment resisting frame specially detailed to provide
    ductilebehaviourcomplyingwiththeseismicrequirementsprovidedinChapters8and10forconcrete
    andsteelframesrespectively.

    STOREY:Thespacebetweenconsecutivefloorlevels.Storeyxisthestoreybelowlevelx.

    STOREYSHEAR:Thetotalhorizontalshearforceataparticularstorey(level).

    STOREYDRIFT:Thehorizontaldeflectionatthetopofthestoryrelativetobottomofthestorey.

    72
    Chapter2

    STRENGTH : The usable capacity of an element or a member to resist the load as prescribed in these
    provisions.

    TARGET DISPLACEMENT: An estimate of the maximum expected displacement of the control point
    calculatedforthedesignearthquakegroundmotioninnonlinearstaticanalysis.

    VERTICALLOADCARRYINGFRAME:Aspaceframedesignedtocarryallverticalgravityloads.

    WEAKSTOREY:Storeyinwhichthelateralstrengthislessthan80percentofthatofthestoreyabove.

    2.5.3 SYMBOLSANDNOTATION
    Thefollowingsymbolsandnotationshallapplytotheprovisionsofthissection:

    Ax = torsionamplificationfactoratlevelx.

    Cd = Deflectionamplificationfactor.

    Cs = Normalizedaccelerationresponsespectrum.

    Ct = numericalcoefficienttodeterminebuildingperiod

    eai = Accidentaleccentricityoffloormassatleveli

    Fi,Fn,Fx= designlateralforceappliedtoleveli,n,orxrespectively.

    = lateralforcesonanelementorcomponentoronequipmentsupports.

    g = accelerationduetogravity.

    hi,hn,hx= Heightinmetresabovethebasetoleveli,norxrespectively

    hsx = StoreyHeightofstoreyx(belowlevelx)

    I = Importancefactor

    Leveli = floorlevelofthestructurereferredtobythesubscripti,e.g.,i=1designates
    thefirstlevelabovethebase.

    Leveln = Uppermostlevelinthemainportionofthestructure.

    Mx = Overturningmomentatlevelx

    Ni = StandardPenetrationNumberofsoillayeri

    Px = Totalverticaldesignloadatlevelx

    R = Responsereductionfactorforstructuralsystems

    S = Soilfactor.

    Sa = DesignSpectralAcceleration(inunitsofg)

    Sui = Undrainedshearstrengthofcohesivelayeri

    T = Fundamentalperiodofvibrationofstructure,inseconds,ofthestructureinthe
    directionunderconsideration.

    Te = Effective fundamental period of the structure in the direction under


    consideration,asdeterminedfornonlinearstaticanalysis

    73
    Part6

    V = Totaldesignbaseshearcalculatedbyequivalentstaticanalysis

    V1 = Total applied lateral force at the first increment of lateral load in nonlinear
    staticanalysis.

    Vy = Effectiveyieldstrengthdeterminedfromabilinearcurvefittedtothecapacity
    curve

    Vrs = Totaldesignbaseshearcalculatedbyresponsespectrumanalysis

    Vth = Totaldesignbaseshearcalculatedbytimehistoryanalysis

    Vsi = Shearwavevelocityofsoillayeri

    Vx = Designstoreyshearinstoreyx

    W = Totalseismicweightofbuilding

    wi,wx = PortionofWwhichisassignedtoleveliandxrespectively

    Z = Seismiczonecoefficient.

    i = Horizontal displacement at leveli relative to the base due to applied lateral


    forces.

    j = Thedisplacementofthecontrolpointatloadincrementj.

    T = Thetargetdisplacementofthecontrolpoint.

    1 = Thedisplacementofthecontrolpointatthefirstincrementoflateralload.

    y = Theeffectiveyielddisplacementofthecontrolpointdeterminedfromabilinear
    curvefittedtothecapacitycurve

    a = Maximumallowablestoreydrift

    x = Designstoreydriftofstoreyx

    = Dampingcorrectionfactor

    ik = Modalshapecoefficientatleveliformodek

    = StabilitycoefficienttoassessPdeltaeffects
    = Viscousdampingratioofthestructure

    2.5.4 EARTHQUAKERESISTANTDESIGNBASICCONCEPTS

    2.5.4.1 GENERALPRINCIPLES
    Thepurposeofearthquakeresistantdesignprovisionsinthiscodeistoprovideguidelinesforthedesign
    andconstructionofnewstructuressubjecttoearthquakegroundmotionsinordertominimizetheriskto
    lifeforallstructures,toincreasetheexpectedperformanceofhigheroccupancystructuresascompared
    to ordinary structures, and to improve the capability of essential structures to function after an
    earthquake. Itis not economically feasible to design andconstructbuildings withoutany damage for a
    majorearthquakeevent.Theintentisthereforetoallowinelasticdeformationandstructuraldamageat

    74
    Chapter2

    preferred locations in the structure without endangering structural integrity and to prevent structural
    collapseduringamajorearthquake.

    Theexpectedearthquakegroundmotionatthesiteduetoallprobableearthquakesmaybeevaluatedin
    deterministic or probabilistic terms. The ground motion at the site due to an earthquake is a complex
    phenomenaanddependsonseveralparameterssuchasearthquakemagnitude,focaldepth,earthquake
    sourcecharacteristics,distancefromearthquakeepicenter,wavepathcharacteristics,aswellaslocalsoil
    conditionsatthesite.Theseismiczoningmapdividesthecountryintofourseismiczoneswithdifferent
    expected levels of intensity of ground motion. Each seismic zone has a zone coefficient which provides
    expected peak ground acceleration values on rock/firm soil corresponding to the maximum considered
    earthquake(MCE).Thedesignbasisearthquakeistakenas2/3ofthemaximumconsideredearthquake.

    Theeffectsoftheearthquakegroundmotiononthestructureisexpressedintermsofanidealizedelastic
    design acceleration response spectrum, which depends on (a) seismic zone coefficient and local soil
    conditionsdefininggroundmotionand(b)importancefactorandresponsereductionfactorrepresenting
    building considerations. The earthquake forces acting on the structure is reduced using the response
    modification/reduction factor R in order to take advantage of the inelastic energy dissipation due to
    inherent ductility and redundancy in the structure as well as material overstrength. The importance
    factor I increases design forces for important structures. If suitable lateral force resisting systems with
    adequateductilityanddetailingandgood constructionareprovided,thebuildingcanbedesignedfora
    response reduction factor R which may be as high as 5 to 8. Because of this fact, the provisions of this
    Code for ductility and detailing need to be satisfied even for structures and members for which load
    combinations that do not contain the earthquake effect indicate larger demands than combinations
    including earthquake. The elastic deformations calculated under these reduced design forces are
    multipliedbythedeflectionamplificationfactor,Cd,toestimatethedeformationslikelytoresultfromthe
    designearthquake.

    The seismic design guidelines presented in this section are based on the assumption that the soil
    supporting the structure will not liquefy, settle or slide due to loss of strength during the earthquake.
    Reinforcedandprestressedconcretemembersshallbesuitablydesignedtoensurethatprematurefailure
    due to shear or bond does not occur. Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete members is of prime
    importance. In steel structures, members and their connections should be so proportioned that high
    ductilityisobtained,avoidingprematurefailureduetoelasticorinelasticbucklingofanytype.

    The building structure shall include complete lateral and vertical forceresisting systems capable of
    providing adequate strength, stiffness, and energy dissipation capacity to withstand the design ground
    motions within the prescribed limits of deformation and strength demand. The design ground motions
    shall be assumed to occur along any horizontal direction of a building structure. The adequacy of the
    structural systems shall be demonstrated through the construction of a mathematical model and
    evaluation of this model for the effects of design ground motions. The design seismic forces, and their
    distributionovertheheightofthebuildingstructure,shallbeestablishedinaccordancewithoneofthe
    applicableproceduresindicatedinSection2.5andthecorrespondinginternalforcesanddeformationsin
    themembersofthestructureshallbedetermined.Thedeformationofthestructureshallnotexceedthe
    prescribedlimitsundertheactionofthedesignseismicforces.

    2.5.4.2 CHARACTERISTICSOFEARTHQUAKERESISTANTBUILDINGS
    Thedesirablecharacteristicsofearthquakeresistantbuildingsaredescribedbelow:

    75
    Part6

    StructuralSimplicity,UniformityandSymmetry:

    Structuralsimplicity,uniformityandplansymmetryischaracterizedbyanevendistributionofmassand
    structural elements which allows short and direct transmission of the inertia forces created in the
    distributedmassesofthebuildingtoitsfoundation.Themodelling,analysis,detailingandconstructionof
    simple (regular) structures are subject to much less uncertainty, hence the prediction of its seismic
    behaviourismuchmorereliable.

    A building configuration with symmetrical layout of structural elements of the lateral force resisting
    system, and welldistributed inplan, is desirable. Uniformity along the height of the building is also
    important,sinceittendstoeliminatetheoccurrenceofsensitivezoneswhereconcentrationsofstressor
    largeductilitydemandsmightcauseprematurecollapse.

    Somebasicguidelinesaregivenbelow:

    (i) Withrespecttothelateralstiffnessandmassdistribution,thebuildingstructureshallbe
    approximatelysymmetricalinplanwithrespecttotwoorthogonalaxes.

    (ii) Boththelateralstiffnessandthemassoftheindividualstoreysshallremainconstantor
    reduce gradually, without abrupt changes, from the base to the top of a particular
    building.

    (iii) All structural elements of the lateral load resisting systems, such as cores, structural
    walls, or frames shall run without interruption from the foundations to the top of the
    building.

    (iv) Anirregularbuildingmaybesubdividedintodynamicallyindependentregularunitswell
    separatedagainstpoundingoftheindividualunitstoachieveuniformity.

    (v) Thelengthtobreadthratio(=Lmax/Lmin)ofthebuildinginplanshallnotbehigherthan
    4, where Lmax andLmin are respectivelythe larger and smaller inplan dimension ofthe
    building,measuredinorthogonaldirections.
    StructuralRedundancy:

    A high degree of redundancy accompanied by redistribution capacity through ductility is desirable,


    enabling a more widely spread energy dissipation across the entire structure and an increased total
    dissipated energy. The use of evenly distributed structural elements increases redundancy. Structural
    systemsofhigherstaticindeterminacymayresultinhigherresponsereductionfactorR.

    HorizontalBidirectionalResistanceandStiffness:

    Horizontal earthquake motion is a bidirectional phenomenon and thus the building structure needs to
    resisthorizontalactioninanydirection.Thestructuralelementsoflateralforceresistingsystemshouldbe
    arrangedinanorthogonal(inplan)pattern,ensuringsimilarresistanceandstiffnesscharacteristicsinboth
    main directions. The stiffness characteristics of the structure should also limit the development of
    excessive displacements that might lead to either instabilities due to second order effects or excessive
    damages.

    TorsionalResistanceandStiffness

    Besides lateral resistance and stiffness, buildingstructures shouldpossess adequate torsional resistance
    and stiffness in order to limit the development of torsional motions which tend to stress the different

    76
    Chapter2

    structural elements in a nonuniform way. In this respect, arrangements in which the main elements
    resistingtheseismicactionaredistributedclosetotheperipheryofthebuildingpresentclearadvantages.

    DiaphragmBehaviour

    Inbuildings,floors(includingtheroof)actashorizontaldiaphragmsthatcollectandtransmittheinertia
    forces to the vertical structural systems and ensure that those systems act together in resisting the
    horizontalseismicaction.Theactionoffloorsasdiaphragmsisespeciallyrelevantincasesofcomplexand
    nonuniform layouts of the vertical structural systems, or where systems with different horizontal
    deformabilitycharacteristicsareusedtogether.

    Floor systems and the roof should be provided with inplane stiffness and resistance and with effective
    connectiontotheverticalstructuralsystems.Particularcareshouldbetakenincasesofnoncompactor
    veryelongatedinplanshapesandincasesoflargeflooropenings,especiallyifthelatterarelocatedinthe
    vicinity of the main vertical structural elements, thus hindering such effective connection between the
    verticalandhorizontalstructure.

    Theinplanestiffnessofthefloorsshallbesufficientlylargeincomparisonwiththelateralstiffnessofthe
    vertical structural elements, so that the deformation of the floor shall have a small effect on the
    distributionoftheforcesamongtheverticalstructuralelements.

    Foundation

    The design and construction of the foundation and of its connection to the superstructure shall ensure
    that the whole building is subjected to a uniform seismic excitation. For buildings with individual
    foundation elements (footings or piles), the use of a foundation slab or tiebeams between these
    elementsinbothmaindirectionsisrecommended,asdescribedinChapter3.

    2.5.5 INVESTIGATIONANDASSESSMENTOFSITECONDITIONS

    2.5.5.1 SITEINVESTIGATION
    Appropriate site investigations should be carried out to identify the ground conditions influencing the
    seismicaction.

    The ground conditions at the building site should normally be free from risks of ground rupture, slope
    instabilityandpermanentsettlementscausedbyliquefactionordensificationduringanearthquake.The
    possibilityofsuchphenomenashouldbeinvestigatedinaccordancewithstandardproceduresdescribed
    inSection3.

    TheintentofthesiteinvestigationistoclassifytheSiteintooneoftypesSA,SB,SC,SD,SE,S1andS2as
    definedinSection2.5.5.2.Suchclassificationisbasedonsiteprofileandevaluatedsoilproperties(shear
    wavevelocity,StandardPenetrationResistance,undrainedshearstrength,soiltype).Thesiteclassisused
    todeterminetheeffectoflocalsoilconditionsontheearthquakegroundmotion.

    ForsitesrepresentingspecialsoiltypeS1orS2,sitespecificspecialstudiesforthegroundmotionshould
    be done. Soil type S1, having very low shear wave velocity and low material damping, can produce
    anomalous seismicsite amplification and soilstructure interaction effects. ForS2soils,possibility of soil
    failureshouldbestudied.

    ForastructurebelongingtoSeismicDesignCategoryCorD(Section2.5.7.2),siteinvestigationshouldalso
    includedeterminationofsoilparametersfortheassessmentofthefollowing:

    77
    Part6

    a. Slopeinstability.

    b. PotentialforLiquefactionandlossofsoilstrength.

    c. Differentialsettlement.

    d. Surfacedisplacementduetofaultingorlateralspreading.

    e. Lateral pressures on basement walls and retaining walls due to earthquake ground
    motion.

    Liquefaction potential and possible consequences should be evaluated for design earthquake ground
    motionsconsistentwithpeakgroundaccelerations.AnySettlementduetodensificationofloosegranular
    soils under design earthquake motion should be studied. The occurrence and consequences of geologic
    hazardssuchasslopeinstabilityorsurfacefaultingshouldalsobeconsidered.Thedynamiclateralearth
    pressureonbasementwallsandretainingwallsduringearthquakegroundshakingistobeconsideredas
    anearthquakeloadforuseindesignloadcombinations

    2.5.5.2 SITECLASSIFICATION
    Site will be classified as type SA, SB, SC, SD, SE, S1 and S2 based on the provisions of this section.
    ClassificationwillbedoneinaccordancewithTable2.5.1basedonthesoilpropertiesofupper30meters
    ofthesiteprofile.

    Averagesoilpropertieswillbedeterminedasgiveninthefollowingequations:

    2.5.1

    2.5.2

    2.5.3

    where,

    n=numberofsoillayersinupper30m

    di=thicknessoflayeri

    Vsi=shearwavevelocityoflayeri

    Ni=Field(uncorrected)StandardPenetrationValueforlayeri

    k=numberofcohesivesoillayersinupper30m

    dci=thicknessofcohesivelayeri

    Sui=Undrainedshearstrengthofcohesivelayeri

    Thesiteprofileuptoadepthof30misdividedintonnumberofdistinctsoilorrocklayers.Wheresome
    ofthelayersarecohesive,kisthenumberofcohesivelayers.Hence =30m,while <30

    78
    Chapter2

    m if k < n in other words if there are both cohesionless and cohesive layers. The standard penetration
    valueNasdirectlymeasuredinthefieldwithoutcorrectionwillbeused.

    The site classification should be done using average shear wave velocity if this can be estimated,
    otherwisethevalueof maybeused.

    Table2.5.1: Siteclassificationbasedonsoilproperties

    Site Descriptionofsoil profile upto30 AverageSoilPropertiesintop30meters


    Class metersdepth
    Shear Standard Undrained
    wave Penetration shear
    velocity Value, strength,
    (m/s) (blows/30cm) (kPa)
    SA Rock or other rocklike geological >800
    formation, including at most 5 m of
    weakermaterialatthesurface.
    SB Depositsofverydensesand,gravel,or 360800 >50 >250
    very stiff clay, at least several tens of
    metresinthickness,characterisedbya
    gradual increase of mechanical
    propertieswithdepth.

    SC Deep deposits of dense or medium 180360 1550 70250


    dense sand, gravel or stiff clay with
    thickness from several tens to many
    hundredsofmetres.

    SD Deposits of loosetomedium <180 <15 <70


    cohesionless soil (with or without
    some soft cohesive layers), or of
    predominantly softtofirm cohesive
    soil.
    SE A soil profile consisting of a surface
    alluviumlayerwithVsvaluesoftypeC
    or D and thickness varying between
    about 5 m and 20 m, underlain by
    stiffermaterialwithVs>800m/s.

    S1 Deposits consisting, or containing a < 100 1020


    layer at least 10 m thick, of soft (indicative)
    clays/siltswithahigh plasticityindex
    (PI>40)andhighwatercontent

    S2 Deposits of liquefiable soils, of


    sensitive clays, or any other soil
    profile not included in types SA to SE
    orS1

    2.5.6 EARTHQUAKEGROUNDMOTION

    2.5.6.1 REGIONALSEISMICITY
    Bangladeshcanbeaffectedbymoderatetostrongearthquakeeventsduetoitsproximitytothecollision
    boundary of the Northeast moving Indian plate and Eurasian Plate. Strong historical earthquakes with
    magnitude greater than 7.0have affected parts of Bangladesh in the last 150 years, some of them had

    79
    Part6

    their epicenters within the country. A brief description of the local geology, tectonic features and
    earthquakeoccurrenceintheregionisgiveninAppendixC.


    Fig.2.5.1:SeismicZoningMapofBangladesh

    2.5.6.2 SEISMICZONING
    The intent of the seismic zoning map is to give an indication of the Maximum Considered Earthquake
    (MCE)motionatdifferentpartsofthecountry.Inprobabilisticterms,theMCEmotionmaybeconsidered
    tocorrespondtohavinga2%probabilityofexceedancewithinaperiodof50years.Thecountryhasbeen

    80
    Chapter2

    dividedintofourseismiczoneswithdifferentlevelsofgroundmotion.Table2.5.2includesadescriptionof
    thefourseismiczones.Fig.2.5.1presentsamapofBangladeshshowingtheboundariesofthefourzones.
    Each zone has a seismic zone coefficient (Z) which represents the maximum considered peak ground
    acceleration(PGA)onverystiffsoil/rock(siteclassSA)inunitsofg(accelerationduetogravity).Thezone
    coefficients(Z)ofthefourzonesare:Z=0.12(Zone1),Z=0.20(Zone2),Z=0.28(Zone3)andZ=0.36(Zone
    4). Table 2.5.3 lists zone coefficients for some important towns of Bangladesh. The most severe
    earthquakepronezone,Zone4isinthenortheastwhichincludesSylhetandhasamaximumPGAvalueof
    0.36g.DhakacityfallsinthemoderateseismicintensityzonewithZ=0.2,whileChittagongcityfallsina
    severeintensityzonewithZ=0.28.

    Table2.5.2DescriptionofSeismicZones

    Seismic
    Seismic Seismic Zone
    Location
    Zone Intensity Coefficient,
    Z
    1 SouthwesternpartincludingBarisal, Low 0.12
    Khulna,Jessore,Rajshahi
    2 LowerCentralandNorthwestern Moderate 0.20
    partincludingNoakhali,Dhaka,
    Pabna,Dinajpur,aswellas
    Southwesterncornerincluding
    Sundarbans
    3 UpperCentralandNorthwestern Severe 0.28
    partincludingBrahmanbaria,
    Sirajganj,Rangpur
    4 NortheasternpartincludingSylhet, VerySevere 0.36
    Mymensingh,Kurigram

    Table2.5.3 SeismicZoneCoefficientZforSomeImportantTownsofBangladesh

    Town Z Town Z Town Z Town Z


    Bagerhat 0.12 Dinajpur 0.20 Kushtia 0.20 Panchagarh 0.20
    Bandarban 0.28 Faridpur 0.20 Lalmanirhat 0.28 Patuakhali 0.12
    Barguna 0.12 Feni 0.20 Madaripur 0.20 Rajbari 0.20
    Barisal 0.12 Gaibandha 0.28 Manikganj 0.20 Rajshahi 0.12
    Bhola 0.12 Gazipur 0.20 Mongla 0.12 Rangamati 0.28
    Bogra 0.28 Habiganj 0.36 Munshiganj 0.20 Rangpur 0.28
    Brahmanbaria 0.28 Jaipurhat 0.20 Mymensingh 0.36 Satkhira 0.12
    Chandpur 0.20 Jamalpur 0.36 Narsingdi 0.28 Sirajganj 0.28
    Chittagong 0.28 Jessore 0.12 Natore 0.20 Srimangal 0.36
    Chuadanga 0.12 Khagrachari 0.28 Naogaon 0.20 Sunamganj 0.36
    Comilla 0.20 Khulna 0.12 Netrakona 0.36 Sylhet 0.36
    Cox'sBazar 0.28 Kishoreganj 0.36 Noakhali 0.20 Tangail 0.28
    Dhaka 0.20 Kurigram 0.36 Pabna 0.20 Thakurgaon 0.20

    81
    Part6

    2.5.6.3 DESIGNRESPONSESPECTRUM
    The earthquake ground motion for which the building has to be designed is represented by the design
    responsespectrum.Bothstaticanddynamicanalysismethodsarebasedonthisresponsespectrum.This
    spectrumrepresentsthespectralaccelerationforwhichthebuildinghastobedesignedasafunctionof
    the building period, taking into account the ground motion intensity. The spectrum is based on elastic
    analysis but in order to account for energy dissipation due to inelastic deformation and benefits of
    structuralredundancy,thespectralaccelerationsarereducedbytheresponsemodificationfactorR.For
    importantstructures,thespectralaccelerationsareincreasedbytheimportancefactorI.Thedesignbasis
    earthquake (DBE) ground motion is selected at a ground shaking level that is 2/3 of the maximum
    consideredearthquake(MCE)groundmotion.Theeffectoflocalsoilconditionsontheresponsespectrum
    isincorporatedinthenormalizedaccelerationresponsespectrumCs.

    Thespectralaccelerationforthedesignearthquakeisgivenbythefollowingequation:

    2 ZI
    Sa = C s (2.5.4)
    3 R
    where,

    Sa=Designspectralacceleration(inunitsofg),whichshallnotbelessthan2/3*ZI*.

    =coefficientusedtocalculatelowerboundforSa.Recommendedvalueforis0.2.

    Z=Seismiczonecoefficient,asdefinedinSection2.5.6.2

    I=Structureimportancefactor,asdefinedinSection2.5.7.1

    R=ResponsereductionfactorwhichdependsonthetypeofstructuralsystemgiveninTable2.5.7.The
    ratioI/Rcannotbegreaterthanone.

    Cs=Normalizedaccelerationresponsespectrum,whichisafunctionofstructure(building)periodandsoil
    type(siteclass)asdefinedbyEquations2.5.5ad


    C s = S 1 +
    T
    (2.5 1 ) for 0 T TB (2.5.5a)
    TB

    C s = 2.5S for TB T TC (2.5.5b)

    T
    C s = 2.5S C for TC T TD (2.5.5c)
    T

    T T
    C s = 2.5S C D for TD T 4 sec (2.5.5d )
    T2

    CsdependsonSandvaluesofTB,TCandTD,(Fig.2.5.2)whichareallfunctionsofthesiteclass.ConstantCs
    valuebetweenperiodsTBandTCrepresentsconstantspectralacceleration.

    S=SoilfactorwhichdependsonsiteclassandisgiveninTable2.5.4

    T=Structure(building)periodasdefinedinSection2.5.9.2

    TB = Lower limit of the period of the constant spectral acceleration branch given in Table 2.5.4 as a
    functionofsiteclass.

    82
    Chapterr2

    TC = Upper
    U limit off the period of
    o the constan
    nt spectral accceleration bran
    nch given in Table
    T 2.5.4 as a
    functio
    onofsiteclasss

    TD = Lower
    L limit of the period off the constantt spectral disp
    placement branch given in Table
    T 2.5.4 as a
    functio
    onofsiteclasss

    = Damping correcction factor ass a function off damping witth a referencee value of =1
    1 for 5% viscous
    dampiing.Itisgivenbythefollowin
    ngexpression:

    = 10 /( 5 + ) 0 .5
    55 (2.5.6)

    wheree,isthevisco ucture,expresssedasaperceentageofcriticaldamping.Th
    ousdampingraatioofthestru he
    valueofcannotbe
    esmallerthan0
    0.55.


    Figure2..5.2:TypicalSha
    apeoftheElasticResponseSpe
    ectrumCoefficieentCs

    Table2.5.4:Sitedependenttsoilfactorandotherparamete
    ersdefiningelassticresponsesp
    pectrum

    Soiltyype S TB(s) TC TD
    (s) (s)
    SA
    S 1..0 0.15 0.40 2.00
    S
    SB 1..2 0.15 0.50 2.00
    S
    SC 1.1
    15 0.20 0.60 2.00
    SD
    S 1.3
    35 0.20 0.80 2.00
    S
    SE 1..4 0.15 0.50 2.00

    nticipated(dessignbasiseartthquake)peakgroundacceleeration(PGA) forrockorveerystiffsoil(site
    Thean
    S is 2/3*Z. However, for design, the ground
    class SA) g motion
    n is modified through the use
    u of response
    reducttionfactorRandimportanceefactorI,resulltinginPGArockk=2/3*Z*I/R.Fiig.2.5.3showssthenormalizeed
    acceleeration response spectrum Cs for 5% dam
    mping, which may
    m be defined
    d as the 5% damped
    d spectrral
    acceleeration (obtain
    ned by Eq.2.5..4) normalized
    d with respectt to PGArock. This figure deemonstrates th
    he
    significcantinfluenceofsiteclasson
    ntheresponseespectrum.

    83
    Part6


    Figure2..5.3: NormalizzedDesignAcce
    elerationRespon
    nseSpectrumfo
    ordifferentsite
    eclasses.
    nSpectrumforrElasticAnalyssis
    Design

    For sitte classes SA to SE, the de


    esign acceleraation response or elastic analysis methods is
    e spectrum fo
    obtain
    nedusingEq.(2
    2.5.4)tocomp
    puteSa(inunittsofg)asafu
    unctionofperiiodT.Thedessignacceleratio
    on
    respon
    nse spectrum represents th
    he expected ground motion
    n (Design Basiss Earthquake) divided by th
    he
    factorR/I.

    nSpectrumforrInelasticAnalysis
    Design

    Forinelasticanalysissmethods,theeanticipatedggroundmotion
    n(DesignBasissEarthquake) isdirectlyuseed.
    Corresspondingreald
    designacceleraationresponseespectrumisu
    used,whichisobtainedbyussingR=1andI==1
    in Eq.((2.5.4). The reeal design acceleration resp
    ponse spectrum
    m is equal to design acceleeration response
    spectrrummultiplied
    dbyR/I.

    SiteSp
    pecificDesignSSpectrum

    ForsitteclassS1andS2,sitespecificstudiesaren
    neededtoobtaaindesignresp m.Forimportant
    ponsespectrum
    projeccts,sitespecificstudiesmayyalsobecarrieedouttodeteerminespectru
    uminsteadof usingEq.(2.5.4
    4).
    Theob
    bjectiveofsuchsitespecificgroundmotionanalysisisto
    odeterminegro
    oundmotionsforlocalseism
    mic
    andsitteconditionsw
    withhighercon
    nfidencethanispossibleusin
    ngsimplifiedequations.

    2.5.7
    7 BUILD
    DINGCATEG
    GORIES

    2.5.7
    7.1 IMPOR
    RTANCEFA
    ACTOR
    Buildin
    ngs are classified in four occupancy
    o cattegories in Ch
    hapter 1 (Tab
    ble 1.2.1), dep
    pending on th
    he
    conseq
    quencesofcollapseforhum
    manlife,ontheeirimportanceeforpublicsaffetyandcivilp
    protectioninth
    he
    immed
    diateposteartthquakeperiod
    d,andonthessocialandeconomicconsequ
    uencesofcollaapse.Dependin
    ng
    on occupancy categgory, buildingss may be designed for high
    her seismic fo
    orces using im
    mportance factor
    Chapter2

    greater than one. Table 2.5.5 defines different occupancy categories and corresponding importance
    factor.

    Table2.5.5ImportanceFactorsforBuildingsandStructuresforEarthquakedesign
    Occupancy Importance
    Category factorI
    IorII 1.0
    III 1.25
    IV 1.5

    2.5.7.2 SEISMICDESIGNCATEGORY
    Buildings shall be assigned a seismic design category among B, C or D based on seismic zone, local site
    conditions and importance class of building, as given in Table 2.5.6. Seismic design category D has the
    most stringent seismic design detailing, while seismic design category B has the least seismic design
    detailingrequirements.

    Table2.5.6SeismicDesignCategoryofBuildings

    OccupancyCategoryI,IIandIII OccupancyCategoryIV

    Site Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone
    Class 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
    SA B C C D C D D D
    SB B C D D C D D D
    SC B C D D C D D D
    SD C D D D D D D D
    SE,S1,S2 D D D D D D D D

    2.5.7.3 BUILDINGIRREGULARITY:
    Buildings with irregularity in plan or elevation suffer much more damage in earthquakes than buildings
    with regular configuration. A building may be considered as irregular, if at least one of the conditions
    givenbelowareapplicable:

    2.5.7.3.1 PlanIrregularity

    i) Torsionirregularity
    To be considered for rigid floor diaphragms, when the maximum storey drift (max) as
    showninFig.2.5.4a,computedincludingaccidentaltorsion,atoneendofthestructureis
    morethan1.2timestheaverage(avg=(max+min)/2)ofthestoreydriftsatthetwoendsof
    the structure. If max>1.4avg then the irregularity is termed as extreme torsional
    irregularity.

    ii) Reentrantcorners
    Bothprojectionsofthestructurebeyondareentrantcomer(Fig.2.5.4b)aregreaterthan
    15percentofitsplandimensioninthegivendirection.

    iii) DiaphragmDiscontinuitv

    85
    Part6

    Diaphragms with abrupt discontinuities or variations in stiffness, including those having


    cutout(Fig.2.5.4c)oropenareasgreaterthan50%ofthegrossencloseddiaphragmarea,
    orchangesineffectivediaphragmstiffnessofmorethan50%fromonestoreytothenext.

    iv) OutOfPlaneOffsets
    Discontinuities in a lateral force resistance path, such as out ofplane offsets of vertical
    elements,asshowninFig.2.5.4d.

    v) NonparallelSystems
    The vertical elements resisting the lateral force are not parallel to or symmetric (Fig.
    2.5.4e)aboutthemajororthogonalaxesofthelateralforceresistingelements.



    Fig.2.5.4aTorsionalIrregularity


    Fig.2.5.4bReentrantcorners(A/L>0.15)


    Fig.2.5.4cDiaphragmDiscontinuitv

    86
    Chapter2


    Fig.2.5.4dOutOfPlaneOffsetsofShearWall


    Fig.2.5.4eNonparallelSystemsofShearWall

    2.5.7.3.2 VerticalIrregularity

    i) StiffnessIrregularitySoftStorey
    Asoftstoreyisoneinwhichthelateralstiffnessislessthan70%ofthatinthestoreyabove
    orlessthan80%oftheaveragelateralstiffnessofthethreestoreysaboveirregularity(Fig.
    2.5.5a).Anextremesoftstoreyisdefinedwhereitslateralstiffnessislessthan60%ofthat
    inthe storeyaboveorlessthan70%oftheaveragelateralstiffnessofthethreestoreys
    above.

    ii) MassIrregularity
    The seismic weight of any storey is more than twice of that of its adjacent storeys (Fig.
    2.5.5b).Thisirregularityneednotbeconsideredincaseofroofs.

    iii) VerticalGeometricIrregularity
    ThisirregularityexistsforbuildingswithsetbackswithdimensionsgiveninFig.2.5.5c.

    iv) VerticalInPlaneDiscontinuityinVerticalElementsResistingLateralForce
    Aninplaneoffsetofthelateralforceresistingelementsgreaterthanthelengthofthose
    elements(Fig.2.5.5d).

    v) DiscontinuityinCapacityWeakStorey
    A weak storey is one in which the storey lateral strength is less than 80% of that in the
    storeyabove.Thestoreylateralstrengthisthetotalstrengthofallseismicforceresisting
    elements sharing the storey shear in the considered direction (Fig. 2.5.5e). An extreme
    weakstoreyisonewherethestoreylateralstrengthislessthan65%ofthatinthestorey
    above.

    87
    Part6


    Fig.2.5.5aSoftStorey


    Fig.2.5.5bMassIrregularity

    L2>1.3L1


    Fig.2.5.5cVerticalGeometricIrregularity(SetbackStructures)

    88
    Chapter2


    Fig.2.5.5dVerticalInPlaneDiscontinuityinVerticalElementsResistingLateralForce


    Fig.2.5.5eWeakStorey

    2.5.7.4 TYPEOFSTRUCTURALSYSTEMS
    The basic lateral and vertical seismic forceresisting system shall conform to one of the types A to G
    indicated in Table 2.5.7. Each type is again subdivided by the types of vertical elements used to resist
    lateralseismicforces.AcombinationofsystemsmayalsobepermittedasstatedinSection2.5.7.5.

    ThestructuralsystemtobeusedshallbeinaccordancewiththeseismicdesigncategoryindicatedinTable
    2.5.6. Structural systems that are not permitted for a certain seismic design category are indicated by
    NP. Structural systems that do not have any height restriction are indicated by NL. Where there is
    heightlimit,themaximumheightinmetersisgiven.

    Theresponsereductionfactor,R,andthedeflectionamplificationfactor,Cd,indicatedinTable2.5.7shall
    beusedindeterminingthedesignbaseshearanddesignstorydrift.

    Theselectedseismicforceresistingsystemshallbedesignedanddetailedinaccordancewiththespecific
    requirementsforthesystem.

    89
    Part6

    Table2.5.7Responsereductionfactor,deflectionamplificationfactorfordifferentStructuralSystems
    andheightlimitations(m)fordifferentseismicdesigncategories

    Amplification

    Seis.Design

    Seis.Design

    Seis.Design
    CategoryD
    CategoryB

    CategoryC
    Deflection
    Reduction
    Response

    Factor,Cd
    Factor,R
    SeismicForceResistingSystem

    Heightlimit(m)
    A.BEARINGWALLSYSTEMS(noframe)
    1. Special reinforced concrete shear walls 5 5 NL NL 50
    2. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 4 4 NL NL NP
    3. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls 2 1.75 NL 50 NP
    4. Ordinary plain masonry shear walls 1.5 1.25 18 NP NP
    B.BUILDINGFRAMESYSTEMS(with
    bracingorshearwall)
    1. Steel eccentrically braced frames, 8 4 NL NL 50
    moment resisting connections at
    columns away from links
    2. Steel eccentrically braced frames, 7 4 NL NL 50
    non-moment-resisting, connections at
    columns away from links
    3. Special steel concentrically braced 6 5 NL NL 50
    frames
    4. Ordinary steel concentrically braced 3.25 3.25 NL NL 11
    frames
    5. Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6 5 NL 50 50
    6. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 5 4.25 NL NL NP
    7. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls 2 2 NL 50 NP
    8. Ordinary plain masonry shear walls 1.5 1.25 18 NP NP
    C.MOMENTRESISTINGFRAMESYSTEMS
    (noshearwall)
    1. Special steel moment frames 8 5.5 NL NL P
    2. Intermediate steel moment frames 4.5 4 NL NL 35
    3. Ordinary steel moment frames 3.5 3 NL NL NP
    4. Special reinforced concrete moment frames 8 5.5 NL NL NL
    5. Intermediate reinforced concrete moment 5 4.5 NL NL NP
    frames
    6. Ordinary reinforced concrete moment 3 2.5 NL NP NP
    frames
    D.DUALSYSTEMS:SPECIALMOMENT
    FRAMESCAPABLEOFRESISTINGAT
    LEAST25%OFPRESCRIBEDSEISMIC
    FORCES(withbracingorshearwall)
    1. Steel eccentrically braced frames 8 4 NL NL NL
    2. Special steel concentrically braced frames 7 5.5 NL NL NL

    90
    Chapter2

    Amplification

    Seis.Design

    Seis.Design

    Seis.Design
    CategoryD
    CategoryB

    CategoryC
    Deflection
    Reduction
    Response

    Factor,Cd
    Factor,R
    SeismicForceResistingSystem

    Heightlimit(m)

    3. Special reinforced concrete shear walls
    7 5.5 NL NL NL
    4. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 6 5 NL NL NP
    E.DUALSYSTEMS:INTERMEDIATE
    MOMENTFRAMESCAPABLEOF
    RESISTINGATLEAST25%OFPRESCRIBED
    SEISMICFORCES(withbracingorshear
    wall)
    1. Special steel concentrically braced frames 6 5 NL NL 11
    2. Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6.5 5 NL NL 50
    3. Ordinary reinforced masonry shear walls 3 3 NL 50 NP
    4. Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 5.5 4.5 NL NL NP
    F.DUALSHEARWALLFRAMESYSTEM: 4.5 4 NL NP NP
    ORDINARYREINFORCEDCONCRETE
    MOMENTFRAMESANDORDINARY
    REINFORCEDCONCRETESHEARWALLS
    G.STEELSYSTEMSNOTSPECIFICALLY 3 3 NL NL NP
    DETAILEDFORSEISMICRESISTANCE
    NOTE:
    1. Under seismic design category, NL = No height restriction, NP = Not permitted,
    Number represents maximum allowable height (m).
    2. Dual Systems include buildings which consist of both moment resisting frame
    and shear walls (or braced frame) where both systems resist the total design
    forces in proportion to their lateral stiffness.
    3. See Table 10.C.3.1 of Sec. 10 for additional values of R and Cd and height
    limitsforsomeothertypesofsteelstructuresnotcoveredinTable2.5.7

    SeismicforceresistingsystemsthatarenotgiveninTable2.5.7maybepermittedifsubstantialanalytical
    andtestdataaresubmittedthatestablishthedynamiccharacteristicsanddemonstratethelateralforce
    resistanceandenergydissipationcapacitytobeequivalenttothestructuralsystemslistedinTable2.5.7
    forequivalentresponsemodificationcoefficient,R,anddeflectionamplificationfactor,Cd,values.

    2.5.7.5 COMBINATIONOFSTRUCTURALSYSTEMS
    2.5.7.5.1 CombinationsofStructuralSystemsinDifferentDirections:
    Differentseismicforceresistingsystemsarepermittedtobeusedtoresistseismicforcesalongeachof
    the two orthogonal axes of the structure. Where different systems are used, the respective R and Cd
    coefficientsshallapplytoeachsystem,includingthelimitationsonsystemusecontainedinTable2.5.7.

    2.5.7.5.2 CombinationsofStructuralSystemsintheSameDirection:
    Where different seismic forceresisting systems are used in combination to resist seismic forces in the
    same direction of structural response, other than those combinations considered as dual systems, the

    91
    Part6

    morestringentsystemlimitationcontainedinTable2.5.7shallapply.ThevalueofRusedfordesigninthat
    directionshallnotbegreaterthantheleastvalueofRforanyofthesystemsutilizedinthatdirection.The
    deflectionamplificationfactor,Cdinthedirectionunderconsiderationatanystoryshallnotbelessthan
    thelargestvalueofthisfactorfortheRfactorusedinthesamedirectionbeingconsidered

    2.5.8 STATICANALYSISPROCEDURE
    Although analysis of buildings subjected to dynamic earthquake loads should theoretically require
    dynamic analysis procedures, for certain type of building structures subjected to earthquake shaking,
    simplifiedstaticanalysisproceduresmayalsoprovidereasonablygoodresults.Theequivalentstaticforce
    methodissuchaprocedurefordeterminingtheseismiclateralforcesactingonthestructure.Thistypeof
    analysismaybeappliedtobuildingswhoseseismicresponseisnotsignificantlyaffectedbycontributions
    from modes higher than the fundamental mode in each direction. This requirement is deemed to be
    satisfiedinbuildingswhichfulfillthefollowingtwoconditions:

    a. Thebuildingperiodinthetwomainhorizontaldirectionsissmallerthanboth4TC(TCis
    definedinSection2.5.6.3)and2sec.

    b. ThebuildingdoesntpossessirregularityinelevationasdefinedinSection2.5.7.3.

    2.5.9 EQUIVALENTSTATICANALYSIS
    Theevaluationoftheseismicloadsstartswiththecalculationofthedesignbaseshearwhichisderived
    from the design response spectrum presented in Section 2.5.6.3. This section presents different
    computationsrelevanttotheequivalentstaticanalysisprocedure.

    2.5.9.1 DESIGNBASESHEAR
    Theseismicdesignbaseshearforceinagivendirectionshallbedeterminedfromthefollowingrelation:

    V = SaW (2.5.7)

    where,

    Sa = Lateral seismic force coefficient calculated using Eq.2.5.4 (Section 2.5.6.3). It is the design spectral
    acceleration(inunitsofg)correspondingtothebuildingperiodT(computedasperSection2.5.9.2).

    W=TotalseismicweightofthebuildingdefinedinSection2.5.9.3

    2.5.9.2 BUILDINGPERIOD
    The fundamental period T of the building in the horizontal direction under consideration shall be
    determinedusingthefollowingguidelines:

    a) Structuraldynamicsprocedures(suchasRayleighmethodormodaleigenvalueanalysis),
    usingstructuralpropertiesanddeformationcharacteristicsofresistingelements,maybe
    used to determine the fundamental period T of the building in the direction under
    consideration. This period shall not exceed the approximate fundamental period
    determinedbyEquation(2.5.8)bymorethan40%.

    b) ThebuildingperiodT(insecs)maybeapproximatedbythefollowingformula:
    2.5.8
    T = Ct (hn )m

    92
    Chapter2

    where,

    hn = Height of building in metres from foundation or from top of rigid basement.


    Thisexcludesthebasementstoreys,wherebasementwallsareconnectedwith
    the ground floor deck or fitted between the building columns. But it includes
    thebasementstoreys,whentheyarenotsoconnected.

    CtandmareobtainedfromTable2.5.8

    Table2.5.8Valuesforcoefficientstoestimateapproximateperiod
    Structuretype Ct m

    Concrete moment-resisting frames 0.0466 0.9

    Steel moment-resisting frames 0.0724 0.8

    Eccentrically braced steel frame 0.0731 0.75

    All other structural systems 0.0488 0.75


    NOTE:
    Consider moment resisting frames as frames which resist
    100% of seismic force and are not enclosed or adjoined by
    componentsthataremorerigidandwillpreventtheframes
    fromdeflectingunderseismicforces.

    c) Formasonryorconcreteshearwallstructures,theapproximatefundamentalperiod,Tin
    secsmaybedeterminedasfollows:
    0.0062
    T= hn (2.5.9)
    Cw

    where,
    2
    100 x hn Ai
    Cw =
    AB i =1 hi 2
    (2.5.10)

    1 + 0.83 hi
    D
    i

    where,
    AB=areaofbaseofstructure

    Ai=webareaofshearwalli

    Di=lengthofshearwalli

    hi=heightofshearwalli

    x = number of shear walls in the building effective in resisting lateral forces in the
    directionunderconsideration.

    2.5.9.3 SEISMICWEIGHT
    Seismic weight, W, is the total dead load of a building or a structure, including partition walls, and
    applicableportionsofotherimposedloadslistedbelow:

    93
    Part6

    a) For live load upto andincluding 3kN/m2, a minimumof 25%of thelive load shall be
    applicable.

    b) Forliveloadabove3kN/m2,aminimumof50%oftheliveloadshallbeapplicable.

    c) Totalweight(100%)ofpermanentheavyequipmentorretainedliquidoranyimposed
    loadsustainedinnatureshallbeincluded.

    Where the probable imposed loads (mass) at the time of earthquake are more correctly
    assessed,thedesignermaygoforhigherpercentageofliveload.

    2.5.9.4 VERTICALDISTRIBUTIONOFLATERALFORCES
    In the absence of a more rigorous procedure, the total seismic lateral force at the base level, in other
    wordsthebaseshearV,shallbeconsideredasthesumoflateralforcesFxinducedatdifferentfloorlevels,
    theseforcesmaybecalculatedas:

    w x hx k
    Fx = V (2.5.11)
    n
    w i hi k

    i =1

    where,

    Fx=partofbaseshearforceinducedatlevelx

    wi and wx = part of the total effective seismic weight of the structure (W) assigned to
    leveliorx

    hiandhx=theheightfromthebasetoleveliorx

    k=1forstructureperiod0.5s

    =2forstructureperiod2.5s

    =linearinterpolationbetween1and2forotherperiods.

    n=numberofstories

    2.5.9.5 STOREYSHEARANDITSHORIZONTALDISTRIBUTION
    ThedesignstoreyshearVx,atanystoreyxisthesumoftheforcesFxinthatstoreyandallotherstories
    aboveit,givenbyEq.2.5.12:
    n
    Vx = Fi (2.5.12)
    i=x

    where,Fi=Portionofbaseshearinducedatleveli,asdeterminedbyEq.2.5.11

    Ifthefloordiaphragmscanbeconsideredtobeinfinitelyrigidinthehorizontalplane,theshearVxshallbe
    distributed to the various elements of the lateral force resisting system in proportion to their relative
    lateralstiffness.Forflexiblediaphragms,thedistributionofforcestotheverticalelementsshallaccount
    forthepositionanddistributionofthemassessupported.

    94
    Chapter2

    Allowance shall also be made for the increased shear arising due to horizontal torsional moment as
    specifiedinSec2.5.9.6

    2.5.9.6 HORIZONTALTORSIONALMOMENTS:
    Design shall accommodate increase in storey shear forces resulting from probable horizontal torsional
    momentsonrigidfloordiaphragms.Computationofsuchmomentsshallbeasfollows:

    2.5.9.6.1 InbuiltTorsionalEffects:
    Whenthereisinbuilteccentricitybetweencentreofmassandcentreofrigidity(lateralresistance)atthe
    floorlevels,rigiddiaphragmsateachlevelwillbesubjectedtotorsionalmomentMt.

    2.5.9.6.2 AccidentalTorsionalEffects:
    Inordertoaccountforuncertaintiesinthelocationofmassesandinthespatialvariationoftheseismic
    motion, accidental torsional effects need to be always considered. The accidental moment Mta is
    determinedassumingthestoreymasstobedisplacedfromthecalculatedcentreofmassadistanceequal
    to 5% of the building dimension at that level perpendicular to the direction of the force under
    consideration.TheaccidentaltorsionalmomentMtaiatleveliisgivenas:

    M tai = eai Fi (2.5.13)

    where,

    eai= accidentaleccentricityoffloormassatleveliappliedin thesame directionatall


    floors=0.05Li

    Li=floordimensionperpendiculartothedirectionofseismicforceconsidered.

    Wheretorsionalirregularityexists(Section2.5.7.3.1)forSeismicDesignCategoryCorD,theirregularity
    effects shall be accounted for by increasing the accidental torsion Mta at each level by a torsional
    amplificationfactor,AxasillustratedinFigure2.5.6determinedfromthefollowingequation:

    [ (
    Ax = max 1.2 avg )]2 3.0 2.5.14

    where,

    max=MaximumdisplacementatlevelxcomputedassumingAx=1.

    avg = Average of the displacements at extreme points of the building at levelx computed
    assumingAx=1.

    Theaccidentaltorsionalmomentneednotbeamplifiedforstructuresoflightframeconstruction.Alsothe
    torsionalamplificationfactor(Ax)shouldnotexceed3.0.

    2.5.9.6.3 DesignforTorsionalEffects
    ThetorsionaldesignmomentatagivenstoreyshallbeequaltotheaccidentaltorsionalmomentMtaplus
    the inbuilt torsional moment Mt (if any). Where earthquake forces are applied concurrently in two
    orthogonaldirections,therequired5percentdisplacementofthecenterofmass(foraccidentaltorsion)
    neednotbeappliedinbothoftheorthogonaldirectionsatthesametime,butshallbeappliedinonlyone
    directionthatproducesthegreatereffect.

    95
    Part6


    Figure2.5.6TorsionalamplificationfactorAxforplanirregularity.

    2.5.9.7 DEFLECTIONANDSTOREYDRIFT:
    The deflections (x) of level x at the center of the mass shall be determined in accordance with the
    followingequation:

    C d xe
    x = (2.5.15)
    I
    where,

    Cd=DeflectionamplificationfactorgiveninTable2.5.7

    xe=Deflectiondeterminedbyanelasticanalysis

    I=ImportancefactordefinedinTable2.5.5

    Thedesignstoreydriftatstoreyxshallbecomputedasthedifferenceofthedeflectionsatthecentersof
    massatthetopandbottomofthestoryunderconsideration:

    x = x x 1 (2.5.16)

    2.5.9.8 OVERTURNINGEFFECTS:
    Thestructureshallbedesignedtoresistoverturningeffectscausedbytheseismicforcesdeterminedin
    Section2.5.9.4.Atanystory,theincrementofoverturningmomentinthestoryunderconsiderationshall
    bedistributedtothevariousverticalforceresistingelementsinthesameproportionasthedistributionof
    thehorizontalshearstothoseelements.

    Theoverturningmomentsatlevelx,Mx,shallbedeterminedasfollows:

    96
    Chapter2

    n
    M x = Fi (hi hx ) (2.5.17)
    i =x

    where,

    Fi=theportionoftheseismicbaseshear,V,inducedatleveli

    hi,hx=theheightfromthebasetoleveliorx.

    The foundations of structures, except inverted pendulumtype structures, shall be permitted to be


    designed for threefourths of the foundation overturning design moment, Mo, determined using above
    equation.

    2.5.9.9 PDELTAEFFECTS:
    The Pdelta effects on story shears and moments, the resulting member forces and moments, and the
    story drifts induced by these effects are not required to be considered if the stability coefficient ()
    determinedbythefollowingequationisnotmorethan0.10:

    PX
    = (2.5.18)
    Vx hsxCd

    Where,

    Px=thetotalverticaldesignloadatandabovelevelx;wherecomputingPx,noindividualload
    factorneedexceed1.0

    =thedesignstorydriftoccurringsimultaneouslywithVx

    Vx=thestoreyshearforceactingbetweenlevelsxandx1

    hsx=thestoryheightbelowlevelx

    Cd=thedeflectionamplificationfactorgiveninTable2.5.7

    Thestabilitycoefficient()shallnotexceedmaxdeterminedasfollows:

    0.5
    max = 0.25 (2.5.19)
    Cd

    whereistheratioofsheardemandtoshearcapacityforthestorybetweenlevelsxandx1.Thisratio
    ispermittedtobeconservativelytakenas1.0.

    Where the stability coefficient () is greater than 0.10 but less than or equal to max , the incremental
    factor related to Pdelta effects on displacements and member forces shall be determined by rational
    analysis.Alternatively,itispermittedtomultiplydisplacementsandmemberforcesby1.0/(1).

    Whereisgreaterthanmax,thestructureispotentiallyunstableandshallberedesigned.

    WherethePdeltaeffectisincludedinanautomatedanalysis,Eq.2.5.19shallstillbesatisfied,however,
    thevalueofcomputedfromEq.2.5.18usingtheresultsofthePdeltaanalysisispermittedtobedivided
    by(1+)beforecheckingEq.2.5.19.

    97
    Part6

    2.5.10 DYNAMICANALYSISMETHODS
    Dynamicanalysismethodinvolvesapplyingprinciplesofstructuraldynamicstocomputetheresponseof
    thestructuretoapplieddynamic(earthquake)loads.

    2.5.10.1 REQUIREMENTFORDYNAMICANALYSIS
    Dynamicanalysisshouldbeperformedtoobtainthedesignseismicforce,anditsdistributiontodifferent
    levelsalongtheheightofthebuildingandtothevariouslateralloadresistingelements,forthefollowing
    buildings:

    a)Regularbuildingswithheightgreaterthan40minZones2,3,4andgreaterthan90min
    Zone1.

    b)Irregularbuildings(asdefinedinSection2.5.7.3)withheightgreaterthan12minZones2,
    3,4andgreaterthan40minZone1.

    For irregular buildings, smaller than 40 m in height in Zone 1, dynamic analysis, even though not
    mandatory,isrecommended.

    2.5.10.2 METHODSOFANALYSIS
    Dynamicanalysismaybecarriedoutthroughthefollowingtwomethods:

    (i) Response Spectrum Analysis method is a linear elastic analysis method using modal
    analysis procedures, where the structure is subjected to spectral accelerations
    correspondingtoadesignaccelerationresponsespectrum.Thedesignearthquakeground
    motioninthiscaseisrepresentedbyitsresponsespectrum.

    (ii) Time History Analysis method isanumerical integrationprocedure where design ground
    motiontimehistories(accelerationrecord)areappliedatthebaseofthestructure.Time
    historyanalysisprocedurescanbetwotypes:linearandnonlinear.

    2.5.11 RESPONSESPECTRUMANALYSIS(RSA)
    Aresponsespectrumanalysisshallconsistoftheanalysisofalinearmathematicalmodelofthestructure
    todeterminethemaximumaccelerations,forces,anddisplacementsresultingfromthedynamicresponse
    to ground shaking represented by the design acceleration response spectrum (presented in Section
    2.5.6.3). Response spectrum analysis is also called a modal analysis procedure because it considers
    differentmodesofvibrationofthestructureandcombineseffectsofdifferentmodes.

    2.5.11.1 MODELING(RSA)
    A mathematical model of the structure shall be constructed that represents the spatial distribution of
    massandstiffnessthroughoutthestructure.Forregularstructureswithindependentorthogonalseismic
    forceresisting systems, independent twodimensional models are permitted to be constructed to
    representeachsystem.Forirregularstructuresorstructureswithoutindependentorthogonalsystems,a
    threedimensional model incorporating a minimum of three dynamic degrees of freedom consisting of
    translation in two orthogonal plan directions and torsional rotation about the vertical axis shall be
    included at each level of the structure. Where the diaphragms are not rigid compared to the vertical
    elements of the lateralforceresisting system, the model should include representation of the
    diaphragmsflexibilityandsuchadditionaldynamicdegreesoffreedomasarerequiredtoaccountforthe

    98
    Chapter2

    participationofthediaphragminthestructuresdynamicresponse.Thestructureshallbeconsideredto
    befixedatthebaseor,alternatively,itshallbepermittedtouserealisticassumptionswithregardtothe
    stiffnessoffoundations.Inaddition,themodelshallcomplywiththefollowing:

    1.Stiffnesspropertiesofconcreteandmasonryelementsshallconsidertheeffectsofcrackedsections

    2.Thecontributionofpanelzonedeformationstooverallstorydriftshallbeincludedforsteelmoment
    frameresistingsystems.

    2.5.11.2 NUMBEROFMODES(RSA)
    An analysis shall be conducted using the masses and elastic stiffnesses of the seismicforceresisting
    systemtodeterminethenaturalmodesofvibrationforthestructureincludingtheperiodofeachmode,
    themodalshapevector,themodalparticipationfactorPandmodalmassM.Theanalysisshallincludea
    sufficientnumberofmodestoobtainacombinedmodalmassparticipationofatleast90percentofthe
    actualmassineachoftwoorthogonaldirections.

    2.5.11.3 MODALSTORYSHEARSANDMOMENTS(RSA)
    For each mode, the story shears, story overturning moments, and the shear forces and overturning
    moments in vertical elements of the structural system at each level due to the seismic forces shall be
    computed.ThepeaklateralforceFikinducedatleveliinmodekisgivenby:

    Fik = Akik PkWi (2.5.20)

    where,

    Ak=DesignhorizontalspectralaccelerationcorrespondingtoperiodofvibrationTkofmodek,obtained
    fromdesignresponsespectrum(Section2.5.6.3)

    ik=Modalshapecoefficientatleveliinmodek

    Pk=Modalparticipationfactorofmodek

    Wi=Weightoffloori.

    2.5.11.4 STRUCTURERESPONSE(RSA)
    Intheresponsespectrumanalysismethod,thebaseshearVrs;eachofthestoryshear,moment,anddrift
    quantities; and the deflection at each level shall be determined by combining their modal values. The
    combinationshallbecarriedoutbytakingthesquarerootofthesumofthesquares(SRSS)ofeachofthe
    modal values or by the complete quadratic combination (CQC) technique. The complete quadratic
    combinationshallbeusedwherecloselyspacedperiodsinthetranslationalandtorsionalmodesresultin
    crosscorrelationofthemodes.

    The distribution of horizontal shear shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.5.9.5. It
    should be noted that amplification of accidental torsion as per Section 2.5.9.6 is not required where
    accidentaltorsionaleffectsareincludedinthedynamicanalysismodelbyoffsettingthecentreofmassin
    eachstorybytherequiredamount.

    A base shear, V, shall also be calculated using the equivalent static force procedure in Section 2.5.9.
    Where the base shear, Vrs, is less than 85% of V, all the forces but not the drifts obtained by response
    spectrumanalysisshallbemultipliedbytheratio0.85V/Vrs.

    99
    Part6

    ThedisplacementsanddriftsobtainedbyresponsespectrumanalysisshallbemultipliedbyCd/Itoobtain
    designdisplacementsanddrifts,asdoneinequivalentstaticanalysisprocedure(Section2.5.9.7).

    ThePdeltaeffectsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection2.5.9.9.

    2.5.12 LINEARTIMEHISTORYANALYSIS(LTHA)
    A linear time history analysis (LTHA) shall consist of an analysis of a linear mathematical model of the
    structuretodetermineitsresponse,throughdirectnumericalintegrationofthedifferentialequationsof
    motion,toanumberofgroundmotionaccelerationtimehistoriescompatiblewiththedesignresponse
    spectrumforthesite.Theanalysisshallbeperformedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthissection.
    Forthepurposesofanalysis,thestructureshallbepermittedtobeconsideredtobefixedatthebaseor,
    alternatively,itshallbepermittedtouserealisticassumptionswithregardtothestiffnessoffoundations.
    The acceleration time history (ground motion) is applied atthe base ofthe structure.The advantage of
    thisprocedureisthatthetimedependentbehaviorofthestructuralresponseisobtained.

    2.5.12.1 MODELING(LTHA)
    MathematicalmodelsshallconformtotherequirementsofmodelingdescribedinSection2.5.11.1.

    2.5.12.2 GROUNDMOTION(LTHA)
    Atleastthreeappropriategroundmotions(accelerationtimehistory)shallbeusedintheanalysis.Ground
    motionshallconformtotherequirementsofthissection.

    Twodimensional analysis: Where twodimensional analyses are performed, each ground motion shall
    consist of a horizontal acceleration time history selected from an actual recorded event. Appropriate
    acceleration histories shall be obtained from records of events having magnitudes, fault distance, and
    source mechanisms that are consistent with those that control the maximum considered earthquake.
    Where the required number of appropriate ground motion records are not available, appropriate
    simulatedgroundmotiontimehistoriesshallbeusedtomakeupthetotalnumberrequired.Theground
    motionsshallbescaledsuchthatforeachperiodbetween0.2Tand1.5T(whereTisthenaturalperiodof
    the structure in the fundamental mode for the direction considered) the average of the fivepercent
    damped response spectra for the each acceleration time history is not less than the corresponding
    ordinateofthedesignaccelerationresponsespectrum,determinedinaccordancewithSection2.5.6.3.

    Threedimensionalanalysis:Wherethreedimensionalanalysisisperformed,groundmotionsshallconsist
    ofpairsofappropriatehorizontalgroundmotionaccelerationtimehistories(intwoorthogonalhorizontal
    directions)thatshallbeselectedandscaledfromindividualrecordedevents.Appropriategroundmotions
    shall be selected from events having magnitudes, fault distance, and source mechanisms that are
    consistentwiththosethatcontrolthemaximumconsideredearthquake.Wheretherequirednumberof
    recordedgroundmotionpairsarenotavailable,appropriatesimulatedgroundmotionpairsshallbeused
    tomakeupthetotalnumberrequired.Foreachpairofhorizontalgroundmotioncomponents,anSRSS
    spectrum shall be constructed by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the fivepercent
    damped response spectra for the components (where an identical scale factor is applied to both
    componentsofapair).Eachpairofmotionsshallbescaledsuchthatforeachperiodbetween0.2Tand
    1.5T (where T is the natural periodof the fundamental mode ofthe structure) the average ofthe SRSS
    spectrafromallhorizontalcomponentpairsisnotlessthan1.3timesthecorrespondingordinateofthe
    designresponsespectrum,determinedinaccordancewithSection2.5.6.3.

    100
    Chapter2

    2.5.12.3 STRUCTURERESPONSE(LTHA)
    Foreachscaledaccelerationtimehistory,themaximumvaluesofbaseshearandotherstructureresponse
    quantitiesshallbeobtainedfromthetimehistoryanalysis.Forthreedimensionalanalysis,orthogonalpair
    ofscaledmotionsareappliedsimultaneously.Abaseshear,V,shallalsobecalculatedusingtheequivalent
    static force procedure described in Section 2.5.9.1. Where the maximum base shear, Vth computed by
    linear time history analysis, is less than V, all response quantities (storey shear, moments, drifts, floor
    deflections,memberforcesetc)obtainedbytimehistoryanalysisshallbeincreasedbymultiplyingwith
    the ratio V/Vth. If number of earthquake records (or pairs) used in the analysis is less than seven, the
    maximumstructuralresponseobtainedcorrespondingtodifferentearthquakerecordsshallbeconsidered
    asthedesignvalue.Ifthenumberisatleastseven,thentheaverageofmaximumstructuralresponsesfor
    differentearthquakerecordsshallbeconsideredasthedesignvalue.

    The displacements and drifts obtained as mentioned above shall be multiplied by Cd/I to obtain design
    displacementsanddrifts,asdoneinequivalentstaticanalysisprocedure(Section2.5.9.7).

    2.5.13 NONLINEARTIMEHISTORYANALYSIS(NTHA)
    Nonlineartimehistoryanalysis(NTHA)shallconsistofanalysisofamathematicalmodelofthestructure
    which incorporates the nonlinear hysteretic behavior of the structures components to determine its
    response, through methods of numerical integration, to ground acceleration time histories compatible
    withthe designresponse spectrum for the site. The analysisshall beperformed inaccordancewiththe
    requirements of this section. For the purposes of analysis, the structure shall be permitted to be
    consideredtobefixedatthebaseor,alternatively,itshallbepermittedtouserealisticassumptionswith
    regardtothestiffnessoffoundations.Theaccelerationtimehistory(groundmotion)isappliedatthebase
    ofthestructure.Theadvantageofthisprocedureisthatactualtimedependentbehaviorofthestructural
    responseconsideringinelasticdeformationsinthestructurecanbeobtained.

    2.5.13.1 MODELING(NTHA)
    A mathematical model of the structure shall be constructed that represents the spatial distribution of
    mass throughout the structure. The hysteretic behavior of elements shall be modeled consistent with
    suitablelaboratorytestdataandshallaccountforallsignificantyielding,strengthdegradation, stiffness
    degradation,andhystereticpinchingindicatedbysuchtestdata.Strengthofelementsshallbebasedon
    expectedvaluesconsideringmaterialoverstrength,strainhardening,andhystereticstrengthdegradation.
    As a minimum, a bilinear forcedeformation relationship should be used at the element level. In
    reinforced concrete and masonry buildings, the elastic stiffness should correspond to that of cracked
    sections.Linearproperties,consistentwiththeprovisionsofChapter5shallbepermittedtobeusedfor
    those elements demonstrated by the analysis to remain within their linear range of response. The
    structure shall be assumed to have a fixed base or, alternatively, it shall be permitted to use realistic
    assumptions with regard to the stiffness and load carrying characteristics of the foundations consistent
    withsitespecificsoilsdataandrationalprinciplesofengineeringmechanics.

    For regular structures with independent orthogonal seismicforceresisting systems, independent two
    dimensionalmodelsshallbepermittedtobeconstructedtorepresenteachsystem.Forstructureshaving
    plan irregularity or structures without independent orthogonal systems, a threedimensional model
    incorporatingaminimumofthreedynamicdegreesoffreedomconsistingoftranslationintwoorthogonal
    plandirectionsandtorsionalrotationabouttheverticalaxisateachlevelofthestructureshallbeused.

    101
    Part6

    Where the diaphragms are not rigid compared to the vertical elements of the lateralforceresisting
    system,themodelshallincluderepresentationofthediaphragmsflexibilityandsuchadditionaldynamic
    degreesoffreedomasarerequiredtoaccountfortheparticipationofthediaphragminthestructures
    dynamicresponse.

    2.5.13.2 GROUNDMOTION(NTHA)
    The actual timedependent inelastic deformation of the structure is modeled. For inelastic analysis
    method,therealdesignaccelerationresponsespectrum(Section2.5.6.3)isobtainedusingEq.2.5.4with
    R=1andI=1.Therealdesignaccelerationresponsespectrumisthetruerepresentationoftheexpected
    ground motion (design basis earthquake) including local soil effects and corresponds to a peak ground
    acceleration(PGA)valueof2/3*Z*S.

    Atleastthree appropriateaccelerationtimehistoriesshall be usedintheanalysis.Groundmotionshall


    conformtotherequirementsofthissection.

    Twodimensional analysis: Where twodimensional analyses are performed, each ground motion shall
    consist of a horizontal acceleration time history selected from an actual recorded event. Appropriate
    acceleration histories shall be obtained from records of events having magnitudes, fault distance, and
    source mechanisms that are consistent with those that control the maximum considered earthquake.
    Where the required number of appropriate ground motion records are not available, appropriate
    simulatedgroundmotiontimehistoriesshallbeusedtomakeupthetotalnumberrequired.Theground
    motionsshallbescaledsuchthatforeachperiodbetween0.2Tand1.5T(whereTisthenaturalperiodof
    the structure in the fundamental mode for the direction considered) the average of the fivepercent
    dampedresponsespectraforeachaccelerationtimehistoryisnotlessthanthecorrespondingordinateof
    therealdesignaccelerationresponsespectrum,asdefinedhere.

    Threedimensionalanalysis:Wherethreedimensionalanalysisisperformed,groundmotionsshallconsist
    ofpairsofappropriatehorizontalgroundmotionaccelerationtimehistories(intwoorthogonalhorizontal
    directions)thatshallbeselectedandscaledfromindividualrecordedevents.Appropriategroundmotions
    shall be selected from events having magnitudes, fault distance, and source mechanisms that are
    consistentwiththosethatcontrolthemaximumconsideredearthquake.Wheretherequirednumberof
    recordedgroundmotionpairsarenotavailable,appropriatesimulatedgroundmotionpairsshallbeused
    tomakeupthetotalnumberrequired.Foreachpairofhorizontalgroundmotioncomponents,anSRSS
    spectrum shall be constructed by taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the fivepercent
    damped response spectra for the components (where an identical scale factor is applied to both
    componentsofapair).Eachpairofmotionsshallbescaledsuchthatforeachperiodbetween0.2Tand
    1.5T (where T is the natural periodof the fundamental mode ofthe structure) the average ofthe SRSS
    spectrafromallhorizontalcomponentpairsisnotlessthan1.3timesthecorrespondingordinateofthe
    realdesignaccelerationresponsespectrum.

    2.5.13.3 STRUCTURERESPONSE(NTHA)
    Foreachscaledaccelerationtimehistory,themaximumvaluesofbaseshearandotherstructureresponse
    quantities shall be obtained from the nonlinear time history analysis. For three dimensional analysis,
    orthogonalpairofscaledmotionsareappliedsimultaneously.Ifnumberofearthquakerecords(orpairs)
    used in the analysis is less than seven, the maximum structural response obtained corresponding to
    differentearthquakerecordsshallbeconsideredasthedesignvalue.Ifthenumberisatleastseven,then

    102
    Chapter2

    theaverageofmaximumstructuralresponsesfordifferentearthquakerecordsshallbeconsideredasthe
    design value. Since real expected earthquake motion input and model incorporating real nonlinear
    behaviorofthestructureisused,theresultsasobtainedaredirectlyused(noscalingasinLTHAorRSAis
    required)forinterpretationanddesign.

    2.5.13.4 STRUCTUREMEMBERDESIGN(NTHA)
    The adequacy of individual members and their connections to withstand the design deformations
    predicted by the analyses shall be evaluated based onlaboratory testdataforsimilar components. The
    effects of gravity and other loads on member deformation capacity shall be considered in these
    evaluations.Memberdeformationshallnotexceedtwothirdsofthesmallerof:thevaluethatresultsin
    lossofabilitytocarrygravityloadsorthevalueatwhichmemberstrengthhasdeterioratedtolessthan
    67%ofpeakstrength.

    2.5.13.5 DESIGNREVIEW(NTHA)
    Specialcareandexpertiseisneededintheuseofnonlineardynamicanalysisbaseddesign.Checkingof
    thedesignbycompetentthirdpartyisrecommended.Areviewofthedesignoftheseismicforceresisting
    systemandthesupportingstructuralanalysesshallbeperformedbyanindependentteamconsistingof
    design professionals with experience in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of
    nonlinear seismic analysis and structural behavior under extreme cyclic loads. The design review shall
    includethefollowing:(i)Reviewofdevelopmentofgroundmotiontimehistories(ii)Reviewofacceptance
    criteria (including laboratory test data) used to demonstrate the adequacy of structural elements and
    systemstowithstandthecalculatedforceanddeformationdemands(iii)Reviewofstructuraldesign.

    2.5.14 NONLINEARSTATICANALYSIS(NSA)
    Nonlinear static analysis (NSA), also popularly known as pushover analysis, is a simplified method of
    directly evaluating nonlinear response of structures to strong earthquake ground shaking. It is an
    alternative to the more complex nonlinear time history analysis (NTHA). The building is subjected to
    monotonicallyincreasingstatichorizontalloadsunderconstantgravityload.

    2.5.14.1 MODELING(NSA)
    Amathematicalmodelofthestructureshallbeconstructedtorepresentthespatialdistributionofmass
    and stiffness of the structural system considering the effects of element nonlinearity for deformation
    levelsthatexceedtheproportionallimit.PDeltaeffectsshallalsobeincludedintheanalysis.

    For regular structures with independent orthogonal seismicforceresisting systems, independent two
    dimensional models may be used to represent each system. For structures having plan irregularities or
    structureswithoutindependentorthogonalsystems,athreedimensionalmodelincorporatingaminimum
    of three degrees of freedom for each level of the structure, consisting of translation in two orthogonal
    plandirectionsandtorsionalrotationabouttheverticalaxis,shallbeused.Wherethediaphragmsarenot
    rigid compared to the vertical elements of the seismicforceresisting system, the model should include
    representationofthediaphragmflexibility.
    Unless analysis indicates that a element remains elastic, a nonlinear force deformation model shall be
    usedtorepresentthestiffnessoftheelementbeforeonsetofyield,theyieldstrength,andthestiffness
    properties of the element after yield at various levels of deformation. Strengths of elements shall not
    exceed expected values considering material overstrength and strain hardening. The properties of

    103
    Part6

    elements and components after yielding shall account for strength and stiffness degradation due to
    softening,buckling,orfractureasindicatedbyprinciplesofmechanicsortestdata.

    A control point shall be selected for the model. For normal buildings, the control point shall be at the
    centerofmassofthehighestlevel(roof)ofthestructure.

    2.5.14.2 ANALYSISPROCEDURE(NSA)
    The lateral forces shall be applied at the center of mass of each level and shall be proportional to the
    distributionobtainedfromamodalanalysisforthefundamentalmodeofresponseinthedirectionunder
    consideration.Thelateralloadsshallbeincreasedincrementallyinamonotonicmanner.
    Atthejthincrementoflateralloading,thetotallateralforceappliedtothemodelshallbecharacterized
    bythetermVj.Theincrementalincreasesinappliedlateralforceshouldbeinstepsthataresufficiently
    smalltopermitsignificantchangesinindividualelementbehavior(suchasyielding,bucklingorfailure)to
    be detected.The first increment in lateral loading shall resultin linear elastic behavior. At eachloading
    step,thetotalappliedlateralforce,Vj,thelateraldisplacementofthecontrolpoint,j,andtheforcesand
    deformationsineachelementshallberecorded.Theanalysisshallbecontinueduntilthedisplacementof
    thecontrolpointisatleast150%ofthetargetdisplacementdeterminedinaccordancewithSec.2.5.14.3.
    The structure shall be designed so that the total applied lateral force does not decrease in any load
    incrementforcontrolpointdisplacementslessthanorequalto125percentofthetargetdisplacement.

    2.5.14.3 EFFECTIVEPERIODANDTARGETDISPLACEMENT(NSA)
    A bilinear curve shall be fitted to the capacity curve, such that the first segment of the bilinear curve
    coincides with the capacity curve at 60% of the effective yield strength, the second segment coincides
    withthecapacitycurveatthetargetdisplacement,andtheareaunderthebilinearcurveequalsthearea
    underthecapacitycurve,betweentheoriginandthetargetdisplacement.Theeffectiveyieldstrength,Vy,
    correspondstothetotalappliedlateralforceattheintersectionofthetwolinesegments.Theeffective
    yielddisplacement,y,correspondstothecontrolpointdisplacementattheintersectionofthetwoline
    segments.Theeffectivefundamentalperiod,Te,ofthestructureinthedirectionunderconsiderationshall
    bedeterminedusingEq.2.5.21asfollows:

    V1 1
    Te = T1
    V y y (2.5.21)

    whereV1,1,andT1aredeterminedforthefirstincrementoflateralload.

    Thetargetdisplacementofthecontrolpoint,T,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    2
    T
    T = C 0 C1 S a e g
    2 (2.5.22)

    wherethespectralacceleration,Sa,isdeterminedattheeffectivefundamentalperiod,Te,usingEq.(2.5.4),
    gistheaccelerationduetogravity.

    ThecoefficientC0shallbecalculatedas:

    104
    Chapter2

    w i i
    C0 = i =1
    n

    w 2
    i i
    (2.5.23)
    i =1

    where:

    wi=theportionoftheseismicweight,W,atleveli,and

    i=theamplitudeoftheshapevectoratleveli.

    Wheretheeffectivefundamentalperiod,Te,isgreaterthanTC(definedinSec.2.5.6.3),thecoefficientC1
    shallbetakenas1.0.Otherwise,thevalueofthecoefficientC1shallbecalculatedasfollows:

    1 (Rd 1)Ts
    C1 = 1 +
    Rd Te (2.5.24)

    whereRdisgivenasfollows:

    Sa
    Rd =
    Vy W (2.5.25)

    2.5.14.4 STRUCTUREMEMBERDESIGN(NSA)
    Foreachnonlinearstaticanalysisthedesignresponseparameters,includingtheindividualmemberforces
    andmemberdeformationsshallbetakenasthevaluesobtainedfromtheanalysisatthestepatwhichthe
    targetdisplacementisreached.

    Theadequacyofindividualmembersandtheirconnectionstowithstandthememberforcesandmember
    deformations shall be evaluated based on laboratory test data for similar components. The effects of
    gravity and other loads on member deformation capacity shall be considered in these evaluations. The
    deformationofamembersupportinggravityloadsshallnotexceed(i)twothirdsofthedeformationthat
    results in loss of ability to support gravity loads, and (ii) twothirds of the deformation at which the
    memberstrengthhasdeterioratedtolessthan70%ofthepeakstrengthofthecomponentmodel.The
    deformationofamembernotrequiredforgravityloadsupportshallnotexceedtwothirdsofthevalueat
    whichmemberstrengthhasdeterioratedtolessthan70%ofthepeakstrengthofthecomponentmodel.

    2.5.14.5 DESIGNREVIEW(NSA)
    Checkingofthedesignbycompetentthirdpartyisrecommended.Anindependentteamcomposedofat
    least two members with experience in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of
    nonlinearseismicanalysisandstructuralbehaviorunderearthquakeloading,shallperformareviewofthe
    designoftheseismicforceresistingsystemandthesupportingstructuralanalyses.Thedesignreviewshall
    include(i)reviewofanysitespecificseismiccriteria(ifdeveloped)employedintheanalysis(ii)reviewof
    thedeterminationofthetargetdisplacementandeffectiveyieldstrengthofthestructure(iii)reviewof
    adequacyofstructuralelementsandsystemstowithstandthecalculatedforceanddeformationdemands,
    togetherwithlaboratoryandotherdata(iv)reviewofstructuraldesign.

    105
    Part6

    2.5.15 EARTHQUAKELOADCOMBINATIONS

    2.5.15.1 HORIZONTALEARTHQUAKELOADING
    Thedirectionsofapplicationofseismicforcesfordesignshallbethosewhichwillproducethemostcritical
    loadeffects.Earthquakeforcesactinbothprincipaldirectionsofthebuildingsimultaneously.Inorderto
    accountforthat,

    (a) ForstructuresofSeismicDesignCategoryB,thedesignseismicforcesarepermittedtobeapplied
    independently in each of two orthogonal directions and orthogonal interaction effects are
    permittedtobeneglected

    (b) StructuresofSeismicDesignCategoryCandDshall,asaminimum,conformtotherequirements
    of (a) for Seismic Design Category B and in addition the requirements of this section. The
    structure shall be designed for 100% of the seismic forces in one principal direction combined
    with30%oftheseismicforcesintheorthogonaldirection.Possiblecombinationsare:

    100% in x-direction 30% in y-direction or

    30% in x-direction 100% in y-direction

    Thecombinationwhichproducesmost unfavourableeffectfortheparticularactioneffectshall
    be considered. This approach may be applied to equivalent static analysis, response spectrum
    analysisandlineartimehistoryanalysisprocedure.

    (c) Wherethreedimensionalanalysisofaspatialstructuremodelisperformedasin3Dtimehistory
    analysis,simultaneousapplicationofaccelerationsintwodirectionsshallbeconsideredwheretheground
    motionsshallsatisfytheconditionsstatedinSections2.5.12.2or2.5.13.2.

    2.5.15.2 VERTICALEARTHQUAKELOADING
    Themaximumverticalgroundaccelerationshallbetakenas50%oftheexpectedhorizontalpeakground
    acceleration(PGA).TheverticalseismicloadeffectEvmaybedeterminedas:

    Ev=0.5(ah)D (2.5.26)

    where,

    ah=expectedhorizontalpeakgroundacceleration(ing)fordesign=(2/3)ZS

    D=effectofdeadload

    2.5.15.3 COMBINATIONOFEARTHQUAKELOADINGWITHOTHERLOADINGS
    Whenearthquakeeffectisincludedintheanalysisanddesignofabuildingorstructure,theprovisionsset
    forth in section 2.7 shall be followed to combine earthquake load effects with other loading effects to
    obtaindesignforcesetc.

    106
    Chapter2

    2.5.16 DRIFTANDDEFORMATION

    2.5.16.1 STOREYDRIFTLIMIT
    The design storey drift () of each storey, as determined in Sections 2.5.9 (equivalent static analysis),
    2.5.11(responsespectrumanalysis)or2.5.12(lineartimehistoryanalysis)shallnotexceedtheallowable
    storeydrift(a)asobtainedfromTable2.5.9foranystory.

    Forstructureswithsignificanttorsionaldeflections,themaximumdriftshallincludetorsionaleffects.For
    structuresassignedtoSeismicDesignCategoryCorDhavingtorsionalirregularity,thedesignstoreydrift,
    shallbecomputedasthelargestdifferenceofthedeflectionsalonganyoftheedgesofthestructureat
    the top and bottom of the storey under consideration. For seismic forceresisting systems comprised
    solelyofmomentframesinSeismicDesignCategoriesD,theallowablestoreydriftforsuchlinearelastic
    analysisproceduresshallnotexceed a/whereistermedasastructuralredundancyfactor.Thevalue
    ofredundancyfactormaybeconsideredas1.0withtheexceptionofstructureswithverylowlevelof
    redundancywheremaybeconsideredas1.3.

    Fornonlineartimehistoryanalysis(NTHA),thestoreydriftobtained(Section2.5.13)shallnotexceed1.25
    timesthestoreydriftlimitspecifiedaboveforlinearelasticanalysisprocedures.

    Table2.5.9AllowableStoreyDriftLimit(a)

    Structure Occupancy Category


    I andII III IV
    Structures,otherthanmasonryshearwall
    structures,4storiesorlesswithinteriorwalls,
    partitions,ceilingsandexteriorwallsystemsthat 0.025hsx 0.020hsx 0.015hsx
    havebeendesignedtoaccommodatethestory
    drifts.
    Masonrycantilevershearwallstructures 0.010hsx 0.010hsx 0.010hsx
    Othermasonryshearwallstructures 0.007hsx 0.007hsx 0.007hsx
    Allotherstructures 0.020hsx 0.015hsx 0.010hsx
    NOTES:
    1. hsxisthestoryheightbelowLevelx.
    2. Thereshallbenodriftlimitforsinglestorystructureswithinteriorwalls,partitions,ceilings,
    andexteriorwallsystemsthathavebeendesignedtoaccommodatethestoreydrifts.
    3. Structuresinwhichthebasicstructuralsystemconsistsofmasonryshearwallsdesignedas
    verticalelementscantileveredfromtheirbaseorfoundationsupportwhichareso
    constructedthatmomenttransferbetweenshearwalls(coupling)isnegligible.
    4. OccupancycategoriesaredefinedinTable1.2.1

    2.5.16.2 DIAPHRAGMDEFLECTION
    Thedeflectionintheplaneofthediaphragm,asdeterminedbyengineeringanalysis,shallnot
    exceed the permissible deflection of the attached elements. Permissible deflection shall be
    thatdeflectionthatwillpermittheattachedelementtomaintainitsstructuralintegrityunder
    theindividualloadingandcontinuetosupporttheprescribedloads.

    2.5.16.3 SEPARATIONBETWEENADJACENTSTRUCTURES
    Buildings shallbe protected from earthquakeinduced pounding from adjacentstructuresor
    between structurally independent units of the same building maintaining safe distance
    betweensuchstructuresasfollows:

    107
    Part6

    (i) forbuildings,orstructurallyindependentunits,thatdonotbelongtothesameproperty,
    the distance from the property line to the potential points of impact shall not be less
    than the computed maximumhorizontal displacement (Section 2.5.9.7) of the building
    atthecorrespondinglevel.

    (ii) for buildings, or structurally independent units, belonging to the same property, if the
    distancebetweenthemisnotlessthanthesquarerootofthesumofthesquares(SRSS)
    of the computed maximum horizontal displacements (Section 2.5.9.7) of the two
    buildingsorunitsatthecorrespondinglevel.

    (iii) Ifthefloorelevationsofthebuildingorindependentunitunderdesignarethesameas
    those of the adjacent building or unit, the above referred minimum distance may be
    reducedbyafactorof0.7

    2.5.16.4 SPECIAL DEFORMATION REQUIREMENT FOR SEISMIC DESIGN


    CATEGORYD
    For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, every structural component not included in the
    seismicforceresistingsysteminthedirectionunderconsiderationshallbedesignedtobeadequatefor
    thegravityloadeffectsandtheseismicforcesresultingfromdisplacementtothedesignstorydrift()as
    determinedinaccordancewithSection2.5.9.7.Evenwhereelementsofthestructurearenotintendedto
    resist seismic forces, their protection may be important. Where determining the moments and shears
    inducedincomponentsthatarenotincludedintheseismicforceresistingsysteminthedirectionunder
    consideration, the stiffening effects of adjoining rigid structural and nonstructural elements shall be
    consideredandarationalvalueofmemberandrestraintstiffnessshallbeused.

    2.5.17 SEISMICDESIGNFORNONSTRUCTURALCOMPONENTS
    This section establishes minimum design criteria for nonstructural components that are permanently
    attachedtostructuresandfortheirsupportsandattachments.

    Thefollowingcomponentsareexemptfromtherequirementsofthissection.

    1.ArchitecturalcomponentsinSeismicDesignCategoryB,otherthanparapetssupportedby
    bearingwallsorshearwalls,wherethecomponentimportancefactor,Ic,isequalto1.0.

    2.MechanicalandelectricalcomponentsinSeismicDesignCategoryB.

    3. MechanicalandelectricalcomponentsinSeismicDesignCategoryCwheretheimportance
    factor,Ic,isequalto1.0.

    4. MechanicalandelectricalcomponentsinSeismicDesignCategoryDwherethecomponent
    importance factor, Ic, is equal to 1.0 and either (a) flexible connections between the
    components and associated ductwork, piping, and conduit are provided, or (b)
    componentsaremountedat1.2morlessaboveafloorlevelandweigh1780Norless.

    5. Mechanical and electrical components in Seismic Design Category C or D where the


    componentimportancefactor,Ic,isequalto1.0and(a)flexibleconnectionsbetweenthe
    components and associated ductwork, piping, and conduit are provided, and (b) the
    componentsweigh95Norlessor,fordistributionsystems,whichweigh7N/morless.

    108
    Chapter2

    Where the individual weight of supported components and nonbuilding structures with periods greater
    than0.06secondsexceeds25%ofthetotalseismicweightW,thestructureshallbedesignedconsidering
    interactioneffectsbetweenthestructureandthesupportedcomponents.

    Testingshallbepermittedtobeusedinlieuofanalysismethodsoutlinedinthischaptertodeterminethe
    seismiccapacityofcomponentsandtheirsupportsandattachments.

    2.5.17.1 COMPONENTIMPORTANCEFACTOR
    Allcomponentsshallbeassignedacomponentimportancefactor.Thecomponentimportancefactor,Ic,
    shallbetakenas1.5ifanyofthefollowingconditionsapply:

    1.Thecomponentisrequiredtofunctionafteranearthquake,

    2.Thecomponentcontainshazardousmaterials,or

    3.ThecomponentisinorattachedtoaoccupancycategoryIVbuildinganditisneededfor
    continuedoperationofthefacility.

    Allothercomponentsshallbeassignedacomponentimportancefactor,Ic,equalto1.0.

    2.5.17.2 COMPONENTFORCETRANSFER
    Components shall be attached such that the component forces are transferred to the structure.
    Componentattachmentsthatareintendedtoresistseismicforcesshallbebolted,welded,orotherwise
    positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity. A
    continuous load path of sufficient strength and stiffness between the component and the supporting
    structureshallbeverified.Localelementsofthesupportingstructureshallbedesignedforthecomponent
    forces where such forces control the design of the elements or their connections. In this instance, the
    component forces shallbe thosedetermined inSection 2.5.17.3, exceptthat modifications to Fp and Rp
    due to anchorage conditions need not be considered. The design documents shall include sufficient
    informationconcerningtheattachmentstoverifycompliancewiththerequirementsoftheseProvisions.

    2.5.17.3 SEISMICDESIGNFORCE
    The seismic design force, Fc, applied in the horizontal direction shall be centered at the components
    centerofgravityanddistributedrelativetothecomponent'smassdistributionandshallbedeterminedas
    follows:

    c a hW c I c z
    Fc = 1 + 2
    Rc h (2.5.27)

    Where,

    0.75WcIcFc1.5WcIc

    c=componentamplificationfactorwhichvariesfrom1.0to2.5(Table2.5.10orTable2.5.11).

    ah=expectedhorizontalpeakgroundacceleration(ing)fordesign=2/3*Z*S

    Wc=weightofcomponent

    Rc=componentresponsereductionfactorwhichvariesfrom1.0to12.0(Table2.5.10orTable2.5.11)

    109
    Part6

    z=heightabovethebaseofthepointofattachmentofthecomponent,butzshallnotbetakenlessthan
    0andthevalueofz/hneednotexceed1.0

    h=roofheightofstructureabovethebase

    TheforceFcshallbeindependentlyappliedinatleasttwoorthogonalhorizontaldirectionsincombination
    withserviceloadsassociatedwiththecomponent.Inaddition,thecomponentshallalsobedesignedfora
    concurrentverticalforceof0.5ahWc.

    Where nonseismic loads on nonstructural components exceed Fc, such loads shall govern the strength
    design,buttheseismicdetailingrequirementsandlimitationsshallapply.

    2.5.17.4 SEISMICRELATIVEDISPLACEMENTS
    Therelativeseismicdisplacement,Dc,fortwoconnectionpointsonthesamestructureA,oneataheight
    hxandotheratheighthy,foruseincomponentdesignshallbedeterminedasfollows:

    Dc = xA yA (2.5.28)

    DcshallnotexceedDcmaxgivenby:

    (h h y ) aA
    Dc max =
    x

    hsx (2.5.29)

    where,

    xA=DeflectionatlevelxofstructureA

    yA=DeflectionatlevelyofstructureA

    aA=AllowablestorydriftforstructureA

    hx=Height(abovebase)oflevelxtowhichupperconnectionpointisattached.

    hy=Height(abovebase)oflevelytowhichlowerconnectionpointisattached.

    hsx=Storyheightusedinthedefinitionoftheallowabledrifta

    Fortwoconnectionpointsonseparatestructures,AandB,orseparatestructuralsystems,oneatlevelx
    andtheotheratlevely,Dcshallbedeterminedasfollows:

    Dc = xA + yB
    (2.5.30)
    DcshallnotexceedDcmaxgivenby:
    X aA Y aB
    Dc max = +
    hsx hsx (2.5.31)
    Where,
    yB=DeflectionatlevelyofstructureB
    aB=AllowablestorydriftforstructureB

    The effects of relative seismic relative displacements shall be considered in combination with
    displacementscausedbyotherloadsasappropriate.

    110
    Chapter2

    Table2.5.10CoefficientscandRcforArchitecturalComponents

    ArchitecturalComponentorElement c a Rc
    InteriorNonstructuralWallsand Partitions
    Plain(unreinforced)masonrywalls 1.0 1.5
    Allotherwallsandpartitions 1.0 2.5
    CantileverElements(Unbracedor braced to structural frame below itscenter of mass)
    Parapetsandcantileverinteriornonstructuralwalls 2.5 2.5
    Chimneysandstackswherelaterallybracedorsupportedbythestructuralframe 2.5 2.5
    CantileverElements(Bracedtostructuralframeaboveitscenterofmass)Parapets
    ChimneysandStacks 1.0 2.5
    ExteriorNonstructuralWalls 1.0 2.5
    ExteriorNonstructuralWallElementsandConnections
    WallElement 1.0 2.5
    Bodyofwallpanelconnections 1.0 2.5
    F t
    Veneer f th ti t
    Limiteddeformabilityelementsandattachments 1.0 2.5
    Lowdeformabilityelementsandattachments 1.0 1.5
    Penthouses(exceptwhereframedbyanextensionofthebuildingframe) 2.5 3.5
    Ceilings
    All 1.0 2.5
    Cabinets
    Storagecabinetsandlaboratoryequipment 1.0 2.5
    AccessFloors
    Specialaccessfloors 1.0 2.5
    Allother 1.0 1.5
    AppendagesandOrnamentations 2.5 2.5
    SignsandBillboards 2.5 2.5
    OtherRigidComponents
    Highdeformabilityelementsandattachments 1.0 3.5
    Limiteddeformabilityelementsandattachments 1.0 2.5
    Lowdeformabilitymaterialsandattachments 1.0 1.5
    OtherFlexibleComponents
    Highdeformabilityelementsandattachments 2.5 3.5
    Limiteddeformabilityelementsandattachments 2.5 2.5
    Lowdeformabilitymaterialsandattachments 2.5 1.5
    a Alowervalueforcispermittedwherejustifiedbydetaileddynamicanalysis.Thevalueforcshall

    not be less than 1.0. The value of c equal to 1.0 is for rigid components and rigidly attached
    components.Thevalueofcequalto2.5isforflexiblecomponentsandflexiblyattachdcomponents.

    111
    Part6

    Table2.5.11CoefficientscandRcforMechanicalandElectricalComponents

    MechanicalandElectricalComponents c a Rc
    AirsideHVAC,fans,airhandlers,airconditioningunits,cabinetheaters,air 2.5 6.0
    distributionboxes,andothermechanicalcomponentsconstructedofsheetmetal
    fWetsideHVAC,boilers,furnaces,atmospherictanksandbins,chillers,waterheaters,
    i 1.0 2.5
    heatexchangers,evaporators,airseparators,manufacturingorprocessequipment,
    Engines,turbines,pumps,compressors, and pressure vessels not supported on skirts 1.0 2.5
    Skirtsupportedpressurevessels 2.5 2.5
    Elevatorandescalatorcomponents. 1.0 2.5
    Generators,batteries,inverters,motors,transformers,andotherelectricalcomponents 1.0 2.5
    Motorcontrolcenters,panelboards,switchgear,instrumentationcabinets,andother 2.5 6.0
    Communicationequipment,computers, instrumentation, and controls. 1.0 2.5
    Roofmountedchimneys,stacks,coolingandelectricaltowerslaterallybracedbelow 2.5 3.0
    Roofmounted chimneys,stacks, cooling and electrical towers laterally braced above 1.0 2.5
    Lightingfixtures. 1.0 1.5
    Othermechanicalorelectricalcomponents. 1.0 1.5
    VIBRATION ISOLATED COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMSb
    Componentsandsystemsisolatedusingneopreneelementsandneopreneisolated 2.5 2.5
    floorswithbuiltinorseparateelastomeric snubbing devicesor resilient perimeter
    Springisolatedcomponentsand systems and vibration isolated floors closely 2.5 2.0
    restrainedusingbuiltinorseparate elastomeric snubbing devicesor resilient
    Internallyisolatedcomponentsand systems. 2.5 2.0
    Suspendedvibrationisolatedequipmentincludinginlineductdevicesandsuspended 2.5 2.5
    DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
    PipinginaccordancewithASME B31, including inline components with joints made 2.5 12.0
    PipinginaccordancewithASMEB31,includinginlinecomponents,constructedof 2.5 6.0
    highorlimiteddeformabilitymaterials, with joints madeby threading, bonding,
    PipingandtubingnotinaccordancewithASMEB31,includinginlinecomponents, 2.5 9.0
    constructedofhighdeformability materials, with jointsmade by welding or brazing.
    Pipingandtubingnotinaccordance with ASME B31, including inline components, 2.5 4.5
    constructedofhighorlimiteddeformability materials,with joints made by threading,
    Pipingandtubingconstructedoflowdeformabilitymaterials,suchascastiron,glass, 2.5 3.0
    Ductwork,includinginlinecomponents,constructedofhighdeformabilitymaterials, 2.5 9.0
    Ductwork,includinginlinecomponents, constructed of high or limiteddeformability 2.5 6.0
    materialswith jointsmadebymeans other than weldingor brazing.
    Ductwork,includinginlinecomponents,constructedoflowdeformabilitymaterials, 2.5 3.0
    Electricalconduit,busducts,rigidly mounted cable trays, and plumbing. 1.0 2.5
    Manufacturingorprocessconveyors(nonpersonnel). 2.5 3.0
    Suspendedcabletrays. 2.5 6.0
    a
    A lower value for c is permitted where justified by detailed dynamic analysis. The value for c shall not be less than
    1.0. The value of c equal to 1.0 is for rigid components and rigidly attached components. The value of c equal to 2.5 is
    for flexible components and flexibly attached components.
    b
    Components mounted on vibration isolators shall have a bumper restraint or snubber in each horizontal direction. The
    design force shall be taken as 2Fc if the nominal clearance (air gap) between the equipment support frame and restraint is
    greater than 6 mm. If the nominal clearance specified on the construction documents is not greater than 6 mm, the design
    force may be taken as Fc.

    112
    Chapter2

    2.5.18 DESIGNFORSEISMICALLYISOLATEDBUILDINGS
    Buildings that use special seismic isolation systems for protection against earthquakes shall be called
    seismically isolated or base isolated buildings. Seismically isolated structure and every portion thereof
    shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of provisions presented in this
    section.

    2.5.18.1 GENERALREQUIREMENTSFORISOLATIONSYSTEM
    Theisolationsystemtobeusedinseismicallyisolatedstructuresshallsatisfythefollowingrequirements:

    1. Designofisolationsystemshallconsidervariationsinseismicisolatormaterialproperties
    over the projected life of structure including changes due to ageing, contamination,
    exposuretomoisture,loadings,temperature,creep,fatigue,etc.

    2. Isolatedstructuresshallresistdesignwindloadsatalllevelsabovetheisolationinterface.
    At the isolation interface, a wind restraint system shall be provided to limit lateral
    displacementintheisolationsystemtoavalueequaltothatrequiredbetweenfloorsof
    thestructureabovetheisolationinterface.

    3. The fire resistance rating for the isolation system shall be consistent with the
    requirementsofcolumns,walls,orothersuchelementsinthesameareaofthestructure.

    4. Theisolationsystemshallbeconfiguredtoproducealateralrestoringforcesuchthatthe
    lateralforceatthetotaldesigndisplacementisatleast0.025Wgreaterthanthelateral
    forceat50%ofthetotaldesigndisplacement.

    5. Theisolationsystemshallnotbeconfiguredtoincludeadisplacementrestraintthatlimits
    lateral displacement due to the maximum considered earthquake to less than the total
    maximum displacement unless it is demonstrated by analysis that such engagement of
    restraintdoesnotresultinunsatisfactoryperformanceofthestructure.

    6. Each element of the isolation system shall be designed to be stable under the design
    vertical load when subjected to a horizontal displacement equal to the total maximum
    displacement.

    7. The factor of safety against global structural overturning at the isolation interface shall
    not be less than 1.0 for required load combinations. All gravity and seismic loading
    conditionsshallbeinvestigated.Seismicforcesforoverturningcalculationsshallbebased
    onthemaximumconsideredearthquakeandtheverticalrestoringforceshallbebasedon
    theseismicweightabovetheisolationinterface.

    8. Localupliftofindividualunitsofisolationsystemispermittediftheresultingdeflections
    do not cause overstress or instability of the isolator units or other elements of the
    structure.

    9. Accessforinspectionandreplacementofallcomponentsoftheisolationsystemshallbe
    provided.

    10. Thedesigneroftheisolationsystemshallestablishaqualitycontroltestingprogramfor
    isolatorunits.Eachisolatorunitbeforeinstallationshallbetestedunderspecifiedvertical
    andhorizontalloads.

    113
    Part6

    11. After completion of construction, a design professional shall complete a final series of
    inspectionsorobservationsofstructureseparationareasandcomponentsthatcrossthe
    isolation interface. Such inspections and observations shall confirm that existing
    conditionsallowfreeandunhindereddisplacementofthestructuretomaximumdesign
    levels and that all components that cross the isolation interface as installed are ableto
    accommodatethestipulateddisplacements.

    12. Thedesigneroftheisolationsystemshallestablishaperiodicmonitoring,inspection,and
    maintenanceprogramforsuchsystem.

    13. Remodeling,repair,orretrofittingattheisolationinterface,includingthatofcomponents
    that cross the isolation interface, shall be performed under the direction of a design
    professionalexperiencedinseismicisolationsystems.

    2.5.18.2 EQUIVALENTSTATICANALYSIS
    The equivalent static analysis procedure is permitted to be used for design of a seismically isolated
    structureprovidedthat:

    1.ThestructureislocatedonSiteClassSA,SB,SC,SDorSEsite;

    2.Thestructureabovetheisolationinterfaceisnotmorethanfourstoriesor20minheight

    4.Theeffectiveperiodoftheisolatedstructureatthemaximumdisplacement,TM,islessthanorequalto
    3.0sec.

    5.Theeffectiveperiodoftheisolatedstructureatthedesigndisplacement,TD,isgreaterthanthreetimes
    theelastic,fixedbaseperiodofthestructureabovetheisolationsystemasdeterminedinSec.2.5.9.2

    6.Thestructureabovetheisolationsystemisofregularconfiguration;and

    7.Theisolationsystemmeetsallofthefollowingcriteria:

    a.Theeffectivestiffnessoftheisolationsystematthedesigndisplacementisgreaterthanonethirdofthe
    effectivestiffnessat20%ofthedesigndisplacement,

    b.TheisolationsystemiscapableofproducingarestoringforceasspecifiedinSec.2.5.18.1,

    c.Theisolationsystemdoesnotlimitmaximumconsideredearthquakedisplacementtolessthanthetotal
    maximumdisplacement.

    Where the equivalent lateral force procedure is used to design seismically isolated structures, the
    requirementsofthissectionshallapply.

    2.5.18.2.1 DisplacementofIsolationSystem
    Theisolationsystemshallbedesignedandconstructedtowithstandminimumlateralearthquake
    displacementsthatactinthedirectionofeachofthemainhorizontalaxesofthestructureand
    suchdisplacementsshallbecalculatedasfollows:

    Sa g T D2
    DD =
    4 2 B
    D (2.5.32)

    where,

    114
    Chapter2

    Sa= Design spectral acceleration (in units of g), calculated using Eq.(2.5.4) for period TD and
    assumingR=1,I=1,=1(Section2.5.6.3)forthedesignbasisearthquake(DBE).

    g= accelerationduetogravity

    BD= damping coefficient related to the effective damping D of the isolation system at the
    designdisplacement,assetforthinTable2.5.12.

    TD=effectiveperiodofseismicallyisolatedstructureatthedesigndisplacementinthedirection
    underconsideration,asprescribedbyEq.2.5.33:

    W
    TD = 2
    k D min g (2.5.33)

    where,

    W=seismicweightabovetheisolationinterface

    kDmin = minimum effective stiffness of the isolation system at the design displacement in the
    horizontaldirectionunderconsideration.

    Table2.5.12DampingCoefficient,BD orBM

    EffectiveDamping,DorM BDorBM
    (%)
    a,b
    2 0.8
    5 1.0
    10 1.2
    20 1.5
    30 1.7
    40 1.9
    50 2.0
    a
    The damping coefficient shall be based on the effective
    damping of the isolation system
    b
    The damping coefficient shall be based on linear interpolation
    for effective damping values other than those given.

    The maximum displacement of the isolation system, DM, in the most critical direction of horizontal
    responseshallbecalculatedinaccordancewiththefollowingformula:

    S aM g TM2
    DM =
    4 2 B M (2.5.34)

    where:

    SaM= Maximum spectral acceleration (in units of g), calculated using Eq.(2.5.4) for period TD and
    assumingR=1,I=1,=1(Section2.5.6.3)forthemaximumconsideredearthquake(MCE).

    BM= numericalcoefficientrelatedtotheeffectivedampingMoftheisolationsystematthemaximum
    displacement,assetforthinTable2.5.12

    TM= effectiveperiodofseismicisolatedstructureatthemaximumdisplacementinthedirectionunder
    considerationasprescribedby:

    115
    Part6

    W
    T M = 2
    k M min g (2.5.35)

    where,

    kMmin=minimumeffectivestiffnessoftheisolationsystematthemaximumdisplacementinthehorizontal
    directionunderconsideration.

    Thetotaldesigndisplacement,DTD,andthetotalmaximumdisplacement,DTM,ofelementsoftheisolation
    systemshallincludeadditionaldisplacementduetoinherentandaccidentaltorsioncalculatedconsidering
    the spatial distribution of the lateral stiffness of the isolation system and the most disadvantageous
    locationofeccentricmass.

    2.5.18.2.2 LateralSeismicforces
    The structure above the isolation system shall be designed and constructed to withstand a minimum
    lateralforce,Vs,usingalloftheappropriateprovisionsforanonisolatedstructure.Theimportancefactor
    forallisolatedstructuresshallbeconsideredas1.0,alsotheresponsereductionfactorRIconsideredhere
    (forcomputingdesignseismicforces)isintherangeof1.0to2.0.Vsshallbedeterminedinaccordance
    withEq.2.5.36asfollows:

    k D max D D
    Vs = (2.5.36)
    RI

    where:

    kDmax=maximumeffectivestiffnessoftheisolationsystematthedesigndisplacementinthehorizontal
    directionunderconsideration.

    DD= design displacement at the center of rigidity of the isolation system in the direction under
    considerationasprescribedbyEq.2.5.32.

    RI= responsereductionfactorrelatedtothetypeofseismicforceresistingsystemabovetheisolation
    system.RIshallbebasedonthetypeofseismicforceresistingsystemusedforthestructureabove
    theisolationsystemandshallbetakenasthelesserof3/8*R(Table2.5.7)or2.0,butneednotbe
    takenlessthan1.0.

    InnocaseshallVsbetakenlessthanthefollowing:

    1.ThelateralforcerequiredbySection2.5.9forafixedbasestructureofthesameweight,W,anda
    periodequaltotheisolatedperiod,TD;

    2.Thebaseshearcorrespondingtothefactoreddesignwindload;and

    3.Thelateralforcerequiredtofullyactivatetheisolationsystem(e.g.,theyieldlevelofasoftening
    system,theultimatecapacityofasacrificialwindrestraintsystem,orthebreakawayfrictionlevelof
    aslidingsystem)multipliedby1.5.

    Theisolationsystem,thefoundation,andallstructuralelementsbelowtheisolationsystemshallbe
    designed and constructed to withstand a minimum lateral force, Vb, using all of the appropriate
    provisions for a nonisolated structure. Vb shall be determined in accordance with Eq. 2.5.37 as
    follows:

    116
    Chapter2

    Vb=kDmaxDD (2.5.37)

    In all cases, Vb shall not be taken less than the maximum force in the isolation system at any
    displacementuptoandincludingthedesigndisplacement.

    2.5.18.2.3 VerticalDistributionofLateralForces
    Thetotallateralforceshallbedistributedovertheheightofthestructureabovetheisolationinterfacein
    accordancewithEq.2.5.38asfollows:

    w x hx
    Fx = V s n
    (2.5.38)
    w h
    i =1
    i i

    where:

    Vs=totalseismiclateraldesignforceonelementsabovetheisolationsystem.

    hi,hx=heightabovethebase,toLeveliorLevelx,respectively.

    wi,wx=portionofWthatislocatedatorassignedtoLeveliorLevelx,respectively.

    At each Level x the force, Fx, shall be applied over the area of the structure in accordance with the
    distributionofmassatthelevel.Stressesineachstructuralelementshallbedeterminedbyapplyingtoan
    analyticalmodelthelateralforces,Fx,atalllevelsabovethebase.

    2.5.18.2.4 StoreyDrift
    ThestoreydriftshallbecalculatedasinSection2.5.9.7exceptthatCdfortheisolatedstructureshallbe
    takenequaltoRIandimportancefactorequalto1.0.Themaximumstoreydriftofthestructureabovethe
    isolationsystemshallnotexceed0.015hsx.

    2.5.18.3 DYNAMICANALYSIS
    Responsespectrumanalysismaybeconductedifthebehavioroftheisolationsystemcanbeconsidered
    asequivalentlinear.Otherwise,nonlineartimehistoryanalysisshallbeusedwherethetruenonlinear
    behaviour of the isolation system can be modeled. The mathematical models of the isolated structure
    includingtheisolationsystemshallbealongguidelinesgiveninSections2.5.11.1and2.5.13.1,andother
    requirementsgiveninSection2.5.18.

    The isolation system shall be modeled using deformational characteristics developed and verified by
    testing.Thestructuremodelshallaccountfor:(i)spatialdistributionofisolatorunits;(ii)considerationof
    translation in both horizontal directions, and torsion of the structure above the isolation interface
    considering the most disadvantageous location of eccentric mass; (iii) overturning/uplift forces on
    individualisolatorunits;and(iv)effectsofverticalload,bilateralload,andtherateofloadingiftheforce
    deflectionpropertiesoftheisolationsystemaredependentonsuchattributes.

    A linear elastic model of the isolated structure (above isolation system) may be used provided that: (i)
    stiffness properties assumed for the nonlinear components of the isolation system are based on the
    maximum effective stiffness of the isolation system, and (ii) all elements of the seismicforceresisting
    systemofthestructureabovetheisolationsystembehavelinearly.

    117
    Part6

    2.5.18.3.1 ResponseSpectrumAnalysis
    Responsespectrumanalysisshallbeperformedusingamodaldampingvalueforthefundamentalmode
    inthedirectionofinterestnotgreaterthantheeffectivedampingoftheisolationsystemor30percentof
    critical,whicheverisless.Modaldampingvaluesforhighermodesshallbeselectedconsistentwiththose
    that would be appropriate for response spectrum analysis of the structure above the isolation system
    assumingafixedbase.

    Response spectrum analysis used to determine the total design displacement and the total maximum
    displacementshallincludesimultaneousexcitationofthemodelby100percentofthegroundmotionin
    thecriticaldirectionand30percentofthegroundmotionintheperpendicular,horizontaldirection.The
    design basis earthquake shall be used for the design displacement, while the maximum considered
    earthquake shall be used for the maximum displacement. The maximum displacement of the isolation
    systemshallbecalculatedasthevectorialsumofthetwoorthogonaldisplacements.

    Forthedesigndisplacement,structuresthatdonotrequiresitespecificgroundmotionevaluation,shall
    be analyzed using the design acceleration response spectrum in accordance with Section 2.5.6.3. The
    maximumdesignspectrumtobeusedforthemaximumconsideredearthquakeshallnotbelessthan1.5
    timesthedesignaccelerationresponsespectrum.

    The response spectrum procedure is based on an equivalent linear model, where the effective stiffness
    andeffectivedampingisafunctionofthedisplacement,thisformulationisthusaniterativeprocess.The
    effective stiffness must be estimated, based on assumed displacement, and then adjusted till obtained
    displacementagreewithassumeddisplacement.

    Thedesignshearatanystoryshallnotbelessthanthestoryshearresultingfromapplicationofthestory
    forcescalculatedusingEq.2.5.38withavalueofVsequaltothebaseshearobtainedfromtheresponse
    spectrumanalysisinthedirectionofinterest.

    2.5.18.3.2 NonlinearTimeHistoryAnalysis
    Whereatimehistoryanalysisprocedureisperformed,notfewerthanthreeappropriategroundmotions
    shallbeusedintheanalysisasdescribedbelow.

    Groundmotionsshallconsistofpairsofappropriatehorizontalgroundmotionaccelerationcomponents
    that shall be selected and scaled from individual recorded events. Appropriate ground motions shall be
    selectedfromeventshavingmagnitudes,faultdistance,andsourcemechanismsthatareconsistentwith
    thosethatcontrolthemaximumconsideredearthquake.Ifrequirednumberofrecordedgroundmotion
    pairs are not available, appropriate simulated ground motion pairs shall be used to make up the total
    numberrequired.Foreachpairofhorizontalgroundmotioncomponents,asquarerootofthesumofthe
    squares (SRSS) spectrum shall be constructed by taking the SRSS of the 5 percent damped response
    spectra for the scaled components (where an identical scale factor is applied to both components of a
    pair).Eachpairofmotionsshallbescaledsuchthatforeachperiodbetween0.5TDand1.25TM(whereTD
    andTMaredefinedinSection2.5.18.2.1)theaverageoftheSRSSspectrafromallhorizontalcomponent
    pairsdoesnotfallbelow1.3timesthecorrespondingordinateofthedesignresponsespectrum(Section
    2.5.18.4),bymorethan10percent.

    Each pair of ground motion components shall be applied simultaneously to the model considering the
    most disadvantageous location of eccentric mass. The maximum displacement of the isolation system
    shallbecalculatedfromthevectorialsumofthetwoorthogonaldisplacementsateachtimestep.

    118
    Chapter2

    Theparametersofinterestshallbecalculatedforeachgroundmotionusedforthetimehistoryanalysis.If
    atleastsevengroundmotionsareusedforthetimehistoryanalysis,theaveragevalueoftheresponse
    parameterofinterestispermittedtobeusedfordesign.Iffewerthansevengroundmotionsareanalyzed,
    themaximumvalueoftheresponseparameterofinterestshallbeusedfordesign.

    2.5.18.3.3 StoreyDrift
    Maximum story drift corresponding to the design lateral force including displacement due to vertical
    deformationoftheisolationsystemshallnotexceedthefollowinglimits:

    1.Themaximumstorydriftofthestructureabovetheisolationsystemcalculatedbyresponsespectrum
    analysisshallnotexceed0.015hsx.

    2. The maximum story drift of the structure above the isolation system calculated by nonlinear time
    historyanalysisshallnotexceed0.020hsx.

    ThestoreydriftshallbecalculatedasinSection2.5.9.7exceptthatCdfortheisolatedstructureshallbe
    takenequaltoRIandimportancefactorequalto1.0.

    2.5.18.4 TESTING
    The deformation characteristics and damping values of the isolation system used in the design and
    analysisofseismicallyisolatedstructuresshallbebasedontestresultsofisolatorunits.Thetestsarefor
    establishing and validating the design properties of the isolation system and shall not be considered as
    satisfyingthemanufacturingqualitycontroltests.

    Thefollowingsequenceoftestsshallbeperformedonisolatorunitsfortheprescribednumberofcyclesat
    averticalloadequaltotheaveragedeadloadplusonehalftheeffectsduetoliveloadonallisolatorunits
    ofacommontypeandsize:

    1.Twentyfullyreversedcyclesofloadingatalateralforcecorrespondingtothewinddesignforce.

    2. Three fully reversed cycles of loading at each of the following increments of the total design
    displacement0.25DD,0.5DD,1.0DD,and1.0DMwhereDDandDMareasdeterminedinSections2.5.18.2.1.

    3.Threefullyreversedcyclesofloadingatthetotalmaximumdisplacement,1.0DTM.

    4.Notlessthantenfullyreversedcyclesofloadingat1.0timesthetotaldesigndisplacement,1.0DTD.

    For each cycle of each test, the forcedeflection and hysteretic behavior of each isolator unit shall be
    recorded.Theeffectivestiffnessisobtainedasthesecantvalueofstiffnessatdesigndisplacementwhile
    theeffectivedampingisdeterminedfromtheareaofhystereticloopatthedesigndisplacement.

    2.5.18.5 DESIGNREVIEW
    Adesignreviewoftheisolationsystemandrelatedtestprogramsshallbeperformedbyanindependent
    team of design professionals experienced in seismic analysis methods and the application of seismic
    isolation.Isolationsystemdesignreviewshallinclude,butneednotbelimitedto,thefollowing:

    1. Review of sitespecific seismic criteria including the development of sitespecific spectra and ground
    motiontimehistoriesandallotherdesigncriteriadevelopedspecificallyfortheproject;

    2.Reviewofthepreliminarydesign includingthedeterminationofthe totaldesigndisplacementofthe


    isolationsystemandthelateralforcedesignlevel;

    119
    Part6

    3.Overviewandobservationofprototype(isolatorunit)testing

    4.Reviewofthefinaldesignoftheentirestructuralsystemandallsupportinganalyses;and

    5.Reviewoftheisolationsystemqualitycontroltestingprogram.

    2.5.19 BUILDINGSWITHSOFTSTOREY
    Buildings with possible soft storey action at ground level for providing open parking spaces belong to
    structures with major vertical irregularity (Fig.2.5.5a). Special arrangement is needed to increase the
    lateralstrengthandstiffnessofthesoft/openstorey.Thefollowingtwoapproachesmaybeconsidered:

    1. Dynamic analysis of such building may be carried out incorporating the strength and
    stiffness ofinfill walls and inelastic deformations in the members, particularly thosein
    thesoftstorey,andthemembersdesignedaccordingly.

    2. Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out the
    earthquake analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys. Structural
    elements(e.gcolumnsandbeams)ofthesoftstoreyaretobedesignedfor2.5timesthe
    storey shears and moments calculated under seismic loads neglecting effect of infill
    walls. Shear walls placed symmetrically in both directions of the building as far away
    fromthecentreofthebuildingasfeasiblearetobedesignedexclusivelyfor1.5times
    thelateralshearforcecalculatedbefore.

    2.5.20 NONBUILDINGSTRUCTURES
    Calculation of seismic design forces on nonbuilding structures (e.g. chimney, self supported overhead
    water/fluid tank, silo, trussed tower, storage tank, cooling tower, monument and other structures not
    covered in the preceding part of Section 2.5) shall be in accordance with "Chapter 15: Seismic Design
    RequirementsforNonBuildingStructures,MinimumDesignLoadsforBuildingsandOtherStructures,ASCE
    StandardASCE/SEI705"complyingwiththerequirementsofSection2.5ofthisCode.

    2.6 MISCELLANEOUSLOADS
    2.6.1 GENERAL
    Theproceduresandlimitationsforthedeterminationofselectedmiscellaneousloadsareprovidedinthis
    section.Loadsthatarenotspecifiedinthissectionorelsewhereinthischapter,maybedeterminedbased
    oninformationfromreliablereferencesorspecialistadvicemaybesought.

    2.6.2 DEFINITIONS
    Thefollowingdefinitionsandnotationshallapplytotheprovisionsofthissectiononly.

    ESSENTIAL FACILITIES: Buildings and structures which are necessary to remain functional during an
    emergencyorapostdisasterperiod.

    RATIONALANALYSIS:Ananalysisbasedonestablishedmethodsortheoriesusingmathematicalformulae
    andactualorappropriatelyassumeddata.

    SITESPECIFICDATA:Dataobtainedeitherfrommeasurementstakenatasiteorfromsubstantiatedfield
    informationrequiredspecificallyforthestructureconcerned.

    120
    Chapter2

    2.6.3 RAINLOADS
    Rainloadsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththefollowingprovisions.

    2.6.3.1 BLOCKEDDRAINS
    Eachportionofaroofshallbedesignedtosustaintheloadfromallrainwaterthatcouldbeaccumulated
    onitiftheprimarydrainagesystemforthatportionisundersizedorblocked.Pondinginstabilityshallbe
    consideredinthissituation.

    2.6.3.2 CONTROLLEDDRAINAGE
    Roofs equipped with controlled drainage provisions shall be designed to sustain all rainwater loads on
    them to the elevation of the secondary drainage system plus 0.25 kN/m2. Ponding instability shall be
    consideredinthissituation.

    2.6.4 LOADSDUETOFLOODANDSURGE
    For the determinationof flood andsurge loads on a structural member, consideration shall be givento
    bothhydrostaticandhydrodynamiceffects.Requiredloadingshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththe
    established principles of mechanics based on site specific criteria and in compliance with the following
    provisionsofthissection.Foressentialfacilitieslikecycloneandfloodsheltersandforhazardousfacilities
    specifiedinTable1.2.1,valuesofmaximumfloodelevation,surgeheight,windvelocitiesetc.,requiredfor
    the determination of flood and surge load, shall be taken corresponding to 100year return period. For
    structures other than essential and hazardous facilities, these values shall be based on 50year return
    period.

    2.6.4.1 FLOODLOADSONSTRUCTURESATINLANDAREAS:
    Forstructures sitedatinlandareassubject toflood,loadsduetoflood shall bedeterminedconsidering
    hydrostatic effects which shall be calculated based on the flood elevation of 50year return period. For
    riversidestructuressuchasthatunderExposureCspecifiedinSec2.4.8.3,hydrodynamicforces,arising
    duetoapproachingwindgeneratedwavesshallalsobedeterminedinadditiontothehydrostaticloadon
    them.Inthiscase,theamplitudeofsuchwindinducedwaterwavesshallbeobtainedfromsitespecific
    data.

    2.6.4.2 FLOODANDSURGELOADSONSTRUCTURESATCOASTALAREAS:
    For structures sited at coastal areas, the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads shall be determined as
    follows:

    2.6.4.2.1 HydrostaticLoads
    Thehydrostaticloadsonstructuralelementsandfoundationsshallbedeterminedbasedonthemaximum
    staticheightofwater,Hmproducedbyfloodsorsurgesasgivenbytherelation:

    Hm=max(hs,hf) (2.6.1)

    where,hf=yTygand (2.6.2)

    hs = Maximumsurgeheightasspecifiedina(i)below.

    121
    Part6

    yT = ElevationoftheextremesurfacewaterlevelcorrespondingtoaTyear

    returnperiodspecifiedin(ii)below,metres

    yg = Elevationofgroundlevelatsite,metres.

    i) Maximum Surge Height, hs : The maximum surge height, hs, associated with cyclones, shall be
    thatcorrespondingtoa50yearora100yearreturnperiodasmaybeapplicable,basedonsitespecific
    analysis.Intheabsenceofamorerigoroussitespecificanalysis,thefollowingrelationmaybeused:

    hs=hT(x1)k (2.6.3)

    where,hT = designsurgeheightcorrespondingtoareturnperiodofTyearsatseacoast,in
    metres,giveninTable2.6.1.

    x = distanceofthestructuresitemeasuredfromthespringtidehighwaterlimitonthesea
    coast,inkm;x=1,ifx<1.

    k = rate of decrease in surge height in m/km; the value of k may be taken as 1/2 for
    ChittagongCox'sBazarTeknafcoastandas1/3forothercoastalareas.

    ii) ExtremeSurfaceWaterLevel,yT :Theelevationoftheextremesurfacewaterlevel,yT forasite,


    which may not be associated with a cyclonic storm surge, shall be that obtained from a site specific
    analysiscorrespondingtoa50yearora100yearreturnperiod.ValuesofyT aregiveninTable2.6.2for
    selectedcoastallocationswhichmaybeusedintheabsenceofanysitespecificdata.

    2.6.4.2.2 HydrodynamicLoads:
    Thehydrodynamicloadappliedonastructuralelementduetowindinducedlocalwavesofwater,shallbe
    determined by a rational analysis using an established method and based on site specific data. In the
    absenceofasitespecificdatatheamplitudeofthelocalwave,tobeusedintherationalanalysis,shallbe
    takenashw=hs/41m,where,hsisgiveninSec2.6.4.2.1.Suchforcesshallbecalculatedbasedon50
    yearor100yearreturnperiodoffloodorsurge.Thecorrespondingwindvelocitiesshallbe260km/hor
    289km/hrespectively.

    2.6.4.3 BREAKAWAYWALLS
    When nonstructural walls, partitions or other nonstructural elements located below the maximum flood or surge
    elevation,arerequiredtobreakawayunderhightidesorwaveaction,suchnonstructuralelementsshallbedesigned
    to sustain a maximum uniformly distributed load of 1.0 kN/m2 but not less than 0.5 kN/m2 applied on a vertical
    projectionofthearea.

    2.6.5 TEMPERATUREEFFECTS
    Temperatureeffects,ifsignificant,shallbeconsideredinthedesignofstructuresorcomponentsthereof
    inaccordancewiththeprovisionofthissection.

    Indeterminingthetemperatureeffectsonastructure,thefollowingprovisionsshallbeconsidered:

    a) Thetemperaturesindicated,shallbetheairtemperatureintheshade.Therangeofthevariation
    intemperatureforabuildingsiteshallbetakenintoconsideration.

    122
    Chapter2

    Table2.6.1:DesignSurgeHeightsattheSeaCoast,hT*

    CoastalRegion SurgeHeightattheSeaCoast,hT(m)

    T=50year(1) T=100year(2)
    TeknaftoCox'sBazar 4.5 5.8

    ChakariatoAnwara,andMaheshkhaliKutubdiaIslands 7.1 8.6

    ChittagongtoNoakhali
    7.9 9.6
    Sandwip,Hatiyaandallislandsinthisregion
    7.9 9.6
    BholatoBarguna
    6.2 7.7
    SarankholatoShyamnagar
    5.3 6.4
    *ValuespreparedfrominformationobtainedfromAnnexD3,MCSP.
    Note:(1) Thesevaluesmaybeusedintheabsenceofsitespecificdataforstructuresotherthanessential
    facilitieslistedinTable6.1.1.
    (2) ThesevaluesmaybeusedintheabsenceofsitespecificdataforessentialfacilitieslistedinTable
    1.2.1.

    b) Effects of the variation of temperature within the material of a structural element shall be
    accountedforbyoneofthefollowingmethods.

    i) relievethestressesbyprovidingadequatenumbersofexpansionorcontraction
    joints,

    ii) designthestructuralelementtosustainadditionalstressesduetotemperature
    effects.

    c) whenthemethodb(ii)aboveisconsideredtobeapplicable,thestructuralanalysisshalltakeinto
    accountthefollowing:

    i) the variation in temperature within the material of the structural element,


    exposureconditionoftheelementandtherateatwhichthematerialabsorbor
    radiateheat.

    ii) the warping or any other distortion caused due to temperature changes and
    temperaturegradientinthestructuralelement.

    d) Whenitcanbedemonstratedbyestablishedprincipleofmechanicsorbyanyothermeansthat
    neglectingsomeoralloftheeffectsoftemperature,doesnotaffectthesafetyandserviceabilityofthe
    structure,thetemperatureeffectcanbeconsideredinsignificantandneednotbeconsideredindesign.

    2.6.6 SOILANDHYDROSTATICPRESSURE
    For structures or portions thereof, lying below ground level, loads due to soil and hydrostatic pressure
    shallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthissectionandappliedinadditiontoallother
    applicableloads.

    123
    Part6

    Table2.6.2:ExtremeSurfaceWaterLevelsDuringMonsoonatSelectedLocationsoftheCoastalArea
    abovePWDDatum,yT*

    yT(m)
    CoastalArea
    Location Thana T=50years(1) T=100
    years(2)
    Teknaf Teknaf 2.33 2.44
    Cox'sBazar Cox'sBazar 3.84 3.88
    Shaflapur Moheshkhali 4.67 4.87
    Lemsikhali Kutubdia 4.95 5.19
    Banigram Patiya 5.05 5.24

    Chittagong Bandar 4.72 4.88
    Patenga Bandar 4.08 4.16
    Sonapur Sonagazi 7.02 7.11
    Sandwip Sandwip 6.09 6.2
    Companyganj Companyganj 7.53 7.94

    Hatiya Hatiya 5.55 5.76
    Daulatkhan Daulatkhan 4.62 4.72
    Dashmina Dashmina 3.60 3.73
    Galachipa Galachipa 3.79 3.92
    Patuakhali Patuakhali 2.87 3.03

    Khepupara Kalapara 2.93 3.02
    Bamna Bamna 3.32 3.37
    Patharghata Patharghata 3.65 3.84
    Raenda Sarankhola 3.66 3.75
    Chardouni Patharghata 4.41 4.66

    Mongla Monglaport 3.23 3.36
    Kobodak Shyamnagar 3.51 3.87
    (riverestuary)
    Kaikhali Shyamnagar 3.94 4.12
    *ValuespreparedfrominformationobtainedfromAnnexD3,MCSP
    Note:(1)ThesevaluesmaybeusedintheabsenceofsitespecificdataforstructuresinStructure
    OccupancyCategoryIVlistedTable1.2.1.
    (2)ThesevaluesmaybeusedintheabsenceofsitespecificdataforstructuresinStructure
    OccupancyCategoriesI,IIandIIIlistedinTable1.2.1.

    2.6.6.1 PRESSUREONBASEMENTWALL:
    In the design of basement walls and similar vertical or nearly vertical structures below grade, provision
    shallbemadeforthelateralpressureofadjacentsoil.Allowanceshallbemadeforpossiblesurchargedue
    tofixedormovingloads.Whenaportionorthewholeoftheadjacentsoilisbelowthesurroundingwater
    table,computationsshallbebasedonthesubmergedunitweightofsoil,plusfullhydrostaticpressure.

    2.6.6.2 UPLIFTONFLOORS:
    Inthedesignofbasementfloorsandsimilarhorizontalornearlyhorizontalconstructionbelowgrade,the
    upwardpressureof water, if any, shall be takenas the full hydrostatic pressure applied over the entire
    area.Thehydrostaticheadshallbemeasuredfromtheundersideoftheconstruction.

    124
    Chapter2

    2.6.7 LOADSDUETOEXPLOSIONS
    Loadsonbuildingsorportionsthereof,shallbeassessedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthissection.

    2.6.7.1 EXPLOSIONEFFECTSINCLOSEDROOMS:
    a) Determination of Loads and Response : Internal overpressure developed from an internal
    explosion such as that due to leaks in gas pipes, evaporation of volatile liquids, internal dust explosion
    etc.,inroomsofsizescomparabletoresidentialroomsandwithventilationareasconsistingofwindow
    glass breaking at a pressure of 4 kN/m2 (34 mm machine made glass) may be calculated from the
    followingmethod:

    i) The overpressure, qo provided in Fig 2.6.1(a) shall be assumed to depend on a factor


    Ao/v,where,Aoisthetotalwindowareainm2andvisthevolumeinm3oftheroom
    considered,

    ii) Theinternalpressureshallbeassumedtoactsimultaneouslyuponallwallsandfloorsin
    oneclosedroom,and

    iii) TheactionqoobtainedfromFig2.6.1(a)maybetakenasstaticaction.

    When a time dependent response is required, an impulsive force function similar to that shown in Fig
    2.6.1(b) shall be used in a dynamic analysis, where t1 is the time from the start of combustion until
    maximumpressureisreachedandt2isthetimefrommaximumpressuretotheendofcombustion.Fort1

    Fig.2.6.1Magnitudeanddistributionofinternalpressureinabuildingduetointernalgasexplosion

    and t2 the most unfavourable values shall be chosen in relation to the dynamic properties of the
    structures.However,thevaluesshallbechosenwithintheintervalsasgiveninFig2.6.1(b).

    Thepressuremaybeappliedsolelyinoneroomorinmorethanoneroomatthesametime.Inthelatter
    case,allroomsareincorporatedinthevolumev.Onlywindowsorothersimilarlyweakandlightweight

    125
    Part6

    structuralelementsmaybetakenasventilationareaseventhoughcertainlimitedstructuralpartsbreakat
    pressureslessthanqo.

    b) Limitations : Procedure for determining explosion loads given in (a) above shall have the
    followinglimitations:

    i) Valuesofqo giveninFig2.6.1(a)arebasedontestswithgasexplosionsinroom
    corresponding to ordinary residential flats, and may be applied to considerably
    different conditions with caution after appropriate adjustment of the values
    basedonmoreaccurateinformation.

    ii) Fig 2.6.1 shall be taken as a guide only, and probability of occurrence of an
    explosionshallbecheckedineachcaseusingappropriatevalues.

    2.6.7.2 MINIMUMDESIGNPRESSURE:
    Walls,floorsandroofsandtheirsupportingmembersseparatingausefromanexplosionexposure,shall
    be designed to sustain the anticipated maximum load effects resulting from such use including any
    dynamiceffects,butforaminimuminternalpressureorsuctionof5kN/m2,inadditiontoallotherloads
    specifiedinthischapter.

    2.6.7.3 DESIGNPRESSUREONRELIEFVENTS:
    When pressurerelief vents are used, such vents shall be designed to relieve at a maximum internal
    pressureof1.0kN/m2.

    2.6.7.4 LOADSDUETOOTHEREXPLOSIONS:
    Loadsarisingfromothertypesofexplosions,suchasthosefromexternalgascloudexplosions,external
    explosions duetohighexplosives(TNT)etc.shallbe determined,for specific cases, byrationalanalyses
    basedoninformationfromreliablereferencesorspecialistadviceshallbesought.

    2.6.8 VERTICALFORCESONAIRRAIDSHELTERS
    For the design of air raid shelters located in a building e.g. in the basement below ground level, the
    characteristicverticalloadshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithprovisionsofSec2.6.8.1below.

    Table2.6.3:CharacteristicVerticalLoadsforanAirRaidShelterinaBuilding
    No.ofStoreys(1) VerticalLoad
    AbovetheAirRaidShelter kN/m2
    <2 28
    34 34
    >4 41
    Buildingsofparticularlystableconstruction 28(2)
    irrespectiveofthenumberofstoreys
    Note: Storeysshallmeaneveryusablestoreyabovetheshelterfloor
    (1) Buildings of particularly stable construction shall mean buildings
    (2) having bearing structural elements made from reinforced insitu
    concrete.

    126
    Chapter2

    2.6.8.1 CHARACTERISTICVERTICALLOADS
    Buildingsinwhichtheindividualfloorsareacteduponbyatotaldistributedliveloadofupto5.0kN/m2,
    vertical forces on air raid shelters generally located below ground level, such as a basement, shall be
    consideredtohavethecharacteristicvaluesprovidedinTable2.6.3.Inthecaseofbuildingshavingfloors
    thatareacteduponbyaliveloadlargerthan5.0kN/m2,abovevaluesshallbeincreasedbythedifference
    betweentheaverageliveloadsonallstoreysabovetheoneusedastheshelterand5.0kN/m2.

    2.6.9 LOADSONHELICOPTERLANDINGAREAS
    Inadditiontoallotherapplicableloadsprovidedinthischapter,includingthedeadload,theminimumlive
    load on helicopter landing or touch down areas shall be one of the loads L1, L2 or L3 as given below
    producingthemostunfavourableeffect:

    i)L1=W1 (2.6.4a)

    ii)L2=kW2 (2.6.4b)

    iii)L3=w (2.6.4c)

    where,W1 = ActualweightofthehelicopterinkN,
    W2 = FullyloadedweightofthehelicopterinkN,
    w = Adistributedloadof5.0kN/m2,
    k = 0.75forhelicoptersequippedwithhydraulictypeshock
    absorbers,and
    = 1.5forhelicopterswithrigidorskidtypelandinggear.
    Theliveload,L1 shallbeappliedovertheactualareasofcontactoflanding.Theload,L2 shallbeasingle
    concentratedloadincludingimpactappliedovera300mmx300mmarea.TheloadsL1 andL2 maybe
    appliedanywherewithinthelandingareatoproducethemostunfavourableeffectsofload.

    2.6.10 ERECTIONANDCONSTRUCTIONLOADS
    All loads required to be sustained by a structure or any portion thereof due to placing or storage of
    constructionmaterialsanderectionequipmentincludingthoseduetooperationofsuchequipmentshall
    beconsideredaserectionloads.Provisionsshallbemadeindesigntoaccountforallstressesduetosuch
    loads.

    2.7 COMBINATIONSOFLOADS
    2.7.1 GENERAL
    Buildings, foundations and structural members shall be investigated for adequate strength to resist the
    most unfavourable effect resultingfrom the various combinations ofloads provided in thissection. The
    combination of loads may be selected using the provisions of either Sec 2.7.4 or 2.7.5 whichever is
    applicable.However,onceSec2.7.4or2.7.5isselectedforaparticularconstructionmaterial,itmustbe
    usedexclusivelyforproportioningelementsofthatmaterialthroughoutthestructure.Inadditiontothe
    loadcombinationsgiveninSec2.7.4and2.7.5anyotherspecificloadcombinationprovidedelsewherein
    thisCodeshallalsobeinvestigatedtodeterminethemostunfavourableeffect.

    127
    Part6

    The most unfavourable effect of loads may also occur when one or more of the contributing loads are
    absent,oract inthereverse direction.LoadssuchasF,HorSshallbeconsideredindesignwhen their
    effects are significant. Floor live loads shall not be considered where their inclusion results in lower
    stresses in the member under consideration. The most unfavourable effects from both wind and
    earthquake loads shall be considered where appropriate, but they need not be assumed to act
    simultaneously.

    2.7.2 DEFINITIONS
    ALLOWABLESTRESSDESIGNMETHOD(ASD):Amethodforproportioningstructuralmemberssuchthat
    themaximumstressesduetoserviceloadsobtainedfromanelasticanalysisdoesnotexceedaspecified
    allowablevalue.ThisisalsocalledWorkingStressDesignMethod(WSD).

    DESIGNSTRENGTH:Theproductofthenominalstrengthandaresistancefactor.

    FACTOREDLOAD:Theproductofthenominalloadandaloadfactor.

    LIMIT STATE : A condition in which a structure or component becomes unfit for service and is judged
    eithertobenolongerusefulforitsintendedfunction(serviceabilitylimitstate)ortobeunsafe(strength
    limitstate).

    LOADEFFECTS:Forces,moments,deformationsandothereffectsproducedinstructuralmembersand
    componentsbytheappliedloads.

    LOAD FACTOR : A factor that accounts for unavoidable deviations of the actual load from the nominal
    valueandforuncertaintiesintheanalysisthattransformstheloadintoaloadeffect.

    LOADS : Forces or other actions that arise on structural systems from the weight of all permanent
    constructions, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential settlement, and
    restraineddimensionalchanges.Permanentloadsarethoseloadsinwhichvariationsintimearerareorof
    smallmagnitude.Allotherloadsarevariableloads.

    NOMINAL LOADS : The magnitudes of the loads such as dead, live, wind, earthquake etc. specified in
    Sec2.2through2.6ofthischapter.

    NOMINAL STRENGTH : The capacity of a structure or component to resist the effects of loads, as
    determined by computations using specified material strengths and dimensions and formulas derived
    from accepted principles of structural mechanics or by field tests or laboratory tests of scaled models,
    allowingformodellingeffectsanddifferencesbetweenlaboratoryandfieldconditions.

    RESISTANCEFACTOR:Afactorthataccountsforunavoidabledeviationsoftheactualstrengthfromthe
    nominal value and the manner and consequences of failure. This is also known as strength reduction
    factor.

    STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD : A method of proportioning structural members using load factors and
    resistancefactorssatisfyingboththeapplicablelimitstateconditions.ThisisalsoknownasLoadFactor
    DesignMethod(LFD)orUltimateStrengthDesignMethod(USD).

    WORKINGSTRESSDESIGNMETHOD(WSD):SeeALLOWABLESTRESSDESIGNMETHOD.

    128
    Chapter2

    2.7.3 SYMBOLSANDNOTATION
    D = deadloads,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Deadloadconsistsof:a)weight
    of the member itself, b) weight of all materials of construction incorporated into the building to be
    permanentlysupportedbythemember,includingbuiltinpartitions,c)weightofpermanentequipment.

    E = load effects of earthquake, or related internal moments and forces, For specific
    definitionoftheearthquakeloadeffectE,seeSection2.5

    F = loadsduetoweightandpressuresoffluidswithwelldefineddensitiesandcontrollable
    maximumheightsorrelatedinternalmomentsandforces.

    Fa = loadsduetofloodortidalsurgeorrelatedinternalmomentsandforces.

    H = loads due to weight and pressure of soil, water in soil, or other materials, or related
    internalmomentsandforces,

    L = live loads due tointended use andoccupancy, including loads due to movable objects
    andmovablepartitionsandloadstemporarilysupportedbythestructureduringmaintenance,orrelated
    internalmomentsandforces,.Lincludesanypermissiblereduction.Ifresistancetoimpactloadsistaken
    intoaccountindesign,sucheffectsshallbeincludedwiththeliveloadsL.

    Lr = roofliveloads,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,

    R = rainload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces

    T = selfstrainingforcesandcumulativeeffectoftemperature,creep,shrinkage,differential
    settlement,andshrinkagecompensatingconcrete,orcombinationsthereof,orrelatedinternalmoments
    andforces.

    W = windload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,

    2.7.4 COMBINATIONSOFLOADEFFECTSFORALLOWABLESTRESS
    DESIGNMETHOD

    2.7.4.1 BASICCOMBINATIONS
    Provisions of this section shall apply to all construction materials permitting their use in proportioning
    structuralmembersbyallowablestressdesignmethod.Whenthismethodisusedindesigningstructural
    members,allloadslistedhereinshallbeconsideredtoactinthefollowingcombinations.Thecombination
    thatproducesthemostunfavourableeffectshallbeusedindesign.

    1. D

    2. D+L

    3. D+F

    4. D+H+F+L+T

    5. D+H+F+(LrorR)

    6. D+H+F+0.75(L+T)+0.75(LrorR)

    7. D+H+F+(Wor0.7E)

    129
    Part6

    8. D+H+F+0.75(Wor0.7E)+0.75L+0.75(LrorR)

    9. D+L+(Wor0.7E)

    10. 0.6D+W+H

    11. 0.6D+0.7E+H

    Whenastructureislocatedinafloodzoneorintidalsurgezone,thefollowingloadcombinationsshallbe
    considered:

    1.InCoastalZonesvulnerabletotidalsurges,1.5Fashallbeaddedtootherloadsincombinations(7),(8),
    (9),and(10)andEshallbesetequaltozeroin(7),(8)and(9).

    2. In noncoastal Zones, 0.75Fa shall be added to combinations (7), (8), (9), and (10) and E shall be set
    equaltozeroin(7),(8)and(9).

    2.7.4.2 STRESSINCREASE
    UnlesspermittedelsewhereinthisCode,increasesinallowablestressshallnotbeusedwiththeloadsor
    loadcombinationsgivenaboveinSection2.7.4.1.

    2.7.5 COMBINATIONSOFLOADEFFECTSFORSTRENGTHDESIGN
    METHOD
    When strength design method is used, structural members and foundations shall be designed to have
    strengthnotlessthanthatrequiredtoresistthemostunfavorableeffectofthecombinationsoffactored
    loadslistedinthefollowingsections:

    2.7.5.1 BASICCOMBINATIONS
    1. 1.4(D+F)

    2. 1.2(D+F+T)+1.6(L+H)+0.5(LrorP)

    3. 1.2D+1.6(LrorP)+(1.0Lor0.8W)

    4. 1.2D+1.6W+1.0L+0.5(LrorP)

    5. 1.2D+1.0E+1.0L

    6. 0.9D+1.6W+1.6H

    7. 0.9D+1.0E+1.6H

    Exception:

    1.TheloadfactoronliveloadLincombinations(3),(4),and(5)ispermittedtobereducedto0.5forall
    occupanciesinwhichminimumspecifieduniformlydistributedliveloadislessthanorequalto5.0kN/m2,
    withtheexceptionofgaragesorareasoccupiedasplacesofpublicassembly.

    2.TheloadfactoronHshallbesetequaltozeroincombinations(6)and(7)ifthestructuralactiondueto
    HcounteractsthatduetoWorE.Wherelateralearthpressureprovidesresistancetostructuralactions
    fromotherforces,itshallnotbeincludedinHbutshallbeincludedinthedesignresistance.

    130
    Chapter2

    3.ForstructuresdesignedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter6,Part6ofthisCode(reinforced
    concrete structures), where wind load W has not been reduced by a directionality factor, it shall be
    permittedtouse1.3Winplaceof1.6Win(4)and(6)above.

    Whenastructureislocatedinafloodzoneorintidalsurgezone,thefollowingloadcombinationsshallbe
    considered:

    1. InCoastalZonesvulnerabletotidalsurges,1.6Wshallbereplaced by 1.6W+2.0Fain
    combinations(4)and(6).

    2. InNoncoastalZones,1.6Wshallbereplacedby0.8W+1.0Faincombinations(4)and
    (6).

    2.7.6 LOADCOMBINATIONSFOREXTRAORDINARYEVENTS
    Where required by the applicable code, standard, or the authority having jurisdiction, strength and
    stabilityshallbecheckedtoensurethatstructuresarecapableofwithstandingtheeffectsofextraordinary
    (i.e.,lowprobability)events,suchasfires,explosions,andvehicularimpact.

    RelatedAppendix

    AppendixA ConversionofExpressionsfromSItoFPSUnits

    131
    CHAPTER3

    SOILSANDFOUNDATIONS

    3.1 INTRODUCTION

    TheSoilsandFoundationschapterofthecodeisdividedintothefollowingthreemajorparts:

    PartA: GeneralRequirements,MaterialsandFoundationTypes

    PartB: ServiceLoadDesignMethodofFoundations

    PartC: AdditionalConsiderationsinPlanning,DesignandConstructionofBuildingFoundations.

    PartA(GeneralRequirements,MaterialsandFoundationTypes)consistsofthefollowingsections:

    Scope

    Terminology

    SiteInvestigations

    Identification,ClassificationandDescriptionofSoils

    GeotechnicalInvestigationreport

    Materials

    TypesofFoundation

    PartB(ServiceLoadDesignMethodofFoundations)hasthesectionsasunder:

    ShallowFoundations

    GeotechnicalDesignofshallowFoundations

    GeotechnicalDesignofshallowFoundations

    FieldTestsforDrivenPilesandDrilledShafts

    Part C (Additional Considerations in Planning, Design and Construction of Building Foundations) deals with the
    followingsections:

    Excavation

    Dewatering

    SlopeStabilityofAdjoiningBuildings

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6151
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Fills

    RetainingWallsforFoundations

    WaterproofingandDampproofing

    FoundationonSlopes

    FoundationsonFillandProblematicSoils

    FoundationDesignforDynamicForces

    GeohazardsforBuildings

    PARTA:GENERALREQUIREMENTS,MATERIALSANDFOUNDATIONTYPES(Sections3.2
    to3.8)

    3.2 SCOPE

    The provisions of this chapter shall be applicable to the design and construction of foundations of buildings and
    structures for the safe support of dead and superimposed loads without exceeding the allowable bearing stresses,
    permissiblesettlementsanddesigncapability.

    3.3 TERMINOLOGY

    Forthetermsusedinthischapter,thefollowingdefinitionsshallapply.

    ALLOWABLE LOAD: The maximum load that may be safely applied to a foundation unit, considering both the
    strengthandsettlementofthesoil,underexpectedloadingandsoilconditions.

    DESIGNLOAD:Theexpectedunfactoredloadtoafoundationunit.

    GROSSPRESSURE:Thetotalpressureatthebaseofafootingduetotheweightofthesuperstructureand
    theoriginaloverburdenpressure.

    NETPRESSURE:Thegrosspressureminusthesurchargepressurei.e.theoverburdenpressureofthesoilat
    thefoundationlevel.

    SERVICELOAD:Theexpectedunfactoredloadtoafoundationunit.

    BEARING CAPACITY: The general term used to describe the load carrying capacity of foundation soil or rock in
    termsofaveragepressurethatenablesittobearandtransmitloadsfromastructure.

    BEARING SURFACE: The contact surface between a foundation unit and the soil or rock upon which the
    foundationrests.

    DESIGNBEARINGCAPACITY:Themaximumnetaveragepressureappliedtoasoilorrockbyafoundation
    unitthatthefoundationsoilorrockwillsafelycarrywithouttheriskofbothshearfailureandpermissible
    settlement. Itis equal to the least of the two values of net allowable bearing capacity and safe bearing
    pressure.ThismayalsobecalledALLOWABLEBEARINGPRESSURE.

    GROSSALLOWABLEBEARINGPRESSURE:Themaximumgrossaveragepressureofloadingthatthesoilcan
    safely carry with a factor of safety considering risk of shear failure. This may be calculated by dividing
    grossultimatebearingcapacitywithafactorofsafety.

    GROSS ULTIMATE BEARINGCAPACITY: The maximum average gross pressure of loading at the base of a
    foundationwhichinitiatesshearfailureofthesupportingsoil

    6152 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    ALLOWABLEBEARINGCAPACITY:Themaximumnetaveragepressureofloadingthatthesoilwillsafelycarry
    withafactorofsafetyconsideringriskofshearfailureandthesettlementoffoundation.Thisistheminimum
    ofsafebearingcapacityandsafebearingpressure.

    NETULTIMATEBEARINGCAPACITY:Theaveragenetincreaseofpressureatthebaseofafoundationdueto
    loadingwhichinitiatesshearfailureofthesupportingsoil.Itisequaltothegrossultimatebearingcapacity
    minustheoverburdenpressure.

    PRESUMPTIVE BEARING CAPACITY: The net approximate pressure prescribed as appropriate for the
    particulartypeofgroundtobeusedinpreliminarydesignsoffoundations

    SAFEBEARINGCAPACITY:Themaximumaveragepressureofloadingthatthesoilwillsafelycarrywithoutthe
    riskofshearfailure.Thismaybecalculatedbydividingnetultimatebearingcapacitywithafactorofsafety.

    SAFEBEARINGPRESSURE:Themaximumaveragepressureofloadingthatthesoilwillsafelycarrywithout
    theriskofpermissiblesettlement.

    CAISSON: A deep foundation unit, relatively large section, sunk down (not driven) to the ground. This is also
    calledWELLFOUNDATION.

    CLAYMINERAL:Asmallgroupofminerals,commonlyknownasclayminerals,essentiallycomposedofhydrous
    aluminiumsilicateswithmagnesiumorironreplacingwhollyorinpartsomeofthealuminium.

    CLAYSOIL:Anaturalaggregateofmicroscopicandsubmicroscopicmineralgrainsthatareproduct ofchemical
    decompositionanddisintegrationofrockconstituents.Itisplasticinmoderatetowiderangeofwatercontents.

    DOWNDRAG: The transfer of load (drag load) to a deep foundation, when soil settles in relation to the
    foundation.ThisisalsoknownasNEGATIVESKINFRICTION.

    DRILLED PIER/DRILLED SHAFT:Adeep foundationgenerally of largediameter shaft usually morethan 600mm


    andconstructedbydrillingandexcavatingintothesoil.

    EFFECTIVESTRESS/ EFFECTIVE PRESSURE: The pressure transmittedthrough grainto grain at the contact point
    throughasoilmassistermedaseffectivestressoreffectivepressure.

    ENDBEARING:Theloadbeingtransmittedtothetoeofadeepfoundationandresistedbythebearingcapacityof
    thesoilbeneaththetoe.

    EXCAVATION:Thespacecreatedbytheremovalofsoilorrockforthepurposeofconstruction.

    FACTOROFSAFETY:Theratiooftheultimatecapacitytothedesign(working)capacityofthefoundationunit.

    FILL:Manmadedepositsofnaturalearthmaterials(soil,rock)and/orwastematerials.

    FOOTING:Afoundationconstructedofmasonry,concreteorothermaterialunderthebaseofawalloroneor
    morecolumnsforthepurposeofspreadingtheloadoveralargerareaatshallowerdepthofgroundsurface.

    FOUNDATION: Lower part of the structure which is in direct contact with the soil and transmits loads to the
    ground.

    DEEPFOUNDATION:Afoundationunitthatprovidessupportforastructuretransferringloadsbyendbearing
    and/orbyshaftresistanceatconsiderabledepthbelowtheground.Generally,thedepthisatleastfivetimes
    theleastdimensionofthefoundation.

    SHALLOWFOUNDATION:Afoundationunitthatprovidessupportforastructuretransferringloadsatasmall
    depthbelowtheground.Generally,thedepthislessthantwotimestheleastdimensionofthefoundation.

    FOUNDATION ENGINEER: A graduate Engineer with at least five years of experience in civil engineering
    particularlyinfoundationdesignorconstruction.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6153
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    GEOTECHNICALENGINEER:EngineerwithMastersdegreeingeotechnicalengineeringhavingatleastthreeyears
    ofexperienceingeotechnicaldesignorconstruction.

    GROUND WATER LEVEL/ GROUND WATER TABLE: The level of water at which porewater pressure is equal to
    atmosphericpressure.Itisthetopsurfaceofafreebodyofwater(peizometricwaterlevel)intheground.

    MATFOUNDATION:SeeRAFT.

    NEGATIVESKINFRICTION:SeeDOWNDRAG.

    OVERCONSOLIDATIONRATIO(OCR):Theratioofthepreconsolidationpressure(maximumpastpressure)tothe
    existingeffectiveoverburdenpressureofthesoil.

    PILE:A slenderdeep foundationunit made of materialssuch as steel, concrete, wood, or combination thereof
    thattransmitstheloadtothegroundbyskinfriction,endbearingandlateralsoilresistance.

    BATTERPILE:Thepilewhichisinstalledatanangletotheverticalinordertocarrylateralloadsalongwith
    theverticalloads.ThisisalsoknownasRAKERPILE.

    BOREDPILE/CASTINSITUPILE/REPLACEMENTPILE:Apileformedintoapreformedholeofground,usuallyof
    reinforcedconcretehavingadiametersmallerthan600mm.

    DRIVEN PILE/DISPLACEMENT PILE: A plie foundation premanufactured and placed in ground by driving,
    jacking,jettingorscrewing.

    LATERALLYLOADEDPILE:Apilethatisinstalledverticallytocarrymainlythelateralloads.

    PILECAP:Apilecapisaspecialfootingneededtotransmitthecolumnloadtoagrouporclusterofpiles.

    PILEHEAD/PILETOP:Theuppersmalllengthofapile.

    PILESHOE:Aseparatereinforcementorsteelformattachedtothebottomend(piletoe)ofapiletofacilitate
    driving,toprotectthepiletoe,and/ortoimprovethetoeresistanceofthepile.

    PILETOE/PILETIP:Thebottomendofapile.

    SCREWPILE/AUGURPILE:Apremanufacturedpileconsistingofsteelhelicalbladesandashaftplacedinto
    groundbyscrewing.

    POREWATERPRESSURE:Thepressureinducedinthewaterorvapourandwaterfillingtheporesofsoil.Thisis
    alsoknownasneutralstress.

    RAFT:Arelativelylargespreadfoundationsupportinganarrangementofcolumnsorwallsinaregularorirregular
    layout transmitting the loads to the soil by means of a continuous slab and/or beams, with or without
    depressionsoropenings.ThisisalsoknownasMATFOUNDATION.

    RAKERPILE:SeeBATTERPILE.

    ROCK: A natural aggregate of one or more minerals that are connected by strong and permanent cohesive
    forces.

    ROTATION:Itistheanglebetweenthehorizontalandanytwofoundationsortwopointsinasinglefoundation.

    RELATIVEROTATION/ANGULARDISTORTION:Anglebetweenthehorizontalandanytwofoundationsortwo
    pointsinasinglefoundation.

    TILT:Rotationoftheentiresuperstructureoratleastawelldefinedpartofit.

    SETTLEMENT:Thedownwardverticalmovementoffoundationunderload.Whensettlementoccursoveralarge
    area,itissometimescalledsubsidence.

    6154 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    CONSOLIDATIONSETTLEMENT:Atimedependentsettlementresultingfromgradualreductionofvolumeof
    saturated soils because of squeezing out of water from the pores due to increase in effective stress and
    hence pore water pressure. It is also known as primary consolidation settlement. It is thus a time related
    processinvolvingcompression,stresstransferandwaterdrainage.

    DIFFERENTIALSETTEMENT:Thedifferenceinthetotalsettlementsbetweentwofoundationsortwopoints
    inthesamefoundation.

    ELASTIC/DISTORTION SETTLEMENT: It is attributed due to lateral spreading or elastic deformation of dry,


    moistorsaturatedsoilwithoutachangeinthewatercontentandvolume.

    IMMEDIATE SETTLEMENT: This vertical compression occurs immediately after the application of loading
    either on account of elastic behaviour that produces distortion at constant volume and on account of
    compressionofairvoid.Forsands,eventheconsolidationcomponentisimmediate.

    SECONDARY CONSOLDATION SETTLEMENT: This is the settlement speculated to be due to the plastic
    deformation of the soil as a result of some complex colloidalchemical processes or creep under imposed
    longtermloading.

    TOTALSETTLEMENT:Thetotaldownwardverticaldisplacementofafoundationbaseunderloadfromitsas
    constructedposition.Itisthesummationofimmediatesettlement,consolidationsettlementandsecondary
    consolidationsettlementofthesoil.

    SHAFTRESISTANCE:Theresistancemobilizedontheshaft(side)ofadeepfoundation.Upwardresistanceiscalled
    positiveshaftresistance.Downwardforceontheshaftiscallednegativeshaftresistance.

    SOIL:Alooseorsoftdepositofparticlesofmineraland/ororganicoriginthatcanbeseparatedbysuchgentle
    mechanicalmeansasagitationinwater.

    COLLAPSIBLE SOIL: Consists predominant of sand and silt size particles arranged in a loose honeycomb
    structure. These soils are dry and strong in their natural state and consolidate or collapse quickly if they
    becomewet.

    DISPERSIVESOIL:Soilsthatarestructurallyunstableanddisperseinwaterintobasicparticlesi.e.sand,silt
    and clay. Dispersible soils tend to be highly erodible. Dispersive soils usually have a high Exchangeable
    SodiumPercentage(ESP).

    EXPANSIVESOIL:Theseareclaysoilsexpandwhentheybecomewettedandcontractwhendried.Theseare
    formedofclaymineralslikemontmorilloniteandillite.

    INORGANIC SOIL: Soil of mineral origin having small amount usually less than 5 percent of organic matter
    content.

    ORGANIC SOIL: Soil having appreciable/significant amount of organic matter content to influence the soil
    properties.

    PEATSOIL:Anorganicsoilwithhighorganiccontent,usuallymorethan75%byweight,composedprimarily
    ofvegetabletissueinvariousstagesofdecompositionusuallywithanorganicodor,adarkbrowntoblack
    color, a spongy consistency, and a texture ranging from fibrous to amorphous. Fully decomposed organic
    soilsareknownasMUCK.

    SOILPARTICLESIZE:Thesizesofparticlesthatmakeupsoilvaryingoverawiderange.Soilparticlesaregenerally
    gravel,sand,siltandclay,thoughthetermsboulderandcobblecanbeusedtodescribelargersizesofgravel.

    BOULDER:Particlesofrockthatwillnotpassa12in.(300mm)squareopening.

    Cobbles:Particlesofrockthatwillpassa12in.(300mm)squareopeningandberetainedona3in.(75mm)
    sieve.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6155
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Clay:Anaturalaggregateofmicroscopicandsubmicroscopicmineralgrainslessthan0.002mminsizeand
    plasticinmoderatetowiderangeofwatercontents.

    GRAVEL:Particlesofrockthatwillpassa3in.(75mm)sieveandberetainedonaNo.4(4.75mm)sieve.

    SAND:Aggregatesofrounded,subrounded,angular,subangularorflatfragmentsofmoreorlessunaltered
    rockormineralswhichislargerthan75mandsmallerthan4.75mminsize.

    Silt:SoilpassingaNo.200(75m)sievethatisnonplasticorveryslightlyplasticandthatexhibitslittleorno
    strengthwhenairdry.

    3.4 SITEINVESTIGATIONS

    3.4.1 SubSurfaceSurvey
    Dependingonthetypeofprojectthoroughinvestigationshastobecarriedoutforidentification,location,alignment
    anddepthofvariousutilities,e.g.,pipelines,cables,seweragelines,watermainsetc.belowthesurfaceoftheexisting
    groundlevel.Detailedsurveymayalsobeconductedtoascertainthetopographyoftheexistingground.

    3.4.2 SubSoilInvestigations
    Subsoilinvestigationshallbedonedescribingthecharacter,nature,loadbearingcapacityandsettlementcapacityof
    thesoilbeforeconstructinganewbuildingandstructureorforalterationofthefoundationofanexistingstructure.

    Theaimsofageotechnicalinvestigationaretoestablishthesoil,rockandgroundwaterconditions,todeterminethe
    properties of the soil and rock, and to gather additional relevant knowledge about the site. Careful collection,
    recording and interpretation of geotechnical information shall be made. This information shall include ground
    conditions,geology,geomorphology,seismicityandhydrology,asrelevant.Indicationsofthevariabilityoftheground
    shallbetakenintoaccount.

    An engineering geological study may be an important consideration to establish the physiographic setting and
    stratigraphicsequencesofsoilstrataofthearea.Geologicalandagriculturalsoilmapsoftheareamaygivevaluable
    informationofsiteconditions.

    During the various phases of subsoil investigations, e.g. drilling of boreholes, field tests, sampling, groundwater
    measurements,etc.acompetentgraduateengineerhavingexperiencesinsupervisingsubsoilexplorationworksshall
    beemployedbythedrillingcontractor.

    3.4.2.1 MethodsofExploration
    Subsoil exploration process may be grouped into three types of activities such as: reconnaissance, exploration and
    detailedinvestigations.Thereconnaissancemethodincludesgeophysicalmeasurements,soundingorprobing,while
    exploratorymethodsinvolvevariousdrillingtechniques.Fieldinvestigationsshouldcomprise

    (i) drillingand/orexcavations(testpitsincludingexploratoryboreholes)forsampling;
    (ii) groundwatermeasurements;
    (iii) fieldtests.
    Examplesofthevarioustypesoffieldinvestigationsare:

    (i) fieldtesting(e.g.CPT,SPT,dynamicprobing,WST, pressuremetertests,dilatometertests,plateload


    tests,fieldvanetestsandpermeabilitytests);
    (ii) soilsamplingfordescriptionofthesoilandlaboratorytests;
    (iii) groundwatermeasurementstodeterminethegroundwatertableortheporepressureprofileandtheir
    fluctuations

    6156 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    (iv) geophysical investigations(e.g. seismic profiling, ground penetratingradar, resistivity measurements


    anddownholelogging);
    (v) largescaletests,forexampletodeterminethebearingcapacityorthebehaviourdirectlyonprototype
    elements,suchasanchors.

    Where groundcontaminationorsoilgasisexpected,informationshallbegatheredfromtherelevantsources. This


    informationshallbetakenintoaccountwhenplanningthe groundinvestigation.Someofthe commonmethods of
    exploration,methodsofsamplingandgroundwatermeasurementsinsoilsaredescribedinAppendix6.3.A.

    3.4.2.2 NumberandLocationofInvestigationPoints
    The locations of investigation points, eg., pits and boreholes shall be selected on the basis of the preliminary
    investigations as a function of the geological conditions, the dimensions of the structure and the engineering
    problemsinvolved.Whenselectingthelocationsofinvestigationpoints,thefollowingshouldbeobserved:

    (i) the investigation points should be arranged in such a pattern that the stratification can be
    assessedacrossthesite;

    (ii) theinvestigationpointsforabuildingorstructureshouldbeplacedatcriticalpointsrelativetothe
    shape, structural behaviour and expected load distribution (e.g. at the corners of the foundation
    area);

    (iii) forlinearstructures,investigationpointsshouldbearrangedatadequateoffsetstothecentreline,
    dependingontheoverallwidthofthestructure,suchasanembankmentfootprintoracutting;

    (iv) forstructuresonornearslopesandstepsintheterrain(includingexcavations),investigationpoints
    should also be arranged outside the project area, these being located so that the stabilityof the
    slopeorcutcanbeassessed.Whereanchoragesareinstalled,dueconsiderationshouldbegivento
    thelikelystressesintheirloadtransferzone;

    (v) theinvestigationpointsshouldbearrangedsothattheydonotpresentahazardtothestructure,the
    constructionwork,orthesurroundings(e.g.asaresultofthechangestheymaycausetotheground
    andgroundwaterconditions);

    (vi) the area considered in the design investigations should extend into the neighbouring area to a
    distancewherenoharmfulinfluenceontheneighbouringareaisexpected.

    Where ground conditions are relatively uniform or the ground is known to have sufficient strength and stiffness
    properties,widerspacingorfewerinvestigationpointsmaybeapplied.Ineithercase,thischoiceshouldbejustified
    bylocalexperience.

    Thelocationsandspacingofsounding,pitsandboreholesshallbesuchthatthesoilprofilesobtainedwillpermita
    reasonably accurate estimate of the extent and character of the intervening soil or rock masses and will disclose
    importantirregularitiesinsubsurfaceconditions.Forbuildingstructures,thefollowingguidelinesshallbefollowed:

    (i) For large areas covering industrial and residential colonies, the geological nature of the terrain will
    helpindecidingthenumberofboreholesortrialpits.Thewholeareamaybedividedintogridpattern
    withConePenetrationTests(seeAppendix6.3.B)performedatevery100mgridpoints.Thenumber
    ofboreholes or trial pits shall be decided by examining the variation inpenetration curves. At least
    67%oftherequirednumberofboringsortrialpitsshallbelocatedwithintheareaunderthebuilding.

    (ii) Incompactbuildingsitescoveringanareaof0.4hectare(43,000squarefeet),oneboreholeortrialpit
    ineachcornerandoneincentreshallbeadequate.

    (iii) Forwidelyspacedbuildingscoveringanareaoflessthan90m2 (1000squarefeet)andaheightless


    thanfourstoreys,atleastoneboreholeortrialpitinthecentreshallbedone.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6157
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.4.2.3 DepthofExploration

    The depth of investigations shall be extended to all strata that will affect the project or are affected by the
    construction.Thedepthofexplorationshalldependtosomeextentonthesiteandtypeoftheproposedstructure,
    and on certain design considerations such as safety against foundation failure, excessive settlement, seepage and
    earth pressure. Cognizance shall be taken of the character and sequence of the subsurface strata. The site
    investigationshouldbecarriedtosuchadepththattheentirezoneofsoilorrockaffectedbythechangescausedby
    thebuildingortheconstructionwillbeadequatelyexplored.Aruleofthumbusedforthispurposeistoextendthe
    boringstoadepthwheretheadditionalloadresultingfromtheproposedbuildingislessthan10%oftheaverageload
    of the structure, or less than 5% of the effective stress in the soil at that depth. Where the depth of investigation
    cannot be related to background information, the following guide lines are suggested to determine the depth of
    exploration:

    (a) Wheresubstructure units will be supported onspread footings, the minimum depth boring should extend
    belowtheanticipatedbearinglevelaminimumoftwofootingwidthsforisolated,individualfootingswhere
    length two times width, and four footing widths for footings where length > five times width. For
    intermediate footing lengths, the minimum depth of boring may be estimated by linear interpolation as a
    functionoflengthbetweendepthsoftwotimeswidthandfivetimeswidthbelowthebearinglevel.Greater
    depthmayberequiredwherewarrantedbylocalconditions.

    (b) Formoreheavilyloadedstructures,suchasmultistoriedstructuresandforframedstructures,atleast50%of
    theboringsshouldbeextendedtoadepthequalto1.5timesthewidthofthebuildingbelowthelowestpart
    ofthefoundation.

    (c) Normallythedepthofexplorationshallbeoneandahalftimestheestimatedwidthortheleastdimension
    ofthefootingbelowthefoundationlevel.Ifthepressurebulbsforanumberofloadedareasoverlap,the
    wholeareamaybeconsideredasloadedandexplorationshallbecarrieddowntooneandahalftimesthe
    least dimension. In weak soils, the exploration shall be continued to a depth at which the loads can be
    carriedbythestratuminquestionwithoutundesirablesettlementorshearfailure.

    (d) Where substructure units will be supported on deep foundations, the depth boring should extend a
    minimumof6mbelowtheanticipatedpileofshafttipelevation.Wherepileorshaftgroupswillbeused,
    the boring should extend at least two times the maximum pile or shaft group dimension below the
    anticipatedtipelevation,unlessthefoundationwillbeendbearingonorinrock.

    (e) Forpiles bearingonrock,a minimumof1.5mofrockcoreshould be obtainedateach boringlocationto


    ensuretheboringhasnotbeenterminatedinaboulder.

    (f) Forshaftssupportedonorextendingintorock,aminimumof1.5mofrockcore,oralengthofrockcore
    equaltoatleastthreetimestheshaftdiameterforisolatedshaftsortwotimesthemaximumshaftgroup
    dimensionforashaftgroup,whicheverisgreater,shouldbeobtainedtoensurethattheboringhadnotbeen
    terminated in a boulder and to determine the physical properties of rock within the zone of foundation
    influencefordesign.

    (g) The depth, to which weathering process affects the deposit, shall be regarded as the minimum depth of
    explorationforasite.However,innocaseshallthisdepthbelessthan2m,butwhereindustrialprocesses
    affectthesoilcharacteristics,thisdepthmaybemore.

    (h) Itisgoodpracticetohaveatleastoneboringcarriedtobedrock,ortowellbelowtheanticipatedlevelof
    influenceofthebuilding.Bedrockshouldbeprovedbycoringintoittoaminimumdepthof3m.

    6158 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.4.2.4 SoundingandPenetrationTests
    Subsurface soundings are used for exploring soil strata of an erratic nature. They are useful to determine the
    presenceofanysoftpocketsbetweendrillholesandalsotodeterminethedensityindexofcohesionlesssoilsandthe
    consistency of cohesive soils at desired depths. A field test called Vane Shear Test may be used to determine the
    shearingstrengthofthesoillocatedatadepthbelowtheground.

    Penetrationtestsconsistofdrivingor pushingastandardsamplingtubeora cone.Thedevicesarealsotermed as


    penetrometers,sincetheypenetratethesubsoilwithaviewtomeasuringtheresistancetopenetratethesoilstrata.
    Ifasamplingtubeisusedtopenetratethesoil,thetestisreferredtoasStandardPenetrationTest(orsimplySPT).Ifa
    cone is used, the test is called a Cone Penetration Test. If the penetrometer is pushed steadily into the soil, the
    procedureisknownasStaticPenetrationTest.Ifdrivenintothesoil,itisknownasDynamicPenetrationTest.Details
    ofsoundingandpenetrationstestsarepresentedinAPPENDIX6.3.A.

    3.4.2.5 GeotechnicalInvestigationReport

    The results of a geotechnical investigationshall be compiled in the Geotechnical Investigation Reportwhichshall


    formapartoftheGeotechnicalDesignReport.TheGeotechnicalInvestigationReportshallconsistofthefollowing:
    (i) apresentationofallappropriategeotechnicalinformationonfieldandlaboratorytestsincluding
    geologicalfeaturesandrelevantdata;
    (ii) a geotechnical evaluation of the information, stating the assumptions made in the
    interpretationofthetestresults.

    TheGeotechnicalInvestigationReportshallstateknownlimitationsoftheresults,ifappropriate.TheGeotechnical
    InvestigationReportshouldproposenecessaryfurtherfieldandlaboratoryinvestigations,withcommentsjustifying
    the need for this further work. Such proposals should be accompanied by a detailed programme for the further
    investigationstobecarriedout.

    The presentation of geotechnical information shall include a factual account of all field and laboratory
    investigations.Thefactualaccountshouldincludethefollowinginformation:

    thepurposeandscopeofthegeotechnicalinvestigationincludingadescriptionofthesiteanditstopography,
    oftheplannedstructureandthestageoftheplanningtheaccountisreferringto;

    thenamesofallconsultantsandcontractors;

    thedatesbetweenwhichfieldandlaboratoryinvestigationswereperformed;

    thefieldreconnaissanceofthesiteoftheprojectandthesurroundingareanotingparticularly:

    i) evidenceofgroundwater;

    ii)behaviourofneighbouringstructures;

    iii) exposuresinquarriesandborrowareas;

    iv)areasofinstability;

    v) difficultiesduringexcavation;

    vi) historyofthesite;

    vii)geologyofthesite,

    viii)surveydatawithplansshowingthestructureandthelocationofallinvestigationpoints;

    ix)localexperienceinthearea;

    x) informationabouttheseismicityofthearea.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6159
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The presentation of geotechnical information shall include documentation of the methods, procedures and
    resultsincludingallrelevantreportsof:

    deskstudies;

    fieldinvestigations,suchassampling,fieldtestsandgroundwatermeasurements;

    laboratorytests.

    The results of the field and laboratoryinvestigations shall be presented and reported according to the
    requirementsdefinedintheASTMorequivalentstandardsappliedintheinvestigations.

    3.5 IDENTIFICATION,CLASSIFICATIONANDDESCRIPTIONOFSOILS

    3.5.1 IdentificationofSoil
    Samplesandtrialpitsshouldbeinspectedvisuallyandcomparedwithfieldlogsofthedrillingssothatthepreliminary
    groundprofilecanbeestablished.Forsoilsamples,thevisualinspectionshouldbesupportedbysimplemanualtests
    to identify the soil and to give a first impression of its consistency and mechanical behaviour. A standard visual
    manualprocedureofdescribingandidentifyingsoilsmaybefollowed.

    Soilclassificationtestsshouldbeperformedtodeterminethecompositionandindexpropertiesofeachstratum.Thesamplesfor
    theclassificationtestsshouldbeselectedinsuchawaythatthetestsareapproximatelyequallydistributedoverthecomplete
    areaandthefulldepthofthestratarelevantfordesign.

    3.5.2 SoilClassification

    3.5.2.1 ParticleSizeClassification
    Dependingonparticlesizes,mainsoiltypesaregravel,sand,siltandclay.However,thelargergravelscanbefurther
    classifiedascobbleandboulder.ThesoilparticlesizeshallbeclassifiedinaccordancewithTable6.3.1.

    Table6.3.1:ParticleSizeRangesofSoils

    SoilType ParticleSize RetainedonMesh



    Range,mm Size/SieveNo.
    Boulder >300 12
    Cobble 30075 3
    Gravel: Coarse 7519 3/4
    Medium 199.5 3/8

    Fine 9.54.75 No.4

    Sand: Coarse 4.752.00 No.10
    Medium 2.000.425 No.40
    Fine 0.4250.075 No.200

    Silt 0.0750.002
    Clay <0.002

    3.5.2.2 EngineeringClassification
    Soilsaredividedintothreemajorgroups,coarsegrained,finegrainedandhighlyorganic.Theclassificationisbased
    onclassificationtestresultsnamelygrainsizeanalysisandconsistencytest.Thecoarsegrainedsoilsshallbeclassified
    usingTable6.3.2.OutlinesoforganicandinorganicsoilseparationsarealsoprovidedinTable6.3.2.Thefinegrained

    6160 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    soils shall be classified using the plasticity chart shown in Fig. 6.3.1. For details, reference can be made to ASTM
    D2487.Inadditiontotheseclassifications,asoilshallbedescribedbyitscolour,particleangularity(forcoarsegrained
    soils)andconsistency.Furthertotheaboveclassificationsoilsexhibitingswellingorcollapsingcharacteristicshallbe
    recorded.

    For undisturbed soils information on stratification, degree of compactness, cementation, moisture conditions and
    drainagecharacteristicsshallbeincluded.
    3.5.2.2.1IdentificationandClassificationofOrganicSoils
    Thepresenceoforganicmattercanhaveundesirableeffectsontheengineeringbehaviourofsoil.Forexample,the
    bearing capacity is reduced, the compressibility is increased, swelling and shrinkage potential is increased due to
    organiccontent.Organiccontenttestsareusedtoclassifythesoil.Insoilwithlittleornoclayparticlesandcarbonate
    content,theorganiccontentisoftendeterminedfromthelossonignitionatacontrolledtemperature.Othersuitable
    tests can also be used. For example, organic content can be determined from the mass loss on treatment with
    hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), which provides a more specific measure of organics. Organic deposits are due to
    decompositionoforganicmattersandfoundusuallyintopsoilandmarshyplace.Asoildepositinorganicoriginissaid
    topeatifitisatthehigherendoftheorganiccontentscale(75%ormore),organicsoilatthelowend,andmuckin
    between. Peat soil is usually formed of fossilized plant minerals and characterized by fiber content and lower
    decomposition. The peats have certain characteristics that set them apart from moist mineral soils and required
    special considerations for construction over them. This special characteristic includes, extremely high natural
    moisture content, high compressibility including significant secondary and even tertiary compression and very low
    undrainedshearstrengthatnaturalmoisturecontent.

    However, there are many other criteria existed to classify the organic deposits and it remains still as controversial
    issuewithnumerousapproachesavailableforvaryingpurposeofclassification.Soilfromorganicdepositsanditrefers
    to a distinct mode of behavior different than traditional soil mechanics in certain respects. A possible approach is
    beingconsideredbytheAmericansocietyforTestingandMaterialsforclassifyingorganicsoilshavingvaryingamount
    oforganicmattercontents.TheclassificationisgiveninTable6.3.3.

    3.5.2.2.2IdentificationandClassificationofExpansiveSoils

    Expansive soils are those which swell considerably on absorption of water and shrink on the removal of water. In
    monsoonseasons,expansivesoilsimbibewater,becomesoftandswell.Indrierseasons,thesesoilsshrinkorreduce
    in volume due to evaporation of water and become harder. As such, the seasonal moisture variation in such soil
    depositsaroundandbeneaththestructureresultsintosubsequentupwardanddownwardmovementsofstructures
    leading to structural damage, in the form of wide cracks in the wall and distortion of floors. For identification and
    classification of expansive soils parameters like free swell, free swell index, linear shrinkage, swelling potential,
    swellingpressureandvolumechangeshouldbeevaluatedexperimentallyorfromavailablegeotechnicalcorrelation.

    3.5.2.2.2IdentificationandClassificationofCollapsibleSoils
    Soildepositsmostlikelytocollapseare;(i)loosefills,(ii)alteredwindblownsands,(iii)hillwashoflooseconsistency,
    and(iv)decomposedgraniteorotheracidigneousrocks.

    Averysimpletestforrecognizingcollapsiblesoilisthesaugestest.Twoundisturbedcylindricalsamples(sausages)
    ofthesamediameterandlength(volume)arecarvedfromthesoil.Onesampleisthenwettedandkneadedtoforma
    cylinderoftheoriginaldiameter.Adecreaseinlengthascomparedtotheoriginal,undisturbedcylinderwillconfirma
    collapsiblegrainstructure.Collapseisprobablewhenthenaturalvoidratio,eiishigherthanacriticalvoidratio,ec
    thatdependsonvoidratioseLandepatliquidlimitandplasticlimitsrespectively.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6161
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table6.3.2: EngineeringClassificationofSoils(CriteriaforAssigningGroupSymbolsandGroupNamesusing
    LaboratoryTestsA)
    Classification(Forparticlessmaller Group GroupName B LaboratoryClassification
    than75mmandbasedonestimated Symbol Percent OtherCriteria
    weights) finer than
    0.075mm
    Wellgradedgravels,sandy
    GW gravels,sandgravelmixture,
    D Cu4and
    littleornofines.
    C
    <5
    E 1Cz3
    Gravels Clean
    Poorlygradedgravels,sandy
    (Morethan gravels
    GP gravels,Sandgravelmixture,
    50%of D Cu<4and/or
    littleornofines. C
    coarse 1>Cz>3
    fraction Siltygravels,siltysandy IP<4orthe For4>IP>7
    retainedon D,F,G
    gravels. limitvalues andlimit
    No.4sieve below'A'lineof values
    GM
    (4.75mm) plasticitychart above

    Clayeygravels,siltyclayey IP>7andthe 'A'line,dual
    Gravel D,F,G >12
    E
    symbol
    Coarse gravels.. limitvalues
    withfines required*
    grainedsoils GC above'A'lineof
    PlasticityChart
    (Morethan50%
    Wellgradedsand,gravelly
    ofthematerial H Cu6and
    SW sand,littleornofines.
    retainedonNo. <5 E
    1Cz3C
    200sieve(0.075
    Clean
    Sands Sands Poorlygradedsands,gravelly
    mm) H Cu<6and/or
    (over50%of SP sand,littleornofines.
    1>Cz>3C
    coarse
    Siltysand,poorlygradedsand IP<4orthe For4>IP>7
    fraction F,G,H
    Sandswith SM siltmixtures. limitvalues andlimit
    smallerthan below'A'lineof values
    fines
    4.75mm) Plasticitychart aboveA
    IP>7andthe line,dual
    SC Clayeysand,sandclay >12E limitvalues symbols
    F,G,H required.
    mixtures. above'A'lineof
    plasticitychart

    Siltoflowtomedium Limitvaluesonorbelow'A'lineofplasticity
    ML compressibility,veryfine chart&IP<4
    sands,rockflour,siltwith
    K,L,M
    Silts& sand.
    Clays Inorganic Claysoflowtomedium
    Finegrained CL Limitvaluesabove'A'lineof
    plasticity,gravellyclay,sandy
    wL<50 K,L,M plasticitychartand/orIP>4
    soils clay,siltyclay,leanclay.
    (Over K,L,M,N
    Organicclay and
    50%ofthe
    Organic OL Organicsilt
    K,L,M,O Liquidlimit(ovendried)
    material Liquidlimit(undried) <0.75
    smallerthan oflowtomediumplasticity
    0.075mm) Siltofhighplasticity,
    MH Limitvaluesonorbelow'A'lineofplasticity
    micaceousfinesandyorsilty
    K,L,M chart
    Silts& Inorganic soil,elasticsilt.
    Clays K,L, Limitvaluesabove'A'lineof
    CH Highplasticclay,fatclay.
    M plasticitychart
    wL50

    Organicclayofhighplasticity. Liquidlimit(ovendried)
    Organic OH K,L,M,P
    Liquidlimit(undried) <0.75

    Peatandhighlyorganicsoils. Identifiedbycolour,odour,fibroustexture
    Soilsofhighorganicorigin PT K,L,M,Q
    andspongycharacteristics.

    6162 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    NOTES:
    A Based on the material passing the 3-in. (75-mm) sieve
    B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add with cobbles or boulders, or both to group name.
    C Cu = D60/D10, CZ = (D30)2 / (D10 D60)
    D If soil contains 15 % sand, add with sand to group name.
    E Gravels with 5 to 12 % fines require dual symbols:
    GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt
    GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay
    GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt
    GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay

    F If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC-GM, or SC-SM.


    G If fines are organic, add with organic fines to group name.
    H If soil contains 15 % gravel, add with gravel to group name.
    I Sands with 5 to 12 % fines require dual symbols:
    SW-SM well-graded sand with silt
    SW-SC well-graded sand with clay
    SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt
    SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay.
    J If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay.
    K If soil contains 15 to 29 % plus No. 200, add with sand or with gravel, whichever is predominant.
    L If soil contains 30 % plus No. 200, predominantly sand, add sand to group name.

    M If soil contains 30 % plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add gravelly to group name.

    N PI 4 and plots on or above A line.

    O PI < 4 or plots below A line.


    P PI plots on or above A line.
    Q PI plots below A line.

    If desired, the percentages of gravel, sand, and fines may be stated in terms indicating a range of percentages, as follows:

    Trace Particles are present but estimated to be less than 5 %


    Few 5 to 10 %
    Little 15 to 25 %
    Some 30 to 45 %
    Mostly 50 to 100 %

    Fig.6.3.1:PlasticityChart(basedonmaterialspassing425mSieve)


    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6163
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table6.3.3:ClassificationandDescriptionofOrganicSoils(afterEdil,1997)
    OrganicContent
    Description
    (TestMethod:ASTMD2974)
    <5% Littleeffectonbehavior;consideredinorganicsoil.
    Effectspropertiesbutbehaviorisstilllikemineralsoils;organic
    6~20%
    siltsandclays.
    Organicmattergovernsproperties;traditionalsoilmechanics
    21~74%
    maybeapplicable;siltyorclayeyorganicsoils.
    Displaysbehaviordistinctfromtraditionalsoilmechanics
    >75%
    especiallyatlowstress.

    Thefollowingformulashouldbeusedtoestimatethecriticalvoidratio.

    ec = 0.85 e L + 015 e P (6.3.1)

    Collapsiblesoils(withadegreeofsaturation,Sr0.6)shouldsatisfythefollowingcondition:

    e L ei
    0.10
    1 + ei (6.3.2)

    Aconsolidationtestistobeperformedonanundisturbedspecimenatnaturalmoisturecontentandtorecordthe
    thickness,Honconsolidationunderapressurepequaltooverburdenpressureplustheexternalpressurelikelyto
    beexertedonthesoil.ThespecimenisthensubmergedunderthesamepressureandthefinalthicknessHrecorded.
    Relativesubsidence,Isubsisfoundas:
    H H
    I subs =
    H (6.3.3)

    SoilshavingIsubs0.02areconsideredtobecollapsible.

    3.5.2.2.4IdentificationandClassificationofDispersiveSoils
    Dispersivenatureofasoilisameasureoferosion.Dispersivesoilisduetothedispersedstructureofasoilmatrix.An
    identificationofdispersivesoilscanbemadeonthebasisofpinholetest.

    Thepinholetestwasdevelopedtodirectlymeasure dispersibilityof compactedfinegrainedsoilsinwhichwateris


    madeto flow through a smallhole in a soil specimen, wherewater flow through the pinhole simulates waterflow
    throughacrackorotherconcentratedleakagechannelintheimperviouscoreofadamorotherstructure.Thetestis
    rununder50,180,380and1020mmheadsandthesoilisclassifiedasfollowsinTable6.3.4.

    Table6.3.4:ClassificationofDispersiveSoilOntheBasisofPinholeTest(Sherardet.al.1976)
    TestObservation TypeofSoil ClassofSoil

    Failsrapidlyunder50mmhead. Dispersivesoils D1andD2


    Erodeslowlyunder50mmor180mmhead Intermediatesoils ND4andND3
    Nocolloidalerosionunder380mmor1020mm Nondispersivesoils ND2andND1
    head

    AnothermethodofidentificationistofirstdeterminethepHofa1:2.5soil/watersuspension.IfthepHisabove7.8,
    thesoilmaycontainenoughsodiumtodispersethemass.Thendetermine:(i)totalexcahangablebases,thatis,K+,
    Ca2+, Mg2+ and Na+ (milliequivalent per 100g of air dried soil) and (ii) cation exchange capacity (CEC) of soil
    (milliequivalentper100gofairdriedsoil).TheExchangeableSodiumPercentageESPiscalculatedfromtherelation:

    6164 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    Na
    ESP = 100(%)
    CEC (6.3.4)

    EmgPisgivenby:

    Mg
    EMgP = 100(%)
    CEC (6.3.5)

    IftheESPisabove8percentandESPplusEMgPisabove15,dispersionwilltakeplace.ThesoilswithESP=7to10are
    moderatelydispersiveincombinationwithreservoirwatersoflowdissolvedsalts.SoilswithESPgreaterthan15have
    serious piping potential. Dispersive soils do not actually present any problems with building structures. However,
    dispersive soil can lead to catastrophic failures of earth embankment dams as well as severe distress of road
    embankments.

    3.5.2.2.5IdentificationandClassificationofSoftInorganicSoils
    Nostandarddefinitionexistsforsoftclaysintermsofconventionalsoilparameters,mineralogyorgeologicalorigin.It
    is, however, commonly understood that soft clays give shear strength, compressibility and severe time related
    settlement problems. In near surface clays, where form a crust, partial saturation and overconsolidation occur
    togetherandtheoverconsolidationisaresultofthedryingoutoftheclayduetochangesinthewatertable.

    In below surface clays, overconsolidation may have taken place when the clay was previously at, or close to the
    ground surface and above the water table, but due to subsequent deposition the strata may now be below the
    surface, saturated and overconsolidated. Partial saturation does not in itself cause engineering problems, but may
    leadtolaboratorytestingdifficulties.Softclayshaveundrainedshearstrengthsbetweenabout10kPaand40kPa,in
    otherwords,fromexudingbetweenthefingerswhensqueezedtobeingeasilymouldedinthefingers.

    Softclayspresentveryspecialproblemsofengineeringdesignandconstruction.Foundationfailuresinsoftclaysare
    comparativelycommon.Theconstructionofbuildingsinsoftclayshasalwaysbeenassociatedwithstabilityproblems
    andsettlement.Shallowfoundationsinevitablyresultsinlargesettlementswhichmustbeaccommodatedforinthe
    design, and which invariably necessitate longterm maintenance of engineered facilities. The following relationship
    amongNvaluesobtainedfromSPT,consistencyandundrainedshearstrengthofsoftclaysmaybeusedasguides.

    Nvalue(blows/300mmofpenetration) Consistency UndrainedShearStrength(kN/m2)


    Below2 Verysoft Lessthan20
    24 Soft 2040

    Undrainedshearstrengthishalfofunconfinedcompressivestrengthasdeterminedfromunconfinedcompression
    testorhalfofthepeakdeviatorstressasobtainedfromunconsolidatedundrained(UU)triaxialcompressiontest.

    3.6 MATERIALS

    AllmaterialsfortheconstructionoffoundationsshallconformtotherequirementsofPart5:BuildingMaterials.

    3.6.1 Concrete
    All concrete materials and steel reinforcement used in foundations shall conform to the requirements specified in
    Chapter 5 unless otherwise specified in this section. For different types of foundation the recommended concrete
    properties are shown in Table 6.3.5. However, special considerations should be given for hostile environment
    (salinity,acidicenvironment).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6165
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table6.3.5:PropertiesofConcreteforDifferentTypesofFoundations

    FoundationType Minimumcement SpecifiedMin. Slump Remarks


    content 28daysCylinder (mm)
    3
    (kg/m ) Strength(MPa)
    Footing/raft 350 20 25to125
    Retarderand
    Drilledshaft/Castinsitupile
    400 18 125to200 plasticizer
    (tremieconcrete)
    recommended.
    Drivenpile 350 25 25to125

    3.6.2 Steel

    3.7.2.1General
    Corrosion in soil, water or moist outdoor environment is caused by electrochemical processes. The process takes
    placeincorrosioncellsonthesteelsurface,whichconsistsofananodicsurface(wherethecorrosiontakesplace),a
    cathodic surface (where oxygen is reduced) and the electrolyte, which reacts with these surfaces. In the case of
    general corrosion, the surface erosion is relatively even across the entire surface. Local corrosion however is
    concentratedtoalimitedsurfacearea.Pronouncedcavityerosionisratherunusualonunprotectedcarbonsteelin
    soilorwater.

    In many circumstances, steel corrosion rates are low and steel piles may be used for permanent works in an
    unprotected condition. The degree of corrosion and whether protection is required depend upon the working
    environmentwhichcanbevariable,evenwithinasingleinstallation.Undergroundcorrosionofsteelpilesdriveninto
    undisturbed soils is negligible irrespective of the soi1 type and characteristics. The insignificant corrosion attack is
    attributedtothelowoxygenlevelspresentinundisturbedsoil.Forthepurposeofcalculations,amaximumcorrosion
    rateof0.015mmpersideperyearmaybeused.Inrecentfillsoilsorindustrialwastesoils,wherecorrosionrates
    maybehigher,protectionsystemsshouldbeconsidered.

    3.7.2.2AtmosphericCorrosion

    AtmosphericcorrosionofsteelintheUKaveragesapproximately0035mm/sideperyearandthisvaluemaybeused
    formostatmosphericenvironments.

    3.7.2.3CorrosioninFreshWaters

    Corrosionlossesinfreshwaterimmersionzonesaregenerallylowerthanforseawatersotheeffectivelifeofsteel
    piles is normally proportionately longer. However, fresh waters arevariable and no general advice can begiven to
    quantifytheincreaseinthelengthoflife.

    3.7.2.4CorrosioninMarineEnvironments

    Marine environments may include several exposure zones with different aggressivity and different corrosion
    performance.

    (a) Belowthebedlevel:Wherepilesarebelowthebedlevellittlecorrosionoccursandthecorrosionrategiven
    forundergroundcorrosionisapplicable,thatis,0.015mm/sideperyear.

    (b) Seawaterimmersionzone:Corrosionofsteelpi111nginimmersionconditionsisnormallylow,withamean
    corrosionrateof0035mm/sideperyear.

    (c) Tidalzones:Marinegrowthsinthiszonegivesignificantprotectiontothepiling,byshelteringthesteelfrom
    waveactionbetweentidesandbylimitingtheoxygensupplytothesteelsurface.Thecorrosionrateofsteels

    6166 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    in the tidal zone is similar to that of immersion zone corrosion, i.e. 0 035 mm/side per year. Protection
    shouldbeprovidedwherenecessary,tothesteelsurfacestopreventtheremovalordamageofthemarine
    growth.

    (d) Lowwaterzone:Intidalwaters,thelowwaterlevelandthesplashzonearereasonsofhighestthickness
    losses,whereameancorrosionrateof0075mm/sideperyearoccurs.Occasionallyhighercorrosionrates
    areencounteredatthelowerwaterlevelbecauseofspecificlocalconditions.

    (e) Splash and atmospheric zones: In the splash zone, which is a more aggressive environment than the
    atmosphericzone,corrosionratesaresimilartothelowwaterlevel,i.e.0.075mm/sideperyear.Inthiszone
    thickstratifiedrustlayersmaydevelopandatthicknessesgreaterthan10mmthesetendtospallfromthe
    steelespeciallyoncurvedpartsofthepilessuchastheshouldersandtheclutches.Rusthasamuchgreater
    volumethanthesteelfromwhichitisderivedsothatthesteelcorrosionlossesarerepresentedbysome10
    %to20%oftherustthickness.

    The boundary between the splash and atmospheric zones is not well defined, however, corrosion rates
    diminishrapidlywithdistance above peakwave heightand themean atmosphericcorrosion rateof 0.035
    mm/sideperyearcanbeusedforthiszone.

    3.7.2.5MethodsofIncreasingEffectiveLife

    Theeffectivelifeofunpaintedorotherwiseunprotectedsteelpilingdependsuponthecombinedeffectsofimposed
    stressesandcorrosion.Wheremeasuresforincreasingtheeffectivelifeofastructurearenecessary,thefollowing
    shouldbeconsidered;introductionofacorrosionallowance(i.e.oversizedcrosssectionsofpiles,highyieldsteeletc),
    anticorrosionpainting,applicationofapolyethylene(PE)coating(onsteeltubepiles),zinccoating,electrochemical
    (cathodic)protection,castingincementmortarorconcrete,anduseofatmosphericcorrosionresistantsteelproducts
    insteadofordinarycarbonsteelinanyfoundationworkinvolvingsteel.

    (a) Use of a heavier section: Effective life may be increased by the use of additional steel thickness as a
    corrosion allowance. Maximum corrosion seldom occurs at the same position as the maximum bending
    moment.Accordingly,theuseofacorrosionallowanceisacosteffectivemethodofincreasingeffectivelife.
    Itispreferabletouseatmosphericcorrosionresistanthighstrengthlowalloysteel.

    (b) Useofahighyieldsteel:Analternativetousingmildsteelinaheaviersectionistouseahigheryieldsteel
    andretainthesamesection.

    (c) Zinccoatings:Steelpilesshouldnormallybecoatedundershopconditions.Paintsshouldbeappliedtothe
    cleaned surfaceby airless spraying and then cured rapidly to produce the required coatingthickness in as
    few coats as possible. Hot zinccoating of steel piles in soil can achieve normally longlasting protection,
    providedthatthezinclayerhassufficientthickness.Insomesoils,especiallythosewithlowpHvalues,the
    corrosionofzinccanbehigh,therebyshorteningtheprotectionduration.LowpHvaluesoccurnormallyin
    theaeratedzoneabovethelowestgroundwaterlevel.Insuchacase,itisrecommendedtoapplyprotection
    paintontopofthezinclayer.

    (d) Concreteencasement:Concreteencasementmaybeusedtoprotectsteelpilesinmarineenvironment.The
    useofconcretemayberestrictedtothesplashzonebyextendingtheconcretecopetobelowthemeanhigh
    waterlevel,bothsplashandtidalzonesmaybeprotectedbyextendingthecopetobelowthelowestwater
    level.Theconcreteitselfshouldbeaquantitysufficienttoresistseawaterattack.

    (e) Cathodicprotection:Thedesignandapplicationofcathodicprotectionsystemstomarinepilesstructuresisa
    complex operation requiring the experience of specialist firms. Cathodic protection with electric current
    applied to steel sheet pile wall. Rodtype anodes are connected directly with steel sheet pile Cathodic
    protection is considered to be fully effective only up to the halftide mark. For zones above this level,

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6167
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    including the splash zone, alternative methods of protection may be required, in addition to cathodic
    protection.Wherecathodicprotectionisusedonmarinestructures,provisionshouldbemadeforearthing
    shipsandburiedservicestothequay.

    (f) Polyetheline coating: Steel tube piles can be protected effectively by application of a PEcover of a few
    millimeter thickness. This cover can be applied in the factory and is usually placed on a coating of epoxy.
    Steel tube piles in water, where the mechanical wear is low, can in this way be protected for long time
    periods. When the steel tube piles with the PEcover are driven into coarsegrained soil, the effect of
    damagingtheprotectionlayermustbetakenintoconsideration.

    (g) Properly executed anticorrosion measures, using highquality methods can protect steel piles in soil or
    wateroverperiodsof15to20years.PEcoverincombinationwithepoxycoatingcanachieveevenlonger
    protectiontimes.

    3.6.3 Timber

    TimbermaybeusedonlyforfoundationoftemporarystructureandshallconformtothestandardsspecifiedinSec
    2.9ofPart5.Wheretimberisexposedtosoilorusedasloadbearingpileabovegroundwaterlevel,itshallbetreated
    inaccordancewithBDS819:1975.

    3.7 TYPESOFFOUNDATION

    3.7.1 ShallowFoundation
    Shallow foundations spread the load to the ground at shallow depth. Generally, the capacity of this foundation is
    derivedfrombearing.

    3.7.1.1 Footing
    Footings are foundations that spread the load to the ground at shallow depths. These include individual column
    footings,continuouswallfootings,andcombinedfootings.Footingsshallbeprovidedunderwalls,pilasters,columns,
    piers,chimneysetc.bearingonsoilorrock,exceptthatfootingsmaybeomittedunderpierormonolithicconcrete
    wallsifsafebearingcapacityofthesoilorrockisnotexceeded.

    3.7.1.2 Raft/Mat
    Afoundationconsistingofcontinuousslabthatcoverstheentireareabeneaththestructureandsupportsallwalls
    andcolumnsisconsideredasaraftormatfoundation.Araftfoundationmaybeoneofthefollowingtypes:

    (a) Flatplateorconcreteslabofuniformthicknessusuallysupportingcolumnsspaceduniformlyandrestingon
    soilsoflowcompressibility.

    (b) Flatplatesasin(a)butthickenedundercolumnstoprovideadequateshearandmomentresistance.

    (c) Twowayslabandbeamsystemsupportinglargelyspacedcolumnsoncompressiblesoil.

    (d) Cellularraftorrigidframesconsistingofslabsandbasementwalls,usuallyusedforheavystructures.

    3.7.2 DeepFoundation
    Acylindrical/boxfoundationhavingaratioofdepthtobasewidthgreaterthan5isconsideredaDeepFoundation.
    Generally,itscapacityisderivedfromfrictionandendbearing.

    6168 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.7.2.1 Drivenpiles

    A slender deep foundation unit made of materials such as steel, concrete, wood, or combination thereof, which is
    premanufacturedandplacedbydriving,jacking,jettingorscrewinganddisplacingthesoil.

    (a)Driven Precast Concrete Piles: Pile structure capable of being driven into the ground and able to resist
    handlingstressesshallbeusedforthiscategoryofpiles.

    (b) DrivenCastinsituConcretePiles:Apileformedbydrivingasteelcasingorconcreteshellinoneormore
    pieces,whichmayremaininplaceafterdrivingorwithdrawn,withtheinsidefilledwithconcrete,fallsinthis
    categoryofpiles.Sometimesanenlargedbasemaybeformedbydrivingoutaconcreteplug.

    (c) Driven Prestressed Concrete Pile: A pile constructed in prestressed concrete in a casting yard and
    subsequentlydriveninthegroundwhenithasattainedsufficientstrength.

    (d) Timber Piles: structural timber (see Sec 2.9 of Part 5) shall be used as piles for temporary structures for
    directlytransmittingtheimposedloadtosoil.Whendriventimberpolesareusedtocompactandimprove
    thedeposit.

    3.8.2.2 Boredpiles/castinsitupiles

    A deep foundation of generally small diameter, usually less than 600 mm, constructed using percussion or rotary
    drillingintothesoil.Theseareconstructedbyconcretingboreholesformedbyauguring,rotarydrillingorpercussion
    drillingwithorwithoutusingbentonitemudcirculation.Excavationordrillingshallbecarriedoutinamannerthat
    will not impair the carrying capacity of the foundations already in place or will not damage adjacent foundations.
    Thesefoundationsmaybetestedforcapacitybyloadtestorforintegritybysonicresponseorothersuitablemethod.
    Underreamingdrilledpierscanbeconstructedincohesivesoilstoincreasetheendbearing.

    3.8.2.3 Drilledpier/drilledshafts

    Thedrilledpierisatypeofboredpilehavingalargerdiameter(morethan600mm)constructedbyexcavatingthesoil
    orsinkingthefoundation.

    3.8.2.4 Caisson/well

    Acaissonorwellfoundation isadeepfoundationoflargediameterrelativetoitslengththatisgenerallyahollow
    shaftorboxwhichissunktoposition.Itdiffersfromothertypesofdeepfoundationinthesensethatitundergoes
    rigidbodymovementunderlateralload,whereastheothersareflexiblelikeabeamundersuchloads.Thistypeof
    foundationisusuallyusedforbridgesandmassivestructures.

    PARTB:SERVICELOADDESIGNMETHODOFFOUNDATIONS(SECTIONS3.9to3.12)

    3.8 SHALLOWFOUNDATION

    ShallbeapplicabletoisolatedFootings,CombinedFootingsandRaft/Mats.

    3.8.1 DistributionofBearingPressure
    Footing shall be designed to keep the maximum imposed load within the safe bearing values of soil and rock. To
    preventunequalsettlementfootingshallbedesignedtokeepthebearingpressureasnearlyuniformaspractical.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6169
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    For raft design, distribution of soil pressures should be consistent with the properties of the foundation materials
    (subsoil) and the structure (raft thickness) and with the principles of geotechnical engineering. Mat or raft and
    floatingfoundationsshallonlybeusedwhentheappliedloadofbuildingorstructureissoarrangedastoresultin
    practicallyuniformlybalancedloading,andthesoilimmediatelybelowthematisofuniformbearingcapacity.

    3.8.2 FootingsinFillSoil
    Footings located in fill are subject to the same bearing capacity, settlement, and dynamic ground stability
    considerationsasfootingsinnaturalsoil.Thebehaviorofbothfillandunderlyingnaturalsoilshouldbeconsidered.

    3.8.3 SoilandRockPropertySelection
    Soilandrockpropertiesdefiningthestrengthandcompressibilitycharacteristicsoffoundationmaterialsarerequired
    for footing design. Foundation stability and settlement analysis for design shall be conducted using soil and rock
    propertiesbasedontheresultsoffieldandlaboratorytesting.

    3.8.4 MinimumDepthofFoundation
    Theminimumdepthoffoundationshallbe1.5mforexteriorfootingofpermanentstructuresincohesivesoilsand2
    mincohesionlesssoils.Fortemporarystructurestheminimumdepthofexteriorfootingshallbe400mm.Incaseof
    expansiveandsoilssusceptibletoweatheringeffects,theabovementionedminimumdepthswillbenotapplicable
    andmayhavetobeincreased.

    3.8.5 Scour
    Footingssupportedonsoilshallbeembeddedsufficientlybelowthemaximumcomputedscourdepthorprotected
    withascourcountermeasure.

    3.8.6 MassMovementofGroundinUnstableAreas
    In certain areas mass movement of ground may occur from causes independent of the loads applied to the
    foundation. These include mining subsidence, landslides on unstable slopes and creep on clay slopes. In areas of
    groundsubsidence,foundationsandstructuresshouldbemadesufficientlyrigidandstrongtowithstandtheprobable
    worstloadingconditions.Theconstructionofstructuresonslopeswhicharesuspectedofbeingunstableandsubject
    to landslip shall be avoided. Spread foundations on such slopes shall be on a horizontal bearing and stepped. For
    foundationsonclayslopes,thestabilityofthefoundationshouldbeinvestigated.

    3.8.7 FoundationExcavation
    Foundationexcavationbelowgroundwatertableparticularlyinsandshallbemadesuchthatthehydraulicgradient
    atthebottomoftheexcavationisnotincreasedtoamagnitudethatwouldcasethefoundationsoilstoloosendueto
    upwardflowofwater.Further,footingexcavationsshallbemadesuchthathydraulicgradientsandmaterialremoval
    do not adversely affect adjacent structures. Seepage forces and gradients may be evaluated by standard flow net
    procedures.Dewateringorcutoffmethodstocontrolseepageshallbeusedwhennecessary.

    Incaseofsoilexcavationforraftfoundations,thefollowingissuesshouldbeadditionallytakenintoconsideration:

    (a) Protectionfortheexcavationusingshoreorsheetpilesand/orretainingsystemwithorwithoutbracing,
    anchorsetc.
    (b) Considerationoftheadditionalbearingcapacityoftheraftforthedepthofthesoilexcavated.
    (c) Considerationofthereductionofbearingcapacityforanyupwardbuoyancypressureofwater.

    6170 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.9 GEOTECHNICALDESIGNOFSHALLOWFOUNDATIONS

    3.9.1 General
    Shallow foundations on soil shall be designed to support the design loads with adequate bearing and structural
    capacityandwithtolerablesettlements.Inaddition,thecapacityoffootingssubjectedtoseismicanddynamicloads
    shall be appropriately evaluated. The location of the resultant pressure on the base of the footings should be
    maintainedpreferablywithinB/6ofthecentreofthefooting.

    3.9.2 DesignLoad
    Shallowfoundationdesign(consideringbearingcapacityduetoshearstrength)shallconsiderthemostunfavourable
    effectofthefollowingcombinationsofloading:

    (a) FullDeadLoad+NormalLiveLoad

    (b) FullDeadLoad+NormalLiveLoad+WindLoadorSeismicLoad

    (c) 0.9(FullDeadLoad)+BuoyancyPressure

    Shallow foundation design (considering settlement) shall consider the most unfavourable effect of the following
    combinationsofloading:

    SAND

    (a) FullDeadLoad+NormalLiveLoad

    (b) FullDeadLoad+NormalLiveLoad+WindLoadorSeismicLoad

    CLAY

    FullDeadLoad+0.5NormalLiveLoad

    3.9.3 Bearingcapacity

    When physical characteristics such as cohesion, angle of internal friction, density etc. are available, the bearing
    capacity shall be calculated from stability considerations. Established bearing capacity equations shall be used for
    calculating bearing capacity. A factor of safety of between 2.0 to 3.0 (depending on the extent of soil exploration,
    qualitycontrolandmonitoringofconstruction)shallbeadoptedtoobtainallowablebearingpressurewhendeadload
    andnormalliveloadisused.Thirtythreepercentoverstressingaboveallowablepressureshallbeallowedincaseof
    designconsideringwindorseismicloading.Allowableloadshallalsolimitsettlementbetweensupportingelementsto
    atolerablelimit.

    3.9.4 PresumptiveBearingCapacityforPreliminaryDesign

    Forlightlyloadedandsmallsizedstructures(twostoriedorlessinoccupancycategoryA,B,C&D)andforpreliminary
    design of any structure, the presumptive bearing values (allowable) as given in Table 6.3.6 may be assumed for
    uniformsoilintheabsenceoftestresults.

    Table6.3.6:PresumptiveValuesofBearingCapacityforLightlyLoadedStructures*

    SoilType SoilDescription SafeBearingCapacity,kPa


    1 SoftRockorShale 440
    Gravel,sandygravel,siltysandygravel;verydenseandofferhighresistanceto
    2
    penetrationduringexcavation(soilshallincludethegroupsGW,GP,GM,GC) 400**

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6171
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    SoilType SoilDescription SafeBearingCapacity,kPa


    Sand(otherthanfinesand),gravellysand,siltysand;dry(soilshallincludethe
    3
    groupsSW,SP,SM,SC) 200**

    4 Finesand;loose&dry(soilshallincludethegroupsSW,SP) 100**
    Silt,clayey silt,clayeysand;drylumpswhichcanbeeasilycrushedbyfinger(soil
    5 150
    shallincludethegroupsML,,SC,&MH)
    Clay,sandyclay;canbeindentedwithstrongthumbpressure(soilshallincludethe
    6 150
    groupsCL,&CH)
    Softclay;canbeindentedwithmodestthumbpressure(soilshallincludethe
    7 100
    groupsCL,&CH)
    Very soft clay; can be penetrated several centimeters with thumb pressure (soil
    8 50
    shallincludethegroupsCL&CH)
    Organicclay&Peat(soilshallincludethegroupsOH,OL,Pt) Tobedeterminedafter
    9
    investigation.
    Fills Tobedeterminedafter
    10
    investigation.
    * Twostoriesorless(OccupancycategoryA,B,CandDasperBNBC)
    ** 50%ofthesevaluesshallbeusedwherewatertableisabovethebase,orbelowitwithinadistanceequaltothe
    leastdimensionoffoundation

    3.9.5 AllowableIncreaseofBearingPressureduetoWindandEarthquakeForces

    Theallowablebearingpressureofthesoildeterminedinaccordancewiththissectionmayaybeincreasedby33per
    centwhenlateralforcesduetowindorearthquakeactsimultaneouslywithgravityloads.Noincreaseinallowable
    bearingpressureshallbepermittedforgravityloadsactingalone.Inazonewhereseismicforcesexist,possibilityof
    liquefactioninloosesand,siltandsandysoilsshallbeinvestigated.

    3.9.6 SettlementofFoundation

    Foundationshallbeso designedthattheallowable bearingcapacity is notexceeded,andthetotal anddifferential


    settlementarewithinpermissiblevalues.Foundationscansettleinvariouswaysandeachaffectstheperformanceof
    thestructure.Thesimplestmodeconsistsoftheentirestructuresettlinguniformly.Thismodedoesnotdistortthe
    structure. Any damage done is related to the interface between the structure and adjacent ground or adjacent
    structures. Shearing of utility lines could be a problem. Another possibility is that one side of the structure settles
    muchmorethantheoppositesideandtheportionsinbetweensettleproportionately.Thiscausesthestructureto
    tilt,butitstilldoesnotdistort.Anominaltiltwillnotaffecttheperformanceofthestructure,althoughitmaycreate
    aestheticandpublicconfidenceproblems.However,asaresultofdifferenceinfoundationsettlementthestructure
    maysettleanddistortcausingcracksinwallsandfloors,jammingofdoorsandwindowsandoverloadingofstructural
    members.

    3.9.7 TotalSettlement

    Totalsettlement()istheabsoluteverticalmovementofthefoundationfromitsasconstructedpositiontoitsloaded
    position.Totalsettlementoffoundationduetonetimposedloadshallbeestimatedinaccordancewithestablished
    engineeringprinciple.Anestimateofsettlementwithrespecttothefollowingshallbemadewhereapplicable:

    (i) Elasticcompressionoftheunderlyingsoilbelowthefoundationandofthefoundation.

    (ii) Consolidationsettlement.

    (iii) Secondaryconsolidation/compressionoftheunderlyingsoil.

    6172 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    (iv) Compression and volume changedue to change ineffective stress or soil migration associatedwith
    loweringormovementofgroundwater.

    (v) Seasonalswellingandshrinkageofexpansiveclays.

    (vi) Groundmovementonearthslopes,suchassurfaceerosion,creeporlandslide.

    (vii) Settlementduetoadjacentexcavation,miningsubsidenceandundergrounderosion.

    Innormalcircumstancesofinorganicandorganicsoildepositsthetotalsettlementisattributedduetothefirstthree
    factorsasmentionedabove.Theotherfactorsareregardedasspecialcases.Becausesoilsettlementcanhaveboth
    timedepended and noontimedependent components, it is often categorized in terms shortterm settlement (or
    immediate settlement) which occurs as quickly as the load is applied, and longterm settlement (or delayed
    settlement), whichoccurs over some longer period. Many engineersassociate consolidation settlement solelywith
    thelongtermsettlementofclay.However,thisisnotstrictlytrue.Consolidationisrelatedtovolumechangedueto
    changeineffectivestressregardlessofthetypeofsoilorthetimerequiredforthevolumechange.

    3.9.7.1 Elastic/DistortionSettlement

    Elastic Settlement (d) of foundation soils results from lateral movements of the soil without volume change in
    responsetochangesineffectiveverticalstress.ThisisnontimedependentphenomenonandsimilartothePoissons
    effectwhereanobjectisloadedintheverticaldirectionexpandslaterally.Elasticordistortionsettlementsprimarily
    occurwhentheloadisconfinedtoasmallarea,suchasastructuralfoundation,orneartheedgesoflargeloaded
    areasuchasembankments.

    3.9.7.2 ImmediateSettlement/ShortTermSettlement

    Thisverticalcompressionoccursimmediatelyaftertheapplicationofloadingeitheronaccountofelasticbehaviour
    thatproducesdistortionatconstantvolumeandonaccountofcompressionofairvoid.Thisissometimesdesignated
    asi.forsandysoils,eventheconsolidationcomponentisimmediate.

    3.9.7.3 PrimaryConsolidationSettlement

    Primaryconsolidationsettlementorsimplytheconsolidationsettlement(c)offoundationisduetoconsolidationof
    theunderlyingsaturated or nearly saturated soil especially cohesivesiltor clay. The full deal load and 50%of the
    totalliveloadshouldbeconsideredwhencomputingtheconsolidationsettlementoffoundationsonclaysoils.

    3.9.7.4 SecondaryConsolidationSettlement

    Secondaryconsolidationsettlement(s)ofthefoundationisduetosecondarycompressionorconsolidationofthe
    underlyingsaturatedornearlysaturatedcohesivesiltorclay.Thisisprimarilyduetoparticlereorientation,creep,and
    decompositionoforganicmaterials.Secondarycompressionisalwaystimedependentandcanbesignificantinhighly
    plasticclays,organicsoils,andsanitarylandfills,butitisnegligibleinsandsandgravels.

    3.9.7.5 DifferentialSettlementanditsEffectontheStructure

    Differential settlement is the difference in total settlement between two foundations or two points in the same
    foundation.Itoccursasaresultofrelativemovementbetweentwopartsofabuilding.Therelatedtermsdescribing
    the effects of differential settlement on the structural as a whole or on parts of it are tilt, rotation and angular
    distortion/relativerotationwhicharedefinedbelow.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6173
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.9.7.6 Tilt

    It is rotation of the entire superstructure or a well defined part of it as a result of nonuniform or differential
    settlementoffoundationasaresultofwhichonesideofthebuildingsettlesmorethantheotherthusaffectingthe
    verticalityofthebuilding.

    3.9.7.7 Rotation

    It is the angle between the horizontal line and an imaginary straight line connecting any two foundations or two
    pointsinasinglefoundation.

    3.9.7.8 AngularDistortion/RelativeRotation

    Angular distortion or relative rotation is the angle between imaginary straight line indicating the overall tilt of a
    structureandtheimaginaryconnectinglineindicatingtheinclinationofaspecificpartofit.Itismeasuredastheratio
    ofdifferentialsettlementtothedistancebetweenthetwopoints..

    3.9.8 CausesofDifferentialSettlement

    Dueconsiderationshallbegiventoestimatethedifferentialsettlementthatmayoccurunderthebuildingstructure
    underthefollowingcircumstances:

    (i) Nonuniformityinsubsoilformationwithintheareacoveredbythebuildingduetogeologicorman
    madecauses,oranomaliesintype,structure,thicknessanddensityoftheformation.
    (ii) Nonuniformpressuredistributionduetononuniformandincompleteloading.
    (iii) Groundwaterconditionduringandafterconstruction.
    (iv) Loadinginfluenceofadjacentstructures.
    (v) Unevenexpansionandcontractionduetomoisturemigration,unevendrying,wettingorsoftening.

    3.9.9 TolerableSettlement,TiltandRotation

    Allowableorlimitingsettlementofabuildingstructurewilldependonthenatureofthestructure,thefoundationand
    the soil. Different types of structures have varying degrees of tolerance to settlements and distortions. These
    variations depend on the type of construction, use of the structure, rigidity of the structure and the presence of
    sensitive finishes. As a general rule, a total settlement of 25 mm and a differential settlement of 20 mm between
    columns in most buildings shall be considered safe for buildings on isolated pad footings on sand for workingload
    (unfactored). A total settlement of 40 mm and a differential settlement of 20 mm between columns shall be
    considered safe for buildings on isolated pad footings on clay soil for working load. Buildings on raft can usually
    tolerate greater total settlements. Limiting tolerance for distortion and deflections introduced in a structure is
    necessarily a subjective process, depending on the status of the building and any specific requirements for
    serviceability.Thelimitingvalues,giveninTable6.3.7maybefollowedasguidelines.

    3.9.10 DynamicGroundStabilityorLiquefactionAnalysis

    Soilliquefactionisaphenomenoninwhichasaturatedsoildepositloosesmost,ifnotall,ofitsstrengthandstiffness
    duetothegenerationofexcessporewaterpressureduringearthquakeinducedgroundshaking.Ithasbeenamajor
    cause for damage of structures during past earthquakes (e.g., 1964 Niigata Earthquake). Current knowledge of
    liquefactionissignificantlyadvancedandseveralevaluationmethodsareavailable.Hazardsduetoliquefactionare
    routinelyevaluatedandmitigatedinseismicallyactivedevelopedpartsoftheworld.

    6174 Vol.2
    Table6.3.7:PermissibleTotalSettlement,DifferentialSettlementandAngularDistortion(tilt)forShallowFoundationsinSoils(AdaptedfromNBCI,2005)

    TypeofStructure IsolatedFoundations RaftFoundation
    SandandHardClay PlasticClay SandandHardClay PlasticClay
    Maximum Differential Angular Maximum Differential Angular Maximum Differential Angular Maximum Differential Angular
    Settlement Settlement Distortion Settlement Settlement Distortion Settlement Settlement Distortion Settlement Settlement Distortion
    (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

    SteelStructure 50 0.0033L 1/300 50 0.0033L 1/300 75 0.0033L 1/300 100 0.0033L 1/300

    RCCStructures 50 0.0015L 1/666 75 0.0015L 1/666 75 0.0021L 1/500 100 0.002L 1/500

    MultistoriedBuilding

    (a)RCCorsteelframed
    buildingwithpanel 60 0.002L 1/500 75 0.002L 1/500 75 0.0025L 1/400 125 0.0033L 1/300
    walls

    (b)Loadbearingwalls

    (i)L/H=2* 60 0.0002L 1/5000 60 0.0002L 1/5000 Notlikelytobeencountered

    (ii)L/H=7* 60 0.0004L 1/2500 60 0.0004L 1/2500 Notlikelytobeencountered

    Silos 50 0.0015L 1/666 75 0.0015L 1/666 100 0.0025L 1/400 125 0.0025L 1/400

    WaterTank 50 0.0015L 1/666 75 0.0015L 1/666 100 0.0025L 1/400 125 0.0025L 1/400

    Note:ThevaluesgivenintheTablemaybetakenonlyasaguideandthepermissibletotalsettlement,differentialsettlementandtilt(angulardistortion)ineachcaseshouldbedecidedasper
    requirementsofthedesigner.
    Ldenotesthelengthofdeflectedpartofwall/raftorcentretocentredistancebetweencolumns.
    Hdenotestheheightofwallfromfoundationfooting.
    *ForintermediateratiosofL/H,thevaluescanbeinterpolated.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6175
    LiquefactionAnalysis

    Liquefaction can be analyzed by a simple comparison of the seismically induced shear stress with the similarly
    expressedshearstressrequiredtocauseinitialliquefactionorwhateverlevelofshearstrainamplitudeisdeemed
    intolerableindesign.Usually,theoccurrenceof5%doubleamplitude(DA)axialstrainisadoptedtodefinethecyclic
    strengthconsistentwith100%porewaterpressurebuildup.Thecorrespondingstrength(CRR)canbeobtainedby
    severalprocedures.

    Thus,theliquefactionpotentialofasanddepositisevaluatedintermsoffactorofsafetyFL,definedasinEquation
    (6.3.6).Theexternallyappliedcyclicstressratio(CSR)canbeevaluatedbyEquations(6.3.7a,6.3.7band6.3.8).
    CRR
    FL = (6.3.6)
    CSR
    IfthefactorofsafetyFLis<1,liquefactionissaidtotakeplace.Otherwise,liquefactiondoesnotoccur.Thefactorof
    safetyobtainedinthiswayisgenerallyusedtoidentify thedepthtowhichliquefactionisexpectedtooccurina
    futureearthquake.Thisinformationisnecessaryifsomecountermeasureistobeimplementedinaninsitudeposit
    ofsands.

    Thecyclicshearstressinducedatanypointinlevelgroundduringanearthquakeduetotheupwardpropagationof
    shearwavescanbeassessedbymeansofasimpleprocedureproposed.Ifasoilcolumntoadepthzisassumedto
    movehorizontallyandifthepeakhorizontalaccelerationonthegroundsurfaceis amax ,themaximumshearstress
    max actingatthebottomofthesoilcolumnisgivenby
    max = amax rd ( t )(z / g ) (6.3.7a)

    and, rd = 1 0.015z (6.3.7b)

    Wheretisunitweightofthesoil,gisthegravitationalaccelerationandrdisastressreductioncoefficienttoallow
    forthedeformabilityofthesoilcolumn(rd<1).ItisrecommendedtousetheempiricalformulagiveninEquation
    (6.3.7b)tocomputestressreductioncoefficientrd,wherezisinmeters.DivisionofbothsidesofEquation(6.3.7a)
    bytheeffectiveverticalstress v gives

    max a max v
    CSR = = rd ' (6.3.8)
    v' g v
    Where,v=tz isthe total vertical stress. Equation (6.3.8) has been used widelyto assessthe magnitude of shear
    stressinducedinasoilelementduringanearthquake.OneoftheadvantagesofEquation(6.3.8)isthatallthevast
    amountofinformationonthehorizontalaccelerationsthathaseverbeenrecordedonthegroundsurfacecanbe
    useddirectlytoassesstheshearstressinducedbyseismicshakinginthehorizontalplanewithintheground.

    The second step is to determine the cyclic resistance ratio (CRR) of the in situ soil. The cyclic resistance ratio
    represents the liquefaction resistance of the in situ soil. The most commonly used method for determining the
    liquefactionresistanceistousethedataobtainedfromthestandardpenetrationtest.Acyclictriaxialtestmayalso
    beusedtoestimateCRRmoreaccurately.

    SiteAmplificationFactor

    Site response analysis of a site may be carried out to estimate the site amplification factor. For this purpose,
    dynamic parameters such as shear modulus and damping factors need to be estimated. The site amplification
    factorisrequiredtoestimatetheamaxforagivensiteproperly.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6176
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.9.11 PrinciplesofStructuralDesignofFoundations

    3.9.11.1 LoadsandReactions

    3.9.11.1.1 DeterminationofLoadsandReactions
    Footingsshallbeconsideredasundertheactionofdownwardforces,duetothesuperimposedloads,resistedbyan
    upwardpressureexertedbythefoundationmaterialsanddistributedovertheareaofthefootingsasdetermined
    by the eccentricity of the resultant of the downward forces. Where piles are used under footings, the upward
    reactionofthefoundationshallbeconsideredasaseriesofconcentratedloadsappliedatthepilecenters,eachpile
    beingassumedtocarrythecomputedportionofthetotalfootingload.

    3.9.11.1.2 IsolatedandMultipleFootingReactions
    Whenasingleisolatedfootingsupportsacolumn,pierorwall,thefootingshallbeassumedtoactasacantilever
    element. When footings support more than one column, pier, or wall, the footing slab shall be designed for the
    actualconditionsofcontinuityandrestraint.

    3.9.11.1.3 RaftFoundationReactions

    Fordeterminingthedistributionofcontactpressurebelowaraftitisanalysedeitherasarigidorflexiblefoundation
    consideringtherigidityoftheraft,andtherigidityofthesuperstructureandthesupportingsoil.Considerationshall
    begiventotheincreasedcontactpressuredevelopedalongtheedgesofraftoncohesivesoilsandthedecreasein
    contact pressure along the edges on granular soils. Any appropriate analytical method reasonably valid for the
    conditionmaybeused.Choiceofaparticularmethodshallbegovernedbythevalidityoftheassumptionsinthe
    particularcase.Numericalanalysisofraftsusingappropriatesoftwaremaybeusedfordeterminationofreactions,
    shearsandmoments.

    Analyticalmethods(basedonbeamsonelasticfoundation)andnumericalmethodsrequirevaluesofthemodulus
    of subgrade reaction of the soil. For use in preliminary analysis and design, indicative values of the modulus of
    subgradereactionforcohesionlesssoilsandcohesivesoilsishowninTable6.3.7andTable6.3.8,respectively.

    . (6.3.9)

    Table6.3.7:ModulusofSubgradeReaction(k)forCohesionlessSoils

    SoilCharacteristic *ModulusofSubgradeReaction(k)Soil
    3
    Characteristic(kN/m )

    Relative StandardPenetrationTest ForDryorMoistState ForSubmergedState


    Density Value(N)(Blowsper300
    mm)

    Loose <10 15000 9000


    Medium 10to30 15000to47000 9000to29000
    Dense 30andover 47000to180000 29000to108000

    *Theabovevaluesapplytoasquareplate300mmx300mmorbeams300mmwide.




    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6177
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table6.3.8ModulusofSubgradeReaction(k)forCohesiveSoils

    SoilCharacteristic ModulusofSubgradeReaction,k
    Consistency UnconfinedCompressiveStrength (kN/m3)
    2
    (kN/m )
    Stiff 100to200 27000
    VeryStiff 200to400 27000to54000
    Hard 400andover 54000to108000

    *Thevaluesapplytoasquareplate300mmx300mm.Theabovevaluesarebasedontheassumption
    thattheaverageloadingintensitydoesnotexceedhalftheultimatebearingcapacity.

    3.9.11.2 Moment

    3.9.11.2.1 CriticalSection
    Externalmomentonanysectionofafootingshallbedeterminedbypassingaverticalplanethroughthefootingand
    computingthemomentoftheforcesactingovertheentireareaofthefootingononesideofthatverticalplane.
    Thecriticalsectionforbendingshallbetakenatthefaceofthecolumn,pier,orwall.Inthecaseofcolumnsthatare
    not square or rectangular, the section shall be taken at the side of the concentric square of equivalent area. For
    footingsundermasonrywalls,thecriticalsectionshallbetakenhalfwaybetweenthemiddleandedgeofthewall.
    Forfootingsundermetalliccolumnbases,thecriticalsectionshallbetakenhalfwaybetweenthecolumnfaceand
    theedgeofthemetallicbase.

    3.9.11.2.2 DistributionofReinforcement
    Reinforcementofsquarefootingsshallbedistributeduniformlyacrosstheentirewidthoffooting.Reinforcementof
    rectangular footings shall be distributed uniformly across the entire width of footing in the long direction. In the
    shortdirection,theportionofthetotalreinforcementgivenbythefollowingequationshallbedistributeduniformly
    overabandwidth(centeredoncenterlineofcolumnorpier)equaltothelengthoftheshortsideofthefooting.


    (6.3.10)

    Here,istheratioofthefootinglengthtowidth.Theremainderofreinforcementrequiredintheshortdirection
    shallbedistributeduniformlyoutsidethecenterbandwidthoffooting.

    3.9.11.2.3 Shear

    3.9.11.2.4 CriticalSection
    Computationofshearinfootings,andlocationofcriticalsectionshallbeinaccordancewithrelevantsectionsofthe
    structuraldesignpartofthecode.Locationofcriticalsectionshall be measuredfromthefaceof column,pieror
    wall, for footings supporting a column, pier, or wall. For footings supporting a column or pier with metallic base
    plates, the critical section shall be measured from the location defined in the critical section for moments for
    footings.

    3.9.11.2.5 CriticalSectionforFootingsonDrivenPiles/BoredPiles/DrilledPiers
    Shearonthecriticalsectionshallbeinaccordancewiththefollowing.Entirereactionfromanydrivenpileorbored
    piles,anddrilledpierwhosecenterislocateddP/2(dP=diameterofthepile)ormoreoutsidethecriticalsectionshall
    be considered as producing shear on that section. Reaction from any driven pile or drilled shaft whose center is
    locateddP/2ormoreinsidethecriticalsectionshallbeconsideredasproducingnoshearonthatsection.Forthe
    intermediate position of driven pile or drilled shaft centers, the portion ofthe driven pile or shaft reactionto be

    6178 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    considered as producing shear on the critical section shall be based on linear interpolation between full value at
    dP/2outsidethesectionandzerovalueatdP/2insidethesection.

    3.9.11.3 ReinforcementandDevelopmentLength

    3.9.11.3.1 DevelopmentLength
    Computationofdevelopmentlengthofreinforcementinfootingsshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantsections
    ofthestructuraldesignpartofthecode.

    3.9.11.3.2 CriticalSection
    Criticalsectionsfordevelopmentlengthofreinforcementshallbeassumedatthesamelocationsasdefinedabove
    asthecriticalsectionformomentsandatallotherverticalplaneswherechangesinsectionorreinforcementoccur.

    3.9.11.4 TransferofForceatBaseofColumn

    3.9.11.4.1 TransferofForce
    All forces and moments applied at base of column or pier shall be transferred to top of footing by bearing on
    concreteandbyreinforcement.

    3.9.11.4.2 LateralForce
    Lateralforcesshallbetransferredtosupportingfootinginaccordancewithsheartransferprovisionsoftherelevant
    sectionsofthestructuraldesignpartofthecode.

    3.9.11.4.3 BearingStrengthofConcrete
    Bearing on concrete at contact surface between supporting and supported member shall not exceed concrete
    bearingstrengthforeithersurface.

    3.9.11.4.4 Reinforcement
    Reinforcementshallbeprovidedacrossinterfacebetweensupportingandsupportedmembereitherbyextending
    main longitudinal reinforcement into footings or by dowels. Reinforcement across interface shall be sufficient to
    satisfyallofthefollowing:

    (i) Reinforcement shall be provided to transfer all force that exceeds concrete bearing strength in
    supportingandsupportedmember.

    (ii) If it is required that loading conditions include uplift, total tensile force shall be resisted by
    reinforcement.

    (iii) Area of reinforcement shall not be less than 0.005 times gross area of supported member, with a
    minimumof4bars.

    3.9.11.4.5 DowelSize
    Diameterofdowels,ifused,shallnotexceedthediameteroflongitudinalreinforcements.

    3.9.11.4.6 DevelopmentLengthandSplicing
    Fortransferofforcebyreinforcement,developmentlengthofreinforcementinsupportingandsupportedmember,
    requiredsplicingshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantsections(Part.6,Chapter6)ofthestructuraldesignpartof
    thecode.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6179
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10 GeotechnicalDesignofDeepFoundations

    3.10.1 DrivenPiles
    Theprovisionsofthisarticleshallapplytothedesignofaxiallyandlaterallyloadeddrivenpilesinsoil.Drivenpile
    foundation shall be designed and installed on the basis of a site investigation report that will include subsurface
    exploration at locations and depths sufficient to determine the position and adequacy of the bearing soil unless
    adequatedataisavailableuponwhichthedesignandinstallationofthepilescanbebased.Thereportshallinclude:

    (i) Recommendedpiletypeandcapacities
    (ii) Drivingandinstallationprocedure
    (iii) Fieldinspectionprocedure
    (iv) Pileloadtest,integritytestrequirements
    (v) Durabilityandqualityofpilematerial
    (vi) Designationofbearingstratumorstrata

    Aplanshowingclearlythedesignationofallpilesbyanidentifyingsystemshallbefiledpriortoinstallationofsuch
    piles.Alldetailedrecordsforindividualpilesshallbearanidentificationcorrespondingtothatshownontheplan.A
    copyofsuchplanshallbeavailableatthesiteforinspectionatalltimesduringtheconstruction.

    Thedesignandinstallationofdrivenpilefoundationsshallbeunderthedirectsupervisionofacompetentengineer
    whoshallcertifythatthepilesasinstalledsatisfythedesigncriteria

    3.10.1.1 Application
    Pile driving may be considered when footings cannot be founded on granular or stiff cohesive soils within a
    reasonable depth. At locations where soil conditions would normally permit the use of spread footings but the
    potential for scour exists, piles may be driven as a protection against scour. Piles may also be driven where an
    unacceptableamountofsettlementofspreadfootingsmayoccur

    3.10.1.2 Materials
    Driven piles may be castinplace concrete, precast concrete, prestressed concrete, timber, structural steel
    sections,steelpipe,oracombinationofmaterials.

    3.10.1.3 Penetration
    Pilepenetrationshallbedetermined basedonverticalandlateralloadcapacitiesof boththepileandsubsurface
    materials. In general, the design penetration for any pile shall be not less than 3m into hard cohesive or dense
    granularmaterial,norlessthan6mintosoftcohesiveorloosegranularmaterial.

    3.10.1.4 EstimatedPileLength
    Estimatedpilelengthsofdrivenpilesshallbeshownonthedrawingandshallbebaseduponcarefulevaluationof
    availablesubsurfaceinformation,axialandlateralcapacitycalculations,and/orpastexperience.

    3.10.1.5 DrivenPileTypes
    Drivenpilesshallbeclassifiedas"friction"or"endbearing"oracombinationofbothaccordingtothemannerin
    which load transfer is developed. The ultimate load capacity of a pile consists of two parts. One part is due to
    frictioncalledskinfrictionorshaftfrictionorsideshear,andtheotherisduetoendbearingatthebaseortipofthe
    pile.Iftheskinfrictionisgreaterthanabout80%oftheendbearingloadcapacity,thepileisdeemedafrictionpile
    and,ifthereverse,anendbearingpile.Iftheendbearingisneglected,thepileiscalledafloatingpile.

    6180 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.1.6 BatterPiles
    When the lateral resistance of the soil surrounding the piles is inadequate to counteract the horizontal forces
    transmittedtothefoundation,orwhenincreasedrigidityoftheentirestructureisrequired,batterpilesshouldbe
    used in the foundation. Where negative skin friction loads are expected, batter piles should be avoided, and an
    alternatemethodofprovidinglateralrestraintshouldbeused.

    Freestandingbatterpilesaresubjecttobendingmomentsduetotheirownweight,orexternalforcesfromother
    sources. Batter piles in loose fill or consolidating deposits may become laterally loaded due to settlement of the
    surroundingsoil.Inconsolidatingclay,specialprecautions,likeprovisionofpermanentcasing,shallbetaken.

    3.10.1.7 SelectionofSoilandRockProperties
    Soil and rock properties defining the strength and compressibility characteristics of the foundation materials, are
    requiredfordrivenpiledesign.

    3.10.1.8 DesignofPileCapacity
    The design pile capacity is the maximum load that the driven pile shall support with tolerable movement. In
    determiningthedesignpilecapacitythefollowingitemsshallbeconsidered:

    (i) Ultimategeotechnicalcapacity(axialandlateral).
    (ii) Structuralcapacityofpilesection(axialandlateral).
    (iii) Theallowableaxialloadonapileshallbetheleastvalueoftheabovetwocapacities.

    Indeterminingthedesignaxialcapacity,considerationshallbegiventothefollowing:

    (i) Theinfluenceoffluctuationsintheelevationofgroundwatertableoncapacity.

    (ii) Theeffectsofdrivingpilesonadjacentstructureandslopes.

    (iii) Theeffectsofnegativeskinfrictionordownloadsfromconsolidatingsoilandtheeffectsofliftloads
    fromexpansiveorswellingsoils.

    (iv) Theinfluenceofconstructiontechniquessuchasaugeringorjettingonpilecapacity.

    (v) Thedifferencebetweenthesupportingcapacitysinglepileandthatofagroupofpiles.

    (vi) Thecapacityofanunderlyingstratatosupportloadofthepilegroup;

    (vii) Thepossibilityofscouranditseffectonaxiallateralcapacity.

    3.10.1.9 UltimateGeotechnicalCapacityofDrivenPileforAxialLoad
    Theultimateloadcapacity,Qult,ofapileconsistsoftwoparts.Onepartisduetofrictioncalledskinfrictionorshaft
    friction or side shear, Qs andthe other is due to endbearing atthe base or tip ofthe pile,Qb The ultimate axial
    capacity(Qult)ofdrivenpilesshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththefollowingforcompressionloading.

    Qult = Qs + Qb W (6.3.11)

    Forupliftloading;

    Qult 0.7Qs + W (6.3.12)

    Theallowableorworkingaxialloadshallbedeterminedas:

    Qallow = Qult / FS
    6.3.13

    Where,WistheweightofthepileandFSisagrossfactorofsafetyusuallygreaterthan2.5.Often,forcompression
    loading,theweighttermisneglectediftheweight,W,isconsideredinestimatingimposedloading.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6181
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Theultimatebearingcapacity(skinfrictionand/orendbearing)ofasingleverticalpilemaybedeterminedbyanyof
    thefollowingmethods.

    (i) Bytheuseofstaticbearingcapacityequations

    (ii) BytheuseofSPTandCPT

    (iii) Byfieldloadtests

    (iv) Bydynamicmethods

    3.10.1.10 StaticBearingCapacityEquationsforPileCapacity

    Theskinfriction,QsandendbearingQbcanbecalculatedas:

    QS = AS f S (6.3.14a)

    and;

    Qb = Ab f b (6.3.14b)

    Where,

    As= skinfrictionarea(perimeterarea)ofthepile=PerimeterLength

    fs= skin frictional resistance on unit surface area of pile, that depends on soil properties and loading
    conditions(drainedorundrained)

    Ab= endbearingareaofthepile=Crosssectionalareaofpiletip(bottom)

    fb= endbearingresistanceonunittipareaofpile,thatdependsonsoilpropertiestoadepthof2B(Bis
    thediameterforacircularpilesectionorlengthofsidesforasquarepilesection)fromthepiletip
    andloadingconditions(drainedorundrained)

    Foralayeredsoilsystemcontainingnnumberoflayers,endbearingresistancecanbecalculatedconsideringsoil
    propertiesofthelayeratwhichthepilerests,andtheskinfrictionresistanceconsidersallthepenetratinglayers
    calculatedas:

    (6.3.15)

    Where,Zi representsthethicknessofany(ith)layerand(Perimeter)iistheperimeterofthepileinthatlayer.The
    mannerinwhichskinfrictionistransferredtotheadjacentsoildependsonthesoiltype.Infinegrainedsoils,the
    loadtransferisnonlinearanddecreaseswithdepth.Asaresult,elasticcompressionofthepileisnotuniform;more
    compressionoccursonthetoppartthanonthebottompartofthepile.Forcoarsegrainedsoils,theloadtransferis
    approximatelylinearwithdepth(higherloadsatthetopandlowerloadsatthebottom).

    Inordertomobilizeskinfrictionandendbearing,somemovementofthepileisnecessary.Fieldtestshaverevealed
    that to mobilize the full skin friction a vertical displacement of 5 to 10 mm is required. The actual vertical
    displacementdependsonthestrengthofthesoilandisindependentofthepilelengthandpilediameter.Thefull
    end bearing resistance is mobilized in driven piles when the vertical displacement is about 10% of the pile tip
    diameter.Forboredpilesordrilledshafts,averticaldisplacementofabout30%ofthepiletipdiameterisrequired.
    Thefullendbearingresistanceismobilizedwhensliporfailurezonessimilartoshallowfoundationsareformed.The
    endbearingresistancecanthenbecalculatedbyanalogywithshallowfoundations.Theimportantbearingcapacity
    factorisNq.

    Thefullskinfrictionandfullendbearingarenotmobilizedatthesamedisplacement.Theskinfrictionismobilized
    ataboutonetenthofthedisplacementrequiredtomobilizetheendbearingresistance.Thisisimportantindecid

    6182 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    ing on the factor of safety to be applied to the ultimate load. Depending on the tolerable settlement, different
    factorsofsafetycanbeappliedtoskinfrictionandtoendbearing.

    Generally,pilesdrivenintoloose,coarsegrainedsoilstendtodensitytheadjacentsoil.Whenpilesaredriveninto
    dense, coarsegrained soils, the soil adjacent to the pile becomes loose. Pile driving usually remolds finegrained
    soilsnearthepileshaft.Theimplicationofpileinstallationisthattheintactshearstrengthofthesoilischangedand
    onemustaccountforthischangeinestimationsoftheloadcapacity.

    3.10.1.11 AxialCapacityofDrivenPilesinCohesiveSoilusingStaticBearingCapacity
    Equations

    The ultimate axial capacity of driven piles in cohesive may be calculated from static formula, given by (6.3.14a),
    (6.3.14b)and(6.3.15),usingatotalstressmethodforundrainedloadingconditions,oraneffectivestressmethod
    fordrainedloadingconditions.Appropriatevaluesofadhesionfactor()andcoefficientofhorizontalsoilstress(ks)
    for cohesive soils that are consistent with soil condition and pile installation procedure may be used. There are
    basicallytwoapproachesforcalculatingskinfriction:

    (i) Themethodthatisbasedontotalstressanalysisandisnormallyusedtoestimatetheshorttermload
    capacity of piles embedded in fine grained soils. In this method, a coefficient is used to relate the
    undrainedshearstrengthcuorsutotheadhesivestress(fs)alongthepileshaft.Assuch,

    Qs = cu As (6.3.16)

    =1.0 forclayswithcu25kN/m2

    =0.5 forclayswithcu70kN/m2

    1 forclayswith25kN/m2<cu<70kN/m2

    Theendbearinginsuchacaseisfoundbyanalogywithshallowfoundationsandisexpressedas:

    Qb = (cu ) b ( N c ) b Ab (6.3.17)

    Nc isabearingcapacityfactor,usually9.cuistheundrainedshearstrengthofsoilatthebaseofthepile.
    Thesuffixbsareindicativesofbaseofpile.ThegeneralequationforNcis,however,asfollows.

    6 1 0.2 9 (6.3.18)

    ThesymbolDbrepresentsthediameteratthebaseofthepile.Theskinfrictionvalue,fb=(cu)b(Nc)bshould
    notexceed4.0MPa.

    (ii) Themethodisbasedonaneffectivestressanalysisandisusedtodetermineboththeshorttermand
    long term pile load capacities. The friction along the pile shaft is found using Coulombs friction law,
    wherethefrictionstressisgivenby .Thelateraleffectivestress,xisproportional
    toverticaleffectivestress,zbyacoefficient,K.Assuch,

    f s = K z tan = z
    (6.3.19a)

    Where, 1 (6.3.19b)

    is the effective angle of internal friction of soil and OCR is the over-consolidation ratio. Fornormally
    consolidated clay, varies from 0.25 to 0.29. The value of decreases for very long piles, as such a
    correctionfactorisused.

    0.5 (6.3.19c)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6183
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The end bearing capacity is calculated by analogy with the bearing capacity of shallow footings and is
    determinedfrom:

    f b = ( v ) b ( N q ) b
    (6.3.20)

    Where,Nqisabearingcapacityfactorthatdependsonangleofinternalfriction of the soil at the base


    of the pile, aspresentedinFig.6.3.2.Subscriptbdesignatestheparametersatthebasesoil.

    1000
    BearingCapacityFactor,Nq

    100

    10
    20 25 30 35 40 45 50
    AngleofInternalFriction, (Degree)

    Fig.6.3.2:BearingCapacityFactorNqforDeepFoundation(AfterBerezantzev,1961)

    3.10.1.12 Axial Capacity of Driven Piles in Cohesive Soil and Nonplastic Silt using
    SPTValues

    StandardPenetrationTestNvalueisameasureofconsistencyofclaysoilandindirectlythemeasureofcohesion.
    The skin friction of pile can thus be estimated from Nvalue. The following relation may be used for preliminary
    designofpilesinclayandsiltsoils.TheNvalueusedshouldbecorrectedforoverburden.

    Forclayandsilt: f s = 1.67 N (in kPa) 70 kPa (6.3.21)


    Forendbearing,therelationshipisasunder.

    Forclay: f b = 45 N (in kPa)


    (6.3.22)

    L
    Forsilt: f b = 40 N (in kPa) 300 N and 10000 kPa (6.3.23)
    D

    3.10.1.13 Axial Capacity of Driven Piles in Cohesionless Soil using Static Bearing
    CapacityEquations

    Pilesincohesionlesssoilsshallbedesignedbyeffectivestressmethodsofanalysisfordrainedloadingconditions.
    The ultimate axial capacity of piles in cohesionless soils may also be calculated using empirical effective stress

    6184 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    method or from insitu methods and analysis such as the cone penetration or pressure meter tests. Dynamic
    formula may be used for driven piles in cohesionless soils such as gravels, coarse sand and deposits where pore
    pressuredevelopedduetodrivingisquicklydissipated.

    Forpilesincohesionlesssoil,theultimatesideresistancemaybeestimatedusingthefollowingformula:

    f s = z
    (6.3.24)

    Where,zistheeffectiveverticalstressatthelevelunderconsideration.Thevaluesforareasunder.

    =0.10 for=33o

    =0.20 for=35o

    =0.35 for=37o

    Foruncementedcalcareoussandthevalueofvariesfrom0.05to0.10.
    Thefollowingequation,asusedforcohesivesoil,maybeusedtocomputetheultimateendbearingcapacityofpiles
    insandysoilinwhich,themaximum effectivestress,vallowedforthecomputationis240kPa

    f b = ( v ) b ( N q ) b
    (6.3.25)

    Nq=8to12 forloose sand

    Nq=12to40 formedium sand

    Nq=40 fordense sand

    Fig.6.3.2mayalsobeusedtoestimatethevalueofNq.

    CriticalDepthforEndBearingandSkinFriction
    The vertical effective stress (v or z) increases with depth. Hence the skin friction should increase with depth
    indefinitely. In reality skin friction does not increase indefinitely. It is believed that skin friction would become a
    constant at a certain depth. This depth is named critical depth. Pile end bearing in sandy soils is also related to
    effective stress. Experimental data indicates that end bearing capacity does not also increase with depth
    indefinitely.Duetolackofavalidtheory,Engineersusethesamecriticaldepthconceptadoptedforskinfrictionfor
    end bearing capacity as well. Both the skin friction and the end bearing capacity are assumed to increase till the
    criticaldepth,dcandthenmaintainaconstantvalue.Followingapproximationsmaybeusedforthecriticaldepthin
    relationtodiameterofpile,D.

    dc=10D forloose sand

    dc=15D formedium dense sand

    dc=20D fordense sand

    3.10.1.14 AxialCapacityofDrivenPilesinCohesionlessSoilusingSPTValues

    StandardPenetrationTestNvalueisameasureofconsistencyofclaysoilandindirectlythemeasureofcohesion.
    TheskinfrictionofpilecanthusbeestimatedfromNvalue.Thefollowingrelationmaybeusedforclaysoils.

    Forlargedisplacementpiles: fb = 2 N (in kPa) (6.3.26a)


    Forlargedisplacementpiles: f b = 1N (in kPa)


    (6.3.26b)

    Forendbearing,therelationshipisasunder.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6185
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    L
    f b = 400 N (in kPa) 400 N and 10000 kPa (6.3.27)
    D

    3.10.1.15 AxialCapacityofDrivenPileusingPileLoadTest
    Generally, the total test load is twice the design load. The pile load test has considered to have failed, if the
    settlementintothesoil,thatisthegrosssettlementminuselasticshortening,isgreaterthan25mmatfulltestload
    orthesettlementintothesoilisgreaterthan13mm,attheendofthetestafterremovaloftheload.

    3.10.1.16 SelectionofFactorofSafety
    Afactorofsafetyshallbeappliedtoallestimatesoffailureloadafterconsidering:

    i) Thereliabilityofthevalueoftheultimatebearingcapacity,

    ii) Controlofthepileinstallationprocedure

    ii) Thetypeofsuperstructureandtypeofloading,and

    iii) Allowabletotalanddifferentialsettlementofthestructure.

    Whenultimatebearingcapacityiscalculatedfromeitherstaticformulaordynamicformula,theabovefactorsshall
    be considered. The minimum factor of safety on static formula shall be 3.0. The factor of safety shall actually
    dependonthereliabilityoftheformula,dependingonaparticularsiteandthereliabilityofthesubsoilparameters
    employed in the calculations. The assumption of a factor of safety shall also consider the load settlement
    characteristicsofthestructureasawholeonagivensite.Thedesignpilecapacityshallbespecifiedontheplansso
    thefactorofsafetycanbeadjustedifthespecifiedconstructioncontrolprocedureisaltered.Whensafeloadona
    drivenpileisassessedbyapplyingafactorofsafetytoloadtestdata,theminimumsafetyfactorshallbe2.

    Settlementistobelimitedordifferentialsettlementavoided(i.e.,foraccuratelyalignedmachineryorafragilefinish
    ofsuperstructure)

    (i) largeimpactorvibratingloadsareexpected
    (ii) soilstrengthormodulusmaybeexpectedtodeterioratewithtime
    (iii) liveloadonastructurecarriedbyfrictionpilesisaconsiderableportionofthetotalloadand
    approximatethedeadloadinduration.

    Theallowableaxialloadonapileshallbetheleastvaluepermittedbyconsiderationofthefollowingfactors:

    (i) Thecapacityofthepileasastructuralmember.
    (ii) Theallowablebearingpressureonsoilstrataunderlyingthepiletip.
    (iii) Theresistancetopenetrationofthepile,includingresistancetodriving,resistancetojacking,the
    rateofpenetration,orotherequivalentcriteria.
    (iv) Thecapacityasindicatedbyloadtest,whereloadtestsarerequired.

    Drivenpileinsoilshallbedesignedforaminimumoverallfactorofsafetyof2.0againstbearingcapacityfailure(end
    bearing,sideresistanceorcombined)whenthedesignisbasedontheresultsofaloadtestconductedatthesite.
    Otherwise, it shall be designed for a minimum overall factor of safety 3.0. The minimum recommended overall
    factorofsafetyisbasedonanassumednormalleveloffieldqualitycontrolduringconstruction.Ifanormallevelof
    fieldqualitycontrolcannotbeassured,higherminimumfactorsofsafetyshallbeused.Therecommendedvaluesof
    overallfactorofsafetyonultimateaxialloadcapacitybasedonspecifiedconstructionControlispresentedinTable
    6.3.8.
    Partialfactorofsafetymaybeusedindependentlyforskinfrictionandendbearing.Thevaluesofpartialfactorof
    safetymaybetakenas1.5and3.0respectivelyforskinfrictionandendbearing.Thedesign/allowableloadmaybe
    takenastheminimumofthevaluesconsideringoverallandpartialfactorofsafety.

    6186 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    Table6.3.8:DesignFactorofSafetyforDeepFoundationforDownwardandUpwardLoad

    Structure Design Probability DesignFactorofSafety


    Life(yrs.) ofFailure
    GoodControl NormalControl PoorControl V.PoorControl
    Monument >100 105 2.30 3.00 3.50 4.00
    4
    Permanent 25100 10 2.00 2.50 2.80 3.40
    3
    Temporary <25 10 1.40 2.00 2.30 2.80
    Forupliftload,factorofsafetyishigher.Usually1.5to2.0timesofthevaluesinthischartfordownwardloading

    3.10.1.17 GroupPilesandGroupCapacityofDrivenPiles
    Allpilesshallbebracedtoprovidelateralstabilityinalldirections.Threeormorepilesconnectedbyarigidcapshall
    be considered as being braced, provided that the piles are located in a radial direction from the centroid of the
    group, notless than60 degrees apartcircumferentially. A two pile group inarigidcap shall be considered to be
    bracedalongtheaxisconnectingthetwopiles.Pilessupportingwallsshallbedrivenalternatelyinlinesatleast300
    mm apart and located symmetrically under the centre of gravity of the wall load, unless effective measures are
    takentocaterforeccentricityandlateralforces,orthewallpilesareadequatelybracedtoprovidelateralstability.

    Grouppilecapacityofdrivenpilesshouldbedeterminedastheproductofthegroupefficiency,numberofpilesin
    the group and the capacity of a single pile. In general, a group efficiency value of 1.0 should be used except for
    frictionpilesdrivenincohesivesoils.Theminimumcentertocenterpilespacingof2.5Bisrecommended.

    3.10.1.17.1 PileCaps
    Pilecapsshallbeofreinforcedconcrete.Thesoilimmediatelybelowthepilecapshallnotbeconsideredascarrying
    anyverticalload.Thetopsofallpilesshallbeembeddednotlessthan75mmintopilecapsandthecapshallextend
    atleast100mmbeyondtheedgeofallpiles.Thetopsofallpilesshallbecutbacktosoundmaterialbeforecapping.
    Thepilecapshallberigidenough,sothattheimposedloadcanbedistributedonthepilesinagroupequitably.The
    cap shall generally be cast over a 75 mm thick levelling course of concrete. The clear cover for the main
    reinforcementinthecapslabundersuchconditionshallnotbelessthan60mm.

    3.10.1.18 LateralLoads(Capacity)onDrivenPiles
    Thedesignoflaterallyloadedpilesisusuallygovernedbylateralmovementcriteria.Thedesignoflaterallyloaded
    piles shall account for the effects of soilstructure interaction between the pile and ground. Methods of analysis
    evaluatingtheultimatecapacityordeflectionoflaterallyloadedpilesmaybeusedforpreliminarydesignonlyasa
    meanstoevaluateappropriatepilesections.Lateralcapacityofverticalsinglepilesshallbetheleastofthevalues
    calculatedonthebasisofsoilfailure,structuralcapacityofthepileanddeflectionofthepilehead.

    Deflectioncalculationsrequirehorizontalsubgrademodulusofthesurroundingsoil.Whenconsideringlateralload
    onpiles,theeffectofothercoexistentloads,includingaxialloadonthepile,shallbetakenintoconsiderationfor
    checkingstructuralcapacityoftheshaft.

    Forestimatingthedepthoffixity,establishedmethodofanalysisshallbeused.Todeterminelateralloadcapacity,
    lateralloadtesttoatleasttwicetheproposeddesignworkingloadshallbemade.Theresultingallowableloadshall
    notbemorethanonehalfofthetestloadthatproducesagrosslateralmovementof25mmatthegroundsurface.

    Lateral load tests shall be performed. All piles standing unbraced in air, water or soils not capable of providing
    lateralsupportshallbedesignedascolumnsinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthisCode.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6187
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.1.19 VerticalGroundMovement
    Thepotentialforexternalloadingonapilebyverticalgroundmovementsshallbeconsideredaspartofthedesign.
    Vertical ground movements may result in negative skin friction or downdrag loads due to settlement of
    compressible soils or may result in uplift loads due to heave of expansive soils. For design purposes, the full
    magnitudeofmaximumverticalgroundmovementshallbeassumed.

    3.10.1.19.1 NegativeSkinFriction(DownwardMovement)
    Drivenpilesinstalledincompressiblefillorsoftsoilsubjecttocompressionshallbedesignedagainstdownwardload
    duetodowndragknownasthenegativefrictionofthecompressiblesoil.Thepotentialforexternalloadingonapile
    by negative skin friction/downdrag due to settlement of compressible soil shall be considered as a part of the
    design.Evaluationofnegativeskinfrictionshallincludealoadtransfermethodofanalysistodeterminetheneutral
    point (i.e., point of zero relative displacement) and load distribution along shaft. Due to the possible time
    dependence associated with vertical ground movement, the analysis shall consider the effect of time on load
    transfer between the ground and shaft and the analysis shall be performed for the time period relating to the
    maximum axial load transfer to thepile.Ifnecessary, negative skin frictionloads that cause excessivesettlement
    may be reduced by application of bitumen or other viscous coatings to the pile surfaces before In estimating
    negativeskinfrictionthefollowingfactorsshallbeconsidered:

    (i) Relativemovementbetweensoilandpileshaft.

    (ii) Relativemovementbetweenanyunderlyingcompressiblesoilandpileshaft.

    (iii) Elasticcompressionofthepileundertheworkingload.

    (iv) Therateofconsolidationofthecompressiblelayer.

    Negativeskinfrictionismobilizedonlywhentendencyforrelativemovementbetweenpileshaftandsurrounding
    soilexists.

    3.10.1.19.2 ExpansiveSoils(UpwardMovement)
    Pilesdriveninswellingsoilsmaybesubjectedtoupliftforcesinthezoneofseasonalmoisturechange.Pilesshall
    extend a sufficient distance into moisturestable soils to provide adequate resistance to swelling uplift forces. In
    addition,sufficientclearanceshallbeprovidedbetweenthegroundsurfaceandtheundersideofpilecapsorgrade
    beams to preclude the application of uplift loads at the pile cap. Uplift loads may be reduced by application of
    bitumenorotherviscouscoatingstothepilesurfaceintheswellingzone.

    3.10.1.20 Dynamic/SeismicDesignofPiles
    In case of submerged loose sands, vibration caused by earthquake may cause liquefaction or excessive total and
    differentialsettlements.Thisaspectoftheproblemshallbeinvestigatedandappropriatemethodsofimprovements
    should be adopted to achieve suitable values of N. Alternatively, large diameter drilled pier foundation shall be
    providedandtakentodepthswellintothelayerswhicharenotlikelytoliquefy.

    3.10.1.21 ProtectionagainstCorrosionandAbrasion
    Whereconditionsofexposurewarrant,concreteencasementorothercorrosionprotectionshallbeusedonsteel
    pilesandsteelshells.Exposedsteel pilesorsteelshellsshall nothe usedinsaltor brackish water, andonlywith
    cautioninfreshwater.DetailsaregiveninSection3.7.2.

    3.10.1.22 DynamicMonitoring
    Dynamic monitoring may be specified for piles installed in difficult subsurface conditions such as soils with
    obstructions and boulders to evaluate compliance with structural pile capacity. Dynamic monitoring may also be

    6188 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    consideredforgeotechnicalcapacityverification,wherethesizeoftheprojectorotherlimitationsdetersstaticload
    testing.

    3.10.1.23 MaximumAllowableDrivingStresses
    Maximumallowabledrivingstressesinpilematerialfortopdrivenpilesshallnotexceed0.9Fy(compression),0.9Fy

    (tension)forsteelpiles,0.85f cconcrete(compression)and0.7Fy (steelreinforcement(tension)for concrete piles
    and0.85fcfpc(compression)forprestressedconcretepiles.

    3.10.1.24 Buoyancy
    The effects ofhydrostatic pressure shall be considered in the design of driven piles, where used with foundation
    subjectedtobuoyancyforces.

    3.10.1.25 ProtectionagainstDeterioration

    3.10.1.25.1 SteelPiles
    Asteelpilefoundationdesignshallconsiderthatsteelpilesmaybesubjecttocorrosion,particularlyinfillsoilslow
    pHsoils(acidic)andmarineenvironments.AfieldelectricresistivitysurveyorresistivitytestingandpHtestingof
    soil and ground water samples should be used to evaluate the corrosion potential. Methods of protecting steel
    piling in corrosive environments include use of protective coatings, cathodic protection, and increased pile steel
    area.

    3.10.1.25.2 ConcretePiles
    Aconcretepilefoundationdesignshallconsiderthatdeteriorationofconcretepilescanoccurduetosulfatesinsoil,
    groundwater,orseawater;chloridesinsoilsandchemicalwastes;acidicgroundwateranorganicacids.Laboratory
    testing of soil and ground water samples for sulfates and ph is usually sufficient to assess pile deterioration
    potential. A full chemical analysis of soil and round water samples is recommended when chemical wastes are
    suspected. Methods of protecting concrete piling can include dense impermeable concrete, sulfate resisting
    portlandcement,minimumcoverrequirementsforreinforcingsteel,anduseofepoxies,resins,orotherprotective
    coatings

    3.10.1.25.3 TimberPiles
    Atimberpilefoundation(usedfortemporarystructures)designshallconsiderthatdeteriorationoftimberpilescan
    occurduetodecayfromwettinganddryingcyclesorfrominsectsormarineborersMethodsofprotectingtimber
    pilingincludepressuretreatingwithcreosoteorotherwoodpreservers

    3.10.1.26 PileSpacing,ClearanceandEmbedment

    3.10.1.26.1 PileSpacing
    Endbearingdrivenpilesshallbeproportionedsuchthattheminimumcentertocenterpilespacingshallexceedthe
    greaterof750mmor2.5pilediameters/widths.Thedistancefromthesideofanypiletothenearestedgeofthe
    pilecapshallnotbelessthan100mm.Thespacingofpilesshallbesuchthattheaverageloadonthesupporting
    strata will not exceed the safe bearing value of those strata as determined by test boring or other established
    methods.

    Pilesderivingtheircapacityfromfrictionalresistanceshallbesufficientlyaparttoensurethatthezonesofsoilfrom
    which the piles derive their support do not overlap to such an extent that their bearing values are reduced.
    Generally,insuchcases,thespacingshallnotbelessthan3.0timesthediameteroftheshaft.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6189
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.1.26.2 MinimumProjectionofPileintothePileCap
    Thetopsofpilesshallprojectnotlessthan100mmintoconcreteafteralldamagedpilematerialhasbeenremoved.

    3.10.1.27 StructuralCapacityofDrivenPileSection
    The crosssection of driven piles shall be of sufficient size and pile material shall have the necessary structural
    strengthtoresistallhandlingstressesduringdrivingorinstallationandthenecessarystrengthtotransmittheload
    imposedonthemtotheunderlyingandsurroundingsoil.Pilediameter/crosssectionofapileshaftatanylevelshall
    notbelessthanthedesignatednominaldiameter/crosssection.Thestructuraldesignofpilesmustconsidereachof
    thefollowingloadingconditions.

    Handlingloadsarethoseimposedonthepilebetweenthetimeitisfabricatedandthetimeitisinthe
    piledriverleadsandreadytobedriven.Theyaregeneratedbycranes,forklifts,andotherconstruction
    equipment.

    Drivingloadsareproducedbythepilehammerduringdriving.

    Serviceloadsarethedesignloadsfromthecompletedstructures.

    The maximum allowable stress on a pile shall not exceed 0.33 f c for precast concrete piles and 33 f c f pc for
    prestressedconcretepilesand 0 .25 f y forsteelHpiles.Theaxialcarryingcapacityofapilefullyembeddedinsoil
    withundrainedshearstrengthgreaterthan10kN/m2shallnotbelimitedbyitsstrengthaslongcolumn.Forweaker
    soils(undrainedshearstrengthlessthan10kN/m2),considerationshallbegiventodeterminewhethertheshaft
    wouldbehaveasalongcolumn.Ifnecessary,suitablereductionsshallbemadeinitsstructuralstrengthconsidering
    buckling.Theeffectivelengthofapilenotsecuredagainstbucklingbyadequatebracingshallbegovernedbyfixity
    conditionsimposedonitbythestructureitsupportsandbythenatureofthesoilinwhichitisinstalled.

    3.10.1.28 DrivenCastinPlaceConcretePiles
    Driven castinplace concrete piles shall be in general cast in metal shells driven into the soil that will remain
    permanently in place. However, other types of castinplace piles, plain or reinforced, cased or uncased, may be
    usedifthesoilconditionspermittheiruseandiftheirdesignandmethodofplacingaresatisfactory.

    3.10.1.28.1 Shape
    Castinplaceconcretepilesmayhaveauniformcrosssectionormaybetaperedoveranyportion.

    3.10.1.28.2 MinimumArea
    Theminimumareaatthebuttofthepileshallbe650squarecmsandtheminimumdiameteratthetipofthepile
    shallbe200mm.

    3.10.1.28.3 GeneralReinforcementRequirements
    Dependingonthedrivingandinstallationconditionsandtheloadingcondition,theamountofreinforcementandits
    arrangement shall vary. Castinplace piles, carrying axial loads only, where the possibility of lateral forces being
    appliedtothepilesisinsignificant,neednotbereinforcedwherethesoilprovidesadequatelateralsupport.Those
    portions of castinplace concrete piles that are not supported laterally shall be designed as reinforced concrete
    columnsandthereinforcingsteelshallextend3000mmbelowtheplanewherethesoilprovidesadequatelateral
    restraint.Wheretheshellissmoothpipeandmorethan3mminthickness,itmaybeconsideredasloadcarryingin
    theabsenceofcorrosion.Wheretheshelliscorrugatedandisatleast2mminthickness,itmaybeconsideredas
    providingconfinementintheabsenceofcorrosion.

    6190 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.1.28.4 ReinforcementintoSuperstructure
    Sufficient reinforcement shall be provided at the junction of the pile with the superstructure to make a suitable
    connection.Theembedmentofthereinforcementintothecapshallbeasspecifiedforprecastpiles

    3.10.1.28.5 ShellRequirements
    The shell shall be of sufficient thickness and strength, so that it will hold its original form and show no harmful
    distortionafteritandadjacentshellshavebeendrivenandthedrivingcore,ifany,hasbeenwithdrawn.Theplans
    shallstipulatethatalternativedesignsoftheshellmustbeapprovedbytheEngineerbeforeanydrivingisdone.

    3.10.1.28.6 Splices
    Piles may be spliced provided the splice develops the full strength of the pile. Splices should be detailed on the
    contractplans.Anyalternativemethodofsplicingprovidingequalresultsmaybeconsideredforapproval.

    3.10.1.28.7 ReinforcementCover
    Thereinforcementshallbeplacedacleardistanceofnotlessthan50mmfromthecasedoruncasedsides.When
    piles are in corrosive or marine environments, or when concrete is placed by the water or slurry displacement
    methods, the clear distance shall not be less than 75 mm for uncased piles and piles with shells not sufficiently
    corrosionresistant.Reinforcementsshallextendtowithin100mmoftheedgeofthepilecapReinforcementsshall
    extendtowithin100mmoftheedgeofthepilecap.

    3.10.1.28.8 Installation
    Steel cased piles shall have the steel shell mandrel driven their full length in contact with surrounding soil, left
    permanentlyinplaceandfilledwithconcrete.Nopileshallbedrivenwithin4.5timestheaveragepilediameterofa
    pilefilledwithconcretelessthan24hoursold.Concreteshallnotbeplacedinsteelshellswithintheheaverangeof
    driving

    3.10.1.28.9 Concreting
    Forboredordrivencastinsitupiles,concreteshallbedepositedinsuchawayastoprecludesegregation.Concrete
    shallbedepositedcontinuouslyuntilitisbroughttotherequiredlevel.Thetopsurfaceshallbemaintainedaslevel
    aspossibleandtheformationofseamsshallbeavoided.

    Forunderreamedpiles,theslumpofconcreteshallrangebetween100mmand150mmforconcretinginwater
    free holes. For large diameter holes concrete may be placed by tremie or by drop bottom bucket; for small
    diameterboreholesatremieshallbeutilized.

    Aslumpof125mmto150mmshallbemaintainedforconcretingbytremie.Incaseoftremieconcretingforpilesof
    smallerdiameterandlengthupto10m,theminimumcementcontentshallbe350kg/m3 ofconcrete.Forlarger
    diameterand/ordeeperpiles,theminimumcementcontentshallbe400kg/m3ofconcrete.

    Forconcretingunderwater,theconcreteshallcontainatleast10percentmorecementthanthatrequiredforthe
    samemixplacedinthedry.Theamountofcoarseaggregateshallbenotlessthanoneandahalftimes,normore
    thantwotimes,thatofthefineaggregate.Thematerialsshallbesoproportionedastoproduceaconcretehavinga
    slumpofnotlessthan100mm,normorethan150mm,exceptwhereplasticizingadmixturesisusedinwhichcase,
    theslumpmaybe175mm

    3.10.1.28.10 StructuralIntegrity
    Bored piles shall be installed in such a manner and sequence as to prevent distortion or damage to piles being
    installedoralreadyinplace,totheextentthatsuchdistortionordamageaffectsthestructuralintegrityofthepiles.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6191
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.1.29 PrestressedConcretePiles

    3.10.1.29.1 SizeandShape
    Prestressed concrete piles that are generally octagonal, square or circular shall be of approved size and shape..
    Concrete in prestressed piles shall have a minimum compressive strength (cylinder), fc of 35 MPa at 28 days.
    Prestressed concrete piles may be solid or hollow. For hollow piles, precautionary measures should be taken to
    preventbreakageduetointernalwaterpressureduringdriving.

    3.10.1.29.2 MainReinforcement
    Mainreinforcementshallbespacedandstressedsoastoprovideacompressivestressonthepileafterlosses;fpc,
    generallynotlessthan5MPatopreventcrackingduringhandlingandinstallation.Pilesshallbedesignedtoresist
    stressesdevelopedduringhandlingaswellasunderserviceloadconditions.Bendingstressesshallbeinvestigated
    forallconditionsofhandling,takingintoaccounttheweightofthepileplus50percentallowanceforimpact,with
    tensilestresseslimitedto5fc.

    3.10.1.29.3 VerticalandSpiralReinforcement
    The fulllength of verticalreinforcementshall beenclosed within spiral reinforcement.For pilesup to 600 mm in
    diameter,spiralwireshallbeNo.5(U.S.SteelWireGage).Spiralreinforcementattheendsofthesepilesshallhavea
    pitchof75mmforapproximately16turns.

    Inaddition,thetop150mmofpileshallhavefiveturnsofspiralwindingat25mmpitch.Fortheremainderofthe
    pile,theverticalsteelshallbeenclosedwithspiralreinforcementwithnotmorethan150mmpitch.Forpileshaving
    diametersgreaterthan600mm.spiralwireshallbeNo.4(U.S.SteelWireGage).Spiralreinforcementattheendof
    thesepilesshallhaveapitchof50mmforapproximately16turns.Inaddition,thetop150mmofpileshallhave
    fourturnsofspiralwindingat38mmpitch.Fortheremainderofthepile,theverticalsteelshallbeenclosedwith
    spiralreinforcementwithnotmorethan100mmpitch.Thereinforcementshallbeplacedatacleardistancefrom
    thefaceoftheprestressedpileofnotlessthan50mm.

    3.10.1.29.4 DrivingandHandlingStresses
    Aprestressedpileshallnotbedrivenbeforetheconcretehasattainedacompressivestrengthofatleast28MPa,
    butnotlessthansuchstrengthsufficienttowithstandhandlinganddrivingforces.

    3.10.2 BoredPiles
    Inboredcastinplacepiles,theholesarefirstboredwithapermanentortemporarycasingorbyusingbentonite
    slurrytostabilizethesidesofthebore.Aprefabricatedsteelcageisthenloweredintotheholeandconcretingis
    carriedbytremiemethod.

    3.10.2.1 UltimateGeotechnicalCapacityofBoredPileforAxialLoad

    Thebasicconceptofultimatebearingcapacityandusefulequationsforaxialloadcapacityareidenticaltothatof
    drivenpileasdescribedinSection3.11.1.9.

    3.10.2.2 AxialCapacityofBoredPilesinCohesiveSoilusingStaticBearingCapacity
    Equations

    Theultimateaxialcapacityofboredpilesincohesivemaybecalculatedfromthesamestaticformulaasusedfor
    drivenpiles,givenbyEquations(6.3.14a),(6.3.14b)and(6.3.15),usingatotalstressmethodforundrainedloading
    conditions,oraneffectivestressmethodfordrainedloadingconditions.Theskinfriction(fs)maybetakenas0.67
    timesthevalueofdrivenpilesandtheendbearing(fb)maybetakenas1/3rdofdrivenpile.

    6192 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.2.3 AxialCapacityofBoredPilesinCohesiveSoilandNonplasticSiltusingSPT
    Values

    Thefollowingrelationmaybeusedforpreliminarydesignofpilesinclayandsiltsoils.TheNvalueusedshouldbe
    correctedforoverburden.

    Forclayandsilt: f s = 1.11 N (in kPa) 70 kPa (6.3.28)


    Forendbearing,therelationshipisasunder.

    Forclay: f b = 15 N (in kPa) (6.3.29)


    Forsilt: f b = 10 0 N (in kPa) (6.3.30)

    3.10.2.4 Axial Capacity of Bored Piles in Cohesionless Soil using Static Bearing
    CapacityEquations

    Theultimateaxialcapacityofboredpilesincohesivemaybecalculatedfromthesamestaticformulaasusedfor
    drivenpilesdescribedsection3.1.11.13.Theskinfriction(fs)maybetakenas0.67timesthevalueofdrivenpiles
    andtheendbearing(fb)maybetakenas1/3rdofdrivenpile.

    CriticalDepthforEndBearingandSkinFriction
    Similartodrivenpiles,followingapproximationsmaybeusedforthecriticaldepthinrelationtodiameterofpile,D.

    dc=10D forloose sand

    dc=15D formedium dense sand

    dc=20D fordense sand

    3.10.2.5 AxialCapacityofBoredPilesinCohesionlessSoilusingSPTValues

    StandardPenetrationTestNvalueisameasureofconsistencyofclaysoilandindirectlythemeasureofcohesion.
    TheskinfrictionofpilecanthusbeestimatedfromNvalue.Thefollowingrelationmaybeusedforclaysoils.

    f s = 1.33N (in kPa) 60 kPa


    (6.3.31)

    Forendbearing,therelationshipisasunder.

    L
    f b = 133 N (in kPa) 133 N and 10000 kPa (6.3.32)
    D

    3.10.2.6 AxialCapacityofBoredPileusingPileLoadTest
    Theproceduresandprinciplesofpileloadtestforultimatecapacityaresimilartothatofdrivenpiles.

    3.10.2.7 SelectionofFactorofSafety
    Selectionoffactorofsafetyforaxialcapacityofboredpileissimilartothatusedfordrivenpiles.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6193
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.2.8 GroupCapacityofBoredPilesandother
    The behavior of group bored piles is almost similar to that of driven piles. For the pile cap, lateral load capacity,
    vertical ground movement, negative skin friction, piles in expansive soil, dynamic and seismic design, corrosion
    protection,dynamicmonitoringandbuoyancy,Sections3.11.1.17shouldbeconsultedastheyaresimilarforboth
    drivenandboredpiles.

    3.10.3 SettlementofDrivenandBoredPiles
    Thesettlementofaxiallyloadedpilesandpilegroupsattheallowableloadsshallbeestimated.Elasticanalysis,load
    transferand/orfiniteelementtechniquesmaybeused.Thesettlementofthepileorpilegroupshallnotexceedthe
    tolerablemovementlimitsasrecommendedforshallowfoundations(Table6.3.7).

    Whenapileisloadedtwothingswouldhappeninvolvingsettlement.

    Thepilewouldsettleintothesoil

    Thepilematerialwouldcompressduetoload

    Thesettlementofasinglepilecanbebrokendownintothreedistinctparts.

    Settlementduetoaxialdeformation,Sax

    Settlementatthepiletip,Spt

    Settlementduetoskinfriction,Ssf

    Thus, (6.3.33)

    Moreover,pilesactinginagroupcouldundergolongtermconsolidationsettlement.

    Settlementduetoaxialdeformationofasinglepilecanbeestimatedas:

    (6.3.34)

    Where, Qp= Loadtransferredtothesoilattiplevel


    Qs= Totalskinfrictionload
    L= Lengthofthepile
    A= Crosssectionareaofthepile
    Ep= Youngsmodulusofpilematerial
    a= 0.5forclayandsiltsoils
    a= 0.67forsandysoil

    Piletipsettlement,Stpcanbeestimatedas:

    (6.3.35)

    Where, Qp= Loadtransferredtothesoilattiplevel


    D= Diameterofthepile
    qo= Ultimateendbearingcapacity
    Cp= EmpiricalcoefficientasgiveninTable6.3.9
    a= 0.67forsandysoil

    6194 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    Table6.3.9:TypicalValuesofCpforSettlementCalculationofSinglePile

    SoilType ValuesofCP
    DrivenPile BoredPile
    DenseSand 0.02 0.09
    LooseSand 0.04 0.18
    StiffClay 0.02 0.03
    SoftClay 0.03 0.06
    DenseSilt 0.03 0.09
    LooseSilt 0.05 0.12

    Skinfrictionactingalongtheshaftwouldstressthesurroundingsoil.Skinfrictionactsupwarddirectionalongthe
    pile.Theforceduetopileonsurroundingsoilwouldbeindownwarddirection.Whenthepileisloaded,thepile
    wouldslightlymovedown.Thepilewoulddragthesurroundingsoilwithit.Hence,thepilesettlementwouldoccur
    duetoskinfrictionasgivenby:

    (6.3.36)

    Where, Cs= Empiricalcoefficient 0.93 0.16


    Cp= EmpiricalcoefficientasgiveninTable6.3.9
    Qs= Totalskinfrictionload
    D= Diameterofthepile
    qo= Ultimateendbearingcapacity

    ShortTermPileGroupSettlement
    Shorttermorelasticpilegroupsettlementcanbeestimatedusingthefollowingrelation.
    .
    (6.3.37)

    Where, Sg= Settlementofthepilegroup


    St(single)= Totalsettlementofasinglepile
    B= Smallestdimensionofthepilegroup
    D= Diameterofthepile

    Interestingly, geometry of the group does not have much of an influence on the settlement. As such, Group
    SettlementRatio,Rsofapilegroupconsistingofnnumberofpilescanbeapproximatedasfollows.
    .
    (6.3.38)

    SettlementofthegroupcanbeestimatedasthehighestvalueasobtainedfromEquations(6.3.37)and(6.3.38).

    LongTermSettlementforPileGroup
    Forpilegroups,settlementduetoconsolidationismoreimportantthanforsinglepiles.Consolidationsettlementof
    pilegroupinclaysoiliscomputedusingthefollowingsimplifiedassumptions.

    Thepilegroupisassumedtobeasolidfoundationwithadepth2/3rdthelengthofthepiles

    Effectivestressatmidpointoftheclaylayerisusedtocomputesettlement

    If soil properties are available consolidation settlement may obtained from the following equation. The depth of
    significant stress increase (10%) or the depth of bed rock whichever is less should be taken for computation of
    settlement.Stressdistributionmaybeconsideredas2verticalto1horizontal.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6195
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    , (6.3.39)

    Where, Cc= Compressionindexofsoil


    eo= initialvoidratio
    H= Thicknessoftheclaylayer
    o= Initialeffectivestressatmidpointoftheclaylayer
    p= Increaseineffectivestressatmidpointoftheclaylayerduetopileload.

    Inabsenceofsoilpropertiesthefollowingempiricalequationsmaybeusedtoestimatethelongterm(consolidation
    settlementofclaysoils.

    Forclay: Ln (6.3.40)

    Forsand: (6.3.41)

    Where, H= Thicknessoftheclaylayer
    o= Initialeffectivestressatmidpointoftheclaylayer
    1= Neweffectivestressatmidpointoftheclaylayerafterpileload.
    r= Referencestress(100kPa)
    M= DimensionlessmodulusnumberasobtainedfromTable6.3.10
    j= StressexponentasobtainedfromTable6.3.10.

    Table6.3.10:SettlementParameters

    Soil Density Modulus Stress


    Number,M Exponent,j
    Till V.DensetoDense 1000300 1.0
    Gravel 40040 0.5
    Sand Dense 400250 0.5
    Sand MediumDense 250150 0.5
    Sand Loose 150100 0.5
    Silt Dense 20080 0.5
    Silt MediumDense 8060 0.5
    Silt Loose 6040 0.5
    SiltyClay Stiff 6040 0.5
    SiltyClay MediumStiff 2010 0.5
    SiltyClay Soft 105 0.5
    MarineClay Soft 205 0.0
    OrganicClay Soft 205 0.0
    Peat 51 0.0

    3.10.4 DrilledShafts/DrilledPiers

    3.10.4.1 General
    Largediameter(morethan400mm)boredpilesaresometimesclassifiedasdrilledshaftordrilledpiers.Theyare
    usuallyprovidedwithenlargedbasecalledbell.Theprovisionsofthisarticleshallapplytothedesignofaxiallyand
    laterallyloadeddrilledshafts/drilledpiersinsoilorextendingthroughsoiltoorintorock.

    6196 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.4.2 Application
    Drilled shafts may be considered when spread footings cannot be founded on suitable soil within a reasonable
    depthandwhenpilesarenoteconomicallyviableduetohighloadsorobstructionstodriving.Drilledshaftsmaybe
    used in lieu of spread footings as a protection against scour. Drilled shafts may also be considered to resist high
    lateralorupliftloadswhendeformationtolerancesaresmall.

    3.10.4.3 Material
    Shaftsshallbecastinplaceconcreteandmayincludedeformedbarsteelreinforcement,structuralsteelsections,
    and/orpermanentsteelcasingasrequiredbydesign.

    3.10.4.4 Embedment
    Shaft embedment shall be determined based on vertical and lateral load capacities of both the shaft and sub
    surfacematerials.

    3.10.4.5 BatterShafts
    Theuseofbatteredshaftstoincreasethelateralcapacityoffoundationsisnotrecommendedduetotheirdifficulty
    ofconstructionandhighcost.Instead,considerationshouldfirstbegiventoincreasingtheshaftdiametertoobtain
    therequiredlateralcapacity.

    3.10.4.6 SelectionofSoilProperties
    Soil and rock properties defining the strength and compressibility characteristics of the foundation materials are
    requiredfordrilledshaftdesign.

    3.10.4.7 GeotechnicalDesign
    Drilledshaftsshallbedesignedtosupportthedesignloadswithadequatebearingandstructuralcapacity,andwith
    tolerable settlements. In addition, the response of drilled shafts subjected to seismic and dynamic loads shall be
    evaluated.

    Shaftdesignshallbebasedonworkingstressprinciplesusingmaximumunfactoredloadsderivedfromcalculations
    ofdeadandliveloadsfromsuperstructures,substructures,earth(i.e.,slopingground),windandtraffic.Allowable
    axialandlateralloadsmaybedeterminedbyseparatemethodsofanalysis.

    The design methods presented herein for determining axial load capacity assume drilled shafts of uniform cross
    section,withverticalalignment,concentricaxialloading,andarelativelyhorizontalgroundsurface.Theeffectsof
    anenlargedbase,groupaction,andslopinggroundaretreatedseparately

    3.10.4.7.1 BearingCapacityEquationsforDrilledShaft
    Theultimateaxialcapacity(Qult)ofdrilledshaftsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththeprincipleslaidforbored
    piles.

    CohesiveSoil
    Skinfrictionresistanceincohesivesoilmaybedeterminedusingeitherthemethodorthemethodasdescribed
    intherelevantsectionofdrivenpiles.However,forclaysoil,methodhaswidebeenusedbytheengineers.This
    methodgives:

    (6.3.42)

    Where, fs= Skinfriction


    su= undrainedshearstrengthofsoilalongtheshaft

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6197
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    = adhesionfactor=0.55forundrainedshearstrength190kPa(4000psf)

    For higher values of su the value of may be taken from Fig. 6.3.3 as obtained from test data of previous
    investigators.Theskinfrictionresistanceshouldbeignoredintheupper1.5moftheshaftandalongthebottom
    one diameter of straight shafts because of interaction with the end bearing. If end bearing is ignored for some
    reasons,theskinfrictionalongthebottomonediametermaybeconsidered.Forbelledshaft,skinfrictionalongthe
    surfaceofthebellandalongtheshaftforadistanceofoneshaftdiameterabovethetopofbellshouldbeignored.


    Fig.6.3.3AdhesionFactorforDrilledShaft(afterCoduto,1994)

    Forendbearingofcohesivesoil,thefollowingrelationsgivenbyEquations(6.3.43)and(6.3.44)arerecommended.

    f b = N c su 4000 kPa (6.3.43)

    6 1 0.2 9 (6.3.18)

    Where, fb= Endbearingstress


    su= undrainedshearstrengthofsoilalongtheshaft
    Nc= Bearingcapacityfactor
    L= Lengthofthepile(Depthtothebottomoftheshaft)
    Db= Diameteroftheshaftbase

    If the base diameter is more than 1900 mm, the value of fb from Equation (6.3.43) could produce settlements
    greaterthan25mm,whichwouldbeunacceptableformostbuildings.Tokeepsettlementwithintolerablelimits,
    thevalueoffbshouldbereducedtofbbymultiplyingafactorFrsuchthat:

    f b = Fr f b
    (6.3.44a)
    .
    1.0 (6.3.44b)
    /

    0.0071 0.0021 0.0015 (6.3.44c)

    6198 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    1.59 0.521.5 (6.3.44d)

    Where, Br= Referencewidth=1ft=0.3m=12inch=300mm


    r= Referencestress=100kPa=2000psf

    CohesionlessSoil
    Skin friction resistance in cohesionless soil is usually determined using the method. The relevant equation is
    reproducedagain:

    f s = z (6.3.45)

    = K tan S (6.3.46)
    Where, fs= Skinfriction
    z= Effectiveverticalstressatmidpointofsoillayer
    K= Coefficientoflateralearthpressure
    s= Soilshaftinterfacefrictionangle

    ThevaluesofKand scanbeobtainedfromthechartofTables6.3.11,fromthesoilfrictionangle, and


    preconstruction coefficient of lateral earth pressure Ko. However, Ko is very difficult to determine. An
    alternative is to compute directly using the following empirical relation.

    1.5 0.135 (6.3.47)

    Where, Br= Referencewidth=1ft=0.3m=12inch=300mm


    z= Depthfromthegroundsurfacetothemidpointofthestrata

    Table6.3.11:TypicalS/ and K/KoValuesfortheDesignofDrilledShaft

    ConstructionMethod S/ ConstructionMethod K/Ko


    Dryconstructionwithminimalsidewall
    Openholeortemporarycasing 1.0 1
    disturbanceandpromptconcreting
    Slurrymethodminimalslurrycake 1.0 Slurryconstructiongoodworkmanship 1
    Slurrymethodheavyslurrycake 0.8 Slurryconstructionpoorworkmanship 2/3
    Permanentcasing 0.7 Casingunderwater 5/6

    Theunitendbearingcapacityfordrilledshaftincohesionlesssoilswillbelessthanthatfordrivenpilesbecauseof
    variousreasonslikesoildisturbanceduringaugering,temporarystressreliefwhiletheholeisopen,largerdiameter
    anddepthofinfluenceetc.Thereasonsarenotwelldefined,assuchthefollowingempiricalformuladevelopedby
    ReeseandONell(1989)maybesuggestedtousetoestimateendbearingstress.

    0.60 4500 kPa (6.3.48)

    Where, fb= Unitbearingresistance


    r= Referencestress=100kPa=2000psf
    N= MeanSPTvalueforthesoilbetweenthebaseoftheshaftandadepthequaltotwotimes
    thebasediameterbelowthebase.Nooverburdencorrectionisrequired(N=N60)

    If the base diameter is more than 1200 mm, the value of fb from Equation (6.3.48) could produce settlements
    greaterthan25mm,whichwouldbeunacceptableformostbuildings.Tokeepsettlementwithintolerablelimits,
    thevalueoffbshouldbereducedtofbbymultiplyingafactorFrsuchthat:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6199
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    f b = Fr f b (6.3.49a)

    4.17 1.0 (6.3.49b)

    Where, Br= Referencewidth=1ft=0.3m=12inch=300mm


    Db= Basediameterofdrilledshaft

    3.10.4.7.2 OtherMethodsofEvaluatingAxialLoadCapacity
    A number of other methods are available to estimate the ultimate axial load capacity of drilled shafts. These
    methodsarebasedonNvaluesobtainedfromStandardPenetrationTest(SPT)andonangleofinternalfrictionof
    sand. These methods may alsobe used to estimatethe ultimate load carryingcapacity of drilled shafts.Three of
    thesemethodsareasfollows:

    (i) MethodbasedontheStandardPenetrationTest(CanadianFoundationEngineeringManual,1985)
    (ii) MethodbasedonTheoryofPlasticity(CanadianFoundationEngineeringManual,1985)
    (iii) Tomlinson(1995)Method
    ThesemethodsaresummarizedinAppendix6.3.C.

    3.10.4.7.3 FactorofSafety

    Similartoboredandrivenpiles,drilledshaftsshallbedesignedforaminimumoverallfactorofsafetyof2.0against
    bearingcapacityfailure(endbearing,sideresistanceorcombined)whenthedesignisbasedontheresultsofaload
    testconductedatthesite.Otherwise,itshallbedesignedforaminimumoverallfactorofsafety3.0.Theminimum
    recommended overall factor of safety is based on an assumed normal level of field quality control during
    construction.Ifanormalleveloffieldqualitycontrolcannotbeassured,higherminimumfactorsofsafetyshallbe
    used. The recommended values of overall factor of safety on ultimate axial load capacity based on specified
    constructionControlispresentedinTable6.3.8.

    3.10.4.7.4 DeformationandSettlementofAxiallyLoadDrilledShaft

    Similar to driven and bored piles, settlement of axially loaded shafts at working or allowable loads shall be
    estimated using elastic or load transfer analysis methods. For most cases, elastic analysis will be applicable for
    design provided thestress levels inthe shaftare moderaterelative toQult. Analytical methods are similar to that
    providedinSection3.11.3fordrivenandboredpiles.ThechartsprovidedinAppendix6.3.Cmayalsobeusedto
    estimatethesettlementofdrilledshaft.

    3.10.4.7.5 LayeredSoilProfile
    The shortterm settlement of shafts in a layered soil profile may be estimated by summing the proportional
    settlementcomponentsfromlayersofcohesiveandcohesionlesssoilcomprisingthesubsurfaceprofile

    3.10.4.7.6 TolerableMovement
    Tolerable axial displacement criteria for drilled shaft foundations shall be developed by the structural designer
    consistentwiththefunctionandtypeofstructure,fixityofbearings,anticipatedservicelife,andconsequencesof
    unacceptabledisplacementsonthestructureperformance.Drilledshaftdisplacementanalysesshallbebasedon
    the results of insitu and/or laboratory testing to characterize the loaddeformation behavior of the foundation
    materials.

    6200 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.4.8 GroupLoadingofDrilledShaft

    3.10.4.8.1 CohesiveSoil
    Evaluation of group capacity of shafts in cohesive soil shall consider the presence and contact of a cap with the
    groundsurfaceandthespacingbetweenadjacentshafts.

    Forashaftgroupwithacapinfirmcontactwiththeground,Qultmaybecomputedasthelesserof(1)thesumof
    theindividualcapacitiesofeachshaftinthegroupor(2)thecapacityofanequivalentpierdefinedintheperimeter
    areaofthegroup.Fortheequivalentpier,theshearstrengthofsoilshallnotbereducedbyanyfactor(e.g.,(1)to
    determinetheQscomponentofQult,thetotalbaseareaoftheequivalentpiershallbeusedtodeterminetheQT
    componentofQultandtheadditionalcapacityofthecapshallbeignored.

    Ifthecapisnotinfirmcontactwiththeground,orifthesoilatthesurfaceislooseorsoft,theindividualcapacityof
    eachshaftshouldbereducedtotimesQTforanisolatedshaft,where=0.67foracentertocenter(CTC)spacing
    of3B(whereBistheshaftdiameter)and=1.0foraCTCspacingof6B.Forintermediatespacings,thevalueof
    maybedeterminedbylinearinterpolation.Thegroupcapacitymaythenbecomputedasthelesserof(1)thesum
    ofthemodifiedindividualcapacitiesofeachshaftinthegroup,or(2)thecapacityofanequivalentpierasdescribed
    above.

    3.10.4.8.2 CohesionlessSoil
    Evaluation of group capacity of shafts in cohesion soil shall consider the spacing between adjacent shafts.
    Regardlessofcapcontactwiththeground,theindividualcapacityofeachshaftshouldbereducedtotimesQTfor
    anisolatedshaft,where=0.67foracenterlocenter(CTC)spacingof3Band=1.0foraCTCspacingof8B.For
    intermediate spacings, the value of may be determined by linear interpolation. The group capacity may be
    computed as the lesser of (I) the sum of the modified individual capacities of each shaft in the group or (2) the
    capacity of an equivalent pier circumscribing the group including resistance over the entire perimeter and base
    areas.

    3.10.4.8.3 StrongSoilOverlyingWeakSoil
    Ifagroupofshaftsisembeddedinastrongsoildepositwhichoverliesaweakerdeposit(cohesionlessandcohesive
    soil),considerationshallbegiventothepotentialforapunchingfailureofthelipintotheweakersoilstrata.Forthis
    case,theunittipcapacityoftheequivalentshaft(qE)maybedeterminedusingthefollowing:

    HBt
    qE = (qUP q Lo ) qUp

    (6.3.50)
    10
    IntheaboveequationqUPistheultimateunitcapacityofanequivalentshaftbearinginthestrongerupperlayerand
    qLOistheultimateunitcapacityofanequivalentshaftbearingintheweakerunderlyingsoillayer.Iftheunderlying
    soilunitisaweakercohesivesoilstrata,carefulconsiderationshallbegiventothepotentialforlargesettlementsin
    theweakerlayer.

    3.10.4.9 LateralLoadsonDrilledShaft

    3.10.4.9.1 SoilLayering
    The design of laterally loaded drilled shafts in layered soils shall be based on evaluation of the soil parameters
    characteristicoftherespectivelayers

    3.10.4.9.2 GroundWater
    Thehighestanticipatedwaterlevelshallbeusedfordesign

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6201
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.4.9.3 Scour
    Thepotentialforlossoflateralcapacityduetoscourshallbeconsideredinthedesign.Ifheavyscourisexpected,
    considerationshallbegiventodesigningtheportionoftheshaftthatwouldbeexposedasacolumn.Inallcases,
    theshaftlengthshallbedeterminedsuchthatthedesignstructuralloadcanbesafelysupportedentirelybelowthe
    probablescourdepth.

    3.10.4.9.4 GroupAction
    There is no reliable rational method for evaluating the group action for closely spaced, laterally loaded shafts.
    Therefore,asageneralguide,drilledshaftwithdiameterBinagroupmaybeconsideredtoactindividuallywhen
    the centertocenter (CTC) spacing is greater than 2.5B in the direction normal to loading, and CTC > 8B in the
    directionparalleltoloading.Forshaftlayoutnotconformingtothesecriteria,theeffectsofshaftinteractionshall
    beconsideredinthedesign.Asageneralguide,theeffectsofgroupactionforinlineCTC<8Bmaybeconsidered
    usingtheratios(CGS,1985)appearingasbelow:

    CentretoCentreShaftSpacing RatioofLateralResistanceof
    forInlineLoading ShaftinGrouptoSingleShaft
    8B 1.00
    6B 0.70

    4B 0.40
    3B 0.25

    3.10.4.9.5 CyclicLoading
    The effects of traffic, wind, and other nonseismic cyclic loading on the loaddeformation behavior of laterally
    loadeddrilledshaftsshallbeconsideredduringdesign.Analysisofdrilledshaftssubjectedtocyclicloadingmayhe
    consideredintheCOM624analysis(Reese.1984).

    3.10.4.9.6 CombinedAxialandLateralLoading
    Theeffectsoflateralloadingincombinationwithaxialloadingshallbeconsideredinthedesign.Analysisofdrilled
    shaftssubjectedtocombinedloadingmaybeconsideredintheCOM624analysis(Reese.1984)

    3.10.4.9.7 SlopingGround
    Fordrilledshaftswhichextendthroughorbelowslopingground.thepotentialforadditionallateralloadingshallbe
    consideredinthedesign.ThegeneralmethodofanalysisdevelopedbyBordenandGabr(1987)maybeusedforthe
    analysisofshaftsinstableslopes.Forshaftsinmarginallystableslopes.Additionalconsiderationshouldbegivenfor
    smallerfactorsofsafetyagainstslopefailureorslopesshowinggroundcreep,orwhenshaftsextendthroughfills
    overlying soft foundation soils and bear into more competent underlying soil or rock formations. For unstable
    ground.detailedexplorations,testingandanalysisarerequiredtoevaluatepotentialadditionallateralloadsdueto
    slopemovements

    3.10.4.9.8 TolerableLateralMovements
    Tolerable lateral displacement criteria for drilled shaft foundations shall be developed by the structural designer
    consistentwiththefunctionandtypeofstructure,fixity,anticipatedservicelife,andconsequencesofunacceptable
    displacementsonthestructureperformance.Drilledshaftlateraldisplacementanalysisshallbebasedontheresults
    ofinsituand/orlaboratorytestingtocharacterizetheloaddeformationbehaviorofthefoundationmaterials.

    6202 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.4.9.9 UpliftLoadsonDrilledShaft
    Upliftcapacityshallrelyonlyonsideresistanceinconformancewithrelatedarticlesfordrivenpiles.Iftheshafthas
    anenlargedbase,Qsshallbedeterminedinconformancewithrelatedarticlesfordrivenpiles.

    3.10.4.9.10 ConsiderationofVerticalGroundMovement
    Thepotentialforexternalloadingonashaftbyverticalgroundmovement(i.e.,negativeskinfrictiondowndragdue
    tosettlementofcompressiblesoilorupliftduetoheaveofexpansivesoil)shallbeconsideredasapartofdesign.
    Fordesignpurposes,itshallbeassumedthatthefullmagnitudeofmaximumpotentialverticalgroundmovement
    occurs.

    NegativeSkinFriction
    Evaluationofnegativeskinfrictionshallincludealoadtransfermethodofanalysistodeterminetheneutralpoint
    (i.e.,pointofzerorelativedisplacement)andloaddistributionalongshaft(e.g.,ReeseandO'Neill,1988).Duetothe
    possibletimedependenceassociatedwithverticalgroundmovement,theanalysisshallconsidertheeffectoftime
    onloadtransferbetweenthegroundandshaftandtheanalysisshallbeperformedforthetimeperiodrelatingto
    the maximum axial load transfer to the shaft. Evaluation of negative skin friction shall include a loadtransfer
    methodofanalysisto determinetheneutralpoint(i.e.,pointofzerorelativedisplacement)andloaddistribution
    along shaft (e.g., Reese and O'Neill, 1988) Due to the possible time dependence associated with vertical ground
    movement, the analysis shall consider the effect of time on load transfer between the ground and shaft and the
    analysisshallbeperformedforthetimeperiodrelatingtothemaximumaxialloadtransfertotheshaft..

    ExpansiveSoils
    Shaftsdesignedforandconstructedinexpansivesoilshallextendtoasufficientdepthintomoisturestablesoilsto
    provideadequateanchoragetoresistupliftmovementInaddition;sufficientclearanceshallbeprovidedbetween
    thegroundsurfaceandundersideofcapsorbeamsconnectingshaftstoprecludetheapplicationofupliftloadsat
    theshaft/capconnectionfromswellinggroundconditions.

    3.10.4.9.11 Dynamic/SeismicDesignofDrilledShaft
    RefertoSeismicDesignsectionofthiscodeandLamandMartin(1986a;1986b)forguidanceregardingthedesign
    ofdrilledshaftssubjectedtodynamicandseismicloads.

    3.10.4.10 StructuralDesign,ShaftDimensionsandShaftSpacing

    3.10.4.10.1 Design
    Drilled shafts shall be designed to resist failure loads to insure that the shaft will not collapse or suffer loss of
    serviceabilityduetoexcessivestressand/ordeformation.

    3.10.4.10.2 Dimensions
    All shafts should be sized in 150 mm increments with a minimum shaft diameter of 450 mm. The diameter of
    columnssupportedbyshaftsshallbelessthanorequaltotheshaftdiameterB

    3.10.4.10.3 CentertoCenterSpacing
    ThecentertocenterspacingofdrilledshaftsofdiameterBshouldbe3Borgreatertoavoidinterferencebetween
    adjacentshaftsduringconstruction.Ifcloserspacingisrequired,thesequenceofconstructionshallbespecifiedand
    theinteractioneffectsbetweenadjacentshaftsshallbeevaluatedbythedesigner

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6203
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.10.4.10.4 ReinforcementSpacing,ClearanceandEmbedment

    Reinforcement

    Wherethepotentialforlateralloadingisinsignificant,drilledshaftsneedtobereinforcedforaxialloadsonly.Those
    portions of drilled shafts that are not supported laterally shall be designed as reinforced concrete columns in
    accordance with relevant sections in structural design part of the code and the reinforcing steel shall extend a
    minimumof5mbelowtheplanewherethesoilprovidesadequatelateralrestraint.Wherepermanentsteelcasing
    isusedandtheshellissmoothpipeandmorethan3mminthickness,itmaybeconsideredasloadcarryinginthe
    absenceofcorrosion.

    Thedesignoflongitudinalandspiralreinforcementshallbeinconformancewiththerequirementsoftherelevant
    sections of the structural design part of the code. Development of length of deformed reinforcement shall be in
    conformancewiththerelevantsectionsofthestructuraldesignpartofthecode.

    LongitudinalBarSpacing

    Theminimumcleardistancebetweenlongitudinalreinforcementshallnothelessthan3timesthebardiameternor
    3 times the maximum aggregate size. If bars arc bundled in forming the reinforcing cage, the minimum clear
    distancebetweenlongitudinalreinforcementshallnotbelessthan3timesthediameterofthebundledbars.Where
    heavyreinforcementisrequired,considerationmaybegiventoaninnerandouterreinforcingcage.

    Splices

    Splices shall develop the full capacity of the bar in tension and compression. The location of splices shall be
    staggeredaroundtheperimeterofthereinforcingcagesoasnottooccuratthesamehorizontalplane.Splicesmal
    be developed by lapping, welding, and special approved connectors. Splices shall be in conformance with the
    relevantsectionsofthestructuraldesignpartofthecode.

    TransverseReinforcement

    Transversereinforcementshallbedesignedtoresiststressescausedbyfreshconcreteflowingfrominsidethecage
    tothesideoftheexcavatedhole.Transversereinforcementmaybeconstructedofhoopsorspiralsteel.

    HandlingStresses

    Reinforcementcagesshallbedesignedtoresisthandlingandplacementstresses.

    ReinforcementCover

    Thereinforcementshallbeplacedacleardistanceofnotlessthan50mmfromthepermanentlycasedor75mm
    from the uncased sides. When shafts are constructed in corrosive or marine environments, or when concrete is
    placedbythewaterorslurrydisplacementmethods,thecleardistanceshallnotbelessthan100mmforuncased
    shaftsandshaftswithpermanentcasingsnotsufficientlycorrosionresistant.

    The reinforcement cage shall be centered in the hole using centering devices. All steel centering devices shall be
    epoxycoated.

    ReinforcementintoSuperstructure

    Sufficient reinforcement shall be provided at tit junction of the shaft with the superstructure to make a suitable
    connection.Theembedmentofthereinforcementintothecapshallbeinconformancewithrelevantarticlesofthe
    structuraldesignpartofthecode.

    6204 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.10.4.10.5 EnlargedBases
    Enlargedbasesshallbedesignedtoinsurethatplainconcreteisnotoverstressed.Theenlargedbaseshallslopeata
    sideanglenotlessthan30degreesfromtheverticalandhaveabottomdiameternotgreaterthan3timesdiameter
    oftheshaft.Thethicknessofthebottomedgeofenlargedbaseshallnotbelessthan150mm.

    3.10.4.11 ConstructionandConcretingofDrilledShafts

    3.10.4.11.1 MethodofConstruction
    Drilled shafts may be constructed using the dry, casing, or wet method of construction, or a combination of
    methods.Ineverycase,excavationofhole,placementofconcrete,andallotheraspectsofshaftconstructionshall
    beperformedinconformancewiththeprovisionsofthiscode.

    Theloadcapacityanddeformationbehaviorofdrilledshaftscanbegreatlyaffectedbythequalityandmethodsof
    construction. The effects of construction methods are incorporated in design by application of factor of safety
    consistent with the expected construction methods and level of field quality control measures undertaken as
    describedintherelevantsectionsfordrivenpiles.

    Where the spacing between shafts in a group is restricted, consideration shall be given to the sequence of
    constructiontominimizetheeffectofadjacentshaftconstructionoperationsonrecentlyconstructedshafts.

    Thefollowingconstructionprocedureshallbefollowed:

    (i) Placepermanent/temporarysteelcasinginpositionandembedcasingtoeintofirmstrata.

    (ii) Boreandexcavateinsidethesteelcasingdowntocasingtoelevel,ortoalevelapproved,andcontinue
    excavationto finalpiletiplevelusingdrillingmud.Thefluidlevelinsidecasingsshallatalltimes beat
    least2metreshigherthanoutsidethecasings.

    (iii) Carefullycleanupallmudorsedimentationfromthebottomofborehole.

    (iv) Placereinforcementcage,inspectionpipesetc.

    (v) Concretecontinuouslyunderwater,ordrillingfluid,byuseofthetremiemethod.

    (vi) Afterhardening,breakoutthetopsectionoftheconcretepiletoreachsoundconcrete.

    Indrillingofholesforallpiles,bentoniteandanyothermaterialshallbemixedthoroughlywithcleanwatertomake
    asuspensionwhichshallmaintainthestabilityofthepileexcavationfortheperiodnecessarytoplaceconcreteand
    complete construction. The control tests shall cover the determination of' density, viscosity, gel strength and pH
    values.BentoniteslurryshallmeettheSpecificationsasshowninTable6.3.12.

    Table6.3.12SpecificationsofBentoniteSlurry

    ItemtobeMeasured RangeofResultsat20C TestMethod


    Densityduringdrillingtosupport
    greaterthan1.05g/ml MuddensityBalance
    excavation
    Densitypriortoconcreting lessthan1.25g/ml MuddensityBalance

    Viscosity 3090seconds MarshConeMethod


    pHindicatorpaperstripsor
    pH 9.5to12
    electricalpHmeter

    Temporarycasingofapprovedqualityoranapprovedalternativemethodshallbeusedtomaintainthestabilityof
    pileexcavations,whichmightotherwisecollapse.Temporarycasingsshallbefreefromsignificantdistortion.

    Whereaboreholeisformedusingdrillingfluidformaintainingthestabilityofaboring,thelevelofthewaterorfluid
    intheexcavationshallbemaintainedsothatthewaterorfluidpressurealwaysexceedsthepressureexertedbythe

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6205
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    soilsandexternalgroundwater.Thewaterorfluidlevelshallbemaintainedatalevelnotlessthan2metresabove
    thelevelofgroundwater.

    The reinforcement shall be placed as indicated on the Drawings. Reinforcement in the form of a cage shall be
    assembledwithadditionalsupport,suchasSpreaderforksandlacings,necessarytoformarigidcage.Hoops,links
    orhelicalreinforcementshallfitcloselyaroundthemainlongitudinalbarsandbeboundtothembyapprovedwire,
    theendsofwhichshallbeturnedintotheinteriorofthepileorpour.Reinforcementshallbeplacedandmaintained
    inposition.Thecovertoallreinforcementforpilecapandboredcastinplacepileshallbenotlessthan75mm.

    Jointsinlongitudinalsteelbarsshallbepermittedunlessotherwisespecified.Jointsinreinforcementshallbesuch
    that the full strength of the bar is effective across the joint and shall be made so that there is no relative
    displacementofthereinforcementduringtheconstructionofthepile.

    Jointsinlongitudinalbarsinpileswithtension(forinstancefortestloading)shallbecarriedoutbyweldingorother
    approvedmethod.

    Concretetobeplacedunderwaterordrillingfluidshallbeplacedbytremieequipmentandshallnotbedischarged
    freely into the water or drilling fluid. The tremie equipment shall be designed to minimize the occurrence of
    entrappedairandothervoids,sothatitcausesminimalsurfacedisturbance,whichisparticularlyimportantwhena
    concretewaterinterfaceexists.Itshallbesodesignedthatexternalprojectionsareminimised,allowingthetremie
    topassthroughreinforcingcageswithoutcausingdamage.Theinternalfaceofthepipeofthetremieshallbefree
    fromprojections.Thetremiepipesshallmeetthefollowingrequirements:

    (i) The tremie pipes shall be fabricated of heavy gage steel pipe to withstand all anticipated handling
    stress.Aluminiumpipeshallnotbeusedforplacingconcrete.

    (ii) Tremiepipesshouldhaveadiameterlargeenoughtoensurethataggregatescausedblockagewillnot
    occur.Thediameterofthetremiepipeshallbe200mmto300mm.

    (iii) Thetremiepipesshallbesmoothinternally.

    (iv) Since deep placement of concrete will be carried out, the tremie shall be made in sections/lengths
    with detachable joints that allow the upper sections/lengths to be removed as the placement
    progresses.

    (v) Sections may be joined by flanged, bolted connections (with gaskets) or may be screwed together.
    Whatever joint technique is selected, joints between tremie sections must be watertight. The joint
    systemselectedshallbetestedforwatertightnessbeforebeginningofconcreteplacement.

    (vi) ThejointsystemtobeusedshallneedapprovaloftheEngineer.

    (vii) Thetremiepipeshouldbemarkedtoallowquickdeterminationofthedistancefromthesurfaceofthe
    watertothemouthofthetremie.

    (viii) The tremie should be provided with adequately sized funnel or hopper to facilitate transfer of
    sufficientconcretefromthedeliverydevicetothetremie.

    Before placing concrete, it shall be ensured that there is no accumulation of silt, other material, or heavily
    contaminatedbentonitesuspensionatthebaseoftheboring,whichcouldimpairthefreeflowofconcretefromthe
    pipeofthetremie.Flushingofboreholesbeforeconcretingwithfreshdrillingfluid/mudispreferred..Asampleof
    the bentonite suspension shall be taken from the base of the boring using an approved sampling device. If the
    specific gravity of the suspension exceeds 1.25, the placing of concrete shall not proceed. In this event the
    Contractorshallmodifythemudquality.

    During and after concreting, care shall be taken to avoid damage to the concrete from pumping and dewatering
    operations.

    6206 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    Thehopperandpipeofthetremieshallbecleanandwatertightthroughout.Thepipeshallextendtothebaseof
    theboringandaslidingplugorbarriershallbeplacedinthepipetopreventdirectcontactbetweenthefirstcharge
    of concrete in the pipe of the tremie and the water or drilling fluid. The pipe shall at all times penetrate the
    concrete, which has previously been placed and shall not be withdrawn from the concreteurrtil completion of
    concreting. The bottom of the tremie pipe shall be embedded in the fresh concrete at least 2.0 metres and
    maintainedatthatdepththroughoutconcreting.Atalltimesasufficientquantityofconcreteshallbemaintained
    withinthepipetoensurethatthepressurefromitexceedsthatfromthewaterordrillingfluid.

    Toensurethequalityofconcretebeingfreefrommud,claylumpsoranyotherundesirablematerialsmixedwith
    concreteatthetopportionofthepile,freshconcreteshallbeoverflowedsufficientlyattheendoftheeachpour.
    Thelevelofconcretepouredattheendofconcretingoperationshallbeatleast600mmhigherthantheelevation
    ofthepileatcutoff.

    3.10.4.11.2 Concreting
    In drilled shafts/castinsitu bored piles, concrete shall be placed only after excavation has been completed,
    inspected and accepted, and steel reinforcement accurately placed and adequately supported. Concrete shall be
    placedinonecontinuousoperationinsuchamannerastoensuretheexclusionofanyforeignmatterandtosecure
    afullsizedshaft.Concreteshallnotbe placedthroughwaterexceptwheretremiemethodsareapproved.When
    depositingconcretefromthetopofpile,theconcreteshallnotbechuteddirectlyintothepilebutshallbepoured
    inarapidandcontinuousoperationthroughafunnelhoppercentredatthetopofthepile.

    Forlargediameterholesconcretemaybeplacedbytremieorbydropbottombucket;forsmalldiameterboreholes
    atremieshallbeutilized.Intremieconcreting,toeofthetremieshallbesetatamaximumof150mmabovethe
    bottom of the borehole. Maximum permissible siltation in bore hole prior to start of concrete operation shall be
    75mm.Aslumpof125mmto150mmshallbemaintainedforconcretingbytremie.Incaseoftremieconcretingfor
    pilesofsmallerdiameterandlengthupto10m,theminimumcementcontentshallbe350kg/m3 ofconcrete.For
    larger diameter and/or deeper piles, the minimum cement content shall be 400kg/m3 of concrete. See relevant
    sectionsofthecodeforfurtherspecification

    For uncased concrete piles, if pile shafts are formedthrough unstable soiland concrete is placed in an open drill
    hole, a steel liner shall be inserted in the hole prior to placing concrete. If the steel liner is withdrawn during
    concreting,thelevelofconcreteshallbemaintainedabovethebottomofthelinertoasufficientheighttooffset
    anyhydrostaticorlateralearthpressure.

    Ifconcreteis placedbypumpingthroughahollowstemauger,the augershallnotbe permittedtorotateduring


    withdrawalandshallbewithdrawninasteadycontinuousmotion.Concretepumpingpressuresshallbemeasured
    andshallbemaintainedhighenoughatalltimestooffsethydrostaticandlateralearthpressure.Concretevolumes
    shall be measured to ensure that the volume of concrete placed in each pile is equal to or greater than the
    theoreticalvolumeoftheholecreatedbytheauger.Iftheinstallationprocessofanypileisinterruptedoralossof
    concretingpressureoccurs,theholeshallberedrilledtooriginaldepthandreformed.

    Auguredcastinsitupileshallnotbeinstalledwithin6pilediameterscentretocentreofapilefilledwithconcrete
    lessthan24hoursold.Ifconcretelevelinanycompletedpiledrops,thepileshallberejectedandreplaced.Bored
    castinsitu concrete piles shall not be drilled/bored within a clear distance of 3 m from an adjacent pile with
    concretelessthan48hoursold.

    Forunderreamedpiles,theslumpofconcreteshallrangebetween100mmand150mmforconcretinginwater
    freeholes.

    3.10.4.11.3 ConcretingunderWater
    Forconcretingunderwater,theconcreteshallcontainatleast10percentmorecementthanthatrequiredforthe
    samemixplacedinthedry.Theamountofcoarseaggregateshallbenotlessthanoneandahalftimes,normore

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6207
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    thantwotimes,thatofthefineaggregate.Thematerialsshallbesoproportionedastoproduceaconcretehavinga
    slumpofnotlessthan100mm,normorethan150mm,exceptwhereplasticizingadmixturesisusedinwhichcase,
    theslumpmaybe175mm.

    Successfulplacementofconcreteunderwaterrequirespreventingflowofwateracrossorthroughtheplacement
    site.Onceflowiscontrolled,thetremieplacementconsistsofthefollowingthreebasicsteps:

    i) Thefirstconcreteplacedisphysicallyseparatedfromthewaterbyusingarabbitorgodevilinthe
    pipe,orbyhavingthepipemouthcappedorsealedandthepipedewatered.

    ii) Oncefilledwithconcrete,thepipeisraisedslightlytoallowtherabbittoescapeortobreaktheend
    seal.Concretewillthenflowoutanddevelopamoundaroundthemouthofthepipe.Thisistermedas
    establishingaseal.

    iii) Oncethesealisestablished,freshconcreteisinjectedintothemassofexistingconcrete.

    Twomethodsarenormallyusedfortheplacementofconcreteusingtremiepipe,namely,thecappedtremiepipe
    approach and the rabbit plug approach. In the capped tremie approach the tremie pipe should have a seal,
    consistingofabottomplateorapprovedequal,thatsealsthebottomofthepipeuntilthepipereachesthebottom
    ofexcavation.Thetremiepipeshouldbefilledwithenoughconcretebeforebeingraisedoffthebottom.Thetremie
    pipe should then be raised a maximum of 150 mm (6 inch) to initiate flow. The tremie pipe should not be lifted
    furtheruntilamoundisestablishedaroundthemouthofthetremiepipe.Initialliftingofthetremieshouldbedone
    slowlytominimizedisturbanceofmaterialsurroundingthemouthofthetremie.

    Intherabbitplugapproach,opentremiepipeshouldbesetonthebottom,therabbitpluginsertedatthetop
    andthenconcreteshouldbeaddedtothetremieslowlytoforcetherabbitdownwardseparatingtheconcrete
    fromthewater.Oncethetremiepipeisfullychargedandtherabbitreachesthemouthofthetremie,thetremie
    pipeshouldbeliftedamaximumof150mm(6inch)offthebottomtoallowtherabbittoescapeandtostartthe
    concreteflowing.Afterthis,atremiepipeshouldnotbeliftedagainuntilasufficientmoundisestablishedaround
    themouthofthetremie.

    Tremiesshouldbeembeddedinthefreshconcreteaminimumof1.0to1.5m(3to5ft)andmaintainedatthat
    depththroughoutconcretingtoprevententryofwaterintothepipe.Rapidraisingorloweringofthetremiepipe
    shouldnotbeallowed.Allverticalmovementsofthetremiepipemustbedoneslowlyandcarefullytopreventloss
    ofseal.Iflossofsealoccursinatremie,placementofconcretethroughthetremiemustbehaltedimmediately.
    Thetremiepipemustberemoved,theendplatemustberestartedusingthecappedtremieapproach.Inorderto
    preventwashingofconcreteinplace,arabbitplugapproachmustnotbeusedtorestartatremieafterlossof
    seal.

    Means of raising or lowering tremie pipes and of removing pipes smoothly without loss of concrete and without
    disturbingplacedconcreteortrappingairintheconcreteShallbeprovided.Pipesshallnotbemovedhorizontally
    whiletheyareembeddedinplacedconcreteorwhiletheyhaveconcretewithinthem.

    Underwater concrete shall be placed continuously for the whole of a pour to its full depth approved by the
    Engineer,withoutinterruptionbymealbreaks,changeofshift,movementsofplacingpositions,andthelike.Delays
    in placement may allow the concrete to stiffen and resist flow once placement resumes. The rate of pour from
    individualtremieshallbearrangedsothatconcretedoesnotriselocallytoalevelgreaterthan500mmabovethe
    averagelevelofthesurroundingconcrete.

    Tremieblockageswhichoccurduringplacementshouldbeclearedextremelycarefullytopreventlossofseal.Ifa
    blockageoccurs,thetremieshouldbequicklyraised150to600mm(6inchto2ft)andthenloweredinanattempt
    todislodgetheblockage.Thedepthofpipeembedmentmustbecloselymonitoredduringallsuchattempts.Ifthe
    blockagecannotbeclearedreadily,thetremieshallberemoved,cleared,resealed,andrestarted.

    6208 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    Thevolumeofconcreteinplaceshouldbemonitoredthroughouttheplacement.Underrunsareindicativeoflossof
    tremiesealsincethewashedandsegregatedaggregateswilloccupyagreatervolume.Overrunsareindicativeof
    lossofconcretefromtheinsideofthesteelpile.

    3.11 FIELDTESTSFORDRIVENPILESANDDRILLEDSHAFTS

    3.11.1 IntegrityTest

    Lowstrainintegritytestingofpilesisatoolforqualitycontroloflongstructuralelementsthatfunctioninamanner
    similartofoundationpiles,regardlessoftheirmethodofinstallation,providedthattheyarereceptivetolowstrain
    impacttesting.Thetestprovidesvelocity(andoptionallyforce)data,whichassistsevaluationofpileintegrityand
    pilephysicaldimensions(i.e.,crosssectionalarea,length),continuityandconsistencyofpilematerial.Thetestdoes
    not give any information regarding the pile bearing capacity or about pile reinforcement. Integrity test principles
    havebeenwelldocumentedinliterature(ASTM588296;Klingmuller,1993).Thereexisttwomethodsofintegrity
    testing,namely,PulseEchoMethod(PEM)andTransientResponseMethod(TRM).InPulseEchoMethod,thepile
    head motion is measured as a function of time. The time domain record is then evaluated for pile integrity. In
    Transient Response Method, the pile head motion and force (measured with an instrumented hammer) are
    measuredasafunctionoftime.Thedataarethenevaluatedusuallyinthefrequencydomain.

    InordertocheckthestructuralintegrityofthepilesIntegritytestsshallbeperformedonthepilesinaccordance
    withtheprocedureoutlinedinASTMD5882.Thetestiscarriedoutbypressingatransducerontoapiletopwhile
    striking the pile head with a hand hammer. The Sonic Integrity Testing (SIT)system registers the impact of the
    hammerfollowedbytheresponseofthepileandshowsthedisplay.Ifinstructedbytheoperator,thesignalwillbe
    stored in the memory of the SITsystem together with other information, such as pile number, date, time, site,
    amplication factor, filter length etc. The reflectograms are horizontally scaled and vertically amplified to
    compensate external soil friction, which facilitate the interpretation. Consequently, the reflection of the pile toe
    matchesthelengthofthepilewhichwillbeconfirmedbytheSITsystem.Incaseofanydefects,theexactlocation
    canbedeterminedfromthegraphonthedisplay.

    For any project where pile has been installed, integrity tests shall be performed on 100% of the piles. Integrity
    testingmaynotidentifyallimperfections,butitcanbeusedinidentifyingmajordefectswithintheeffectivelength.
    Inliterature,therearemanyexamplesthathighlightthesuccessoflowstrainintegritytesting(Klingmuller,1993).

    3.11.1.1 SomeFactorsInfluencingImplicationofPileIntegrityTest
    (a) Thissonicechopileintegritytestingordynamicresponsemethodisbasedonmeasuring(orobservingonan
    oscilloscope)thetimeittakesforareflectedcompressionstresswavetoreturntothetopofthepile.Somewaves
    willbereflectedbyadiscontinuityinthepileshaft.Whenthecompressivestrengthisknownforthepilematerial
    involved,thedepthtothediscontinuityandthepilelengthcanbedetermined.

    (b) Ontheotherhand,areaofpileshaftandhenceitsdiameter,isdeterminedfromimpedanceofwaveresponse,
    while impedance in any section is a function of elastic modulus of pile material, shaft area and wave velocity
    propagating through that section. If the concrete material is uniform throughout the pile length, elastic modulus
    andthewavevelocity(provideddisturbancefromothersourceofvibrationnearbyisinsignificant)areconstantfor
    thatpile.Inthatcase,changesinimpedanceusuallyindicatechangesofpilecrosssectionalarea.

    (c) Whileevaluatingpileintegrity(i.e.,pilelengthandshaftdiameter),thewavevelocityisusuallyassumedtobe
    constant throughout pile length. Therefore, the reliability of integrity evaluation entirely depends on the pile
    materialanditsuniformitythroughoutshaftlengthwhilecastingwasdone.Thusthelengthanddiameterobtained
    frompileintegritytestismerelyanindicationoftheactuallengthanddiameterofthetestedpiles.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6209
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (d) Besides, this test can only assess shaft integrity and gives no information for pile bearing capacity
    determination.However,ifalargenumberofpilesaretested,itisgenerallyeasytofocusthepileshavingunusual
    responses.Therefore,wheneveranintegritytestingiscontemplated,considerationmustbegiventothelimitations
    of the various methods/process of pile installation (i.e. pile driving or casting) and the possible need for further
    investigation(suchaspileloadtest)tochecktheresultsofsuchtesting.

    Itshouldbenotedherethatpileintegritytestisanindicativetestaboutthelengthandqualityofconcreteinthe
    pile. This test does not give any idea about its actual load capacity. It is usually suggestive to substantiate the
    findings of integrity test by excavation or pull out of the pile to facilitate decisions about final acceptance or
    rejectionofanypile.Becauseofthelargecostinvolvedinapileloadtest,thenecessityofintegritytestinfacilitating
    theselectionofpilesforloadtestisarationalapproachforqualityandsafetyassuranceofpiledfoundations.

    3.11.2 AxialLoadTests
    Whereaccurateestimateofaxialloadcarryingcapacityofapileisrequiredtestsinaccordancewith"StandardTest
    Method for Piles Under Static Compressive Load", (ASTM D1143) or equivalent shall be performed on individual
    piles.Foramajorproject,atleast2%ofpiles(testpilesplusservicepiles)shallbetestedineachareaofuniform
    subsoilconditions.Wherenecessary,additionalpilesmaybeloadtestedtoestablishthesafedesigncapacity.The
    ultimateloadcarryingcapacityofasinglepilemaybedeterminedwithreasonableaccuracyfromloadtesting.The
    loadtestonapileshallnotbecarriedoutearlierthanfourweeksfromthedateofcastingthepile.Aminimumof
    onepileateachprojectshallbeloadtestedforboredcastinsitupiles.

    Twoprincipaltypesoftestmaybeusedforcompressionloadingonpilestheconstantrateofpenetration(CRP)
    test and the maintained load (ML) test. The CRP test was developed by Whitaker (1953). The CRP method is
    essentiallyatesttodeterminetheultimateloadonapileandisthereforeappliedonlytopreliminarytestpilesor
    researchtypeinvestigationswherefundamentalpilebehaviourisbeingstudied.Inthistestthecompressiveforceis
    progressively increased to cause the pile to penetrate the soil at constant rate until failure occurs. The rate of
    penetration selected usually corresponds to that of shearing soil samples in unconfined compression tests.
    However, rate does not affect results significantly. In CRP test the recommended rates of penetration are 0.75
    mm/minforfrictionpilesinclayand1.55mm/minforpilesendbearingingranularsoil.TheCRPtestshallnotbe
    used for checking compliance with specification requirements for the maximum settlement at given stages of
    loading.

    Maintainedload(ML)testissofarthemostusualoneinpractice.IntheMLtesttheloadisincreasedinstagesto
    1.5timesortwicetheworkingloadwithtimesettlementcurverecordedateachstageofloadingandunloading.
    Thegeneralprocedureistoapplystaticloadsinincrementsof25%oftheanticipateddesignload.TheMLtestmay
    alsobetakentofailurebyprogressivelyincreasingtheloadinstages.IntheMLtest,theloadtestarrangementsas
    specifiedin"StandardTestMethodforPilesunderStaticAxialCompressiveLoad",(ASTMD1143),shallbefollowed.
    AccordingtoASTMD1143eachloadincrementismaintaineduntiltherateofsettlementisnotgreaterthan0.25
    mm/hror2hoursiselapsed,whicheveroccursfirst.Afterthatthenextloadincrementisapplied.Thisprocedureis
    followedforallincrementsofload.Afterthecompletionofloadingifthetestpilehasnotfailedthetotaltestloadis
    removed any time after twelve hours if the butt settlement over one hour period is not greater than 0.25 mm
    otherwise the total test load is kept on the pile for 24 hours. After the required holding time, the test load is
    removedindecrementof25%ofthetotaltestloadwith1hourbetweendecrement.Iffailureoccurs,jackingthe
    pile is continued until the settlement equals 15% of the pile diameter or diagonal dimension. Details of the test
    procedurehavebeenoutlinedinASTMD1143.

    Selectionofanappropriateloadtestmethodshallbebasedonanevaluationoftheanticipatedtypesandduration
    ofloadsduringservice,andshallincludeconsiderationofthefollowing:

    (a) Theimmediategoalsoftheloadtest(i.e.,toproofloadthefoundationandverifydesigncapacity)

    6210 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    (b) Theloadsexpectedtoactontheproductionfoundation(compressiveand/oruplift,deadand/orlive),and
    thesoilconditionspredominantintheregionofconcern.

    (c) Thelocalpracticeortraditionalmethod
    Asaminimum,thewrittentestproceduresshouldincludethefollowing:

    (a) Apparatusforapplyingloadsincludingreactionsystemandloadingsystem.
    (b) Apparatusformeasuringmovements.
    (c) Apparatusformeasuringloads.
    (d) Proceduresforloadingincludingratesofloadapplication,loadcyclingandmaximumload.
    (e) Proceduresformeasuringmovements.
    (f) Safetyrequirements.
    (g) Datapresentationrequirementsandmethodsofdataanalysis.
    (h) Drawingsshowingtheproceduresandmaterialstobeusedtoconstructtheloadtestapparatus.

    3.11.2.1 LoadTestEvaluationMethods
    Anumberofarbitraryorempiricalmethodsareusedtoserveascriteriafordeterminingtheallowableandultimate
    load carrying capacity from pile load test. Some are based on maximum permissible gross or net settlement as
    measuredatthepilebuttwhiletheothersarebasedontheperformanceofthepileduringtheprogressoftesting
    (Chellis, 1961; Whitaker, 1976; Poulos and Davis, 1980; Fuller, 1983). It is recommended to evaluate the load
    carryingcapacityofpilesanddrilledshaftusinganyofthefollowingmethods:

    (a) DavissionOffsetLimit

    (b) BritishStandardInstitutionCriterion

    (c) IndianStandardCriteria

    (d) ButlerHoyCriterion

    (e) BrinchHansen90%Criterion

    (f) Othermethodsapprovedbyengineer

    Therecommendedcriteriatobeusedforevaluatingtheultimateandallowableloadcarryingcapacityofpilesand
    drilledshaftaresummarizedbelow.

    (a) A very useful method of computing the ultimate failure load has been reported by Davisson (1973). This
    methodisbasedonoffsetmethodthatdefinesthefailureload.Theelasticshorteningofthepile,consideredas
    point bearing, free standing column, is computed and plotted on the loadsettlement curve, with the elastic
    shorteninglinepassingthroughtheorigin.Theslopeoftheelasticshorteninglineis20.Anoffsetlineisdrawn
    parallel to the elastic line. The offset is usually 0.15 inch plus a quake factor, which is a function of pile tip
    diameter.Fornormalsizepiles,thisfactorisusuallytakenas0.1Dinch,whereDisthediameterofpileinfoot.
    Theintersectionoftheoffsetlinewiththegrossloadsettlementcurvedeterminesthearbitraryultimatefailure
    load.

    (b) Terzaghi(1942)reportedthattheultimateloadcapacityofapilemaybeconsideredasthatloadwhichcausesa
    settlement equal to 10% of the pile diameter. However, this criterion is limited to a case where no definite
    failure point or trend is indicated by the loadsettlement curves (Singh, 1990). This criterion has been
    incorporatedinBS8004:1986ofBritishStandardInstitution(1986)whichrecommendsthattheultimateload
    capacityofpileshouldbethatwhichcausesthepiletosettleadepthof10%ofpilewidthordiameter.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6211
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (c) AccordingtotheCodeofPractice2004ofBritishStandardsInstitution(1972),theallowableloadcapacity
    of pile should be 50% of the final load, which causes the pile to settle a depth of 10% of pile width or
    diameter.

    (d) AccordingtoIS:2911(PartVI)1979ultimateloadcapacityofpileissmallerofthefollowingtwo:
    (i) Load corresponding to a settlement equal to 10% of the pile diameter in the case of normal
    uniformdiameterpileor7.5%ofbasediameterincaseofunderreamedorlargediametercastin
    situpile.

    (ii) Loadcorrespondingtoasettlementof12mm.

    (e) AccordingtoIndianStandardCodeofpractice(IS:29111979),allowableloadcapacityofpileissmallerof
    thefollowing:

    (i) Twothirdsofthefinalloadatwhichthetotalsettlementattainsavalueof12mm.

    (ii) Half ofthe final load atwhichtotal settlement equal to 10%of the pile diameter in the case of
    normaluniformdiameterpileor7.5%ofbasediameterincaseofunderreamedpile.

    (f) ButlerandHoy(1976)statedthattheintersectionofthetangentattheinitialstraightportionoftheload
    settlementcurveandthetangentataslopepointof1.27mm/tondeterminesthearbitraryultimatefailure
    load.

    (g) TheBrinchandHansen(1963)proposedadefinitionforultimateloadcapacityasthatloadforwhichthe
    settlementistwicethesettlementunder90percentofthefulltestload.

    (h) Where failure occurs, the ultimate load may be taken to calculate the allowable load using a factor of
    safetyof2.0to2.5.

    3.11.2.2 SomeFactorsInfluencingInterpretationsofLoadTestResults
    Thefollowingfactorsshouldbetakenintoaccountwhileinterpretingthetestresultsfrompileloadtests:

    (a) Potentialresidualloads(strains)inthepilewhichcouldinfluencetheinterpreteddistributionofloadalong
    thepileshaft.

    (b) Possible interaction of friction loads from test pile with downward friction transferred to the soil from
    reactionpilesobtainingpartoralloftheirsupportinsoilatlevelsabovethetiplevelofthetestpile.

    (c) Changesinporewaterpressureinthesoilcausedbypiledriving,constructionfillandotherconstruction
    operationswhichmayinfluencethetestresultsforfrictionalsupportinrelativelyimpervioussoilssuchas
    clayandsilt.

    (d) Differences between conditions at time of testing and after final construction such as changes in grade
    groundwaterlevel.

    (e) Potentiallossofsoilresistancefromeventssuchasexcavation,orscour,orbothofsurroundingsoil.
    (f) Possibledifferenceintheperformanceofapileinagrouporofapilegroupfromthatofasingleisolated
    pile.

    (g) Affect on long term pile performance of factors such as creep, environmental effects on pile material,
    frictionloadsfromswellingsoilsandstrengthlosses.

    (h) Type of structure to be supported, including sensitivity ofstructureto movement andrelations between
    liveanddeadloads.

    (i) Special testing procedures which may be required for the application of certain acceptance criteria or
    methodsofinterpretation.

    6212 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    (j) Requirement that all conditions for non tested piles be basically identical to those for test pile including
    suchthingassubsurfaceconditions,piletype,length,sizeandstiffness,andpileinstallationmethodsand
    equipmentsothatapplicationorextrapolationofthetestresultstosuchotherpilesisvalid

    3.11.3 UpliftCapacityofPileandDrilledShaft
    Where required by the design, the uplift capacity of pile and drilled shaft shall be determined by an approved
    method or analysis based on a minimum factor of safety of three or by load tests conducted in accordance with
    ASTMD3689(StandardTestMethodforIndividualPilesUnderStaticAxialTensileLoad).Themaximumallowable
    uplift load shall not exceed the ultimate load capacity as determined using the results of load test conducted in
    accordancewithASTMD3689,dividedbyafactorofsafetyof2.0.Whereupliftisduetowindorseismicloading,
    the minimum factor of safety shall be 2.0 where capacity is determined by an analysis and 1.5 where capacity is
    determinedbyloadtests.

    Forgrouppilesubjectedtouplift,theallowableworkingupliftloadforthegroupshallbecalculatedbyanapproved
    methodofanalysiswherethepilesinthegroupareplacedatcentretocentrespacingofatleast2.5timestheleast
    horizontaldimensionofthelargestpile,theallowableworkingupliftloadforthegroupispermittedtobecalculated
    asthelesserofthetwo:

    (a) Theproposedindividualworkingloadtimesthenumberofpilesinthegroup.
    (b) Twothirds of the effective weight of the group and the soil contained within a block defined by the
    perimeterofthegroupandtheembeddedlengthofthepile.

    (c) Onehalf the effective weight of the pile group and the soil contained within a block defined by the
    perimeterofthegroupandtheembeddedpilelengthplusonehalfthetotalsoilshearontheperipheral
    surfaceofthegroup

    Upliftortensiontestonpilessubjecttotension/upliftshallbeperformedbyacontinuousrateofuplift(CRU)oran
    incrementalloading(i.e.ML)test.Whereupliftloadsareintermittentorcyclicincharacter,asinwaveloadingona
    marine structure,it is recommended toadoptrepetitive loading on the test pile. The testsshall be performed in
    accordancewith"StandardTestMethodforIndividualPilesUnderStaticAxialTensileLoad",(ASTMD3689).

    PART C: ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS IN PLANNING, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF


    BUILDINGFOUNDATIONS(SECTIONS3.13to3.22)

    3.12 EXCAVATION

    Excavationforbuildingfoundationorforotherpurposeshallbedoneinasafemannersothatnodangertolifeand
    propertyprevailsatanystageoftheworkoraftercompletion.Therequirementsofthissectionshallbesatisfiedfor
    allsuchworksinadditiontothoseofSec3.3ofPart7.

    Permanent excavations shall have retaining walls of sufficient strength made of steel, masonry, or reinforced
    concretetoretaintheembankment,togetherwithanysurchargeload.

    Excavationsforanypurposeshallnotextendwithin300mmunderanyfootingorfoundation,unlesssuchfootingor
    foundationisfirstproperlyunderpinnedorprotectedagainstsettlement.

    3.12.1 NoticetoAdjoiningProperty
    Prior to any excavation close to an adjoining building in another property, a written notice shall be given to the
    owner of the adjoining property at least 10 days ahead of the date of excavation. The person undertaking the
    excavationshall,wherenecessary,incorporateadequateprovisionsandprecautionarymeasurestoensuresafetyof
    the adjoining property and shall supply the details of such measures in the notice to the owner of the adjoining

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6213
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    property.HeshallobtainapprovaloftheAuthorityregardingtheprotectiveprovisions,andpermissionoftheowner
    oftheadjoiningpropertyregardingtheproposedexcavationinwriting.

    Theprotectivemeasuresshallincorporatethefollowing:

    (a) Wherethelevelofthefoundationsoftheadjoiningstructureisatorabovethelevelofthebottomofthe
    proposedexcavation,theverticalloadoftheadjoiningstructureshallbesupportedbyproperfoundations,
    underpinning,orotherequivalentmeans.

    (b) Where the level of the foundations of the adjoining structure is below the level of the bottom of the
    proposed excavation, provision shall be made to support any increased vertical or lateral load on the
    existingadjoiningstructurecausedbythenewconstruction.

    Ifongivingtherequirednotice,incorporatingorproposingtoincorporatetheprotectiveprovisionswhichhaveduly
    beenapprovedbytheAuthority,theowneroftheadjoiningpropertyrefusestopermittheproposedexcavationor
    toallownecessaryaccessandotherfacilitiestothepersonundertakingtheexcavationforprovidingthenecessary
    andapprovedprotectiontotheadjoiningproperty,theresponsibilityforanydamagetotheadjoiningpropertydue
    toexcavationshallbethatoftheowneroftheadjoiningproperty.

    3.12.2 ExcavationWork
    Everyexcavationshallbeprovidedwithsafemeansofentryandexitkeptavailableatalltimes.Whenanexcavation
    hasbeencompleted,orpartlycompletedanddiscontinued,abandonedorinterrupted,ortherequiredpermitshave
    expired, the lot shall be filled and graded to eliminate all steep slopes, holes, obstructions or similar sources of
    hazard.Fillmaterialshallconsistofclean, noncombustiblesubstances.Thefinalsurfaceshallbegradedinsucha
    mannerastodrainthelot,eliminatepockets,preventaccumulationofwater,andprecludeanythreatofdamageto
    thefoundationsonthepremisesorontheadjoiningproperty.

    3.12.2.1 MethodsofProtection

    3.12.2.1.1 Shoring,BracingandSheeting
    Withtheexceptionofrockcuts,thesidesofallexcavations,includingrelatedorresultingembankments,1.5mor
    greater in depth or height measured from the level of the adjacent ground surface to the deepest point of
    excavation, shall be protected and maintained by shoring, bracing and sheeting, sheet piling, or other retaining
    structures. Alternatively, excavated slopes may be inclined not steeper than 1:1, or stepped so that the average
    slope is not steeper than forty five degrees with no step more than 1.5 m high, provided such slope does not
    endangeranystructure,includingsubsurfacestructures.Allsidesorslopesofexcavationsorembankmentsshallbe
    inspectedafterrainstorms,oranyotherhazardincreasingevent,andsafeconditionsshallberestored.Sheetpiling
    andbracingneededintrenchexcavationsshallhaveadequatestrengthtoresistthepossibleforcesresultingfrom
    earthorsurchargepressure.DESIGNOFPROTECTIONSYSTEMSHALLBECHECKEDBYAGEOTECHNICALENGINEER.

    3.12.2.1.2 GuardRail
    Aguardrailorasolidenclosureatleast1mhighshallbeprovidedalongtheopensidesofexcavations,exceptthat
    such guard rail or solid enclosure may be omitted from a side or sides when access to the adjoining area is
    precluded,orwheresideslopesareoneverticaltothreehorizontalorflatter.

    3.12.2.2 PlacingofConstructionMaterial
    Excavatedmaterialsandsuperimposedloadssuchasequipment,trucks,etc.shallnotbeplacedclosertotheedge
    of the excavation than a distance equal to one and onehalf times the depth of such excavation, unless the
    excavationisinrockorthesideshavebeenslopedorsheetpiled(orsheeted)andshoredtowithstandthelateral
    force imposed by such superimposed load. When sheet piling is used, it shall extend at least 150 mm above the

    6214 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    naturalleveloftheground.Inthecaseofopenexcavationswithsideslopes,theedgeofexcavationshallbetaken
    asthetoeoftheslope.

    3.12.2.3 SafetyRegulations
    Wheneversubsurfaceoperationsareconductedthatmayimposeloadsormovementonadjoiningproperty,suchas
    drivingofpiles,compactionofsoils,orsoildensification,theeffectsofsuchoperationsonadjoiningpropertyand
    structures shall be considered. The owner of the property that may be affected shall be given 48 hours written
    noticeoftheintentiontoperformsuchoperations.Whereconstructionoperationswillcausechangesintheground
    water level under adjacent buildings, the effects of such changes on the stability and settlement of the adjacent
    foundationshallbeinvestigatedandprovisionmadetopreventdamagetosuchbuildings.Whenapotentialhazard
    exists,elevationsoftheadjacentbuildingsshallberecordedatintervalsoftwentyfourhoursorlesstoascertainif
    movementhasoccurred.Ifso,necessaryremedialactionshallbeundertakenimmediately.

    Wheneveranexcavationorfillistobemadethatwillaffectsafety,stability,orusabilityofadjoiningpropertiesor
    buildings,theadjoiningpropertiesorbuildingsshallbeprotectedasrequiredbytheprovisionsofSec3.13.

    On excavation, the soil material directly underlying footings, piers, and walls shall be inspected by an
    engineer/architectpriortoconstructionofthefooting.Ifsuchinspectionindicatesthatthesoilconditionsdonot
    conform to those assumed for the purposes of design and described on the plans, or are unsatisfactory due to
    disturbance,thenadditionalexcavation,reductioninallowablebearingpressure,orotherremedialmeasuresshall
    beadopted.

    Exceptincaseswhereaproposedexcavationwillextendlessthan1.5mbelowgrade,allunderpinningoperations
    andtheconstructionandexcavationoftemporaryorpermanentcofferdams,caissons,bracedexcavationsurfaces,
    orotherconstructionsorexcavationsrequiredfororaffectingthesupportofadjacentpropertiesorbuildingsshall
    besubjecttocontrolledinspection.Thedetailsofunderpinning,andconstructionofcofferdams,caissons,bracing
    orotherconstructionsrequiredforthesupportofadjacentpropertiesorbuildingsshallbeshownontheplansor
    preparedintheformofshopordetaildrawingsandshallbeapprovedbytheengineerwhopreparedtheplans.

    3.13 DEWATERING

    Allexcavationsshallbedrainedandthedrainagemaintainedaslongastheexcavationcontinuesorremains.Where
    necessary, pumping shall be used. No condition shall be created as a result of construction operations that will
    interfere with natural surface drainage. Water courses, drainage ditches, etc. shall not be obstructed by refuse,
    waste building materials, earth, stones, tree stumps, branches, or other debris that may interfere with surface
    drainageorcausetheimpoundmentofsurfacewater.

    3.14 SLOPESTABILITYOFADJOININGBUILDINGS

    Thepossibilityofoverturningandslidingofthebuildingshallbeconsidered.Theminimumfactorofsafetyagainst
    overturningofthestructureasawholeshallbe1.5.Stabilityagainstoverturningshallbeprovidedbythedeadload
    ofthebuilding,theallowableupliftcapacityofpiling,anchors,weightofthesoildirectlyoverlyingfootingsprovided
    thatsuchsoilcannotbeexcavatedwithoutrecoursetomajormodificationofthebuilding,orbyanycombinationof
    thesefactors.

    Theminimum factorofsafetyagainstslidingofthestructureunder lateralloadshall be1.5.Resistancetolateral


    loadsshallbeprovidedbyfrictionbetweenthefoundationandtheunderlyingsoil,passiveearthpressure,batter
    pilesorbyplumbpiles,subjecttothefollowing:

    (a) Theresistancetolateralloadsduetopassiveearthpressureshallnotbetakenintoconsiderationwhere
    theabuttingsoilcouldberemovedinadvertentlybyexcavation.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6215
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Incaseofpilesupportedstructures,frictionalresistancebetweenthefoundationandtheunderlyingsoil
    shallbediscounted.

    (c) Theavailableresistancetofrictionbetweenthefoundationandtheunderlyingsoilshallbepredictedonan
    assumed friction factor of 0.5. A greater value of the coefficient of friction may be used subject to
    verificationbyanalysisandtest.

    The faces of cut and fill slopes shall be prepared and maintained to control erosion. The control may consist of
    effective planting. The protection for slopes shall be installed as soon as practicable. Where cut slopes are not
    subjecttoerosionduetoerosionresistantcharacterofthematerials,suchprotectionmaybeomitted.

    Wherenecessary,checkdams,cribbing,ripraporotherdevicesormethodsshallbeemployedtocontrolerosion.

    3.15 FILLS

    3.15.1 QualityofFill
    The excavation outside the foundation shall be backfilled with soil that is free of organic material, construction
    debris and large rocks. The backfill shall be placed in lifts and compacted in a manner which does not damage
    foundation,thewaterproofingordampproofingmaterial.

    3.15.2 PlacementofFill
    Fillstobeusedtosupportthefoundationofanybuildingorstructureshallbeplacedinaccordancewithestablished
    engineering principle. Before placement of the fill, the existing ground surface shall be stripped off all organic
    growth,timber,rubbishanddebris.Afterstripping,thegroundsurfaceshallbecompacted.Materialsforfillshall
    consist of sand, gravel, crushed stone, crushed earth, or a mixture of these. The fill material shall contain no
    particles exceeding 100 mm in the largest dimension. A soil investigation report and a report of satisfactory
    placementoffill,bothacceptabletotheBuildingOfficialshallbesubmitted.Inanuncontrolledfill,thesoilwithin
    thebuildingareashallbeexploredusingtestpits.Atleastonetestpitpenetratingatleast2mbelowthelevelofthe
    bottomoftheproposedfoundationshall beprovidedforevery200m2ofbuildingarea.Whereversuchtest pits
    consistentlyindicatethatthefilliscomposedofmaterialthatisfreeofvoidsandfreeofextensiveinclusionofmud,
    organic materials such as paper, garbage, cans, metallic objects, or debris, the fill material shall be acceptable.
    Wherethefillshowsvoidsorinclusionsasdescribedabove,eitherthefillshallbetreatedashavingnopresumptive
    bearingcapacity,orthebuildingshallincorporateadequatestrengthandstiffnesstobridgesuchvoidsorinclusions
    orshallbearticulatedtopreventdamageduetodifferentialorlocalizedsettlementofthefill.

    3.15.3 Specifications
    Wherefoundationsaretobeplacedoncontrolledfillmaterials,thefillmustbecompactedinlayersnotexceeding
    300 mm. Clear specifications shall be provided for the range of water content, the degree of compaction to be
    achieved and the method of compaction that shall be followed. Such specifications shall be based on the shear
    strengthrequirementforthefillsoilandallowablesettlementestimate.Theminimumdensityofcontrolledfillshall
    be95%oftheoptimumdensityobtainedfrom"StandardTestMethodforMoistureDensityRelationofSoilandSoil
    AggregateMixtureusing10lb(4.54kg)Rammerand18in(457mm)Drop",(ASTMD1557).

    Thedegreeofcompactionachievedinafillshallbeobtainedfrominsitudensitymeasurements.Nonewlayershall
    beplacedunlessasatisfactorydensityisattainedineachlayer.

    3.16 PROTECTIVERetainingStructuresforFoundations/ShorePiles

    A retaining wall is a wall designed to resist lateral earth and/or fluid pressures, including any surcharge, in
    accordancewithacceptedengineeringpractice.Retainingwallsforfoundationsshallbedesignedtoensurestability

    6216 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    againstoverturning,sliding,excessivefoundationpressureandwateruplift;andthattheybedesignedforasafety
    factorof 1.5 against lateralslidingand overturning. Generally sheet pileretainingwalls are used for construction
    raftfoundationsforbuildings.Tallersheetpilesmayneedatiebackanchordrivenandanchoredbehindthesoilof
    thesheetpileretainingwall.

    3.17 WATERPROOFINGANDDAMPPROOFING

    Walls or portions thereof that retain earth and enclose interior spaces, and floors below grade shall be
    waterproofedanddampproofed,withtheexceptionofthosespaceswheresuchomissionisnotdetrimentaltothe
    building or occupancy. The roof is also required to be waterproofed. The owner shall perform a subsurface
    investigationtodeterminethepossibilityofthegroundwatertablerisingabovetheproposedelevationofthefloor
    orfloorsbelowgradeunlesssatisfactorydatafromadjacentareasdemonstratethatgroundwaterhasnotbeena
    problem.

    Theremayarisetwosituations:(i)wherenohydrostaticpressureoccursand(ii)wherehydrostaticpressureoccurs.
    Wherehydrostaticpressureconditionsexist,floorsandwallsbelowfinishedgroundlevelshallbewaterproofedin
    accordance with Sec 3.13.1 below. Where hydrostatic pressure conditions do not exist, dampproofing and
    perimeter drainage shall be provided in accordance with Sec 3.13.2 below. In addition, the dampproofing and
    waterproofingshallalsomeettherequirementsofSec3.13.3.Alldampproofingandwaterproofingmaterialsshall
    conformtotherequirementsofSec2.16.7ofPart5.

    3.17.1.1 WaterproofingwhereHydrostaticPressureOccurs
    Wheregroundwaterinvestigationindicatesthatahydrostaticpressureconditionexists,orislikelytooccur,walls
    andfloorsshallbewaterproofedinaccordancewiththissection.

    3.17.1.2 FloorWaterproofing
    Floors required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete and shallbe designed and constructed towithstand the
    anticipatedhydrostaticpressure.

    Waterproofingofthefloorshallbeaccomplishedbyplacingundertheslabamembraneofrubberizedasphalt,or
    butyl rubber, or polymer modified asphalt, or neoprene, or not less than 0.15 mm polyvinyl chloride or
    polyethylene,orotherapprovedmaterials,capableofbridgingnonstructuralcracks.Jointsinthemembraneshall
    belappednotlessthan150mmandsealedinanapprovedmanner.

    3.17.1.3 WallWaterproofing
    Walls required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete or masonry designed to withstand the anticipated
    hydrostaticpressureandotherlateralloads.Priortotheapplicationofwaterproofingmaterialsonconcretewalls,
    allholesandrecessesresultingfromtheremovalofformtiesshallbesealedwithabituminousmaterialorother
    approvedmethodsormaterials.Unitmasonrywallsshallbepargeted ontheexteriorsurfacebelowgroundlevel
    withnotlessthan10mmofPortlandcementmortar.Thepargetingshallbecontinuedtothefoundation.Pargeting
    ofunitmasonrywallsisnotrequiredwhereamaterialisapprovedfordirectapplicationtothemasonry.

    Waterproofingshallbeappliedfromapoint300mmabovethemaximumelevationofthegroundwatertabledown
    tothetopofthespreadportionofthefoundation.Theremainderofthewalluptoalevelnotlessthan150mm
    abovefinishedgradeshallbedampproofed.

    Wallwaterproofingmaterialsshallconsist oftwoplyhotmoppedfelts,notlessthan0.15mmpolyvinylchloride,
    1.0 mm polymer modified asphalt, 0.15 mm polyethylene or other approved methods or materials capable of
    bridging nonstructural cracks. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped not less than 150 mm and sealed in an
    approvedmanner.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6217
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Jointsinwallsandfloors,jointsbetweenthewallandthefloor,andpenetrationsofthewallandfloorshallbemade
    watertightutilizingestablishedmethodsandmaterials.

    3.17.1.4 DampproofingwithnoHydrostaticPressure
    Where hydrostatic pressure willnot occur, floorsand walls shall be dampproofedand a subsoil drainage system
    shallbeinstalledasdescribedbelow:

    3.17.1.5 FloorDampproofing
    Forfloors,dampproofingmaterialsshallbeinstalledbetweenthefloorandbasematerials.Thebasematerialshall
    notbelessthan100mminthicknessconsistingofgravelorcrushedstonecontainingnotmorethan10percent
    materialthatpassesa4.76mmsieve.Whereasiteislocatedinwelldrainedgravelorsand/gravelmixture,afloor
    base is not required. When the finished ground level is below the floor level for more than 25 per cent of the
    perimeter of the building, the base material need not be provided. Where a separate floor is provided above a
    concreteslabthedampproofingmaybeinstalledontopoftheslab.

    Dampproofingmaterials,whereinstalledbeneaththeslab,shallconsistofnotlessthan0.15mmpolyethylenewith
    jointslappednotlessthan150mm,orotherapprovedmethodsormaterials.Wherepermittedtobeinstalledon
    topoftheslab, dampproofingshallconsistofmopped onbitumen,notlessthan0.1mmpolyethylene,orother
    approved methods or materials. Joints in membranes shall be lapped not less than 150 mm and sealed in an
    approvedmanner.

    3.17.1.6 WallDampproofing
    Forwalls,dampproofingmaterialsshallbeinstalledandshallextendfromapoint150mmabovegrade,downto
    thetopofthespreadportionofthefoundation.

    Wall dampproofing material shall consist of a bituminous material, acrylic modified cement base coating,
    rubberized asphalt, polymermodified asphalt, butyl rubber, or other approved materials capable of bridging
    nonstructuralcracks.

    3.17.1.7 PerimeterDrain
    Adrainshallbeplacedaroundtheperimeterofafoundationthatconsistsofgravelorcrushedstonecontainingnot
    morethan10percentmaterialthatpassesthrougha4.76mmsieve.Thedrainshallextendaminimumof300mm
    beyondtheoutsideedgeofthefoundation.Thethicknessshallbesuchthatthebottomofthedrainisnothigher
    thanthebottomofthebaseunderthefloor,andthatthetopofthedrainisnotlessthan150mmabovethetopof
    thefoundation.Thetopofthedrainshallbecoveredwithanapprovedfiltermembranematerial.Whereadraintile
    orperforatedpipeisused,theinvertofthepipeortileshallnotbehigherthanthefloorelevation.Thetopofjoints
    orthetopofperforationsshallbeprotectedwithanapprovedfiltermembranematerial.Thepipeortileshallbe
    placedonnotlessthan50mmofgravelorcrushedstonecomplyingwiththissection,andshallbecoveredwithnot
    lessthan150mmofthesamematerial.

    The floor base and foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by gravity or mechanical means into an approved
    drainagesystem.Whereasiteislocatedinwelldrainedgravelorsand/gravelmixture,adedicateddrainagesystem
    isnotrequired.Whenthefinishedgroundlevelisbelowthefloorlevelformorethan25percentoftheperimeter
    ofthebuilding,thefoundationdrainneedbeprovidedonlyaroundthatportionofthebuildingwheretheground
    levelisabovethefloorlevel.

    6218 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    3.17.2 OtherDampproofingandWaterproofingRequirements

    3.17.2.1 PlacementofBackfill
    The excavation outside the foundation shall be backfilled with soil that is free of organic material, construction
    debrisandlargerocks.Thebackfillshallbeplacedinliftsandcompactedinamannerwhichdoesnotdamagethe
    waterproofingordampproofingmaterialorstructurallydamagethewall.

    3.17.2.2 SiteGrading
    Thegroundimmediatelyadjacenttothefoundationshallbeslopedawayfromthebuildingataslopenotlessthan
    1unitverticalin12unitshorizontal(1:12)foraminimumdistanceof2.5mmeasuredperpendiculartothefaceof
    thewalloranalternativemethodofdivertingwaterawayfromthefoundationshallbeused.Considerationshallbe
    given to possible additional settlement of the backfill when establishing the final ground level adjacent to the
    foundation.

    3.17.2.3 ErosionProtection
    Where water impacts the ground from the edge of the roof, down spout, scupper, valley or other rainwater
    collectionordiversiondevice,provisionsshallbeusedtopreventsoilerosionanddirectthewaterawayfromthe
    foundation.

    3.18 FOUNDATIONONSLOPES

    3.18.1 FootingsonSlopes
    Wherefootingsaretobefoundedonaslope,thedistanceoftheslopingsurfaceatthebaselevelofthefooting
    measuredfromthecentreofthefootingshallnotbelessthantwicethewidthofthefooting.

    When adjacent footings are to be placed at different levels, the distance between the edges of footings shall be
    suchastopreventundesirableoverlappingofstructuresinsoilanddisturbanceofthesoilunderthehigherfooting
    duetoexcavationofthelowerfooting.

    On a sloping site, footing shall be on a horizontal bearing and stepped. At all changes of levels, footings shall be
    lappedforadistanceofatleastequaltothethicknessoffoundationorthreetimestheheightofstep,whicheveris
    greater.Adequateprecautionsshallbetakentopreventtendencyfortheupperlayersofsoiltomovedownhill.

    3.19 FOUNDATIONSONFILLSANDPROBLEMATICSOILS

    3.19.1 FootingsonFilledupGround
    Footings shall not be constructed on loosely filled up ground with non uniform density or consistency, unless
    adequatestrengtheningofthesoilismadebyapplyinggroundimprovementtechniques.

    3.19.2 GroundImprovement
    Inpoorandweaksubsoils,thedesignofshallowfoundationforstructuresandequipmentmaypresentproblems
    withrespecttobothsizingoffoundationaswellascontroloffoundationsettlements.Aviablealternativeincertain
    situations developed over recent years is to improve the subsoil to an extent that the subsoil would develop an
    adequate bearing capacity and foundations constructed after subsoil improvement would have resultant
    settlementswithinacceptablelimits.Selectionofgroundimprovementtechniquesmaybedoneinaccordancewith
    goodpractice.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6219
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3.19.3 SoilReinforcement
    Use of suitable geosynthetics/geotextilesmay be made in an approvedmanner for ground improvement where
    applicablebasedongoodpractice.

    3.20 FOUNDATIONDESIGNFORDYNAMICFORCES

    3.20.1 EffectofDynamicForces
    Wheremachineryoperationsorothervibrationsaretransmittedthroughfoundation,considerationshallbegivenin
    thefoundationdesigntopreventdetrimentaldisturbanceofthesoil.

    Impact forces shall be neglected in foundation design except for foundations bearing on loose granular soils,
    foundationssupportingcranes,heavymachineryandmovingequipment,orwheretheratioofliveloadcausingthe
    impacttothedeadloadexceeds50%.

    3.20.2 MachineFoundation
    Machine foundations are subjected to the dynamic forces caused by the machine. These dynamic forces are
    transmitted to the foundation supporting the machine. Although the moving parts of the machine are generally
    balanced,thereisalwayssomeunbalanceinpracticewhichcausesaneccentricityofrotatingparts.Thisproduces
    an oscillating force. The machine foundation must satisfy the criteria for dynamic loading in addition to that for
    staticloading.

    3.20.2.1 TypesofMachineFoundations
    Basically,therearethreetypesofmachinefoundation:

    (a) Machineswhichproduceaperiodicunbalancedforce,suchasreciprocatingenginesandcompressors.The
    speedofsuchmachinesisgenerallylessthan600rpm.Inthesemachines,therotarymotionofthecrankis
    convertedintothetranslatorymotion.Theunbalancedforcevariessinusoidal.

    (b) Machineswhichproduceimpactloads,suchasforgehammersandpunchpresses.Inthesemachines,the
    dynamic force attains a peak value in a very short time and then dies out gradually. The response is a
    pulsating curve. It vanishes before the next pulse. The speed is usually between 60 to 150 blows per
    minute.

    (c) Highspeedmachines,suchasturbines,androtarycompressors.Thespeedofsuchmachinesisveryhigh;
    sometimes,itisevenmorethan3000rpm.

    Thefollowingfourtypesofmachinefoundationsarecommonlyused.

    (a) BlockType:Thistypeofmachinefoundationconsistsofapedestalrestingonafooting(Fig.6.3.3a).The
    foundationhasalargemassandasmallnaturalfrequency.

    (b) BoxType:Thefoundationconsistsofahollowconcreteblock(Fig.6.3.3b).Themassofthefoundationis
    lessthanthatintheblocktypeandthenaturalfrequencyisincreased.

    (c) WallType:Awalltypeoffoundationconsistsofapairofwallshavingatopslab.Themachinerestsonthe
    topslab(Fig6.3.3c).

    (d) FramedType:Thistypeoffoundationconsistsofverticalcolumnshavingahorizontalframeattheirtops.
    Themachineissupportedontheframe(Fig.6.3.3d).

    Machines which produce periodical and impulsive forces at low speeds are generally provided with a block type
    foundation.Framedtypefoundationsaregenerallyusedforthemachinesworkingathighspeedsandforthoseof

    6220 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Ch
    hapter3

    the rotatin
    ng types. Somee machines whhich induce veery little dynam
    mic forces, succh as lathes, need
    n not be prrovided
    withamacchinefoundatio on.Suchmach hinesmaybedirectlyboltedttothefloor.

    3.20.2.2
    2 Design
    nConsiderrations
    For satisfaactory perform ne foundationss should satissfy the following requiremeents: (i) resonance is
    mance, machin
    avoided,(ii)bearingcapacityandsettlementaresaffe,and(iii)theereisanadeq quatevibration
    nandshockiso olation.
    Avoidanceofresonanceisdiscussedinthissection.

    (I)Resonan nce:Basedon theiroperatin


    ngfrequenciess,themachinesareclassified das(i)lowspeeedhavingfreequency
    less than 300
    3 revolution dium speed, frrequency 300 to 1000 rpm, and (iii) high speed,
    ns per minute (rpm),(ii) med
    frequency greater than 1000 rpm. To avoid resonan nce, the naturral frequency (or the resonaant frequency)) of the
    machine fo oundationsoil system must be either veryy large or veryy small compaared to the op
    perating speed
    d of the
    machine.

    (a) Loow speed macchines (f1 <3000 rpm): Proviide a foundation with a natural frequenccy at least tw
    wice the
    opperatingfrequency,i.e.,the frequencyratiior(=f1/fn)is lessthan0.5.N Naturalfrequeencycanbeinccreased
    (i))byincreasinggbaseareaor reducingtotaalstaticweighttofthefoundation,(ii)byin ncreasingmod dulusof
    hear rigidity off the soil by compaction, grrouting or injection, (iii) by u
    sh using piles to provide the reequired
    fo
    oundationstiffn ness.

    (b) Highspeedmacchines(f1>1000rpm):Providdeafoundationnwithnaturalfrequencynotthigherthanoonehalf
    offtheoperatinggvalue,i.e.,freequencyratio r2.Naturalffrequencycanbedecreased dbyincreasing weight
    Duringstartinggandstoppingg,themachinewilloperateb
    offfoundation.D brieflyatreson
    nantfrequencyy(fr)of
    th
    hefoundation. Probableamp plitudeiscomp
    putedatbothffrandf1and comparedwithallowablevaaluesto
    etermineiftheefoundationarrrangementmustbealtered.
    de

    (a) (b)

    (c) (d)
    Fig.6.3.3.Tyypesofmachin
    nefoundationss(a)BlockType
    e(b)BoxType(c)WallType((d)FramedTyp
    pe.

    (2) Types of foundation ns. Considerin


    ng their structtural forms, th
    he machine fo oundations, inn general, are of the
    following types:
    t (i)boxffoundation consistingof a ppedestal ofcon ncrete, (ii) boxx foundation consisting
    c of a hollow
    concretebblock,(iii)wallffoundationconnsistingofapaairofwallssuppportingthemachine.(iv)fraamedfoundatio oncon
    sistingofvverticalcolumn
    nsandatopho
    orizontalframeeworkwhichfo
    ormstheseato
    ofessentialmaachinery.
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Lowspeedmachines(e.g.,forgehammers,presses,lowspeedreciprocatingenginesandcompressors)aregenerally
    supportedon blockfoundationhavingalargecontactareawithsoil.Mediumspeedmachines(e.g.,reciprocating
    diesel and gas engines) also have, in general, block foundations resting on springs or suitable elastic pads. High
    speed and rotating type of machines (e.g., internal combustion engines, electric motors, and turbo generator
    machines) are generally mounted on framed foundations. Other high speed machines are placed on block
    foundations.Asfaraspossible,theC.G.ofthewholesystemandthecentroidofthebaseareashouldbeonthesame
    verticalaxis.Atthemostaneccentricityof5%couldbeallowed.

    (3) Permissible amplitude. Many times the permissible amplitude at operating speed is specified by the
    manufactures.Ifnotspecified,thefollowingvaluesmaybeadoptedforguidance(i)lowspeedmachines.(f1<500
    rpm),horizontalandverticalvibrations,A=0.25run:.(ii)operatingspeedf1 =5001500rpm,A=0.4mmto
    0.6mmforhorizontal,andA=0.7mmto0.9mmforverticalmodeofvibration;(iii)operatingspeedf1upto3000
    rpm,A=0.2mmforhorizontalandA=0.5mmforverticalvibrations(iv)hammerfoundations,A=10mm.

    3.20.2.3 DesignMethods
    The various design methods can be grouped as follows: (i) empirical and semiempirical methods, (ii) methods
    considering soil as a spring and (iii) methods considering soil as a semiinfinite elastic mass (elastic halfspace
    approach)anditsequivalentlumpedparametermethod.Thelumpedparametermethodiscurrentlypreferredand
    willbedescribedhere.

    Agoodmachinefoundationshouldsatisfythefollowingcriteria.

    (a) Likeordinaryfoundations,itshouldbesafeagainstshearfailurecausedbysuperimposedloads,andalso
    thesettlementsshouldbewithinthesafelimits.

    (b) Thesoilpressureshouldnormallynotexceed80%oftheallowablepressureforstaticloading.
    (c) There should be no possibility of resonance. The natural frequency of the foundation should be either
    greaterthanorsmallerthantheoperatingfrequencyofthemachine.

    (d) Theamplitudesunderserviceconditionshouldbewithinthepermissiblelimitsforthemachine.
    (e) Thecombinedcentreofgravityofthemachineandthefoundationshouldbeontheverticallinepassing
    throughthecentreofgravityofthebaseplane.

    (f) Machine foundation should be taken to a level lower than the level of the foundation of the, adjacent
    buildingsandshouldbeproperlyseparated.

    (g) Thevibrationsinducedshouldneitherbeannoyingtothepersonsnordetrimentaltootherstructures.
    (h) Richart(1967)developedaplotforverticalvibrations,whichisgenerallytakenasaguideforvariouslimits
    offrequencyandamplitudewhichhasbeenpresentedinFig.6.3.4.

    (i) Thedepthofthegroundwatertableshouldbeatleastonefourthofthewidthofthefoundationbelow
    thebaseplace.

    3.20.2.4 VibrationAnalysisofaMachineFoundation:
    Althoughamachine foundationhas6 degree offreedom, itis assumed tohave a single degreeoffreedom for a
    simplifiedanalysis.Fig6.3.5showsamachinefoundationsupportedonasoilmass.Inthiscase,themassmflumps
    togetherthemassofthemachineandthemassoffoundation.Thetotalmassmfactsatthecentreofgravityofthe
    system.Themassisunderthesupportingactionofthesoil.Theelasticactioncanbelumpedtogetherintoasingle
    elasticspringwithastiffnessk.Likewise;alltheresistancetomotionislumpedintothedampingcoefficientc.Thus
    the machine foundationreducesto a singlemass having one degree of freedom.The analysis of damped,forced
    vibrationis,therefore,applicabletothemachinefoundation.

    6222 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Ch
    hapter3


    Fig.6.3.4.Limitsoffrequeencyandampliitudes(Richarttschart)


    5.Machinefou
    Fig.6.3.5 undationsuppo
    ortedonasoilmass

    3.20.2.4
    4.1 DetermiinationofP
    Parameterss
    Forvibratio
    onanalysisof amachinefou
    undation,the parametersm
    m,candkare required.Thesseparameters canbe
    determinedasunder.
    (a) Mass (m): When
    W a machine vibrates, ssome portion of the suppo
    orting soil masss also vibratees. The
    vibratingsoil isknownasthheparticipatinngmassorinp phasesoilmasss.Therefore, thetotalmasssofthe
    system is equal to the maass of the fouundation blocck and machin
    ne (mf) and th
    he mass (ms) of the
    participatingssoil.Thus
    m = m f + ms (6.3.51)

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Unfortunately,thereisnorationalmethodtodeterminethemagnitudeofms.Itisusuallyrelatedtothe
    mass of the soil in the pressure bulb. The value of ms generally varies between zero and mf. In other
    words,thetotalmass(m)variesbetweenmfand2mfinmostcases.

    (b) Spring stiffness (k): The spring stiffness depends upon the type of soil, embedment of the foundation
    block,thecontactareaandthecontactpressuredistribution.Thefollowingarethecommonmethods.

    i) Laboratorytest:AtriaxialtestwithverticalvibrationsisconductedtodetermineYoungsmodulus
    E. Alternatively, the modulus of rigidity (G) is determined conducting the test under torsional
    vibration, and E is obtained indirectly from the relation, E = 2G( 1 + ) , where is Poissons
    ratio.Thestiffness(k)isdeterminedas
    AE
    k= (6.3.52)
    L
    where,A crosssectionalareaofthespecimen,andL lengthofthespecimen.

    ii) Barkans method: The stiffness can also be obtained from the value of E using the following
    relationgivenbyBarken.

    1.13E
    k= A (6.3.53)
    1

    Where,A baseareaofthemachine,i.e.areaofcontact.

    iii) Plateloadtest:Arepeatedplateloadtestisconductedandthestiffnessofthesoil(kp)isfoundas
    theslopeoftheloaddeformationcurve.Thespringconstantkofthefoundationisasunder.

    B
    Forcohesivesoils: k = k P

    (6.3.54)
    BP
    2
    B + 0.3
    Forcohesionlesssoil: k = k P (6.3.55)
    BP + 0.3

    Where, B is the width of foundation. Alternatively, spring constant can be obtained


    fromthesubgrademodulus(ks),as

    k = K s A (6.3.56)

    Where,A=areaoffoundation.

    iv) Resonancetest:Theresonancefrequency(fn)isobtainedusingavibratorofmassmsetupon
    asteelplatesupportedontheground.Thespringstiffnessobtainedfromtherelation

    n 1
    fn = = k m = 4 2 f n m 6.3.57
    2 2
    II. Dampingconstant(c):Dampingisduetodissipationofvibrationenergy,whichoccursmainlybecauseof
    thefollowingreasons.

    i) Internalfrictionlossduetohysterisisandviscouseffects.

    ii) Radiationallossduetopropagationofwavesthroughsoil.

    The damping factor D for an underdamped system can be determined in the laboratory. Vibration response is
    plottedandthelogarithmicdecrementisfoundfromtheplot,as

    6224 Vol.2
    SoilsandFoundations Chapter3

    2D
    = D= 6.3.58
    1 D 2 2

    ThedampingfactorDmayalsobeobtainedfromtheareaofthehysteresisloopoftheloaddisplacementcurve,as
    W
    D= 6.3.59
    W

    Where,W totalworkdone;andW worklosthysteresis.ThevalueofDformostsoilsgenerallyvaries


    between0.01and0.1.

    3.21 GEOHAZARDANALYSISFORBUILDINGS

    Geohazard analysis of buildings include design considerations for possible landslides, ground subsidence,
    earthquakes and other seismic events, erosion and scour, construction in toxic and/or contaminated landfills,
    groundwatercontaminationetc.Apreliminaryreviewoftheselectedsiteshouldbecarriedoutforexistenceofany
    oftheabovementionedgeohazardinthearea.Adetailedanalysismaybecarriedoutonlyifthepreliminaryreview
    indicatesasignificantthreatforthebuildingwhichmayexistfromanyoftheabovementionedpotentialgeohazard
    attheselectedlocationforthebuilding.Seerelevantsectionfordetails.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6225
    Chapter 4
    BAMBOO

    4.1 SCOPE
    ThisSectionrelatestotheuseofbambooinconstructionasstructuralelements,nonstructuralelementsandalso
    fortemporaryworksinstructuresorelementsofthestructure,ensuringqualityandeffectivenessofdesignand
    constructionusingbamboo.Itcoversminimumstrengthdata,dimensionalandgradingrequirements,seasoning,
    preservativetreatment,designandjointingtechniqueswithbamboowhichwouldfacilitatescientificapplication
    andlongtermperformanceofstructures.Italsocoversguidelinessoastoensureproperprocurement,storage,
    precautionsanddesignlimitationsonbamboo.

    4.2 TERMINOLOGY
    ForthepurposeofthisSection,thefollowingdefinitionsshallapply.

    4.2.1 AnatomicalPurposeDefinitions
    BambooTallperennialgrassesfoundintropicalandsubtropicalregions.TheybelongtothefamilyPoaceae
    andsubfamilyBambusoidae.
    BambooCulmAsingleshootofbamboousuallyhollowexceptatnodeswhichareoftenswollen.
    BambooClumpAclusterofbambooculmsemanatingfromtwoormorerhizomerinthesameplace.
    CelluloseAcarbohydrate,formingthefundamentalmaterialofallplantsandamainsourceofthemechanical
    propertiesofbiologicalmaterials.
    Cell A fundamental structural unit of plant and animal life, consisting of cytoplasm and usually enclosing a
    centralnucleusandbeingsurroundedbyamembrane(animal)orarigidcellwall(plant).
    Cross Wall A wall at the node closing the whole inside circumference and completely separating the hollow
    cavitybelowfromthatabove.
    Hemi Cellulose The polysaccharides consisting of only 150 to 200 sugar molecules, also much less than the
    10000ofcellulose.
    LigninApolymerofphenylpropaneunits,initssimpleform(C6H5CH3CH2CH3).
    SliverThinstripsofbambooprocessedfrombambooculm.
    TissueGroupofcells,whichinhigherplantsconsistof(a)Parenchymaasoftcellofhigherplantsasfoundin
    stempithorfruitpulp,(b)Epidermistheoutermostlayerofcellscoveringthesurfaceofaplant,whenthere
    areseverallayersoftissue.

    4.2.2 StructuralPurposeDefinitions
    BambooMatBoardAboardmadeoftwoormorebamboomatsbondedwithanadhesive.
    BeamAstructuralmemberwhichsupportsloadprimarilybyitsinternalresistancetobending.
    BreakingStrengthAtermlooselyappliedtoagivenstructuralmemberwithrespecttotheultimateloaditcan
    sustainunderagivensetofconditions.
    BundleColumnAcolumnconsistingofthreeormorenumberofcuhuboundasintegratedunitwithwireor
    straptypeoffastenings.
    CentreInternodeAtestspecimenhavingitscentrebetweentwonodes.
    CharacteristicLoadThevalueofloadswhichhasa95percentprobabilityofnotexceedingduringthelifeofthe
    structure.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6227
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    CharacteristicStrengthThestrengthofthematerialbelowwhichnotmorethan5percentofthetestresults
    areexpectedtofall.
    Cleavability The ease with which bamboo can be split along the longitudinal axis. The action of splitting is
    knownascleavage.
    Column A structural member which supports axial load primarily by inducing compressive stress along the
    fibres.
    Common Rafter A roof member which supports roof battens and roof coverings, such as boarding and
    sheeting.
    CurvatureThedeviationfromthestraightnessoftheculm.
    DelaminationSeparationofmatsthroughfailureofglue.
    EndDistanceThedistancemeasuredparalleltothefibresofthebamboofromthecentreofthefastenertothe
    closestendofthemember.
    Flatten Bamboo Bamboo consisting of culms that have been cut and unfolded till it is flat. The culm thus is
    finallyspreadopen,thediaphragms(crosswalls)atnodesremovedandpressedflat.
    FullCulmThenaturallyavailablecircularsection/shape.
    FundamentalorUltimateStressThestresswhichisdeterminedonaspecifiedtype/sizeofculmsofbamboo,in
    accordance with standard practice and does not take into account the effects of naturally occurring
    characteristicsandotherfactors.
    InnerDiameterDiameterofinternalcavityofahollowpieceofbamboo.
    InsideLocationPositioninbuildingsinwhichbambooremainscontinuouslydryorprotectedfromweather.
    JointAconnectionbetweentwoormorebamboostructuralelements.
    JoistAbeamdirectlysupportingfloor,ceilingorroofofastructure.
    LengthofInternodeDistancebetweenadjacentnodes.
    Loaded End or Compression End Distance The distance measured from the centre of the fastner to the end
    towardswhichtheloadinducedbythefasteneracts.
    MatchetAlightcuttingandslashingtoolintheformofalargeknife.
    MatAwovensheetmadeusingthinslivers.
    MortiseandTenonAjointinwhichthereducedend(tenon)ofonememberfitsintothecorrespondingslot
    (mortise)oftheother.
    NetSectionSectionobtainedbydeductingfromthegrosscrosssection(A),theprojectedareasofallmaterials
    removedbyboring,groovingorothermeans.
    NodeTheplaceinabambooculmwherebranchessproutandadiaphragmisinsidetheculmandthewallson
    bothsidesofnodearethicker.
    OuterDiameterDiameterofacrosssectionofapieceofbamboomeasuredfromtwooppositepointsonthe
    outersurface.
    OutsideLocationPositioninbuildinginwhichbamboosareoccasionallysubjectedtowettinganddryingasin
    caseofopenshedsandoutdoorexposedstructures,
    PermissibleStressStressobtainedafterapplyingfactorofsafetytotheultimateorbasicstress.
    PrincipalRafterAroofmemberwhichsupportspurlins.
    PurlinsAroofmemberdirectlysupportingroofcoveringorcommonrafterandroofbattens.
    RoofBattensAroofmemberdirectlysupportingtiles,corrugatedsheets,slatesorotherroofingmaterials.
    RoofSkeletonTheskeltonconsistingofbambootrussorrafteroverwhichsolidbamboopurlinsarelaidand
    lashedtotherafterortopchordofatrussbymeansofgalvanizedironwire,cane,grass,bambooleaves,etc.
    SlendernessRatioTheratioofthelengthofmembertotheradiusofgyrationisknownasslendernessratioof
    member.(Thelengthofthememberistheequivalentlengthduetoendconditions).
    SplitsThepiecesmadefromquartersbydividingthequartersradiallyandcuttinglongitudinally.
    TaperTheratioofdifferencebetweenminimumandmaximumouterdiametertolength.
    UnloadedEndDistanceTheenddistanceoppositetotheloadedend

    6228 Vol.2
    Bamboo Chapter4

    Wall Thickness Half the difference between outer diameter and inner diameter of the piece at any cross
    section.
    WetLocationPositioninbuildingsinwhichthebamboosarealmostcontinuouslydamp,wetorincontactwith
    earthorwater,suchaspilesandbamboofoundations.

    4.2.3 DefinitionsRelatingtoDefects
    BambooBore/GHOONHoleThedefectcausedbybambooGHOONbeetle(Dinoderusspp.Bostychdae),which
    attacksfelledculms.
    CrookednessAlocalizeddeviationfromthestraightnessinapieceofbamboo.
    DiscolorationAchangefromthenormalcolourofthebamboowhichdoesnotimpairthestrengthofbamboo
    orbamboocompositeproducts.

    4.2.4 DefinitionsRelatingtoDryingDegrades
    CollapseThedefectoccurringonaccountofexcessiveshrinkage,particularlyinthickwalledimmaturebamboo.
    Whenthebamboowallshrinks,theouterlayerscontainingalargerconcentrationofstrongfibrovascularbundles
    set the weaker interior portion embedded in parenchyma in tension, causing the latter to develop cracks. The
    interiorcrackdevelopsintoawidesplitresultinginadepressionontheoutersurface.Thisdefectalsoreducesthe
    structuralstrengthofroundbamboo.
    EndSplittingAsplitattheendofabamboo.Thisisnotsocommonadefectasdryingoccursbothfromouter
    andinteriorwallsurfacesofbambooaswellastheendattheopenends.
    SurfaceCracking Fine surface cracksnot detrimental tostrength, However, the crackingwhich occursat the
    nodesreducesthestructuralstrength.
    WrinkledandDeformedSurfaceDeformationincrosssection,duringdrying,whichoccursinimmatureround
    bamboosofmostspecies;inthickwalledpieces,besidesthisdeformationtheoutersurfacebecomesunevenand
    wrinkled.Veryoftentheinteriorwalldevelopsacrackbelowthesewrinkles,runningparalleltotheaxis.

    4.3 SYMBOLS
    ForthepurposeofthisSection,thefollowinglettersymbolsshallhavethemeaningindicatedagainsteach,unless
    otherwisestated:
    A=Crosssectionalareaofbamboo(perpendiculartothedirectionoftheprincipalfibresandvessels),mm2

    A=
    4
    (D 2
    )
    d2

    D=Outerdiameter,mm
    d=Innerdiameter,mm
    E=Modulusofelasticityinbending,N/mm2
    fc=Calculatedstressinaxialcompression,N/mm2
    fcp=Permissiblestressincompressionalongthefibres,N/mm2

    I=Momentofinertia,mm4=
    64
    (D 2
    )
    d2

    l=Unsupportedlengthofcolumn
    M=Moisturecontent,percent
    r=Radiusofgyration= (I A)
    R=Modulusofrupture,N/mm2
    W=Wallthickness,mm
    Z=Sectionmodulus,mm3
    =Deflectionordeformation,mm.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6229
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    4.4 MATERIALS

    4.4.1 SpeciesofBamboo
    InBangladesh,fourspeciesarewidelyused,hencestudiedforthemechanicalpropertiesastabulatedinTable
    6.4.16.4.4fortop,bottomandmiddlepositions.Table6.4.5furthersummarizetheaveragemechanical
    propertiesof21bamboospecies.

    Table6.4.1:Moisturecontentandspecificgravityvaluesoffourbamboosspeciesatdifferentheightpositions
    (averageoffivebamboospecimens)

    Species Moisturecontent(%) SpecificGravity


    bottom middle top (basedonovendryweightandatdifferentvolumes)

    Greenvolumes Ovendryvolumes
    bottom middle top bottom middle top
    Kali(Oxytenanthera 129 118 104 0.48 0.49 0.51 0.66 0.69 0.74
    nigrociliata)
    Mitinga(Bambusa 108 92 86 0.54 0.58 0.61 0.75 0.79 0.83
    tulda)
    Bethua(Bambusa 104 93 79 0.55 0.57 0.61 0.79 0.81 0.54
    polymorpha)
    Borak(Bambusa 100 84 66 0.57 0.64 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.85
    balcooa)

    Table6.4.2:Shrinkagesofwallthicknessandindiameteroffourbamboospeciesatdifferentheightpositions

    Species Shrinkageinwallthickness(%) Shrinkageindiameter(%)


    Fromgreento12%mc Fromgreentoovendry Fromgreento12%mc
    condition
    bottom middle top bottom middle top bottom middle top
    Kali(Oxytenanthera 9.6 8.1 5.9 13.2 10.7 8.7 4.8 3.0 2.4
    nigrociliata)
    Mitinga(Bambusatulda) 11.9 7.3 4.9 14.9 9.6 7.6 3.9 3.5 2.6
    Bethua(Bambusa 10.7 6.5 5.1 12.1 10.1 8.2 7.3 5.5 4.1
    polymorpha)
    Borak(Bambusa 11.1 7.6 4.8 13.7 11.1 8.4 4.2 3.4 2.5
    balcooa)

    Table6.4.3:Compressivestrengthoffourbamboospeciesatdifferentheightpositions

    Species Compressionparalleltothegrain(kg/cm2)
    green airdry
    bottom middle top bottom middle top
    Kali(Oxytenanthera 257 287 301 346 387 417
    nigrociliata)
    Mitinga(Bambusatulda) 403 466 513 529 596 620
    Bethua(Bambusa 320 361 419 452 512 534
    polymorpha)

    6230 Vol.2
    Bamboo Chapter4

    Borak(Bambusa 394 459 506 510 536 573


    balcooa)

    Table6.4.4:Modulusofelasticityandmodulusofrupturevaluesoffourbamboospeciesatdifferentheight
    positions

    Species Modulusofelasticity(1000kg/cm2) Modulusofrapture(kg/cm2)


    green airdry green airdry
    bottom middle top bottom middle top bottom middle top bottom middle top
    Kali(Oxytenantheranigrociliata) 119 131 169 131 150 224 541 459 415 721 580 530
    Mitinga(Bambusatulda) 105 138 147 114 140 168 710 595 542 883 745 671
    Bethua(Bambusapolymorpha) 61 65 82 60 70 96 469 426 373 566 468 414
    Borak(Bambusa 72 92 103 93 108 127 850 712 624 926 787 696
    balcooa)

    4.4.2 Grouping
    Sixteenspeciesofbambooaresuitableforstructuralapplicationsandclassifiedintothreegroups,namely,Group
    A,GroupBandGroupCasgiveninTable6.4.6.
    Table6.4.6:SafeWorkingStressesofBamboosforStructuralDesigning(1)

    Sl Species Extreme Modulusof Allowable


    No. Fibre Elasticity Compressive
    Stress 3 2 Stress
    10 N/mm
    in N/mm
    2

    Bending
    N/mm2
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
    GROUPA

    i) Barnbusaglancescens(syn. 20.7 3.28 15.4


    B.nana)
    ii) Dendrocalamusstrictus 18.4 2.66 10.3
    iii) Oxytenantheraabyssinicia 20.9 3.31 13.3
    GROUPB

    iv) Bambusabalcooa 16.05 1.62 13.3


    v) B.pallida 13.8 2.87 15.4
    vi) B.nutans 13.2 1.47 13.0
    vii) B.tulda 13.3 1.77 11.6
    viii) B.auriculata 16.3 3.34 10.5
    ix) B.burmanica 14.9 2.45 11.4
    x) Cephalostachyumpergraci[e 13.2 2.48 10.5
    xi) Melocannabaccifera(Syn. 13.3 2.53 15.4
    M.bambusoides)
    xii) Thyrsotachysoliveri 15.5 2.16 13.4
    GROUPC
    xiii) Bambusaarundinacea(Syn. 14.6 1.32 10.1
    B.bambos)
    xiv) B.polymorpha 9.15 1.71 8.97

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6231
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    xv) B.ventricosa 8.5 0.75 10.3


    xvi) B.vulgaris 10.4 0.64 11.0
    xvii) Dendrocalamuslongispathus 8.3 1.22 12.0
    xviii) Oxytenantheranigrociliata 10.18 2.6 7.2
    2
    NOTEThevaluesofstressinN/mm havebeenobtainedbyconvertingthe
    2
    valuesinkgf/cm bydividingthesameby10.

    1)
    Thevaluesgivenpertaintotestingofbambooingreencondition.

    ThecharacteristicsofthesegroupsareasgiveninTable6.4.6.
    Species of bamboo other than those listed in the Table 6.4.6 may be used, provided the basic strength
    characteristics are determined and found more than the limits mentioned therein. However, in the absence of
    testingfacilitiesandcompulsionforuseofotherspecies,andforexpedientdesigning,allowablestressesmaybe
    arrivedatbymultiplyingdensitywithfactorsasgiveninTable6.4.5.

    4.4.3 MoistureContentinBamboo
    With decrease of moisture content (M) the strength of bamboo increases exponentially and bamboo has an
    intersection point (fibre saturation point) at around 25 percent moisture content depending upon the species.
    Maturedculmsshallbeseasonedtoabout20percentmoisturecontentbeforeuse.
    Table6.4.7LimitingStrengthValues(inGreenCondition)

    ModulusofRupture(R) ModulusofElasticity(E)in
    N/mm2 Bending
    103N/mm2
    (1) (2) (3)

    GroupA R>70 E>9


    GroupB 70R>50 9E>6
    GroupC 50R>30 6E>3
    Table6.4.8AllowableLongTermStress(N/mm2)perUnitDensity(kg/m3)

    Condition Axial Bending Shear


    Compression
    (nobuckling)
    Green 0.011 0.015
    Airdry(12%) 0.013 0.020 0.003
    NOTEInthelaboratoryregime,thedensityofbambooisconvenientlydetermined.Havingknown
    thedensityofanyspeciesofbamboo,permissiblestressescanbeworkedoutusingfactorsindicated
    above. For example, if green bamboo has a density of 600 kg/m3, the allowable stress in bending
    wouldbe0.015x600=9N/mm2.
    References:IS6874:1973,MethodofTestforRoundBamboo,BureauofIndianStandards,India,1974.

    6232 Vol.2
    Table6.4.5PhysicalandMechanicalPropertiesofBamboos(inRoundForm)

    Sl Species Properties
    No. InGreenCondition InAirDryConditions
    Density Modulusof Modulusof Maximum Density Modulus Modulusof
    kg/m3 Rupture Elasticity103 Compressive kg/m3 ofRupture Elasticity103
    N/mm2 N/mm2 strengthN/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
    i) Bambusaauriculata 594 65.1 15.01 36.7 670 89.1 21.41
    ii) B.balcooa 740 64.2 7.06 38.6 850 68.3 9.12
    iii) B.bambos(Syn.B.atwndinacea) 559 58.3 5.95 35.3 663 80.1 8.96
    iv) B.burmanica 570 59.7 11.01 39.9 672 105.0 17.81
    v) B.glancescens(Syn.B.nana) 691 82.8 14.77 53.9
    vi) B.nutans 603 52.9 6.62 45.6 673 52.4 10.72
    vii) B.pallida 731 55.2 12.90 54.0
    viii) B.polymorpha 610 36.6 6.0 31.4 840 40.6 5.89
    ix) B.tulda 610 53.2 10.3 39.5 830 65.8 11.18
    x) B.ventricosa 626 34.1 3.38 36.1
    xi) B.vulgaris 626 41.5 2.87 38.6
    xii) Cephalostachyumpergracile 601 52.6 11.16 36.7 640 71.3 19.22
    xiii) Dendrocalamusgiganteous 597 17.2 0.61 35.2
    xiv) D.hamiltonii 515 40.0 2.49 43.4
    xv) D.longispathus 711 33.1 5.51 42.1 684 47.8 6.06
    xvi) D.membranacaus 551 26.3 2.44 40.5 664 37.8 3.77
    xvii) D.strictus 631 73.4 11.98 35.9 728 119.1 15.00
    xviii) Melocannabaccifera 817 53.2 11.39 53.8 751 57.6 12.93
    xix) Oxytenantheraabyssinicia 688 83.6 14.96 46.6
    xx) Oxytenantheranigrociliata 510 40.70 11.7 25.2 830 51.98 12.85
    xxi) Thyrsostachysoliveri 733 61.9 9.72 46.9 758 90.0 12.15
    NOTES

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6233
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    1Asthestrengthofsplitbambooismorethanthatofroundbamboo,theresultsoftestsonromdbarnboCaIIbesafelyusedfordesigningwithspitbamboo.
    2ThevaluesofstressinN/mm2havebeenobtainedbyconvertingthevaluesinkgf/cm2bydividingthesameby10.

    6234 Vol.2

    4.4.3.1 Airseasoningofsplitorhalfroundbamboodoesnotposemuchproblembutcarehastobetakento
    prevent fungal discoloration and decay. However, rapid drying in open sun can control decay due to
    fungalandinsectattack.Seasoninginroundformpresentsconsiderableproblemasregardsmechanical
    degradeduetodryingdefects.
    NOTEAgeneralobservationhasbeenthatimmaturebamboogetsinvariablydeformedincrosssectionduringseasoningandthick
    walledimmaturebamboogenerallycollapses.Thickmaturebambootendstocrackonthesurface,withthecracksoriginatingatthe
    nodesandatthedecayedpoints.Moderatelythickimmatureandthinandmoderatelythickmaturebamboosseasonwithmuchless
    degrade.Bamboohavingpoorinitialconditiononaccountofdecay,borerholes,etcgenerallysuffersmoredryingdegrades.

    4.4.3.2 Acceleratedairseasoningmethodgivesgoodresults.Inthismethod,thenodaldiaphragms(septa)are
    punctured to enable thorough passage of hot air from one end of the resulting bamboo tube to the
    otherend.
    References:1. IS6874:1973,MethodofTestforRoundBamboo,BureauofIndianStandards,
    India,1974.
    2. Salehuddin,A.B.M.,UnnotoPoddhotiteBashShongrokkhonoBabohar,
    BangladeshAgricultureResearchInstitute,2004.

    4.4.4 GradingofStructuralBamboo
    Gradingissortingoutbambooonthebasisofcharacteristicsimportantforstructuralutilizationasunder:

    (a) Diameterandlengthofculm,
    (b) Taperofculm,
    (c) Straightnessofculm,

    (d) Internodallength,
    (e) Wallthickness,
    (f) Densityandstrength,and
    (g) Durabilityandseasoning.
    Oneoftheabovecharacteristicsorsometimescombinationof2or3characteristicsformthebasisofgrading.The
    culmsshallbesegregatedspecieswise.

    4.4.4.1 DiameterandLength

    4.4.4.1.1 GradationaccordingtotheMeanOuterDiameter
    ForstructuralGroupAandGroupBspecies,culmsshallbesegregatedinstepsof10mmofmean
    outerdiameterasfollows:
    SpecialGrade70mm<Diameter<100mm
    GradeI50mm<Diameter<70mm
    GradeII30mmeDiameter<50mm
    GradeIIIDiameter<30mm
    ForstructuralGroupCspeciesculmsshallbesegregatedinstepsof20mmofmeanouterdiameter
    GradeI80mm<Diameter<100mm
    GradeII60mm<Diameter<80mm
    GradeIIIDiameter<60mm

    4.4.4.1.2 Theminimumlengthofculmsshallbepreferably6mforfacilitatingclosefittingsatjoints.

    4.4.5 Taper
    Thetapershallnotbemorethan5.8mmpermetrelength(or0.58percent)ofbambooinanygradeofbamboo.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6235
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    4.4.5.1 Curvature
    Themaximumcurvatureshallnotbemorethan75mminalengthof6mofanygradeofbamboo.

    4.4.5.2 WallThickness
    Preferablyminimumwallthicknessof8mmshallbeusedforloadbearingmembers.

    4.4.5.3 DefectsandPermissibleCharacteristics

    4.4.5.3.1 Dead and immature bamboos, bore/GHOON holes, decay,collapse, checks more than 3 mm in
    depth,shallbeavoided.

    4.4.5.3.2 Protrudedportionofthenodesshallbeflushedsmooth.Bambooshallbeusedafteratleastsix
    weeksoffelling.
    References:1. IS9096:1979,CodeofPracticeforPreservationofBambooforStructural
    Purposes,BureauofIndianStandards,India,1974.

    4.4.5.3.3 Broken,damagedanddiscoloredbambooshallberejected.

    4.4.5.3.4 Maturedbambooofatleast4yearsofageshallbeused.

    4.4.6 DurabilityandTreatability

    4.4.6.1 Durability
    Thenaturaldurabilityofbambooislowandvariesbetween12monthsand36monthsdependingon
    thespeciesandclimaticconditions.Intropicalcountriesthebiodeteriorationisverysevere,Bamboos
    are generally destroyed in about one to two years time when used in the open and in contact with
    groundwhileaservicelifeoftwotofiveyearscanbeexpectedfrombamboowhenusedundercover
    and out of contact with ground. The mechanical strength of bamboo deteriorates rapidly with the
    onset of fungal decay in the sclerenchymatous fibres. Split bamboo is more rapidly destroyed than
    roundbamboo.Formakingbamboodurable,suitabletreatmentshallbegiven.
    Treatability
    Due to difference in the anatomical structure of bamboo as compared to timber, bamboo behaves
    entirely differently from wood during treatment with preservative. Bamboos are difficult to treat by
    normal preservation methods in dry condition and therefore treatment is best carried out in green
    condition.
    BoucherieProcess
    Inthisprocessofpreservativetreatment,waterbornepreservativeisappliedtoendsurfaceofgreen
    bamboothroughasuitablechamberandforcedthroughthebamboobyhydrostaticorotherpressure.
    References:1. Salehuddin,A.B.M.,UnnotoPoddhotiteBashShongrokkhonoBabohar,
    BangladeshAgricultureResearchInstitute,2004.

    4.4.6.1.1 Performanceoftreatedbamboo
    Trialswithtreatedbambooshaveindicatedvarieddurabilitydependingupontheactuallocationof
    use.Theperformanceinpartiallyexposedandundercoveredconditionsisbetter.

    4.4.6.1.2 Forprovisionsonsafetyofbamboostructuresagainstfire,seePart7ConstructionalPractices
    andSafety.

    4.5 PERMISSIBLESTRESSES

    4.5.1 FactorofSafety
    Thesafetyfactorforderivingstressesofbambooshallbeasunder:
    Extremefibrestressinbeams 4

    6236 Vol.2
    BambooChapter8

    Modulusofelasticity 4.5
    Maximumcompressivestressparallel 3.5
    tograin/fibres

    4.5.2 CoefficientofVariation
    Thecoefficientofvariation(inpercent)shallbeasunder:

    Property Mean Range Maximum


    Expected
    Value
    (1) (2) (3) (4)
    Modulusofrupture 15.9 5.728.3 23.4
    Modulusof 21.1 12.731.7 27.4
    elasticity
    Maximum 14.9 7.622.8 20.0
    compressivestress
    Themaximumexpectedvaluesofcoefficientofvariationwhicharetheupperconfidencelimitsundernormality
    assumptionsuchthatwith97.5percentconfidencetheactualstrengthofthebambooculmswillbeatleast53
    percentoftheaveragereportedvalueofmodulusofruptureinTable6.4..

    4.5.3
    Solid bamboos or bamboos whose wall thickness (w) is comparatively more and bamboos which are generally
    knownasmalebambooshavingnodesverycloserandgrowingonridgesareoftenconsideredgoodforstructural
    purposes.

    4.5.4
    Thesafeworkingstressesfor16speciesofbamboosaregiveninTable6.4..

    4.5.5
    Forchangeindurationofloadotherthancontinuous(longterm),thepermissiblestressesgiveninTable6.4.shall
    bemultipliedbythemodificationfactorsgivenbelow:
    Forimposedormediumtermloading 1.25
    Forshorttermloading 1.50

    4.6 DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS

    4.6.1
    Allstructuralmembers,assembliesorframeworkinabuildingshallbecapableofsustaining,withoutexceeding
    the limits of stress specified, the worst combination of all loadings. A fundamental aspect of design will be to
    determinetheforcestowhichthestructure/structuralelementmightbesubjectedto,startingfromtheroofand
    working down to the soil by transferring the forces through various components and connections. Accepted
    principles of mechanics for analysis and specified design procedures shall be applied (see Part 6 Structural
    Design,Chapter11TimberStructures).

    4.6.2
    Unlike timber, bamboo properties do not relate well to species, being dependent among other factors, on
    positionoftheculm,geographiclocationandage.Thepracticeintimberengineeringistobasedesignsonsafe
    workingstressesandthesamemaybeadoptedtobamboowiththelimitationsthatpracticalexperiencerather
    thanprecisecalculationsgenerallygovernthedetailing.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6237

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    4.6.3 NetSection
    Itisdeterminedbypassingaplaneoraseriesofconnectedplanestransverselythroughthemembers.Leastnet
    sectionalareaisusedforcalculatingloadcarryingcapacityofamember.

    4.6.4 Loads
    TheloadsshallbeinaccordancewithPart6StructuralDesign,Chapter2Loads.

    4.6.5 StructuralForms

    4.6.5.1 Main structural components in bamboo may include roof and floor diaphragms, shear walls, wall
    panellings,beams,piles,columns,etc.Bothfromthepointofviewofcapacityanddeformation,trusses
    andframedskeltonsaremuchbetterapplicationsofbamboo.

    4.6.5.2 SchematizationofBambooasaStructuralMaterial
    Thisshallbebasedontheprinciplesofengineeringmechanicsinvolvingthefollowingassumptionsand
    practices:
    (a) Theelasticbehaviourofbamboo,tillfailure;(plasticbehaviourbeingconsideredinsignificant);

    (b) Bambooculmsareanalysedonmeanwallthicknessbasisashollowtubestructure(notperfectly
    straight)memberonmeandiameterbasis:
    (c) Thestructuralelementsofbambooshallbeappropriatelysupportednearthenodesofculmas
    andwherethestructuralsystemdemands.Thejointsinthedesignshallbelocatednearnodes;
    and
    (d) Bamboostructuresbedesignedlikeanyotherconventionalstructuralelementstakingcareof
    detailswithregardstosupportsandjoints;theyshallbeconsideredtogenerallyactasahinge,
    unlesssubstantiatingdatajustifyafixedjoint.

    4.6.6 FlexuralMemders

    4.6.6.1 Allflexuralmembersmaybedesignedusingtheprinciplesofbeamtheory.

    4.6.6.2 The tendency of bamboo beams to acquire a large deflection under long continuous loadings due to
    possibleplastic flow,if any shallbetakencare of.Permanent load maybedoubledfor calculation of
    deflection under sustained load (including creep) in case of green bamboo having moisture content
    exceeding15percent.

    4.6.6.3 Themomentofinertia,Ishallbedeterminedasfollows:
    (a) Theoutsidediameterandthewallthicknessshouldbemeasuredatbothends,correctupto1mmfor
    diameterofculmand0.1mmforthewallthickness.(Foreachcrosssectionthediametershallbetaken
    twice,indirectionperpendiculartoeachotherandsothewallthicknessshallbetakenasfourtimes,in
    thesameplacesasthediameterhasbeentakentwice.)
    (b) With these values the mean diameter and the mean thickness for the middle of the beam shall be
    calculatedandmomentofinertiadetermined.

    4.6.6.4 Themaximumbendingstressshallbecalculatedandcomparedwiththeallowablestress.

    4.6.6.5 Forshearchecks,conventionaldesignprocedureinaccordancewithPart6StructuralDesign,Chapter
    11TimberStructuresshallbefollowed.
    NOTEThebasicshearstressvalues(N/mm2)forfivespeciesofbambooinsplitformingreenconditioncanbeassumedasunder:

    Bambusapallida 9.77
    B.Vulgaris 9.44
    Dedroculumusgiganteous 8.86

    6238 Vol.2
    BambooChapter8

    D.humiltonii 7.77
    Oxytenantheraabyssinicia 11.2

    4.6.6.6 Forces acting on a beam, being loads or reaction forces at supports, shall act in nodes or as near to
    nodesasbyanymeanspossible.

    4.6.7 BambooColumn(PredominantlyLoadedinAxialDirection)

    4.6.7.1 Columns and struts are essential components sustaining compressive forces in a structure. They
    transferloadtothesupportingmedia.

    4.6.7.2 Designofcolumnsshallbebasedononeofthefollowingtwocriteria:

    (a) Fullscalebucklingtestsonthesamespecies,sizeandotherrelevantvariables.
    (b) Calculations,basedonthefollowing:

    i) Themomentofinertiashallbeasper6.6.3.
    ii) For bamboo columns the best available straight bamboo culms shall be selected.
    Structuralbamboocomponentsincompressionshouldbekeptunderaslendernessratio
    of50.

    iii) Thebendingstressesduetoinitialcurvature,eccentricitiesandinduceddeflectionshallbe
    takenintoaccount,inadditiontothoseduetoanylateralload.

    4.6.7.3 BucklingcalculationshallbeaccordingtoEuler,withareductionto90percentofmomentofinertia,to
    takeintoaccounttheeffectofthetaper,providedthereduceddiameterisnotlessthan0.6percent.

    4.6.7.4 Forstrengthandstability,largerdiameterthickwalledsectionsofbamboowithcloselyspacednodes
    shallbeused,Alternatively,smallersectionsmaybetiedtogetherasabundlecolumn.

    4.6.8 Assemblies,RoofTrusses

    4.6.8.1 Atrussisessentiallyaplanestructurewhichisverystiffintheplaneofthemembers,thatistheplane
    in which it is expected to carry load, but very flexible in every other direction. Roof truss generally
    consistsofanumberoftriangulatedframes,themembersofwhicharefastenedatendsandthenature
    of stresses at joints are either tensile or compressive and designed as pinended joints (see Fig.
    6.4.1.(a)). Bamboo trusses may also be formed using bamboo mat board or bamboo matveneer
    compositeorplywoodgusset(seeFig.6.4.1.(b)).

    4.6.8.2 Trussshallbeanalysedfromprinciplesofstructuralmechanicsforthedeterminationofaxialforcesin
    members.Fortheinfluenceofeccentricities,dueallowanceshallbemadeindesign.

    4.6.8.3 Thetrussheightshallexceed0.15timesthespanincaseofatriangulartruss(pitchedroofing)and0.10
    timesthespanincaseofarectangular(parallel)truss.

    4.6.8.4 Formembersincompression,theeffectivelengthforinplanestrengthverificationshallbetakenasthe
    distancebetweentwoadjacentpointsofcontraflexure.Forfullytriangulatedtrusses,effectivelength
    forsimplespanmemberswithoutespeciallyrigidendconnectionshallbetakenasthespanlength.

    4.6.8.5 Forstrengthverificationofmembersincompressionandconnections,thecalculatedaxialforcesshould
    beincreasedby10percent.

    4.6.8.6 Thespacingoftrussesshallbeconsistentwithuseofbamboopurlins(2mto3m).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6239

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    4.6.8.7 Theendsinopenbeams,joists,rafters,purlinsshallbesuitablyplugged.Bambooroofcoveringsshall
    be considered as nonstructural in function. The common roof covering shall include bamboo mat
    board, bamboo mat corrugated sheet, bamboo tiles/ strings, plastered bamboo reeds, thatch,
    corrugatedgalvanizedironsheeting,plainclaytilesorpantiles,etc.

    4.7 DESIGNANDTECHNIQUESOFJOINTS

    4.7.1 BambooJoints
    Round, tubular form of bamboo requires an approach different to that used for sawn timber. Susceptibility to
    crushingattheopenends,splittingtendency,variationindiameter,wallthicknessandstraightnessaresomeof
    theassociatedissueswhichhavetobetakencareofwhiledesigninganddetailingtheconnectionswithbamboo.

    4.7.1.1 TraditionalPractices
    Suchjoiningmethodsrevolvearoundlashingortyingbyropeorstringwithorwithoutpegsordowels.
    Suchjointslackstiffnessandhavelowefficiency.

    4.7.1.1.1 LengtheningJoints(EndJoints)
    LapJoint
    Inthiscase,endofonepieceofbambooismadetolapoverthatoftheotherinlineandthewholeis
    suitablyfastened.Itmaybefulllappingorhalflapping.Fullsectionculmsareoverlappedbyatleast
    one internode and tied together in two or three places. Efficiency could be improved by using
    bambooorhardwooddowels.Inhalflapping,culmsshallpreferablybeofsimilardiameterandcut
    longitudinallytohalfdepthoveratleastoneinternodelengthandfastenedasperfulllapjoint(see
    Fig.6.4.2).
    ButtJoint
    Culms of similar diameter are butted end to end, interconnected by means of side plates made of
    quarterroundculmofslightlylargediameterbamboo,fortwoormoreinternodelengths.Assembly
    shallbefixedandtiedpreferablywithdowelpins.Thisjointtransfersbothcompressiveandtensile
    forcesequallywell(seeFig.6.4.3).

    SleevesandInserts
    Shortlengthofbambooofappropriatediametermaybeusedeitherexternallyorinternallytojoin
    twoculmstogether(seeFig.6.4.4).

    6240 Vol.2
    BambooChapter8


    Fig.6.4.1SometypicalconfigurationsforsmallandlargetrussesinBamboo

    ScarfJoint
    Ascarfjointisformedbycuttingaslopingplane1in4to6onoppositesidesfromtheendsoftwo
    similardiameterbambooculmstobejoined.Theyshallbelappedtoformacontinuouspieceandthe
    assembly suitably fastened by means of lashings. Using hooked splays adds to the strength and
    properlocationofjoints(seeFig.6.4.5).

    4.7.1.1.2 BearingJoints
    For members which either bear against the other or cross each other and transfer the loads at an
    angleotherthanparalleltotheaxis,bearingjointsareformed.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6241

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.6.4.2LapjointinBamboo


    Fig:6.4.3ButtjointwithsideplatesinBamboo

    ButtJoint
    Thesimplestformconsistsofahorizontalmembersupporteddirectlyontopofaverticalmember.The
    topofthepostmaybecuttoformasaddletoensureproperseatingofbeamforgoodloadtransfer.
    Thesaddleshouldbeclosetoanodetoreduceriskofsplitting(seeFig.6.4.6).
    TenonJoint
    It is formed by cutting a projection (tenon) in walls of one piece of bamboo and filling it into
    corresponding holes (mortise) in another and keyed. It is a neat and versatile joint for maximum
    strengthandresistancetoseparation(seeFig.6.4.7).

    6242 Vol.2
    BambooChapter8

    Fig:6.4.4SleevesandinsertsforBamboojoint


    Fig:6.4.5Scarfjoint


    Fig:6.4.6ButtjointsinBamboo

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6243

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig:6.4.7Tenonjoint

    CrossOverJoint
    Itisformedwhentwoormorememberscrossatrightanglesanditsfunctionistolocatethemembers
    andtoprovidelateralstability.Incaseofthejointconnectingfloorbeamtopost,itmaybeloadbearing
    (seeFig.6.4.8).Suchjointsarealsousedtotransmitanglethrust.
    AngledJoint
    When two ormoremembers meet orcrossother thanatrightangles,angled jointsare formed. For
    butt joints, the ends of the members may be shaped to fit in as saddle joints. Tenons would help in
    strengtheningsuchjoints(seeFig.6.4.9).

    4.7.1.2 ModernPractices
    Followingaresomeofthemodernpracticesforbamboojointing(seeFig.6.4.10):
    (a) Plywood or solid timber gusset plates maybe used at joint assemblies of web and chord
    connectioninatrussandfixedwithbamboopinsorbolts.Hollowcavitiesofbambooneedtobe
    stuffedwithwoodenplugs.
    (b) Use of wooden inserts to reinforce the ends of the bamboo before forming the joints.
    Alternativelysteelbandsclampswithintegralbolt/eyemaybefittedaroundbamboosectionsfor
    jointing.

    6244 Vol.2
    BambooChapter8


    Fig:6.4.8Crossoverjoints(Bearingjoints)


    Fig:6.4.9Angledjointswithintegraltenons

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6245

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig:6.4.10Gussetplatedjoint

    4.7.1.3 FixingMethodsandFasteningDevices
    Incaseofbuttjointsthetiemaybepassedthroughapredrilledholeoraroundhardwoodorbamboo
    pegsordowelsinsertedintoprefomedholestoactashorns.Pegsaredrivenfromoneside,usuallyat
    anangletoincreasestrengthanddowelspassrightthroughthemember,usuallyatrightangles.

    4.7.1.3.1 Normally1.60mmdiametergalvanizedironwiremaybeusedfortightlashing.

    4.7.1.3.2 WireBoundJoints
    Usually galvanized iron 2.00 mm diameter galvanized iron wire is tightened around the joints by
    bindingtherespectivepiecestogether.Atleasttwoholesaredrilledineachpieceandwireispassed
    throughthemforgoodresults.

    4.7.1.3.3 PinAndWireBoundJoints
    Generally12mmdiabamboopinsarefastenedtoculmsandboundby2.00mmdiametergalvanized
    ironwire.

    4.7.1.3.4 FishPlates/GussetPlatedJoints
    Atleast25mmthickhardwoodspliceplateor12mmthickstructuralgradeplywoodareused.Solid
    bamboopinshelpinfasteningtheassembly.

    4.7.1.3.5 HornedJoints
    Twotonguesmadeatoneendofculmmaybefastenedwithacrossmemberwithitsmortisegrooves
    toreceivehorns,theassemblybeingwirebound.

    4.7.1.4 Foranycompletejointalternativeforagivenloadandgeometry,descriptionofallfasteningelements,
    theirsizesandlocationshallbeindicated.Datashallbebasedonfullscaletests.

    4.7.1.5 Testsonfullscalejointsoroncomponentsshallbecarriedoutinarecognizedlaboratory.

    4.7.1.6 In disaster high wind and seismic areas, good construction practice shall be followed taking care of
    joints, their damping and possible ductility. Bracings in walls shall be taken care of in bamboo
    structures.

    4.8 STORAGEOFBAMBOO
    Procurementandstorageofbamboostocksareessentialforanyprojectworkandshallbedoneinaccordance
    withPart7ConstructionalPracticesandSafety.

    6246 Vol.2
    Chapter 5
    CONCRETEMATERIAL

    5.1 GENERAL

    5.1.1 Scope
    Theprovisionsofthischaptershallapplytothedesignofreinforcedandprestressedconcretestructuresspecified
    inchapters6,8,9shallbeapplicablefornormalweightaggregateonlyunlessotherwisespecified.

    5.1.2 Notation
    Cc = creepcoefficient
    Ec = modulusofelasticityofconcrete
    Es = modulusofelasticityofreinforcement
    Et = modulusofelasticityofconcreteattheageofloadingt
    = specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete
    = requiredaveragecompressivestrengthofconcreteused
    asthebasisforselectionofconcreteproportions
    y = specifiedyieldstrengthofreinforcement
    K = coefficientofshrinkage
    s = standarddeviation
    wc = unitweightofconcrete
    cc = creepstraininconcrete
    sh = shrinkageofplainconcrete
    = areaofsteelrelativetothatoftheconcrete.

    5.2 CONSTITUENTSOFCONCRETE

    5.2.1 Cement

    5.2.1.1 Cementshallconformtooneofthefollowingspecifications:
    (a) "BDSEN1971:2003
    (b) "SpecificationforPortlandCement"(ASTMC150/C150M09)
    (c) "SpecificationforBlendedHydraulicCement"(ASTMC595/C595M10),
    (d) "ASTMC1157/C1157M10"

    5.2.1.2 Cementusedintheconstructionshallbethesameasthatusedintheconcretemixdesign.

    5.2.2 Aggregates

    5.2.2.1 ConcreteaggregatesshallconformtothestandardsCoarseandFineAggregatesfromNaturalSources
    forConcrete(BDS243:1963);SpecificationforConcreteAggregates(ASTMC33/C33M08).

    5.2.2.2 Maximumnominalsizeofcoarseaggregateshallbetheminimumofthefollowing:
    1
    (a) 5 thenarrowestdimensionbetweensidesofforms,

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6247
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    1
    (b) 3 thedepthofslabs,
    3
    (c) 4 the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars, or bundles of bars, or
    prestressingtendonsorducts.
    Theabovelimitationsmayberelaxedif,inthejudgmentoftheengineer,workabilityandmethodsof
    consolidationaresuchthatconcretecanbeplacedwithouthoneycomborvoids.

    5.2.2.3 CoarseaggregatemadefromGradeAbricksasspecifiedinBDS208"SpecificationforCommonBuilding
    Clay Bricks" may be used in different types slab and non structural elements, except in applications
    where the ambient environmental conditions may impair the performance of concrete made of such
    aggregates.

    5.2.3 Water

    5.2.3.1 Water used in mixing concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis,
    salts,organicmaterials,orothersubstancesthatmaybeharmfultoconcreteorreinforcement.

    5.2.3.2 For concretewhereinaluminium members will be embedded, mixingwatershall notcontain harmful


    amountsofchlorideionasindicatedinSec5.5.3.

    5.2.3.3 Nonpotablewatershallnotbeusedinconcreteexceptthefollowingconditions:
    (a) Selectionofconcreteproportionsshallbebasedonconcretemixesusingwaterfromthesame
    source.
    (b) Nonpotable water is permitted only if specified comparative mortar test cubes made with
    nonpotablewaterproduceatleast90percentofthestrengthachievedwithpotablewater.

    5.2.4 Admixtures

    5.2.4.1 Priorapprovaloftheengineershallberequiredfortheuseofadmixturesinconcrete.Alladmixtures
    shallconformtotherequirementsofthissectionandSec2.4.5ofPart5.

    5.2.4.2 Admixtureusedintheworkshallbethesameasthatusedintheconcretemixdesign.

    5.2.4.3 Admixturescontainingchlorideotherthanimpuritiesfromadmixtureingredientsshallnotbeusedin
    concrete containing embedded aluminium, or in concrete cast against permanent galvanized metal
    forms(seeSec5.5.1.2and5.5.2.1).

    5.2.4.4 Air entraining admixtures, if used in concrete, shall conform to "Specification for Air entraining
    AdmixturesforConcrete"(ASTMC26006).

    5.2.4.5 Water reducing admixtures, retarding admixtures, accelerating admixtures, water reducing and
    retarding admixtures, and water reducing and accelerating admixtures, if used in concrete, shall
    conform to "Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" ( ASTM C494 / C494M 10) or
    "SpecificationforChemicalAdmixturesforuseinProducingFlowingConcrete"(ASTMC1017/C1017M
    07).

    5.2.4.6 Fly ash orother pozzolans used asadmixtures shall conform to "Specificationfor FlyAsh andRaw or
    CalcinedNaturalPozzolanforuseasaMineralAdmixtureinPortlandCementConcrete"(ASTMC618
    08a).

    5.2.4.7 Groundgranulatedblastfurnaceslagusedasanadmixtureshallconformto"SpecificationforGround
    IronBlastFurnaceSlagforuseinConcreteandMortar"(ASTMC98909a).

    6248 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    5.3 STEELREINFORCEMENT

    5.3.1 General

    5.3.1.1 SteelreinforcementforconcreteshallconformtotheprovisionsofthissectionandthoseofSec2.4.6of
    Part5.

    5.3.1.2 ModulusofelasticityEsforreinforcementshallbetakenas200kN/mm2.

    5.3.1.3 Reinforcing bars to be welded shall be indicated on the drawings and welding procedure to be used
    shall be specified.Reinforcing bars otherwise conformingto BDS ISO69352:2006, shall also possess
    materialpropertiesnecessarytoconformtoweldingproceduresspecifiedin"StructuralWeldingCode
    ReinforcingSteel"(AWSD1.4)oftheAmericanWeldingSociety.

    5.3.2 DeformedReinforcement

    5.3.2.1 Deformedreinforcingbarsshallconformtooneofthefollowingspecifications:
    (a) "SpecificationforSteelBarsandWiresfortheReinforcementofConcrete"(BDS1313),
    (b) "Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" ( ASTM
    A615/A615M09b),
    (c) "Specification for Rail Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" Including
    SupplementaryRequirementsS1(ASTMA996/A996M09bincludingS1),
    (d) "SpecificationforAxleSteelDeformedandPlainBarsforConcreteReinforcement"(ASTMA996
    /A996M09b),
    (e) "Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for ConcreteReinforcement" ( ASTM A706 /
    A706M09b),
    (f) "SpecificationforColdWorkedSteelBarsfortheReinforcementofConcrete"(BS4461).

    5.3.2.2 Deformedreinforcingbarswithaspecifiedyieldstrengthyexceeding410N/mm2shallbepermitted,
    provided y shall be the stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 percent and the bars otherwise
    conformtooneoftheASTMspecificationslistedinSec5.3.2.1(AlsoseeSec6.1.2.5).

    5.3.2.3 Galvanizedreinforcingbarsshallcomplywith"SpecificationforZincCoated(Galvanized)SteelBarsfor
    ConcreteReinforcement"(ASTMA767/A767M09).Epoxycoatedreinforcingbarsshallcomplywith
    "Specifications for Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars" ( ASTM A775 / A775M 07b). Galvanized or
    epoxycoatedreinforcementshallalsoconformtooneofthestandardslistedinSec5.3.2.1above.

    5.3.3 PlainReinforcement

    5.3.3.1 PlainbarsshallconformtooneofthespecificationslistedinSection5.3.2.1(a),(b),(c)or(d).

    5.3.3.2 Plainwireshallconformto"SpecificationforSteelWire,Plain,forConcreteReinforcement"(ASTMA82
    /A82M07)exceptthatforwirewithaspecifiedyieldstrengthyexceeding410N/mm2,yshallbe
    thestresscorrespondingtoastrainof0.0035.

    5.3.3.3 Plain bars and wire may be used as ties, stirrups and spirals for all structural members and for all
    reinforcementinstructuresupto4storeyhigh.

    5.3.4 StructuralSteel,SteelPipeorTubing

    5.3.4.1 Structural steel used with reinforcing bars in composite compression members meeting the
    requirementsofSec6.3.10.8or6.3.10.9shallconformtooneofthefollowingspecifications:
    (a) "SpecificationforStructuralSteel"(ASTMA36/A36M08),

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6249
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) "SpecificationforHighStrengthLowAlloyStructuralSteel"(ASTMA242/A242M04(2009)),
    (c) "SpecificationforHighStrengthLowAlloyStructuralManganeseVanadiumSteel"(ASTMA572/
    A572M07),
    (d) "Specification for High Strength Low Alloy ColumbiumVanadium Steels of Structural Quality"
    (ASTMA572/A572M07),
    (e) "SpecificationofHighStrengthLowAlloyStructuralSteelwith50ksi(345Mpa)MinimumYieldPoint
    to4in(100mm)Thick"(ASTMA588/A588M05).
    5.3.4.2 Steel pipe or tubing for composite compression members composed of a steel encased
    concrete core meeting the requirements of Sec 6.3.10.7 shall conform to one of the following
    specifications:
    (a) Grade B of "Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and
    Seamless"(ASTMA53/A53M07).
    (b) "SpecificationforColdFormedWeldedandSeamlessCarbonSteelStructuralTubinginRounds
    andShapes"(ASTMA500/A500M10).
    (c) "Specification for Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing " (ASTM
    A50107).

    5.4 WORKABILITYOFCONCRETE
    Concrete mix proportions shall be such that the concrete is of adequate workability and can properly be
    compacted.Suggestedrangesofvaluesofworkabilityofconcreteforsomeplacingconditions,aregiveninTable
    6.5.1.
    Table6.5.1:SuggestedWorkabilityofConcreteforVariousPlacingConditions

    PlacingConditions Degreeof ValuesofWorkability


    Workability

    Concretingofthinsections Verylow 2010secondsVeeBeetime
    withvibration or
    0.750.80compactingfactor

    Concretingoflightly Low 105secondsVeeBeetime
    reinforcedsectionswith or
    vibration 0.800.85compactingfactor

    Concretingoflightly Medium 52secondsVeeBeetime
    reinforcedsectionswithout or
    vibrationorheavily 0.850.92compactingfactor
    reinforcedsectionwith or
    vibration 2575mmslumpfor20*mm
    aggregate

    Concretingofheavilyrein High Above0.92compactingfactor
    forcedsectionswithout or
    vibration 75125mmslumpfor20*mm
    aggregate

    *Forsmalleraggregatesthevalueswillbelower

    6250 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    5.5 DURABILITYOFCONCRETE

    5.5.1 SpecialExposures

    5.5.1.1 Forconcreteintendedtohavelowpermeabilitywhenexposedtowater,thewatercementratioshall
    notexceed0.50.

    5.5.1.2 Forcorrosionprotectionofreinforcedconcreteexposedtobrackishwater,seawaterorsprayfrom
    thesesources,thewatercementratioshallnotexceed0.4.
    Ifminimumconcretecoverrequiredby Sec8.1.8isincreasedby12mm,watercementratiomaybe
    increasedto0.45.

    5.5.1.3 ThewatercementratiorequiredinSec5.5.1.1and5.5.1.2aboveandTable6.5.2shallbecalculated
    usingtheweightofcementmeetingtherequirementsofBDSEN1971orASTMC595/C595M10
    orC1157/C1157M10,plustheweightofflyashorpozzolansatisfyingASTMC61808aand/orslag
    satisfyingASTMC98909a,ifany.

    5.5.2 SulphateExposures

    5.5.2.1 Concretetobeexposedtosulphatecontainingsolutionsorsoilsshallconformtotherequirements
    ofTable6.5.2orbemadewithacementthatprovidessulphateresistancewiththemaximumwater
    cementratioprovidedinTable6.5.2.

    5.5.2.2 Calciumchlorideshallnotbeusedasanadmixtureinconcreteexposedtosevereorverysevere
    sulphatecontainingsolutions,asdefinedinTable6.5.2.

    5.5.3 CorrosionofReinforcement

    5.5.3.1 Forcorrosionprotection,maximumwatersolublechlorideionconcentrationsinhardenedconcrete
    atagesfrom28to42dayscontributedfromtheingredientsincludingwater,aggregates,
    cementitiousmaterials,andadmixtures,shallnotexceedthelimitsofTable6.5.3.Whentestingis
    performedtodeterminewatersolublechlorideioncontent,testprocedureshallconformtoAASHTO
    T260,"MethodsofSamplingandTestingforTotalChlorideIoninConcreteandConcreteRaw
    Materials".

    5.5.3.2 Whenreinforcedconcretewillbeexposedtobrackishwater,seawater,orsprayfromthesesources,
    requirementsofSec5.5.1.1and5.5.1.2forwatercementratio,orconcretestrengthandminimum
    coverrequirementsofSec8.1.8shallbesatisfied.

    5.5.4 MinimumConcreteStrength
    Minimumconcretestrengthforstructuraluseofreinforcedconcreteshallbe20N/mm2.However,forbuildings
    upto4storey,theminimumconcretestrengthmayberelaxedto17N/mm2.

    Table6.5.2:RequirementsforNormalWeightAggregateConcreteExposedtoSulphateContainingSolutions

    Sulphate WaterSoluble Sulphate Maximum


    1
    Exposure Sulphate(SO4) (SO4) CementType WaterCement
    inSoil,percent inWater, Ratio,by
    byWeight (ppm) Weight

    Negligible 0.000.10 0150

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6251
    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Moderate2 0.100.20 1501500 OtherthanCEMI 0.50
    andBtype

    Severe 0.202.00 1500 OtherthanCEMI 0.45
    10,000 andBtype

    Very Over2.00 Over10,000 OtherthanCEMI 0.45
    severe andBtype
    1
    Note: FortypesofcementseeASTMC150andC595
    2
    Seawater
    3 Pozzolanthathasbeendeterminedbytestorservicerecordtoimprovesulphate
    resistancewhenusedinconcretecontainingTypeVcement.

    Table6.5.3:MaximumChlorideIonContentforCorrosionProtection

    MaximumWaterSolubleChlorideIon
    TypeofMember (Cl)inConcrete,PerCentbyWeight
    ofCement

    Prestressedconcrete 0.06
    Reinforcedconcreteexposedtochloridein 0.15
    service
    Reinforcedconcretethatwillbedryor 1.00
    protectedfrommoistureinservice
    Otherreinforcedconcreteconstruction 0.30

    5.6 CONCRETEMIXPROPORTION

    5.6.1 General

    5.6.1.1 Proportionsofmaterialsforconcreteshallbesuchthat:
    (a) Workability and consistency are achieved for proper placement into forms and around
    reinforcement,withoutsegregationorexcessivebleeding;
    (b) ResistancetospecialexposurestomeetthedurabilityrequirementsofSec5.5areprovided;and
    (c) ConformancewithstrengthtestrequirementsofSec5.12isensured.

    5.6.1.2 Wheredifferentmaterialsaretobeusedfordifferentportionsoftheproposedwork,eachcombination
    shallbeevaluated.

    5.6.1.3 Concreteproportions,includingwatercementratio,shallbeestablishedonthebasisoffieldexperience
    and/or trial mixtures with materials to be employed (Sec 5.6.2) except as permitted in Sec 5.6.3 or
    requiredbySec5.5.

    5.6.2
    ProportioningConcreteMixontheBasisofFieldExperienceand/orTrialMixtures

    5.6.2.1 StandardDeviation

    6252 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    (a) Astandarddeviationshallbeestablishedwheretestrecordsareavailableinaconcreteproduction
    facility. Test records from which a standard deviation is calculated shall meet the following
    requirements:
    i) Theseshallrepresentmaterials,qualitycontrolprocedures,andconditionssimilartothose
    expectedfortheproposedwork.Deviationsinmaterialsandproportionsfortheproposed
    workshallbemorerestrictedthanthosewithinthetestrecords.
    ii) Test records shall represent concrete produced to meet a specified strength within 7
    N/mm2ofthatspecifiedfortheproposedwork.
    iii) Therecordshallconsistofatleast30consecutivetestsortwogroupsofconsecutivetests
    totalingatleast30testsasdefinedinSec5.12.2.4exceptasprovidedin(b)below.
    (b) Where a concrete production facility does not have test records meeting the requirements of (a)
    above but does have a record based on 15 to 29 consecutive tests, a standard deviation shall be
    establishedastheproductofthecalculatedstandarddeviationandthemodificationfactorspecified
    in Table 6.5.4. However, the test records shall meet the requirements (i) and (ii) of (a) above and
    represent only a single record of consecutive tests that span a period of not less than 45 calendar
    days.
    Table6.5.4:ModificationFactorforStandardDeviationwhenLessThan30TestsareAvailable

    No.ofTests* ModificationFactorforStandardDeviation**

    Lessthan15 seeSec5.6.2.2(b)
    15 1.16
    20 1.08
    25 1.03
    30ormore 1.00

    * Interpolateforintermediatenumbersoftests
    ** from
    Modifiedstandarddeviationtobeusedtodeterminetherequiredaveragestrength f cr

    5.6.2.2(a).

    5.6.2.2 RequiredAverageStrength
    (a) Required average compressive strength used as the basis for selection of concrete
    proportions shall be the larger of the values given by Eq (5.6.1) and (5.6.2) using a standard
    deviationcalculatedinaccordancewithSec5.6.2.1(a)or5.6.2.1(b)above.
    f cr = f c + 1.34 s
    5.6.1
    f = f + 2.33s 3.5
    cr c 5.6.2
    (b) b) Whenaconcreteproductionfacilitydoesnothavefieldstrengthtestrecordsforcalculation
    of standard deviation meeting the requirements of Sec 5.6.2.1(a) or 5.6.2.1(b), the required
    average strength shall be determined from Table 6.5.5 and documentation of the average
    strengthshallbeinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSec5.6.2.3below.

    Table 6.5.5 : Required Average Compressive Strength when Data are not Available to Establish a
    StandardDeviation

    SpecifiedCompressiveStrength f c RequiredAverageCompressive
    N/mm2 f cr
    Strength,
    N/mm2

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6253
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Lessthan20 f c +7.0

    20to35 f c +8.5

    Over35 f c +10.0

    5.6.2.3 DocumentationofAverageStrength
    Documentationshallbepreparedtodemonstratethattheproposedconcreteproportionswillproduce
    anaveragecompressivestrengthequaltoorgreaterthantherequiredaveragecompressivestrength
    (Sec 5.6.2.2). Such documentation shall consist of one or more field strength test records or trial
    mixtures.
    (a) Whentestrecordsareusedtodemonstratethatproposedconcreteproportionswillproducethe
    requiredaveragestrength (Sec5.6.2.2)suchrecordsshallrepresentmaterialsandconditions
    similar to those expected. Deviations in materials, conditions and proportions within the test
    recordsshallnothavebeenmorerestrictedthanthoseforproposedwork.Forthepurposeof
    documentingaveragestrengthpotential,testrecordsconsistingoflessthan30butnotlessthan
    10 consecutive tests are acceptable provided the test records encompass a period of time not
    less than 45 days. Required concrete proportions shall be permitted to be established by
    interpolationbetweenthestrengthsandproportionsoftwoormoretestrecordseachofwhich
    meetsotherrequirementsofthissection.
    (b) When an acceptable record of field test results is not available, concrete proportions may be
    establishedbasedontrialmixturesmeetingthefollowingrestrictions:
    i) Combinationofmaterialsshallbethosefortheproposedwork.
    ii) Trialmixtureshavingproportionsandconsistenciesrequiredfortheproposedworkshallbe
    made using at least three different water cement ratios or cement contents that will
    producearangeofstrengthsencompassingtherequiredaveragestrength.
    iii) Trial mixtures shall be designed to produce a slump within 20 mm of the maximum
    permitted,andforairentrainedconcretetheaircontentshallbewithin0.5percentofthe
    maximumallowable.
    iv) For each water cement ratio or cement content, at least three test cylinders for each test
    age shall be made and cured in accordance with "Method of Making and Curing Concrete
    TestSpecimensintheLaboratory"(ASTMC192/C192M07).Cylindersshallbetestedat28
    daysorattestagedesignatedforthedeterminationof .
    v) Fromtheresultsofcylindertests,acurveshallbeplottedshowingtherelationshipbetween
    thewatercementratioorcementcontentandthecompressivestrengthatdesignatedtest
    age.
    vi) Maximum water cement ratio or minimum cement content for concrete to be used in the
    proposed work shall be that shown by the above curve to produce the average strength
    requiredby Sec5.6.2.2unlessalowerwatercementratioorhigherstrengthisrequiredby
    Sec5.5.

    5.6.3 ProportioningbyWaterCementRatio

    5.6.3.1 If the data required in Sec 5.6.2 are not available, concrete proportions shall be based on water
    cementratiolimitsspecifiedinTable6.5.6whenapprovedbytheengineer.

    Table 6.5.6 : Maximum Permissible Water Cement Ratios for Concrete when Strength Data from Field
    ExperienceorTrailMixersarenotAvailable

    SpecifiedCompressive
    Strength*, f c AbsoluteWaterCementRatiobyWeight

    6254 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    N/mm2 Concreteotherthan Airentrained


    airentrained concrete

    17 0.66 0.54
    20 0.60 0.49
    25 0.50 0.39
    30 0.40 **
    35 ** **
    * 28daystrength.Withmostmaterials,watercementratiosshownwillprovideaverage
    strengthsgreaterthanthatrequiredinSec5.6.2.2.
    ** Forstrengthsabove30N/mm2(25N/mm2forairentrainedconcrete)concrete
    proportionsshallbeestablishedbymethodsofSec5.6.2.

    5.6.3.2 Table6.5.6shallbeusedonlyforconcretetobemadewithcementsmeetingstrengthrequirementsfor
    Types I,IA,II,IIA,III,IIIA,orV of "Specification for Portland Cement" (ASTM C150/C150M 09),or
    Types IS, ISA, IS (MS), ISA(MS), I(SM), I(SM)A, IP, IPA, I(PM), I(PM)A, IP(MS), IPA(MS), or P of
    "SpecificationforBlendedHydraulicCements"(ASTMC595/C595M10),andshallnotbeappliedto
    concretecontaininglightweightaggregatesoradmixturesotherthanthoseforentrainingair.

    5.6.3.3 Concrete proportioned by water cement ratio limits prescribed in Table 6.5.6 shall also conform to
    specialexposurerequirementsofSec5.5andtocompressivestrengthtestcriteriaofSec5.12.

    5.6.4 AverageStrengthReduction
    Asdatabecomeavailableduringconstruction,amountbywhichvalueof mustexceedspecifiedvalueof
    maybereduced,provided:
    (a) 30 or more test results are available and the average of test results exceeds that required by Sec
    5.6.2.2(a)usingastandarddeviationcalculatedinaccordancewithSec5.6.2.1(a),or
    (b) 15 to 29 test results are available and the average of test results exceeds that required by Sec
    5.6.2.2(a) using a standard deviation calculated in accordance with Sec 5.6.2.1(b), and provided
    furtherthatspecialexposurerequirementsofSec5.5aremet.

    5.7 PreparationofEquipmentandPlaceofDeposit
    Preparationbeforeconcreteplacementshallincludethefollowing:
    (a) Allequipmentformixingandtransportingconcreteshallbeclean.
    (b) Alldebrisshallberemovedfromspacestobeoccupiedbyconcrete.
    (c) Formsshallbeproperlycleanedandcoated.
    (d) Masonryfillerunitsthatwillbeincontactwithconcreteshallbesoakedthoroughly.
    (e) Reinforcementshallbethoroughlycleanofdeleteriouscoatings.
    (f) Watershallberemovedfromplaceofdepositbeforeconcreteisplacedunlessatremieisusedor
    unlessotherwisepermittedbytheengineer.
    (g) Alllaitanceandotherunsoundmaterialshallberemovedbeforeadditionalconcreteisplacedagainst
    hardenedconcrete.

    5.8 MIXING

    5.8.1
    Allconcreteshallbemixedthoroughlyuntilthereisauniformdistributionofmaterialsandshallbedischarged
    completelybeforethemixerisrecharged.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6255
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5.8.2
    Ready mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of "Specification for
    ReadyMixedConcrete"(ASTMC94)or"SpecificationforConcreteMadebyVolumetricBatchingandContinuous
    Mixing"(ASTMC685).

    5.8.3
    Jobmixedconcreteshallbemixedinaccordancewiththefollowing:
    (a) Mixingshallbedoneinabatchmixerofapprovedtype.
    (b) Mixershallberotatedataspeedrecommendedbythemanufacturer.
    (c) Mixingshallbecontinuedforatleast90secondsafterallmaterialsareinthedrum,unlessashorter
    time is shown to be satisfactory by the mixing uniformity tests of "Specification for Ready Mixed
    Concrete"(ASTMC94).
    (d) Materialshandling,batching,andmixingshallconformtotheapplicableprovisionsof"Specification
    forReadyMixedConcrete"(ASTMC94).
    (e) Adetailedrecordshallbekepttoidentify:
    i) numberofbatchesproduced;
    ii) proportionsofmaterialsused;
    iii) approximatelocationoffinaldepositinstructure;
    iv) timeanddateofmixingandplacing.

    5.9 CONVEYING

    5.9.1
    Concreteshallbeconveyedfromthemixertotheplaceoffinaldepositbymethodsthatwillpreventsegregation
    orlossofmaterials.

    5.9.2
    Conveying equipment shall be capable of providing a supply of concrete to the place of deposit without
    segregation of ingredients and without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of plasticity between successive
    increments.

    5.10 DEPOSITING

    5.10.1
    Concrete shall be deposited as near its final position as practical to avoid segregation due to rehandling or
    flowing.

    5.10.2
    Concreting shall be carried on at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into spaces
    betweenandaroundthereinforcement.

    5.10.3
    Concrete that has partially hardened or been contaminated by foreign materials shall not be deposited in the
    structure.

    5.10.4
    Retemperedconcreteorconcretethathasbeenremixedafterinitialsetshallnotbeused.

    6256 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    5.10.5
    Afterconcretingisstarted,itshallbecarriedonasacontinuousoperationuntilplacingofapanelorsection,as
    definedbyitsboundariesorpredeterminedjoints,iscompletedexceptaspermittedorprohibitedbySec5.16.4.

    5.10.6
    Topsurfacesofverticallyformedliftsshallbegenerallylevel.

    5.10.7
    Whenconstructionjointsarerequired,jointsshallbemadeinaccordancewithSec5.16.4.

    5.10.8
    Allconcreteshallbethoroughlyconsolidatedbysuitablemeansduringplacementandshallbethoroughlyworked
    aroundreinforcementandembeddedfixturesandintocornersofforms.

    5.11 CURING

    5.11.1
    Concrete(otherthanhighearlystrength)shallbemaintainedabove10oCandinamoistconditionforatleastthe
    first7daysafterplacement,exceptwhencuredinaccordancewithSec5.11.3.

    5.11.2
    Highearlystrengthconcreteshallbemaintainedabove10oCandinamoistconditionforatleastthefirst3days,
    exceptwhencuredinaccordancewithSec5.11.3.

    5.11.3 AcceleratedCuring

    5.11.3.1 Curing by high pressure steam, steam at atmospheric pressure, heat and moisture or other accepted
    processes,shallbepermittedtoacceleratestrengthgainandreducetimeofcuring.

    5.11.3.2 Acceleratedcuringshallprovideacompressivestrengthoftheconcreteattheloadstageconsidered,at
    leastequaltotherequireddesignstrengthatthatloadstage.

    5.11.3.3 Curing process shall be such as to produce concrete with a durability at least equivalent to that
    obtainedforconcretecuredbythemethodofSec5.11.1or5.11.2.

    5.11.4
    Whenrequiredbytheengineer,supplementarystrengthtestsinaccordancewithSec5.12.4shallbeperformed
    toassurethatcuringissatisfactory.

    5.12 EVALUATIONANDACCEPTANCEOFCONCRETE

    5.12.1 General

    5.12.1.1 ConcreteshallbeproportionedtoprovideanaveragecompressivestrengthasprescribedinSec5.6.2.2
    aswellastosatisfythedurabilitycriteriaofSec5.5.Concreteshallbeproducedtolimitfrequencyof
    strengthsbelow tothatprescribedinSec5.12.3.3.

    5.12.1.2 RequirementsofshallbebasedontestsofcylindersmadeandtestedasprescribedinSec5.12.3.

    5.12.1.3 Unless otherwise specified, shall be based on 28 day tests. Test age for shall be indicated in
    designdrawingsorspecifications,ifitisdifferentfrom28days.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6257
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5.12.1.4 Splittingtensilestrengthtestsshallnotbeusedasabasisforfieldacceptanceofconcrete.

    5.12.2 FrequencyofTesting

    5.12.2.1 Samplesforstrengthtestsofeachclassofconcreteplacedeachdayshallbetakennotlessthanoncea
    day,norlessthanonceforeach60m3ofconcrete,norlessthanonceforeach250m2surfaceareafor
    slabsorwalls.

    5.12.2.2 On a given project, if the total volume of concrete is such that frequency of testing required by Sec
    5.12.2.1abovewouldprovidelessthanthreestrengthtestsforagivenclassofconcrete,testsshallbe
    madefromatleastthreerandomlyselectedbatchesorfromeachbatchifthreeorfewerbatchesare
    used.

    5.12.2.3 Whenthetotalquantityofagivenclassofconcreteislessthan20m3,strengthtestsarenotrequired
    whenevidenceofsatisfactorystrengthissubmittedtoandapprovedbytheengineer.

    5.12.2.4 Astrengthtestresultshallbetheaverageofthestrengthsoftwocylindersmadefromthesamesample
    ofconcreteandtestedat28daysoratthetestagedesignatedinaccordancewithSec5.12.1.3.

    5.12.3 LaboratoryCuredSpecimens

    5.12.3.1 Samples for strength tests shall be taken in accordance with "Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed
    Concrete"(ASTMC17208).

    5.12.3.2 Cylinders for strength tests shall be moulded and laboratory cured in accordance with "Practice for
    Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C31 / C31M 09) and tested in
    accordancewith"TestMethodforCompressiveStrengthofCylindricalConcreteSpecimens"(ASTMC39
    /C39M09a).

    5.12.3.3 Strengthlevelofanindividualclassofconcreteshallbeconsideredsatisfactoryifbothofthefollowing
    requirementsaremet:
    (a) Averageofthreeconsecutivestrengthtests(seeSec5.12.2.4)equalsorexceeds
    (b) Noindividualstrengthtest(averageoftwocylinders)fallsbelowbymorethan3.5N/mm2.

    5.12.3.4 IfeitheroftherequirementsofSec5.12.3.3arenotmet,stepsshallbetakentoincreasetheaverageof
    thesubsequentstrengthtestresults.RequirementsofSec5.12.5shallbesatisfiediftherequirementof
    Sec5.12.3.3(b)isnotmet.

    5.12.4 FieldCuredSpecimens

    5.12.4.1 Theengineermayrequirestrengthtestsofcylinderscuredunderfieldconditionstocheckadequacyof
    curingandprotectionofconcreteinthestructure.

    5.12.4.2 Fieldcuredcylindersshallbecuredunderfieldconditionsinaccordancewith"PracticeforMakingand
    CuringConcreteTestSpecimensintheField"(ASTMC31/C31M09).

    5.12.4.3 Fieldcuredtestcylindersshallbemouldedatthesametimeandfromthesamesamplesaslaboratory
    curedtestcylinders.

    5.12.4.4 Procedures for protecting and curing concrete shall be improved when the strength of field cured
    cylinders at the test age designated for determination of is less than 85 per cent of that of
    companionlaboratorycuredcylinders.The85percentlimitationshallnotapplyiffieldcuredstrength
    exceeds bymorethan3.5N/mm2.

    6258 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    5.12.5 InvestigationofLowStrengthTestResults

    5.12.5.1 Iftheresultofanystrengthtest(Sec5.12.2.4)oflaboratorycuredcylindersfallsbelowthespecified
    value of by more than 3.5 N/mm2 (Sec 5.12.3.3(b)) or if tests of field cured cylinders indicate
    deficienciesinprotectionandcuring(Sec5.12.4.4),stepsshallbetakentoassurethattheloadcarrying
    capacityofthestructureisnotjeopardized.

    5.12.5.2 If the likelihood of low strength concrete is confirmed and computations indicate that load carrying
    capacitymayhavebeensignificantlyreduced,testsofcoresdrilledfromtheareainquestionmaybe
    required in accordance with "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of
    Concrete" (ASTM C42 / C42M 04). In such cases, three cores shall be taken for each strength test
    morethan3.5N/mm2belowthespecifiedvalueof .

    5.12.5.3 Ifconcreteinthestructureisexpectedtobedryunderserviceconditions,coresshallbeairdriedfor7
    days before test and shall be tested dry. If concrete in the structure is expected to be more than
    superficiallywetunderserviceconditions,coresshallbeimmersedinwaterforatleast40hoursandbe
    testedwet.

    5.12.5.4 Concreteinanarearepresentedbycoretestsshallbeconsideredstructurallyadequateiftheaverage
    ofthreecoresisequaltoatleast85percentof andifnosinglecoreislessthan75percentof .
    Additionaltestingofcoresextractedfromlocationsrepresentedbyerraticcorestrengthresultsshallbe
    permitted.

    5.12.5.5 If the criteria of Sec 5.12.5.4 above are not met, and if structural adequacy remains in doubt, the
    responsibleauthoritymayorderloadtestsforthequestionableportionofthestructure,ortakeother
    appropriateaction.

    5.13 PROPERTIESOFCONCRETE

    5.13.1 Strength
    Strengthofconcreteshallbebasedon determinedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec5.12.1.

    5.13.2 ModulusofElasticity

    f c
    5.13.2.1 Modulus of elasticity Ec for stone aggregate concrete may be taken as 44 wc1.5 (N/mm2) for
    valuesofwcbetween15and25kN/m3and f c inN/mm2.Fornormaldensityconcrete,Ecmaybe
    takenas4700 f c .

    5.13.2.2 ModulusofelasticityEcforbrickaggregateconcretemaybetakenas3750 .

    5.13.3 Creep
    Thefinal(30year)creepstraininconcrete cc shallbepredictedfrom
    stress
    cc = cc

    Et (5.13.1)
    where
    Etisthemodulusofelasticityoftheconcreteattheageofloadingt,
    ccisthecreepcoefficient.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6259
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    ThecreepcoefficientmaybeestimatedfromFig6.5.1.Inthisfigure,foruniformsections,theeffectivesection
    thicknessisdefinedastwicethecrosssectionalareadividedbytheexposedperimeter.Ifdryingispreventedby
    immersioninwaterorbysealing,theeffectivesectionthicknessshallbetakenas600mm.
    Itcanbeassumedthatabout40%,60%and80%ofthefinalcreepdevelopsduringthefirstmonth,6monthsand
    30monthsunderloadrespectively,whenconcreteisexposedtoconditionsofconstantrelativehumidity.

    5.13.4 Shrinkage
    An estimate of the drying shrinkage of plain concrete may be obtained from Fig 6.5.2. Recommendations for
    effectivesectionthicknessandrelativehumidityaregiveninSec5.13.3.
    Fig6.5.2relatestoconcreteofnormalworkabilitymadewithoutwaterreducingadmixtures;suchconcretesshall
    haveanoriginalwatercontentofabout190l/m3.Whereconcreteisknowntohaveadifferentwatercontent,
    shrinkageshallberegardedasproportionaltowatercontentwithintherange150l/m3to230l/m3.
    The shrinkage of plain concrete is primarily dependent on the relative humidity of the air surrounding the
    concrete, the surface area from which moisture can be lost relative to the volume of concrete and on the mix
    proportion.Itisincreasedslightlybycarbonationandselfdesiccationandreducedbyprolongedcuring.


    Fig.6.5.2DryingShrinkageofNormalWeightConcrete

    Anestimateoftheshrinkageofsymmetricallyreinforcedconcretesectionsmaybeobtainedfrom:
    sh

    1 + K
    5.13.2
    Where

    sh
    istheshrinkageoftheplainconcrete;
    istheareaofsteelrelativetothatoftheconcrete;

    6260 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    K isacoefficient,takenas25forinternalexposureandas15forexternalexposure.

    5.13.5 ThermalStrains
    Thermal strains shall be calculated from the product of a suitable coefficient of thermal expansion and a
    temperature change. The temperature change can be determined from the expected service conditions and
    climaticdata.Externallyexposedconcretedoesnotrespondimmediatelytoairtemperaturechange,andclimatic
    temperaturerangesmayrequireadjustmentbeforeuseinmovementcalculations.
    The coefficient of thermal expansion of concrete is dependent mainly on the expansion coefficients for the
    aggregate and the cement paste, and the degree of saturation of the concrete. The thermal expansion of
    aggregateisrelatedtomineralogicalcomposition(SeeTable6.5.7)
    Table6.5.7:ThermalExpansionofRockGroupandRelatedConcrete

    AggregateType TypicalCoefficientofExpansion(1 106/oC)


    Aggregate Concrete
    Flint,quartzite 11 12
    Granite,basalt 7 10
    Limestone 6 8
    Cementpastehasacoefficientofthermalexpansionthatisafunctionofmoisturecontent,andthisaffectsthe
    concreteexpansionasshowninFig6.5.3.Itmaybeseenthatpartiallydryconcretehasacoefficientofthermal
    expansionthatisapproximately2106/oCgreaterthanthecoefficientforsaturatedconcrete.


    Fig. 6.5.3 Effect of Dryness upon the Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Hardened
    CementandConcrete

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6261
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5.14 CONCRETINGINADVERSEWEATHER

    5.14.1
    Concretingshallbeavoidedduringperiodsofnearfreezingweather.

    5.14.2
    During hot weather, proper attention shall be given to ingredients, production methods, handling, placing,
    protection, and curing to prevent excessive concrete temperatures or water evaporation that could impair
    requiredstrengthorserviceabilityofthememberorstructure.

    5.14.3
    Duringrainyweather,properprotectionshallbegiventoingredients,productionmethods,handlingandplacing
    of concrete.If required inthe opinion of the engineer, the concreting operation shall be postponed and newly
    placedconcreteshallbeprotectedfromrainafterformingproperconstructionjointforfuturecontinuation.

    5.15 SURFACEFINISH

    5.15.1 TypeofFinish
    Awidevarietyoffinishescanbeproduced.Surfacecastagainstformsmaybeleftascast,e.g.plainorprofiled,
    theinitialsurfacemayberemoved,e.g.bytoolingorsandblasting,ortheconcretemaybecovered,e.g.bypaint
    ortiles;combinationsofthesetechniquesmayalsobeadopted,e.g.aribbedprofilewithbushhammeredribs.
    Uppersurfacesnotcastagainstformsmaybetrowelledsmoothorprofiled,e.g.bytamping;theinitialsurface
    mayberemoved,e.g.byspraying,oritmaybecovered,e.g.byascreedorplasticfloorfinish.Whenselecting
    thetypeoffinish,considerationshallbegiventotheeaseofproducingafinishoftherequiredstandard,the
    viewingdistanceandthechangeofappearancewithtime.Inthecaseofexternalsurfaces,accountshallbetaken
    of the weather pattern at the particular location, any impurities in the air and the effect of the shape of the
    structureupontheflowofwateracrossitssurface.Suchconsiderationswilloftenprecludethespecification of
    surfacesofuniformcolourastheseareverydifficulttoproduceanddeterioratewithtime,particularlyifexposed
    totheweather.

    5.15.2 QualityofFinish
    Ahighqualityfinishisonethatisvisuallypleasing;itmayincludecolourvariationsandphysicaldiscontinuitiesbut
    these are likely to be distributed systematically or randomly over the whole surface rather than being
    concentratedinparticularareas.Whendecidingonthequalityoffinishtobespecified,considerationshouldbe
    giventotheviewingdistanceandtheexposureconditions.
    Thereisnomethodwherebythequalityoffinishthatwillbeacceptedcanunequivocallybedefined.Toachieve
    the quality required calls for good communication between experienced personnel conversant with the
    productionoffinishesandclosecollaborationwiththesite.Thequalityoffinishcanbeidentifiedinthefollowing
    verybroadterms:
    (a) Class2appliestosurfacesthataretobeexposedtoviewbutwhereappearanceisnotcritical;such
    surfacesmightbethewallsoffireescapestairsorplantroomsandcolumnsandbeamsofstructures
    thatarenormallyviewedintheshade,e.g.carparksandwarehouses;
    (b) Class 1 is appropriate to most surfaces exposed to view including the external walls of industrial,
    commercialanddomesticbuildings;
    (c) Special class is appropriate to the highest standards of appearance, such as might be found in
    prestigiousbuildings,whereitispossibletojustifythehighcostoftheirproduction.
    (d) These broad descriptions may be amplified by written descriptions of the method of finish, by
    photographs,bysamplesorbyreferencetoexistingstructures.

    5.15.3 TypeofSurfaceFinish
    Smooth offtheform and board marked finishes are not recommended for external use, but where they are
    specifiedforinteriorusethefollowingtypesmaybequotedfortheguidanceofbothdesignersandcontractor.

    6262 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    Designersshouldappreciatethatitisvirtuallyimpossibletoachievedense,flat,smooth,evencolouredblemish
    freeconcretesurfacesdirectlyfromtheformwork.Somedegreeofmakinggoodisinevitable,evenwithprecast
    work.
    (a) TypeAfinish:Thisfinishisobtainedbytheuseofproperlydesignedformworkormoulds
    oftimber,plywood,plastics,concreteorsteel.Smallblemishescausedbyentrappedairor
    watermaybeexpected,butthesurfaceshouldbefreefromvoids,honeycombingorother
    blemishes.
    (b) Type B finish : This finish can only be obtained by the use of high quality concrete and
    formwork.Theconcreteshallbethoroughlycompactedandallsurfacesshallbetrue,with
    clean arises. Only very minor surface blemishes shall occur, with no staining or
    discolorationfromthereleaseagent.
    (c) TypeCfinish:ThisfinishisobtainedbyfirstproducingatypeBfinish.Thesurfaceisthen
    improvedbycarefullyremovingallfinsandotherprojections,thoroughlywashingdown,
    andthenfillingthemostnoticeablesurfaceblemisheswithacementandfineaggregate
    pastetomatchthecolouroftheoriginalconcrete.Thereleaseagentshouldbecarefully
    chosentoensurethattheconcretesurfacewillnotbestainedordiscoloured.Afterthe
    concrete has been properly cured, the face shall be rubbed down, where necessary, to
    produceasmoothandevensurface.

    5.15.4 Production
    Thequalityofasurfacedependsontheconstituentsandproportionsoftheconcretemix,theefficiencyofmixing,
    thehandlingandcompactionoftheconcreteanditscuring.Thecharacteristicsoftheformworkandtherelease
    agentmayalsobeofcriticalimportance.Requirementsmaybestatedforanyaspectofproductionthatmight
    contributetowardstheachievementoftherequiredtypeofqualityoffinish.

    5.15.5 InspectionandMakingGood
    Thesurfaceoftheconcreteshallbeinspectedfordefectsandforconformitywiththespecificationand,where
    appropriate, for comparison with approved sample finishes. Subject to the strength and durability of the
    concrete being unimpaired, the making good of surface defects may be permitted but the standard of
    acceptance shall be appropriate to the type and quality of the finish specified and ensure satisfactory
    performance and durability. On permanently exposed surfaces great care is essential in selecting the materials
    andthemixproportionstoensurethatthefinalcolourofthefacedareablendswiththeparentconcreteinthe
    finishedstructure.
    Voidscanbefilledwithfinemortar,preferablyincorporatingstyrenebutadienerubber(SBR)orpolyvinylacetate
    (PVA), while the concrete is still green or when it has hardened. Fine cracks can be filled by wiping a cement
    grout, an SBR, PVA or latex emulsion, a cement/SBR or a cement/PVA slurry across them. Fins and other
    projectionsshallberubbeddown.

    5.15.6 Protection
    Highqualitysurfacefinishesaresusceptibletodamageduringsubsequentconstructionoperationsandtemporary
    protection may have to be provided in vulnerable areas. Examples of such protective measures include the
    strapping of laths to arrises and the prevention of rust being carried from exposed starter bars to finished
    surfaces.

    5.16 FORMWORK

    5.16.1 DesignofFormwork

    5.16.1.1 Formsshallresultinafinalstructurethatconformstoshapes,lines,anddimensionsofthemembersas
    requiredbythedesigndrawingsandspecifications.

    5.16.1.2 Formsshallbesubstantialandsufficientlytighttopreventleakageofmortar.

    5.16.1.3 Formsshallbeproperlybracedortiedtogethertomaintainpositionandshape.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6263
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5.16.1.4 Formsandtheirsupportsshallbedesignedsoasnottodamagepreviouslyplacedstructure.

    5.16.1.5 Designofformworkshallincludeconsiderationofthefollowingfactors:
    (a) Rateandmethodofplacingconcrete;
    (b) Constructionloads,includingvertical,horizontalandimpactloads;
    (c) Special form requirements for construction of shells, folded plates, domes, architectural
    concrete,orsimilartypesofelements.

    5.16.1.6 Formsforprestressedconcretemembersshallbedesignedandconstructedtopermitmovementofthe
    memberwithoutdamageduringapplicationofprestressingforce.

    5.16.2 RemovalofFormsandShores

    5.16.2.1 Noconstructionloadsshallbesupportedon,noranyshoringremovedfrom,anypartofthestructure
    underconstructionexcept whenthatportionof thestructureincombinationwithremainingforming
    andshoringsystemhassufficientstrengthtosupportsafelyitsweightandloadsplacedthereon.

    5.16.2.2 Sufficientstrengthshallbedemonstratedbystructuralanalysisconsideringproposedloads,strengthof
    formingandshoringsystem,andconcretestrengthdata.Structuralanalysisandconcretestrengthtest
    datashallbefurnishedtotheengineerwhensorequired.

    5.16.2.3 Noconstructionloadsexceedingthecombinationsofsuperimposeddeadloadplusspecifiedliveload
    shall be supported on any unshored portion of the structure under construction, unless analysis
    indicatesadequatestrengthtosupportsuchadditionalloads.

    5.16.2.4 Formsshallberemovedinsuchamannerasnottoimpairsafetyandserviceabilityofthestructure.All
    concretetobeexposedbyformremovalshallhavesufficientstrengthnottobedamagedthereby.

    5.16.2.5 Formssupportingprestressedconcretemembersshallnotberemoveduntilsufficientprestressinghas
    been applied to enable prestressed members to carry their dead load and anticipated construction
    loads.

    5.16.3 ConduitsandPipesEmbeddedinConcrete

    5.16.3.1 Conduits, pipes and sleeves of any materials not harmful to concrete and within the limitations
    specified herein shall be permitted to be embedded in concrete with the approval of the engineer,
    providedtheyarenotconsideredtoreplacestructurallythedisplacedconcrete.

    5.16.3.2 Conduitsandpipesofaluminiumshallnotbeembeddedinstructuralconcreteunlesseffectivelycoated
    orcoveredtopreventaluminiumconcretereactionorelectrolyticactionbetweenaluminiumandsteel.

    5.16.3.3 Conduits, pipes, and sleeves passing through a slab, wall, or beam shall not impair significantly the
    strengthoftheconstruction.

    5.16.3.4 Conduits and pipes, with their fittings, embedded within a column shall not displace more than 4
    percent of the area of crosssection on which strength is calculated or which is required for fire
    protection.

    5.16.3.5 Except when drawings for conduits and pipes are approved by the engineer, conduits and pipes
    embedded within a slab, wall or beam (other than those merely passing through) shall satisfy the
    following:
    1
    (a) Theyshallnotbelargerinoutsidedimensionthan 3 theoverallthicknessofslab,wall,orbeam
    inwhichtheyareembedded.

    6264 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    (b) Theyshallnotbespacedcloserthan3diametersorwidthsoncentre.
    (c) Theyshallnotimpairsignificantlythestrengthoftheconstruction.

    5.16.3.6 Conduits,pipesandsleevesshallbepermittedtobeconsideredasreplacingstructurallyincompression
    thedisplacedconcreteprovided:
    (a) Theyarenotexposedtorustingorotherdeterioration.
    (b) Theyhavenominalinsidediameternotover50mmandarespacednotlessthan3diameterson
    centres.

    5.16.3.7 Pipesandfittingsshallbedesignedtoresisteffectsofthematerial,pressure,andtemperaturetowhich
    theywillbesubjected.

    5.16.3.8 Noliquid,gas,orvapour,exceptwaternotexceeding30oCnor0.3N/mm2pressure,shallbeplacedin
    thepipesuntiltheconcretehasattaineditsdesignstrength.

    5.16.3.9 In solid slabs, piping, unless it is for radiant heating, shall be placed between the top and bottom
    reinforcements.

    5.16.3.10 Concretecoverforpipes,conduits,andfittingsshallbenotlessthan40mmforconcreteexposedto
    earthorweather,nor20mmforconcretenotexposedtoweatherorincontactwithground.

    5.16.3.11 Reinforcementwithanareanotlessthan0.002timestheareaofconcretesectionshallbeprovided
    normaltopiping.

    5.16.3.12 Piping and conduit shall be so fabricated and installed that cutting, bending, or displacement of
    reinforcementwillnotberequired.

    5.16.4 ConstructionJoints

    5.16.4.1 Surfaceofconcreteconstructionjointsshallbecleanedandlaitanceremoved.

    5.16.4.2 Immediatelybeforenewconcreteisplaced,allconstructionjointsshallbewettedandstandingwater
    removed.

    5.16.4.3 Construction joints shall be so made and located as not to impair the strength of the structure.
    Provision shall be made for transfer of shear and other forces through construction joints. SeeSec
    6.13.3.15(j).

    5.16.4.4 Construction joints in floors shall be located within the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and
    girders. Joints in girders shall be offset a minimum distance of two times the width of intersecting
    beams.

    5.16.4.5 Beams,girders,orslabssupportedbycolumnsorwallsshallnotbecastorerecteduntilconcreteinthe
    columnsorwallsisnolongerplastic.

    5.16.4.6 Beams, girders, haunches, drop panels and capitals shall be placed monolithically as part of a slab
    systemunlessotherwiseshowninthedesigndrawingsorspecifications.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6265
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5.17 SHOTCRETE

    5.17.1 General
    Shotcreteshallbedefinedasmortarorconcretepneumaticallyprojectedathighvelocityontoasurface.Except
    asspecifiedinthissection,shotcreteshallconformtotheprovisionsofthisCoderegardingplainconcreteor
    reinforcedconcrete.

    5.17.2 ProportionsandMaterials
    Shotcreteproportionsshallbesuchthatsuitableplacementisensuredusingthedeliveryequipmentselected,and
    shallresultinfinishedinplacehardenedshotcretemeetingthestrengthrequirementsofChapter6.

    5.17.3 Aggregate
    Coarseaggregate,ifused,shallnotexceed20mminsize.

    5.17.4 Reinforcement
    The maximum size of reinforcement shall be 16 mm bars unless it can be demonstrated by preconstruction
    teststhatadequateembedmentoflargerbarscanbeachieved.When16mmorsmallerbarsareused,there
    shallbeaminimumclearanceof60mmbetweenparallelreinforcingbars.Whenbarslargerthan16mmare
    permitted, there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel bars equal to six diameters of the bars used.
    When two curtains of steel are provided, the curtain nearest the nozzle shall have a spacing equal to 12 bar
    diametersandtheremainingcurtainshallhaveaminimumspacingof6bardiameters.
    Lap splices in reinforcing bars shall be by the noncontact lap splice method with at least 50 mm clearance
    between bars. The engineer may permit the use of contact lap splices when necessary for the support of the
    reinforcement,provideditcanbedemonstratedbymeansofpreconstructiontestingthatadequateembedment
    of the bars at the splice can be achieved and provided further that the splices are placed so that the plane
    containing the centres of the two spliced bars isperpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete work. Shotcrete
    shallnotbeappliedtospirallytiedcolumns.

    5.17.5 PreconstructionTests
    When required by the engineer a test panel shall beshot, cured, cored or sawn, examined and tested prior to
    commencement of the project. The sample panel shall be representative of the project and simulate job
    conditionsascloselyaspossible.Thepanelthicknessandreinforcingshallreproducethethickestandthemost
    congestedareaspecifiedinthestructuraldesign.Itshallbeshotatthesameangle,fromasimilardistance,using
    thesamenozzlemanandwiththesameconcretemixdesignthatwillbeusedontheproject.

    5.17.6 Rebound
    Anyreboundoraccumulatedlooseaggregateshallberemovedfromthesurfacestobecoveredpriortoplacing
    theinitialoranysucceedinglayersofshotcrete.Reboundshallnotbereusedasaggregate.

    5.17.7 Joints
    Exceptwherepermitted,unfinishedworkshallnotbeallowedtostandformorethan30minutesunlessalledges
    areslopedthin.Beforeplacingadditionalmaterialadjacenttopreviouslyappliedwork,slopingandsquareedges
    shallbecleanedandwetted.

    5.17.8 Damage
    Aninplaceshotcretewhichexhibitssagsorsloughs,segregation,honeycombing,sandpocketsorotherobvious
    defectsshallberemovedandreplaced.

    5.17.9 Curing
    During the curing periods, shotcrete shall be maintained above 5oC and in moist condition. In initial curing,
    shotcreteshallbekeptcontinuouslymoistfor24hoursafterplacementiscomplete.Finalcuringshallcontinue
    for seven days after shotcreting, for three days if high early strength cement is used, or until the specified
    strength is obtained. Final curing shall consist of a fog spray or an approved moisture retaining cover or
    membrane.Insectionsofadepthinexcessof300mm,finalcuringshallbethesameasthatforinitialcuring.

    6266 Vol.2
    ConcreteMaterialsChapter5

    5.17.10 StrengthTest
    Strengthtestforshotcreteshallbemadebyanapprovedagencyonspecimenswhicharerepresentativeofthe
    workandwhichhavebeenwatersoakedforatleast24hourspriortotesting.Whenthemaximumsizeaggregate
    islargerthan10mm,specimensshallconsistofnotlessthanthree75mmdiametercoresor75mmcubes.
    Whenthemaximumsizeaggregateis10mmorsmaller,specimensshallconsistofnotlessthanthree50mm
    diametercoresor50mmcubes.Specimensshallbetakeninaccordancewithoneofthefollowing:
    (a) From the work: taken at least one from each shift but not less than one for each 20 m3 of
    shotcrete;
    (b) From test panels: taken not less than once each shift nor less than one for each 20 m3 of
    shotcreteplaced.Whenthemaximumsizeaggregateislargerthan10mm,thetestpanelsshall
    haveaminimumdimensionof450mmby450mm.Whenthemaximumsizeaggregateis10mm
    orsmaller,thetestpanelsshallhaveaminimumdimensionof300mmby300mm.Panelsshall
    be gunned in the same position as the work, during the course of the work and by the same
    nozzlemendoingthework.Theconditionunderwhichthepanelsarecuredshallbethesameas
    thework.
    Theaveragestrengthofthreecoresfromasinglepanelshallbeequaltoorexceed0.85 withnosinglecore
    lessthan0.75 .Theaveragestrengthofthreecubestakenfromasinglepanelmustequalorexceed with
    noindividualcubelessthan .Tochecktestingaccuracy,locationsrepresentedbyerraticcorestrengthsmaybe
    retested.

    5.17.11 Inspections

    5.17.11.1 InspectionDuringPlacement
    Whenshotcreteisusedforcolumnsandbeams,aspecialinspectorisrequired.Thespecialinspector
    shall providecontinuous inspection to the placement of the reinforcement and shotcreting and shall
    submitastatementindicatingcompliancewiththeplansandspecifications.

    5.17.11.2 VisualExaminationforStructuralSoundnessofInplaceShotcrete
    Completedshotcreteworkshallbecheckedvisuallyforreinforcingbarembedment,voids,rockpocket,
    sandstreaksandsimilardeficienciesbyexaminingaminimumofthree75mmcorestakenfromthree
    areaschosenbytheengineerwhichrepresenttheworstcongestionofreinforcingbarsoccurringinthe
    project. Extra reinforcing bars may be added to noncongested areas and cores may be taken from
    these areas. The cores shall be examined by the special inspector and a report submitted to the
    engineerpriortofinalapprovaloftheshotcrete.

    5.17.12 Equipment
    Theequipmentusedinconstructiontestingshallbethesameequipmentusedintheworkrequiringsuchtesting
    unlesssubstituteequipmentisapprovedbytheengineer.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6267
    Chapter6

    StrengthDesignofReinforcedConcrete
    Structures

    6.1 AnalysisandDesignGeneralConsiderations

    6.1.1 ConventionandNotation
    Unlessotherwiseexplicitlystated,thefollowingunitsshallbeimplicitforthecorrespondingquantitiesin
    thedesignandotherexpressionsprovidedinthischapter:
    Lengths mm
    Areas m m 2
    Secondmomentsofarea m m 4
    Force(axial,shear) N
    Moment,torsion Nmm
    Stress,strength MPa,N/mm 2

    6.1.1.1 Notation
    = Depthofequivalentrectangular stress blockasdefinedin6.3.2.7.1,mm,
    = Shearspan,equaltodistance from center ofconcentratedloadtoeither:(a)faceofsupport
    for continuous or cantilevered members, or (b) center of support for simply supported
    members,mm,Sec6.4,AppendixA
    = Areaofanindividualbarorwire,mm2,Sec6.3,Sec8.2
    = Net bearing area of the head of stud, anchorbolt, or headed deformed bar, mm2, Sec8.2,
    AppendixD
    = Crosssectionalarea of concrete section resisting sheartransfer,mm2,Sec6.4,Sec8.3
    = Crosssectional area of a structural member measured to the outside edges of transverse
    reinforcement,mm2,Sec6.3,Sec8.3
    = Area enclosed by outside perimeter of concrete cross section, mm2, see 6.4.4.1, Sec 6.4,
    8.3.8.3
    = Crosssectionalareaat one end of a strut inastrutandtiemodel,takenperpendiculartothe
    axisofthestrut,mm2,AppendixA
    = Gross area of concrete section bounded by web thickness and length of section in the
    directionofshearforceconsidered,mm2,Sec8.3
    = Area of concrete section of an individual pier, horizontal wall segment, or coupling beam
    resistingshear,mm2,Sec8.3
    = Area of reinforcement in bracket or corbelresistingfactoredmoment,mm2,see6.4.7,Sec
    6.4
    = Gross area of concrete section, mm2 For ahollowsection, istheareaoftheconcreteonly
    anddoesnotincludetheareaofthevoid(s), see 6.4.4.1, Secs6.2to6.4,6.6,6.7,6.10,8.3,
    = Total area of shear reinforcement parallel to primary tension reinforcement in a corbel or
    bracket,mm2,see6.4.7,Sec6.4
    = Effective crosssectional area within a joint in a plane parallel to plane of reinforcement
    generating shear in the joint, mm2, seeSec8.3
    = Totalareaoflongitudinalreinforcementtoresisttorsion,mm2,Sec6.4,8.3
    , = Minimumareaoflongitudinalreinforcementtoresisttorsion,mm2,see6.4.4.5.3,Sec6.4
    Part6
    StructuralDesign 61

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    = Area of reinforcement in bracket or corbelresisting tensile force , mm2, see 6.4.7,Sec


    6.4
    = Areaofa faceofa nodal zone or a sectionthroughanodalzone,mm2,AppendixA
    = Projected concrete failure area of a single anchor or group of anchors, for calculation of
    strengthintension,mm2,seeD.5.2.1,AppendixD
    = Projected concrete failure area of a singleanchor, for calculation of strength in tensionif
    not limited by edge distance orspacing,mm2,seeD.5.2.1,AppendixD
    = Grossareaenclosedbyshearflowpath,mm2,Sec6.4
    = Areaenclosedbycenterlineoftheoutermostclosedtransversetorsionalreinforcement,mm2,
    Sec6.4
    = Area of nonprestressed longitudinal tensionreinforcement,mm2,Sec6.3,6.4,6.6,6.8,
    = Areaoftensionreinforcementcorrespondingtomomentofresistance ,see6.3.15.1(b)
    = Areaofadditionaltensionsteel,see6.3.15.1(b)
    = Areaofcompressionreinforcement,mm2,AppendixA
    = Area of primary tension reinforcement in acorbelorbracket,mm2,see6.4.7.3.5,Sec6.4
    , = Effective crosssectional area of anchorintension,mm2,AppendixD
    , = Effective crosssectional area of anchorinshear,mm2,AppendixD
    = Area of reinforcement required to balance the longitudinal compressive force in the
    overhangingportionoftheflangeofaTbeam,see6.3.15.2(b)
    = Total crosssectional area of transverse reinforcement (including crossties) within spacing s
    andperpendicular to dimension ,mm2,Sec8.3
    = Total area of surface reinforcement atspacing si in the ith layer crossinga strut,with
    reinforcementatanangle totheaxisofthestrut,mm2,AppendixA
    , = Minimumareaofflexuralreinforcement,mm2,see6.3.5,Sec6.3
    = Total area of nonprestressed longitudinalreinforcement (bars or steel shapes), mm2,Sec
    6.3,8.3
    = Areaofstructuralsteelshape,pipe,ortubinginacompositesection,mm2,Sec6.3
    = Area of one leg of a closed stirrup resistingtorsionwithinspacings,mm2,Sec6.4
    = Areaofprestressingsteelinatie,mm2,AppendixA
    = Total crosssectional area of all transversereinforcement within spacingsthatcrossesthe
    potential plane of splitting through thereinforcement being developed,mm2,Sec8.2
    = Area of nonprestressed reinforcement in atie,mm2,AppendixA
    = Areaofshearreinforcementspacings,mm2,Sec6.4,6.12
    = Projected concrete failure area of a single anchor or group of anchors, for calculation of
    strengthinshear,mm2,seeD.6.2.1,AppendixD
    = Projected concrete failure area of a singleanchor, for calculation of strengthinshear,ifnot
    limitedbycornerinfluences,spacing,ormemberthickness,mm2, see D.6.2.1,AppendixD
    = Total area of reinforcement in each group ofdiagonalbarsinadiagonallyreinforcedcoupling
    beam,mm2,Sec8.3
    = Areaofshearfrictionreinforcement,mm2,Sec6.4,8.3
    = Area of shear reinforcement parallel to flexural tension reinforcement within spacing ,
    mm2,Sec6.4
    ,
    2
    = Minimum area of shear reinforcement within spacing s, mm , see 6.4.3.5.1 and 6.4.3.5.3,
    Sec6.4
    = Loadedarea,mm2,Sec6.3
    = Area of the lower base of the largest frustum of a pyramid, cone, or tapered wedge
    containedwhollywithinthesupportandhavingforitsupperbasetheloadedarea,andhaving
    sideslopesof1verticalto2horizontal,mm2,Sec6.3
    = Width of compression face of member, mm,Sec6.3
    = Perimeterofcriticalsectionforshear in slabsand footings, mm, see 6.4.10.1.2,Sec6.4
    = Widthofstrut,mm,AppendixA
    = Width of that part of cross section containing the closed stirrupsresisting torsion, mm, Sec

    62 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.4
    = Width of cross section at contact surfacebeinginvestigatedforhorizontalshear,mm,Sec
    6.12
    = Web width, or diameter of circular section,mm,Sec6.3,6.4,8.2,8.3
    = Dimension of the critical section measuredinthedirectionofthespanforwhichmoments
    aredetermined,mm,Sec6.5
    = Dimensionofthecritical section measuredin the direction perpendicularto ,mm,Sec6.5
    = Distance from extreme compression fiber toneutralaxis,mm,Sec6.2,6.3,6.6,8.3
    = Critical edge distance required to develop the basic concrete breakout strength of a post
    installed anchor in uncracked concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control
    splitting,mm,seeD.8.6,AppendixD
    , = Maximumdistancefrom center of an anchorshaft to the edge of concrete,mm,Appendix D
    , = Minimumdistancefrom center of an anchorshaft to the edge of concrete,mm,Appendix D
    = Distance from the center of an anchor shafttotheedgeofconcreteinonedirection,mm.If
    shear is applied to anchor, is taken in the direction of the applied shear. If tension is
    appliedtotheanchor, istheminimumedgedistance,appendixd
    = Distance from center of an anchor shaft to the edgeofconcrete in thedirectionperpen
    dicularto ,mm,AppendixD
    = Smaller of: (a) the distance from center of abarorwiretonearestconcretesurface,and(b)
    onehalfthecentertocenterspacingofbarsorwiresbeingdeveloped,mm,Sec8.2
    = Clearcoverofreinforcement, mm, see6.3.6.4,Sec6.3
    = Distancefromtheinterior face of the columnto the slab edge measuredparalleltoc1,butnot
    exceeding ,mm,Sec8.3
    = Dimension of rectangular or equivalent rectangular column, capital, or bracket
    measuredinthe direction ofthespanforwhichmomentsarebeingdetermined,mm,Sec
    6.4,6.5,8.3
    = Dimension of rectangular or equivalent rectangular column, capital, or bracket
    measured in the direction perpendicular to ,mm,Sec6.5
    = Crosssectional constant to define torsionalproperties of slabandbeam,see6.5.6.4.2,Sec
    6.5
    = Factorrelatingactualmoment diagram to anequivalentuniformmomentdiagram,Sec6.3
    = Distance from extreme compression fiber tocentroidoflongitudinaltensionreinforce ment,
    mm,Sec6.26.4,6.6,6.12,8.18.3,
    = Distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal compression
    reinforcement,mm,Sec6.2
    = Outside diameter of anchor or shaft diameterof headed stud, headed bolt, or hooked bolt,
    mm,seeD.8.4,AppendixD
    = Valuesubstitutedfor whenanoversizedanchorisused,mm,seeD.8.4,AppendixD
    = Nominal diameter of bar, wire, or prestressing strand, mm, Sec 8.1-8.3
    = Distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of prestressing steel, mm, Sec
    6.4
    = Diameter of pile at footing base, mm, Sec 6.8
    = Distance from extreme compression fiber tocentroidofextremelayeroflongitudinaltension
    steel,mm,Sec6.2,6.3
    = Deadloads,orrelated internal moments andforces,Sec6.1,6.2,6.11,8.3
    = Distancefromtheinner surface of the shaft of aJ orLbolttotheoutertipoftheJorLbolt,mm,
    AppendixD
    = Distance between resultant tension load on a group of anchors loaded in tension and
    the
    Centroid of the group of anchors loaded in tension, mm; is always positive,
    appendix d
    = Distance between resultant shear load on a group of anchors loaded in shear in the
    same
    Direction, and the centroid of the group of anchors loaded in shear in the same
    direction, mm; is always positive, appendix d
    = Loadeffectsofearthquake,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2,8.3
    = Modulusofelasticityofconcrete,mpa,see6.1.7.1,Sec6.16.3,6.6,6.9

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 63

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    = Modulusofelasticityofbeamconcrete,mpa,Sec6.5
    = Modulusofelasticityofslabconcrete,mpa,Sec6.5
    = Flexuralstiffnessofcompressionmember,N mm2,see6.3.10.6,Sec6.3
    = Modulusofelasticityofprestressingsteel,mpa,see6.1.7.3,Sec6.1
    = Modulusofelasticityofreinforcementandstructuralsteel,mpa,see6.1.7.2,Sec6.1,6.3,6.6
    = Specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete,mpa,Sec6.16.4,6.6,6.9,8.2,8.3,AppendixesA,
    D
    = Squarerootofspecifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete,mpa,Sec6.1,6.2,6.4,6.9,8.2,8.3,
    AppendixD
    = Effective compressive strength of the concrete in a strut or a nodal zone, mpa, Sec 6.8,
    AppendixA
    = Averagesplittingtensilestrengthoflightweightconcrete,mpa,See6.1.8.1Sec6.1,6.4,8.2.3.4
    (d),Sec8.2
    = Stressduetounfactoreddeadload,atextremefiberofsectionwheretensilestressiscaused
    byexternallyappliedloads,mpa,Sec6.4
    = Compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for all prestress losses) at centroid of cross
    sectionresistingexternallyappliedloadsoratjunctionofwebandflangewhenthecentroid
    lieswithintheflange,mpa.(Inacompositemember, istheresultantcompressivestressat
    centroidofcompositesection,oratjunctionofwebandflangewhenthecentroidlieswithin
    theflange,duetobothprestressandmomentsresistedbyprecastmemberactingalone),Sec
    6.4
    = Compressive stress in concrete due to effective prestress forces only (after allowance for all
    prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where tensile stress is caused by externally
    appliedloads,mpa,Sec6.4
    = Stressinprestressingsteelatnominalflexuralstrength,mpa,Sec8.2
    = Specifiedtensilestrengthofprestressingsteel,mpa,Sec6.4
    = Modulusofruptureofconcrete,mpa,see6.2.5.2.3,Sec6.2,6.6
    = Calculatedtensilestressinreinforcementatserviceloads,mpa,Sec6.3
    = Stressincompressionreinforcementunderfactoredloads,mpa,AppendixA
    = Effective stress in prestressing steel (after allowance for all prestress losses), mpa, Sec 8.2,
    AppendixA
    = Specifiedtensilestrengthofanchorsteel,mpa,AppendixD
    = Specifiedyieldstrengthofreinforcement,mpa,Sec6.26.4,6.6,6.9,6.12,8.18.3,AppendixA
    = Specifiedyieldstrengthofanchorsteel,mpa,AppendixD
    = Specifiedyieldstrength oftransversereinforcement,mpa,Sec6.3,6.4,8.28.3
    = Loads due to weight and pressures of fluids with welldefined densities and controllable
    maximumheights,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Nominalstrengthofastrut,tie,ornodalzone,N,AppendixA
    = Nominalstrengthatfaceofanodalzone,N,AppendixA
    = Nominalstrengthofastrut,N,AppendixA
    = Nominalstrengthofatie,N,AppendixA
    = Factored force acting in a strut, tie, bearing area, or nodal zone in a strutandtie model, N,
    AppendixA
    = Overallthicknessorheightofmember,mm,Sec6.26.4,6.6,6.11,6.12,8.2,8.3,AppendixA
    = Thickness of member in which an anchor is located, measured parallel to anchor axis, mm,
    AppendixD
    = Crosssectional dimension of member core measured to the outside edges of the trans
    versereinforcementcomposingarea ,mm,Sec8.3
    = Effectiveembedmentdepthofanchor,mm,seeD.8.5,AppendixD
    = ThicknessofoverhangingportionoftheflangeofaTbeam,see6.3.15.2(b)
    = Depthofshearheadcrosssection,mm,Sec6.4
    = Heightofentirewallfrombasetotoporheightofthesegmentofwallconsidered,mm,Sec
    6.4,8.3
    = Maximum centertocenter horizontal spacing of crossties or hoop legs on all faces of the
    column,mm,Sec8.3

    64 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    = Loadsduetoweightandpressureofsoil,waterinsoil,orothermaterials,orrelatedinternal
    momentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Momentofinertiaofsectionaboutcentroidalaxis,mm4,Sec6.3,6.4
    = Momentofinertiaofgrosssectionofbeamaboutcentroidalaxis,mm4,see6.5.6.1.6,Sec6.5
    = Momentofinertiaofcrackedsectiontransformedtoconcrete,mm4,Sec6.2
    = Effectivemomentofinertiaforcomputationofdeflection,mm4,see6.2.5.2.3,Sec6.2
    = Momentofinertiaofgrossconcretesectionaboutcentroidalaxis,neglectingreinforcement,
    mm4,Sec6.2,6.3,6.6
    = Momentofinertiaofgrosssectionofslababoutcentroidalaxisdefinedforcalculating and
    ,mm4,Sec6.5
    = Momentofinertiaofreinforcementaboutcentroidalaxisofmembercrosssection,mm4,Sec
    6.3
    = Momentofinertiaofstructuralsteelshape,pipe,ortubingaboutcentroidalaxisofcomposite
    membercrosssection,mm4,Sec6.3
    = Effectivelengthfactorforcompressionmembers,Sec6.3,6.6
    = Coefficientforbasicconcretebreakoutstrengthintension,AppendixD
    = Coefficientforpryoutstrength,AppendixD
    = Transversereinforcementindex,see8.2.3.3,Sec8.2
    = Spanlengthofbeamoronewayslab;clearprojectionofcantilever,mm,Sec6.2
    = Additionalembedmentlengthbeyondcenterlineofsupportorpointofinflection,mm,Sec8.2
    = Length of compression member in a frame, measured centertocenter of the joints in the
    frame,mm,Sec6.3,6.6
    = Developmentlengthintensionofdeformedbar,deformedwire,plainanddeformedwelded
    wirereinforcement,orpretensionedstrand,mm,Sec6.9,8.18.3
    = Developmentlengthincompressionofdeformedbarsanddeformedwire,mm,Sec8.2
    = Development length in tension of deformed bar or deformed wire with a standard hook,
    measured from critical section to outside end of hook (straight embedment length between
    critical section and start of hook [point of tangency] plus inside radius of bend and one bar
    diameter),mm,seeSec.8.2and8.3,Sec8.2,8.3
    = Developmentlengthintensionofheadeddeformedbar,measuredfromthecriticalsectionto
    thebearingfaceofthehead,mm,Sec8.2
    = Loadbearinglengthofanchorforshear,mm,seeD.6.2.2,AppendixD
    = Lengthofclearspanmeasuredfacetofaceofsupports,mm,Sec6.16.5,6.10,8.2.9.3, Sec8.2,
    8.3
    = Length, measured from joint face along axis of structural member, over which special
    transversereinforcementmustbeprovided,mm,Sec8.3
    = Span of member under load test, taken as the shorter span for twoway slab systems, mm.
    Span is the smaller of: (a) distance between centers of supports, and (b) clear distance
    between supportsplus thickness of member. Span for a cantilever shall be taken as twice
    thedistancefromfaceofsupporttocantileverend,Sec6.11
    = Unsupportedlengthofcompressionmember,mm,see6.3.10.1.1,Sec6.3
    = Lengthofshearheadarmfromcentroidofconcentratedloadorreaction,mm,Sec6.4
    = Lengthofentirewallorlengthofsegmentofwallconsideredindirectionofshearforce,mm,
    Sec6.4,6.6,8.3
    = Lengthofspanindirectionthatmomentsarebeingdetermined,measuredcentertocenterof
    supports,mm,Sec6.5
    = Lengthofspanindirectionperpendicularto ,measuredcentertocenterofsupports,mm,
    see6.5.6.2.3and6.5.6.2.4,Sec6.5
    = Liveloads,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.1,6.2,6.11,8.3
    = Roofliveload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Maximum moment in member due to service loads at stage deflection is computed, N mm,
    Sec6.2,6.6
    = Factored moment amplified for the effects of member curvature used for design of
    compressionmember,N mm,see6.3.10.6,Sec6.3
    = Crackingmoment,N mm,see6.2.5.2.3,Sec6.2,6.6

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 65

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    = Momentcausingflexuralcrackingatsectiondue toexternallyappliedloads,N mm,Sec6.4


    = Factored moment modified to account for effect of axial compression, N mm, see 6.4.2.2.2,
    Sec6.4
    = Maximumfactoredmomentatsectionduetoexternallyappliedloads,N mm,Sec6.4
    = Nominalflexuralstrengthatsection,N mm,Sec6.4,6.6,8.2,8.3
    = Nominalflexuralstrengthatsectionwithoutcompressionsteel,see6.3.15.1(b),andmoment
    ofresistancedevelopedbycompressionintheoverhangingportionoftheTflange,see
    6.3.15.2(b)
    = Additional nominal flexural strength at section due to added compression steel and
    additionaltensionsteel ,see6.3.15.1(b),andmomentofresistancedevelopedbytheweb
    ofaTbeam,see6.3.15.2(b)
    = Nominal flexural strength of column framing into joint, calculated for factored axial force,
    consistentwiththedirectionoflateralforcesconsidered,resultinginlowestflexuralstrength,
    N mm,Sec8.3
    = Totalfactoredstaticmoment,N mm,Sec6.5
    = Requiredplasticmomentstrengthofshearheadcrosssection,N mm,Sec6.4
    = Probable flexural strength of members, with or without axial load, determined using the
    propertiesofthememberatthejointfacesassumingatensilestressinthelongitudinalbarsof
    atleast1.25 andastrengthreductionfactor, ,of1.0,N mm,Sec8.3
    = Factoredmomentduetoloadscausingappreciablesway,N mm,Sec6.3
    = Portionofslabfactoredmomentbalancedbysupportmoment,N mm,Sec8.3
    = Factoredmomentatsection,N mm,Sec6.36.6,8.3
    = Momentatmidheightofwallduetofactoredlateralandeccentricverticalloads,notincluding
    effects,N mm,Sec6.6
    = Momentresistancecontributedbyshearheadreinforcement,N mm,Sec6.4
    = Smallerfactoredendmomentonacompressionmember,tobetakenaspositiveifmemberis
    bentinsinglecurvature,andnegativeifbentindoublecurvature,N mm,Sec6.3
    = Factored endmoment on a compressionmember at the end at which M1 acts, due to loads
    thatcausenoappreciablesidesway,calculatedusingafirstorderelasticframeanalysis,N mm,
    Sec6.3
    , = Minimumvalueof ,N mm,Sec6.3
    = Factoredendmomentoncompressionmemberattheendatwhich M2 acts,duetoloadsthat
    causenoappreciablesidesway,calculatedusingafirstorderelasticframeanalysis,N mm,Sec
    6.3
    = Factoredendmomentoncompressionmemberattheendatwhich acts,duetoloadsthat
    causeappreciablesidesway,calculatedusingafirstorderelasticframeanalysis,N mm,Sec6.3
    = Numberofitems,suchasstrengthtests,bars,wires,monostrandanchoragedevices,anchors,
    orshearheadarms,Sec6.4,8.2,AppendixD
    = Basic concrete breakout strength in tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete, N, see
    D.5.2.2,AppendixD
    = Nominalconcretebreakoutstrengthintensionofasingleanchor,N,seeD.5.2.1,AppendixD
    = Nominalconcretebreakoutstrengthintensionofagroupofanchors,N,seeD.5.2.1,Appendix
    D
    = Nominalstrengthintension,N,AppendixD
    = Pulloutstrengthintensionofasingleanchorincrackedconcrete,N,seeD.5.3.4andD.5.3.5,
    AppendixD
    = Nominalpulloutstrengthintensionofasingleanchor,N,seeD.5.3.1,AppendixD
    = Nominalstrengthofasingleanchororgroupofanchorsintensionasgovernedbythesteel
    strength,N,seeD.5.1.1andD.5.1.2,AppendixD
    = Sidefaceblowoutstrengthofasingleanchor,N,AppendixD
    = Sidefaceblowoutstrengthofagroupofanchors,N,AppendixD
    = Factoredaxialforcenormaltocrosssectionoccurringsimultaneouslywith or ;tobetaken
    aspositiveforcompressionandnegativefortension,N,Sec6.4
    = Factoredtensileforceappliedtoanchororgroupofanchors,N,AppendixD
    = Factoredhorizontaltensileforceappliedattopofbracketorcorbelactingsimultaneouslywith

    66 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Vu,tobetakenaspositivefortension,N,Sec6.4
    = Outsideperimeterofconcretecrosssection,mm,see6.4.4.1,Sec6.4
    = Perimeterofcenterlineofoutermostclosedtransversetorsionalreinforcement,mm,Sec6.4
    = Nominalaxialstrengthatbalancedstrainconditions,N,see6.3.3.2,Sec6.2,6.3
    = Criticalbucklingload,N,see6.3.10.6,Sec6.3
    = Nominalaxialstrengthofcrosssection,N,Sec6.2,6.3,6.6
    , = Maximumallowablevalueof ,N,see6.3.3.6,Sec6.3
    = Nominalaxialstrengthatzeroeccentricity,N,Sec6.3
    = Unfactoredaxialloadatthedesign(midheight)sectionincludingeffectsofselfweight,N,Sec
    6.6
    = Factoredaxialforce;tobetakenaspositiveforcompressionandnegativefortension,N,Sec
    6.3,6.6,8.3
    = Factoreddeadloadperunitarea,Sec6.5
    = Factoredliveloadperunitarea,Sec6.5
    = Factoredloadperunitarea,Sec6.5
    = Stabilityindexforastory,see6.3.10.5.2,Sec6.3
    = Radiusofgyrationofcrosssectionofacompressionmember,mm,Sec6.3
    = Rainload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Centertocenter spacing of items, such as longitudinal reinforcement, transverse
    reinforcement,prestressingtendons,wires,oranchors,mm,Sec6.3,6.4,6.9,6.11,6.12,8.2,
    8.3,AppendixD
    = Centertocenter spacing of reinforcement in the ith layer adjacent to the surface of the
    member,mm,AppendixA
    = Centertocenterspacingoftransversereinforcementwithinthelength ,mm,Sec8.3
    = Samplestandarddeviation,mpa,AppendixD
    = Centertocenterspacingoflongitudinalshearortorsionreinforcement,mm,Sec6.4
    = Snowload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2,8.3
    = Moment, shear, or axial force at connection corresponding to development of probable
    strength at intended yield locations, based on the governing mechanism of inelastic lateral
    deformation,consideringbothgravityandearthquakeloadeffects,Sec8.3
    = Nominalflexural,shear,oraxialstrengthofconnection,Sec8.3
    = Yieldstrengthofconnection,basedon ,formoment,shear,oraxialforce,Sec8.3
    = Wallthicknessofhollowsection,mm,Sec6.4
    = Cumulative effect of temperature, creep, shrinkage, differential settlement, and shrinkage
    compensatingconcrete,Sec6.2
    = Nominaltorsionalmomentstrength,N mm,Sec6.4
    = Factoredtorsionalmomentatsection,N mm,Sec6.4
    = Requiredstrengthtoresistfactoredloadsorrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Nominalshearstress,mpa,see6.4.10.6.2,Sec6.4,8.3
    = Basicconcretebreakoutstrengthinshearofasingleanchorincrackedconcrete,N,seeD.6.2.2
    andD.6.2.3,AppendixD
    = Nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyconcrete,N,Sec6.1,6.4,6.5,8.3
    = Nominalconcretebreakoutstrengthinshearofasingleanchor,N,seeD.6.2.1,AppendixD
    = Nominalconcretebreakoutstrengthinshearofagroupofanchors,N,seeD.6.2.1,AppendixD
    = Nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyconcretewhendiagonalcrackingresultsfromcombined
    shearandmoment,N,Sec6.4
    = Nominalconcretepryoutstrengthofasingleanchor,N,seeD.6.3.1,AppendixD
    = Nominalconcretepryoutstrengthofagroupofanchors,N,seeD.6.3.1,AppendixD
    = Nominal shear strength provided by concrete when diagonal cracking results from high
    principaltensilestressinweb,N,Sec6.4
    = Shearforceatsectionduetounfactoreddeadload,N,Sec6.4
    = Designshearforcecorrespondingtothedevelopmentoftheprobablemomentstrengthofthe
    member,N,Sec8.3
    = Factoredshearforceatsectionduetoexternallyappliedloadsoccurringsimultaneouslywith
    ,N,Sec8.3
    = Nominalshearstrength,N,Sec6.1,6.3,6.4,8.3,AppendixD
    = Nominalhorizontalshearstrength,N,Sec6.12

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 67

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    = Verticalcomponentofeffectiveprestressforceatsection,N,Sec6.4
    = Nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyshearreinforcement,N,Sec6.4
    = Nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or group of anchors as governed by the steel
    strength,N,seeD.6.1.1andD.6.1.2,AppendixD
    = Factoredshearforceatsection, N,Sec6.4,6.5,6.12,8.2,8.3
    = Factoredshearforceappliedtoasingleanchororgroupofanchors,N,AppendixD
    = Factoredshearforceontheslabcriticalsectionfortwowayactionduetogravityloads,N,see
    Sec.8.3
    = Factoredhorizontalshearinastory,N,Sec6.3
    = Density(unitweight)ofnormalweightconcreteorequilibriumdensityoflightweightconcrete,
    kg/m3,Sec6.1,6.2
    = Factoredloadperunitlengthofbeamoronewayslab,Sec6.1
    = Windload,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces,Sec6.2
    = Shorteroveralldimensionofrectangularpartofcrosssection,mm,Sec6.5
    = Longeroveralldimensionofrectangularpartofcrosssection,mm,Sec6.5
    = Distancefromcentroidalaxisofgrosssection,neglectingreinforcement,totensionface,mm,
    Sec6.2,6.4
    = Angledefiningtheorientationofreinforcement,Sec6.4,8.3,AppendixA
    = Coefficient defining the relative contribution of concrete strength to nominal wall shear
    strength,Sec8.3
    = Ratio of flexural stiffness of beam section to flexural stiffness of a width of slab bounded
    laterallybycenterlinesofadjacentpanels(ifany)oneachsideofthebeam,see6.5.6.1.6,Sec
    6.2,6.5
    = Averagevalueof forallbeamsonedgesofapanel,Sec6.2
    = indirectionofl1,Sec6.5
    = indirectionof ,Sec6.5
    = Anglebetweentheaxisofastrutandthebarsinthe ithlayerofreinforcementcrossingthat
    strut,AppendixA
    = Constantusedtocompute inslabsandfootings,Sec6.4
    = Ratioofflexuralstiffnessofshearheadarmtothatofthesurroundingcompositeslabsection,
    see6.4.10.4.5,Sec6.4
    = Ratiooflongtoshortdimensions:clearspansfortwowayslabs,see6.2.5.3.3;sidesofcolumn,
    concentratedloadorreactionarea,see6.4.10.2.1;orsidesofafooting,see6.8.4.4.2,Sec6.2,
    6.4,6.8
    = Ratioofareaofreinforcementcutofftototalareaoftensionreinforcementatsection,Sec8.2
    = Ratio used to account for reduction of stiffness of columns due to sustained axial loads, see
    6.3.10.6.2,Sec6.3
    = Ratiousedtoaccountforreductionofstiffnessofcolumnsduetosustainedlateralloads,see
    6.3.10.4.2,Sec6.3
    = Factortoaccountfortheeffectoftheanchorageoftiesontheeffectivecompressivestrength
    ofanodalzone,AppendixA
    = Factorusedtocompute inprestressedslabs,Sec6.4
    = Factor to account for the effect of cracking and confining reinforcement on the effective
    compressivestrengthoftheconcreteinastrut,AppendixA
    = Ratiooftorsionalstiffnessofedgebeamsectiontoflexuralstiffnessofawidthofslabequalto
    spanlengthofbeam,centertocenterofsupports,see6.5.6.4.2,Sec6.5
    = Factorrelatingdepthofequivalentrectangularcompressivestressblocktoneutralaxisdepth,
    see6.3.2.7.3,Sec6.3
    = Factor used to determine the unbalanced moment transferred by flexure at slabcolumn
    connections,see6.5.5.3.2,Sec6.4,6.5,8.3
    = Factorusedtodeterminetheportionofreinforcementlocatedincenterbandoffooting,see
    6.8.4.4.2,Sec6.8
    = Factorusedtodeterminetheunbalancedmomenttransferredbyeccentricityofshearatslab
    columnconnections,see6.4.10.7.1,Sec6.4

    68 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    = Moment magnification factor to reflect effects of member curvature between ends of


    compressionmember,Sec6.3
    = Moment magnification factor for frames not braced against sidesway, to reflect lateral drift
    resultingfromlateralandgravityloads,Sec6.3
    = Designdisplacement,mm,Sec8.3
    = Computed, outofplane deflection at midheight of wall corresponding to crackingmoment,
    ,mm,Sec6.6
    = Increaseinstressinprestressingsteelduetofactoredloads,mpa,AppendixA
    = Computed, outofplane deflection at midheight of wall corresponding to nominal flexural
    strength, ,mm,Sec6.6
    = Relative lateral deflection between the top and bottom of a story due to lateral forces
    computed using a firstorder elastic frame analysis and stiffness values satisfying 6.3.10.5.2,
    mm,Sec6.3
    = Differencebetweeninitialandfinal(afterloadremoval)deflectionsforloadtestorrepeatload
    test,mm,Sec6.11
    = Computed,outofplanedeflectionatmidheightofwallduetoserviceloads,mm,Sec6.6
    = Computeddeflectionatmidheightofwallduetofactoredloads,mm,Sec6.6
    = Measuredmaximumdeflectionduringfirstloadtest,mm,see6.11.5.2,Sec6.11
    = Maximumdeflectionmeasuredduringsecondloadtestrelativetothepositionofthestructure
    atthebeginningofsecondloadtest,mm,see6.11.5.2,Sec6.11
    = Nettensilestraininextremelayeroflongitudinaltensionsteelatnominalstrength,excluding
    strainsduetoeffectiveprestress,creep,shrinkage,andtemperature,Sec6.16.3
    = Anglebetweenaxisofstrut,compressiondiagonal,orcompressionfieldandthetensionchord
    ofthemember,Sec6.4,AppendixA
    = Modification factor reflecting the reduced mechanical properties of lightweight concrete, all
    relative to normalweight concrete of the same compressive strength, see 6.1.8.1, 6.4.5.4.3,
    8.2.3.4(d),8.2.6.2,8.2.10.2(b),Sec6.2,6.4,6.9,8.2,8.3andAppendixesA,D
    = Multiplierforadditionaldeflectionduetolongtermeffects,see6.2.5.2.5,Sec6.2
    = Coefficientoffriction,see6.4.5.4.3,Sec6.4,8.3
    = Timedependentfactorforsustainedload,see6.2.5.2.5,Sec6.2
    = Ratioof to ,Sec6.4,6.5,8.3

    = Ratioof to ,see6.3.15.1(b), Sec6.2


    = Ratioof to producingbalancedstrainconditions,see6.3.3.2,Sec6.3,6.5,6.6
    = Ratioof to ,see6.3.15.2(b)
    = Ratioofareaofdistributedlongitudinalreinforcementtogrossconcreteareaperpendicularto
    thatreinforcement,Sec6.4,6.6,8.3
    = Maximum reinforcement ratio allowed for beams corresponding to 0.004 , see
    6.3.15.1(a)
    = Ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to total volume of core confined by the spiral
    (measuredouttooutofspirals),Sec6.3,8.3
    = Ratio of area distributed transverse reinforcement to gross concrete area perpendicular to
    thatreinforcement,Sec6.4,6.6,8.3
    = Ratiooftiereinforcementareatoareaofcontactsurface,see6.12.5.3.3,Sec6.12
    = Ratioof to ,see6.3.15.2(b),Sec6.4
    = Strengthreductionfactor,see6.2.3,Sec6.16.6,6.9,6.11,6.12,8.3,AppendixesA&D
    , = Factorusedtomodifytensilestrengthofanchorsbasedonpresenceorabsenceofcracksin
    concrete,seeD.5.2.6,AppendixD
    , = Factorusedtomodifypulloutstrengthofanchorsbasedonpresenceorabsenceofcracksin
    concrete,seeD.5.3.6,AppendixD
    , = Factor used to modify shear strength of anchors based on presence or absence of cracks in
    concreteandpresenceorabsenceofsupplementaryreinforcement,seeD.6.2.7foranchorsin
    shear,AppendixD
    , = Factorusedtomodifytensilestrengthofpostinstalledanchorsintendedforuseinuncracked
    concretewithoutsupplementaryreinforcement,seeD.5.2.7,AppendixD
    = Factorusedtomodifydevelopmentlengthbasedonreinforcementcoating,Sec8.2
    , = Factorusedtomodifytensilestrengthofanchorsbasedoneccentricityofappliedloads,see
    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 69

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    D.5.2.4,AppendixD
    , = Factor used to modify shear strength of anchors based on eccentricity of applied loads, see
    D.6.2.5,AppendixD
    , = Factor used to modify tensile strength of anchors based on proximity to edges of concrete
    member,seeD.5.2.5,AppendixD
    , = Factor used to modify shear strength of anchors based on proximity to edges of concrete
    member,seeD.6.2.6,AppendixD
    , = Factor used to modify shear strength of anchors located in concrete members with
    1.5 ,seeD.6.2.8,AppendixD
    = Factorusedtomodifydevelopmentlengthbasedonreinforcementsize,Sec8.2
    = Factorusedtomodifydevelopmentlengthbasedonreinforcementlocation,Sec8.2
    = Factor used to modify development length for welded deformed wire reinforcement in
    tension,Sec8.2
    = Effectivetensionareaofconcretesurroundingtheflexuraltensionreinforcementandhaving
    the same centroid as that of the reinforcement, divided by the number of bars. When the
    flexural reinforcement consists of different bar sizes the number of bars or wires shall be
    computedasthetotalareaofreinforcementdividedbytheareaofthelargestbarused

    = Areaofskinreinforcementperunitheightinasideface
    = Factorrelatingshearandtorsionalstressproperties=

    = Thickness of concrete cover measured from extreme tension fibre to centre of bar or wire
    locatedclosestthereto
    = Momentofresistanceofasectionwithoutcompressionsteel
    = Additional moment of resistance due to added compression steel and additional tension
    steelas2
    = Spacingofshearortorsionreinforcementindirectionparalleltolongitudinalreinforcement
    = Torsionalmomentstrengthprovidedbyconcrete
    = Torsionalmomentstrengthprovidedbytorsionreinforcement
    = Shortercentretocentredimensionofclosedrectangularstirrup
    = Longercentretocentredimensionofclosedrectangularstirrup
    = Quantitylimitingdistributionofflexuralreinforcement,seeEq(6.2.35)
    = Coefficientequalto 2 3 butnotmorethan1.5
    1
    = Factordefinedin6.2.3.7
    = Timedependentfactorforsustainedload
    = Minimumratiooftensionreinforcement









    6.1.2 General

    6.1.2.1 Membersshallbedesignedforadequatestrengthinaccordancewiththeprovisions
    ofthischapter,usingloadfactorsspecifiedin2.6.5.1andstrengthreductionfactors
    in6.2.3.1.

    6.1.2.2 Design of reinforced concrete members using Working Stress Design method
    (AppendixB)isalsopermitted.

    610 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.1.2.3 Structures and structural members shall be designed to have design strength at all
    sectionsatleastequaltotherequiredstrength(U)calculatedforthefactoredloads
    and forces in such combinations as are stipulated in Chapter 2, Loads. The nominal
    strengthprovidedforthesectionmultipliedbythestrengthreductionfactor shall
    beequaltoorgreaterthanthecalculatedrequiredstrengthU.

    6.1.2.4 MembersshallalsomeetalltheotherrequirementsofthisCodetoensureadequate
    performanceatserviceloads.

    6.1.2.5 Design strength of reinforcement represented by the values of and used in


    design calculations shall not exceed 550 MPa, except for prestressing steel and for
    transversereinforcementin6.3.9.3andSec.8.3. or mayexceed420MPa,only
    iftheratiooftheactualtensilestrengthtotheactualyieldstrengthisnotlessthan
    1.20,andtheelongationpercentageisnotlessthan16.

    6.1.2.6 Forstructuralconcrete, shallnotbelessthan17MPa.Nomaximumvalueof


    shallapplyunlessrestrictedbyaspecificCodeprovision.

    6.1.3 Loading

    6.1.3.1 Loadsandtheircombinationsshallbeinaccordancewiththerequirementsspecified
    inChapter2,Loads.

    6.1.3.2 Structuresshallbedesignedtoresistallapplicableloads.

    6.1.3.3 Effects of forces due to prestressing, crane loads, vibration, impact, shrinkage,
    temperature changes, creep, expansion of shrinkagecompensating concrete, and
    unequalsettlementofsupportsshallbedulyconsidered.

    6.1.4 Methodsofanalysis

    6.1.4.1 Members of frames or continuous construction (beams or oneway slabs) shall be


    designedforthemaximumeffectsoffactoredloadsasdeterminedbythetheoryof
    elastic analysis, except as modified for redistribution of moments in continuous
    flexuralmembersaccordingto6.1.5.Designispermittedtobesimplifiedbyusingthe
    assumptionsspecifiedin6.1.6&6.1.9through6.1.12.

    6.1.4.2 Frame analysis by approximate methods shall be permitted for buildings of usual
    typesofconstruction,spans,andstoryheights.

    6.1.4.3 Provided (a)through (e) below aresatisfied, the approximate moments and shears
    given here shall be permitted for design of continuous beams and oneway slabs
    (slabs reinforced to resist flexural stresses in only one direction), as an alternate to
    frameanalysis:
    a) Therearetwoormorespans;
    b) Spansareapproximatelyequal,withthelargeroftwoadjacentspansnotgreaterthan
    theshorterbymorethan20percent;
    c) Loadsareuniformlydistributed;
    d) Unfactoredliveload, ,doesnotexceedthreetimesunfactoreddeadload, ;and
    e) Membersareprismatic.
    Forcalculatingnegativemoments, istakenastheaverageoftheadjacentclearspanlengths.
    Positivemoment
    Endspans

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 611

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Discontinuousendunrestrained 11

    Discontinuousendintegralwithsupport 14

    Interiorspans 16


    Negativemomentsatexteriorfaceoffirstinteriorsupport

    Twospans 9

    Morethantwospans 10


    Negativemomentatotherfacesofinterior
    11
    Supports


    Negativemomentatfaceofallsupportsfor

    Slabswithspansnotexceeding3.048m;

    andbeamswhereratioofsumofcolumnstiffnessestobeamstiffnessexceeds8

    ateachendofthespan 12

    Negativemomentatinteriorfaceofexteriorsupportformembersbuiltintegrallywith
    supports

    Wheresupportisspandrelbeam 24

    Wheresupportisacolumn 16


    Shearinendmembersatfaceoffirst
    1.15 2
    interiorsupport

    Shearatfaceofallothersupports 2

    6.1.4.4 Strutandtiemodels,providedinAppendixA,shallbepermittedtobeusedinthedesignof
    structuralconcrete.

    6.1.5 Redistributionofmomentsincontinuousflexuralmembers

    6.1.5.1 Itshallbepermittedtodecreasefactoredmomentscalculatedbyelastictheoryatsectionsof
    maximumnegativeormaximumpositivemomentinanyspanofcontinuousflexuralmembers
    foranyassumedloadingarrangementbynotmorethan1000 percent,withamaximumof
    20percent,exceptwhereapproximatevaluesformomentsareused.

    6.1.5.2 Redistributionofmomentsshallbemadeonlywhen isequaltoorgreaterthan0.0075at


    thesectionatwhichmomentisreduced.

    612 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.1.5.3 Atallothersectionswithinthespans,thereducedmomentshallbeusedforcalculating
    redistributedmoments.Staticequilibriumshallhavetobemaintainedafterredistributionof
    momentsforeachloadingarrangement.

    6.1.6 Spanlength

    6.1.6.1 Thespanlengthofasimplysupportedbeamshallbetakenasthesmallerofthedistance
    betweenthecentresofbearings,orthecleardistancebetweensupportsplustheeffective
    depth.

    6.1.6.2 Fordeterminationofmomentsinanalysisofframesorcontinuousconstruction,spanlength
    shallbetakenasthedistancecentertocenterofsupports.

    6.1.6.3 Designonthebasisofmomentsatfacesofsupportshallbepermittedforbeamsbuilt
    integrallywithsupports.

    6.1.6.4 Itshallbepermittedtoanalyzesolidorribbedslabsbuiltintegrallywithsupports,withclear
    spansnotmorethan3m,ascontinuousslabsonknifeedgesupportswithspansequaltothe
    clearspansoftheslabandwidthofbeamsotherwiseneglected.

    6.1.7 Modulusofelasticity

    6.1.7.1 Modulusofelasticity, ,forconcreteshallbepermittedtobetakenas . 0.043 (in


    MPa)forvaluesof between1440and2560kg/m3.Fornormalweightconcrete, shallbe
    permittedtobetakenas4700 .

    6.1.7.2 Modulusofelasticity, ,forreinforcementshallbepermittedtobetakenas200,000MPa.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 613

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.1.8 Lightweightconcrete

    6.1.8.1 Toaccountfortheuseoflightweightconcrete,unlessspecificallynotedotherwise,a
    modificationfactor appearsasamultiplierof inallapplicableequationsandsectionsof
    thisCode,where 0.85 forsandlightweightconcreteand0.75foralllightweight
    concrete.Linearinterpolationbetween0.75and0.85shallbepermitted,onthebasisof
    volumetricfractions,whenaportionofthelightweightfineaggregateisreplacedwith
    normalweightfineaggregate.Linearinterpolationbetween0.85and1.0shallbepermitted,
    onthebasisofvolumetricfractions,forconcretecontainingnormalweightfineaggregateand
    ablendoflightweightandnormalweightcoarseaggregates.Fornormalweightconcrete,
    1.0.Ifaveragesplittingtensilestrengthoflightweightconcrete, ,isspecified,
    / 0.56 1.0.

    6.1.9 Stiffness

    6.1.9.1 Forcomputingrelativeflexuralandtorsionalstiffnessesofcolumns,walls,floors,androof
    systems,useofanysetofreasonableassumptionsshallbepermitted.Theassumptions
    adoptedshallbeconsistentthroughoutanalysis.

    6.1.9.2 Bothindeterminingmomentsandindesignofmembers,effectofhaunchesshallbe
    considered.

    6.1.10 Effectivestiffnessfordetermininglateraldeflections

    6.1.10.1 Lateraldeflectionsresultingfromservicelateralloadsforreinforcedconcretebuildingsystems
    shallbecomputedbyeitheralinearanalysiswithmemberstiffnessdeterminedusing1.4
    timestheflexuralstiffnessdefinedin6.1.10.2and6.1.10.3orbyamoredetailedanalysis.
    Memberpropertiesshallnotbetakengreaterthanthegrosssectionproperties.

    6.1.10.2 Lateraldeflectionsresultingfromfactoredlateralloadsforreinforcedconcretebuilding
    systemsshallbecomputedeitherbylinearanalysiswithmemberstiffnessdefinedby(a)or
    (b),orbyamoredetailedanalysisconsideringthereducedstiffnessofallmembersunderthe
    loadingconditions:
    a) Bysectionpropertiesdefinedin6.3.10.4.1(a)through(c);or
    b) 50percentofstiffnessvaluesbasedongrosssectionproperties.

    6.1.10.3 Lateraldeflectionsresultingfromfactoredlateralloadsshallbepermittedtobecomputedby
    usinglinearanalysis,wheretwowayslabswithoutbeamsaredesignatedaspartofthe
    seismicforceresistingsystem.Thestiffnessofslabmembersshallbedefinedbyamodelthat
    isinsubstantialagreementwithresultsofcomprehensivetestsandanalysisandthestiffness
    ofotherframemembersshallbeasdefinedin6.1.10.2.

    6.1.11 ConsiderationsforColumns

    6.1.11.1 Columnsshallbedesignedtoresisttheaxialforcesfromfactoredloadsonallfloorsorroof
    andthemaximummomentfromfactoredloadsonasingleadjacentspanofthefloororroof
    underconsideration.Loadingconditionresultingthemaximumratioofmomenttoaxialload
    shallalsobeconsidered.

    6.1.11.2 Inframesorcontinuousconstruction,considerationshallbegiventotheeffectofunbalanced
    floororroofloadsonbothexteriorandinteriorcolumnsandofeccentricloadingduetoother
    causes.

    614 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.1.11.3 Itshallbepermittedtoassumefarendsofcolumnsbuiltintegrallywiththestructuretobe
    fixed,whilecomputinggravityloadmomentsincolumns.

    6.1.11.4 Resistancetomomentsatanyfloororrooflevelshallbeprovidedbydistributingthemoment
    betweencolumnsimmediatelyaboveandbelowthegivenfloorinproportiontotherelative
    columnstiffnessesandconditionsofrestraint.

    6.1.12 Liveloadarrangement

    6.1.12.1 Thefollowingshallbepermittedtoassume:
    a) Theliveloadisappliedonlytothefloororroofunderconsideration;and
    b) Thefarendsofcolumnsbuiltintegrallywiththestructureareconsideredtobefixed.

    6.1.12.2 Arrangementofliveloadshallbepermittedtobeassumedtobelimitedtocombinationsof:
    a) Factoreddeadloadonallspanswithfullfactoredliveloadontwoadjacentspans;and
    b) Factoreddeadloadonallspanswithfullfactoredliveloadonalternatespans.

    6.1.13 ConstructionofTbeam

    6.1.13.1 IntheconstructionofTbeam,theflangeandwebshallbebuiltintegrallyorotherwise
    effectivelybondedtogether.

    6.1.13.2 WidthofslabeffectiveasaTbeamflangeshallnotexceedonequarterofthespanlengthof
    thebeam,andtheeffectiveoverhangingflangewidthoneachsideofthewebshallnot
    exceed:
    a) Eighttimestheslabthickness;and
    b) Onehalfthecleardistancetothenextweb.

    6.1.13.3 Theeffectiveoverhangingflangewidthforbeamswithaslabononesideonlyshallnot
    exceed:
    a) Onetwelfththespanlengthofthebeam;
    b) Sixtimestheslabthickness;and
    c) Onehalfthecleardistancetothenextweb.

    6.1.13.4 Isolatedbeams,inwhichtheTshapeisusedtoprovideaflangeforadditionalcompression
    area,shallhaveaflangethicknessnotlessthanonehalfthewidthofwebandaneffective
    flangewidthnotmorethanfourtimesthewidthofweb.

    6.1.13.5 WhenprimaryflexuralreinforcementinaslabthatisconsideredasaTbeamflange
    (excludingjoistconstruction)isparalleltothebeam,reinforcementshallbeprovidedinthe
    topoftheslabinthedirectionperpendiculartothebeamandinaccordancewiththe
    following:

    6.1.13.5.1 Transversereinforcementshallbedesignedtocarrythefactoredloadontheoverhanging
    slabwidthassumedtoactasacantilever.Forisolatedbeams,thefullwidthofoverhanging
    flangeshallbeconsidered.ForotherTbeams,onlytheeffectiveoverhangingslabwidthneed
    beconsidered.

    6.1.13.5.2 Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall be not farther apart than five times the slab
    thickness,norfartherapartthan450mm.

    6.1.14 Constructionofjoist

    6.1.14.1 Constructionofjoistconsistsofamonolithiccombinationofregularlyspacedribsandatop
    slabarrangedtospaninonedirectionortwoorthogonaldirections.
    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 615

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.1.14.2 Widthofribsshallnotbelessthan100mm,andtheribsshallhaveadepthofnotmorethan
    31/2timestheminimumwidthofrib.

    6.1.14.3 Clearspacingbetweenribsshallnotexceed750mm.

    6.1.14.4 Joistconstructionnotmeetingthelimitationsof6.1.14.1through6.1.14.3shallbedesignedas
    slabsandbeams.

    6.1.14.5 Whenpermanentburnedclayorconcretetilefillersofmaterialhavingaunitcompressive
    strengthatleastequalto inthejoistsareused:

    6.1.14.5.1 Forshearandnegativemomentstrengthcomputations,theverticalshellsoffillersincontact
    withtheribsshallbepermittedtoinclude.Otherportionsoffillersshallnotbeincludedin
    strengthcomputations.

    6.1.14.5.2 Slabthicknessoverpermanentfillersshallbenotlessthanonetwelfththecleardistance
    betweenribs,norlessthan40mm.

    6.1.14.5.3 Reinforcementnormaltotheribsshallbeprovidedintheslabinonewayjoists,asrequired
    by8.1.11

    6.1.14.6 Whenremovableformsorfillersareused,whichdonotcomplywith6.1.14.5,then:

    6.1.14.6.1 Slabthicknessshallbenotlessthanonetwelfththecleardistancebetweenribs,norlessthan
    50mm.

    6.1.14.6.2 Reinforcementnormaltotheribsshallbeprovidedintheslabasrequiredforflexure,
    consideringloadconcentrations,ifany,butnotlessthanrequiredby8.1.11

    6.1.14.7 Whereconduitsorpipesaspermittedbyrelevantprovisionsofembedmentsinconcreteare
    embeddedwithintheslab,slabthicknessshallbeatleast25mmgreaterthanthetotaloverall
    depthoftheconduitsorpipesatanypoint.Conduitsorpipesshallnotimpairsignificantlythe
    strengthoftheconstruction.

    6.1.14.8 Forjoistconstruction, shallbepermittedtobe10percentmorethanthatspecifiedinSec


    6.4.

    6.1.15 Separatefloorfinish

    6.1.15.1 Unlessplacedmonolithicallywiththefloorslabordesignedinaccordancewithrequirements
    ofSec.6.12,floorfinishshallnotbeincludedaspartofastructuralmember.

    6.1.15.2 Allconcretefloorfinishesshallbepermittedtobeconsideredaspartofrequiredcoveror
    totalthicknessfornonstructuralconsiderations.

    6.2 STRENGTHANDSERVICEABILITYREQUIREMENTS

    6.2.1 General

    6.2.1.1 Structuresandstructuralmembersshallbedesignedtohavedesignstrengthsatallsections
    atleastequaltotherequiredstrengthscalculatedforthefactoredloadsandforcesinsuch
    combinationsasarestipulatedinthisCode.

    616 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.2.1.2 MembersalsoshallmeetallotherrequirementsofthisCodetoensureadequateperformance
    atserviceloadlevels.

    6.2.2 Requiredstrength

    6.2.2.1 Requiredstrength shallbeatleastequaltotheeffectsoffactoredloadsinsuch


    combinationsasarestipulatedinChapter2,Loads.

    6.2.2.2 Ifresistancetoimpacteffectsistakenintoaccountindesign,sucheffectsshallbeincluded
    with .

    6.2.2.3 Estimationsofdifferentialsettlement,creep,shrinkage,expansionofshrinkagecompensating
    concrete,ortemperaturechangeshallbebasedonarealisticassessmentofsucheffects
    occurringinservice.

    6.2.3 DesignStrength

    6.2.3.1 Designstrengthprovidedbyamember,anditsconnectionstoothermembers,intermsof
    flexure,axialload,shear,andtorsion,shallbetakenasthenominalstrengthcalculatedin
    accordancewiththerequirementsandassumptionsofthischapter,multipliedbyastrength
    reductionfactors asstipulatedin6.2.3.2,6.2.3.3,and6.2.3.4.

    6.2.3.2 Strengthreductionfactor shallbeasgivenin6.2.3.2.1through6.2.3.2.6:

    6.2.3.2.1 Tensioncontrolledsectionsasdefinedin6.3.3.4...............................................0.90

    6.2.3.2.2 Compressioncontrolledsections,asdefinedin6.3.3.3:
    Memberswithspiralreinforcementconformingto6.3.9.3........................ 0.75
    Otherreinforcedmembers.......................................................................... 0.65
    Forsectionsinwhichthenettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteelatnominalstrength, ,isbetween
    thelimitsforcompressioncontrolledandtensioncontrolledsections, shallbepermittedtobelinearly
    increased from that for compressioncontrolled sections to 0.90 as increases from the compression
    controlledstrainlimitto0.005(AlsoseeFig. 6.2.3.1). While interpolating, it shallbepermittedtoround
    toseconddigitafterdecimal.


    Fig.6.2.3.1Variationof withnettensilestraininextremetensionsteel, and
    forGrade420reinforcementandforprestressingsteel(seesec.6.2.3.2.2)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 617

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.2.3.2.3 Itshallbepermittedforcompressioncontrolledsections,asdefinedin6.3.3.3,thefollowing
    optional, more conservative alternative values of strength reduction factor , where less
    controlled construction environment justifies such selection according to engineering
    judgmentofthedesigner:
    Memberswithspiralreinforcementconformingto6.3.9.3 0.70
    Otherreinforcedmembers 0.60
    Forsectionsinwhichthenettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteelatnominalstrength, ,isbetween
    thelimitsforcompressioncontrolledandtensioncontrolledsections, shallbepermittedtobelinearly
    increased from that for compressioncontrolled sections to 0.90 as increases from the compression
    controlledstrainlimitto0.005(AlsoseeFig. 6.2.3.2). While interpolating, it shallbepermittedtoround
    toseconddigitafterdecimal.

    Fig. 6.2.3.2Variation of with net tensile strain in extreme tension steel, and for Grade 420
    reinforcementandforprestressingsteelwithreducedvaluesof(0.6and0.7)forcompression
    controlled sections (see sec.6.2.3.2.3, Optional application in case of less controlled
    environmentasperengineeringjudgment)

    6.2.3.2.4 Shearandtorsion 0.75

    6.2.3.2.5 Bearingonconcrete(exceptforposttensionedanchoragezonesandstrutandtiemodels:
    0.65

    6.2.3.2.6 Strutandtiemodels(AppendixA),andstruts,ties,nodalzones,andbearingareasinsuch
    models:0.75

    6.2.3.2.7 CalculationofdevelopmentlengthspecifiedinSec8.2doesnotrequirea strengthreduction


    factor.

    6.2.3.3 ForstructuresrelyingonintermediateprecaststructuralwallsinSeismicDesignCategoryD,
    specialmomentframes,orspecialstructuralwallstoresistearthquakeeffects, , shallbe
    modifiedasgivenin(a)through(c):
    a) Foranystructuralmemberthatisdesignedtoresist ,ifthenominalshearstrengthof
    thememberislessthantheshearcorrespondingtothedevelopmentofthenominal
    flexuralstrengthofthemember, forshearshallbe0.60.Thenominalflexuralstrength
    shallbedeterminedconsideringthemostcriticalfactoredaxialloadsandincluding ;

    618 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    b) Fordiaphragms, forshearshallnotexceedtheminimum forshearusedforthe


    verticalcomponentsoftheprimaryseismicforceresistingsystem;
    c) Forjointsanddiagonallyreinforcedcouplingbeams, forshearshallbe0.85.

    6.2.3.4 Strengthreductionfactor shallbe0.60forflexure,compression,shear,andbearingof


    structuralplainconcrete.

    6.2.4 Designstrengthforreinforcement
    The values of and used in design calculations shall not exceed 550 MPa, except for transverse
    reinforcementin6.3.9.3andSec.8.3.

    6.2.5 Controlofdeflections

    6.2.5.1 Reinforcedconcretememberssubjectedtoflexureshallbedesignedtohaveadequate
    stiffnesstolimitdeflectionsoranydeformationsthatmayadverselyaffectstrengthor
    serviceabilityofastructure.

    6.2.5.2 Onewayconstruction(nonprestressed)

    6.2.5.2.1 MinimumthicknessstipulatedinTable6.2.5.1shallapplyforonewayconstructionnot
    supportingorattachedtopartitionsorotherconstructionlikelytobedamagedbylarge
    deflections,unlesscomputationofdeflectionindicatesalesserthicknesscanbeusedwithout
    adverseeffects.

    6.2.5.2.2 Wheredeflectionsaretobecomputed,deflectionsthatoccurimmediatelyonapplicationof
    load shall be computed by usual methods or formulas for elastic deflections, considering
    effectsofcrackingandreinforcementonmemberstiffness.
    TABLE 6.2.5.1 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NONPRESTRESSED BEAMS OR ONEWAY SLABS UNLESS
    DEFLECTIONSARECALCULATED

    Minimumthickness,

    Simplysupported Oneend Bothends Cantilever


    continuous continuous
    Membersnotsupportingorattachedtopartitionsorotherconstructionlikelytobe
    Member damagedbylargedeflections
    Solidoneway /20 /24 /28 /10
    slabs
    Beamsorribbed
    onewayslabs /16 /18.5 /21 /8
    Notes:
    Values given shall be used directly for members with normalweight concrete and Grade 420
    reinforcement.Forotherconditions,thevaluesshallbemodifiedasfollows:
    a) For lightweight concrete having equilibriumdensity, , in the range of1440 to1840kg/m3, the
    valuesshallbemultipliedby 1.65 0.0003 butnotlessthan1.09.
    b)For otherthan420MPa,thevaluesshallbemultipliedby 0.4 /700 .

    6.2.5.2.3 Ifnotstiffnessvaluesareobtainedbyamorecomprehensiveanalysis,immediatedeflection
    shallbecomputedwiththemodulusofelasticityforconcrete, ,asspecifiedin6.1.7.1
    (normalweightorlightweightconcrete)andwiththeeffectivemomentofinertia, ,as
    follows,butnotgreaterthan

    1 6.2.1

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 619

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where
    6.2.2
    and
    0.62 6.2.3

    6.2.5.2.4 shallbepermittedtobetakenforcontinuousmembersastheaverageofvaluesobtained
    fromEq.(6.2.1)forthecriticalpositiveandnegativemomentsections.Forprismatic
    members, shallbepermittedtobetakenasthevalueobtainedfromEq.(6.2.1)atmidspan
    forsimpleandcontinuousspans,andatsupportforcantilevers.

    6.2.5.2.5 Ifthevaluesarenotobtainedbyamorecomprehensiveanalysis,additionallongterm
    deflectionresultingfromcreepandshrinkageofflexuralmembers(normalweightor
    lightweightconcrete)shallbedeterminedbymultiplyingtheimmediatedeflectioncausedby
    thesustainedloadconsidered,bythefactor

    6.2.4
    where shallbethevalueatmidspanforsimpleandcontinuousspans,andatsupportfor
    cantilevers.Itshallbepermittedtoassume ,thetimedependentfactorforsustainedloads,
    tobeequalto:
    5yearsormore 2.0
    12months 1.4
    6months 1.2
    3months 1.0

    6.2.5.2.6 Thevalueofdeflectioncomputedinaccordancewith6.2.5.2.2through6.2.5.2.5shallnot
    exceedlimitsstipulatedinTable6.2.5.2.

    6.2.5.3 Twowayconstruction(nonprestressed)

    6.2.5.3.1 Theminimumthicknessofslabsorothertwowayconstructiondesignedinaccordancewith
    theprovisionsofSec.6.5andconformingwiththerequirementsof6.5.6.1.2shallbegoverned
    bySection6.2.5.3.Thethicknessofslabswithoutinteriorbeamsspanningbetweenthe
    supportsonallsidesshallsatisfytherequirementsof6.2.5.3.2or6.2.5.3.4.Thethicknessof
    slabswithbeamsspanningbetweenthesupportsonallsidesshallsatisfyrequirementsof
    6.2.5.3.3or6.2.5.3.4.

    6.2.5.3.2 Ifslabsarewithoutinteriorbeamsspanningbetweenthesupportsandhavearatiooflongto
    shortspannotgreaterthan2,theminimumthicknessshallbeinaccordancewiththe
    provisionsofTable6.2.5.3andshallnotbelessthanthefollowingvalues:
    Slabswithoutdroppanelsasdefinedin6.5.2.5 125mm;
    Slabswithdroppanelsasdefinedin6.5.2.5 100mm.
    TABLE6.2.5.2MAXIMUMALLOWABLECOMPUTEDDEFLECTIONS

    Typeofmember Deflectiontobeconsidered Deflection


    Flatroofsnotsupportingorattachedto Immediatedeflectionduetoliveload /180
    nonstructuralelementslikelytobedamaged
    bylargedeflections

    620 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Floorsnotsupportingorattachedto Immediatedeflectionduetoliveload /360


    nonstructuralelementslikelytobedamaged
    bylargedeflections

    Rooforfloorconstructionsupportingor Thatpartofthetotaldeflection /480
    attachedtononstructuralelementslikelyto occurringafterattachmentof
    bedamagedbylargedeflections nonstructuralelements(sumofthe
    longtermdeflectionduetoall
    sustainedloadsandtheimmediate
    Rooforfloorconstructionsupportingor deflectionduetoanyadditionallive l /240
    attachedtononstructuralelementsnotlikely load)
    tobedamagedbylargedeflections

    *Limit notintendedtosafeguardagainstponding.Pondingshouldbecheckedbysuitablecalculations
    ofdeflection,includingaddeddeflectionsduetopondedwater,andconsideringlongtermeffectsofall
    sustainedloads,camber,constructiontolerances,andreliabilityofprovisionsfordrainage.
    Longtermdeflectionshallbedeterminedinaccordancewith6.2.5.2.5,butmaybereducedbyamount
    ofdeflectioncalculatedtooccurbeforeattachmentofnonstructuralelements.Thisamountshallbe
    determinedonbasisofacceptedengineeringdatarelatingtotimedeflectioncharacteristicsof
    memberssimilartothosebeingconsidered.
    Limitmaybeexceededifadequatemeasuresaretakentopreventdamagetosupportedorattached
    elements.
    Limitshallnotbegreaterthantoleranceprovidedfornonstructuralelements.Limitmaybeexceeded

    TABLE6.2.5.3MINIMUMTHICKNESSOFSLABSWITHOUTINTERIORBEAMS*

    Without drop panels With drop panels


    Exteriorpanels Interior Exteriorpanels Interior
    , MPa l l
    Without Withedge Without Withedge
    edgebeams beams edgebeams beams
    280 /33 /36 /36 /36 /40 /40
    420 /30 /33 /33 /33 /36 /36
    520 /28 /31 /31 /31 /34 /34
    *For twoway construction, is the length of clear span in the long direction,
    measuredfacetofaceofsupportsinslabswithoutbeamsandfacetofaceofbeamsor
    othersupportsinothercases.
    For between the values given in the table, minimum thickness shall be
    determinedbylinearinterpolation.
    Droppanelsasdefinedin6.5.2.5.
    Slabs withbeamsbetweencolumnsalongexterioredges.Thevalueof fortheedge
    beamshallnotbelessthan0.8.

    6.2.5.3.3 Theminimumthickness, forslabswithbeamsspanningbetweenthesupportsonallsides,


    shallbeasfollows:
    a) For equaltoorlessthan0.2,theprovisionsof6.2.5.3.2shallapply;
    b) For greaterthan0.2butnotgreaterthan2.0, shallnotbelessthan
    .
    (6.2.5)
    .

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 621

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    andnotlessthan125mm;
    c) For greaterthan2.0, shallnotbelessthan
    .
    6.2.6
    andnotlessthan90mm;
    d) An edge beam with a stiffness ratio not less than 0.80 shall be provided at
    discontinuousedges,ortheminimumthicknessrequiredbyEq.(6.2.5)or(6.2.6)shallbe
    increasedbyatleast10percentinthepanelwithadiscontinuousedge.
    Term in(b)and(c)islengthofclearspaninlongdirectionmeasuredfacetofaceofbeams.
    Term in(b)and(c)isratioofclearspansinlongtoshortdirectionofslab.

    6.2.5.3.4 WhencomputeddeflectionsdonotexceedthelimitsofTable6.2.5.2,slabthicknesslessthan
    the minimum required by 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.5.3.2, and 6.2.5.3.3 shall be permitted. Deflections
    shallbecomputedtakingintoaccountsizeandshapeofthepanel,conditionsofsupport,and
    natureofrestraintsatthepaneledges.Themodulusofelasticityofconcrete, ,shallbeas
    specified in 6.1.7.1. The effective moment of inertia, , shall be that given by Eq. (6.2.1);
    othervaluesshallbepermittedtobeusediftheyresultincomputeddeflectionsinreasonable
    agreement with results of comprehensive tests. Additional longterm deflection shall be
    computedinaccordancewith6.2.5.2.5.

    6.2.5.4 Compositeconstruction

    6.2.5.4.1 Shoredconstruction
    Where composite flexural members are supported during construction so that, after removal of
    temporarysupports,deadloadisresistedbythefullcompositesection,itshallbepermittedtoconsider
    the composite member equivalent to a monolithically cast member for computation of deflection. For
    nonprestressedmembers,theportionofthememberincompressionshalldeterminewhethervaluesin
    Table6.2.5.1fornormalweightorlightweightconcreteshallapply.Ifdeflectioniscomputed,accountshall
    betakenofcurvaturesresultingfromdifferentialshrinkageofprecastandcastinplacecomponents,and
    ofaxialcreepeffectsinaprestressedconcretemember.

    6.2.5.4.2 Unshoredconstruction
    When the thickness of a nonprestressed precast flexural member meets the requirements of Table
    6.2.5.1,deflectionneednotbecomputed.Ifthethicknessofanonprestressedcompositemembermeets
    the requirements of Table 6.2.5.1, it is not required to compute deflection occurring after the member
    becomes composite, but the longterm deflection of the precast member shall be investigated for
    magnitudeanddurationofloadpriortobeginningofeffectivecompositeaction.

    6.2.5.4.3 The computed deflection in accordance with 6.2.5.4.1 or 6.2.5.4.2 shall not exceed limits
    stipulatedinTable6.2.5.2.

    6.3 AXIALLOADSANDFLEXURE

    6.3.1 Scope
    TheprovisionsofSec.6.3shallbeapplicabletothedesignofmemberssubjecttoflexureoraxialloadsor
    acombinationthereof.

    622 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.3.2 Designassumptions

    6.3.2.1 Theassumptionsgivenin6.3.2.2through6.3.2.7,andsatisfactionofapplicableconditionsof
    equilibriumandcompatibilityofstrainsshallformthebasisofstrengthdesignofmembersfor
    flexureandaxialloads.

    6.3.2.2 It shallbe assumed that strain inreinforcement and concrete is directly proportional to the
    distancefromtheneutralaxis,exceptthat,fordeepbeamsasdefinedin6.3.7.1,ananalysis
    that considers a nonlinear distribution of strain shall be used. Alternatively, it shall be
    permittedtouseastrutandtiemodel.See6.3.7,6.4.6,andAppendixA.

    6.3.2.3 Itshallbeassumedthatthemaximumusablestrainatextremeconcretecompressionfiberis
    equalto0.003.

    6.3.2.4 For stress in reinforcement below , it shall be taken as times steel strain. For strains
    greater than that corresponding to , stress in reinforcement shall be considered
    independentofstrainandequalto .

    6.3.2.5 Inaxialandflexuralcalculationsofreinforcedconcrete,thetensilestrengthofconcreteshall
    beneglected.

    6.3.2.6 Therelationshipbetweenconcretecompressivestressdistributionandconcretestrainshall
    be assumed to be rectangular, trapezoidal, parabolic, or any other shape that results in
    predictionofstrengthinsubstantialagreementwithresultsofcomprehensivetests.

    6.3.2.7 Anequivalentrectangularconcretestressdistributiondefinedby6.3.2.7.1through6.3.2.7.3
    belowshallsatisfytherequirementsof6.3.2.6.

    6.3.2.7.1 Concrete stress of 0.85 shall be assumed uniformly distributed over an equivalent
    compressionzoneboundedbyedgesofthecrosssectionandastraightlinelocatedparallelto
    theneutralaxisatadistance fromthefiberofmaximumcompressivestrain.

    6.3.2.7.2 Distance from the fiber of maximum strain to the neutral axis, , shall be measured in a
    directionperpendiculartotheneutralaxis.

    6.3.2.7.3 For between17and28MPa, shallbetakenas0.85.For above28MPa, shallbe


    reducedlinearlyatarateof0.05foreach7MPaofstrengthinexcessof28MPa,but shall
    notbetakenlessthan0.65.For between28and56MPa, maybecalculatedfromEq.
    (6.3.1).
    0.85 0.007143 28 0.65 0.85 6.3.1

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 623

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.3.3 Generalprinciplesandrequirements

    6.3.3.1 Stressandstraincompatibilityusingassumptionsin6.3.2shallbethebasisfordesignofcross
    sectionssubjecttoflexureoraxialloads,oracombinationthereof.

    6.3.3.2 A cross section shall be considered to be in balanced strain conditions when the tension
    reinforcementreachesthestraincorrespondingto justasconcreteincompressionreaches
    itsassumedultimatestrainof0.003.

    6.3.3.3 Sectionsarecompressioncontrolledifthenettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteel, ,is


    equal to or less than the compressioncontrolled strain limit when the concrete in
    compression reaches its assumed strain limit of 0.003 (Fig.6.3.3.1). The compression
    controlled strain limit is the net tensile strain in the reinforcement at balanced strain
    conditions. For Grade 420 reinforcement, it shall be permitted to set the compression
    controlled strain limit equal to 0.002. For other grades compressioncontrolled strain limit
    maybedeterminedbydividingtheyieldstrengthbymodulusofelasticityEandthenrounding
    the value obtained to four significant digits after the decimal. For example, for Grade 500
    reinforcement,thecompressioncontrolledstrainlimitshallequalto0.0025.


    Fig.6.3.3.1Straindistributionandnettensilestrain

    624 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.3.3.4 Sections are tensioncontrolled if the net tensile strain in the extreme tension steel, , is
    equaltoorgreaterthan0.005whentheconcreteincompressionreachesitsassumedstrain
    limit of 0.003. Sections with between the compressioncontrolled strain limit and 0.005
    constitute a transition region between compressioncontrolled and tensioncontrolled
    sections.

    6.3.3.5 Nettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteelatnominalstrength, shallnotbelessthan


    0.004fornonprestressedflexuralmembersandnonprestressedmemberswithfactoredaxial
    compressiveloadlessthan0.10

    6.3.3.5.1 Useofcompressionreinforcementshall bepermittedinconjunctionwithadditionaltension


    reinforcementtoincreasethestrengthofflexuralmembers.

    6.3.3.6 Forcompressionmembers,designaxialstrength shallnotbetakengreaterthan , ,


    computedbyEq.(6.3.2)or(6.3.3).

    6.3.3.6.1 FornonprestressedmemberswithspiralreinforcementconformingtoSec.8.1orcomposite
    membersconformingto6.3.13:

    , 0.85 0.85 (6.3.2)

    6.3.3.6.2 FornonprestressedmemberswithtiereinforcementconformingtoSec.8.1:

    , 0.80 0.85 (6.3.3)

    6.3.3.7 Memberssubjecttocompressiveaxialloadshallbedesignedforthemaximummomentthat
    canaccompanytheaxialload.Thefactoredaxialforce atgiveneccentricityshallnotexceed
    thatgivenin6.3.3.6.Themaximumfactoredmoment shallbemagnifiedforslenderness
    effectsinaccordancewith6.3.10.

    6.3.4 Spacingoflateralsupportsforflexuralmembers

    6.3.4.1 Distancebetweenlateralsupportsforabeamshallnotexceed50times ,theleastwidthof


    compressionflangeorface.

    6.3.4.2 Effects of lateral eccentricity of load shall be taken into account in determining spacing of
    lateralsupports.

    6.3.5 Minimumreinforcementformembersinflexure

    6.3.5.1 At every section of a flexural member where tensile reinforcement is required by analysis,
    except as provided in 6.3.5.2, 6.3.5.3, and 6.3.5.4, provided shall not be less than that
    givenby

    .
    , 6.3.4
    andnotlessthan1.4 / .

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 625

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.3.5.2 Forstaticallydeterminatememberswithaflangeintension, , shallnotbelessthanthe


    valuegivenbyEq.(6.3.4),exceptthat isreplacedbyeither2 orthewidthoftheflange,
    whicheverissmaller.

    6.3.5.3 If,ateverysection, providedisatleastonethirdgreaterthanthatrequiredbyanalysis,the


    requirementsof6.3.5.1and6.3.5.2neednotbeapplied.

    6.3.5.4 Forstructuralslabsandfootingsofuniformthickness, , inthedirectionofthespanshall


    be the same as that required by 8.1.11. Maximum spacing of this reinforcement shall not
    exceedthreetimesthethickness,nor450mm.

    6.3.6 Distributionofflexuralreinforcementinonewayslabsandbeams

    6.3.6.1 Rules for distribution of flexural reinforcement to control flexural cracking in beams and in
    onewayslabs(slabsreinforcedtoresistflexuralstressesinonlyonedirection)areprescribed
    inthissection.

    6.3.6.2 Distributionofflexuralreinforcementintwowayslabsshallbeasrequiredby6.5.3.

    6.3.6.3 As prescribed in 6.3.6.4, flexural tension reinforcement shall be well distributed within
    maximumflexuraltensionzonesofamembercrosssection.

    6.3.6.4 Thespacingofreinforcementclosesttothetensionface, ,shallbelessthanthatgivenby

    380 2.5 (6.3.5)


    but shall not exceed 300 280/ , where is the least distance from surface of
    reinforcement to the tension face. If there is only one bar or wire nearest to the extreme
    tensionface, usedinEq.(6.3.5)isthewidthoftheextremetensionface.
    Calculated stress in reinforcement closest to the tension face at service load shall be
    computedbasedontheunfactoredmoment.Itshallbepermittedtotake as2/3 .

    6.3.6.5 Forstructuressubjecttoveryaggressiveexposureordesignedtobewatertight,provisionsof
    6.3.6.4 are not sufficient. For such structures, special investigations and precautions are
    required.

    6.3.6.6 When flanges of Tbeam construction are in tension, part of the flexural tension
    reinforcement shall be distributed over an effective flange width as defined in 6.1.13, or a
    widthequaltoonetenththespan,whicheverissmaller.Iftheeffectiveflangewidthexceeds
    onetenththespan,somelongitudinalreinforcementshallbeprovidedintheouterportions
    oftheflange.

    6.3.6.7 Longitudinal skin reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed along both side faces of a
    member(Fig.6.3.6.1),where ofabeamorjoistexceeds900mm.Skinreinforcementshall
    extendforadistance 2 fromthetensionface.Thespacing shallbeasprovidedin6.3.6.4,
    where istheleastdistancefromthesurfaceoftheskinreinforcementtothesideface.It
    shall be permitted to include such reinforcement in strength computations if a strain
    compatibilityanalysisismadetodeterminestressintheindividualbarsorwires.

    626 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.6.3.6.1Skinreinforcementforbeamsandjoistswithh >900mm.

    6.3.7 Deepbeams

    6.3.7.1 Deep beams are members loaded on one face and supported on the opposite face so that
    compressionstrutscandevelopbetweentheloadsandthesupports,andhaveeither:
    a) clearspans, ,equaltoorlessthanfourtimestheoverallmemberdepth;or
    b) regions with concentrated loads within twice the member depth from the face of the
    support.
    Deepbeamsshallbedesignedeithertakingintoaccountnonlineardistributionofstrain,orby
    AppendixA.(Seealso6.4.6.1and8.2.7.6)Lateralbucklingshallbeconsidered.

    6.3.7.2 ofdeepbeamsshallbeinaccordancewith6.4.6.

    6.3.7.3 Minimumareaofflexuraltensionreinforcement, , ,shallconformto6.3.5.

    6.3.7.4 Minimumhorizontalandverticalreinforcementinthesidefacesofdeepbeamsshallsatisfy
    eitherA.3.3or6.4.6.4and6.4.6.5.

    6.3.8 Designdimensionsforcompressionmembers

    6.3.8.1 Isolatedcompressionmemberwithmultiplespirals
    Outerlimitsoftheeffectivecrosssectionofacompressionmemberwithtwoormoreinterlockingspirals
    shallbetakenatadistanceoutsidetheextremelimitsofthespiralsequaltotheminimumconcretecover
    requiredby8.1.7.

    6.3.8.2 Monolithicallybuiltcompressionmemberwithwall
    Outerlimitsoftheeffectivecrosssectionofaspirallyreinforcedortiedreinforcedcompressionmember
    builtmonolithicallywithaconcretewallorpiershallbetakennotgreaterthan40mmoutsidethespiral
    ortiereinforcement.

    6.3.8.3 Equivalentcircularcompressionmemberreplacingothershapes
    Inlieuofusingthefullgrossareafordesignofacompressionmemberwithasquare,octagonal,orother
    shaped cross section, it shall be permitted to use a circular section with a diameter equal to the least
    lateraldimensionoftheactualshape.Grossareaconsidered,requiredpercentageofreinforcement,and
    designstrengthshallbebasedonthatcircularsection.

    6.3.8.4 Limitsofsection
    Foracompressionmemberwithacrosssectionlargerthanrequiredbyconsiderationsofloading,itshall
    bepermittedtobasetheminimumreinforcementandstrengthonareducedeffectivearea notless

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 627

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    thanonehalfthetotalarea.Thisprovisionshallnotapplytospecialmomentframesorspecialstructural
    wallsdesignedinaccordancewithSec.8.3.

    6.3.9 Limitsofreinforcementforcompressionmembers

    6.3.9.1 Fornoncompositecompressionmembers,theareaoflongitudinalreinforcement, ,shallbe


    not less than 0.01 or more than 0.06 . To avoid practical difficulties in placing and
    compactingofconcreteaswellastodeliverductilitytononcompositecompressionmembers,
    areaoflongitudinalreinforcement, ,ispreferrednottoexceed0.04 unlessabsolutely
    essential.

    6.3.9.2 Minimum number of longitudinal bars in compression members shall be 4 for bars within
    rectangularorcircularties,3forbarswithintriangularties,and6forbarsenclosedbyspirals
    conformingto6.3.9.3.

    6.3.9.3 Volumetricspiralreinforcementratio, ,shallbenotlessthanthevaluegivenby

    0.45 1 6.3.6
    wherethevalueof usedinEq.(6.3.6)shallnotexceed700MPa.For greaterthan420
    MPa,lapsplicesaccordingto8.1.9.3(e)shallnotbeused.

    6.3.10 Slendernesseffectsincompressionmembers

    6.3.10.1 Slendernesseffectsshallbepermittedtobeneglectedinthefollowingcases:
    a) forcompressionmembersnotbracedagainstsideswaywhen:

    22 6.3.7
    b) forcompressionmembersbracedagainstsideswaywhen:

    34 12 40 6.3.8
    where ispositiveifthecolumnisbentinsinglecurvature,andnegativeifthememberisbentin
    doublecurvature.
    Compressionmembersmaybeconsideredtobebracedagainstsideswaywhenbracingelementshavea
    total stiffness, resisting lateral movement of that story, of at least 12 times the gross stiffness of the
    columnswithinthestory.
    TheJacksonandMorelandAlignmentCharts(Fig.6.3.10.1),whichallowagraphicaldeterminationof for
    acolumnofconstantcrosssectioninamultibayframemaybeusedastheprimarydesignaidtoestimate
    theeffectivelengthfactor .

    628 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.3.10.1.1 The unsupported length of a compression member, , shall be taken as the clear distance
    between floor slabs, beams, or other members capable of providing lateral support in the
    direction being considered. Where column capitals or haunches are present, shall be
    measuredtothelowerextremityofthecapitalorhaunchintheplaneconsidered.

    6.3.10.1.2 It shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration, , equal to 0.30 times the overall
    dimensioninthedirectionstabilityisbeingconsideredforrectangularcompressionmembers
    and0.25timesthediameterforcircularcompressionmembers.Forothershapes,itshallbe
    permittedtocompute forthegrossconcretesection.

    Fig.6.3.10.1Effectivelengthfactorsk.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 629

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.3.10.2 When slenderness effects are not neglected as permitted by 6.3.10.1, the design of
    compressionmembers,restrainingbeams,andothersupportingmembersshallbebasedon
    thefactoredforcesandmomentsfromasecondorderanalysissatisfying6.3.10.3,6.3.10.4,or
    6.3.10.5.Thesemembersshallalsosatisfy6.3.10.2.1and6.3.10.2.2.Thedimensionsofeach
    membercrosssectionusedintheanalysisshallbewithin10percentofthedimensionsofthe
    membersshownonthedesigndrawingsortheanalysisshallberepeated.

    6.3.10.2.1 Totalmomentincludingsecondordereffectsincompressionmembers,restrainingbeams,or
    otherstructuralmembersshallnotexceed1.4timesthemomentduetofirstordereffects.

    6.3.10.2.2 Secondordereffectsshallbeconsideredalongthelengthofcompressionmembers.Itshall
    bepermittedtoaccountfortheseeffectsusingthemomentmagnificationprocedureoutlined
    in6.3.10.6.

    6.3.10.3 Nonlinearsecondorderanalysis
    Secondorderanalysisshallconsidermaterialnonlinearity,membercurvatureandlateraldrift,durationof
    loads,shrinkageandcreep,andinteractionwiththesupportingfoundation.Theanalysisprocedureshall
    have been shown to result in prediction of strength in substantial agreement with results of
    comprehensivetestsofcolumnsinstaticallyindeterminatereinforcedconcretestructures.

    6.3.10.4 Elasticsecondorderanalysis
    Elastic secondorder analysis shall consider section properties determined taking into account the
    influenceofaxialloads,thepresenceofcrackedregionsalongthelengthofthemember,andtheeffects
    ofloadduration.

    6.3.10.4.1 Itshallbepermittedtousethefollowingpropertiesforthemembersinthestructure:
    a) Modulusofelasticity...................... from6.1.7.1
    b) Momentsofinertia,
    Compressionmembers:
    Columns 0.70
    WallsUncracked 0.70
    Cracked 0.35
    Flexuralmembers:
    Beams 0.35
    Flatplatesandflatslabs 0.25
    c) Area 1.0
    Alternatively, the moments of inertia of compression and flexural members, , shall be
    permittedtobecomputedasfollows:
    Compressionmembers:

    0.80 25 1 0.5 0.875 (6.3.9)


    where and shall be determined from the particular load combination under
    consideration,orthecombinationof and determinedinthesmallestvalueof . need
    notbetakenlessthan0.35 .
    Flexuralmembers:
    0.10 25 1.2 0.2 0.5 (6.3.10)

    630 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    For continuous flexural members, shall be permitted to be taken as the average of values
    obtainedfromEq.(6.3.10)forthecriticalpositiveandnegativemomentsections. neednot
    betakenlessthan0.25 .Thecrosssectionaldimensionsandreinforcementratiousedinthe
    aboveformulasshallbewithin10percentofthedimensionsandreinforcementratioshown
    onthedesigndrawingsorthestiffnessevaluationshallberepeated.

    6.3.10.4.2 When sustained lateral loads are present, for compression members shall be divided by
    1 . The term shall be taken as the ratio of maximum factored sustained shear
    within a story to the maximum factored shear in that story associated with the same load
    combination,butshallnotbetakengreaterthan1.0.

    6.3.10.5 Procedureformomentmagnification
    Columnsandstoriesinstructuresshallbedesignatedasnonswayorswaycolumnsorstories.Thedesign
    ofcolumnsinnonswayframesorstoriesshallbebasedon6.3.10.6.Thedesignofcolumnsinswayframes
    orstoriesshallbebasedon6.3.10.7.

    6.3.10.5.1 A column in a structure shall be permitted to be assumed as nonsway if the increase in


    column end moments due to secondorder effects does not exceed 5 percent of the first
    orderendmoments.

    6.3.10.5.2 Astorywithinastructureispermittedtobeassumedasnonswayif:

    0.05 (6.3.11)

    where and arethetotalfactoredverticalloadandthehorizontalstoryshear,respectively,inthe
    storybeingevaluated,and isthefirstorderrelativelateraldeflectionbetweenthetopandthebottom
    ofthatstorydueto .

    6.3.10.6 ProcedureformomentmagnificationNonsway
    Compressionmembersshallbedesignedforfactoredaxialforce andthefactoredmomentamplified
    fortheeffectsofmembercurvature where
    (6.3.12)
    where
    1.0 (6.3.13)
    .

    and
    6.3.14

    6.3.10.6.1 shallbetakenas
    .
    (6.3.15)
    or
    .
    (6.3.16)
    Asanalternative, shallbepermittedtobecomputedusingthevalueof fromEq.(6.3.9)dividedby
    1 .

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 631

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.3.10.6.2 Theterm shallbetakenastheratioofmaximumfactoredaxialsustainedloadto


    maximumfactoredaxialloadassociatedwiththesameloadcombination,butshallnotbe
    takengreaterthan1.0.

    6.3.10.6.3 Theeffectivelengthfactor, ,shallbepermittedtobetakenas1.0.

    6.3.10.6.4 Formemberswithnotransverseloadbetweensupports, shallbetakenas


    0.6 0.4 (6.3.17)
    where ispositiveifthecolumnisbentinsinglecurvature,andnegativeifthememberisbentin
    doublecurvature.Formemberswithtransverseloadsbetweensupports, shallbetakenas1.0.

    6.3.10.6.5 Factoredmoment, ,inEq.(6.3.12)shallnotbetakenlessthan


    , 15 0.03 (6.3.18)
    abouteachaxisseparately,where0.6and areinmm.Formembersinwhich , exceeds ,the
    value of in Eq. (6.3.17) shall either be taken equal to 1.0, or shall be based on the ratio of the
    computedendmoments, .

    6.3.10.7 ProcedureformomentmagnificationSway
    Moments and attheendsofanindividualcompressionmembershallbetakenas
    (6.3.19)
    (6.3.20)
    where iscomputedaccordingto6.3.10.7.3or6.3.10.7.4.

    6.3.10.7.1 Flexuralmembersshallbedesignedforthetotalmagnifiedendmomentsofthecompression
    membersatthejoint.

    6.3.10.7.2 The values of and given in 6.3.10.4 shall be used for determining the effective length
    factor anditshallnotbelessthan1.0.

    6.3.10.7.3 Themomentmagnifier shallbecalculatedas


    1 (6.3.21)
    If calculated by Eq.(6.3.21)exceeds1.5, shall be calculated using secondorderelastic analysis or
    6.3.10.7.4.

    6.3.10.7.4 Alternatively,itshallbepermittedtocalculate as

    1 (6.3.22)
    .

    where isthesummationforallthefactoredverticalloadsinastoryand isthesummationforall


    swayresistingcolumnsinastory. iscalculatedusingEq.(6.3.14)with determinedfrom6.3.10.7.2and
    from6.3.10.6.1.

    6.3.11 Axiallyloadedmemberssupportingslabsystem
    Axiallyloadedmemberssupportingaslabsystemincludedwithinthescopeof6.5.1shallbedesignedas
    providedinSec.6.3andinaccordancewiththeadditionalrequirementsofSec.6.5.

    6.3.12 Columnloadtransmissionthroughfloorsystem
    If ofacolumnisgreaterthan1.4timesthatofthefloorsystem,transmissionofloadthroughthefloor
    systemshallbeprovidedby6.3.12.1,6.3.12.2,or6.3.12.3.

    632 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.3.12.1 Concrete of strength specified for the column shall be placed in the floor at the column
    location. Top surface of the column concrete shall extend 2 ft into the slab from face of
    column.Columnconcreteshallbewellintegratedwithfloorconcrete,andshallbeplacedin
    accordancewithrelevantprovisionsforconstructionjointsofcolumns,wallsetc.withbeams,
    slabsetc.Toavoidaccidentalplacingoflowerstrengthconcreteinthecolumns,thestructural
    designershallindicateon thedrawingwherethehighandlowstrengthconcretesaretobe
    placed.

    6.3.12.2 Strength of acolumn through afloor system shallbebased on thelowervalueof concrete


    strengthwithverticaldowelsandspiralsasrequired.

    6.3.12.3 Forcolumnslaterallysupportedonfoursidesbybeamsofapproximatelyequaldepthorby
    slabs,itshallbepermittedtobasestrengthofthecolumnonanassumedconcretestrengthin
    the column joint equal to 75 percent of column concrete strength plus 35 percent of floor
    concretestrength.Intheapplicationof6.3.12.3,theratioofcolumnconcretestrengthtoslab
    concretestrengthshallnotbetakengreaterthan2.5fordesign.

    6.3.13 Compositecompressionmembers

    6.3.13.1 All members reinforced longitudinally with structural steel shapes, pipe, or tubing with or
    withoutlongitudinalbarsshallbeincludedincompositecompressionmembers.

    6.3.13.2 Acompositememberstrengthshallbecomputedforthesamelimitingconditionsapplicable
    toordinaryreinforcedconcretemembers.

    6.3.13.3 Anyaxialloadstrengthassignedtoconcreteofacompositemembershallbetransferredto
    theconcretebymembersorbracketsindirectbearingonthecompositememberconcrete.

    6.3.13.4 Allaxialloadstrengthnotassignedtoconcreteofacompositemembershallbedevelopedby
    directconnectiontothestructuralsteelshape,pipe,ortube.

    6.3.13.5 Forevaluationofslendernesseffects,radiusofgyration, ,ofacompositesectionshallbenot


    greaterthanthevaluegivenby

    (6.3.23)
    /

    and,asanalternativetoamoreaccuratecalculation, inEq.(6.3.14)shallbetakeneitherasEq.(6.3.15)
    or
    /
    (6.3.24)

    6.3.13.6 Concretecoreencasedbystructuralsteel

    6.3.13.6.1 Whenacompositememberisastructuralsteelencasedconcretecore,thethicknessofthe

    steelencasementshallbenotlessthan foreachfaceofwidth nor forcircular


    sectionsofdiameter

    6.3.13.6.2 Whencomputing and ,longitudinalbarslocatedwithintheencasedconcretecoreshall


    bepermittedtobeused.

    6.3.13.7 Spiralreinforcementaroundstructuralsteelcore
    A composite member with spirally reinforced concrete around a structural steel core shall conform to
    6.3.13.7.1through6.3.13.7.4.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 633

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.3.13.7.1 Designyieldstrengthofstructuralsteelcoreshallbethespecifiedminimumyieldstrengthfor
    thegradeofstructuralsteelusedbutnottoexceed350MPa.

    6.3.13.7.2 Spiralreinforcementshallconformto6.3.9.3.

    6.3.13.7.3 Longitudinalbarslocatedwithinthespiralshallbenotlessthan0.01normorethan0.06times
    netareaofconcretesection.

    6.3.13.7.4 Longitudinalbarslocatedwithinthespiralshallbepermittedtobeusedincomputing and


    .

    6.3.13.8 Tiereinforcementaroundstructuralsteelcore
    Laterally tied concrete around a structural steel core forming a composite member shall conform to
    6.3.13.8.1through6.3.13.8.7.

    6.3.13.8.1 Designyieldstrengthofstructuralsteelcoreshallbethespecifiedminimumyieldstrengthfor
    thegradeofstructuralsteelusedbutnottoexceed350MPa.

    6.3.13.8.2 Lateraltiesshallextendcompletelyaroundthestructuralsteelcore.

    6.3.13.8.3 Lateral ties shall have a diameter not less than 0.02 times the greatest side dimension of
    compositemember,exceptthattiesshallnotbesmallerthan 10mmandarenotrequired
    tobelargerthan16mm.Weldedwirereinforcementofequivalentareashallbepermitted.

    6.3.13.8.4 Vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not exceed 16 longitudinal bar diameters, 48 tie bar
    diameters,or0.5timestheleastsidedimensionofthecompositemember.

    6.3.13.8.5 Longitudinalbarslocatedwithinthetiesshallbenotlessthan0.01normorethan0.06times
    netareaofconcretesection.

    6.3.13.8.6 Alongitudinalbarshallbelocatedateverycornerofarectangularcrosssection,withother
    longitudinal bars spaced not farther apart than onehalf the least side dimension of the
    compositemember.

    6.3.13.8.7 Longitudinalbarslocatedwithinthetiesshallbepermittedtobeusedincomputing and


    .

    6.3.14 Bearingstrength

    6.3.14.1 Design bearing strength of concrete shall not exceed 0.85 , except when the
    supportingsurfaceiswideronallsidesthantheloadedarea,thenthedesignbearingstrength
    of theloadedareashallbepermittedtobemultipliedby butbynotmorethan2
    (Fig.6.3.14.1).

    634 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    45 deg
    45 deg

    Loaded area
    A1

    Plan
    Loaded area A 1

    Load

    2
    1

    A 2 is measured on this plane

    Elevation
    Fig.6.3.14.1DeterminationorareaA2insteppedorslopedsupportsusingfrustum(6.3.14.1).

    6.3.15 DesignforFlexure

    6.3.15.1 DesignofRectangularBeams
    a) Formula for singly reinforced beams : The following equations which are based on the
    simplifiedstressblockof6.3.2.7,areapplicabletosinglyreinforcedrectangularbeams
    alongwithTbeamswheretheneutralaxislieswithintheflange.

    (6.3.25)
    /

    where

    (6.3.26)
    .

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 635

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Byestimatinganinitialvalueofa,Eq(6.3.25)canbeusedtodetermineanapproximate
    valueof .ThatvaluecanbesubstitutedinEq(6.3.26)togetabetterestimateof and
    henceanew /2 canbedeterminedforsubstitutioninEq(6.3.25).
    InEq(6.3.25),nominalflexuralstrengthofsection, maybetakenasfactoredmoment
    at section, dividedby strengthreduction factor, 0.9 as a preliminary value.
    determined from Eq (6.3.25) shall have to give a reinforcement ratio, not
    exceeding ,where

    0.85 1 0.004
    (6.3.27)

    Above, 0.003
    Additionally, determined from Eq (6.3.25) shall have to satisfy the requirements of
    minimumreinforcementformembersinflexureasper6.3.5.
    Revised shallbedeterminedfrom6.2.3.2basedoneither 1 or ,where
    isthenettensilestraininthereinforcementfurthestfromthecompressionfaceofthe
    concrete at the depth . Strain, may be calculated from Eq. (6.3.27) by replacing
    0.004by and by .

    b) Design formulae for doublyreinforced beams: A doubly reinforced beam shall be designed
    onlywhenthereisarestrictionondepthofbeamandmaximumtensilereinforcementallowed
    cannotproducetherequiredmoment .
    Toestablishifdoublyreinforcedbeamisrequiredthefollowingapproachcanbefollowed:
    Determine,

    0.005 0.85 1 0.005


    (6.3.28)

    0.005

    .

    (6.3.29)
    If is less than required moment with 0.9 , a doubly reinforced beam is needed and
    thentakingvaluesof and fromabove,put
    and

    Then,thefollowingvaluesaretobeevaluated,
    (6.3.30)

    Assumingcompressionsteelyields(needstobecheckedlater),


    Check forcompressionsteelyielding,where

    0.85 (6.3.31)

    If (i.e.compressionsteelyields),

    636 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    find
    .
    andfind , andconfirm 0.9intheaboveequations.Valueof shall
    be determined from 6.2.3.2 based on either or , as stated above for
    rectangularbeams.
    If compression steel does not yield, is to be found from concrete section force equilibrium
    condition,C=Twhichwillresultinaquadraticequationof . needstobecalculatedfromstrain
    diagramand revised.


    shallbecalculatedfrom forfinding .

    6.3.15.2 DesignofTBeams
    a) General:
    For effective widths and other parameters for T, L or isolated beams, 6.1.13.2 to
    6.1.13.4shallapply.

    b) FormulaeforTbeams:ATbeamshallbetreatedasarectangularbeamif where
    isobtainedfromEq(6.3.26).InusingEq(6.3.26),if isnotknown,itmaybeinitially
    assumedas:
    (6.3.32)
    /


    If , thus obtained, is greater than the beam shall be considered as a Tbeam, in
    whichcasethefollowingformulaeshallbeapplicable:

    0.85
    (6.3.33)

    1 2 (6.3.34)

    2 1 (6.3.35)

    (6.3.36)
    /

    and (6.3.37)
    .

    Byestimatingan initialvalueof a,Eq(6.3.36)canbeusedtoobtainan approximatevalueof


    .Thatvalueof canbesubstitutedinEq(6.3.37)togetabetterestimateof .
    Nettensilestrainrequirementswillbesatisfiedaslongasdepthtoneutralaxis, 0.429 .
    Thiswilloccurif
    ,

    Where, (6.3.38)
    And, , (6.3.39)

    Again, (6.3.40)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 637

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    And is as defined by Eq. (6.3.27). For ratios between 0.429 and 0.375, equivalent to
    betweenthe , fromEq.(6.3.39)and , calculatedbysubstituting fromEq.(6.3.27)with
    0.005inplaceof0.004and for ,thestrengthreductionfactor, mustbeadjustedfor in
    accordancewith6.2.3.2.

    6.4 SHEARANDTORSION

    6.4.1 Shearstrength

    6.4.1.1 ExceptformembersdesignedinaccordancewithAppendixA,designofcrosssectionssubject
    toshearshallbebasedon
    6.4.1
    where is the factored shear force at the section considered and is nominal shear
    strengthcomputedby
    6.4.2
    where isnominalshearstrengthprovidedbyconcretecalculatedinaccordancewith6.4.2,
    or 6.4.10, and is nominal shear strength provided by shear reinforcement calculated in
    accordancewith6.4.3,6.4.8.9,or6.4.10.

    6.4.1.1.1 Theeffectofanyopeningsinmembersshallbeconsideredindetermining .

    6.4.1.1.2 Inevaluating ,wheneverapplicable,effectsofaxialtensiondueto creepandshrinkagein


    restrained members shall be considered and effects of inclined flexural compression in
    variabledepthmembersshallbepermittedtobeincluded.

    6.4.1.2 Except as allowed in 6.4.1.2.1, the values of used in this chapter shall not exceed 8.3
    MPa.

    6.4.1.2.1 Values of greater than 8.3 MPa shall be permitted in computing , , and for
    reinforced concrete beams and concrete joist construction having minimum web
    reinforcementinaccordancewith6.4.3.5.3,or6.4.4.5.2.

    6.4.1.3 Computationofmaximum atsupportsinaccordancewith6.4.1.3.1shallbepermittedifall


    conditions(a),(b),and(c)aresatisfied:
    a) Support reaction, in direction of applied shear, introduces compression into the end
    regionsofmember;
    b) Loadsareappliedatornearthetopofthemember;
    c) No concentrated load occurs between face of support and location of critical section
    definedin6.4.1.3.1.

    638 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.4.1.3.1 Sectionslocatedlessthanadistance fromfaceofsupportshallbepermittedtobedesigned


    for computedatadistance .

    6.4.1.4 Fordeepbeams,bracketsandcorbels,walls,andslabsandfootings,thespecialprovisionsof
    6.4.6through6.4.10shallapply.

    6.4.2 Contributionofconcretetoshearstrength

    6.4.2.1 shall be computed by provisions of 6.4.2.1.1 through 6.4.2.1.3, unless a more detailed
    calculation is made in accordance with 6.4.2.2. Throughout this chapter, except in 6.4.5,
    shallbeasdefinedin6.1.8.1.

    6.4.2.1.1 Formemberssubjecttoshearandflexureonly,
    0.17 6.4.3

    6.4.2.1.2 Formemberssubjecttoaxialcompression,
    0.17 1 6.4.4
    Quantity shallbeexpressedinMPa.

    6.4.2.1.3 For members subject to significant axial tension, shall be taken as zero unless a more
    detailedanalysisismadeusing6.4.2.2.3.

    6.4.2.2 shall be permitted to be computed by the more detailed calculation of 6.4.2.2.1 through
    6.4.2.2.3.

    6.4.2.2.1 Formemberssubjecttoshearandflexureonly,

    0.16 17 6.4.5

    butnotgreaterthan0.29 .Whencomputing byEq.(6.4.5), / shallnotbe


    takengreaterthan1.0,where occurssimultaneouslywith atsectionconsidered.

    6.4.2.2.2 For members subject to axial compression, it shall be permitted to compute using Eq.
    (6.4.5)with substitutedfor and / notthenlimitedto1.0,where

    6.4.6
    However, shallnotbetakengreaterthan
    .
    0.29 1 6.4.7

    shallbeexpressedinMPa.When ascomputedbyEq.(6.4.6)isnegative, shallbe


    computedbyEq.(6.4.7).

    6.4.2.2.3 Formemberssubjecttosignificantaxialtension,
    .
    0.17 1 6.4.8
    butnotlessthanzero,where isnegativefortension. shallbeexpressedinMPa.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 639

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.2.3 For circular members, the area used to compute shall be taken as the product of the
    diameterandeffectivedepthoftheconcretesection.Itshallbepermittedtotake as0.80
    timesthediameteroftheconcretesection.

    6.4.3 Shearstrengthcontributionofreinforcement

    6.4.3.1 Typesofshearreinforcement

    6.4.3.1.1
    Thefollowingtypesofshearreinforcementshallbepermitted:
    a) Stirrupsperpendiculartoaxisofmember;
    b) Weldedwirereinforcementwithwireslocatedperpendiculartoaxisofmember;
    c) Spirals,circularties,orhoops.
    d) Stirrupsmakinganangleof45degreesormorewithlongitudinaltensionreinforcement;
    e) Longitudinalreinforcementwithbentportionmakinganangleof30degreesormore
    withthelongitudinaltensionreinforcement;
    f) Combinationsofstirrupsandbentlongitudinalreinforcement.

    6.4.3.2
    Thevaluesof and usedindesignofshearreinforcementshallnotexceed420MPa,exceptthevalue
    shallnotexceed550MPaforweldeddeformedwirereinforcement.

    6.4.3.3
    Stirrupsandotherbarsorwiresusedasshearreinforcementshallextendtoadistance fromextreme
    compressionfiberandshallbedevelopedatbothendsaccordingto8.2.10.

    6.4.3.4 Limitsinspacingforshearreinforcement

    6.4.3.4.1
    Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of member shall not exceed 2, nor 600
    mm.

    6.4.3.4.2
    The spacing of inclined stirrups and bent longitudinal reinforcement shall be such that every 45degree
    line, extending toward the reaction from middepth of member 2 to longitudinal tension
    reinforcement,shallbecrossedbyatleastonelineofshearreinforcement.

    6.4.3.4.3
    Where exceeds 0.33 , maximum spacings given in 6.4.3.4.1 and6.4.3.4.2shall be reduced by
    onehalf.

    6.4.3.5 Minimumshearreinforcement

    6.4.3.5.1
    A minimum area of shear reinforcement, , , shall be provided in all reinforced concrete flexural
    members,where exceeds0.5 ,exceptinmemberssatisfyingoneormoreof(a)through(f):
    a) Footingsandsolidslabs;
    b) Hollowcoreunitswithtotaluntoppeddepthnotgreaterthan315mmandhollowcore
    unitswhere isnotgreaterthan0.5 ;
    c) Concretejoistconstructiondefinedby6.1.14;
    d) Beamswith notgreaterthan250mm;
    e) Beamintegralwithslabswith notgreaterthan600mmandnotgreaterthanthelarger
    of2.5timesthicknessofflange,and0.5timeswidthofweb;

    640 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    f) Beams constructed of steel fiberreinforced, normalweight concrete with not


    exceeding40MPa, notgreaterthan600mm,and notgreaterthan 0.17 .

    6.4.3.5.2
    Minimumshearreinforcementrequirementsof6.4.3.5.1shallbepermittedtobewaivedifshownbytest
    that required and can be developed when shear reinforcement is omitted. Such tests shall
    simulateeffectsofdifferentialsettlement,creep,shrinkage,andtemperaturechange,basedonarealistic
    assessmentofsucheffectsoccurringinservice.

    6.4.3.5.3
    Whereshearreinforcementisrequiredby6.4.3.5.1orforstrengthandwhere6.4.4.1allowstorsiontobe
    neglected, , shallbecomputedby

    , 0.062 (6.4.9)

    butshallnotbelessthan 0.35 / .

    6.4.3.6 Designofshearreinforcement

    6.4.3.6.1 Where exceeds , shear reinforcement shall be provided to satisfy Eq. (6.4.1) and
    (6.4.2),where shallbecomputedinaccordancewith6.4.3.6.2through6.4.3.6.9.

    6.4.3.6.2 Whereshearreinforcementperpendiculartoaxisofmemberisused,

    6.4.10
    where istheareaofshearreinforcementwithinspacing .

    6.4.3.6.3 Wherecircularties,hoops,orspiralsareusedasshearreinforcement, shallbecomputed


    usingEq.(6.4.10)where isdefinedin6.4.2.3forcircularmembers, shallbetakenastwo
    times theareaof the barina circulartie,hoop, or spiral at aspacing , is measuredin a
    direction parallel to longitudinal reinforcement, and is the specified yield strength of
    circulartie,hoop,orspiralreinforcement.

    6.4.3.6.4 Whereinclinedstirrupsareusedasshearreinforcement,

    6.4.11
    where is angle between inclined stirrups and longitudinal axis of the member, and is measured in
    directionparalleltolongitudinalreinforcement.

    6.4.3.6.5 Whereshearreinforcementconsistsofasinglebarorasinglegroupofparallelbars,allbent
    upatthesamedistancefromthesupport,
    sin 6.4.12
    but not greater than 0.25 , where is angle between bentup reinforcement and longitudinal
    axisofthemember.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 641

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.3.6.6 Whereshearreinforcementconsistsofaseriesofparallelbentupbarsorgroupsofparallel
    bentupbarsatdifferentdistancesfromthesupport, shallbecomputedbyEq.(6.4.11).

    6.4.3.6.7 Only the center threefourths of the inclined portion of any longitudinal bent bar shall be
    consideredeffectiveforshearreinforcement.

    6.4.3.6.8 Wheremorethanonetypeofshearreinforcementisusedtoreinforcethesameportionofa
    member, shall be computed as the sum of the values computed for the various types of
    shearreinforcement.

    6.4.3.6.9 shallnotbetakengreaterthan0.66 .

    6.4.4 Designfortorsion
    Design for torsion shall be in accordance with 6.4.4.1 through 6.4.4.6. A beam subjected to torsion is
    idealizedasathinwalledtubewiththecoreconcretecrosssectioninasolidbeamneglectedasshownin
    Fig.6.4.4.1.

    Shear flow (q)

    (a) Thin-walled tube

    (b) Area enclosed by shear flow path


    Fig.6.4.4.1(a)Torsionalresistancebythinwalledtube(6.4.4);(b)Ineffectiveinnerareaenclosedbyshear
    flowpath(6.4.4)

    6.4.4.1 Thresholdtorsion
    Itshallbepermittedtoneglecttorsioneffectsifthefactoredtorsionalmoment islessthan:
    a) Formembersnotsubjectedtoaxialtensionorcompression

    0.083

    b) Formemberssubjectedtoanaxialcompressiveortensileforce

    642 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    0.083 1
    0.33
    Theoverhangingflangewidthusedincomputing and formemberscastmonolithicallywithaslab
    shallconformto6.5.2.4.Forahollowsection, shallbeusedinplaceof in6.4.4.1,andtheouter
    boundariesofthesectionshallconformto6.5.2.4.

    6.4.4.1.1 For members cast monolithically with a slab and for isolated members with flanges, the
    overhangingflangewidthusedtocompute and shallconformto6.5.2.4,exceptthat
    theoverhangingflangesshallbeneglectedincaseswheretheparameter calculated
    forabeamwithflangesislessthanthatcomputedforthesamebeamignoringtheflanges.

    6.4.4.2 Evaluationoffactoredtorsionalmoment

    6.4.4.2.1 If the factored torsional moment, , in a member is required to maintain equilibrium (Fig.
    6.4.4.2) and exceeds the minimum value given in 6.4.4.1, the member shall be designed to
    carry inaccordancewith6.4.4.3through6.4.4.6.

    6.4.4.2.2 Inastaticallyindeterminatestructurewherereductionofthetorsionalmomentinamember
    canoccurduetoredistributionofinternalforcesuponcracking(Fig.6.4.4.3),themaximum
    shallbepermittedtobereducedtothevaluesgivenin(a),or(b)asapplicable:
    a) Formembers,atthesectionsdescribedin6.4.4.2.4andnotsubjectedtoaxialtensionor
    compression

    0.33

    b) Formemberssubjectedtoanaxialcompressiveortensileforce

    0.33 1
    0.33
    In (a), or (b), the correspondingly redistributed bending moments and shears in the adjoining members
    shallbeusedinthedesignofthesemembers.Forhollowsections, shallnotbereplacedwith in
    6.4.4.2.2.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 643

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.4.2.3 Itshallbepermittedtotakethetorsionalloadingfromaslabasuniformlydistributedalong
    themember,ifnotdeterminedbyamoreexactanalysis.

    6.4.4.2.4 Sectionslocatedcloserthanadistance fromthefaceofasupportshallbedesignedfornot


    lessthan computedatadistance .Ifaconcentratedtorqueoccurswithinthisdistance,
    thecriticalsectionfordesignshallbeatthefaceofthesupport.

    Designtorque may not be


    reduced because moment
    redistribution is notpossible
    Fig.6.4.4.2Designtorquemaynotbereduced(6.4.4.2.1)

    Designtorque for this spandrel


    beam may be reduced because
    moment redistribution is possible
    Fig.6.4.4.3Designtorquemaybereduced(6.4.4.2.2)

    6.4.4.3 Torsionalmomentstrength

    6.4.4.3.1 Thecrosssectionaldimensionsshallbesuchthat:
    a) Forsolidsections

    0.66 6.4.13
    .

    b) Forhollowsections

    0.66 6.4.14
    .

    644 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Superpositionofshearstressesduetoshearandtorsioninhollow sectionsgivenbytheleftsideofthe
    inequality 6.4.14 is illustrated by Fig. 6.4.4.4(a) and that in solid sections given by the left side of the
    inequality6.4.13isillustratedbyFig.6.4.4.4(b).

    6.4.4.3.2 If the wall thickness varies around the perimeter of a hollow section, Eq. (6.4.14) shall be
    evaluatedatthelocationwherethelefthandsideofEq.(6.4.14)isamaximum.

    6.4.4.3.3 If the wall thickness is less than , the second term in Eq. (6.4.14) shall be taken as

    .

    where is the thickness of the wall of the hollow section at the location where the stresses are being
    checked.

    6.4.4.3.4 Thevaluesof and usedfordesignoftorsionalreinforcementshallnotexceed420MPa.

    6.4.4.3.5 Where exceedsthethresholdtorsion,designofthecrosssectionshallbebasedon


    6.4.15

    6.4.4.3.6 shallbecomputedby

    6.4.16
    where shallbedeterminedbyanalysisexceptthatitshallbepermittedtotake equalto0.85 ;
    shallnotbetakensmallerthan30degreesnorlargerthan60degrees.Itshallbepermittedtotake
    equalto45degrees.

    6.4.4.3.7 Theadditionalareaoflongitudinalreinforcementtoresisttorsion, ,shallnotbelessthan

    6.4.17
    where shallbethesame valueusedinEq.(6.4.16)and / shallbe takenastheamountcomputed
    from Eq. (6.4.16) not modified in accordance with 6.4.4.5.2 or 6.4.4.5.3; refers to closed transverse
    torsionalreinforcement,and referstolongitudinaltorsionalreinforcement.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 645

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.4.3.8 Reinforcement required for torsion shall be added to that required for the shear, moment,
    andaxialforcethatactincombinationwiththetorsion.Themostrestrictiverequirementsfor
    reinforcementspacingandplacementshallbemet.

    6.4.4.3.9 Itshallbepermittedtoreducetheareaoflongitudinaltorsionreinforcementintheflexural
    compression zone by an amount equal to 0.9 , where occurs at the section
    simultaneously with , except that the reinforcement provided shall not be less than that
    requiredby6.4.4.5.3or6.4.4.6.2.

    B B

    A A

    C C
    Torsional stresses Shear stresses
    (a) Hollow section

    Torsional stresses Shear stresses


    (b) Solid section
    Fig.6.4.4.4Superpositionoftorsionalandshearstresses(6.4.4.3.1)

    6.4.4.4 Detailsoftorsionalreinforcement

    6.4.4.4.1 Torsionreinforcement shall consist of longitudinal bars or tendons and one or more of the
    following:
    a) Closedstirrupsorclosedties,perpendiculartotheaxisofthemember;
    b) Aclosedcageofweldedwirereinforcementwithtransversewiresperpendiculartothe
    axisofthemember;
    c) Spiralreinforcement.

    6.4.4.4.2 Transversetorsionalreinforcementshallbeanchoredbyoneofthefollowing:
    a) A135degreestandardhook,orseismichookasdefinedin8.1.1(d),aroundalongitudinal
    bar;
    b) Accordingto8.2.10.2a,8.2.10.2b,or8.2.10.2cinregionswheretheconcretesurrounding
    theanchorageisrestrainedagainstspallingbyaflangeorslaborsimilarmember.

    646 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.4.4.4.3 Longitudinaltorsionreinforcementshallbedevelopedatbothends.

    6.4.4.4.4 For hollow sections in torsion, the distance from the centerline of the transverse torsional
    reinforcement to the inside face of the wall of the hollow section shall not be less than
    0.5 .

    6.4.4.5 Minimumtorsionreinforcement

    6.4.4.5.1 Aminimumareaoftorsionalreinforcementshallbeprovidedinallregionswhere exceeds


    thethresholdtorsiongivenin6.4.4.1.

    6.4.4.5.2 Where torsional reinforcement is required by 6.4.4.5.1, the minimum area of transverse
    closedstirrupsshallbecomputedby

    2 0.062 6.4.18
    butshallnotbelessthan 0.35 .

    6.4.4.5.3 Where torsional reinforcement is required by 6.4.4.5.1, the minimum total area of
    longitudinaltorsionalreinforcement, , ,shallbecomputedby
    .
    , 6.4.19
    where / shall not be taken less than 0.175 ; refers to closed transverse torsional
    reinforcement,and referstolongitudinalreinforcement.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 647

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.4.6 Spacingoftorsionreinforcement

    6.4.4.6.1 Thespacingoftransversetorsionreinforcementshallnotexceedthesmallerof 8 or300


    mm.

    6.4.4.6.2 Thelongitudinalreinforcementrequiredfortorsionshallbedistributedaroundtheperimeter
    of the closed stirrups with a maximum spacing of 300 mm. The longitudinal bars shall be
    insidethestirrups.Thereshallbeatleastonelongitudinalbarineachcornerofthestirrups.
    Longitudinalbarsshallhaveadiameteratleast0.042timesthestirrupspacing,butnotless
    than10mm.

    6.4.4.6.3 Torsionalreinforcementshallbeprovidedforadistanceofatleast beyondthepoint


    requiredbyanalysis.

    6.4.5 Shearfriction

    6.4.5.1 Applicationofprovisionsof6.4.5shallbeforcaseswhereitisappropriatetoconsidershear
    transfer across a given plane, such as: an existing or potential crack, an interface between
    dissimilarmaterials,oraninterfacebetweentwoconcretescastatdifferenttimes.

    6.4.5.2 Designofcrosssectionssubjecttosheartransferasdescribedin6.4.5.1shallbebasedonEq.
    (6.4.1),where iscalculatedinaccordancewithprovisionsof6.4.5.3or6.4.5.4.

    6.4.5.3 A crack shall be assumed to occur along the shear plane considered. The required area of
    shearfrictionreinforcement acrosstheshearplaneshallbedesignedusingeither6.4.5.4
    oranyothersheartransferdesignmethodsthatresultinpredictionofstrengthinsubstantial
    agreementwithresultsofcomprehensivetests.

    6.4.5.3.1 Provisionsof6.4.5.5through6.4.5.10shallapplyforallcalculationsofsheartransferstrength.

    6.4.5.4 Designmethodforshearfriction

    6.4.5.4.1 Whereshearfrictionreinforcementisperpendiculartotheshearplane, shallbecomputed


    by

    6.4.20
    where iscoefficientoffrictioninaccordancewith6.4.5.4.3.

    6.4.5.4.2 Where shearfriction reinforcement is inclined to the shear plane,such that the shear force
    producestensioninshearfrictionreinforcement(Fig.6.4.5.1), shallbecomputedby
    6.4.21
    where isanglebetweenshearfrictionreinforcementandshearplane.

    6.4.5.4.3 Thecoefficientoffriction inEq.(6.4.20)andEq.(6.4.21)shallbetakenas:


    Concreteplacedmonolithically 1.4
    Concrete placed against hardened concrete with surface 1.0
    intentionallyroughenedasspecifiedin6.4.5.9
    Concrete placed against hardened concrete not intentionally 0.6
    roughened
    Concreteanchoredtoasrolledstructuralsteelbyheadedstuds 0.7
    orbyreinforcingbars(see6.4.5.10)

    648 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    where 1.0 for normalweight concrete and 0.75 for all lightweight concrete. Otherwise, shall be
    determinedbasedonvolumetricproportionsoflightweightandnormalweightaggregatesasspecifiedin
    6.1.8.1,butshallnotexceed0.85.

    6.4.5.5 Fornormalweightconcreteeitherplacedmonolithicallyorplacedagainsthardenedconcrete
    withsurfaceintentionallyroughenedasspecifiedin6.4.5.9, shallnotexceedthesmallest
    of0.2 , 3.3 0.08 and11 ,where isareaofconcretesectionresistingshear
    transfer.Forallothercases, shallnotexceedthesmallerof0.2 or5.5 . Where
    concretesofdifferentstrengthsarecastagainsteachother,thevalueof usedtoevaluate
    shallbethatofthelowerstrengthconcrete.

    6.4.5.6 Thevalueof usedfordesignofshearfrictionreinforcementshallnotexceed420MPa.

    6.4.5.7 Nettensionacrossshearplaneshallberesistedbyadditionalreinforcement.Permanentnet
    compressionacrossshearplaneshallbepermittedtobetakenasadditiveto ,theforce
    intheshearfrictionreinforcement,whencalculatingrequired .

    6.4.5.8 Shearfrictionreinforcementshallbeappropriatelyplacedalongtheshearplaneandshallbe
    anchoredtodevelop onbothsidesbyembedment,hooks,orweldingtospecialdevices.

    6.4.5.9 Forthepurposeof6.4.5,whenconcreteisplacedagainstpreviouslyhardenedconcrete,the
    interfaceforsheartransfershallbecleanandfreeoflaitance.If isassumedequalto1.0 ,
    interfaceshallberoughenedtoafullamplitudeofapproximately6mm.

    6.4.5.10 Whenshearistransferredbetweenasrolledsteelandconcreteusingheadedstudsorwelded
    reinforcingbars,steelshallbecleanandfreeofpaint.

    Assumed crack
    and shear plane
    Applied shear

    Vu

    Shear friction
    reinforcement, Avf


    Fig.6.4.5.1Shearfrictionreinforcementatanangletoassumedcrack(6.4.5.4.2).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 649

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.6 Deepbeams

    6.4.6.1 Theprovisionsof6.4.6shallapplytomemberswith notexceedingfourtimestheoverall


    memberdepthorregionsofbeamswithconcentratedloadswithintwicethememberdepth
    fromthesupportthatareloadedononefaceandsupportedontheoppositefacesothat
    compressionstrutscandevelopbetweentheloadsandsupports.Seealso8.2.7.6.

    6.4.6.2 Deepbeamsshallbedesignedusingeithernonlinearanalysisaspermittedin6.3.7.1,or
    AppendixA.

    6.4.6.3 fordeepbeamsshallnotexceed0.83 .

    6.4.6.4 Theareaofshearreinforcementperpendiculartotheflexuraltensionreinforcement, ,shall


    notbelessthan0.0025 ,and shallnotexceedthesmallerof /5 and300mm.

    6.4.6.5 Theareaofshearreinforcementparalleltotheflexuraltensionreinforcement, ,shallnot


    belessthan0.0015 ,and shallnotexceedthesmallerof /5 and300mm.

    6.4.6.6 ItshallbepermittedtoprovidereinforcementsatisfyingA.3.3insteadoftheminimum
    horizontalandverticalreinforcementspecifiedin6.4.6.4and6.4.6.5.

    6.4.7 Provisionsforbracketsandcorbels

    6.4.7.1 Bracketsandcorbels(Fig.6.4.7.1&Fig.6.4.7.2)withashearspantodepthratio less


    than2shallbepermittedtobedesignedusingAppendixA.Designshallbepermittedusing
    6.4.7.3and6.4.7.4forbracketsandcorbelswith:
    a) notgreaterthan1,and
    b) subjecttofactoredhorizontaltensileforce, ,notlargerthan .
    Therequirements of 6.4.7.2, 6.4.7.3.2.1, 6.4.7.3.2.2, 6.4.7.5,6.4.7.6,and6.4.7.7shall applyto designof
    bracketsandcorbels.Effectivedepth shallbedeterminedatthefaceofthesupport.


    Fig.6.4.7.1Structuralactionofacorbel

    650 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.6.4.7.2NotationusedinSection6.4.7

    6.4.7.2 Depthatoutsideedgeofbearingareashallnotbelessthan0.5 .

    6.4.7.3 Sectionat faceofsupport shallbedesigned to resist simultaneously ,a factored moment


    ,andafactoredhorizontaltensileforce, .

    6.4.7.3.1 Inalldesigncalculationsinaccordancewith6.4.7, shallbetakenequalto0.75.

    6.4.7.3.2 Designofshearfrictionreinforcement, ,toresist shallbeinaccordancewith6.4.5.


    6.4.7.3.2.1Fornormalweightconcrete, shallnotexceedthesmallestof0.2 , 3.3 0.08 ,
    and11 .
    6.4.7.3.2.2Foralllightweightorsandlightweightconcrete, shallnotbetakengreaterthanthesmaller
    of 0.2 0.07 / and 5.5 1.9 / .

    6.4.7.3.3 Reinforcement to resist factored moment shall be computed in


    accordancewith6.3.2and6.3.3.

    6.4.7.3.4 Reinforcement toresistfactoredtensileforce shallbedeterminedfrom .


    Factoredtensileforce, ,shallnotbetakenlessthan0.2 unlessprovisionsaremadeto
    avoidtensileforces. shallberegardedasaliveloadeveniftensionresultsfromrestraint
    ofcreep,shrinkage,ortemperaturechange.

    6.4.7.3.5 Areaofprimarytensionreinforcement shallnotbelessthanthelargerof and


    2 /3 .

    6.4.7.4 Totalarea, ,ofclosedstirrupsortiesparalleltoprimarytensionreinforcementshallnotbe


    lessthan 0.5 .Distribute uniformlywithin 2/3 adjacent toprimarytension
    reinforcement.

    6.4.7.5 / shallnotbelessthan0.04 / .

    6.4.7.6 Atfrontfaceofbracketorcorbel,primarytensionreinforcementshallbeanchoredbyoneof
    thefollowing:
    a) Byastructuralweldtoatransversebarofatleastequalsize;weldtobedesignedto
    develop ofprimarytensionreinforcement;
    b) Bybendingprimarytensionreinforcementbacktoformahorizontalloop;or
    c) Bysomeothermeansofpositiveanchorage.

    6.4.7.7
    Bearing area on bracket or corbel shall not project beyond straight portion of primary tension
    reinforcement,norprojectbeyondinteriorfaceoftransverseanchorbar(ifoneisprovided).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 651

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.8 Provisionsforwalls

    6.4.8.1 Designofwallsforshearforcesperpendiculartofaceofwallshallbeinaccordancewith
    provisionsforslabsin6.4.10.Designforhorizontalinplaneshearforcesinawallshallbein
    accordancewith6.4.8.2through6.4.8.9.Alternatively,itshallbepermittedtodesignwalls
    withaheightnotexceedingtwotimesthelengthofthewallforhorizontalshearforcesin
    accordancewithAppendixAand6.4.8.9.2through6.4.8.9.5.

    6.4.8.2 DesignofhorizontalsectionforshearinplaneofwallshallbebasedonEq.(6.4.1)and(6.4.2),
    where shallbeinaccordancewith6.4.8.5or6.4.8.6and shallbeinaccordancewith
    6.4.8.9.

    6.4.8.3 atanyhorizontalsectionforshearinplaneofwallshallnotbetakengreaterthan
    ,
    0.83 ,where isthicknessofwall,and isdefinedin6.4.8.4.

    6.4.8.4 Fordesignforhorizontalshearforcesinplaneofwall, shallbetakenequalto0.8 .Alarger


    valueof ,equaltothedistancefromextremecompressionfibertocenterofforceofall
    reinforcementintension,shallbepermittedtobeusedwhendeterminedbyastrain
    compatibilityanalysis.

    6.4.8.5 Ifamoredetailedcalculationisnotmadeinaccordancewith6.4.8.6, shallnotbetaken


    greaterthan0.17 forwallssubjecttoaxialcompression,or shallnotbetaken
    greaterthanthevaluegivenin6.4.2.2.3forwallssubjecttoaxialtension.

    6.4.8.6 shallbepermittedtobethelesserofthevaluescomputedfromEq.(6.4.22)and(6.4.23)

    0.27 6.4.22
    or
    . .
    0.05 6.4.23

    where istheoveralllengthofthewall,and ispositiveforcompressionandnegativefor


    tension.If / /2 isnegative,Eq.(6.4.23)shallnotapply.

    6.4.8.7 Sectionslocatedclosertowallbasethanadistance /2 oronehalfthewallheight,


    whicheverisless,shallbepermittedtobedesignedforthesame asthatcomputedata
    distance /2 oronehalftheheight.

    6.4.8.8 Where islessthan0.5 ,reinforcementshallbeprovidedinaccordancewith6.4.8.9orin


    accordancewithSec.6.6.Where exceeds0.5 ,wallreinforcementforresistingshear
    shallbeprovidedinaccordancewith6.4.8.9.

    6.4.8.9 Designofshearreinforcementforwalls

    6.4.8.9.1 Where exceeds ,horizontalshearreinforcementshallbeprovidedtosatisfyEq.(6.4.1)


    and(6.4.2),where shallbecomputedby

    6.4.24
    where isareaofhorizontalshearreinforcementwithinspacing ,and isdeterminedinaccordance
    with6.4.8.4.Verticalshearreinforcementshallbeprovidedinaccordancewith6.4.8.9.4.

    652 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.4.8.9.2 Ratioofhorizontalshearreinforcementareatogrossconcreteareaofverticalsection, shall


    notbelessthan0.0025.

    6.4.8.9.3 Spacingofhorizontalshearreinforcementshallnotexceedthesmallestof /5,3 ,and450


    mm,where istheoveralllengthofthewall.

    6.4.8.9.4 Ratioofverticalshearreinforcementareatogrossconcreteareaofhorizontalsection,
    shallnotbelessthanthelargerof

    0.0025 0.5 2.5 0.0025 6.4.25


    and0.0025,Thevalueof calculatedbyEq.(6.4.25)neednotbegreaterthan requiredby6.4.8.9.1.
    InEq.(6.4.25), istheoveralllengthofthewall,and istheoverallheightofthewall.

    6.4.8.9.5 Spacingofverticalshearreinforcementshallnotexceedthesmallestof /3,3 ,and450


    mm,where istheoveralllengthofthewall.

    6.4.9 Transferofmomentstocolumns

    6.4.9.1 Whengravityload,wind,earthquake,orotherlateralforcescausetransferofmomentat
    connectionsofframingelementstocolumns,theshearresultingfrommomenttransfershall
    beconsideredinthedesignoflateralreinforcementinthecolumns.

    6.4.9.2 Exceptforconnectionsnotpartofaprimaryseismicloadresistingsystemthatarerestrained
    onfoursidesbybeamsorslabsofapproximatelyequaldepth,connectionsshallhavelateral
    reinforcementnotlessthanthatrequiredbyEq.(6.4.9)withinthecolumnforadepthnotless
    thanthatofthedeepestconnectionofframingelementstothecolumns.SeealsoSec.8.1.13.

    6.4.10 Provisionsforfootingsandslabs

    6.4.10.1 Theshearstrengthoffootingsandslabsinthevicinityofcolumns,concentratedloads,or
    reactionsisgovernedbythemoresevereofthefollowingtwoconditions:

    6.4.10.1.1 Beamactionwhereeachcriticalsectiontobeinvestigatedextendsinaplaneacrosstheentire
    width.Theslaborfootingshallbedesignedinaccordancewith6.4.1through6.4.3forbeam
    action.

    6.4.10.1.2 Fortwowayaction,eachofthecriticalsectionstobeinvestigatedshallbelocatedsothatits
    perimeter isaminimumbutneednotapproachcloserthan /2 to:
    a) Edgesorcornersofcolumns,concentratedloads,orreactionareas;and
    b) Changesinslabthicknesssuchasedgesofcapitals,droppanels,orshearcaps.
    Fortwowayaction,theslaborfootingshallbedesignedinaccordancewith6.4.10.2through6.4.10.6.

    6.4.10.1.3 Forsquareorrectangularcolumns,concentratedloads,orreactionareas,thecriticalsections
    withfourstraightsidesshallbepermitted.

    6.4.10.2 Fortwowayaction,thedesignofaslaborfootingisbasedonEq.(6.4.1)and(6.4.2). shall


    becomputedinaccordancewith6.4.10.2.1,or6.4.10.3.1. shallbecomputedinaccordance
    with6.4.10.3.Forslabswithshearheads, shallbeinaccordancewith6.4.10.4.Where
    momentistransferredbetweenaslabandacolumn,6.4.10.6shallapply.

    6.4.10.2.1 Forslabsandfootings, shallbethesmallestof(a),(b),and(c):


    a) 0.17 1 (6.4.26)
    where istheratiooflongsidetoshortsideofthecolumn,concentratedloadorreactionarea;

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 653

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    b) 0.083 2 (6.4.27)
    where is40forinteriorcolumns,30foredgecolumns,20forcornercolumns;and
    c) 0.33 (6.4.28)

    6.4.10.3 Barsorwiresandsingleormultiplelegstirrupsasshearreinforcementshallbepermittedin
    slabs and footings with greater than or equal to 150 mm, but not less than 16 times the
    shearreinforcementbardiameter.Shearreinforcementshallbeinaccordancewith6.4.10.3.1
    through6.4.10.3.4.

    6.4.10.3.1 For computing , Eq. (6.4.2) shall be used and shall not be taken greater than
    0.17 ,and shallbecalculatedinaccordancewith6.4.3.InEq.(6.4.10), shallbe
    taken as the crosssectional area of all legs of reinforcement on one peripheral line that is
    geometricallysimilartotheperimeterofthecolumnsection.

    6.4.10.3.2 shallnotbetakengreaterthan0.5 .

    6.4.10.3.3 The distance from the column face to thefirstlineof stirrup legsthat surround thecolumn
    shall not exceed /2. The spacing between adjacent stirrup legs in the first line of shear
    reinforcementshallnotexceed2 measuredinadirectionparalleltothecolumnface.The
    spacingbetweensuccessivelinesofshearreinforcementthatsurroundthecolumnshallnot
    exceed /2 measured in a direction perpendicular to the column face. In a slabcolumn
    connection for which the moment transfer is negligible, the shear reinforcement should be
    symmetrical about the centroid of the critical section (Fig. 6.4.10.1). Spacing limits defined
    abovearealsoshowninFig.6.4.10.1forinteriorcolumnandinFig.6.4.10.2foredgecolumn.
    At edge columns or for interior connections where moment transfer is significant, closed
    stirrupsarerecommendedinapatternassymmetricalaspossible.

    6.4.10.3.4 Slabshearreinforcementshallsatisfytheanchoragerequirementsof8.2.10andshallengage
    thelongitudinalflexuralreinforcementinthedirectionbeingconsidered.

    654 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Critical section Critical section


    through slab shear outside slab shear
    reinforcement reinforcement
    (first line of
    stirrup legs)

    d/2 d/2

    Plan d/2

    d/2

    Slab d

    Elevation < 2d < d/2 s < d/2

    Column
    Fig.6.4.10.1Arrangementofstirrupshearreinforcementaroundinteriorcolumn(6.4.10.3.3).

    Critical section outside


    slab shear reinforcement
    Slab
    edge
    d/2

    D A

    C B

    Critical section through


    slab shear reinforcement
    d/2 (first line of stirrup legs)

    Plan

    < 2d < d/2 s < d/2

    Elevation
    Fig.6.4.10.1Arrangementofstirrupshearreinforcementaroundedgecolumn(6.4.10.3.3).

    6.4.10.4 ShearreinforcementconsistingofstructuralsteelIorchannelshapedsections(shearheads)
    shallbepermittedinslabs.Theprovisionsof6.4.10.4.1through6.4.10.4.9shallapplywhere

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 655

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    shear due to gravity load is transferred at interior column supports. Where moment is
    transferredtocolumns,6.4.10.7.3shallapply.

    6.4.10.4.1 Eachshearheadshallconsistofsteelshapesfabricatedbyweldingwithafullpenetrationweld
    intoidenticalarmsatrightangles.Shearheadarmsshallnotbeinterruptedwithinthecolumn
    section.

    6.4.10.4.2 Ashearheadshallnotbedeeperthan70timesthewebthicknessofthesteelshape.

    6.4.10.4.3 Theendsofeachshearheadarmshallbepermittedtobecutatanglesnotlessthan30
    degreeswiththehorizontal,providedtheplasticmomentstrengthoftheremainingtapered
    sectionisadequatetoresisttheshearforceattributedtothatarmoftheshearhead.

    6.4.10.4.4 Allcompressionflangesofsteelshapesshallbelocatedwithin0.3 ofcompressionsurfaceof


    slab.

    6.4.10.4.5 Theratio betweentheflexuralstiffnessofeachshearheadarmandthatofthesurrounding


    compositecrackedslabsectionofwidth shallnotbelessthan0.15.

    6.4.10.4.6 Plasticmomentstrength, ,requiredforeacharmoftheshearheadshallbecomputedby

    6.4.29
    where isfortensioncontrolledmembers, isnumberofshearheadarms,and isminimumlengthof
    eachshearheadarmrequiredtocomplywithrequirementsof6.4.10.4.7and6.4.10.4.8.

    6.4.10.4.7 Thecriticalslabsectionforshearshallbeperpendiculartotheplaneoftheslabandshallcross
    eachshearheadarmatthreequartersthedistance / fromthecolumnfacetothe
    endoftheshearheadarm.Thecriticalsectionshallbelocatedsothatitsperimeter isa
    minimum,butneednotbecloserthantheperimeterdefinedin6.4.10.1.2(a).

    6.4.10.4.8 shallnotbetakenlargerthan0.33 onthecriticalsectiondefinedin6.4.10.4.7.


    Whenshearheadreinforcementisprovided, shallnotbetakengreaterthan0.58
    onthecriticalsectiondefinedin6.4.10.1.2(a).

    6.4.10.4.9 Momentresistance contributedtoeachslabcolumnstripbyashearheadshallnotbe


    takengreaterthan

    6.4.30
    where is for tensioncontrolled members, is number of shearhead arms, and is length of each
    shearheadarmactuallyprovided.However, shallnotbetakenlargerthanthesmallestof:
    a) 30percentofthetotalfactoredmomentrequiredforeachslabcolumnstrip;
    b) Thechangeincolumnstripmomentoverthelength ;
    c) computedbyEq.(6.4.29).

    6.4.10.4.10 Whenunbalancedmomentsareconsidered,theshearheadmusthaveadequateanchorageto
    transmit tothecolumn.

    6.4.10.5 Headedshearstudreinforcement,placedperpendiculartotheplaneofaslaborfooting,shall
    bepermittedinslabsandfootingsinaccordancewith6.4.10.5.1through6.4.10.5.4.The
    overallheightoftheshearstudassemblyshallnotbelessthanthethicknessofthemember
    lessthesumof:(1)theconcretecoveronthetopflexuralreinforcement;(2)theconcrete
    coveronthebaserail;and(3)onehalfthebardiameterofthetensionflexuralreinforcement.

    656 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Whereflexuraltensionreinforcementisatthebottomofthesection,asinafooting,the
    overallheightoftheshearstudassemblyshallnotbelessthanthethicknessofthemember
    lessthesumof:(1)theconcretecoveronthebottomflexuralreinforcement;(2)theconcrete
    coverontheheadofthestud;and(3)onehalfthebardiameterofthebottomflexural
    reinforcement.

    6.4.10.5.1 Forthecriticalsectiondefinedin6.4.10.1.2, shallbecomputedusingEq.(6.4.2),with


    and notexceeding0.25 and0.66 ,respectively. shallbecalculated
    usingEq.(6.4.10)with equaltothecrosssectionalareaofalltheshearreinforcementon
    oneperipherallinethatisapproximatelyparalleltotheperimeterofthecolumnsection,
    where isthespacingoftheperipherallinesofheadedshearstudreinforcement. /
    shallnotbelessthan0.17 .

    6.4.10.5.2 Thespacingbetweenthecolumnfaceandthefirstperipherallineofshearreinforcementshall
    notexceed /2.Thespacingbetweenperipherallinesofshearreinforcement,measuredina
    directionperpendiculartoanyfaceofthecolumn,shallbeconstant.Forallslabsandfootings,
    thespacingshallbebasedonthevalueoftheshearstressduetofactoredshearforceand
    unbalancedmomentatthecriticalsectiondefinedin6.4.10.1.2,andshallnotexceed:
    a) 0.75 wheremaximumshearstressesduetofactoredloadsarelessthanorequalto
    0.5 ;and
    b) 0.5 wheremaximumshearstressesduetofactoredloadsaregreaterthan0.5 .

    6.4.10.5.3 Thespacingbetweenadjacentshearreinforcementelements,measuredontheperimeterof
    thefirstperipherallineofshearreinforcement,shallnotexceed2 .

    6.4.10.5.4 Shearstressduetofactoredshearforceandmomentshallnotexceed0.17 atthe


    criticalsectionlocated /2 outsidetheoutermostperipherallineofshearreinforcement.

    6.4.10.6 Openingsinslabs
    If openings in slabs are located at a distance less than 10 times the slab thickness from a concentrated
    loadorreactionarea,orwhenopeningsinflatslabsarelocatedwithincolumnstripsasdefinedinSec.6.5,
    thecriticalslabsectionsforsheardefinedin6.4.10.1.2and6.4.10.4.7shallbemodifiedasfollows:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 657

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.4.10.6.1 Forslabswithoutshearheads,thatpartoftheperimeterofthecriticalsectionthatisenclosed
    by straight lines projecting from the centroid of the column, concentrated load, or reaction
    area and tangent to the boundaries of the openings shall be considered ineffective (Fig.
    6.4.10.3).

    6.4.10.6.2 Forslabswithshearheads,theineffectiveportionoftheperimetershallbeonehalfofthat
    definedin6.4.10.6.1.

    Ineffective Opening

    d (Typ.)
    2

    Critical
    Section
    (a) (b)

    Free corner

    Regard
    as free
    edge

    (C) (d)

    Fig. 6.4.10.3 Effective perimeter (in dashed lines) to consider effect of openings and free edges
    (6.4.10.6.1).

    6.4.10.7 Transferofmomentinslabcolumnconnections

    6.4.10.7.1 Wheregravityload,wind,earthquake,orotherlateralforcescausetransferofunbalanced
    moment betweenaslabandcolumn, shallbetransferredbyflexureinaccordance
    with6.5.5.3.Theremainderoftheunbalancedmoment, ,shallbeconsideredtobe
    transferredbyeccentricityofshearaboutthecentroidofthecriticalsectiondefinedin
    6.4.10.1.2where
    1 6.4.31

    6.4.10.7.2 Theshearstressresultingfrommomenttransferbyeccentricityofshearshallbeassumedto
    varylinearlyaboutthecentroidofthecriticalsectionsdefinedin6.4.10.1.2.Themaximum
    shearstressdueto and shallnotexceed :
    (a)Formemberswithoutshearreinforcement,
    / 6.4.32
    where isasdefinedin6.4.10.2.1.

    658 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (b)Formemberswithshearreinforcementotherthanshearheads,
    / 6.4.33
    where and aredefinedin6.4.10.3.1.Thedesignshalltakeintoaccountthevariationofshearstress
    around the column. The shear stress due to factored shear force and moment shall not exceed
    0.17 atthecriticalsectionlocated /2 outsidetheoutermostlineofstirruplegsthatsurround
    thecolumn.

    Themaximumfactoredshearstressmaybeobtainedfromthecombinedshearstressesontheleftandright
    facesofthecolumn(Fig.6.4.10.4),

    Where, =areaofconcreteofassumedcriticalsection=2 2
    , distancesfromcentroidofcriticalsectiontoleftandrightfaceofsectionrespectively
    , =widthanddepthofthecolumn
    =propertyofassumedcriticalsectionanalogoustopolarmomentofinertia
    Foraninteriorcolumn,thequantity is

    2 ))

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 659

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Vu

    T
    Mu c d

    (a)

    b1 = c1 + d Vl

    c1 Vr

    b 2 = c2 + d c2

    cl cr

    cl cr
    (b) (C)
    d
    b1 = c1 + 2

    c1 Vl

    Vr

    b 2 = c2 + d c2

    cl cr
    cl cr
    (d) (e)
    Fig. 6.4.10.4 Transfer of moment from slab to column: (a) forces resulting from vertical load and
    unbalancedmoment;(b)criticalsectionforaninteriorcolumn;(c)shearstressdistributionfor
    an interior column; (d) critical section for an edge column; (e) shear stress distribution for an
    edgecolumn(6.4.10.7.2).

    660 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.4.10.7.3 WhenshearreinforcementconsistingofstructuralsteelIorchannelshapedsections
    (shearheads)isprovided,thesumoftheshearstressesduetoverticalloadactingonthe
    criticalsectiondefinedby6.4.10.4.7andtheshearstressesresultingfrommoment
    transferredbyeccentricityofshearaboutthecentroidofthecriticalsectiondefinedin
    6.4.10.1.2(a)and6.4.10.1.3shallnotexceed 0.33 .

    6.5 TWOWAY SLAB SYSTEMS: FLAT PLATES, FLAT SLABS AND EDGE
    SUPPORTEDSLABS

    6.5.1 Scope
    Theprovisionsofthissectionshallapplytoallslabs,solid,ribbedorhollow,spanninginmorethanone
    direction,withorwithoutbeamsbetweenthesupports.Flatplateisatermnormallyattributedtoslabs
    withoutbeamsandwithoutdroppanels,columncapitals,orbrackets.Ontheotherhand,slabswithout
    beams, but with drop panels, column capital or brackets are commonly known as flat slabs. While this
    sectioncoverstherequirementsforalltypesofslabs,theprovisionsof6.5.8,AlternativeDesignofTwo
    wayEdgeSupportedslabs,maybeusedasanalternativeforslabssupportedonallfouredgesbywalls,
    steelbeamsormonolithicconcretebeamshavingatotaldepthnotlessthan3timestheslabthickness.

    6.5.1.1 Foraslabsystemsupportedbycolumnsorwalls,dimensions , ,and shallbebasedon


    aneffectivesupportareadefinedbytheintersectionofthebottomsurfaceoftheslab,orof
    thedroppanelorshearcapifpresent,withthelargestrightcircularcone,rightpyramid,or
    taperedwedgewhosesurfacesarelocatedwithinthecolumnandthecapitalorbracketand
    areorientednogreaterthan45degreestotheaxisofthecolumn.

    6.5.1.2 MinimumthicknessofslabsdesignedinaccordancewithSec.6.5shallbeasrequiredby
    6.2.5.3.

    6.5.2 General

    6.5.2.1 Columnstripisadesignstripwithawidthoneachsideofacolumncenterlineequalto0.25
    or0.25 ,whicheverisless.Columnstripincludesbeams,ifany.

    6.5.2.2 Middlestripisadesignstripboundedbytwocolumnstrips.

    6.5.2.3 Apanelisboundedbycolumn,beam,orwallcenterlinesonallsides.

    6.5.2.4 Formonolithicorfullycompositeconstruction,abeamincludesthatportionofslaboneach
    sideofthebeamextendingadistanceequaltotheprojectionofthebeamaboveorbelowthe
    slab,whicheverisgreater,butnotgreaterthanfourtimestheslabthickness(Fig.6.5.2.1).

    6.5.2.5 Whenusedtoreducetheamountofnegativemomentreinforcementoveracolumnor
    minimum
    requiredslabthickness,adroppanelshall:
    a) projectbelowtheslabatleastonequarteroftheadjacentslabthickness;and
    b) extendineachdirectionfromthecenterlineofsupportadistancenotlessthanonesixth
    thespanlengthmeasuredfromcentertocenterofsupportsinthatdirection.

    6.5.2.6 Whenusedtoincreasethecriticalconditionsectionforshearataslabcolumnjoint,ashear
    capshallprojectbelowtheslabandextendaminimumhorizontaldistancefromthefaceof
    thecolumnthatisequaltothethicknessoftheprojectionbelowtheslabsoffit.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 661

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    hb < 4hf
    hf bw + 2hb < bw + 8hf

    hb hb

    bw bw

    Fig.6.5.2.1Portionofslabtobeincludedwiththebeamaccordingto6.5.2.4.

    6.5.3 Slabreinforcement

    6.5.3.1 Areaofreinforcementineachdirectionfortwowayslabsystemsshallbedeterminedfrom
    momentsatcriticalsections,butshallnotbelessthanrequiredbySec.8.1.11.2.

    6.5.3.2 Spacingofreinforcementatcriticalsectionsshallnotexceedtwotimestheslabthickness,
    exceptforportionsofslabareaofcellularorribbedconstruction.Intheslabovercellular
    spaces,reinforcementshallbeprovidedasrequiredbySec.8.1.11.

    6.5.3.3 Positivemomentreinforcementperpendiculartoadiscontinuousedgeshallextendtothe
    edgeofslabandhaveembedment,straightorhooked,atleast150mminspandrelbeams,
    columns,orwalls.

    6.5.3.4 Negativemomentreinforcementperpendiculartoadiscontinuousedgeshallbebent,
    hooked,orotherwiseanchoredinspandrelbeams,columns,orwalls,andshallbedeveloped
    atfaceofsupportaccordingtoprovisionsofSec.8.2.

    6.5.3.5 Whereaslabisnotsupportedbyaspandrelbeamorwallatadiscontinuousedge,orwherea
    slabcantileversbeyondthesupport,anchorageofreinforcementshallbepermittedwithin
    theslab.

    6.5.3.6 Atexteriorcornersofslabssupportedbyedgewallsorwhereoneormoreedgebeamshavea
    valueof greaterthan1.0,topandbottomslabreinforcementshallbeprovidedatexterior
    cornersinaccordancewith6.5.3.6.1through6.5.3.6.4andasshowninFig.6.5.3.1.

    662 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    L Long
    (L Long )/5

    B-1

    (LLong )/5
    As top per 6.5.3.6

    LShort
    As bottom per 6.5.3.6

    B-2
    Choice-1

    L Long
    (L Long )/5

    B-1
    (LLong )/5
    LShort

    As per 6.5.3.6
    top and bottom
    B-2

    Choice-2
    Notes:

    1. Applies if B-1or B-2 has f >1.0


    2. Max. bar spacing 2h, where h = slab thickness
    3. Reinforcement same as maximum +ve reinforcement of the panel
    Fig.6.5.3.1Cornerreinforcementinslabs(6.5.3.6)

    6.5.3.6.1 Cornerreinforcementinbothtopandbottomofslabshallbesufficienttoresistamomentper
    unitofwidthequaltothemaximumpositivemomentperunitwidthintheslabpanel.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 663

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.5.3.6.2 Themomentshallbeassumedtobeaboutanaxisperpendiculartothediagonalfromthe
    cornerinthetopoftheslabandaboutanaxisparalleltothediagonalfromthecornerinthe
    bottomoftheslab.

    6.5.3.6.3 Cornerreinforcementshallbeprovidedforadistanceineachdirectionfromthecornerequal
    toonefifththelongerspan.

    6.5.3.6.4 Cornerreinforcementshallbeplacedparalleltothediagonalinthetopoftheslaband
    perpendiculartothediagonalinthebottomoftheslab.Alternatively,reinforcementshallbe
    placedintwolayersparalleltothesidesoftheslabinboththetopandbottomoftheslab.

    6.5.3.7 Whenadroppanelisusedtoreducetheamountofnegativemomentreinforcementoverthe
    columnofaflatslab,thedimensionsofthedroppanelshallbeinaccordancewith6.5.2.5.In
    computingrequiredslabreinforcement,thethicknessofthedroppanelbelowtheslabshall
    notbeassumedtobegreaterthanonequarterthedistancefromtheedgeofdroppanelto
    thefaceofcolumnorcolumncapital.

    6.5.3.8 Detailsofreinforcementinslabswithoutbeams

    6.5.3.8.1 Inadditiontotheotherrequirementsof6.5.3,reinforcementinslabswithoutbeamsshall
    haveminimumextensionsasprescribedinFig.6.5.3.2.

    6.5.3.8.2 Whereadjacentspansareunequal,extensionsofnegativemomentreinforcementbeyondthe
    faceofsupportasprescribedinFig.6.5.3.2shallbebasedonrequirementsofthelongerspan.

    Fig. 6.5.3.2Minimum extensions for reinforcement in slabs without beams. (See 8.2.8.1 for reinforcement
    extensionintosupports

    664 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.5.3.8.3 Bentbarsshallbepermittedonlywhendepthspanratiopermitsuseofbendsof45degrees
    orless.

    6.5.3.8.4 Inframeswheretwowayslabsactasprimarymembersresistinglateralloads,lengthsof
    reinforcementshallbedeterminedbyanalysisbutshallnotbelessthanthoseprescribedin
    Fig.6.5.3.2.

    6.5.3.8.5 Allbottombarsorwireswithinthecolumnstrip,ineachdirection,shallbecontinuousor
    splicedwithClassBtensionsplicesorwithmechanicalorweldedsplicessatisfyingSec.
    8.2.12.3.SplicesshallbelocatedasshowninFig.6.5.3.2.Atleasttwoofthecolumnstrip
    bottombarsorwiresineachdirectionshallpasswithintheregionboundedbythe
    longitudinalreinforcementofthecolumnandshallbeanchoredatexteriorsupports.

    6.5.3.8.6 Inslabswithshearheadsandinliftslabconstructionwhereitisnotpracticaltopassthe
    bottombarsrequiredby6.5.3.8.5throughthecolumn,atleasttwobondedbottombarsor
    wiresineachdirectionshallpassthroughtheshearheadorliftingcollarasclosetothecolumn
    aspracticableandbecontinuousorsplicedwithaClassAsplice.Atexteriorcolumns,the
    reinforcementshallbeanchoredattheshearheadorliftingcollar.

    6.5.4 Openingsinslabsystems

    6.5.4.1 Openingsofanysizeshallbepermittedinslabsystemsifshownbyanalysisthatthedesign
    strength is at least equal to the required strength set forth in 6.2.2 and 6.2.3, and that all
    serviceabilityconditions,includingthelimitsondeflections,aremet.

    6.5.4.2 Asanalternatetoanalysisasrequiredby6.5.4.1,openingsshallbepermittedinslabsystems
    withoutbeamsonly,inaccordancewith6.5.4.2.1through6.5.4.2.4.

    6.5.4.2.1 Openings of any size shall be permitted in the area common to intersecting middle strips,
    provided total amount of reinforcement required for the panel without the opening is
    maintained.

    6.5.4.2.2 In the area common to intersecting column strips, not more than oneeighth the width of
    column strip in either span shall be interrupted by openings. An amount of reinforcement
    equivalenttothatinterruptedbyanopeningshallbeaddedonthesidesoftheopening.

    6.5.4.2.3 Intheareacommontoonecolumnstripandonemiddlestrip,notmorethanonequarterof
    the reinforcement in either strip shall be interrupted by openings. An amount of
    reinforcementequivalenttothatinterruptedbyanopeningshallbeaddedonthesidesofthe
    opening.

    6.5.4.2.4 Shearrequirementsof6.4.10.6shallbesatisfied.

    6.5.5 Designprocedures

    6.5.5.1 A slab system shall be designed by any procedure satisfying conditions of equilibrium and
    geometriccompatibility,ifshownthatthedesignstrengthateverysectionisatleastequalto
    the required strength set forth in 6.2.2 and 6.2.3, and that all serviceability conditions,
    includinglimitsondeflections,aremet.

    6.5.5.1.1 Design of a slab system for gravity loads, including the slab and beams (if any) between
    supports and supporting columns or walls forming orthogonal frames, by either the Direct
    DesignMethodof6.5.6ortheEquivalentFrameMethodof6.5.7,shallbepermitted.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 665

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.5.5.1.2 For lateral loads, analysis of frames shall take into account effects of cracking and
    reinforcementonstiffnessofframemembers.

    6.5.5.1.3 Combiningtheresultsofthegravityloadanalysiswiththeresultsofthelateralloadanalysis
    shallbepermitted.

    6.5.5.2 The slab and beams (if any) between supports shall be proportioned for factored moments
    prevailingateverysection.

    6.5.5.3 When gravity load, wind, earthquake, or other lateral forces cause transfer of moment
    between slab and column, a fraction of the unbalanced moment shall be transferred by
    flexureinaccordancewith6.5.5.3.2through6.5.5.3.4.

    6.5.5.3.1 The fraction of unbalanced moment not transferred by flexure shall be transferred by
    eccentricityofshearinaccordancewith6.4.10.7.

    6.5.5.3.2 Afractionoftheunbalancedmomentgivenby shallbeconsideredtobetransferredby


    flexure within an effective slab width between lines that are one and onehalf slab or drop
    panel thickness 1.5 outside opposite faces of the column or capital, where is the
    factoredmomenttobetransferredand
    6.5.1

    6.5.5.3.3 Forslabswithunbalancedmomentstransferredbetweentheslabandcolumns,itshallbe
    permittedtoincreasethevalueof givenbyEq.(6.5.1)inaccordancewiththefollowing:
    a) For edge columns with unbalanced moments about an axis parallel to the edge,
    1.0providedthat atanedgesupportdoesnotexceed0.75 ,oratacorner
    supportdoesnotexceed0.5 .
    b) For unbalanced moments at interior supports, and for edge columns with unbalanced
    momentsaboutanaxisperpendiculartotheedge,increase toasmuchas1.25times
    thevaluefromEq.(6.5.1),butnotmorethan 1.0,providedthat atthesupport
    doesnotexceed0.4 .Thenettensilestrain calculatedfortheeffectiveslabwidth
    definedin6.5.5.3.2shallnotbelessthan0.010.
    Thevalueof initems(a)and(b)shallbecalculatedinaccordancewith6.4.10.2.1.

    6.5.5.3.4 Concentration of reinforcement over the column by closer spacing or additional


    reinforcementshallbeusedtoresistmomentontheeffectiveslabwidthdefinedin6.5.5.3.2.

    6.5.5.4 Design for transfer of load from slabs to supporting columns or walls through shear and
    torsionshallbeinaccordancewithSec.6.4.

    6.5.6 Directdesignmethod

    6.5.6.1 Limitations
    Design of slab systems within the limitations of 6.5.6.1.1 through 6.5.6.1.8 by the direct design method
    shallbepermitted.

    666 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.5.6.1.1 Thereshallbeaminimumofthreecontinuousspansineachdirection.

    6.5.6.1.2 Panelsshallberectangular,witharatiooflongertoshorterspancentertocenterofsupports
    withinapanelnotgreaterthan2.

    6.5.6.1.3 Successivespanlengthscentertocenterofsupportsineachdirectionshallnotdifferbymore
    thanonethirdthelongerspan.

    6.5.6.1.4 Offsetofcolumnsbyamaximumof10percentofthespan(indirectionofoffset)fromeither
    axisbetweencenterlinesofsuccessivecolumnsshallbepermitted.

    6.5.6.1.5 All loads shall be due to gravity only and uniformly distributed over an entire panel. The
    unfactoredliveloadshallnotexceedtwotimestheunfactoreddeadload.

    6.5.6.1.6 Forapanelwithbeamsbetweensupportsonallsides,Eq.(6.5.2)shallbesatisfiedforbeams
    inthetwoperpendiculardirections

    0.2 5.0 6.5.2

    where
    and arecalculatedinaccordancewithEq.(6.5.3).

    6.5.3

    6.5.6.1.7 Momentredistributionaspermittedby8.4shallnotbeappliedforslabsystemsdesignedby
    thedirectdesignmethod.See6.5.6.7.

    6.5.6.1.8 Variationsfromthelimitationsof6.5.6.1shallbepermittedifdemonstratedbyanalysisthat
    requirementsof6.5.5.1aresatisfied.

    6.5.6.2 Totalfactoredstaticmomentforaspan

    6.5.6.2.1 Totalfactoredstaticmoment, ,foraspanshallbedeterminedinastripboundedlaterally


    bycenterlineofpaneloneachsideofcenterlineofsupports.

    6.5.6.2.2 Absolutesumofpositiveandaveragenegativefactoredmomentsineachdirectionshallnot
    belessthan

    6.5.4
    where islengthofclearspanindirectionthatmomentsarebeingdetermined.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 667

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.5.6.2.3 Wherethetransversespanofpanelsoneithersideofthecenterlineofsupportsvaries, in
    Eq.(6.5.4)shallbetakenastheaverageofadjacenttransversespans.

    6.5.6.2.4 Whenthespanadjacentandparalleltoanedgeisbeingconsidered,thedistancefromedge
    topanelcenterlineshallbesubstitutedfor inEq.(6.5.4).

    6.5.6.2.5 Clearspan shallextendfromfacetofaceofcolumns,capitals,brackets,orwalls.Valueof


    usedinEq.(6.5.4)shallnotbelessthan0.65 .Circularorregularpolygonshapedsupports
    shallbetreatedassquaresupportswiththesamearea.

    6.5.6.3 Negativeandpositivefactoredmoments

    6.5.6.3.1 Negative factored moments shall be located at face of rectangular supports. Circular or
    regularpolygonshapedsupportsshallbetreatedassquaresupportswiththesamearea.

    6.5.6.3.2 Inaninteriorspan,totalstaticmoment, ,shallbedistributedasfollows:


    Negativefactoredmoment 0.65
    Positivefactoredmoment 0.35

    6.5.6.3.3 Inanendspan,totalfactoredstaticmoment, ,shallbedistributedasinTable6.5.6.1


    below:
    Table6.5.6.1DistributionofTotalFactoredStaticMoment, inanEndSpan

    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)


    Exterior Slabwith Slabwithoutbeamsbetween Exterioredge
    edge beams interiorsupports fullyrestrained
    unrestrained betweenall Withoutedge Withedge
    supports beam beam
    Interiornegative 0.75 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.65
    factoredmoment
    Positivefactored 0.63 0.57 0.52 0.50 0.35
    moment
    Exteriornegative 0 0.16 0.26 0.30 0.65
    factoredmoment

    6.5.6.3.4 Negativemomentsectionsshallbedesignedtoresistthelargerofthetwointeriornegative
    factoredmomentsdeterminedforspansframingintoacommonsupportunlessananalysisis
    made to distribute the unbalanced moment in accordance with stiffnesses of adjoining
    elements.

    6.5.6.3.5 Edgebeamsoredgesofslabshallbeproportionedtoresistintorsiontheirshareofexterior
    negativefactoredmoments.

    6.5.6.3.6 Thegravityloadmomenttobetransferredbetweenslabandedgecolumninaccordancewith
    6.5.5.3.1shallbe0.3 .

    6.5.6.4 Factoredmomentsincolumnstrips

    6.5.6.4.1 Column strips shall be proportioned to resist the portions in percent of interior negative
    factoredmomentsasshowninTable6.5.6.2below:
    Table6.5.6.2PortionsofInteriorNegativeMomentstobeResistedbyColumnStrip

    668 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    / 0.5 1.0 2.0


    / 0 75 75 75
    / 1 90 75 45
    Note:Linearinterpolationsshallbemadebetweenvaluesshown.

    Interpolationfunctionfor%ofMoment=75 30 1

    6.5.6.4.2 Columnstripsshallbeproportionedtoresisttheportionsinpercentofexteriornegative
    factoredmomentsasshowninTable6.5.6.3:
    Table6.5.6.3PortionsofExteriorNegativeMomentstobeResistedbyColumnStrip

    / 0.5 1.0 2.0


    / =0 100 100 100
    0 2.5 075 075 075
    / =0 100 100 100
    1 2.5 090 075 045

    Linearinterpolationsshallbemadebetweenvaluesshown,where iscalculatedinEq.(6.5.5)and is
    calculatedinEq.(6.5.6).
    6.5.5

    1 0.63 6.5.6
    Theconstant forTorLsectionsshallbepermittedtobeevaluatedbydividingthesectionintoseparate
    rectangularparts,asdefinedin6.5.2.4,andsummingthevaluesof foreachpart.

    Interpolationfunctionfor%ofMoment=100 10 12
    1

    6.5.6.4.3 Wheresupportsconsistofcolumnsorwallsextendingforadistanceequaltoorgreaterthan
    0.75 used to compute , negative moments shall be considered to be uniformly
    distributedacross .

    6.5.6.4.4 Column strips shall be proportioned to resist the portions in percent of positive factored
    momentsshowninTable6.5.6.4:
    Table6.5.6.4PortionsofPositiveMomenttobeResistedbyColumnStrip

    / 0.5 1.0 2.0


    / 0 60 60 60
    / 1 90 75 45
    Note:Linearinterpolationsshallbemadebetweenvaluesshown.

    Interpolationfunctionfor%ofMoment=60 30 1.5

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 669

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.5.6.4.5 For slabs with beams between supports, the slab portion of column strips shall be
    proportionedtoresistthatportionofcolumnstripmomentsnotresistedbybeams.

    6.5.6.5 Factoredmomentsinbeams

    6.5.6.5.1 Beamsbetweensupportsshallbeproportionedtoresist85percentofcolumnstripmoments
    if / isequaltoorgreaterthan1.0.

    6.5.6.5.2 Forvaluesof / between1.0andzero,proportionofcolumnstripmomentsresistedby


    beamsshallbeobtainedbylinearinterpolationbetween85andzeropercent.

    6.5.6.5.3 In addition to moments calculated for uniform loads according to 6.5.6.2.2, 6.5.6.5.1, and
    6.5.6.5.2,beamsshallbeproportionedtoresistallmomentscausedbyconcentratedorlinear
    loadsapplieddirectlytobeams,includingweightofprojectingbeamstemaboveorbelowthe
    slab.

    6.5.6.6 Factoredmomentsinmiddlestrips

    6.5.6.6.1 Thatportionofnegativeandpositivefactoredmomentsnotresistedbycolumnstripsshallbe
    proportionatelyassignedtocorrespondinghalfmiddlestrips.

    6.5.6.6.2 Eachmiddlestripshallbeproportionedtoresistthesumofthemomentsassignedtoitstwo
    halfmiddlestrips.

    6.5.6.6.3 Amiddlestripadjacenttoandparallelwithawallsupportededgeshallbeproportionedto
    resist twice the moment assigned to the half middle strip corresponding to the first row of
    interiorsupports.

    6.5.6.7 Modificationoffactoredmoments
    Modificationofnegativeandpositivefactoredmomentsby10percentshallbepermittedprovidedthe
    totalstaticmomentforapanel, ,inthedirectionconsideredisnotlessthanthatrequiredbyEq.
    (6.5.4).

    6.5.6.8 Factoredshearinslabsystemswithbeams

    6.5.6.8.1 Beamswith / equaltoorgreaterthan1.0shallbeproportionedtoresistshearcaused


    by factored loads on tributary areas which are bounded by 45degree lines drawn from the
    cornersofthepanelsandthecenterlinesoftheadjacentpanelsparalleltothelongsides(Fig.
    6.5.6.1).

    6.5.6.8.2 In proportioning beams with / less than 1.0 to resist shear, linear interpolation,
    assumingbeamscarrynoloadat 0,shallbepermitted.

    6.5.6.8.3 In addition to shears calculated according to 6.5.6.8.1 and 6.5.6.8.2, beams shall be
    proportionedtoresistshearscausedbyfactoredloadsapplieddirectlyonbeams.

    6.5.6.8.4 Computationofslabshearstrengthontheassumptionthatloadisdistributedtosupporting
    beamsinaccordancewith6.5.6.8.1or6.5.6.8.2shallbepermitted.Resistancetototalshear
    occurringonapanelshallbeprovided.

    6.5.6.8.5 ShearstrengthshallsatisfytherequirementsofSec.6.4.

    670 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.6.5.6.1Tributaryareaforshearonaninteriorbeam.

    6.5.6.9 Factoredmomentsincolumnsandwalls

    6.5.6.9.1 Columnsandwallsbuiltintegrallywithaslabsystemshallresistmomentscausedbyfactored
    loadsontheslabsystem.

    6.5.6.9.2 Ataninteriorsupport,supportingelementsaboveandbelowtheslabshallresistthefactored
    moment specified by Eq. (6.5.7) in direct proportion to their stiffnesses unless a general
    analysisismade.
    0.07 0.5
    6.5.7
    Where , ,and refertoshorterspan.

    6.5.7 Equivalentframemethod

    6.5.7.1 Designofslabsystemsbytheequivalentframemethodshallbebasedonassumptionsgiven
    in 6.5.7.2 through 6.5.7.6, and all sections of slabs and supporting members shall be
    proportionedformomentsandshearsthusobtained.

    6.5.7.1.1 Where metal column capitals are used, it shall be permitted to take account of their
    contributionstostiffnessandresistancetomomentandtoshear.

    6.5.7.1.2 Itshallbepermittedtoneglectthechangeinlengthofcolumnsandslabsduetodirectstress,
    anddeflectionsduetoshear.

    6.5.7.2 Equivalentframe

    6.5.7.2.1 Thestructureshallbeconsideredtobemadeupofequivalentframesoncolumnlinestaken
    longitudinallyandtransverselythroughthebuilding(Fig.6.5.7.1).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 671

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.6.5.7.1Definitionsofequivalentframe.

    6.5.7.2.2 Each frame shall consist of a row of columns or supports and slabbeam strips, bounded
    laterallybythecenterlineofpaneloneachsideofthecenterlineofcolumnsorsupports.

    6.5.7.2.3 Columns or supports shall be assumed to be attached to slabbeam strips by torsional


    members(see6.5.7.5)transversetothedirectionofthespanforwhichmomentsarebeing
    determinedandextendingtoboundinglateralpanelcenterlinesoneachsideofacolumn.

    6.5.7.2.4 Framesadjacentandparalleltoanedgeshallbeboundedbythatedgeandthecenterlineof
    adjacentpanel.

    6.5.7.2.5 Analysisofeachequivalentframeinitsentiretyshallbepermitted.Alternatively,forgravity
    loading, a separate analysis of each floor or roof with far ends of columns considered fixed
    shallbepermitted.

    6.5.7.2.6 Where slabbeams are analyzed separately, determination of moment at a given support
    assuming that the slabbeam is fixed at any support two panels distant therefrom, shall be
    permitted,providedtheslabcontinuesbeyondthatpoint.

    6.5.7.3 Slabbeams

    6.5.7.3.1 Determinationofthemomentofinertiaofslabbeamsatanycrosssectionoutsideofjointsor
    columncapitalsusingthegrossareaofconcreteshallbepermitted.

    6.5.7.3.2 Variationinmomentofinertiaalongaxisofslabbeamsshallbetakenintoaccount.

    6.5.7.3.3 Momentofinertiaofslabbeamsfromcenterofcolumntofaceofcolumn,bracket,orcapital
    shallbeassumedequaltothemomentofinertiaoftheslabbeamatfaceofcolumn,bracket,
    orcapitaldividedbythequantity 1 / ,where and aremeasuredtransverseto
    thedirectionofthespanforwhichmomentsarebeingdetermined.

    672 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.5.7.4 Columns

    6.5.7.4.1 Determinationofthemomentofinertiaofcolumnsatanycrosssectionoutsideofjointsor
    columncapitalsusingthegrossareaofconcreteshallbepermitted.

    6.5.7.4.2 Variationinmomentofinertiaalongaxisofcolumnsshallbetakenintoaccount(Fig.6.5.7.2).

    6.5.7.4.3 Moment of inertia of columns from top to bottom of the slabbeam at a joint shall be
    assumedtobeinfinite.

    6.5.7.5 Torsionalmembers

    6.5.7.5.1 Torsional members (see 6.5.7.2.3) shall be assumed to have a constant cross section
    throughouttheirlengthconsistingofthelargestof(a),(b),and(c):
    a) A portion of slab having awidth equal to that of the column, bracket, or capital in the
    directionofthespanforwhichmomentsarebeingdetermined;
    b) For monolithic or fully composite construction, the portion of slab specified in (a) plus
    thatpartofthetransversebeamaboveandbelowtheslab;
    c) Thetransversebeamasdefinedin6.5.2.4.

    6.5.7.5.2 Wherebeamsframeintocolumnsinthedirectionofthespanforwhichmomentsarebeing
    determined,thetorsionalstiffnessshallbemultipliedbytheratioofthemomentofinertiaof
    theslabwithsuchabeamtothemomentofinertiaoftheslabwithoutsuchabeam.


    Fig.6.5.7.2Equivalent column (column plus torsionalmembers).

    6.5.7.5.3 Stiffness ofthetorsionalmembersshallbecalculatedbythefollowingexpression:


    6.5.8
    /
    where and relatetothetransversespanoneachsideofcolumn.

    6.5.7.6 Arrangementofliveload

    6.5.7.6.1 Whentheloadingpatternisknown,theequivalentframeshallbeanalyzedforthatload.

    6.5.7.6.2 When the unfactored live load is variable but does not exceed threequarters of the
    unfactored dead load, or the nature of live load is such that all panels will be loaded

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 673

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    simultaneously,itshallbepermittedtoassumethatmaximumfactoredmomentsoccuratall
    sectionswithfullfactoredliveloadonentireslabsystem.

    6.5.7.6.3 Forloadingconditionsotherthanthosedefinedin6.5.7.6.2,itshallbepermittedtoassume
    thatmaximumpositivefactoredmomentnearmidspanofapaneloccurswiththreequarters
    ofthefullfactoredliveloadonthepanelandonalternatepanels;anditshallbepermittedto
    assumethatmaximumnegativefactoredmomentintheslabatasupportoccurswiththree
    quartersofthefullfactoredliveloadonadjacentpanelsonly.

    6.5.7.6.4 Factoredmomentsshallbetakennotlessthanthoseoccurringwithfullfactoredliveloadon
    allpanels.

    6.5.7.7 Factoredmoments

    6.5.7.7.1 At interior supports, the critical section for negative factored moment (in both column and
    middlestrips)shallbetakenatfaceofrectilinearsupports,butnotfartherawaythan0.175
    fromthecenterofacolumn.

    6.5.7.7.2 At exterior supports with brackets or capitals, the critical section for negative factored
    moment in the span perpendicular to an edge shall be taken at a distance from face of
    supportingelementnotgreaterthanonehalftheprojectionofbracketorcapitalbeyondface
    ofsupportingelement.

    6.5.7.7.3 Circularorregularpolygonshapedsupportsshallbetreatedassquaresupportswiththesame
    areaforlocationofcriticalsectionfornegativedesignmoment.

    6.5.7.7.4 Where slab systems within limitations of 6.5.6.1 are analyzed by the equivalent frame
    method,itshallbepermittedtoreducetheresultingcomputedmomentsinsuchproportion
    thattheabsolutesumofthepositiveandaveragenegativemomentsusedindesignneednot
    exceedthevalueobtainedfromEq.(6.5.4).

    6.5.7.7.5 Distribution of moments at critical sections across the slabbeam strip of each frame to
    column strips, beams, and middle strips as provided in 6.5.6.4, 6.5.6.5, and 6.5.6.6 shall be
    permittediftherequirementof6.5.6.1.6issatisfied.

    6.5.8 ALTERNATIVEDESIGNOFTWOWAYEDGESUPPORTEDSLABS

    6.5.8.1 Notation
    The notations provided below are applicable for Section 6.5.8 only. Also see Section 6.1.1.1 for other
    notations.

    , =Momentcoefficients
    =Lengthofclearspaninshortdirection
    =Lengthofclearspaninlongdirection
    =Momentintheshortdirection
    =Momentinthelongdirection
    =Uniformload
    =Lengthofclearspanindirectionthatmomentarebeingdetermined
    =Lengthofclearspantransverseto
    =Ratio of flexural stiffness of beam section to flexural stiffness of a width of slab bounded
    laterallybycentrelineofadjacentpanels(ifany)oneachsideofthebeam.See6.4.2.1
    = inthedirectionof .

    674 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.5.8.2 ScopeandLimitations

    6.5.8.2.1 Theprovisionsofthissectionmaybeusedasalternativetothoseof6.5.1through6.5.7for
    twoway slabs supported on all four edges by walls, steel beams or monolithic concrete
    beamshavingatotaldepthnotlessthan3timestheslabthickness.

    6.5.8.2.2 Panelsshallberectangularwitharatiooflongertoshorterspancentretocentreofsupports
    notgreaterthan2.

    6.5.8.2.3 Thevalueof / shallbegreaterthanorequalto1.

    6.5.8.3 AnalysisbytheCoefficientMethod

    6.5.8.3.1 The negative moments and dead load and live load positive moments in the two directions
    shallbecomputedfromTables6.5.8.1,6.5.8.2and6.5.8.3respectively.Shearintheslaband
    loadsonthesupportingbeamsshallbecomputedfromTable6.5.8.4.

    6.5.8.4 ShearonSupportingBeam
    Theshearrequirementsprovidedin6.5.6.8shallbesatisfied.

    6.5.8.5 Deflection
    Thicknessofslabssupportedonwallsorstiffbeamsonallsidesshallsatisfytherequirementsof6.2.5.3.
    Table6.5.8.1CoefficientsforNegativeMomentsinSlabs

    , ,
    , , where =totaluniformdeadplusliveloadperunitarea

    Ratio Case1 Case2 Case3 Case4 Case5 Case6 Case7 Case8 Case9


    , 0.045 0.050 0.075 0.071 0.033 0.061
    1.00
    , 0.045 0.076 0.050 0.071 0.061 0.033
    , 0.050 0.055 0.079 0.075 0.038 0.065
    0.95
    , 0.041 0.072 0.045 0.067 0.056 0.029
    , 0.055 0.060 0.080 0.079 0.043 0.068
    0.90
    , 0.037 0.070 0.040 0.062 0.052 0.025
    , 0.060 0.066 0.082 0.083 0.049 0.072
    0.85
    , 0.031 0.065 0.034 0.057 0.046 0.021
    , 0.065 0.071 0.083 0.086 0.055 0.075
    0.80
    , 0.027 0.061 0.029 0.051 0.041 0.017
    , 0.069 0.076 0.085 0.088 0.061 0.078
    0.75
    , 0.022 0.056 0.024 0.044 0.036 0.014

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 675

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    , 0.074 0.081 0.086 0.091 0.068 0.081


    0.70
    , 0.017 0.050 0.019 0.038 0.029 0.011
    , 0.077 0.085 0.087 0.093 0.074 0.083
    0.65
    , 0.014 0.043 0.015 0.031 0.024 0.008
    , 0.081 0.089 0.088 0.095 0.080 0.085
    0.60
    , 0.010 0.035 0.011 0.024 0.018 0.006
    , 0.084 0.092 0.089 0.096 0.085 0.086
    0.55
    , 0.007 0.028 0.008 0.019 0.014 0.005
    , 0.086 0.094 0.090 0.097 0.089 0.088
    0.50
    , 0.006 0.022 0.006 0.014 0.010 0.003
    Acrosshatchededgeindicatesthattheslabcontinuesacross,orisfixedatthesupport;
    anunmarkededgeindicatesasupportatwhichtorsionalresistanceisnegligible.
    Table6.5.8.2CoefficientsforDeadLoadPositiveMomentsinSlabs

    , , ,
    , , ,
    where =uniformdeadloadperunitarea

    Ratio Case1 Case2 Case3 Case4 Case5 Case6 Case7 Case8 Case9

    , 0.036 0.018 0.018 0.027 0.027 0.033 0.027 0.020 0.023
    1.00
    , 0.036 0.018 0.027 0.027 0.018 0.027 0.033 0.023 0.020
    , 0.040 0.020 0.021 0.030 0.028 0.036 0.031 0.022 0.024
    0.95
    , 0.033 0.016 0.025 0.024 0.015 0.024 0.031 0.021 0.017
    , 0.045 0.022 0.025 0.033 0.029 0.039 0.035 0.025 0.026
    0.90
    , 0.029 0.014 0.024 0.022 0.013 0.021 0.028 0.019 0.015
    , 0.050 0.024 0.029 0.036 0.031 0.042 0.040 0.029 0.028
    0.85
    , 0.026 0.012 0.022 0.019 0.011 0.017 0.025 0.017 0.013
    , 0.056 0.026 0.034 0.039 0.032 0.045 0.045 0.032 0.029
    0.80
    , 0.023 0.011 0.020 0.016 0.009 0.015 0.022 0.015 0.010
    , 0.061 0.028 0.040 0.043 0.033 0.048 0.051 0.036 0.031
    0.75
    , 0.019 0.009 0.018 0.013 0.007 0.012 0.020 0.013 0.007
    , 0.068 0.030 0.046 0.046 0.035 0.051 0.058 0.040 0.033
    0.70
    , 0.016 0.007 0.016 0.011 0.005 0.009 0.017 0.011 0.006

    676 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    , 0.074 0.032 0.054 0.050 0.036 0.054 0.065 0.044 0.034
    0.65
    , 0.013 0.006 0.014 0.009 0.004 0.007 0.014 0.009 0.005
    , 0.081 0.034 0.062 0.053 0.037 0.056 0.073 0.048 0.036
    0.60
    , 0.010 0.004 0.011 0.007 0.003 0.006 0.012 0.007 0.004
    , 0.088 0.035 0.071 0.056 0.038 0.058 0.081 0.052 0.037
    0.55
    , 0.008 0.003 0.009 0.005 0.002 0.004 0.009 0.005 0.003
    , 0.095 0.037 0.080 0.059 0.039 0.061 0.089 0.056 0.038
    0.50
    , 0.006 0.002 0.007 0.004 0.001 0.003 0.007 0.004 0.002
    Acrosshatchededgeindicatesthattheslabcontinuesacross,orisfixedatthesupport;
    anunmarkededgeindicatesasupportatwhichtorsionalresistanceisnegligible.

    Table6.5.8.3CoefficientsforLiveLoadPositiveMomentsinSlabs

    , , ,
    , , , wherew=uniformliveloadperunitarea

    Ratio Case1 Case2 Case3 Case4 Case5 Case6 Case7 Case8 Case9

    , 0.036 0.027 0.027 0.032 0.032 0.035 0.032 0.028 0.030
    1.00
    , 0.036 0.027 0.032 0.032 0.027 0.032 0.035 0.030 0.028
    , 0.040 0.030 0.031 0.035 0.034 0.038 0.036 0.031 0.032
    0.95
    , 0.033 0.025 0.029 0.029 0.024 0.029 0.032 0.027 0.025
    , 0.045 0.034 0.035 0.039 0.037 0.042 0.040 0.035 0.036
    0.90
    , 0.029 0.022 0.027 0.026 0.021 0.025 0.029 0.024 0.022
    , 0.050 0.037 0.040 0.043 0.041 0.046 0.045 0.040 0.039
    0.85
    , 0.026 0.019 0.024 0.023 0.019 0.022 0.026 0.022 0.020
    , 0.056 0.041 0.045 0.048 0.044 0.051 0.051 0.044 0.042
    0.80
    , 0.023 0.017 0.022 0.020 0.016 0.019 0.023 0.019 0.017
    , 0.061 0.045 0.051 0.052 0.047 0.055 0.056 0.049 0.046
    0.75
    , 0.019 0.014 0.019 0.016 0.013 0.016 0.020 0.016 0.013
    , 0.068 0.049 0.057 0.057 0.051 0.060 0.063 0.054 0.050
    0.70
    , 0.016 0.012 0.016 0.014 0.011 0.013 0.017 0.014 0.011
    , 0.074 0.053 0.064 0.062 0.055 0.064 0.070 0.059 0.054
    0.65
    , 0.013 0.010 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.010 0.014 0.011 0.009

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 677

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    , 0.081 0.058 0.071 0.067 0.059 0.068 0.077 0.065 0.059


    0.60
    , 0.010 0.007 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.008 0.011 0.009 0.007
    , 0.088 0.062 0.080 0.072 0.063 0.073 0.085 0.070 00.063
    0.55
    , 0.008 0.006 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.007 0.006
    , 0.095 0.066 0.088 0.077 0.067 0.078 0.092 0.076 0.067
    0.50
    , 0.006 0.004 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.005 0.004
    Acrosshatchededgeindicatesthattheslabcontinuesacross,orisfixedatthesupport;
    anunmarkededgeindicatesasupportatwhichtorsionalresistanceisnegligible.

    6.5.8.6 Reinforcement

    6.5.8.6.1 Areaofreinforcementineachdirectionshallbedeterminedfrommomentsatcriticalsections
    butshallnotbelessthanthatrequiredby8.1.11.

    6.5.8.6.2 Spacing of reinforcement at critical sections shall not exceed two times the slab thickness,
    exceptforportionsofslabareathatmaybeofcellularorribbedconstruction.Intheslabover
    cellularspaces,reinforcementshallbeprovidedasrequiredby8.1.11.

    6.5.8.6.3 Positive moment reinforcement perpendicular to a discontinuous edge shall extend to the
    edgeofslab andhaveembedment,straightorhooked,atleast150mminspandrelbeams,
    columns,orwalls.
    Table6.5.8.4RatioofTotalLoadwin and Directions( and )forShearinSlabandLoadon
    Supports

    Ratio Case1 Case2 Case3 Case4 Case5 Case6 Case7 Case8 Case9

    0.50 0.50 0.17 0.50 0.83 0.71 0.29 0.33 0.67
    1.00
    0.50 0.50 0.83 0.50 0.17 0.29 0.71 0.67 0.33

    0.55 0.55 0.20 0.55 0.86 0.75 0.33 0.38 0.71
    0.95
    0.45 0.45 0.80 0.45 0.14 0.25 0.67 0.62 0.29

    0.60 0.60 0.23 0.60 0.88 0.79 0.38 0.43 0.75
    0.90
    0.40 0.40 0.77 0.40 0.12 0.21 0.62 0.57 0.25

    0.66 0.66 0.28 0.66 0.90 0.83 0.43 0.49 0.79
    0.85
    0.34 0.34 0.72 0.34 0.10 0.17 0.57 0.51 0.21

    678 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    0.71 0.71 0.33 0.71 0.92 0.86 0.49 0.55 0.83


    0.80
    0.29 0.29 0.67 0.29 0.08 0.14 0.51 0.45 0.17

    0.76 0.76 0.39 0.76 0.94 0.88 0.56 0.61 0.86
    0.75
    0.24 0.24 0.61 0.24 0.06 0.12 0.44 0.39 0.14

    0.81 0.81 0.45 0.81 0.95 0.91 0.62 0.68 0.89
    0.70
    0.19 0.19 0.55 0.19 0.05 0.09 0.38 0.32 0.11

    0.85 0.85 0.53 0.85 0.96 0.93 0.69 0.74 0.92
    0.65
    0.15 0.15 0.47 0.15 0.04 0.07 0.31 0.26 0.08

    0.89 0.89 0.61 0.89 0.97 0.95 0.76 0.80 0.94
    0.60
    0.11 0.11 0.39 0.11 0.03 0.05 0.24 0.20 0.06

    0.92 0.92 0.69 0.92 0.98 0.96 0.81 0.85 0.95
    0.55
    0.08 0.08 0.31 0.08 0.02 0.04 0.19 0.15 0.05

    0.94 0.94 0.76 0.94 0.99 0.97 0.86 0.89 0.97
    0.50
    0.06 0.06 0.24 0.06 0.01 0.03 0.14 0.11 0.03

    Acrosshatchededgeindicatesthattheslabcontinuesacross,orisfixedatthesupport;
    anunmarkededgeindicatesasupportatwhichtorsionalresistanceisnegligible.

    6.5.8.6.4 Negative moment reinforcement perpendicular to a discontinuous edge shall be bent,


    hooked,orotherwiseanchored,inspandrelbeams,columns,orwalls,andshallbedeveloped
    atfaceofsupportaccordingtoprovisionsofSec8.2.

    6.5.8.6.5 CornerReinforcement
    a) Cornerreinforcementshallbeprovidedatexteriorcornersinbothbottomandtopofthe
    slab,foradistanceineachdirectionfromthecornerequaltoonefifththelongerspanof
    thecornerpanelasperprovisionsof6.5.3.6.

    6.5.9 RIBBEDANDHOLLOWSLABS

    6.5.9.1 General
    Theprovisionsofthissectionshallapplytoslabsconstructedinoneofthewaysdescribedbelow:
    a) Asaseriesofconcreteribswithtoppingcastonformswhichmayberemovedafterthe
    concretehasset;
    b) Asaseriesofconcreteribsbetweenprecastblockswhichremainpartofthecompleted
    structure; the top of the ribs may be connected by a topping of concrete of the same
    strengthasthatusedintheribs;and
    c) Slabswithacontinuoustopandbottomfacebutcontainingvoidsofrectangular,ovalor
    othershape.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 679

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.5.9.2 AnalysisandDesign
    Anymethodofanalysiswhichsatisfiesequilibriumandcompatibilityrequirementsmaybeusedforribbed
    andhollowslabs.Approximatemomentsandshearsincontinuousonewayribbedorhollowslabsmaybe
    obtainedfrom6.1.4.3.Fortwowayslabs,theunifieddesignapproachspecifiedinSec6.5FlatPlates,Flat
    SlabsandEdgesupportedSlabs,shallbeused.

    6.5.9.3 Shear

    6.5.9.3.1 Whenburnttileorconcretetilefillersofmaterialhavingthesamestrengthasthespecified
    strengthofconcreteintheribbedandhollowslabsareusedpermanently,itispermittedto
    include the vertical shells of fillers in contact with the ribs for shear and negativemoment
    strengthcomputations,providedadequatebondbetweenthetwocanbeensured.

    6.5.9.3.2 Adequate shear strength of slabs shall be provided in accordance with the requirements
    of6.4.10.Foronewayribbedandhollowslabconstruction,contributionofconcretetoshear
    strength ispermittedtobe10percentmorethanthatspecifiedin6.4.2.Itispermittedto
    increaseshearstrengthusingshearreinforcementorbywideningtheendsofribs.

    6.5.9.4 Deflection
    Therecommendationsfordeflectionwithrespecttosolidslabsmaybeappliedtoribbedandhollowslab.
    Total depth of oneway ribbed and hollow slabs shall not be less than those required by Table6.2.5.1
    in6.2.5.2.Forotherslabstheprovisionsof6.2.5.3shallapply.

    6.5.9.5 SizeandPositionofRibs
    Insituribsshallbenotlessthan100mmwide.Theyshallbespacedatcentresnotgreaterthan750mm
    apartandtheirdepth,excludinganytopping,shallbenotmorethanthreeandhalftimestheirwidth.Ribs
    shallbeformedalongeachedgeparalleltothespanofonewayslabs.

    6.5.9.6 Reinforcement
    The recommendations given in 8.1.6 regarding maximum distance between bars apply to areas of solid
    concreteinthisformofconstruction.Thecurtailment,anchorageandcovertoreinforcementshallbeas
    specifiedbelow:
    a) Atleast50percentofthetotalmainreinforcementshallbecarriedthroughthebottom
    ontothebearingandanchoredinaccordancewith8.2.8.
    b) Whereaslab,whichiscontinuousoversupports,hasbeendesignedassimplysupported,
    reinforcementshallbeprovidedoverthesupporttocontrolcracking.Thisreinforcement
    shall have a crosssectional area of not less than one quarter of that required in the
    middleoftheadjoiningspansandshallextendatleastonetenthoftheclearspaninto
    adjoiningspans.
    c) Inslabswithpermanentblocks,thesidecovertothereinforcementshallnotbelessthan
    10mm.Inallothercases,covershallbeprovidedaccordingto8.1.7.

    6.6 WALLS

    6.6.1 Scope

    6.6.1.1 ProvisionsofSec.6.6 shall apply fordesignof walls subjected toaxial load, with or without
    flexure.

    6.6.1.2 CantileverretainingwallsaredesignedaccordingtoflexuraldesignprovisionsofSec.6.3with
    minimumhorizontalreinforcementaccordingto6.6.3.3.

    6.6.2 General

    680 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.6.2.1 Walls shall be designed for eccentric loads and any lateral or other loads to which they are
    subjected.

    6.6.2.2 Wallssubjecttoaxialloadsshallbedesignedinaccordancewith6.6.2,6.6.3,andeither6.6.4,
    6.6.5,or6.6.8.

    6.6.2.3 Designforshearshallbeinaccordancewith6.4.8.

    6.6.2.4 Unless otherwise demonstrated by an analysis, the horizontal length of wall considered as
    effective for each concentrated load shall not exceed the smaller of the centertocenter
    distancebetweenloads,andthebearingwidthplusfourtimesthewallthickness.

    6.6.2.5 Compressionmembersbuiltintegrallywithwallsshallconformto6.3.8.2.

    6.6.2.6 Walls shall be anchored to intersecting elements, such as floors and roofs; or to columns
    pilasters,buttresses,ofintersectingwalls;andtofootings.

    6.6.2.7 Quantity of reinforcement and limits of thickness required by 6.6.3 and 6.6.5 shall be
    permittedtobewaivedwherestructuralanalysisshowsadequatestrengthandstability.

    6.6.2.8 Transferofforcetofootingatbaseofwallshallbeinaccordancewith6.8.8.

    6.6.3 Minimumreinforcement

    6.6.3.1 Minimumverticalandhorizontalreinforcementshallbeinaccordancewith6.6.3.2and6.6.3.3
    unlessagreateramountisrequiredforshearby6.4.8.8and6.4.8.9.

    6.6.3.2 Minimumratioofverticalreinforcementareatogrossconcretearea, ,shallbe:


    a) 0.0012fordeformedbarsnotlargerthan16mmwith notlessthan420MPa;or
    b) 0.0015forotherdeformedbars;or
    c) 0.0012forweldedwirereinforcementnotlargerthanMW200orMD200.

    6.6.3.3 Minimumratioofhorizontalreinforcementareatogrossconcretearea, ,shallbe:


    a) 0.0020fordeformedbarsnotlargerthan16mmwith notlessthan420MPa;or
    b) 0.0025forotherdeformedbars;or
    c) 0.0020forweldedwirereinforcementnotlargerthanMW200orMD200.

    6.6.3.4 Walls more than 250 mm thick, except basement walls, shall have reinforcement for each
    directionplacedintwolayersparallelwithfacesofwallinaccordancewiththefollowing:
    a) One layer consisting of not less than onehalf and not more than twothirds of total
    reinforcementrequiredforeachdirectionshallbeplacednotlessthan50mmnormore
    thanonethirdthethicknessofwallfromtheexteriorsurface;
    b) The other layer, consisting of the balance of required reinforcement in that direction,
    shallbeplacednotlessthan20mmnormorethanonethirdthethicknessofwallfrom
    theinteriorsurface.

    6.6.3.5 Verticalandhorizontalreinforcementshallnotbespacedfartherapartthanthreetimesthe
    wallthickness,norfartherapartthan450mm.

    6.6.3.6 Vertical reinforcement need not be enclosed by lateral ties if vertical reinforcement area is
    not greater than 0.01 times gross concrete area, or where vertical reinforcement is not
    requiredascompressionreinforcement.

    6.6.3.7 Inadditiontotheminimumreinforcementrequiredby6.6.3.1,notlessthantwo16mm
    barsinwallshavingtwolayersofreinforcementinbothdirectionsandone16mmbarin

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 681

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    walls having a single layer of reinforcement in both directions shall be provided around
    window, door, and similar sized openings. Such bars shall be anchored to develop in
    tensionatthecornersoftheopenings.

    6.6.4 Designofwallsascompressionmembers
    Exceptasprovidedin6.6.5,wallssubjecttoaxialloadorcombinedflexureandaxialloadshallbedesigned
    as compression members inaccordancewith provisions of 6.3.2, 6.3.3, 6.3.10, 6.3.11,6.3.14,6.6.2,and
    6.6.3.

    6.6.5 Empiricalmethodofdesign

    6.6.5.1 Walls of solid rectangular cross section shall be permitted to be designed by the empirical
    provisionsof6.6.5iftheresultantofallfactoredloadsislocatedwithinthemiddlethirdofthe
    overallthicknessofthewallandalllimitsof6.6.2,6.6.3,and6.6.5aresatisfied.

    6.6.5.2 Designaxialstrength ofawallsatisfyinglimitationsof6.6.5.1shallbecomputedbyEq.


    (6.6.1)unlessdesignedinaccordancewith6.6.4.

    0.55 1 6.6.1
    where shallcorrespondtocompressioncontrolledsectionsinaccordancewith6.2.3.2.2andeffective
    lengthfactor shallbe:
    Forwallsbracedtopandbottomagainstlateraltranslationand
    a) Restrainedagainstrotationatoneorbothends(top,bottom,or 0.8
    b) Unrestrainedagainstrotationatbothends 1.0
    Forwallsnotbracedagainstlateraltranslation 2.0

    6.6.5.3 Minimumthicknessofwallsdesignedbyempiricaldesignmethod

    6.6.5.3.1 Thickness of bearing walls shall not be less than 1/25 the supported height or length,
    whicheverisshorter,norlessthan100mm.

    6.6.5.3.2 Thicknessofexteriorbasementwallsandfoundationwallsshallnotbelessthan190mm.

    6.6.6 Nonbearingwalls

    6.6.6.1 Thickness of nonbearing walls shall not be less than 100 mm, nor less than 1/30 the least
    distancebetweenmembersthatprovidelateralsupport.

    6.6.7 Wallsasgradebeams

    6.6.7.1 Walls designed as grade beams shall have top and bottom reinforcement as required for
    moment in accordance with provisions of 6.3.2 through 6.3.7. Design for shear shall be in
    accordancewithprovisionsofSec.6.4.

    6.6.7.2 Portionsofgradebeamwallsexposedabovegradeshallalsomeetrequirementsof6.6.3.

    6.6.8 Alternativedesignofslenderwalls

    6.6.8.1 Whenflexuraltensioncontrolstheoutofplanedesignofawall,therequirementsof6.6.8are
    consideredtosatisfy6.3.10.

    6.6.8.2 Wallsdesignedbytheprovisionsof6.6.8shallsatisfy6.6.8.2.1through6.6.8.2.6.

    682 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.6.8.2.1 Thewallpanelshallbedesignedasasimplysupported,axiallyloadedmembersubjectedtoan
    outofplane uniform lateral load, with maximum moments and deflections occurring at
    midspan.

    6.6.8.2.2 Thecrosssectionshallbeconstantovertheheightofthepanel.

    6.6.8.2.3 Thewallshallbetensioncontrolled.

    6.6.8.2.4 ReinforcementshallprovideadesignStrength
    6.6.2
    where shallbeobtainedusingthemodulusofrupture, ,givenbyEq.(6.2.3).

    6.6.8.2.5 Concentrated gravity loads applied to the wall above the design flexural section shall be
    assumedtobedistributedoverawidth:
    a) Equal to the bearing width, plus a width on each side that increases at a slope of 2
    verticalto1horizontaldowntothedesignsection;but
    b) Notgreaterthanthespacingoftheconcentratedloads;and
    c) Notextendingbeyondtheedgesofthewallpanel.

    6.6.8.2.6 Verticalstress atthemidheightsectionshallnotexceed0.06 .

    6.6.8.3 Designmomentstrength forcombinedflexureandaxialloadsatmidheightshallbe


    6.6.3
    where
    6.6.4
    isthemaximumfactoredmomentatmidheightofwallduetolateralandeccentricverticalloads,not
    including effects,and is
    6.6.5
    .
    shallbeobtainedbyiterationofdeflections,orbyEq.(6.6.6).
    6.6.6

    .

    where

    6.6.7
    andthevalueof / shallnotbetakenlessthan6.

    6.6.8.4 Maximumoutofplanedeflection, ,duetoserviceloads,including effects,shallnot


    exceed /150.
    If ,maximummomentatmidheightofwallduetoservicelateralandeccentricverticalloads,including
    effects,exceeds 2/3 , shallbecalculatedbyEq.(6.6.8)
    /
    2/3 2/3 6.6.8
    /
    If doesnotexceed 2/3 , shallbecalculatedbyEq.(6.6.9)
    6.6.9
    where
    6.6.10

    6.6.11
    shallbecalculatedbyEq.(6.6.7),and shallbeobtainedbyiterationofdeflections.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 683

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.7 Stairs:
    Stairs are the structural elements designed to connect different floors. The stairs shall be designed to
    meet the minimum load requirements. The flight arrangements, configuration and support conditions
    (Figure6.7.1.1)shallgovernthedesignproceduretofollow.

    Figure6.7.1.1:Differentformsofstairsandlandingarrangements

    6.7.1 Stairssupportedatlandinglevel

    6.7.1.1 Effectivespan
    Theeffectivespanofstairswithoutstringerbeamsshallbetakenasthefollowinghorizontaldistances:
    a) Centretocentredistanceofbeams,wheresupportedattopandbottomrisersbybeams
    spanningparallelwiththerisers,
    b) Where supported at the edge of a landing slab, which spans parallel with the risers,
    (Figure 6.7.1.2a)a distanceequal tothe going of thestairsplus at each endeither half
    the width of the landing or 1.0m whichever is smaller. The going shall be measured
    horizontally.
    c) Where the landing spans in the same direction of the stairs (Figure 6.7.1.2b), the span
    shallbethedistancecentretocentreofthesupportingbeamsorwalls.
    d) Wherethelandingslabs,runningatrightangletothedirectionoftheflight,supportedby
    wallsorbeamsonthreesides(Figure6.7.1.2c),theeffectivespanshallbegoingofthe
    stairmeasuredhorizontally.Bothpositiveandnegativemomentsalongthedirectionof
    theflightshallbecalculatedas 8,wherewistheintensityofthetotaldeadandlive
    loadperunitareaonahorizontalplane.

    684 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Figure6.7.1.2:EffectiveSpanforStairsSupportedatEachEndbyLandings

    6.7.1.2 Loading
    Staircases shall be designed to support the design ultimate load according to the load combinations
    specifiedinChapter2,loads.

    6.7.1.3 Distributionofloading

    6.7.1.3.1 Whereflightsorlandingareembeddedatleast110mmintowallsandaredesignedtospan
    inthedirectionoftheflight,a150mmstripmaybedeductedfromtheloadedareaandthe
    effective breadth of the section may be increased by 75 mm for the purpose of design
    (Figure6.7.1.3)

    6.7.1.3.2 In the case of stairs with open wells, where spans cross at right angles, the load on areas
    commontoanytwosuchspansmaybetakenasonehalfineachdirectionasshowninFigure
    6.7.1.4.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 685

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Figure6.7.1.3:LoadingonstairsBuiltinawall


    Figure6.7.1.4:LoadingofStairswithopenwells

    6.7.1.4 Depthofsection
    The depth of the section shall be taken as the minimum thickness perpendicular to the soffit of the
    staircase.

    6.7.1.5 Design

    6.7.1.5.1 Strength,DeflectionandCrackControl
    The recommendations given in Sec 6.1 & 6.2 for beams and oneway slabs shall apply, except for the
    span/depthratioofstaircaseswithoutstringerbeamwheretheprovisionof6.7.1.5.2belowshallapply.

    6.7.1.5.2 Permissiblespan/effectivedepthratioforstaircasewithoutstringerbeams.Providedthestair
    flightoccupiesatleast60%ofthespan,theratiocalculatedinaccordancewith6.2.5.2shallbe
    increasedby15%.

    6.7.2 Freestandingstair(landingunsupported)

    6.7.2.1 EffectiveSpan
    TheeffectivespanforflightsandlandingsoffreestandingstairsaregiveninFigure6.7.2.1.Intakingthese
    distances, the spans shall be measured as the centre to centre distance between the stinger beams. In
    stairswithoutstingerbeams,spanshallbemeasuredinbetweentheedges.

    686 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Figure6.7.2.1:FreeStandingStairSlabGeometry,(a)Elevation,(b)Plan

    6.7.2.2 Loading
    Staircases shall be designed to support the design ultimate load according to the load combinations
    specifiedinChapter2,loads.

    6.7.2.3 DistributionofLoading
    Thestairshallbedesignedforuniformlydistributedloading.

    6.7.2.4 DepthofSection
    The depth of the section shall be taken as the minimum thickness perpendicular to the soffit of the
    staircase.

    6.7.3 DESIGN

    6.7.3.1.1 Empirical expressions for deflections, and forces and moments at critical locations of free
    standingstairsaregivenintermsofthevariousdimensionsofthestairwayinTable6.7.3.1.
    Theseexpressions,whichareexplicitandofempiricalnature,arevalidwithintheapplicable
    range of the geometric parameters (see Figure 6.7.2.1) and concrete strength. In these
    equations, the unit of force is Kilo Newton (kN) and the unit of length is millimeter (mm).
    Thicknessoftheflightandlandingslabsareassumedtobeequal.

    6.7.3.1.2 TheequationsinTable6.7.3.1giveworkingvaluesofmomentsandforcescorrespondingto
    0.48x102MPaliveloadandappropriatedeadloadofslabandstepsbasedonunitweightof
    2.356x105 N/mm3. Forces and moments for other values of live load shall be calculated by
    simpleproportioning.

    6.7.3.1.3 To convert from working to ultimate design values, the working values of moments and
    forcesinTable6.7.1shallbemultipliedbyaconversionfactorequaltotheratiooffactored
    ultimateloadandunfactoredserviceload.

    6.7.3.1.4 Apart from maintaining the standard code provisions in detailing the reinforcement as
    stipulated elsewhere in this code, additional detailing as describedbelow (6.7.3.1.5 through
    6.7.3.1.9)shallbedoneto takecareoftheimportant featureswhicharespecialtothefree
    standingstairway.

    6.7.3.1.5 To account for the nonuniform distribution of the total bending moment at support across
    thewidthofthesection,threefourthsofthetotalnegativesteelshallbedistributedacross
    the outer half of the width of support section and the rest of the negative steel shall be
    distributedwithintheinnerhalfofthewidthofsupportsection.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 687

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.7.3.1.6 Similarproportioningofreinforcementlayoutasto6.7.3.1.5,butinreverseordershallalsobe
    doneatflightlandingjunction(kink).

    6.7.3.1.7 Atmidspanofflights,thepositivesteelshallbedistributeduniformlyacrossthesection.

    6.7.3.1.8 Ofthetotalsteelrequiredtoresistthenegativebendingatmidlandingsection,50percent
    shallbeplacedwithintheinneronethirdofthewidthofsection.Therestshallbedistributed
    acrossoftheoutertwothirdsofthewidth.

    6.7.3.1.9 The suggested bar curtailment scheme for the free standing stairway is shown in Figure
    6.7.3.1.Halfofthenegativesteelatsupportmaybeterminatedatadistanceof /4fromthe
    support.Another25percentmaybebentdownwardatadistanceof /4toprovidepartof
    the flight midspan positive steel. The rest 25 percent is recommended to continue straight
    towardstheflightlandingjunction.This25percentmaybemergedwiththenegativesteelat
    kink.Fiftypercentoftheflightmidspanpositivesteelshouldspanfromkinkandterminateat
    apoint /5fromthesupportunlesstheyarebentupfornegativesteel.Therestshouldstart
    fromapointatadistanceof /5fromkinkandwouldterminateat /4fromsupport.Ofthe
    totalnegativesteelatmidlandingsection,halfofitwillterminateatadistance /2fromfree
    edgeandtherestwillcoverthewholelengthoflanding.Halfofthenegativesteelatkinkwill
    projectintolandinguptothefreeedgeandtherestmaybeterminatedatadistanceof /2.


    Figure6.7.3.1:RecommendedBarCurtailmentDetailsforFreeStandingStairs

    688 Vol.2
    Table6.7.3.1EXPRESSIONSFORDEFLECTION,FORCES&MOMENTSINFREESTANDINGSTAIRS

    =_____mm. =______mm =_______mm. =_______mm. =_______mm. =_______mm. f c


    150< <1000 900< <1875 915< <1900 2030< <3550 2440< <4320 100< <280 =________MPa. Value
    14< f c <40
    Vertical Consta 1+0.00545(A 1+0.00114(B 1+0.00165(C 17.87x106(L 119.68x106(H 10.161(T 11.074x106( f c
    deflectionat nt 125)0.94 914)1.1 914)0.93 2030) 2440) 100)0.334 14).93
    landing 2.03
    corner,mm
    Support Consta 1.555+0.000787( 1.060.00022(B 1.2+0.00276(C 1+0.000748(L 1+5.9x106(H 0.39+0.00173(T 1.0
    negative nt A50) 860) 864) 2030) 2440) 90)
    moment,kN 4.712
    m
    Flight Consta 1.131.48x106(A 170.11x106(B 1.0 1+0.128x106(L 1+0.899x109(H 1.00165(T 1
    midspan nt 150)1.52 915)1.365 2030)2.66 2440)2.77 100)1.17
    positive 1.526
    moment,
    kNm
    Negative Consta 1.23+0.000512(A 1.01+0.00323(B .85+0.000709(C 1.0 1.0 0.95+0.00447(T 1
    momentat nt 125) 915) 915) 100)1.03
    kink,kNm 3.447
    6
    Negative Consta 1+0.000303(A 1+0.00118(B915) 1+0.00106(C 1+0.000409(L 1+26.37x10 (H 1+0.00185(T100) 1
    momentat nt 150) 915) 2030) 2040)
    midsectionof 6.14
    landing,kNm
    Axialforcein Consta 1+0.000236(A 1+0.000787(B 1+0.000827(C 1+0.000354(L 10.000157(H 1+0.00276(T100) 1
    flights,kN nt 125) 915) 915) 2030) 2440)
    34.69
    Part6
    StructuralDesign 689

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Torsionin Consta 1+0.00177(A125) 1+0.00063(B915) 1+0.00268(C 18.0x106(L 1.0 1+0.00358(T100) 1


    flights,kNm. nt 915) 2030).75
    2.312
    Inplane Consta 1.1+0.000866(A 1+0.000984(B 1+0.00157(C 1+0.00059(L 10.000197(H 1+0.0026(T100) 1
    momentin nt 150) 915) 915) 2030) 2440)
    flights,kNm 14.35
    Lateralshear Consta 10.000276(A 1+0.00138(B915) 1+0.000709(C 1+0.000669(L 10.00024(H 1+0.000746(T 1
    inmidsection nt 150) 915) 2030) 2440) 100)1.3
    oflanding,kN 30.17

    690 Vol.2
    6.7.4 Sawtooth(slabless)stair

    6.7.4.1 Loading
    The stairshall be designedto support thedesign ultimate loadaccording to theload combinations specifiedin
    Chapter2,Loads.

    6.7.4.2 Distributionofloading
    Whereflightsorlandingareembeddedatleast110mmintothewallsandaredesignedtospaninthedirectionof
    theflight,a150mmstripmaybedeductedfromtheloadedareaandtheeffectivebreadthofthesectionmaybe
    increasedby75mmforthepurposeofdesign(Figure6.7.1.3).

    6.7.4.3 Effectivespan
    Sawtoothstairsshall be supported with stringer beams at landing levels(Figure6.7.4.1). Theeffective span for
    thestairshallbethegoingofthestairmeasuredhorizontally(Figure6.7.4.1)fromthefaceofthestringerbeams.


    Figure6.7.4.1:Elementsofsawtoothstairandtypicalreinforcementarrangements

    6.7.4.4 Design
    Themidspanmomentsforsawtoothstairsaregivenby:
    6.7.1

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 691
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Where, =stiffnessoftread/stiffnessofriserandjisthenumberoftreads(Figure6.7.4.1).
    If is odd: 1 2 , 1 1 2 3 ,
    , 1 .
    If is even: 1 2 , 1 2 3 , 1 ,
    2

    ThechartonFigure6.7.4.2givesthesupportmomentcoefficientsforvariousratiosofstiffnessoftread/stiffness
    ofriserandnumbersoftreads.Havingfoundthesupportmoment,themaximummidspanbendingmomentshall
    bedeterminedbyusingtheappropriateexpressionontheFigure6.7.4.2andsubtractingthesupportmoment.


    Figure6.7.4.2:Supportmomentcoefficientsforsawtoothstair

    6.7.4.5 Detailing
    Typical bendingmoment and shearingforce diagrams for a stair are shown on Figure 6.7.4.1 together with
    suggestedarrangementsofreinforcement.Thereentrantcornersofthestairprofileshallbedesignedforstress
    concentrations.ThishastobefacilitatedbyprovidingtwiceofthereinforcementscalculatedfromEqn.6.7.1and
    Figure6.7.4.2.Filletsorhaunchescanalsobeincorporatedinlieuatthesejunctions.Themethodofreinforcing
    thestairshownindiagram(a)ofFigure6.7.4.1isverysuitablebutisgenerallyonlypracticableifhaunchesare
    provided.Otherwisethearrangementshownindiagram(b)shouldbeadopted.

    6.7.5 Helicoidalstair

    6.7.5.1 Loading
    The stairshall bedesignedto supportthe design ultimateload accordingto the load combinations specified in
    Chapter2,Loads.

    692 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.7.5.2 Geometry
    ThepertinentgeometryoftheHelicoidalstairisgivenatFigure6.7.5.1where:
    , :secondmomentofareaofstairsectionabouthorizontalaxisandaxisnormaltoslope,respectively
    : totalloadingperunitlengthprojectedalongcentrelineofload
    : radiusofcentrelineofloading= 2/3 /
    : radiusofcentrelineofsteps= 1/2
    ,where and aretheinternalandexternalradiiof
    thestair,respectively

    : anglesubtendedinplanbetweenpointconsideredandmidpointofstair
    : totalanglesubtendedbyhelixinplan

    : slopeoftangenttohelixcentrelinemeasuredfromhorizontal


    Figure6.7.5.1:Elementsofhelicoidalstair(a)Plan;(b)Elevation

    6.7.5.3 Effectivespan
    Helicoidalstairsshallbesupportedwithstringerbeamsatlandinglevels(Figure6.7.1.1).Theeffectivespanfor
    thestairshallbethetotalangle, subtendedbyhelixinplanmeasuredhorizontally(Figure6.7.5.1)fromtheface
    ofthestringerbeams.

    6.7.5.4 Depthofsection
    Thedepthofthesectionshallbetakenastheminimumthicknessperpendiculartothesoffitofthestairunless
    otherwise the large geometric dimensions warrant calculating the deflections through a suitable numerical
    analysis.

    6.7.5.5 Design
    The design forces and moments for helicoidal stairs are given in Figure 6.7.5.2. Typical shear force, thrust,
    momentandtorsiondiagramsareprovidedinFigure6.7.5.2.Themoments,thrust,torsionandshearforcesshall
    beobtainedfromthefollowingequations:
    Lateralmoment:
    sin cos sin cos sin sin 6.7.2
    Torsionalmoment
    sin cos tan sin cos sin sin 6.7.3
    Verticalmoment:
    cos tansin 1 cos 6.7.4
    Thrust:
    sin cos sin 6.7.5
    Lateralshearingforceacrossstair:
    cos sin sin 6.7.6

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 693

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Radialhorizontalshearingforce:
    cos 6.7.7
    Where,
    Redundantmomentactingtangentiallyatmidspan: 6.7.8
    Horizontalredundantforceatmidspan: 6.7.9
    Verticalmomentatsupports: 6.7.10
    Valuesofcoefficients , , fordifferent , and ,shallbeobtainedfromFigures6.7.5.3ad.


    Figure6.7.5.2:Typicalforce,momentandtorsiondiagramsforhelicoidalstair.

    694 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    2.4
    R1/R2 = 1.05
    = 200
    2.0 b/h = 5
    0
    25
    1.6 30
    0

    1.2
    Curves for k2
    Values of k

    0.8

    0.4

    0.0 0 20
    0
    30 = Curves for k1
    -0.4 = 200
    Curves for k3
    -0.8

    -1.2

    -1.6
    90 180 270 360

    Values of


    Figure6.7.5.3a:Designchartsforhelicoidalstairslabs(R1/R2=1.05;b/h=5)

    2.4
    R1/R2 = 1.05 = 20
    0

    2.0 b/h = 13
    0
    25
    1.6 30
    0

    Curves for k2
    1.2

    0.8
    Values of k

    0.4

    0.0
    Curves for k1
    = 200
    -0.4
    Curves for k3 30
    0

    -0.8 0
    = 20
    -1.2

    -1.6
    90 180 270 360
    Values of


    Figure6.7.5.3b:Designchartsforhelicoidalstairslabs(R1/R2=1.05;b/h=13)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 695

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    2.4
    R1/R2 = 1.1 0
    = 20
    2.0 b/h = 5
    0
    25
    1.6
    0 Curves for k2
    30
    1.2
    Values of k

    0.8

    0.4

    0.0
    0
    30 = 200 Curves for k1
    -0.4 0
    = 20

    -0.8
    Curves for k3
    -1.2

    -1.6
    90 180 270 360

    Values of


    Figure6.7.5.3c:Designchartsforhelicoidalstairslabs(R1/R2=1.1;b/h=5)

    2.4
    = 200
    R1/R2 = 1.1
    0
    2.0 b/h = 13 25
    0
    30
    1.6
    Curves for k2
    1.2
    Values of k

    0.8

    0.4

    0.0
    Curves for k1
    -0.4 = 200
    Curves for k3 30
    0

    -0.8 0
    0 30
    = 20
    -1.2

    -1.6
    90 180 270 360
    Values of


    Figure6.7.5.3d:Designchartsforhelicoidalstairslabs(R1/R2=1.1;b/h=13)

    696 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.8 FOOTINGS

    6.8.1 Scope

    6.8.1.1 ProvisionsofSec.6.8shallapplyfordesignofisolatedfootingsand,whereapplicable,tocombined
    footingsandmats.

    6.8.1.2 Additionalrequirementsfordesignofcombinedfootingsandmatsaregivenin6.8.10.

    6.8.2 Loadsandreactions

    6.8.2.1 Footingsshallbeproportionedtoresistthefactoredloadsandinducedreactions,inaccordancewith
    theappropriatedesignrequirementsofthisCodeandasprovidedinSec.6.8.

    6.8.2.2 Baseareaoffootingornumberandarrangementofpilesshallbedeterminedfromunfactoredforces
    andmomentstransmittedbyfootingtosoilorpilesandpermissiblesoilpressureorpermissiblepile
    capacitydeterminedthroughprinciplesofsoilmechanics.

    6.8.2.3 Forfootingsonpiles,computationsformomentsandshearsshallbepermittedtobebasedonthe
    assumptionthatthereactionfromanypileisconcentratedatpilecenter.

    6.8.3 Equivalentsquareshapesforcircularorregularpolygonshapedcolumnsorpedestalssupported
    byfootings
    For location of critical sections for moment, shear, and development of reinforcement in footings, it shall be
    permittedtotreatcircularorregularpolygonshapedconcretecolumnsorpedestalsassquarememberswiththe
    samearea.

    6.8.4 Momentinfootings

    6.8.4.1 Externalmomentonanysectionofafootingshallbedeterminedbypassingaverticalplanethrough
    thefooting,andcomputingthemomentoftheforcesactingoverentireareaoffootingononesideof
    thatverticalplane.

    6.8.4.2 Maximumfactoredmoment, ,foranisolatedfootingshallbecomputedasprescribedin6.8.4.1at


    criticalsectionslocatedasfollows:
    a) Atfaceofcolumn,pedestal,orwall,forfootingssupportingaconcretecolumn,pedestal,orwall;
    b) Halfwaybetweenmiddleandedgeofwall,forfootingssupportingamasonrywall;
    c) Halfwaybetweenfaceofcolumnandedgeofsteelbaseplate,forfootingssupportingacolumn
    withsteelbaseplate.

    6.8.4.3 Inonewayfootingsandtwowaysquarefootings,reinforcementshallbedistributeduniformlyacross
    entirewidthoffooting.

    6.8.4.4 Intwowayrectangularfootings,reinforcementshallbedistributedinaccordancewith6.8.4.4.1and
    6.8.4.4.2.

    6.8.4.4.1 Reinforcementinlongdirectionshallbedistributeduniformlyacrossentirewidthoffooting.

    6.8.4.4.2 Forreinforcementinshortdirection,aportionofthetotalreinforcement, ,shallbedistributed


    uniformly over a band width (centered on centerline of column or pedestal) equal to the length of
    short side of footing. Remainder of reinforcement required in short direction 1 , shall be
    distributeduniformlyoutsidecenterbandwidthoffooting.

    6.8.1

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 697

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where isratiooflongtoshortsidesoffooting.

    6.8.5 Shearinfootings

    6.8.5.1 Shearstrengthoffootingssupportedonsoilorrockshallbeinaccordancewith6.4.10.

    6.8.5.2 Location of critical section for shear in accordance with Sec. 6.4 shall be measured from face of
    column,pedestal,orwall,forfootingssupportingacolumn,pedestal,orwall.Forfootingssupporting
    a column or pedestal with steel base plates, the critical section shall be measured from location
    definedin6.8.4.2(c).

    6.8.5.3 Wherethedistancebetweentheaxisofanypiletotheaxisofthecolumnismorethantwotimesthe
    distancebetweenthetopofthepilecapandthetopofthepile,thepilecapshallsatisfy6.4.10and
    6.8.5.4. Other pile caps shall satisfy either Appendix A, or both 6.4.10 and 6.8.5.4. If Appendix A is
    used, the effective concrete compression strength of the struts, , shall be determined using
    A.3.2.2(b).

    6.8.5.4 Computation of shear on any section through a footing supported on piles (Fig. 6.8.5.1) shall be in
    accordancewith6.8.5.4.1,6.8.5.4.2,and6.8.5.4.3.

    6.8.5.4.1 Entire reaction from any pile with its center located /2 or more outside the section shall be
    consideredasproducingshearonthatsection.

    6.8.5.4.2 Reactionfromanypilewithitscenterlocated /2ormoreinsidethesectionshallbeconsidered


    asproducingnoshearonthatsection.

    6.8.5.4.3 For intermediate positions of pile center, the portion of the pile reaction to be considered as
    producing shear on the section shall be based on straightline interpolation between full value at
    /2outsidethesectionandzerovalueat /2insidethesection.


    Fig.6.8.5.1Modifiedcriticalperimeterforshearwithoverlappingcriticalperimeters.

    6.8.6 Developmentofreinforcementinfootings

    6.8.6.1 DevelopmentofreinforcementinfootingsshallbeinaccordancewithSec.8.2.

    6.8.6.2 Calculatedtensionorcompressioninreinforcementateachsectionshallbedevelopedoneachside
    of that section by embedment length, hook (tension only) or mechanical device, or a combination
    thereof.

    698 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.8.6.3 Criticalsectionsfordevelopmentofreinforcementshallbeassumedatthesamelocationsasdefined
    in6.8.4.2formaximumfactoredmoment,andatallotherverticalplaneswherechangesofsectionor
    reinforcementoccur.Seealso8.2.7.6.

    6.8.7 Minimumfootingdepth
    Depthoffootingabovebottomreinforcementshallnotbelessthan150mmforfootingsonsoil,norlessthan300
    mmforfootingsonpiles.

    6.8.8 Forcetransferatbaseofcolumn,wall,orreinforcedpedestal

    6.8.8.1 Forcesandmomentsatbaseofcolumn,wall,orpedestalshallbetransferredtosupportingpedestal
    orfootingbybearingonconcreteandbyreinforcement,dowels,andmechanicalconnectors.

    6.8.8.1.1 Bearingstressonconcreteatcontactsurfacebetweensupportedandsupportingmembershallnot
    exceedconcretebearingstrengthforeithersurfaceasgivenby6.3.14.

    6.8.8.1.2 Reinforcement,dowels,ormechanicalconnectorsbetweensupportedandsupportingmembersshall
    beadequatetotransfer:
    a) Allcompressiveforcethatexceedsconcretebearingstrengthofeithermember;
    b) Anycomputedtensileforceacrossinterface.
    Inaddition,reinforcement,dowels,ormechanicalconnectorsshallsatisfy6.8.8.2or6.8.8.3.

    6.8.8.1.3 Ifcalculatedmomentsaretransferredtosupportingpedestalorfooting,thenreinforcement,dowels,
    ormechanicalconnectorsshallbeadequatetosatisfy8.2.15.

    6.8.8.1.4 Lateralforcesshallbetransferredtosupportingpedestalorfootinginaccordancewithshearfriction
    provisionsof6.4.5,orbyotherappropriatemeans.

    6.8.8.2 In castinplace construction, reinforcement required to satisfy 6.8.8.1 shall be provided either by
    extendinglongitudinalbarsintosupportingpedestalorfooting,orbydowels.

    6.8.8.2.1 Forcastinplacecolumnsandpedestals,areaofreinforcementacrossinterfaceshallbenotlessthan
    0.005 ,where isthegrossareaofthesupportedmember.

    6.8.8.2.2 Forcastinplacewalls,areaofreinforcementacrossinterfaceshallbenotlessthanminimumvertical
    reinforcementgivenin6.6.3.2.

    6.8.8.2.3 Atfootings,itshallbepermittedtolapsplice43mmand57mmlongitudinalbars,incompression
    only,withdowelstoprovidereinforcementrequiredtosatisfy6.8.8.1.Dowelsshallnotbelargerthan
    36mmbarandshallextendintosupportedmemberadistancenotlessthanthelargerof ,of
    43mmor57mmbarsandcompressionlapsplicelengthofthedowels,whicheverisgreater,and
    intothefootingadistancenotlessthan ofthedowels.

    6.8.8.2.4 Ifapinnedorrockerconnectionisprovidedincastinplaceconstruction,connectionshallconformto
    6.8.8.1and6.8.8.3.

    6.8.8.3 In precast construction, anchor bolts or suitable mechanical connectors shall be permitted for
    satisfying6.8.8.1.AnchorboltsshallbedesignedinaccordancewithAppendixD.

    6.8.8.3.1 Connection between precast columns or pedestals and supporting members shall meet the
    requirementsof6.10.5.1.3(a).

    6.8.8.3.2 Connection between precast walls and supporting members shall meet the requirements of
    6.10.5.1.3(b)and(c).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 699

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.8.8.3.3 Anchor bolts and mechanical connections shall be designed to reach their design strength before
    anchorage failure or failure of surrounding concrete. Anchor bolts shall be designed in accordance
    withAppendixD.

    6.8.9 Steppedorslopedfootings

    6.8.9.1 Inslopedorsteppedfootings,angleofslopeordepthandlocationofstepsshallbesuchthatdesign
    requirementsaresatisfiedateverysection.(Seealso8.2.7.6.)

    6.8.9.2 Slopedorsteppedfootingsdesignedasaunitshallbeconstructedtoensureactionasaunit.

    6.8.10 Combinedfootingsandmats

    6.8.10.1 Footings supporting more than one column, pedestal, or wall (combined footings or mats) shall be
    proportioned to resist the factored loads and induced reactions, in accordance with appropriate
    designrequirementsofthecode.

    6.8.10.2 ThedirectdesignmethodofSec.6.5shallnotbeusedfordesignofcombinedfootingsandmats.

    6.8.10.3 Distributionofsoilpressureundercombinedfootingsandmatsshallbeconsistentwithpropertiesof
    thesoilandthestructureandwithestablishedprinciplesofsoilmechanics.

    6.8.10.4 Minimumreinforcing steel inmatfoundationsshall meet the requirementsofSec. 8.1.11.2ineach


    principaldirection.Maximumspacingshallnotexceed450mm.

    6.9 FOLDED PLATESANDSHELLS

    6.9.1 Scopeanddefinitions

    6.9.1.1 ProvisionsofSec.6.9shallapplytothinshellandfoldedplateconcretestructures,includingribsand
    edgemembers.

    6.9.1.2 All provisions of this Code not specifically excluded, and not in conflict with provisions of Sec. 6.9,
    shallapplytothinshellstructures.

    6.9.1.3 Thinshells
    Threedimensionalspatialstructuresmadeupofoneormorecurvedslabsorfoldedplateswhosethicknessesare
    smallcomparedtotheirotherdimensions.Thinshellsarecharacterizedbytheirthreedimensionalloadcarrying
    behavior,whichisdeterminedbythegeometryoftheirforms,bythemannerinwhichtheyaresupported,andby
    thenatureoftheappliedload.

    6.9.1.4 Foldedplates
    Aclassofshellstructureformedbyjoiningflat,thinslabsalongtheiredgestocreateathreedimensionalspatial
    structure.

    6.9.1.5 Ribbedshells
    Spatialstructureswithmaterialplacedprimarilyalongcertainpreferredriblines,withtheareabetweentheribs
    filledwiththinslabsorleftopen.

    6.9.1.6 Auxiliarymembers
    Ribsoredgebeamsthatservetostrengthen,stiffen,orsupporttheshell;usually,auxiliarymembersactjointly
    withtheshell.

    6.9.1.7 Elasticanalysis

    6100 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    Ananalysisofdeformationsandinternalforcesbasedonequilibrium,compatibilityofstrains,andassumedelastic
    behavior,andrepresentingtoasuitableapproximationthethreedimensionalactionoftheshelltogetherwithits
    auxiliarymembers.

    6.9.1.8 Inelasticanalysis
    An analysis of deformations and internal forces based on equilibrium, nonlinear stressstrain relations for
    concreteandreinforcement,considerationofcrackingandtimedependenteffects,andcompatibilityofstrains.
    The analysis shall represent to a suitable approximation threedimensional action of the shell together with its
    auxiliarymembers.

    6.9.1.9 Experimentalanalysis
    An analysis procedure based on the measurement of deformations or strains, or both, of the structure or its
    model;experimentalanalysisisbasedoneitherelasticorinelastic
    behavior.

    6.9.2 Analysisanddesign

    6.9.2.1 Elasticbehaviorshallbeanacceptedbasisfordetermininginternalforcesanddisplacementsofthin
    shells.Thisbehaviorshallbepermittedtobeestablishedbycomputationsbasedonananalysisofthe
    uncracked concrete structure in which the material is assumed linearly elastic, homogeneous, and
    isotropic.Poissonsratioofconcreteshallbepermittedtobetakenequaltozero.

    6.9.2.2 Inelasticanalysesshallbepermittedtobeusedwhereitcanbeshownthatsuchmethodsprovidea
    safebasisfordesign.

    6.9.2.3 Equilibriumchecksofinternalresistancesandexternalloadsshallbemadetoensureconsistencyof
    results.

    6.9.2.4 Experimentalor numericalanalysis procedures shallbepermitted whereitcan beshown that such


    proceduresprovideasafebasisfordesign.

    6.9.2.5 Approximate methods of analysis shall be permitted where it can be shown that such methods
    provideasafebasisfordesign.

    6.9.2.6 The thickness of a shell and its reinforcement shall be proportioned for the required strength and
    serviceability,usingeitherthestrengthdesignmethodof6.1.2.1orthedesignmethodof6.1.2.2.

    6.9.2.7 Shellinstabilityshallbeinvestigatedandshownbydesigntobeprecluded.

    6.9.2.8 Auxiliary members shall be designed according to the applicable provisions of the Code. It shall be
    permittedtoassumethataportionoftheshellequaltotheflangewidth,asspecifiedin6.1.13,acts
    with the auxiliary member. In such portions of the shell, the reinforcement perpendicular to the
    auxiliarymembershallbeatleastequaltothatrequiredfortheflangeofaTbeamby6.1.13.5.

    6.9.2.9 Strengthdesignofshellslabsformembraneandbendingforcesshallbebasedonthedistributionof
    stressesandstrainsasdeterminedfromeitheranelasticoraninelasticanalysis.

    6.9.2.10 Inaregionwheremembranecrackingispredicted,thenominalcompressivestrengthparalleltothe
    cracksshallbetakenas0.4 .

    6.9.3 Designstrengthofmaterials

    6.9.3.1 Specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete at28daysshallnotbelessthan21MPa.

    6.9.3.2 Specifiedyieldstrengthofreinforcement shallnotexceed420MPa.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6101

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.9.4 Shellreinforcement

    6.9.4.1 Shell reinforcement shall be provided to resist tensile stresses from internal membrane forces, to
    resist tension from bending and twisting moments, to limit shrinkage and temperature crack width
    andspacing,andasreinforcementatshellboundaries,loadattachments,andshellopenings.

    6.9.4.2 Tensilereinforcementshallbeprovidedintwoormoredirectionsandshallbeproportionedsuchthat
    its resistanceinany direction equals orexceedsthe componentof internal forces inthat direction.
    Alternatively, reinforcement for the membrane forces in the slab shall be calculated as the
    reinforcement required to resist axial tensile forces plus the tensile force due to shearfriction
    required to transfer shear across any cross section of the membrane. The assumed coefficient of
    friction, ,shallnotexceedthatspecifiedin6.4.5.4.3.

    6.9.4.3 Theareaofshellreinforcementatanysectionasmeasuredintwoorthogonaldirectionsshallnotbe
    lessthantheslabshrinkageortemperaturereinforcementrequiredby8.1.11.

    6.9.4.4 Reinforcement for shear and bending moments about axes in the plane of the shell slab shall be
    calculatedinaccordancewithSec.6.3,6.4and6.5.

    6.9.4.5 The area of shell tension reinforcement shall be limited so that the reinforcement will yield before
    eithercrushingofconcreteincompressionorshellbucklingcantakeplace.

    6.9.4.6 In regions of high tension, membrane reinforcement shall, if practical, be placed in the general
    directionsoftheprincipaltensilemembraneforces.Wherethisisnotpractical,itshallbepermitted
    toplacemembranereinforcementintwoormorecomponentdirections.

    6.9.4.7 Ifthedirectionofreinforcementvariesmorethan10degreesfromthedirectionofprincipaltensile
    membrane force, the amount of reinforcement shall be reviewed in relation to cracking at service
    loads.

    6.9.4.8 Wherethemagnitudeoftheprincipaltensilemembranestresswithintheshellvariesgreatlyoverthe
    area of the shell surface, reinforcement resisting the total tension shall be permitted to be
    concentratedintheregionsoflargesttensilestresswhereitcanbeshownthatthisprovidesasafe
    basisfordesign.However,theratioofshellreinforcementinanyportionofthetensilezoneshallbe
    notlessthan0.0035basedontheoverallthicknessoftheshell.

    6.9.4.9 Reinforcementrequiredtoresistshellbendingmomentsshallbeproportionedwithdueregardtothe
    simultaneous action of membrane axial forces at the same location. Where shell reinforcement is
    required in only one face to resist bending moments, equal amounts shall be placed near both
    surfacesoftheshelleventhoughareversalofbendingmomentsisnotindicatedbytheanalysis.

    6.9.4.10 Shellreinforcementinanydirectionshallnotbespacedfartherapartthan450mmnorfartherapart
    than five times the shell thickness. Where the principal membrane tensile stress on the gross
    concreteareaduetofactoredloadsexceeds0.33 ,reinforcementshallnotbespacedfarther
    apartthanthreetimestheshellthickness.

    6.9.4.11 Shellreinforcementatthejunctionoftheshellandsupportingmembersoredgemembersshallbe
    anchored in or extended through such members in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 8.2,
    exceptthattheminimumdevelopmentlengthshallbe1.2 butnotlessthan450mm.

    6102 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.9.4.12 SplicelengthsofshellreinforcementshallbegovernedbytheprovisionsofSec.8.2,exceptthatthe
    minimumsplicelengthoftensionbarsshallbe1.2timesthevaluerequiredbySec.8.2butnotless
    than 450 mm. The number of splices in principal tensile reinforcement shall be kept to a practical
    minimum.Wheresplicesarenecessarytheyshallbestaggeredatleast withnotmorethanone
    thirdofthereinforcementsplicedatanysection.

    6.9.5 Construction

    6.9.5.1 When removal of formwork is based on a specific modulus of elasticity of concrete because of
    stability or deflection considerations, the value of the modulus of elasticity, , used shall be
    determined from flexural tests of fieldcured beam specimens. The number of test specimens, the
    dimensionsoftestbeamspecimens,andtestproceduresshallbespecifiedbytheEngineer.

    6.9.5.2 Contractdocumentsshallspecifythetolerancesfortheshapeoftheshell.Ifconstructionresultsin
    deviations from the shape greater than the specified tolerances, an analysis of the effect of the
    deviationsshallbemadeandanyrequiredremedialactionsshallbetakentoensuresafebehavior.

    6.10 PRECASTCONCRETE

    6.10.1 Scope

    6.10.1.1 All provisions of this Code, not specifically excluded and not in conflict with the provisions of Sec.
    6.10,shallapplytostructuresincorporatingprecastconcretestructuralmembers.

    6.10.2 General

    6.10.2.1 Designofprecastmembersandconnectionsshallincludeloadingandrestraintconditionsfrominitial
    fabricationtoenduseinthestructure,includingformremoval,storage,transportation,anderection.

    6.10.2.2 When precast members are incorporated into a structural system, the forces and deformations
    occurringinandadjacenttoconnectionsshallbeincludedinthedesign.

    6.10.2.3 Tolerancesforbothprecastmembersandinterfacingmembersshallbespecified.Designofprecast
    membersandconnectionsshallincludetheeffectsofthesetolerances.

    6.10.2.4 In addition to the requirements for drawings and specifications in Sec. 1.9, (a) and (b) shall be
    includedineitherthecontractdocumentsorshopdrawings:
    a) Details of reinforcement, inserts and lifting devices required to resist temporary loads from
    handling,storage,transportation,anderection;
    b) Requiredconcretestrengthatstatedagesorstagesofconstruction.

    6.10.3 Distributionofforcesamongmembers

    6.10.3.1 Distributionofforcesthatareperpendiculartotheplaneofmembersshallbeestablishedbyanalysis
    orbytest.

    6.10.3.2 Where the system behavior requires inplane forces to be transferred between the members of a
    precastfloororwallsystem,6.10.3.2.1and6.10.3.2.2shallapply.

    6.10.3.2.1 Inplaneforcepathsshallbecontinuousthroughbothconnectionsandmembers.

    6.10.3.2.2 Wheretensionforcesoccur,acontinuouspathofsteelorsteelreinforcementshallbeprovided.

    6.10.4 Memberdesign

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6103

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.10.4.1 Inonewayprecastfloorandroofslabsandinonewayprecast,prestressedwallpanels,allnotwider
    than3.7m,andwheremembersarenotmechanicallyconnectedtocauserestraintinthetransverse
    direction,theshrinkageandtemperaturereinforcementrequirementsofSec.8.1.11inthedirection
    normaltotheflexuralreinforcementshallbepermittedtobewaived.Thiswaivershallnotapplyto
    membersthatrequirereinforcementtoresisttransverseflexuralstresses.

    6.10.4.2 For precast, nonprestressed walls the reinforcement shall be designed in accordance with the
    provisionsofSec.6.3or6.6,exceptthattheareaofhorizontalandverticalreinforcementeachshall
    be not less than 0.001 , where is the gross crosssectional area of the wall panel. Spacing of
    reinforcementshallnotexceed5timesthewallthicknessnor750mmforinteriorwallsnor450mm
    forexteriorwalls.

    6.10.5 Structuralintegrity

    6.10.5.1 Except where the provisions of 6.10.5.2 govern, the minimum provisions of 6.10.5.1.1 through
    6.10.5.1.4forstructuralintegrityshallapplytoallprecastconcretestructures.

    6.10.5.1.1 Longitudinal and transverse ties required by Sec. 8.1.12.3 shall connect members to a lateral load
    resistingsystem.

    6.10.5.1.2 Where precast elements form floor or roof diaphragms, the connections between diaphragm and
    those members being laterally supported shall have a nominal tensile strength capable of resisting
    notlessthan4.4kNperlinearm.

    6.10.5.1.3 VerticaltensiontierequirementsofSec.8.1.12.3shallapplytoallverticalstructuralmembers,except
    cladding, andshall be achieved byprovidingconnections at horizontal jointsinaccordance with (a)
    through(c):
    a) Precastcolumnsshallhaveanominalstrengthintensionnotlessthan1.4 ,inlb.Forcolumns
    with a larger cross section than required by consideration of loading, a reduced effective area
    ,basedoncrosssectionrequiredbutnotlessthanonehalfthetotalarea,shallbepermitted;
    b) Precastwallpanelsshallhaveaminimumoftwotiesperpanel,withanominaltensilestrength
    notlessthan44kNpertie;
    c) Whendesignforcesresultinnotension atthebase,thetiesrequiredby6.10.5.1.3(b)shallbe
    permittedtobeanchoredintoanappropriatelyreinforcedconcretefloorslabonground.

    6.10.5.1.4 Connectiondetailsthatrelysolelyonfrictioncausedbygravityloadsshallnotbeused.

    6.10.5.2 Forprecastconcretebearingwallstructuresthreeormorestoriesinheight,theminimumprovisions
    of6.10.5.2.1through6.10.5.2.5shallapply(Fig.6.10.5.1).

    6.10.5.2.1 Longitudinal and transverse ties shall be provided in floor and roof systems to provide a nominal
    strengthof22kNpermeterofwidthorlength.Tiesshallbeprovidedoverinteriorwallsupportsand
    betweenmembersandexteriorwalls.Tiesshallbepositionedinorwithin600mmoftheplaneofthe
    floororroofsystem.

    6104 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.6.10.5.1Typicalarrangementoftensiletiesinlargepanelstructures.

    6.10.5.2.2 Longitudinal ties parallel to flooror roof slabspans shallbe spaced not more than3 m on centers.
    Provisionsshallbemadetotransferforcesaroundopenings.

    6.10.5.2.3 Transversetiesperpendiculartofloororroofslabspansshallbespacednotgreaterthanthebearing
    wallspacing.

    6.10.5.2.4 Tiesaroundtheperimeterofeachfloorandroof,within1.2moftheedge,shallprovideanominal
    strengthintensionnotlessthan71kN.

    6.10.5.2.5 Vertical tension ties shall be provided in all walls and shall be continuous over the height of the
    building. They shall provide a nominal tensile strength not less than 44 kN per horizontal meter of
    wall.Notlessthantwotiesshallbeprovidedforeachprecastpanel.

    6.10.6 Connectionandbearingdesign

    6.10.6.1 Forces shall be permitted to be transferred between members by grouted joints, shear keys,
    mechanicalconnectors,reinforcingsteelconnections,reinforcedtopping,oracombinationofthese
    means.

    6.10.6.1.1 Theadequacyofconnectionstotransferforcesbetweenmembersshallbedeterminedbyanalysisor
    by test. Where shear is the primary result of imposed loading, it shall be permitted to use the
    provisionsof6.4.5asapplicable.

    6.10.6.1.2 When designing a connection using materials with different structural properties, their relative
    stiffnesses,strengths,andductilitiesshallbeconsidered.

    6.10.6.2 Bearingforprecastfloorandroofmembersonsimplesupportsshallsatisfy6.10.6.2.1and6.10.6.2.2.

    6.10.6.2.1 Theallowablebearingstressatthecontactsurfacebetweensupportedandsupportingmembersand
    betweenanyintermediatebearingelementsshallnotexceedthebearingstrengthforeithersurface
    orthebearingelement,orboth.Concretebearingstrengthshallbeasgivenin6.3.14.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6105

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.10.6.2.2 Unlessshownbytestoranalysisthatperformancewillnotbeimpaired,(a)and(b)shallbemet(Fig.
    6.10.6.1):
    a) Each member and its supporting system shall have design dimensions selected so that, after
    considerationoftolerances,thedistancefromtheedgeofthesupporttotheendoftheprecast
    memberinthedirectionofthespanisatleast /180,butnotlessthan:
    Forsolidorhollowcoreslabs 50mm
    Forbeamsorstemmedmembers 75mm
    b) Bearingpadsatunarmorededgesshallbesetbackaminimumof13mmfromthefaceofthe
    support,oratleastthechamferdimensionatchamferededges.

    6.10.6.2.3 The requirements of 8.2.8.1 shall not apply to the positive bending moment reinforcement for
    staticallydeterminateprecastmembers,butatleastonethirdofsuchreinforcementshallextendto
    the center of the bearing length, taking into account permitted tolerances in Sec. 8.1.5.2c and
    6.10.2.3.


    Fig.6.10.6.1Bearinglengthonsupport

    6.10.7 Itemsembeddedafterconcreteplacement

    6.10.7.1 When approved by the designer, embedded items (such as dowels or inserts) that either protrude
    from the concrete or remain exposed for inspection shall be permitted to be embedded while the
    concreteisinaplasticstateprovidedthat6.10.7.1.1,6.10.7.1.2,and6.10.7.1.3aremet.

    6.10.7.1.1 Embeddeditemsarenotrequiredtobehookedortiedtoreinforcementwithintheconcrete.

    6.10.7.1.2 Embeddeditemsaremaintainedinthecorrectpositionwhiletheconcreteremainsplastic.

    6.10.7.1.3 Theconcreteisproperlyconsolidatedaroundtheembeddeditem.

    6.10.8 Markingandidentification

    6.10.8.1 Each precast member shall be marked to indicate its location and orientation in the structure and
    dateofmanufacture.

    6.10.8.2 Identificationmarksshallcorrespondtoplacingdrawings.

    6.10.9 Handling

    6106 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.10.9.1 Memberdesignshallconsiderforcesanddistortionsduringcuring,stripping,storage,transportation,
    anderectionsothatprecastmembersarenotoverstressedorotherwisedamaged.

    6.10.9.2 Duringerection,precastmembersandstructuresshallbeadequatelysupportedandbracedtoensure
    properalignmentandstructuralintegrityuntilpermanentconnectionsarecompleted.

    6.10.10 Evaluationofstrengthofprecastconstruction

    6.10.10.1 Aprecastelementtobemadecompositewithcastinplaceconcreteshallbepermittedtobetested
    inflexureasaprecastelementaloneinaccordancewith6.10.10.1.1and6.10.10.1.2.

    6.10.10.1.1 Testloads shall be appliedonly whencalculationsindicate the isolated precast elementwill not be
    criticalincompressionorbuckling.

    6.10.10.1.2 Thetestloadshallbethatloadwhich,whenappliedtotheprecastmemberalone,inducesthesame
    totalforceinthetensionreinforcementaswouldbeinducedbyloadingthecompositememberwith
    thetestloadrequiredby6.11.3.2.

    6.10.10.2 Theprovisionsof6.11.5shallbethebasisforacceptanceorrejectionoftheprecastelement.

    6.11 EVALUATIONOFSTRENGTHOFEXISTINGSTRUCTURES

    6.11.1 StrengthevaluationGeneral

    6.11.1.1 IfthereisdoubtthatapartorallofastructuremeetsthesafetyrequirementsofthisCode,astrength
    evaluationshallbecarriedoutasrequiredbytheEngineer.

    6.11.1.2 If the effect of the strength deficiency is well understood and if it is feasible to measure the
    dimensionsandmaterialpropertiesrequiredforanalysis,analyticalevaluationsofstrengthbasedon
    thosemeasurementsshallsuffice.Requireddatashallbedeterminedinaccordancewith6.11.2.

    6.11.1.3 Iftheeffect ofthestrengthdeficiencyisnotwellunderstoodorifitisnotfeasibletoestablishthe


    required dimensions and material properties by measurement, a load test shall be required if the
    structureistoremaininservice.

    6.11.1.4 If the doubt about safety of a part or all of a structure involves deterioration, and if the observed
    responseduringtheloadtestsatisfiestheacceptancecriteria,thestructureorpartofthestructure
    shall be permitted to remain in service for a specified time period. If deemed necessary by the
    Engineer,periodicreevaluationsshallbeconducted.

    6.11.2 Determinationofmaterialpropertiesandrequireddimensions

    6.11.2.1 Dimensionsofthestructuralelementsshallbeestablishedatcriticalsections.

    6.11.2.2 Locations and sizes of the reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, or tendons shall be
    determined by measurement. It shall be permitted to base reinforcement locations on available
    drawingsifspotchecksaremadeconfirmingtheinformationonthedrawings.

    6.11.2.3 Ifrequired,concretestrengthshallbebasedonresultsofcylindertestsfromtheoriginalconstruction
    or tests of cores removed from the part of the structure where the strength is in question. For
    strength evaluation of an existing structure, cylinder or core test data shall be used to estimate an
    equivalent .ThemethodforobtainingandtestingcoresshallbeinaccordancewithASTMC42M.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6107

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.11.2.4 If required, reinforcement or prestressing steel strength shall be based on tensile tests of
    representativesamplesofthematerialinthestructureinquestion.

    6.11.2.5 If the required dimensions and material properties are determined through measurements and
    testing,andifcalculationscanbemadeinaccordancewith6.11.1.2,itshallbepermittedtoincrease
    fromthosespecifiedin6.2.3,but shallnotbemorethan:
    Tensioncontrolledsections,asdefinedin6.3.3.4 1.0
    Compressioncontrolledsections,asdefinedin6.3.3.3:
    Memberswithspiralreinforcementconformingto6.3.9.3 0.9
    Otherreinforcedmembers 0.8
    Shearand/ortorsion 0.8
    Bearingonconcrete 0.8

    6.11.3 Loadtestprocedure

    6.11.3.1 Loadarrangement
    Thenumberandarrangementofspansorpanelsloadedshallbeselectedtomaximizethedeflectionandstresses
    in the critical regions of the structural elements of which strength is in doubt. More than one test load
    arrangementshallbeusedifasinglearrangementwillnotsimultaneouslyresultinmaximumvaluesoftheeffects
    (suchasdeflection,rotation,orstress)necessarytodemonstratetheadequacyofthestructure.

    6.11.3.2 Loadintensity
    Thetotaltestload(includingdeadloadalreadyinplace)shallnotbelessthanthelargerof(a),(b),and(c):
    a) 1.15 1.5 0.4
    b) 1.15 0.9 1.5
    c) 1.3
    The load factor on the live load in (b) shall be permitted to be reduced to 0.45 except for garages, areas
    occupiedasplacesofpublicassembly,andallareaswhere isgreaterthan4.8kN/m2.Itshallbepermittedto
    reduce inaccordancewiththeprovisionsoftheapplicablegeneralbuildingcode.

    6.11.3.3 Aloadtestshallnotbemadeuntilthatportionofthestructuretobesubjectedtoloadisatleast56
    days old. If the owner of the structure, the contractor, and all involved parties agree, it shall be
    permittedtomakethetestatanearlierage.

    6.11.4 Loadingcriteria

    6.11.4.1 The initial value for all applicable response measurements (such as deflection, rotation, strain, slip,
    crackwidths)shallbeobtainednotmorethan1hourbeforeapplicationofthefirstloadincrement.
    Measurements shall be made at locations where maximum response is expected. Additional
    measurementsshallbemadeifrequired.

    6.11.4.2 Testloadshallbeappliedinnotlessthanfourapproximatelyequalincrements.

    6.11.4.3 Uniformtestloadshallbeappliedinamannertoensureuniformdistributionoftheloadtransmitted
    tothestructureorportionofthestructurebeingtested.Archingoftheappliedloadshallbeavoided.

    6.11.4.4 A set of response measurements shall be made after each load increment is applied and after the
    totalloadhasbeenappliedonthestructureforatleast24hours.

    6.11.4.5 Total test load shall be removed immediately after all response measurements defined in 6.11.4.4
    aremade.

    6.11.4.6 Asetoffinalresponsemeasurementsshallbemade24hoursafterthetestloadisremoved.

    6108 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.11.5 Acceptancecriteria

    6.11.5.1 The portion of the structure tested shall show no evidence of failure. Spalling and crushing of
    compressedconcreteshallbeconsideredanindicationoffailure.

    6.11.5.2 MeasureddeflectionsshallsatisfyeitherEq.(6.11.1)or(6.11.2):

    6.11.1
    ,

    6.11.2
    Ifthemeasuredmaximumandresidualdeflections, and ,donotsatisfyEq.(6.11.1)or(6.11.2),itshallbe
    permittedtorepeattheloadtest.
    Therepeattestshallbeconductednotearlierthan72hoursafterremovalofthefirsttestload.Theportionofthe
    structuretestedintherepeattestshallbeconsideredacceptableifdeflectionrecovery satisfiesthecondition:

    6.11.3
    where isthemaximumdeflectionmeasuredduringthesecondtestrelativetothepositionofthestructureat
    thebeginningofthesecondtest.

    6.11.5.3 Structuralmemberstestedshallnothavecracksindicatingtheimminenceofshearfailure.

    6.11.5.4 Inregionsofstructuralmemberswithouttransversereinforcement,appearanceofstructuralcracks
    inclined to the longitudinal axis and having a horizontal projection longer than the depth of the
    memberatmidpointofthecrackshallbeevaluated.

    6.11.5.5 Inregionsofanchorageandlapsplices,theappearancealongthelineofreinforcementofaseriesof
    shortinclinedcracksorhorizontalcracksshallbeevaluated.

    6.11.6 Provisionforlowerloadrating
    If the structure under investigation does not satisfy conditions or criteria of 6.11.1.2, 6.11.5.2, or 6.11.5.3, the
    structure shall be permitted for use at a lower load rating based on the results of the load test or analysis, if
    approvedbytheEngineer.

    6.11.7 Safety

    6.11.7.1 Loadtestsshallbeconductedinsuchamannerastoprovideforsafetyoflifeandstructureduringthe
    test.

    6.11.7.2 Safetymeasuresshallnotinterferewithloadtestproceduresoraffectresults.

    6.12 COMPOSITECONCRETEFLEXURALMEMBERS

    6.12.1 Scope

    6.12.1.1 Provisions of Sec. 6.12 shall apply for design of composite concrete flexural members defined as
    precast concrete, castinplaceconcrete elements, orboth,constructed in separateplacementsbut
    sointerconnectedthatallelementsrespondtoloadsasaunit.

    6.12.1.2 AllprovisionsoftheCodeshallapplytocompositeconcreteflexuralmembers,exceptasspecifically
    modifiedinSec.6.12.

    6.12.2 General

    6.12.2.1 Theuseofanentirecompositememberorportionsthereofforresistingshearandmomentshallbe
    permitted.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6109

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6.12.2.2 Individualelementsshallbeinvestigatedforallcriticalstagesofloading.

    6.12.2.3 If the specified strength, unit weight, or other properties of the various elements are different,
    propertiesoftheindividualelementsorthemostcriticalvaluesshallbeusedindesign.

    6.12.2.4 Instrengthcomputationsofcompositemembers,nodistinctionshallbemadebetweenshoredand
    unshoredmembers.

    6.12.2.5 All elements shall be designed to support all loads introduced prior to full development of design
    strengthofcompositemembers.

    6.12.2.6 Reinforcement shall be provided as required to minimize cracking and to prevent separation of
    individualelementsofcompositemembers.

    6.12.2.7 Compositemembersshallmeetrequirementsforcontrolofdeflectionsinaccordancewith6.2.5.4.

    6.12.3 Shoring
    Whenused,shoringshallnotberemoveduntilsupportedelementshavedevelopeddesignpropertiesrequiredto
    supportallloadsandlimitdeflectionsandcrackingattimeofshoringremoval.

    6.12.4 Verticalshearstrength

    6.12.4.1 Whereanentirecompositememberisassumedtoresistverticalshear,designshallbeinaccordance
    withrequirementsofSec.6.4asforamonolithicallycastmemberofthesamecrosssectionalshape.

    6.12.4.2 Shearreinforcementshallbefullyanchoredintointerconnectedelementsinaccordancewith8.2.10.

    6.12.4.3 Extendedandanchoredshearreinforcementshallbepermittedtobeincludedastiesforhorizontal
    shear.

    6.12.5 Horizontalshearstrength

    6.12.5.1 Inacompositemember,fulltransferofhorizontalshearforcesshallbeensuredatcontactsurfacesof
    interconnectedelements.

    6.12.5.2 For the provisions of 6.12.5, shall be taken as the distance from extreme compression fiber for
    entirecompositesectiontocentroidoflongitudinaltensionreinforcement,ifany.

    6.12.5.3 Unless calculated in accordance with 6.12.5.4, design of cross sections subject to horizontal shear
    shallbebasedon
    6.12.1
    where isnominalhorizontalshearstrengthinaccordancewith6.12.5.3.1through6.12.5.3.4.

    6.12.5.3.1 Wherecontactsurfacesareclean,freeoflaitance,andintentionallyroughened, shallnotbe


    takengreaterthan0.55 0.55.

    6.12.5.3.2 Whereminimumtiesareprovidedinaccordancewith6.12.6,andcontactsurfacesarecleanandfree
    oflaitance,butnotintentionallyroughened, shallnotbetakengreaterthan0.55 .

    6.12.5.3.3 Wheretiesareprovidedinaccordancewith6.12.6,andcontactsurfacesareclean,freeoflaitance,
    andintentionallyroughenedtoafullamplitudeofapproximately6mm, shallbetakenequalto
    1.8 0.6 ,butnotgreaterthan3.5 .Valuesfor in6.4.5.4.3shallapplyand is
    / .

    6110 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    6.12.5.3.4 Where atsectionconsideredexceeds 3.5 ,designforhorizontalshearshallbein


    accordancewith6.4.5.4.

    6.12.5.4 Asanalternativeto6.12.5.3,horizontalshearshallbepermittedtobedeterminedbycomputingthe
    actualchangeincompressiveortensileforceinanysegment,andprovisionsshallbemadetotransfer
    thatforceashorizontalsheartothesupportingelement.Thefactoredhorizontalshearforce shall
    notexceedhorizontalshearstrength asgivenin6.12.5.3.1through6.12.5.3.4,whereareaof
    contactsurfaceshallbesubstitutedfor .

    6.12.5.4.1 Wheretiesprovidedtoresisthorizontalsheararedesignedtosatisfy6.12.5.4,thetieareatotie
    spacingratioalongthemembershallapproximatelyreflectthedistributionofshearforcesinthe
    member.

    6.12.5.5 Wheretensionexistsacrossanycontactsurfacebetweeninterconnectedelements,sheartransferby
    contactshallbepermittedonlywhenminimumtiesareprovidedinaccordancewith6.12.6.

    6.12.6 Tiesforhorizontalshear

    6.12.6.1 Wheretiesareprovidedtotransferhorizontalshear,tieareashallnotbelessthanthatrequiredby
    6.4.3.5.3,andtiespacingshallnotexceedfourtimestheleastdimensionofsupportedelement,nor
    exceed600mm.

    6.12.6.2 Tiesforhorizontalshearshallconsistofsinglebarsorwire,multiplelegstirrups,orverticallegsof
    weldedwirereinforcement.

    6.12.6.3 Alltiesshallbefullyanchoredintointerconnectedelementsinaccordancewith8.2.10.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6111

    Chapter 7
    MASONRYSTRUCTURES

    7.1 INTRODUCTION

    7.1.1 Scope
    ThischapteroftheCodecoversthedesign,constructionandqualitycontrolofmasonrystructures.

    7.1.2 SymbolsandNotation
    Thefollowingunitsshallbegenerallyimplicitinthischapterforthecorrespondingquantities:
    Lengths m m
    Areas mm2
    Momentofinertia mm4
    Force N
    Moment,torsion Nmm
    Stress,strength N/mm2
    a = depthofequivalentrectangularstressblockforstrengthdesign
    Ab = crosssectionalareaofanchorbolt
    Ae = effectiveareaofmasonry
    Ag = grossareaofwall
    Amv= netareaofmasonrysectionboundedbywallthicknessandlengthofsectioninthedirectionof
    shearforceconsidered
    Ap = area of tension (pullout) cone of an embedded anchor bolt projected into the surface of
    masonry
    As = effectivecrosssectionalareaofreinforcementinaflexuralmember
    Av = areaofsteelrequiredforshearreinforcementperpendiculartothelongitudinalreinforcement
    As = effectivecrosssectionalareaofcompressionreinforcementinaflexuralmember
    b = effectivewidthofrectangularmemberorwidthofflangeforTandIsection
    bt = computedtensionforceonanchorbolt
    bv = allowableshearforceonanchorbolt
    bw = widthofwebinTandImember
    Bt = allowabletensionforceonanchorbolt
    Bv = computedshearforceonanchorbolt
    c = distancefromtheneutralaxistoextremefibre
    Cd = masonryshearstrengthcoefficient
    d = distancefromthecompressionfaceofaflexuralmembertothecentroidoflongitudinaltensile
    reinforcement
    db = diameterofthereinforcingbar,diameterofbolt
    e = eccentricityofPu
    emu = maximumusablecompressivestrainofmasonry

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6365
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Em = modulusofelasticityofmasonry
    Es = modulusofelasticityofsteel
    fa = computedaxialcompressivestressduetodesignaxialload
    fb = computedflexuralstressintheextremefibreduetodesignbendingloadonly
    fmd = computedcompressivestressinmasonryduetodeadloadonly
    fr = modulusofrupture
    fs = computedstressinreinforcementduetodesignload
    fy = tensileyieldstressofreinforcement
    fv = computedshearstressduetodesignload

    fm = specifiedcompressivestrengthofmasonryattheageof28days
    F = loadsduetoweightandpressureoffluidsorrelatedmomentsandforces
    Fa = allowableaverageaxialcompressivestressforcentroidallyappliedaxialloadonly
    Fb = allowableflexuralcompressivestressifmemberswerecarryingbendingloadonly
    Fbr = allowablebearingstress
    Fs = allowablestressinreinforcement
    Fsc = allowablecompressivestressincolumnreinforcement
    Ft = allowableflexuraltensilestressinmasonry
    Fv = allowableshearstressinmasonry
    G = shearmodulusofmasonry
    h = heightofwallbetweenpointsofsupport
    h = effectiveheightofawallorcolumn
    H = actualheightbetweenlateralsupports
    H' = heightofopening
    I = momentofinertiaabouttheneutralaxisofthecrosssectionalarea
    Ig,Icr= gross,crackedmomentofinertiaofthewallcrosssection
    j = ratioordistancebetweencentroidofflexuralcompressiveforceandcentroidoftensileforces
    to
    depth,d
    k = ratioofdepthofthecompressionzoneinflexuralmembertodepth,d;stiffeningcoefficient
    l = lengthofawallorsegment
    lb = embedmentdepthofanchorbolt
    lbe = anchorboltedgedistance,theleastlengthmeasuredfromtheedgeofmasonrytothesurface
    of
    theanchorbolt
    ld = requireddevelopmentlengthofreinforcement
    L = actuallengthofwall
    M = designmoment
    Mc = moment capacity of the compression steel in a flexural member about the centroid of the
    tensile
    force
    Mcr = crackingmomentstrengthofthemasonrywall
    Mm = themomentofthecompressiveforceinthemasonryaboutthecentroidofthetensileforcein
    thereinforcement
    Mn = nominalmomentstrengthofthemasonrywall

    6366 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    Ms = themomentofthetensileforceinthereinforcementaboutthecentroidofthecompressive
    forceinthemasonry
    Mser = servicemomentatthemidheightofthepanel,includingPDeltaeffects
    Mu = factoredmoment
    n = modularratio=Es/Em
    P = designaxialload
    Pa = allowablecentroidalaxialloadforreinforcedmasonrycolumns
    Pb = nominalbalanceddesignaxialstrength
    Pf = loadfromtributaryfloororroofarea
    Po = nominalaxialloadstrengthwithbending
    Pu = factoredaxialload
    Puf = factoredloadfromtributaryfloororroofloads
    Puw = factoredweightofthewalltributarytothesectionunderconsideration
    Pw = weightofthewalltributarytothesectionunderconsideration
    rb = ratiooftheareaofbarscutofftothetotalareaofbarsatthesection
    s = spacingofstirrupsorbentbarsinadirectionparalleltothatofthemainreinforcement
    S = sectionmodulus
    t = effectivethicknessofawythe,wallorcolumn
    u = bondstressperunitofsurfaceareaofbar
    V = totaldesignshearforce
    Vn = nominalshearstrength
    Vm = nominalshearstrengthprovidedbymasonry
    Vs = nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyshearreinforcement
    u = horizontaldeflectionatmidheightunderfactoredload;PDeltaeffectsshallbeincludedin
    deflectioncalculation
    = steelratio=As/bd
    n = ratioofdistributedshearreinforcementonaplaneperpendiculartotheplaneofAmv
    o = sumoftheperimetersofallthelongitudinalreinforcement
    = strengthreductionfactor.

    7.1.3 Definitions
    Forthepurposeofthischapter,thefollowingdefinitionsshallbeapplicable.
    BEDBLOCK:Ablockbeddedonawall,columnorpiertodisperseaconcentratedloadonamasonry
    element.
    BEDJOINT:Ahorizontalmortarjointuponwhichmasonryunitsareplaced.
    BOND : Arrangement of masonry units in successive courses to tie the masonry together both
    longitudinallyandtransversely;thearrangementisusuallyworkedouttoensurethatnoverticaljointof
    onecourseisexactlyovertheoneinthenextcourseaboveorbelowitandthereismaximumpossible
    amountoflap.
    BONDBEAM:Ahorizontalgroutedelementwithinmasonryinwhichreinforcementisembedded.
    BUTTRESS : A pier of masonry built as an integral part of wall and projecting from either or both
    surfaces, decreasing in crosssectional area from base to top and conforming to the requirement of
    Sec4.3.3(c)(ii).
    CAVITYWALL:Awallcomprisingtwolimbseachbuiltupassingleormultiwytheunitsandseparated
    bya50115mmwidecavity.Thelimbsaretiedtogetherbymetaltiesorbondingunitsforstructural
    integrity.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6367
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    CELL:Avoidspacehavingagrosscrosssectionalareagreaterthan1000mm2.
    COLUMN:Anisolatedverticalloadbearingmemberthewidthofwhichdoesnotexceedthreetimesthe
    thickness.
    CROSSJOINT:Averticaljointnormaltothefaceofthewall.
    CROSSSECTIONAL AREA OF MASONRY UNIT: Net crosssectional area of masonry unit is the gross
    crosssectionalareaminustheareaofcellularspace.
    CURTAINWALL:Anonloadbearingselfsupportingwallsubjecttotransverselateralloads,andlaterally
    supportedbyverticalorhorizontalstructuralmemberwherenecessary.
    DIMENSIONS:
    Actualdimensionsthemeasureddimensionsofadesignateditem;suchasadesignatedmasonryunit
    or wall used in the structures. The actual dimension shall not vary from the specified dimension by
    morethantheamountallowedintheappropriatestandardmentionedinSec2.2.4ofPart5.
    Nominaldimensions;specifieddimensionsplusthethicknessofthejointwithwhichtheunitislaid.
    Specified dimensions the dimensions specified for the manufacture or construction of masonry,
    masonryunits,jointsoranyothercomponentsofastructure.Unlessotherwisestated,allcalculations
    shallbemadeusingorbasedonspecifieddimensions.
    FACED WALL: A wall in which facing and backing of two different materials are bonded together to
    ensurecommonactionunderload.
    GROUT : A mixture of cementitious materials and aggregate to which water is added such that the
    mixturewillflowwithoutsegregationoftheconstituents.
    GROUTEDMASONRY:
    Groutedhollowunitmasonrythatformofgroutedmasonryconstructioninwhichcertaindesignated
    cellsofhollowunitsarecontinuouslyfilledwithgrout.
    Groutedmultiwythemasonrythatformofgroutedmasonryconstructioninwhichthespacebetween
    thewythesissolidlyorperiodicallyfilledwithgrout.
    HOLLOW UNIT: A masonry unit of which net crosssectional area in any plane parallel to the bearing
    surfaceislessthan75percentofitsgrosscrosssectionalareameasuredinthesameplane.
    JAMB:Sideofanopeninginwall.
    JOINTS:
    Bedjoints;themortarjointthatishorizontalatthetimethemasonryunitsareplaced.
    Collarjoint;thevertical,longitudinal,mortarorgroutedjoints.
    Headjoint;themortarjointhavingaverticaltransverseplane.
    LATERALSUPPORT:Asupportwhichenablesamasonryelementtoresistlateralloadand/orrestrains
    lateraldeflectionofamasonryelementatthepointofsupport.
    LIMB:Innerorouterportionofacavitywall.
    LOADBEARINGWALL:Awalldesignedtocarryanimposedverticalloadinadditiontoitsownweight,
    togetherwithanylateralload.
    MASONRY:Anassemblageofmasonryunitsproperlybondedtogetherwithmortar.
    MASONRY UNIT : Individual units, such as brick, tile, stone or concrete block, which are bonded
    togetherwithmortartoformamasonryelementsuchaswalls,columns,piers,buttress,etc.
    PANEL WALL : An exterior non load bearing wall in framed structure, supported at each storey but
    subjecttolateralloads.
    PARTITIONWALL:Aninteriornonloadbearingwall,onestoreyorpartstoreyinheight.
    PIER : A projection from either or both sides of a wall forming an integral part of the wall and
    conformingtotherequirementofSec4.4.3.3.c(ii).
    PILASTER : A thickened section forming integral part of a wall placed at intervals along the wall, to
    increase the stiffness of the wall or to carry a vertical concentrated load. Thickness of a pier is the
    overall thickness including the thickness of the wall or, when bounded into a limb of cavity wall, the
    thicknessobtainedbytreatingthatlimbasanindependentwall.

    6368 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    PRISM : An assemblage of masonry units bonded by mortar with or without grout used as a test
    specimenfordeterminingpropertiesofmasonry.
    REINFORCEDMASONRY:Themasonryconstruction,inwhichreinforcementactinginconjunctionwith
    themasonryisusedtoresistforcesandisdesignedinaccordancewithSec4.6.
    SHEARWALL : Aload bearing wall designed to carry horizontal forces acting initsown plane with or
    withoutverticalimposedloads.
    SOLIDUNIT:Amasonryunitwhosenetcrosssectionalareainanyplaneparalleltothebearingsurface
    is75percentormoreofthegrosscrosssectionalareainthesameplane.
    STACKBOND:Abondinbearingandnonbearingwalls,exceptveneeredwalls,inwhichlessthan75per
    centof theunitsinanytransverseverticalplanelaptheendsoftheunitsbelowadistancelessthan
    onehalftheheightoftheunit,orlessthanonefourththelengthoftheunit.
    VENEEREDWALL:Awallinwhichthefacingisattachedtothebackingbutnotsobondedastoresultin
    acommonactionunderload.
    WALLJOINT:Averticaljointparalleltothefaceofthewall.
    WALLTIE:Ametalfastenerwhichconnectswythesofmasonrytoeachotherortoothermaterials.
    WYTHE:Portionofawallwhichisonemasonryunitinthickness.

    7.2 Materials

    7.2.1 General
    AllmaterialsusedinmasonryconstructionshallconformtotherequirementsspecifiedinPart5ofthisCode.If
    norequirementsarespecifiedforamaterial,qualityshallbebasedongenerallyacceptedgoodpractice,subject
    totheapprovalofthebuildingofficial.

    7.2.2 MasonryUnits
    ThefollowingtypesofmasonryunitswhichconformtothestandardsmentionedinSec2.2.4ofPart5maybe
    usedinmasonryconstruction:
    (a) Commonbuildingclaybricks
    (b) Burntclayhollowbricks
    (c) Burntclayfacingbricks
    (d) Hollowconcreteblocks
    OthertypesofmasonryunitsconformingtoSec2.2.4ofPart5mayalsobeused.

    7.2.3 MortarandGrout
    Mortar and grout for masonry construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Part 5. Mix
    proportionsandcompressivestrengthofsomecommonlyusedmortarsaregiveninTable6.7.1.

    7.3 AllowableSTRESSES

    7.3.1 General
    Stressesinmasonryshall notexceed the valuesgivenin this section. Allallowable stresses forworkingstress
    designmaybeincreasedonethirdwhenconsideringwindorearthquakeforceseitheractingaloneorcombined
    withverticalloads.Noincreaseshallbeallowedforverticalloadsactingalone.

    7.3.2 SpecifiedCompressiveStrengthofMasonry, f m
    Theallowablestressesformasonryconstructionshallbebasedonthevalueof f m asdeterminedbySec7.3.3
    below.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6369
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table6.7.1:MixProportionandStrengthofCommonlyusedMortars

    Gradeof MixProportionbyVolume1,2 MinimumCompressive


    Mortar Strengthat28days,
    N/mm2
    Cement Sand
    M1 3 10
    M2 4 7.5
    M3 1 5 5
    M4 6 3
    M5 7 2
    M6 8 1
    1.Sandandcementshallbemeasuredinloosevolumeandsandshallbewellgradedwitha

    minimumF.M.of1.2.
    2.Limetoamaximumof 1 thpartbyvolumeofcementmaybeusedtoincreaseworkability.
    4

    7.3.3 Compliancewith
    Compliancewiththerequirementsforthespecifiedcompressivestrengthofmasonry, f m shallbeinaccordance
    withthefollowing:

    7.3.3.1 Masonry Prism Testing : The compressive strength of masonry based on tests at 28 days in
    accordancewith"StandardTestMethodforCompressiveStrengthofMasonryPrisms",(ASTME447)
    .Verificationbymasonryprismtestingshallmeetthe
    foreachsetofprismsshallequalorexceed f m
    following:
    (a) Testing Prior to Construction: A set of five masonry prisms shall be built and tested in
    accordancewithASTME447priortothestartofconstruction.Materialsusedforprisms
    shallbesameasusedintheproject.Prismsshallbeconstructedundertheobservationof
    theengineeroranapprovedagencyandtestedbyanapprovedagency.
    (b) Testing During Construction: When full allowable stresses are used in design, a set of
    threeprismsshallbebuiltandtestedduringconstructioninaccordancewith(ASTME447)
    for each 500 square meters of wall area, but not less than one set of three masonry
    prismsforanyproject.Notestingduringconstructionshallberequiredwhen50%ofthe
    allowablestressesareusedindesign.

    7.3.4 QualityControl
    Qualitycontrolshallinclude,butnotbelimitedtoassurethat:
    (a) Masonry units, reinforcement, cement, lime, aggregate and all other materials meet the
    requirements of the applicable standard of quality and that they are properly stored and
    preparedforuse.
    (b) Mortarandgroutareproperlymixedusingspecifiedproportionsofingredients.Themethodof
    measuring materials for mortar and grout shall be such that proportions of materials are
    controlled.
    (c) Construction details, procedures and workmanship are in accordance with the plans and
    specification.
    (d) Placement,splicesandbardiametersareinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthischapterand
    theplansandspecifications.

    7.3.5 AllowableStressesinMasonry
    When the quality control provisions specified in Sec 7.3.4 above do not include requirements for special
    inspection,theallowabledesignstressesinthissectionshallbereducedby50percent.
    (a) CompressiveStress,Axial

    6370 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    i) Unreinforcedmasonrywalls,columnsandreinforcedmasonrywall

    f m h
    3

    Fa = 1 (7.3.1)
    5 42t

    ii) Reinforcedmasonrycolumns

    f m h
    3
    As
    Fa = + Fsc 1 (7.3.2)

    5 1.5 Ae 42t

    (b) CompressiveStress,Flexural

    Fb = 0.33 f m
    10N mm 2 (7.3.3)

    (c) TensileStressforWalls,Flexure
    The allowable tensile stress for walls in flexure of masonry structures without tensile
    reinforcementusingmortarTypeM1orM2 shallnotexceedthevaluesspecifiedinTables
    6.7.2and6.7.3.ForTypeM3andM4mortar,thevalueshallbereducedby25percent.
    Notensionisallowedacrossheadjointsinstackbondmasonry.Valuesfortensionnormal
    toheadjointsareforrunningbond.Thesevaluesshallnotbeusedforhorizontalflexural
    memberssuchasbeams,girdersorlintels.

    Table6.7.2:FlexuralTension,Ft

    Masonry NormaltoBedJoints NormaltoHeadJoints


    N/mm2 N/mm2
    SolidUnits 0.20 0.40
    HollowUnits 0.12 0.25

    Table6.7.3:TensionNormaltoHeadJoints,Ft

    Masonry ClayUnits ConcreteUnits


    N/mm2 N/mm2
    SolidUnits 0.35 0.40
    HollowUnits 0.22 0.25
    (d) ReinforcingBondStress,u
    PlainBars 0.30N/mm2
    DeformedBars 1.0N/mm2
    (e) ShearStressforFlexuralMembers,Fv
    i) Whennoshearreinforcementisused

    Fv = 0.083 f m 0.25 N/mm2 (7.3.4)



    ii) Whenshearreinforcementisdesignedtotakeentireshearforce

    Fv = 0.25 f m 0.75 N/mm2 (7.3.5)

    (f) ShearStressforShearWalls,Fv
    i) Unreinforcedmasonry
    Forclayunits:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6371
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Fv = 0.025 f m 0.40 N/mm2 (7.3.6)

    Forconcreteunits:
    M1orM2Mortar0.20N/mm2
    M3Mortar 0.12N/mm2
    ii) TheallowableshearstressforreinforcedmasonryshearwallsshallbeaccordingtoTable6.7.4.

    7.3.6 AllowableStressesinReinforcement
    (a) TensileStress
    i Deformedbars,
    Fs = 0.5 f y , 165 N/mm2 (7.3.7)

    ii)Ties,anchorsandplainbars,

    Fs = 0.4 f y , 135 N/mm2 (7.3.8)

    Table6.7.4:AllowableShearStressforReinforcedMasonryShearWalls,Fv

    M/Vd Fv,N/mm2 MaximumAllowable


    N/mm2
    1 M M
    4 f m 0.4 0.2
    Masonry <1 36 Vd Vd
    takingall
    shear
    1 0.083 f m 0.17

    Reinforceme 1 M M
    4 f m 0.6 0.2
    nttakingall <1 24 Vd Vd
    shear
    1 0.125 f m 0.37

    (b) CompressiveStress
    i) Deformedbarsincolumnsandshearwalls,

    Fsc = 0.4 f y 165 N/mm2 (7.3.9)

    ii) Deformedbarsinflexuralmembers

    Fsc = 0.5 f y 165 N/mm2 (7.3.10)

    7.3.7 CombinedCompressiveStress
    Members subject to combined axial and flexural stresses shall be designed in accordance with accepted
    principlesofmechanicsorinaccordancewiththefollowingformula:
    fa f
    + b 1 (7.3.11)
    Fa Fb

    7.3.8 ModulusofElasticity
    The modulus of elasticity of masonry shall be determined by the secant method. The slope of the line
    connectingthepoints0.05 f m and0.33 f m onthestressstraincurveshallbetakenasthemodulusofelasticity

    6372 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    ofmasonry.Ifrequired,actualvaluesshallbeestablishedbytests.Thesevaluesarenottobereducedby50
    percentasspecifiedinSec7.3.5(a).
    (a) ModulusofElasticityforMasonry

    E m =750 f m 15,000 N/mm2 (7.3.12)

    (b) ModulusofElasticityforSteel

    Es = 200,000 N/mm2 (7.3.13)

    (c) ShearModulusofMasonry

    G = 0.4 Em (7.3.14)

    7.3.9 ShearandTensiononEmbeddedAnchorBolts

    7.3.9.1 Allowable loads and placement requirements for anchor bolts shall be in accordance with the
    following:
    (a) Bentbaranchorboltsshallhaveahookwitha90degreebendwithaninsidediameterof3db
    plusanextensionof1.5dbatthefreeend.
    (b) Headedanchorboltsshallhaveastandardbolthead.
    (c) Plateanchorboltsshallhaveaplateweldedtotheshanktoprovideanchorageequivalentto
    headedanchorbolts.

    7.3.9.2 The effective embedment length, l b for bent bar anchors shall be the length of embedment
    measured perpendicular from the surface of the masonry to the bearing surface of the bent end
    minus one anchor bolt diameter. For plate or headed anchor bolts l b shall be the length of
    embedmentmeasuredperpendicularfromthesurfaceofthemasonrytothebearingsurfaceofthe
    plate or head of the anchorage. All bolts shall be grouted in place with at least 25 mm of grout
    between the bolt and the masonry except that 6 mm diameter bolts may be placed in bed joints
    whichareatleasttwiceasthickasthediameterofthebolt.

    7.3.9.3 AllowableShearForce
    Allowable loads in shear shall be according to Table 6.7.5 or lesser of the value obtained from the
    followingformulae:

    Bv = 1070( f m Ab )
    1/ 4
    (7.3.15)

    Bv = 0.12 Ab f y (7.3.16)

    Whenthedistance l beislessthan12db,thevalueofBvinEq(7.3.15)shallbereducedtozeroata
    distance l be equal to 40 mm. Where adjacent anchors are spaced closer than 8db, the allowable
    shear of the adjacent anchors determined by Eq (7.3.15) shall be reduced by interpolation to 0.75
    timestheallowableshearvalueatacentretocentrespacingof4db.

    Table6.7.5:AllowableShear,BvforEmbeddedAnchorBoltsforMasonry,kN*

    BentBarAnchorBoltDiameter,mm

    fm
    N/mm2 10 12 16 20 22 25 28
    10 2.0 3.7 5.9 7.9 8.5 9.1 9.6
    12 2.0 3.7 5.9 8.2 8.3 9.5 10.1
    13 2.0 3.7 5.9 8.5 9.2 9.8 10.4
    17 2.0 3.7 5.9 8.5 9.7 10.3 11.0

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6373
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    BentBarAnchorBoltDiameter,mm

    fm
    N/mm2 10 12 16 20 22 25 28
    20 2.0 3.7 5.9 8.5 10.1 10.8 11.5
    27 2.0 3.7 5.9 8.5 10.9 11.6 12.3
    *ValuesareforboltsofatleastASTMA307quality.BoltsshallbethosespecifiedinSec
    4.3.9.1.

    7.3.9.4 AllowableTension
    Allowable tension shall be the lesser value selected from Table 6.7.6 and Table 6.7.7 or shall be
    determinedfromlesserofthevaluesobtainedfromthefollowingformulae:

    Bt = 0.04 A p f m (7.3.17)

    Bt = 0.2 Ab f y (7.3.18)

    The area Ap shall be the lesser of the area obtained from Eq (7.3.17) and (7.3.18) and where the
    projectedareasofadjacentanchorboltsoverlap,Apofeachanchorboltshallbereducedby50per
    centoftheoverlappingarea.

    A p = l b
    2
    (7.3.19)

    A p = l be (7.3.20)
    2

    Table6.7.6:AllowableTension,BtforEmbeddedAnchorBoltsforMasonry,kN1,2

    EmbedmentLength,lb,orEdgeDistance,lbe,mm

    fm
    N/mm2 50 75 100 125 150 200 250
    10 1.0 2.4 4.3 6.7 9.7 17.3 27.0
    12 1.2 2.6 4.7 7.4 10.6 18.9 29.6
    13 1.2 2.8 5.0 7.8 11.2 20.0 31.2
    17 1.3 3.1 5.6 8.7 12.6 22.4 35.0
    20 1.5 3.4 6.7 9.5 13.8 24.5 38.2
    27 1.7 3.9 7.0 11.0 15.9 28.3 44.1
    1 Theallowabletensionvaluesarebasedoncompressivestrengthofmasonryassemblages.Whereyield
    strengthofanchorboltsteelgoverns,theallowabletensionisgiveninTable6.7.7.
    2 ValuesareforboltsofatleastASTMA307quality.BoltsshallbethosespecifiedinSec7.3.9.1.

    Table6.7.7:AllowableTension,BtforEmbeddedAnchorBoltsforMasonry,kN1

    BentBarAnchorBoltDiameter,mm
    6 10 12 16 20 22 25 28
    1.5 3.5 6.2 9.8 14.1 19.2 25.1 31.8
    1 ValuesareforboltsofatleastASTMA307quality.BoltsshallbethosespecifiedinSec7.3.9.

    7.3.9.5 CombinedShearandTension
    Anchor bolts subjected to combined shear and tension shall be designed in accordance with the
    formulagivenbelow:

    6374 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    bt bv
    + 1.00 7.3.22
    Bt Bv
    7.3.9.6 MinimumEdgeDistance, l be
    Theminimumvalueof l bemeasuredfromtheedgeofthemasonryparalleltotheanchorbolttothe
    surfaceoftheanchorboltshallbe40mm.

    7.3.9.7 MinimumEmbedmentDepth, l b
    Theminimumembedmentdepth l bshallbe4dbbutnotlessthan50mm.

    7.3.9.8 MinimumSpacingBetweenBolts
    Theminimumcentretocentrespacingbetweenanchorsshallbe4db.

    7.3.10 LoadTest
    Forloadtest,themembershallbesubjecttoasuperimposedloadequaltotwicethedesignliveloadplusone
    halfofthedeadload.Thisloadshallbemaintainedforaperiodof24hours.If,duringthetestoruponremoval
    oftheload,themembershowsevidenceoffailure,suchchangesormodificationsasarenecessarytomakethe
    structureadequatefortheratedcapacityshallbemade;orwherepossible,alowerratingshallbeestablished.A
    flexural member shall be considered to have passed the test if the maximum deflection at the end of the 24
    2
    hourperiodneitherexceeds0.005 l nor0.00025 l t andthebeamandslabsshowarecoveryofatleast75per
    centoftheobserveddeflectionwithin24hoursafterremovaloftheload.

    7.3.11 ReuseofMasonryUnits
    Masonryunitsmaybereusedwhenclean,unbrokenandconformstotherequirementsofPart5.Allstructural
    propertiesofmasonryofreclaimedunits,especiallyadhesionbond,shallbedeterminedbyapprovedtest.The
    allowable working stress shall not exceed 50 per cent of that permitted for new masonry units of the same
    properties.

    7.4 BASICDESIGNREQUIREMENTS

    7.4.1 General
    Masonrystructuresshallbedesignedaccordingtotheprovisionsofthissection.Therequireddesignstrengths
    ofmasonrymaterialsandanyspecialrequirementsshallbespecifiedintheplansubmittedforapproval.

    7.4.2 DesignConsiderations

    7.4.2.1 Masonry structures shall be designed based on working stress and linear stressstrain distribution.
    Requirements for working stress design of unreinforced and reinforced masonry structures are
    providedinSec4.5and4.6respectively.Inlieuoftheworkingstressdesignmethod,slenderwallsand
    shearwallsmaybedesignedbythestrengthdesignmethodspecifiedinSec7.7.

    Thestructureshall be proportionedsuchthat eccentricityof loadingon themembers isas small as


    possible.Eccentricloadingshallpreferablybeavoidedbyproviding:

    (a) adequatebearingoffloor/roofonthewalls

    (b) adequatestiffnessinslabs,and

    (c) fixityatthesupports.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6375
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.4.2.2 EffectiveHeight
    (a) Wall : The effective height of a wall shall be taken as the clear height between the lateral
    supportsattopandbottominadirectionnormaltotheaxisconsidered.Formembersnot
    supportedatthetopnormaltotheaxisconsidered,theeffectiveheightistwicetheheightof
    the member above the support. Effective height less than the clear height may be used if
    justified.
    (b) Column:Effectiveheightofthecolumnshallbetakenasactualheightforthedirectionitis
    laterallysupportedandtwicetheactualheightforthedirectionitisnotlaterallysupported
    atthetopnormaltotheaxisconsidered.
    (c) OpeninginWall:Whenopeningsoccurinawallsuchthatmasonrybetweentheopeningsis
    bydefinitionacolumn,effectiveheightofmasonrybetweentheopeningsshallbeobtained
    asfollows:
    i) When wall has full restraint at the top, effective height for the direction
    perpendicular to the plane of wall equals 0.75H plus 0.25H', where H is the
    distance between supports and H' is the height of the taller opening; and
    effectiveheightforthedirectionparalleltothewallequalsH.
    ii) When wallhaspartial restraintat the topandbottom, effective height for the
    direction perpendicular to the plane of wall equals H when height of neither
    openingexceeds0.5Handitisequalto2Hwhenheightofanyopeningexceeds
    0.5H; and effective height for the direction parallel to the plane of the wall
    equals2H.

    7.4.2.3 EffectiveLength
    EffectivelengthofawallfordifferentsupportconditionsshallbeasgiveninTable6.7.8.

    7.4.2.4 EffectiveThickness
    Theeffectivethicknessofwallsandcolumnsforuseinthecalculationofslendernessratio,shallbe
    definedasfollows:
    (a) SolidWalls:Theeffectivethicknessofsolidwalls,facedwallsorgroutedwallsshallbethe
    specifiedthicknessofthewall.
    (b) Solid Walls with Raked Mortar Joints: The effective thickness of solid walls with raked
    mortarjointsshallbetheminimumthicknessmeasuredatthejoint.
    (c) Cavity Walls: When both limbs of a cavity wall are axially loaded, each limb shall be
    consideredindependentlyandtheeffectivethicknessofeachlimbshallbedeterminedasin
    (a)or(b)above.Ifoneofthelimbsisaxiallyloaded,theeffectivethicknessofthecavitywall
    shallbetakenasthesquarerootofthesumofthesquaresoftheeffectivethicknessesof
    thelimbs.
    (d) WallsStiffenedbyPilasters:Whensolidorcavitywallsarestiffenedbypilastersatintervals,
    the effective thickness to be used for the calculation of h'/t ratio shall be determined as
    follows:
    i) Solid Walls: For stiffened solid walls the effective thickness shall be the specified
    thicknessmultipliedbythestiffeningcoefficient,k,valuesofwhicharegivenbelow:

    StiffeningCoefficient,k*
    l p wp t p tw

    1 2 3
    6 1.0 1.4 2.0
    8 1.0 1.3 1.7
    10 1.0 1.2 1.4
    15 1.0 1.1 1.2
    20ormore 1.0 1.0 1.0

    6376 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    *Linearinterpolationispermittedforobtainingintermediatevaluesofk
    where, l p = centretocentrespacingofpilasters
    tp = thicknessofpilasterincludingthewall
    tw = specifiedthicknessofmainwall
    wp = widthofpilasterinthedirectionofwall
    ii) Cavity Walls: When one or both limbs of a cavity wall are adequately bonded into
    pilasters at intervals, the effective thickness of each limb shall be determined
    separatelyasin(a),(b)ord(i)aboveandtheeffectivethicknessofthestiffenedcavity
    wallshallbedeterminedinaccordancewith(c)above.
    Where slenderness ratio of the wall is based on the effective length, the effective
    thicknessshallbethesameasthatwithoutpilasters.
    (e) Columns: The effective thickness for rectangular columns in the direction considered is the
    actualthicknessprovidedinthatdirection.Theeffectivethicknessfornonrectangularcolumns
    is the thickness of a square column with the same moment of inertia about its axis as that
    abouttheaxisconsideredintheactualcolumn.

    Table6.7.8:EffectiveLengthofWalls

    SupportCondition EffectiveLength

    Whereawalliscontinuousandissupportedbycrosswallandthere
    isnoopeningwithinadistanceofH/8fromthefaceofcrosswall, 0.8L
    Or
    Whereawalliscontinuousandissupportedbypier/buttresses
    conformingtoSec7.4.3.3(c)(ii).
    Whereawallissupportedbycrosswallatoneendandcontinuous
    withcrosswallatotherend, 0.9L
    Or
    Whereawallissupportedbypier/buttressesatoneendand
    continuouswithpier/buttressesatotherendconformingto
    Sec7.4.3.3(c)(ii).

    Whereawallissupportedateachendbycrosswall,
    Or 1.0L
    Whereawallissupportedateachendbypier/buttresses
    conformingtoSec7.4.3.3(c)(ii).

    Whereawallisfreeatoneendandcontinuouswithacrosswallat
    theotherend, 1.5L
    Or
    Whereawallisfreeatoneendandcontinuouswitha
    pier/buttressesattheotherendconformingtoSec7.4.3.3(c)(ii).

    Whereawallisfreeatoneendandsupportedattheotherendby
    acrosswall, 2.0L
    Or
    Whereawallisfreeatoneendandsupportedattheotherendbya
    pier/buttressesconformingtoSec7.4.3.3(c)(ii).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6377
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.4.2.5 SlendernessRatio
    (a) Walls: For a wall, slenderness ratio shall be the ratio of effective height to effective
    thickness or effective length to effective thickness whichever less is. In case of a load
    bearingwall,slendernessratioshallnotexceed20.
    (b) Column: For a column, slenderness ratio shall be taken to be the greater of the ratio of
    effective heights to the respective effective thickness in the two principal directions.
    Slendernessratioforaloadbearingcolumnshallnotexceed12.

    7.4.2.6 EffectiveArea
    Theeffectivecrosssectionalareashallbebasedontheminimumbeddedareaofthehollowunits,or
    the gross area of solid units plus any grouted area. If hollow units are used perpendicular to the
    direction of stress, the effective area shall be lesser of the minimum bedded area or the minimum
    crosssectional area. If bed joints are raked, the effective area shall be correspondingly reduced.
    Effectiveareasforcavitywallsshallbethatoftheloadedwythes.

    7.4.2.7 FlexuralResistanceofCavityWalls
    For computing the flexural resistance, lateral loads perpendicular to the plane of the wall shall be
    distributedtothewythesaccordingtotheirrespectiveflexuralrigidities.

    7.4.2.8 EffectiveWidthofIntersectingWalls
    Whereashearwallisanchoredtoanintersectingwallorwalls,thewidthoftheoverhangingflange
    formedbytheintersectedwallsoneithersideoftheshearwallshallnotexceed6timesthethickness
    of the intersected wall. Limits of the effective flange may be waived if justified. Only the effective
    areaofthewallparalleltotheshearforcesmaybeassumedtocarryhorizontalshear.

    7.4.3 Supports

    7.4.3.1 VerticalSupport
    Structural members providing verticalsupport of masonryshall provide a bearingsurfaceon which
    theinitialbedjointshallnotbelessthan6mmormorethan25mmandshallbeofnoncombustible
    materials,exceptwheremasonryisanonstructuraldecorativefeatureorwearingsurface.

    7.4.3.2 VerticalDeflection
    Elements supporting masonry shall be designed so that their vertical deflection does not exceed
    1/600oftheclearspanundertotalloads.Lintelsshallbesupportedoneachendsuchthatallowable
    stressesinthesupportingmasonryarenotexceeded.Theminimumbearinglengthshallbe100mm.

    7.4.3.3 LateralSupport
    (a) Lateralsupportofmasonrymaybeprovidedbycrosswalls,columns,piers,counterfortsor
    buttresses when spanning horizontally or by floors, beams or roofs when spanning
    vertically.
    (b) Lateral supports for a masonry element such as load bearing wall or column shall be
    providedto
    i) limit the slenderness of a masonry element so as to prevent or reduce possibility of
    bucklingofthememberduetoverticalloads;and
    ii) resist the horizontal components of forces so as to ensure stability of a structure
    againstoverturning.
    (c) From consideration of slenderness (i.e. requirement b(i) above), masonry elements may be
    consideredtobelaterallysupportedif
    i) incaseofawall,whereslendernessratioisbasedoneffectiveheight,floor/roofslab
    (orbeamsandslab)irrespectiveofthedirectionofspan,bearsonthesupportedwall
    aswellascrosswalls,totheextentofatleast100mm;

    6378 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    ii) in case of a wall, when slenderness ratio is based on its effective length, a cross
    wall/pier/buttress of thickness equal to or more than half the thickness of the
    supported wall or 125 mm, whichever is more and average length equal to or more
    thanonefifthoftheheightofthewall,isbuiltatrightangletothewallandproperly
    bonded;
    iii) in case of a column, an RC or timber beam/R S joist/roof truss, is supported on the
    column.Inthiscase,thecolumnwillnotbeconsideredtobelaterallysupportedinthe
    directionatrightangletoit;and
    iv) in case of a column, an RC beam forming a part of beam and slab construction, is
    supported on the column, and the slab adequately bears on stiffening walls. This
    construction will provide lateral support to the column, in the direction of both
    horizontalaxes.

    7.4.4 Stability
    A wall or column subject to vertical and lateral loads may be considered to provide adequate lateral support
    from consideration of stability, if the construction providing the support is capable of resisting the following
    forces:
    (a) Simplestaticreactionsatthepointoflateralsupporttoallthelateralloads;plus
    (b) A lateral load equal to 2.5% of the total vertical load that the wall or column is
    designatedtocarryatthepointoflateralsupport.

    7.4.4.1 Incaseofloadbearingbuildingsuptofivestoreys,stabilityrequirementsmaybeconsideredtohave
    beensatisfiedifthefollowingconditionsaremet.
    (a) Heighttowidthratioofbuildingdoesnotexceed2.
    (b) Crosswallsactingasstiffeningwallscontinuousfromouterwalltoouterwallorouterwalltoa
    loadbearinginnerwall,andofthicknessandspacingasgiveninTable6.7.9areprovided.
    Note:Ifstiffeningwallorwallsthatareinaline,areinterruptedbyopenings,lengthofsolidwallorwallsinthezoneofthe
    wallthatistobestiffenedshallbeatleastonefifthoftheheightoftheopening.
    (c) Floorsandroofeitherbearoncrosswallsorareproperlyanchoredtothosewallssuchthatall
    lateralloadsaresafelytransmittedtothosewallsandthroughthemtothefoundation.
    (d) Crosswallsarebuiltjointlywiththebearingwallsandjointlymortared,orinterconnectedby
    toothing.
    Note:Cross walls may be anchored to walls to be supported by ties of noncorrosive metal of minimum section 6 x 35 mm and
    length60mmwithendsbentatleast50mm,maximumverticalspacingoftiesbeing1.2m.

    Table6.7.9:ThicknessandSpacingofStiffeningWalls

    StiffeningWall*
    Thicknessof StoreyHeight Thicknessnotlessthan Maximum
    Load not spacing
    BearingWallto toExceed
    be
    Stiffened 1to3 4and5
    (mm) (m) storeys storeys (m)
    (mm) (mm)
    100 3.2 100 4.5
    200 3.2 100 200 6.0
    300 3.4 100 200 8.0
    above300 5.0 100 200 8.0
    *Storeyheightandmaximumspacingasgivenarecentretocentredimensions.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6379
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.4.4.2 Incaseofwallsexceeding8.0minlength,safetyandadequacyoflateralsupportsshallalwaysbe
    checkedbystructuralanalysis.

    7.4.4.3 Atrussedroofingmaynotprovidelateralsupportunlessspecialmeasuresareadoptedtobraceand
    anchortheroofing.However,incaseofresidentialandsimilarbuildingsofconventionaldesignwith
    trussedroofinghavingcrosswalls,itmaybeassumedthatstabilityrequirementsaremetbythecross
    wallsandstructuralanalysisforstabilitymaybedispensedwith.

    7.4.4.4 Incaseofwallsexceeding8.0minlength,safetyandadequacyoflateralsupportsshallalwaysbe
    checkedbystructuralanalysis.

    7.4.4.5 Atrussedroofingmaynotprovidelateralsupportunlessspecialmeasuresareadoptedtobraceand
    anchortheroofing.However,incaseofresidentialandsimilarbuildingsofconventionaldesignwith
    trussedroofinghavingcrosswalls,itmaybeassumedthatstabilityrequirementsaremetbythecross
    wallsandstructuralanalysisforstabilitymaybedispensedwith.

    7.4.4.6 In case of external walls of basement and plinth, stability requirements of Sec 7.4.4 may be
    consideredtobesatisfiedif:
    (a) Bricksusedinbasementandplinthhaveaminimumcrushingstrengthof5N/mm2 andmortar
    usedinmasonryisofTypeM3orbetter,
    (b) Clearheightofceilinginbasementdoesnotexceed2.6m,
    (c) Inthezoneofactionofsoilpressureonbasementwalls,trafficloadexcludinganysurcharge
    duetoadjoiningbuildingsdoesnotexceed5kN/m2,
    (d) MinimumthicknessofbasementwallsisinaccordancewithTable6.7.10.

    In case there is surcharge on basement walls from adjoining buildings, thickness of basement walls
    shallbebasedonstructuralanalysis.

    Table6.7.10:MinimumThicknessofBasementWall

    MinimumThicknessof HeightoftheGroundaboveBasement
    BasementWall FloorLevelwithWallLoading
    (Nominal),mm (PermanentLoad),m
    Lessthan50kN/m Morethan50kN/m

    375 2.0 2.5


    250 1.4 1.8

    7.4.4.7 FreeStandingWall
    Free standing walls, subject to wind pressure or seismic forces shall be designed on the basis of
    permissible tensile stress in masonry or stability consideration. However in Seismic Zones 1 and 2,
    free standing walls may be proportioned without making any design calculations with the help of
    Table6.7.11providedthemortarusedisoftypenotleanerthanM3.ForparapetwallseeSec7.4.9.4.

    7.4.5 StructuralContinuity
    Intersectingstructuralelementsintendedtoactasaunitshallbeanchoredtogethertoresistthedesignforces.
    Wallsshallbeanchoredtogethertoallfloors,roofsorotherelementswhichprovidelateralsupportforthewall.
    Wherefloorsorroofsaredesignedtotransmithorizontalforcestowalls,theanchoragestothewallsshallbe
    designedtoresistthehorizontalforces.

    6380 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    Table6.7.11:HeighttoThicknessRatioofFreeStandingWall

    DesignWindPressure,N/m2 HeighttoThicknessRatio
    Upto300 10
    600 7
    900 5
    1100 4
    Note: Heightistobetakenfrom150mmbelowgroundlevelortopoffooting/foundation
    block,whicheverishigher,anduptothetopedgeofthewall.

    7.4.5.1 MultiwytheWalls
    All wythes shall be bonded by grout or tied together by corrosion resistant wall ties or joint
    reinforcementasfollows:
    (a) Wall Ties in Cavity Wall Construction: Wall ties shall be of sufficient length to engage all
    wythes. The portion of the wall ties within the wythe shall be completely embedded in
    mortar or grout. The ends of the wall ties shall be bent to 90 degree angles with an
    extensionnotlessthan50mmlong.Walltiesnotcompletelyembeddedinmortarorgrout
    betweenwythesshallbeasinglepiecewitheachendengagedineachwythe.
    Thereshallbeatleastone6mmdiameterwalltieforeach0.45m2ofwallarea.Forcavity
    wallsinwhichthewidthofthecavityisgreaterthan75mm,butnotmorethan115mm,at
    leastone6mmdiameterwalltieforeach0.3m2ofwallareashallbeprovided.
    Ties in alternate courses shall be staggered. The vertical distance between ties shall not
    exceed600mm.Thehorizontaldistancebetweentiesshallnotexceed900mm.
    Additional ties spaced not more than 900 mm apart shall be provided around and within
    300mmoftheopening.
    Wall ties of different size and spacing may be used if they provide equivalent strength
    betweenwythes.

    (b) WallTiesforGroutedMultiwytheConstruction:Thetwowythesshallbebondedtogether
    withatleast6mmdiametersteelwalltiesforeach0.20m2 ofarea.Walltiesofdifferent
    sizeandspacingmaybeusediftheyprovideequivalentstrengthbetweenwythes.
    (c) Joint Reinforcement: Prefabricated joint reinforcement for masonry walls shall have a
    minimumofonecrosswireofatleast3mmdiametersteelforeach0.2m2ofwallarea.The
    verticalspacingofthejointreinforcementshallnotexceed400mm.Thelongitudinalwires
    shallbethoroughlyembeddedinthebedjointmortar.Thejointreinforcementshallengage
    allwythes.
    Wherethespacebetweentiedwythesisfilledwithgroutormortar,theallowablestresses
    and other provisions for masonry bonded walls shall apply. Where the space is not filled,
    tiedwallsshallconformtotheallowablestress,lateralsupport,thickness(excludingcavity),
    heightandtierequirementsofcavitywalls.

    7.4.6 JointReinforcementandProtectionofTies
    The minimum mortar cover between ties or joint reinforcement and any exposed face shall be 15 mm. The
    thicknessofgroutormortarbetweenmasonryunitsandjointreinforcementshallnotbelessthan6mm,except
    thatsmallerdiameterreinforcementorboltsmaybeplacedinbedjointswhichareatleasttwiceasthickasthe
    diameterofthereinforcement.

    7.4.7 PipesandConduits
    Pipeorconduitshallnotbeembeddedinanymasonrysoastoreducethecapacitytolessthanthatnecessary
    forrequiredstabilityorrequiredfireprotection,exceptthefollowing:
    (a) Rigid electrical conduit may be embedded in structural masonry when their location has been
    detailedontheapprovedplan.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6381
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Anypipeorconduitmaypassverticallyorhorizontallythroughanymasonrybymeansofasleeve
    atleastlargeenoughtopassanyhuborcouplingonthepipeline.Suchsleevesshallnotbeplaced
    closer than three diameters, centre to centre, nor shall they unduly impair the strength of
    construction.
    (c) Placementofpipesorconduitsinunfilledcoresofhollowunitmasonryshallnotbeconsideredas
    embedment.

    7.4.8 LoadsandLoadCombination

    7.4.8.1 DesignLoads
    Alldesignloadsandotherforcestobetakenforthedesignofmasonrystructuresshallconformto
    Chapter2,Loads.

    7.4.8.2 LoadDispersion
    Theangleofdispersionofverticalloadonwallsshallbetakenasnotmorethan30ofromthevertical.

    7.4.8.3 DistributionofConcentratedVerticalLoadsinWalls
    The length of wall, laid up in running bond, which may be considered capable of working at the
    maximumallowablecompressivestressestoresistverticalconcentratedloads,shallnotexceedthe
    centretocentredistancebetweensuchloads,northewidthofbearingareaplusfourtimesthewall
    thickness. Concentrated vertical loads shall not be assumed distributed across continuous vertical
    mortar or control joints unless elements designed to distribute the concentrated vertical loads are
    employed.

    7.4.8.4 LoadsonNonbearingWall
    Masonrywallsusedasinteriorpartitionorasexteriorsurfacesofbuildingwhichdonotcarryvertical
    loadsimposedbyotherelementsofthebuildingshallbedesignedtocarrytheirownweightplusany
    superimposedfinishandlateralforces.Bondingoranchorageofnonbearingwallsshallbeadequate
    tosupportthewallsandtotransferlateralforcestothesupportingstructures.

    7.4.8.5 LoadCombinations
    LoadcombinationfordesignofmasonrystructuresshallconformtotherequirementsofSec2.7.5.1.

    7.4.9 MinimumDesignDimensions

    7.4.9.1 MinimumThicknessofLoadBearingWalls
    Thenominalthicknessofmasonrybearingwallsinbuildingshallnotbelessthan250mm.
    Exception:
    Stiffenedsolidmasonrybearingwallsinonestoreybuildingsmayhaveaminimumeffectivethicknessof165mmwhennot
    over3minheight,providedthatwhengableconstructionisusedanadditional1.5mheightmaybepermittedatthepeakof
    thegable.

    7.4.9.2 VariationinThickness
    Whenachangeinthicknessduetominimumthicknessrequirementsoccursbetweenfloorlevels,the
    greaterthicknessshallbecarrieduptothehigherfloorlevel.

    7.4.9.3 DecreaseinThickness
    Whenwallsofmasonryofhollowunitsormasonrybondedhollowwallsaredecreasedinthickness,a
    courseorcoursesofsolidmasonryshallbeconstructedbetweenthewallsbelowandthethinnerwall
    above,orspecialunitsorconstructionshallbeusedtotransmittheloadsfromwythestothewalls
    below.

    7.4.9.4 ParapetWall
    Parapetwallsshallbeatleast200mmthickandheightshallnotexceed4timesthethickness.The
    parapetwallshallnotbethinnerthanthewallbelow.

    6382 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    7.5 DESIGNOFUNREINFORCEDMASONRY

    7.5.1 General
    The requirements of this section are applicable to unreinforced masonry in addition to the requirements of
    Sec7.4.

    7.5.2 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoAxialCompression
    The stresses due to compressive forces applied at the centroid of any load bearing wall, column and pilaster
    maybecomputedbyEq(7.5.1)belowassuminguniformdistributionovertheeffectivearea.
    P
    fa =
    Ae 7.5.1

    7.5.3
    DesignofMembersSubjectedtoCombinedBendingandAxialCompression
    (a) Compressive stresses dueto combined bendingand axial load shallsatisfy the requirements of
    Sec7.3.5.
    (b) Resultant tensilestressduetocombinedbendingandaxialloadshallnotexceedtheallowable
    flexuraltensilestress,FtasspecifiedinSec7.3.

    7.5.4 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoFlexure
    StressesduetoflexurecalculatedbyEq(7.5.2)belowshallnotexceedthevaluesgiveninSec7.3.5.
    Mc
    fb =
    I 7.5.2

    7.5.5 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoShear
    ShearcalculationsinflexuralmembersandshearwallsshallbebasedonEq(7.5.3)below.
    V
    fv =
    Ae 7.5.3

    7.5.6 DesignofArches
    Geometrical form and the crosssectional dimensions of masonry arch shall be selected such that the line of
    thrustatanysectionofthearchiskeptwithinthemiddlethirdofthesectionofthearchrib.Theelastictheory
    of arches shall be permitted for the analysis of unreinforced masonry arches. All supports of arches shall be
    capableofdevelopingtherequiredhorizontalthrustwithoutsufferingunacceptabledisplacements.Everyarch
    mustbedesignedtoresistthestressesduetothefollowingloads:
    (a) GravityLoads:
    i. Deadloadsshallbeplacedinconformitywiththeiractualdistribution.
    ii. Liveloadsshallbepositionedtocoverentirespanorpartofthespanasnecessaryto
    produce the maximum stresses at the crown, springing and all other sections of the
    archrib.
    (b) Loadsduetotemperaturechange.
    (c) Shrinkageloadduetosettingandhardening.
    (d) Shorteningofarchribunderthrustcausedbyloads.

    7.5.7 FootingsandCorbels
    Theslopeoffootingandcorbelling(measuredfromthehorizontaltothefaceofthecorbelledsurface)shallnot
    belessthan60degrees.
    The maximum horizontal projection of corbelling from the plane of the wall shall be such that stress at any
    sectiondoesnotexceedtheallowablevalue.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6383
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.6 DESIGNOFREINFORCEDMASONRY

    7.6.1 General
    TherequirementsofthissectionareinadditiontothosespecifiedinSec7.4andareapplicabletoreinforced
    masonry.Plainbarslargerthan6mmindiametershallnotbeused.

    7.6.1.1 Assumptions
    Thefollowingassumptionsshallbeapplicableforthissection.
    (a) Masonrycarriesnotensilestress.
    (b) Reinforcementiscompletelysurroundedbyandbondedtomasonrymaterialsothattheywork
    togetherasahomogeneousmaterialwithintherangeofworkingstresses.

    7.6.2 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoAxialCompression
    Stresses due to compressive forces applied at the centroid of load bearing wall, column and pilaster may be
    computed assuming uniform distribution over the effective area. Stress shall be calculated from Eq(7.6.1)
    below:
    P
    fa =
    Ae 7.6.1

    7.6.3 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoCombinedBendingandAxialCompression
    StressduetocombinedbendingandaxialloadsshallsatisfytherequirementsofSec7.3.5.Columnsandwalls
    subjectedtobendingwithorwithoutaxialloadsshallmeetallapplicablerequirementsforflexuraldesign.
    Thedesignofwallswithan(h//t)ratiolargerthan30shallbebasedonforcesandmomentsdeterminedfrom
    analysis of structure. Such analysis shall take into account influence of axial loads and variable moment of
    inertia on member stiffness and fixed end moments, effect of deflections on moments and forces, and the
    effectsofdurationofloads.

    7.6.4 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoShearForce
    Shearingstressesinflexuralmembersandshearwallsshallbecomputedby
    V
    fv =
    bjd 7.6.2

    When the computed shear stress exceeds the allowable value, web reinforcement shall be provided and
    designedtocarrythetotalshearforce.Bothverticalandhorizontalshearstressesshallbeconsidered.Thearea
    requiredforshearreinforcementplacedperpendiculartothelongitudinalreinforcementshallbecomputedby
    Eq(7.6.3)below:
    sV
    Av =
    Fs d 7.6.3

    Spacing of vertical shear reinforcement shall not exceed d/2, nor 600 mm. Inclined shearreinforcement shall
    have a maximum spacing of 0.375 d (1+ cot ), but not greater than 600 mm, where is the acute angle
    betweeninclinedbarandthehorizontal.

    7.6.5 DesignofMembersSubjectedtoFlexuralStress

    7.6.5.1 RectangularElements
    Rectangularflexuralelementsshallbedesignedinaccordancewiththefollowingequationsorother
    methodsbasedonthesimplifiedassumptions.
    (a) Compressivestressinthemasonry:
    M 2
    fb =
    bd 2 jk 7.6.4

    6384 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    (b) Tensilestressinthelongitudinalreinforcement:
    M
    fs =
    As jd 7.6.5

    (c) Designcoefficients:

    [
    k = (np ) + 2np
    2
    ]
    1/ 2
    np 7.6.6
    or
    1
    k=
    fs 7.6.7
    1+
    nf b
    k
    j = 1 7.6.8
    3
    7.6.5.2 NonrectangularSections
    Flexural elements of nonrectangular crosssection shall be designed in accordance with the
    assumptionsgiveninSec7.4.2.1and7.6.1.1.

    7.6.5.3 LateralSupport
    Thecleardistancebetweenlateralsupportsofabeamshallnotexceed32timestheleastdepthof
    compressionarea.

    7.6.5.4 EffectiveWidth
    Incomputingflexuralstressesinwallswherereinforcementoccurs,theeffectivewidthassumedfor
    running bond masonry shall not exceed 6 times the nominal wall thickness or the centre to centre
    distancebetweenreinforcement.Wherestackbondisused,theeffectivewidthshallnotexceed3
    times the nominal wall thickness or the centre to centre distance between reinforcement or the
    lengthofoneunit,unlessgroutedsolidusingopenendedjoints.

    7.6.5.5 Bond
    In flexural members in which tensile reinforcement is parallel to the compressive face, the bond
    stressshallbecomputedbytheformula:
    V
    u=
    o jd
    7.6.9

    7.6.6 ReinforcementRequirementsandDetails

    7.6.6.1 ColumnReinforcement
    (a) VerticalReinforcement: The areaofvertical reinforcement shallnot be less than 0.005 Ae
    andnotmorethan0.04Ae.Atleastfour10mm barsshallbeprovided.
    (b) Lateral Ties: All longitudinal bars for columns shall be enclosed by lateral ties. Lateral
    supportshallbeprovidedtothelongitudinalbarsbythecornerofacompletetiehavingan
    includedangleofnotmorethan135degreesorbyahookattheendofatie.Thecorner
    bars shall have such support provided by a complete tie enclosing the longitudinal bars.
    Alternatelongitudinalbarsshallhavesuchlateralsupportprovidedbytiesandnobarshall
    befartherthan150mmfromsuchalaterallysupportedbar.
    Lateral ties and longitudinal bars shallbe placed not less than 40 mm and not more than
    125mm,fromthesurfaceofthecolumn.Lateraltiesmaybeagainstthelongitudinalbarsor
    placedinthehorizontalbedjointiftherequirementsofSec4.4.6aremet.Spacingofties
    shallnotbemorethan16timeslongitudinalbardiameter,48timestiebardiameterorthe
    leastdimensionofthecolumnbutnotmorethan450mm.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6385
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Tiesshallbeatleast6mmindiameterfor22mmdiameterorsmallerlongitudinalbarsand
    10mm indiameterfor larger longitudinal bars.Tieslessthan 10 mm in diameter may be
    usedforlongitudinalbarslargerthan22mmindiameter,providedthetotalcrosssectional
    areaofsuchsmallertiescrossingalongitudinalplaneisequalto thatofthelargertiesat
    theirrequiredspacing.
    (c) AnchorBoltTies:Additionaltiesshallbeprovidedaroundanchorboltswhicharesetinthe
    top of the column. Such ties shall engage at least four bolts or, alternatively at least four
    verticalcolumnbarsoracombinationofboltsandbarstotalingfourinnumber.Suchties
    shall be located within the top 125 mm of the column and shall provide a total of 250
    squaremillimetersormoreincrosssectionalarea.Theuppermosttiesshallbewithin50
    mmofthetopofthecolumn.

    7.6.6.2 MaximumReinforcementSize
    Themaximumsizeofreinforcingbarsshallbe35mm.Maximumsteelareaincellshallbe6percent
    ofthecellareawithoutsplicesand12percentofcellareawithsplices.

    7.6.6.3 SpacingofLongitudinalReinforcement
    The clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, shall not be less than the nominal
    diameter of the bars or 25 mm, except that bars in a splice may be in contact. This clear distance
    requirementappliestothecleardistancebetweenacontactspliceandadjacentsplicesorbars.The
    minimum clear distance between parallel bars in columns shall be two and onehalf times the bar
    diameter.
    Theclear distance betweenthe surface of abar and anysurfaceofa masonry unit shallnot be less
    than 6 mm for fine grout and 12 mm for coarse grout. Cross webs of hollow units may be used as
    supportforhorizontalreinforcement.
    All reinforcing bars, except joint reinforcing, shall be completely embedded in mortar or grout and
    haveaminimumcover,includingthemasonryunit,asspecifiedbelow:
    (a) 20mmwhennotexposedtoweather
    (b) 40mmwhenexposedtoweather
    (c) 50mmwhenexposedtosoil

    7.6.6.4 AnchorageofFlexuralReinforcement
    (a) The tension or compression in any bar at any section must be developed on each side of
    thatsectionbytherequireddevelopmentlength.Thedevelopmentlengthofthebarmay
    be achieved by a combination of an embedment length, anchorage or, for tension only,
    hooks.
    Therequireddevelopmentlengthfordeformedbarsordeformedwiresshallbecalculated
    by:
    ld = 0.29db f s forbarsintension (7.6.10)

    ld = 0.22db f s forbarsincompression (7.6.11)


    Developmentlengthforplainbarsshallbe2.0timesthelengthcalculatedbyEq(7.6.10).

    (b) Exceptatsupports,oratthefreeendofcantilevers,everyreinforcingbarshallbeextended
    beyondthepointatwhichitisnolongerneededtoresisttensilestressforadistanceequal
    to12bardiametersorthedepthoftheflexuralmember,whicheverisgreater.Noflexural
    barsshallbeterminatedinatensilezoneunlessoneofthefollowingconditionsissatisfied:
    i) The shear is not over onehalf of that permitted, including allowance for shear
    reinforcement,ifany.
    ii) Additional shear reinforcement in excess of that required is provided each way
    fromthecutoffadistanceequaltothedepthofthebeam.Theshearreinforcement

    6386 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    spacingshallnotexceedd/8rb,whererbistheratiooftheareaofbarscutofftothe
    totalareaofbarsatthesection.
    iii) The continuing bars provide double the area required for flexure at that point or
    doubletheperimeterrequiredforreinforcingbond.
    (c) Atleastonethirdofthetotalreinforcementprovidedfornegativemomentatthesupport
    shall be extended beyond the extreme position of the point of inflection a distance
    sufficient to develop one half the allowable stress in the bar, one sixteenth of the clear
    span,orthedepthdofthemember,whicheverisgreater.
    (d) Tensile reinforcement of negative moment in any span of a continuous restrained or
    cantilever beam, or in any member of a rigid frame, shall be adequately anchored by
    reinforcingbond,hooksormechanicalanchorsinorthroughthesupportingmember.
    (e) Atleastonethirdoftherequiredpositivemomentreinforcementinsimplebeamsoratthe
    freely supported end of continuous beams shall extend along the same face of the beam
    into the support at least 150 mm. At least one fourth of the required positive moment
    reinforcementatthecontinuousendofcontinuousbeamsshallextendalongthesameface
    ofthebeamintothesupportatleast150mm.
    (f) Compression reinforcement in flexural members shall be anchored by ties or stirrups not
    less than 6 mm in diameter, spaced not farther apart than 16 bar diameters or 48 tie
    diameterswhicheverissmaller.Suchtiesorstirrupsshallbeusedthroughoutthedistance
    wherecompressionsteelisrequired.
    (g) Inregionsofmomentwherethedesigntensilestressesinthesteelaregreaterthan80per
    centoftheallowablesteeltensilestress(Fs),thelaplengthofsplicesshallbeincreasednot
    less than 50 per cent of the minimum required length. Other equivalent means of stress
    transfertoaccomplishthesame50percentincreasemaybeused.

    7.6.6.5 AnchorageofShearReinforcement
    (a) Singleseparatebarsusedasshearreinforcementshallbeanchoredateachendbyoneofthe
    followingmethods:

    i) Hookingtightlyaroundthelongitudinalreinforcementthrough180degrees.

    ii) Embedment above or below the middepth of the beam on the compression side a
    distancesufficienttodevelopthestressinthebarforplaneordeformedbars.
    iii) Byastandardhook(seeSec4.6.6.6)consideredasdeveloping50N/mm2,plusembedment
    sufficient to develop the remainder of the stress to which the bars are subject. The
    effectiveembeddedlengthshallnotbeassumedtoexceedthedistancebetweenthemid
    depthofthebeamandthetangentofthehook.
    (b) The ends of bars forming single U or multiple U stirrups shall be anchored by one of the
    methods specified above or shall be bent through an angle of at least 90 degrees tightly
    aroundalongitudinalreinforcingbarnotlessindiameterthanthestirrupbar,andshallproject
    beyondthebendatleast12diametersofthestirrup.
    (c) TheloopsorclosedendsofsingleUormultipleUstirrupsshallbeanchoredbybendingaround
    thelongitudinalreinforcementthroughanangleofatleast90degreesandprojectbeyondthe
    endofthebendatleast12diametersofthestirrup.

    7.6.6.6 Hooks
    (a) Theterm"standardhook"shallmeanoneofthefollowing:
    i. A180degreeturnplusanextensionof atleast4bardiametersbutnotlessthan65
    mmatthefreeendofthebar.
    ii. 90 degree turn plus an extension of at least 12 bar diameters at the free end of the
    bar.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6387
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    iii. For stirrup and tie anchorage only either a 90 degree or a 135 degree turn, plus an
    extensionofatleast6bardiametersbutnotlessthan65mmatthefreeendofthe
    bar.
    (b) Thediameterofbendmeasuredontheinsideofthebarotherthanstirrupsandties,shall
    notbelessthanthatsetforthinTable6.4.12.
    (c) Inside diameter of bend for 12 mm diameter or smaller stirrups and ties shall not be less
    than4bardiameters.Insidediameterofbendfor16mmdiameterorlargerstirrupsandties
    shallnotbelessthanthatgiveninTable6.4.12.
    (d) Hooks shall not be permitted in the tension portion of any beam, except at the ends of
    simple or cantilever beams or at the freely supported ends of continuous or restrained
    beams.

    Table6.4.12:MinimumDiameterofBend

    BarDiameter MinimumDiameterofBend

    1 6mmthrough25mm 6bardiameters
    2 8mm through35mm 8bardiameters
    (e) Hooksshallnotbeassumedtocarryaloadwhichwouldproduceatensilestressinthebar
    greaterthan50N/mm2.
    (f) Hooksshallnotbeconsideredeffectiveinaddingtothecompressiveresistanceofbars.
    (g) Anymechanicaldevicecapableofdevelopingthestrengthofthebarwithoutdamagetothe
    masonrymaybeusedinlieuofahook.Datamustbepresentedtoshowtheadequacyof
    suchdevices.

    7.6.6.7 Splices
    The amount of lap of lapped splices shall be sufficient to transfer the allowable stress of the
    reinforcementasinSec4.6.6.4.Innocaseshallthelengthofthelappedsplicebelessthan30bar
    diametersforcompressionand40bardiametersfortension.
    Weldedormechanicalconnectionsshalldevelop125percentofthespecifiedyieldstrengthofthe
    barintension,exceptforconnectionsofcompressionbarsincolumnsthatarenotpartoftheseismic
    systemandarenotsubjecttoflexure,wherethecompressivestrengthonlyneedbedeveloped.
    When adjacent splices in grouted masonry areseparated by 75 mm or less, the lap length shall be
    increasedby30percentorthesplicemaybestaggeredatleast24bardiameterswithnoincreasein
    laplength.

    7.7 StrengthDesignofSlenderWallsandShearWalls

    7.7.1 DesignofSlenderWalls
    In lieu of the procedure set forth in Sec 4.6, the procedures prescribed in this section, which consider the
    slenderness of walls by representing effects of axial forces and deflection in calculation of moments, may be
    usedwhentheverticalloadstressatthelocationofmaximummomentcomputedbyEq(7.7.1)doesnotexceed
    0.04 f m .Thevalueof f m
    shallnotexceed40N/mm2.

    Pw + Pf
    0.04 f m 7.7.1
    Ag
    Slendermasonrywallsshallhaveaminimumnominalthicknessof150mm.

    7.7.1.1 SlenderWallDesignProcedure
    (a) Maximum Reinforcement: The reinforcement ratio shall not exceed 0.5b, where b is the
    balancedsteelratio.

    6388 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    (b) Moment and Deflection Calculation: All moments and deflections of slender walls shall be
    calculatedbasedonsimplesupportconditionsattopandbottom.Forothersupportandfixity
    conditions, moments and deflections shall be calculated using established principles of
    mechanics.

    7.7.1.2 StrengthDesign
    (a) Loads:FactoredloadsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithChapter2,Loads.

    (b) RequiredMoment:Requiredmomentandaxialforceshallbedeterminedatthemidheight
    ofthewallandshallbeusedfordesign.Thefactoredmoment,Mu,atthemidheightofthe
    wallshallbedeterminedbyEq(7.7.2).

    + Pu + (Puw + Puf ) u
    wu h2 e
    Mu = (7.7.2)
    8 2
    where:
    u = horizontal deflectionatmidheightunderfactoredload;P Deltaeffectsshallbeincluded
    indeflectioncalculation.
    e = eccentricityofPu
    Pu = axialloadatmidheightofwall,includingtributarywallweight.

    = Puw + Puf

    (c) DesignStrength:Designstrengthinflexureisthenominalmomentstrength,Mn,multiplied
    bythestrengthreductionfactor,andshallequalorexceedthefactoredmoment,Mu.
    M u M n 7.7.3
    where:
    Mn= nominalmomentstrength
    = Ase f y (d a 2 )
    Ase = effectiveareaofsteel
    As f y + Pu
    = , and
    fy
    a = depthofstressblockduetofactoredloads.
    Pu + As f y
    =
    0.85 f m b
    Thestrengthreductionfactorforflexureshallbe0.80.
    (d) DesignAssumptions:Thefollowingarethedesignassumptionsforcalculationof nominal
    strength.
    i) Nominal strength of singly reinforced masonry wall crosssections subject to
    combined flexure and axial load shall be based on applicable conditions of
    equilibriumandcompatibilityofstrains.
    ii) Straininreinforcementandmasonrywallsshallbeassumeddirectlyproportionalto
    thedistancefromtheneutralaxis.
    iii) Maximum usable strain at extreme masonry compression fibre shall be assumed
    equalto0.003.
    iv) StressinreinforcementbelowspecifiedyieldstrengthfyshallbetakenasEstimessteel
    strain. Forstrains greater thanthat correspondingto fy, stress inreinforcement shall
    beconsideredindependentofstrainandequaltofy.
    v) Tensilestrengthofmasonrywallsshallbeneglectedinflexuralcalculationsofstrength,
    exceptfordeflectioncalculation.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6389
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    vi) Relationship between masonry compressive stress and masonry strain may be
    assumedtoberectangularasdefinedbythefollowing:
    1. Masonry stress of 0.85 f m shall be assumed uniformly distributed over an
    equivalent compression zone bounded by edges of the crosssection and a
    straightlinelocatedparalleltotheneutralaxisatadistancea=0.85cfromthe
    fibreofmaximumcompressivestrain.
    2. Distancecfromfibreofmaximumstraintotheneutralaxisshallbemeasured
    inadirectionperpendiculartothataxis.

    7.7.1.3 DeflectionCalculation
    Themidheightdeflection,s,underservicelateralandverticalloads(withoutloadfactors)shallbe
    limitedto:
    s 0.007h 7.7.4
    Themidheightdeflectionshallbecomputedby:

    5M s h 2
    s = whenMserMcr (7.7.5)
    48E m I g

    5M cr h 2 (M M cr )h 2
    s = + 5 ser when M cr < M ser < M n (7.7.6)
    48E m I g 48E m I cr

    ThecrackingmomentstrengthofthewallMcrshallbedeterminedby:
    Mcr = Sf r 7.7.7
    Themodulusofrupture,fr,shallbedeterminedformTable6.7.13.

    Table6.7.13:ValuesoftheModulusofRupture,r

    TypeofMasonry FullyGrouted PartiallyGrouted


    SolidMasonry 0.17 f m 0.65 N/mm2 Notallowed


    HollowUnitMasonry 0.21 f m 0.65 N/mm2
    0.33 f m 1.2 N/mm2

    7.7.2 DesignofShearWalls
    Based on ultimate strength design, the procedures described below may be used as an alternative to the
    procedure specified in Sec 4.6 for the design of reinforced hollow unit masonry shear walls. Provisions for
    qualitycontrolduringconstructionoftheshearwallarespecifiedinSec7.3.4

    7.7.2.1 RequiredStrength
    The required strength to resist different combinations of loads shall be determined in accordance
    withSec2.7.5.1.

    7.7.2.2 DesignStrength
    Shearwallsshallbeproportionedsuchthatthedesignstrengthexceedstherequiredstrength.Design
    strength in terms of axial force, shear force and moment provided by the shear wall shall be
    computedasthenominalstrengthmultipliedbythestrengthreductionfactor.
    Strengthreductionfactorshallbeasfollows:
    (a) =0.65foraxialloadandaxialloadwithflexure
    Formemberswithfylessthan410N/mm2andwithsymmetricalreinforcement,may
    beincreasedlinearlyto0.85asPndecreasesfrom 0.10 f m Aeor0.25Pbtozero.
    ForsolidgroutedwallsPbmaybecalculatedby

    6390 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    Pb = 0.85 f mbab 7.7.8

    where
    ab = 0.85[emu (emu + f y ]
    Es ) d

    (b) =0.60forshear
    Theshearstrengthreductionfactormaybe0.80foranyshearwallwhenitsnominal
    shearstrengthexceedstheshearcorrespondingtodevelopmentofitsnominalflexural
    strengthforthefactoredloadcombination.

    7.7.2.3 DesignAssumptionsforNominalStrength
    (a) Nominal strength of shear wall crosssections shall be based on assumptions specified in
    Sec7.7.1.2(d).
    (b) Themaximumusablestrainemu ,attheextrememasonrycompressionfibreshallnotexceed
    0.003.
    (c) shallnotbelessthan7N/mm2orgreaterthan20N/mm2.
    fm

    7.7.2.4 AxialStrength
    ThenominalaxialstrengthofshearwallssupportingaxialloadsonlyshallbecalculatedbyEq(7.7.9)
    Po = 0.85 f m ( Ae As ) + f y As
    (7.7.9)
    TheshearwallshallbedesignedfortheaxialstrengthPu,suchthat
    Pu (0.80)Po
    7.7.10

    7.7.2.5 ShearStrength
    (a) Thenominalshearstrengthshallbedeterminedbytheprovisionsasspecifiedin(b)or
    (c)below.ThemaximumnominalshearstrengthvaluesaregiveninTable6.7.14.

    Table6.7.14:MaximumNominalShearStrengthValues

    M* Vn
    Vd Ae f m
    0.25 72.0
    1.00 48.0
    * MisthemaximumbendingmomentthatoccurssimultaneouslywiththeshearloadVatthe
    sectionunderconsideration.InterpolationmaybebystraightlineforM/Vdvaluesbetween0.25
    and1.00.
    (b) Thenominalshearstrengthofshearwallsexceptforshearwallsspecifiedin(c)below
    shallbedeterminedbyEq(7.7.11).
    Vn = Vm + V s (7.7.11)

    where:
    Vm = 0.083C d Amv ( f m ) (7.7.12)
    ThevalueofCdinEq(7.7.12)isgivenas:
    M
    C d = 2.4for 0.25
    Vd
    M
    = 1.2for 1.0
    Vd
    and

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6391
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Vs = Amv n f y (7.7.13)
    (c) For a shear wall whose nominal shear strength exceeds the shear corresponding to
    developmentofitsnominalflexuralstrength,twoshearregionsexist.
    i) Forallcrosssectionswithintheregiondefinedbythebaseoftheshearwall
    and a plane at a distance Lw above the base of the shear wall, the nominal
    shearstrengthshallbedeterminedbyEq(7.7.14)
    Vn = Amv n f y (7.7.14)
    The required shear strength for this region shall be calculated at a distance
    Lw/2 above the base of the shear wall but not to exceed onehalf storey
    height.
    ii) For the other region, the nominal shear strength of the shear wall shall be
    determinedbyEq(7.7.11).

    7.7.2.6 Reinforcement
    Reinforcementshallbeinaccordancewiththefollowing:

    (a) MinimumreinforcementshallbeprovidedinaccordancewithSec7.8.5.1forallseismicareas
    usingthismethodofanalysis.
    (b) Whentheshearwallfailuremodeisinflexure,thenominalflexuralstrengthoftheshearwall
    shallbeatleast1.8timesthecrackingmomentstrengthofafullygroutedwallor3.0timesthe
    crackingmomentstrengthofapartiallygroutedwallasobtainedfromEq(7.7.7).
    (c) AllcontinuousreinforcementshallbeanchoredorsplicedinaccordancewithSec7.6.6.4with
    fs=0.5fy
    (d) Verticalreinforcementshallnotbelessthan50percentofthehorizontalreinforcement.
    (e) SpacingofhorizontalreinforcementwithintheregiondefinedinSec7.7.2.5(c)shallnotexceed
    threetimesthenominalwallthicknessor600mm,whicheverissmaller.

    7.7.2.7 BoundaryMember
    Boundarymembersshallbeasfollows:
    (a) The need for boundary members at boundaries of shear wall shall be determined using the
    provisionssetforthin(b)or(c)below.
    (b) Boundary members shall be provided when the failure mode is flexure and the maximum
    extreme fibre stress exceeds 0.2 f m . The boundary members may be discontinued where the
    calculated compressive stresses are less than 0.15 f m . Stresses may be calculated for the
    factoredforcesusingalinearlyelasticmodelandgrosssectionproperties.
    (c) When the failure mode is flexure, boundary member shall be provided to confine all vertical
    reinforcementwhosecorrespondingmasonrycompressivestressexceeds0.4 f m .
    (d) Theminimumlengthoftheboundarymembershallbe3timesthethicknessofthewall.
    (e) Boundarymembersshallbeconfinedwithminimumof10mmdiameterbarsatamaximumof
    200mmspacingorequivalentwithinthegroutedcoreandwithintheregiondefinedbythebase
    oftheshearwallandaplaneatadistanceLwabovethebaseoftheshearwall.

    7.8 EarthquakeResistantDesign

    7.8.1 General
    All masonry structures constructed in the Seismic Zones 2, 3 and 4 shown in Fig 2.5.1 shall be designed in
    accordancewiththeprovisionsofthisSection.

    6392 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    7.8.2 Loads
    SeismicforcesonmasonrystructuresshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec2.5ofthis
    Part.

    7.8.3 Materials
    (a) Well burnt clay bricks and concrete hollow blocks having a crushing strength not less than
    12N/mm2shallbeused.
    (b) MortarnotleanerthanM3shallbeusedformasonryconstructions.

    7.8.4 ProvisionsforSeismicZone2and3

    7.8.4.1 WallReinforcement
    Verticalreinforcementofatleast12mm shallbeprovidedcontinuouslyfromsupporttosupportat
    eachcorner,ateachsideofeachopening,attheendsofwallsandatamaximumspacingof1.2m
    horizontallythroughoutthewall.Horizontalreinforcementnotlessthan12mmshallbeprovided:
    (a) at the bottom and top of wall openings and shall extend at least 40 bar diameters, with a
    minimumof600mm,pasttheopening,
    (b) continuouslyatstructurallyconnectedroofandfloorlevelsandatthetopofwalls,
    (c) atthebottomofthewallorinthetopofthefoundationswhendowelledtothewall,
    (d) at maximum spacing of 3.0 m unless uniformly distributed joint reinforcement is provided.
    Reinforcementatthetopandbottomofopeningswhencontinuousinthewallmaybeusedin
    determiningthemaximumspacingspecifiedinitem(a)above.

    7.8.4.2 StackBond
    Wherestackbondisused,theminimumhorizontalreinforcementratioshallbe0.0007bt.Thisratio
    shallbesatisfiedbyuniformlydistributedjointreinforcementorbyhorizontalreinforcementspaced
    notmorethan1.2mandfullyembeddedingroutormortar.

    7.8.4.3 Columns
    ColumnsshallbereinforcedasspecifiedinSec7.6.6.1.

    7.8.5 ProvisionsforSeismicZone4
    All masonry structures built in Seismic Zone 4 shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
    requirementsforSeismicZone2andwiththefollowingadditionalrequirementsandlimitations.
    Reinforcedhollowunitstackbondconstructionwhichispartoftheseismicresistingsystemshalluseopenend
    unitssothatallheadjointsaremadesolid,shallusebondbeamunitstofacilitatetheflowofgroutandshallbe
    groutedsolid.

    7.8.5.1 WallReinforcement
    Reinforced masonry walls shall be reinforced with both vertical and horizontal reinforcement. The
    sumoftheareasofhorizontalandverticalreinforcementshallbeatleast0.002timesthegrosscross
    sectional area of the wall and the area of reinforcement in either direction shall not be less than
    0.0007timesthegrosscrosssectionalareaofthewall.Thespacingofreinforcementshallnotexceed
    1.20m.Thediameterofreinforcingbarshallnotbelessthan10mmexceptthatjointreinforcement
    may be considered as part of all of the requirements for minimum reinforcement. Reinforcement
    shall be continuous around wall corners and through intersections. Only reinforcement which is
    continuous in the wall or element shall be considered in computing the minimum area of
    reinforcement. Reinforcement with splices conforming to Sec 7.6.6.7 shall be considered as
    continuousreinforcement.

    7.8.5.2 ColumnReinforcement
    Thespacingofcolumntiesshallbenotmorethan225mmforthefullheightofcolumnsstressedby
    tensileorcompressiveaxialoverturningforcesduetotheseismicloads,and225mmforthetopsand

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6393
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    bottomsofallothercolumnsforadistanceofonesixthoftheclearcolumnheight,butnotlessthan
    450 mm or maximum column dimension. Tie spacing for the remaining column height shall be not
    morethan16bardiameters,48tiediametersortheleastcolumndimension,butnotmorethan450
    mm.

    7.8.5.3 StackBond
    Wherestackbondisused,theminimumhorizontalreinforcementratioshallbe0.0015bt.Ifopenend
    unitsareusedandgroutedsolid,theminimumhorizontalreinforcementratioshallbe0.0007bt.

    7.8.5.4 MinimumDimension
    (a) BearingWalls:Thenominalthicknessofreinforcedmasonrybearingwallsshallbenotlessthan
    150mmexcept thatnominal 100 mm thick loadbearingreinforced hollowclayunitmasonry
    wallsmaybeused,providednetareaunitstrengthexceeds55N/mm2,unitsarelaidinrunning
    bond,barsizesdonotexceed12mmwithnomorethantwobarsoronespliceinacell,and
    jointsareflushcut,concaveoraprotrudingVsection.
    (b) Columns: The least nominal dimension of a reinforced masonry column shall be 375 mm
    exceptthatiftheallowablestressesarereducedto50percentofthevaluesgiveninSec4.3,
    theminimumnominaldimensionshallbe250mm.

    7.8.5.5 ShearWall
    (a) When calculating shear or diagonal tension stresses, shear walls which resist seismic forces
    shallbedesignedtoresist1.5timestheforcesspecifiedinChapter2,Loads.
    (b) The portion of the reinforcement required to resist shear shall be uniformly distributed and
    shall be joint reinforcing,deformedbars,or a combinationthereof. The maximumspacing of
    reinforcement in each direction shall be not less than the smaller of onehalf the length or
    heightoftheelementormorethan1.20m.
    Joint reinforcement used in exterior walls and considered in the determination of the shear
    strengthofthemembershallconformtotherequirement"JointReinforcementforMasonry"
    (UBC Standard No. 2415) or "Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
    Reinforcement",(ASTM,A82).
    Reinforcement required to resist inplane shear shall be terminated with a standard hook or
    withanextensionofproperembedmentlengthbeyondthereinforcingattheendofthewall
    section. The hook or extension may be turned up, down or horizontally. Provisions shall be
    madenot to obstructgroutplacement. Wallreinforcementterminatingin columnsor beams
    shallbefullyanchoredintotheseelements.
    (c) Multiwythegroutedmasonryshearwallsshallbedesignedwithconsiderationoftheadhesion
    bond strength between the grout and masonry units. When bond strengths are not known
    fromprevioustests,thebondstrengthshallbedeterminedbytest.

    7.8.5.6 Hook
    Thestandardhookfortieanchorageshallhaveaminimumturnof135degreesplusanextensionof
    atleast 6bar diameters,but not less than100mmat the free endofthe bar.Wherethe ties are
    placedinthehorizontalbedjoints,thehookshallconsistofa90degreebendhavingaradiusofnot
    lessthan4tiediametersplusanextensionof32tiediameters.

    7.8.5.7 MortarJointsBetweenMasonryandConcrete
    Concreteabuttingstructuralmasonrysuchasatstartercoursesoratwallintersectionsnotdesigned
    astrueseparationjointsshallberoughenedtoafullamplitudeof`1.5mmandshallbebondedtothe
    masonryaspertherequirementsofthissectionasifitweremasonry.

    7.8.6 AdditionalRequirements

    7.8.6.1 OpeninginBearingWalls

    6394 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    (a) Tops of all openings in a storey shall preferably be at the same level so that a continuous
    bandcouldbeprovidedoverthem,includingthelintelsthroughoutthebuilding.
    (b) The total width of the openings shall not be more than half of the length of the walls
    betweentheadjacentcrosswalls,exceptasprovidedin(f)below.
    (c) Theopeningshallpreferablybelocatedawayfromthecornerbyacleardistanceequaltoat
    leastoneeighthoftheheightoftheopeningforSeismicZone2and3andonefourthofthe
    heightforSeismicZone4.
    (d) Thehorizontaldistancebetweentwoopeningsshallnotbelessthanonefourthoftheheight
    oftheshorteropeningforSeismicZone2and3andonehalfoftheheightforSeismicZone4.
    (e) Theverticaldistancebetweenopeningsoneabovetheothershallbenotlessthan600mm.
    (f) Where openings do not comply with the requirements of (b) and (c) above, they shall be
    strengthenedinaccordancewithSec7.8.6.5.
    (g) Ifawindoworventilatoristobeprojectedout,theprojectionshallbeinreinforcedmasonry
    orconcreteandwellanchored.
    (h) Ifanopeningistallsay,forthefullheightofwall,dividingthewallintotwoportions,these
    portions shall be reinforced with horizontal reinforcement of 6 mm diameter bars at not
    morethan600 mm intervals, oneon innerandone on outerface,properly tied to vertical
    steelatjambsandcornersorjunctionsofwallswhereused.
    (i) The use of arches to span over the openings is a source of weakness and shall be avoided
    unlesssteeltiesareprovided.

    7.8.6.2 StrengtheningArrangements
    AllmasonrybuildingsshallbestrengthenedbythemethodsspecifiedinTable6.7.15.

    Table6.7.15:StrengtheningofMasonryBuildingsforEarthquake

    SeismicZones No.of StrengtheningArrangementstobe


    Storey Provided.
    1 Upto4 a)MasonrymortarshallnotbeleanerthanM3

    2 Upto2with a) Masonry mortar shall not be leaner than
    pitchedroof M3
    b) Bylintelandroofband(Sec7.8.6.3)
    c) By vertical reinforcement at corners and
    junctionsofwalls(Sec7.8.6.4)
    d) Bracinginplanattielevelforpitchedroof*

    3to4 a) Masonry mortar shall not be leaner than
    M3
    b) Bylintelandroofband(Sec7.8.6.3)
    c) By vertical reinforcement at corners and
    junctionsofwalls(Sec7.8.6.4)
    d) Verticalreinforcementatjambsofopenings
    (Sec7.8.6.5)
    e) Bracinginplanattielevelforpitchedroof*

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6395
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    3 Upto4 a) Masonry mortar shall not be leaner than


    M3
    b) Bylintelandroofband(Sec7.8.6.3)
    c) By vertical reinforcement at corners and
    junctionsofwalls(Sec7.8.6.4)
    d) Verticalreinforcementatjambsofopenings
    (Sec7.8.6.5)
    e) Bracinginplanattielevelforpitchedroof*
    Attielevelallthetrussesandthegableendshallbeprovidedwithdiagonal
    bracinginplansoastotransmitthelateralshearduetoearthquakeforceto
    thegablewallsactingasshearwallsattheends.

    7.8.6.3 Bands
    Roof band need not be provided underneath reinforced concrete or brickwork slabs resting on
    bearing walls, provided the slabs are continuous over parts between crumple sections, if any, and
    coverthewidthofendwallsfully.
    The band shall be made of reinforced concrete with f c not less than 20 N/mm2 or reinforced
    brickworkincementmortarnotleanerthan1:4.Thebandsshallbetothefullwidthofthewalland
    not less than 75 mm in depth and shall be reinforced as indicated in Table 6.7.16. In case of
    reinforcedbrickwork,thethicknessofjointscontainingsteelbarsshallbeincreasedsoastohavea
    minimummortarcoverof6mmaroundthebar.Inbandsofreinforcedbrickwork,theareaofsteel
    providedshallbeequaltothatspecifiedaboveforreinforcedconcretebands.

    Table6.7.16:BandReinforcement

    Reinforcement
    Seismic PlainMildSteel HighStrength Links
    Zones Bars DeformedBars
    2 212mm,oneon 210mm,oneoneach 6mmdia,
    eachfaceofthewall faceofthewallwith 150mmc/c
    withsuitablecover suitablecover

    3 216mm,oneon 212mm,oneoneach 6mmdia,
    eachfaceofthewall faceofthewallwith 150mmc/c
    withsuitablecover suitablecover

    7.8.6.4 StrengtheningofCornerandJunctions
    Vertical steel at corners and junctions of walls which are up to one and a half bricks thick shall be
    provided either with mild steel or high strength deformed bars as specified in Table 6.7.17. For
    thickerwalls,reinforcementshallbeincreasedproportionately.Thereinforcementshallbeproperly
    embeddedintheplinthmasonryoffoundationsandroofslaborroofbandsoastodevelopitstensile
    strengthinbondandpassingthroughthelintelbandsinallstoreys.Barsindifferentstoreysmaybe
    weldedorsuitablylapped.
    (a) Typicaldetailsofverticalsteelinbrickworkandhollowblockatcorners,Tjunctionsandjambs
    ofopeningareshowninFig6.7.1andFig6.7.2.
    (b) Details of vertical reinforcement given in Table 6.7.17 are applicable to brick masonry and
    hollowblockmasonry.

    6396 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7


    Fig.6.7.1:Typicaldetailsofverticalreinforcementinbrickmasonry

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6397
    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.6.7.2:Typicaldetailsofverticalreinforcementinhollowblockmasonry

    Table6.7.17:VerticalReinforcementforBrickandHollowBlockMasonry

    DiameterofSingleBar DiameterofSingleBar
    No.of Storeys orEquivalentAreaofPlain orEquivalentAreaofHigh
    Storeys MildSteelBartobe StrengthDeformedBarto
    Provided beProvided
    Zone2&3 Zone4 Zone2&3 Zone4
    (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
    1 nil 12 nil 10

    2 Top nil 12 nil 10
    Bottom nil 16 nil 12

    3 Top 12 12 10 10
    Middle 12 16 10 12
    Bottom 16 16 12 12

    4 Top 12 12 10 10
    Third 12 16 10 12
    Second 16 20 12 16
    Bottom 16 25 12 20

    7.8.6.5 StrengtheningofJambsofOpenings
    Openingsinbearingwallsshallbestrengthened,wherenecessary,byprovidingreinforcedconcrete
    membersorreinforcingthebrickworkaroundthemasshowninFig6.7.3.

    7.8.6.6 WallsAdjoiningStructuralFraming
    Wherewallsaredependentonthestructuralframeforlateralsupporttheyshallbeanchoredtothe
    structuralmemberswithmetaltiesorkeyedtothestructuralmembers.Horizontaltiesshallconsist
    of6mmdiameterUbarsspacedatamaximumof450mmoncentreandembeddedatleast250mm
    intothemasonryandproperlytiedtotheverticalsteelofthesamemember.

    6398 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    2&3
    4)


    Fig.6.7.3:MinimumreinforcementinwallsandaroundopeningsinSeismicZones2,3and4

    7.9 PROVISIONSFORHIGHWINDREGIONS

    7.9.1 General
    Theprovisionsofthissectionshallapplytomasonrystructureslocatedatregionswherethebasicwindspeedis
    greaterthan200km/h.

    7.9.2 Materials
    MaterialsformasonrystructuresshallgenerallycomplywiththeprovisionsofPart5;however,therearesome
    specialrequirementsformasonryconstructioninhighwindregions,whicharegivenbelow:
    (a) Burntclaybricksshallhaveacompressivestrengthnotlessthan15N/mm2,
    (b) Groutshallhaveaminimumcompressivestrengthof12.5N/mm2,
    (c) MortarforexteriorwallsandinteriorshearwallsshallbetypeM1orM2,
    (d) Unburntclaymasonryunitsshallnotbeused.

    7.9.3 ConstructionRequirements
    MasonryconstructionshallcomplywiththeprovisionsofSec7.10.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6399
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.9.4 Foundation
    Footingsshallhaveathicknessofnotlessthan375mmandshallbeextended450mmbelowtheundisturbed
    groundsurface.Foundationstemwallshallhavethesamewidthandreinforcementasthewallitsupports.

    7.9.5 Drainage
    Wallsretainingmorethan1mofearthandenclosinginteriorspacesorfloorsbelowgradeshallhaveminimum
    100mmdiameterfootingdrain.Aslopeof1:50awayfromthebuildingshallbeprovidedaroundthebuilding.

    7.9.6 WallConstruction

    7.9.6.1 MinimumthicknessofdifferenttypesofwallshallbeasgiveninTable6.7.18.

    Table6.7.18:MinimumthicknessofWallsinHighWindRegion

    TypeofWall MinimumThickness
    (mm)
    Unreinforcedgroutedbrickwall 250
    Reinforcedexteriorbearingwall 200
    Unreinforcedhollowandsolidmasonrywall 200
    Interiornonbearingwall 150

    7.9.6.2 All walls shall be laterally supported at the top and bottom. The maximum unsupported height of
    bearingwallsorothermasonrywallsshallbe3.5m.Gableendwallsmaybe4.5mhighattheirpeak.

    7.9.6.3 The span of lintels over openings shall not exceed 3.5 m. All lintels shall be reinforced and the
    reinforcement bars shall extend not less than 600 mm beyond the edge of opening and into lintel
    supports.

    7.9.6.4 Wallsshallbeadequatelyreinforced.

    7.9.6.5 Anchors between walls and floors or roofs shall be embedded in grouted cells or cavities and shall
    conformtoSec7.9.7below.

    7.9.7 FloorandRoofSystems
    Floorsandroofsofallmasonrystructuresshallbeadequatelyanchoredwiththewallitsupportstoresistlateral
    andupliftforcesduetowindspecifiedinSec2.4ofthisPart.

    7.9.8 LateralForceResistance

    7.9.8.1 Strapping, approved framing anchors and mechanical fasteners, bond beams and vertical
    reinforcement shall be installed to provide a continuous tie from the roof to foundation system as
    showninFig6.7.4.Inaddition,roofandfloorsystems,masonryshearwalls,ormasonryorwoodcross
    wallsshallbeprovidedforlateralstability.

    7.9.8.2 Floor and roof diaphragms shall be properly connected to masonry walls. Gable and sloped roof
    membersnotsupportedattheridgeshallbetiedbytheceilingjoistorequivalentlateraltieslocated
    asclosetowheretheroofmembersbearonthewallaspracticallypossibleandnotatmorethan1.2
    moncenters.Collartiesshallnotbeusedfortheselateralties.

    7.9.8.3 Masonry walls shall be provided around all sides of floor and roof systems in accordance with
    Fig6.7.5.Thecumulativelengthofexteriormasonrywallsalongeachsideofthefloororroofsystems

    6400 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    shallbeatleast20percentoftheparalleldimension.Requiredelementsshallbewithoutopenings
    andshallnotbelessthat1.25minwidth.

    Interiorcrosswallsatrightanglestobearingwallsshallbeprovidedwhenthelengthofthebuilding
    perpendiculartothespanofthefloorofroofframingexceedstwicethedistancebetweenshearwalls
    or10m,whicheverisgreater.

    7.9.8.4 Whenrequiredinteriorcrosswall shallbe at least1.8mlong and reinforcedwith2 mm wirejoint


    reinforcementspacednotmorethan400mmoncentre.


    Fig.6.7.4:Continuoustiefromrooftofoundationofmasonrystructure


    Fig.6.7.5:Masonrywallsrequiredinhighwindregions

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6401
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.10 CONSTRUCTION

    7.10.1 General
    Masonryshallbeconstructedaccordingtotheprovisionsofthissection.

    7.10.2 StorageandPreparationofConstructionMaterials
    Storage,handlingandpreparationatthesiteshallconformtothefollowing:
    (a) Masonrymaterialsshallbestoredinsuchawaythatatthetimeofusethematerialsareclean
    andstructurallysuitablefortheintendeduse.
    (b) b) Allmetalreinforcementshallbefreefromlooserustandothercoatingsthatwouldinhibit
    reinforcingbond.
    (c) Burntclayunitsshallhavearateofabsorptionperminutenotexceedingonelitrepersquare
    metre at the time of lying. In the absorption test the surface of the unit shall be held 3 mm
    belowthesurfaceofthewater.
    (d) Burntclayunitsshallbethoroughlywettedbeforeplacing.Concretemasonryunitsshallnotbe
    wettedunlessotherwiseapproved.
    (e) Materialsshallbestoredinsuchamannerthatdeteriorationorintrusionofforeignmaterialsis
    preventedandatthetimeofmixingthematerialconformstotheapplicablerequirements.
    (f) Themethodofmeasuringmaterialsformortarandgroutshallbesuchthatproportionsofthe
    materialscanbeeasilycontrolled.
    (g) Mortarorgroutmixedatthejobsiteshallbemixedforaperiodoftimenotlessthan3minutes
    ormorethan10minutesinamechanicalmixerwiththeamountofwaterrequiredtoprovide
    thedesiredworkability.Handmixingofsmallamountsofmortarispermitted.Mortarmaybe
    retempered.Mortarorgroutwhichhashardenedorstiffenedduetohydrationofthecement
    shallnot be used, but under no caseshallmortarbeused twoandonehalf hours, nor grout
    used one and onehalf hours, after the initial mixing water has been added to the dry
    ingredientsatthejobsite.

    7.10.3 PlacingMasonryUnits
    (a) Themortarshallbesufficientlyplasticandunitsshallbeplacedwithsufficientpressureto
    extrude mortar from the joint and produce a tight joint. Deep furrowing which produces
    voidsshallnotbeused.
    Theinitialbedjointthicknessshallnotbelessthan5mmormorethan25mm;subsequent
    bedjointsshallbenotlessthan5mmormorethan15mminthickness.
    (b) Allsurfacesincontactwithmortarorgroutshallbecleanandfreeofdeleteriousmaterials.
    (c) Solidmasonryunitsshallhavefullheadandbedjoints.
    (d) Allheadandbedjointsshallbefilledsolidlywithmortarforadistancefromthefaceofthe
    unitnotlessthanthethicknessoftheshell.
    Headjointsofopenendunitswithbeveledendsneednotbemortared.Thebeveledends
    shallformagroutkeywhichpermitsgroutwithin16mmofthefaceoftheunit.Theunits
    shallbetightlybuttedtopreventleakageofgrout.

    7.10.4 VerticalityandAlignment
    Allmasonryshallbebuilttrueandplumbwithinthetolerancesprescribedbelow.Careshallbetakentokeep
    theperpendsproperlyaligned.
    (a) Deviationfromverticalwithinastoreyshallnotexceed6mmper3mheight.
    (b) Deviation in verticality in total height of any wall of a building more than one storey in
    heightshallnotexceed12mm.
    (c) Deviationfrompositionshownonplanofanybrickworkshallnotexceed12mm.
    (d) Relative displacement between load bearing walls in adjacent storeys intended to be in
    verticalalignmentshallnotexceed6mm.

    6402 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    (e) Deviationofbedjointfromhorizontalinalengthof12mshallnotexceed6mmsubjecttoa
    maximumdeviationof12mm.
    (f) Deviation from the specified thickness of bed joints, cross joints and perpends shall not
    exceedonefifthofthespecifiedthickness.

    7.10.5 ReinforcementPlacing
    Reinforcing details shall conform to the requirements of Sec 4.6.6. Metal reinforcement shall be located in
    accordance with the plans and specifications. Reinforcement shall be secured against displacement prior to
    groutingbywirepositionersorothersuitabledevicesatintervalsnotexceeding20bardiameters.
    Tolerancesfortheplacementofsteelinwallsandflexuralelementsshallbe12mmford200mm,25mm
    for200mmd600mmand30mmford>600mm.Toleranceforlongitudinallocationofreinforcement
    shallbe50mm.

    7.10.6 GroutedMasonry
    Groutedmasonryshallbeconstructedinsuchamannerthatallelementsacttogetherasastructuralelement.
    Space to be filled with grout shall be clean and shall not contain any foreign materials. Grout materials and
    watercontentshallbecontrolledtoprovideadequateworkabilityandshallbemixedthoroughly.Thegrouting
    ofanysectionofwallshallbecompletedinonedaywithnointerruptionsgreaterthanonehour.
    SizeandheightlimitationsofthegroutspaceorcellshallnotbelessthanthoseshowninTable6.7.19.Higher
    groutpoursorsmallercavitywidthsorcellsizethanshowninTable6.7.19maybeusedwhenapproved,ifitcan
    bedemonstratedthatgroutspacesareproperlyfilled.
    Cleanoutsarerequiredforallgroutpoursover1.5minheight.Whenrequired,cleanoutsshallbeprovidedin
    thebottomcourseateveryverticalbarbutshallnotbespacedmorethan800mmoncentreforsolidlygrouted
    masonry. When cleanouts are required, they shall be sealed after inspection and before grouting. When
    cleanoutsarenotprovided,specialprovisionsmustbemadetokeepthebottomandsidesofthegroutspaces,
    aswellastheminimumtotalclearareaasrequiredbyTable6.7.19,cleanandclearpriortogrouting.

    Table6.7.19:GroutingLimitations

    Groutpour MinimumDimensionsoftheTotalClear
    GroutType Maximum AreaswithinGroutSpacesandCells
    Height(m)
    Multiwythe HollowUnit
    Masonry(m m ) Masonry
    (mm)
    Fine 0.30 20 40 50
    Fine 1.50 40 40 50
    Fine 2.40 40 40 75
    Fine 3.65 40 45 75
    Fine 7.30 50 75 75

    Coarse 0.30 40 40 75
    Coarse 1.50 50 60 75
    Coarse 2.40 50 75 75
    Coarse 3.65 60 75 75
    Coarse 7.30 75 75 100

    7.10.7 Chases,RecessesandHoles
    (a) Chases,recessesandholesmaybepermittedinmasonryprovidedeithertheyareconsidered
    in thestructuraldesignor they are not cutintowalls made of hollow orperforatedunits, or
    verticalchasesareplannedinsteadofhorizontalchases.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6403
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Depth of vertical and horizontal chases in load bearing walls shall not exceed onethird and
    onesixthofthewallthicknessrespectively.
    (c) Vertical chases shall not be closer than 2 m in any stretch of wall and shall not be located
    within350mmofanopeningorwithin230mmofacrosswallthatservesasstiffeningwallfor
    stability.Widthofaverticalchaseshallnotexceedthethicknessofwallinwhichitoccurs.
    (d) Horizontal chases shall be located in the upper or lower middle third height of wall at a
    distance not less than 600 mm from lateral support. No horizontal chase shall exceed one
    metreinlengthandthereshallnotbemorethan2chasesinanyonewall.Horizontalchases
    shallhaveminimummutualseparationdistanceof500mm.Sumoflengthsofallchasesand
    recessesinanyhorizontalplaneshallnotexceedonefourththelengthofthewall.
    (e) Lintelshallnotbeusedtosupportmasonrydirectlyabovearecessoraholewiderthan300
    mm.Nolintelhowever,isnecessaryincaseofacircularrecessorholeexceeding300mmin
    diameterprovidedupperhalfoftherecessorholeisbuiltasasemicirculararchofadequate
    thickness and there is adequate length of masonry on the sides of openings to resist the
    horizontalthrust.
    (f) Recesses and holes in masonry shall be kept at the time of construction so as to avoid
    subsequent cutting.Ifcuttingis necessary,it shallbedone using sharp tools without causing
    heavyimpactanddamagetothesurroundingareas.
    (g) No chase, recess or hole shall be provided in halfbrick load bearing wall, excepting the
    minimumnumberofholesneededforscaffolding.

    7.11 CONFINEDMASONRY

    7.11.1 General
    Confinedmasonryconstructionconsistsofmasonrywalls(madeeitherofclaybrickorconcreteblockunits)and
    horizontalandverticalRCconfiningmembersbuiltonallfoursidesofamasonrywallpanel.Verticalmembers,
    calledtiecolumnsorpracticalcolumns,resemblecolumnsinRCframeconstructionexceptthattheytendtobe
    offarsmallercrosssection.Horizontalelements,calledtiebeams,resemblebeamsinRCframeconstruction.
    Toemphasizethatconfiningelementsarenotbeamsandcolumns,alternativetermshorizontaltiesandvertical
    tiescouldbeusedinsteadoftiebeamsandtiecolumns.
    Theconfiningmembersareeffectivein
    (a) Enhancing the stabilityand integrity of masonrywalls for inplaneand outofplane earthquakeloads
    (confiningmemberscaneffectivelycontaindamagedmasonrywalls),
    (b) Enhancingthestrength(resistance)ofmasonrywallsunderlateralearthquakeloads,and
    (c) Reducing the brittleness of masonry walls under earthquake loads and hence improving their
    earthquakeperformance.
    Thestructuralcomponentsofaconfinedmasonrybuildingare(seeFigure6.7.6):
    (a) Masonrywallstransmitthegravityloadfromtheslab(s)abovedowntothefoundation.Thewallsact
    as bracing panels, which resist horizontal earthquake forces. The walls must be confined by concrete
    tiebeamsandtiecolumnstoensuresatisfactoryearthquakeperformance.
    (b) Confiningelements(tiecolumnsandtiebeams)providerestrainttomasonrywallsandprotectthem
    fromcompletedisintegrationeveninmajorearthquakes.
    These elements resist gravity loads and have important role in ensuring vertical stability of a building in an
    earthquake.
    (a) Floor and roof slabs transmit both gravity and lateral loads to the walls. In an earthquake, slabs
    behavelikehorizontalbeamsandarecalleddiaphragms.
    (b) Plinth band transmits the load from the walls down to the foundation. It also protects the ground
    floorwallsfromexcessivesettlementinsoftsoilconditions.
    (c) Foundationtransmitstheloadsfromthestructuretotheground.

    6404 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    The design of confined masonry members shall be based on similar assumptions to those set out for
    unreinforced and for reinforced masonry members. Confined masonry shall be constructed according to the
    provisionsofthissection.


    Fig.6.7.6:Atypicalconfinedmasonrybuilding

    7.11.2 DifferenceofConfinedMasonryfromRCFrameConstruction
    TheappearanceofafinishedconfinedmasonryconstructionandaRCframeconstructionwithmasonryinfills
    may look alike, however these two construction systems are substantially different. The main differences are
    related to the construction sequence, as well as to the manner in which these structures resist gravity and
    lateralloads.ThesedifferencesaresummarizedinTable6.7.20andareillustratedbydiagramsinFigure6.7.7.
    Inconfinedmasonryconstruction,confiningelementsarenotdesignedtoactasamomentresistingframe;asa
    result, detailing of reinforcement is simple. In general, confining elements have smaller crosssectional
    dimensionsthanthecorrespondingbeamsandcolumnsinaRCframebuilding.Itshouldbenotedthatthemost
    importantdifferencebetweentheconfinedmasonrywallsandinfillwallsisthatinfillwallsarenotloadbearing
    walls,whilethewallsinaconfinedmasonrybuildingare.
    AtransitionfromRCframetoconfinedmasonryconstructioninmostcasesleadstosavingsrelatedtoconcrete
    cost,sinceconfiningelementsaresmallerinsizethanthecorrespondingRCframemembers.

    Table6.7.20.AcomparisonbetweentheconfinedmasonryandRCframeconstruction

    Confined masonry RC frame construction


    Gravityand Masonrywallsarethemain RCframesresistboth
    lateralload loadbearingelementsandare gravityandlateralloads
    resisting expectedtoresistbothgravity throughtheirrelatively
    system andlateralloads.Confining largebeams,columns,and
    elements(tiebeamsandtie theirconnections.
    columns)aresignificantly Masonryinfillsarenotload
    smaller in size than RC beams bearing walls
    Foundation Stripfootingbeneaththewall Isolatedfootingbeneath
    construction andtheRCplinthband eachcolumn

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6405
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    Confin
    ned masonry RC fram
    me construction
    Superstructurre 1.Masonrywallsare 1.Thefram
    meis
    construction constructed
    dfirst. constructeedfirst.
    sequence 2.Subsequeently,tiecolumn
    ns 2.Masonrrywallsare
    arecastinp
    place. constructeedatalater
    3.Finally,tieebeamsare stageandarenot
    constructed
    dontopofthe bondedto
    otheframe
    walls,simulttaneouslywithtthe members;thesewallsare
    n.
    floor/roofsllabconstruction nonstructu
    ural,thatis,non
    n


    Fig.6.7.7:RC
    Cframeconstruction(top)andconfinedmason
    nryconstruction
    n(bottom)

    7.1
    11.3 Mecha
    anismofRe
    esistingEarrthquakeEffects
    A confined
    c masoonry building subjected to earthquake gground shakin ng can be mo
    odeled as a veertical truss, as
    shoown in Figure 6.7.8 (left). Masonry
    M wallss act as diago
    onal struts subjected to co
    ompression, while
    w reinforceed
    conncrete confiniing memberss act in tenssion and/or ccompression, depending o on the direcction of laterral
    earthquake forcees. This mode el is appropriaate before the cracking in the walls takkes place. Subbsequently, th he
    cracckingisconceentratedatthegroundfloo orlevelandsiggnificantlaterraldeformatio onstakeplacee.Undersevere
    earthquakegroundshaking,th hecollapseoff confinedmassonrybuildinggsmaytakeplaceduetoso oftstoreyeffeect
    sim
    milartotheoneeobservedinRCframeswitthmasonryin nfills,asshowninFigure6.77.8(right).
    efollowingfailuremodesarrecharacteristticofconfined
    The dmasonrywalls:
    (a) Sheaarfailuremod
    de,and
    (b) Flexuralfailuremode.
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    Note that, in confined masonry structures, shear failure mode develops due to inplane seismic loads (acting
    alongintheplaneofthewall),whereasflexuralfailuremodemaydevelopeitherduetoinplaneoroutofplane
    loads(actingperpendiculartothewallplane).

    Fig.6.7.8:Confinedmasonrybuilding:verticaltrussmodel
    (left)andcollapseatthegroundfloorlevel(right)

    Shearfailuremodeischaracterizedbydistributeddiagonalcrackinginthewall.Thesecrackspropagateintothe
    tiecolumnsathigherloadlevels,asshowninFigure6.7.9.Initially,amasonrywallpanelresiststheeffectsof
    lateral earthquake loads by itself while the confining elements (tiecolumns) do not play a significant role.
    However, once the cracking takes place, the wall pushes the tiecolumns sideways. At that stage, vertical
    reinforcement in tiecolumns becomes engaged in resisting tension and compression stresses. Damage in the
    tiecolumnsattheultimateloadlevelisconcentratedatthetopandthebottomofthepanel.Theselocations,
    characterized by extensive crushing of concrete and yielding of steel reinforcement, are called plastic hinges
    (Figure 6.7.10). Note that the term plastic hinge has a different meaning in the context of confined masonry
    componentsthanthatreferredtoinrelationtoRCbeamsandcolumns,wherethesehingesformduetoflexure
    andaxialloads.Inconfinedmasonryconstruction,tiebeamsandtiecolumnsresistaxialloads.Shearfailurecan
    leadtoseveredamageinthemasonrywallandthetopandbottomofthetiecolumns.


    Fig.6.7.9:Shearfailureofconfinedmasonrywalls


    Fig.6.7.10:Plastichingedevelopedinaconfinedmasonrywall

    Flexuralfailurecausedbyinplanelateralloadsischaracterizedbyhorizontalcrackinginthemortarbedjoints
    on the tension side of the wall, as shown in Figure 6.7.11. Extensive horizontal cracking, which usually takes
    placeintiecolumns,aswellasshearcrackingcanbeobserved.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6407
    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.6.7.11:Flexuralfailureofconfinedmasonrywalls

    Irrespectiveofthefailuremechanism,tiecolumnsresistthemajorportionofgravityloadwhenmasonrywalls
    sufferseveredamage(thisisduetotheirhighaxialstiffnessandloadresistance).Thefailureofatiecolumn
    usually takes place when cracks propagate from the masonry wall into the tiecolumn and shear it off.
    Subsequently,theverticalstabilityoftheentirewalliscompromised.Verticalstrainsintheconfinedmasonry
    walls decrease at an increased damage level, thereby indicating that a major portion of the gravity load is
    resisted by tiecolumns. This finding confirms the notion that tie columns have a critical role in resisting the
    gravityloadindamagedconfinedmasonrybuildingsandensuringtheirverticalstability.

    7.11.4 KeyFactorsInfluencingSeismicResistance

    7.11.4.1 WallDensity
    Wall density is believed to be one of the key parameters influencing the seismic performance of
    confined masonry buildings. It can be determined as the transverse area of walls in each principal
    directiondividedbythetotalfloorareaofthebuilding.

    7.11.4.2 MasonryUnitsandMortar
    The lateral load resistance of confined masonry walls strongly depends on the strength of the
    masonry units and the mortar used. The walls built using lowstrength bricks or un grouted hollow
    blockunitshadtheloweststrengthwhiletheonesbuiltusinggroutedorsolidunitshadthelargest
    strength. However, the use of grouted and solid units results in an increase both in wall mass and
    seismicloads.Also,theweakerthemortarthelowerthemasonrystrength(duetotheunitmortar
    interaction, the masonry strength is always lower than the unit strength). There is no significant
    difference in strength between unreinforced and confined masonry wall specimens with the same
    geometryandmaterialproperties.

    7.11.4.3 TieColumns
    Tiecolumnssignificantlyinfluencetheductilityandstabilityofcrackedconfinedmasonrywalls.The
    provisionofcloselyspacedtransversereinforcement(ties)atthetopandbottomendsoftiecolumns
    resultsinimprovedwallstabilityandductilityinthepostcrackingstage.

    7.11.4.4 HorizontalWallReinforcement
    Horizontal reinforcement has a beneficial effect on wall ductility. Specimens with horizontal
    reinforcement showed a more uniform distribution of inclined shear cracks than the unreinforced
    specimens. Horizontal re bars should be anchored into the tiecolumns; the anchorage should be
    provided with 900 hooks at the far end of the tiecolumn (see Figure 6.7.12). The hooks should be
    embedded in the concrete within the tiecolumn (note that the tiecolumn reinforcement was
    omittedfromthefigure).Thebardiametershouldbelargerthan3.5mmandlessthanthejoint
    thickness.

    6408 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7


    Fig.6.7.12:Horizontalreinforcementinconfinedmasonrywalls

    7.11.4.5 Openings
    When the opening area is less than approximately 10% of the total wall area, the wall lateral load
    resistance is not significantly reduced as compared to a solid wall (i.e. wall without openings). The
    walls with larger openingsdevelopdiagonalcracks (same assolidwalls),except thatthe cracksare
    formedinthepiersbetweentheopenings;thus,diagonalstrutsforminthepiers,asshowninFigure
    6.7.13.


    Fig.6.7.13:Failuremodesintheconfinedmasonrywallswithopenings

    7.11.5 VerificationofMembers

    7.11.5.1 In the verification of confined masonry members subjected to bending and/or axial loading, the
    assumptionsforreinforcedmasonrymembersshouldbeadopted.Indeterminingthedesignvalueof
    themomentofresistanceofasectionarectangularstressdistributionmaybeassumed,basedonthe
    strengthofthemasonry,only.Reinforcementincompressionshouldalsobeignored.

    7.11.5.2 In theverification of confined masonrymemberssubjectedto shearloading the shearresistanceof


    themembershouldbetakenasthesumoftheshearresistanceofthemasonryandoftheconcreteof
    theconfiningelements.Incalculatingtheshearresistanceofthemasonrytherulesforunreinforced
    masonry walls subjected to shear loading should be used, considering the length of the masonry
    element.Reinforcementofconfiningelementsshouldnotbetakenintoaccount.

    7.11.5.3 Intheverificationofconfinedmasonrymemberssubjectedtolateralloading,theassumptionssetout
    forunreinforcedandreinforcedmasonrywallsshouldbeused.Thecontributionofthereinforcement
    oftheconfiningelementsshouldbeconsidered.

    7.11.6 ConfinedMasonryMembers

    7.11.6.1 Confined masonry members shall not exhibit flexural cracking nor deflect excessively under
    serviceabilityloadingconditions.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6409
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    7.11.6.2 Theverificationofconfinedmasonrymembersattheserviceabilitylimitstatesshallbebasedonthe
    assumptionsgivenforunreinforcedmasonrymembers.

    7.11.7 ArchitecturalGuideline

    7.11.7.1 BuildingLayout

    (a) The building shouldnotbe excessivelylong relative toitswidth; ideally,the lengthtowidth


    ratioshouldnotexceed4.

    (b) Thewallsshouldbecontinuousupthebuildingheight.
    (c) Openings(doorsandwindows)shouldbeplacedinthesamepositionupthebuildingheight.

    7.11.7.2 Walls

    (a) Atleasttwofullyconfinedwallsshouldbeprovidedineachdirection.
    (b) ForSeismicZone1and2,walldensityofatleast2%ineachoftwoorthogonaldirectionsis
    requiredtoensuregoodearthquakeperformanceofconfinedmasonryconstruction.Thewall
    densityforSeismicZones3and4shouldbeatleast4%and5%respectively.Walldensitycan
    bedefinedasthetotalcrosssectionalareaofallwallsinonedirectiondividedbythesumof
    thefloorplanareasforallfloorsinabuilding.

    7.11.7.3 BuildingHeight
    Confinedmasonryissuitableforlowtomediumrisebuildingconstruction.Confinedmasonrybuildingswillbe
    subjecttothefollowingheightrestrictions:

    (a) Upto4storeyhighforSeismicZone1and2

    (b) Upto3storeyhighforSeismicZone3
    (c) Upto2storeyhighforSeismicZone4

    7.11.8 ConfinedMasonryDetails

    7.11.8.1 Confined masonry walls shall be provided with vertical and horizontal reinforced concrete or
    reinforcedmasonryconfiningelementssothattheyacttogetherasasinglestructuralmember.

    7.11.8.2 Topandsidesconfiningelementsshallbecastafterthemasonryhasbeenbuiltsothattheywillbe
    dulyanchoredtogether.

    7.11.8.3 Verticalconfiningelementsshouldbeplaced:

    (a) atthefreeedgesofeachstructuralwallelement;

    (b) atbothsidesofanywallopeningwithanareaofmorethan1.5m2;
    (c) within the wall if necessary in order not to exceed a spacing of 5 m between the confining
    elements;
    (d) attheintersectionsofstructuralwalls,wherevertheconfiningelementsimposedbytheabove
    rulesareatadistancelargerthan1.5m.

    7.11.8.4 Horizontalconfiningelementsshallbeplacedintheplaneofthewallateveryfloorlevelandinany
    casewithaverticalspacingofnotmorethan4m.

    6410 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    7.11.8.5 Confining elements should have a crosssectional area not less than 0.02 m2, with a minimum
    dimensionof150mmintheplanofthewall.Indoubleleafwallsthethicknessofconfiningelements
    shouldassuretheconnectionofthetwoleavesandtheireffectiveconfinement.

    7.11.8.6 The longitudinal reinforcement of confining elements may not have a crosssectional area less than
    300 mm2, nor than 1% of the crosssectional area of the confining element. The detailing of the
    reinforcementsshouldbeinaccordancewithChapter8.

    7.11.8.7 Stirrups not less than 6 mm in diameter and spaced not more than 300 mm should be provided
    aroundthelongitudinalreinforcement.Columntiesshouldpreferablyhave135hooks theuseof
    90hooksisnotrecommended.Ataminimum,6mmtiesat200mmspacing(6mm@200mm)should
    beprovided.Itisrecommendedtouse6mmtiesat100mmspacing(6mm@100mm)inthecolumn
    endzones(topandbottom).

    7.11.8.8 Toensuretheeffectivenessoftiebeamsinresistingearthquakeloads,longitudinalbarsshouldhavea
    90hookedanchorageattheintersections,asshowninFigure6.7.14.Thehooklengthshouldbeat
    least500mm.

    a)

    b)
    Fig.6.4.14:Tiebeamconstruction:a)wallintersections;
    b)hookedanchoragetolongitudinalreinforcement

    7.11.8.9 Proper detailing of the tiebeamtotiecolumn connections is a must for satisfactory earthquake
    performanceoftheentirebuilding.Reinforcingbarsmustbeproperlyanchored.Atypicalconnection
    detailattherooflevelisshowninFigure6.7.15.Notethatthetiecolumnreinforcementneedstobe
    extendedintothetiebeamasmuchaspossible,preferablyuptotheundersideofthetoptiebeam
    reinforcement.Ahookedanchorageneedstobeprovided(90hooks)bothforthetiecolumnandtie
    beamreinforcement.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6411
    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.6.7.15:Detailingrequirementforthetiebeamtotiecolumn
    connection

    7.11.8.10 Special lintel beams may be required across larger openings having a width exceeding 1.5 m.
    Additionalreinforcementbarsneedtobeprovided.Lintelbeamscanbeintegratedwiththetiebeams
    atthefloorlevel.

    7.11.8.11 Lapsplicesmaynotbelessthan60bardiametersor500mminlength.Splicingshouldtakeplaceat
    columnmidheight,exceptforthegroundfloorlevel(wheresplicingisnotpermitted).

    7.11.8.12 Theminimumwallthicknessshouldnotbelessthan100mm.Thewallheight/thicknessratioshould
    notexceed30.

    7.11.8.13 Toothededgesshouldbeleftoneachsideofthewall,asshowninFigure6.7.16a.Toothededgesare
    essentialforadequatewallconfinement,whichcontributestosatisfactoryearthquakeperformance.
    Alternatively, when the interface between the masonry wall and the concrete tiecolumn needs to
    remainsmoothforappearancessake,steeldowelsshouldbeprovidedinmortarbedjointstoensure
    interactionbetweenthemasonryandtheconcreteduringanearthquake(Figure6.7.16b).



    a) b)
    Fig. 6.7.16: a) Toothed wall construction; b) horizontal dowels at the
    walltocolumninterface

    7.11.8.14 Concrete in the tiecolumns can be poured once the desired wall height has been reached. The
    masonry walls provide formwork for the tiecolumns on two sides; however the formworkmust be
    placedontheremainingtwosides.

    7.11.9 FoundationandPlinthConstruction
    Thefoundationshouldbeconstructedasintraditionalbrickmasonryconstruction.Eitheranuncoursedrandom
    rubblestonemasonryfootingoraRCstripfootingcanbeused.ARCplinthbandshouldbeconstructedontop

    6412 Vol.2
    MasonryStructures Chapter7

    ofthefoundation.Inconfinedmasonryconstruction,plinthbandisessentialforpreventingbuildingsettlements
    insoftsoilareas.AnalternativefoundationsolutionwithRCstripfootingisalsoillustratedinFigure6.7.17.


    a) b)
    Fig.6.7.17:Foundationconstruction:a)RCplinthbandandstone
    masonryfoundation;b)RCstripfooting

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6413
    Chapter 8

    DetailingofReinforcmentinConcreteStructures

    8.1 Scope
    Provisions of Sec. 8.1 and 8.2 of Chapter 8 shall apply for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced concrete
    members, in general. For reinforced concrete structures, subject to earthquake loadings in seismic design
    categoriesB,CandD,specialprovisionscontainedinSec.8.3ofthischaptershallapply.FornotationsusedinSec.
    8.1and8.2andnotexplainedtherein,see6.1.1.1.

    8.1.1 StandardHooks
    Theterm"standardhook"asusedinthisCodeshallmeanoneofthefollowing:
    (a) 180obendplusanextensionofatleast4bardiameters,butnotlessthan65mmatthefreeendof
    thebar.
    (b) 90obendplusanextensionofatleast12bardiametersatthefreeendofthebar.
    (c) Forstirrupandtieanchorage
    i. For16mm barandsmaller,a90obendplusanextensionofatleast6bardiametersatthefree
    endofthebar,
    ii. For19mmto25mmbars,a90obendplusanextensionofatleast12bardiametersatthefree
    endofthebar,
    iii. For25mm barandsmaller,a135obendplusanextensionofatleast6bardiametersatthe
    freeendofthebar,
    iv. Forclosedtiesandcontinuouslywoundties,a135obendplusanextensionofatleast6bar
    diameters,butnotlessthan75mm.
    (d) Seismichooksasdefinedin2.2.

    8.1.2 MinimumBendDiameters

    8.1.2.1 Theminimumdiameterofbendmeasuredontheinsideofthebar,forstandardhooksotherthanfor
    stirrupsandtiesinsizes10mm through16mm ,shallnotbelessthanthevaluesshowninTable
    8.1.1.

    Table8.1.1MinimumDiametersofBend

    BarSize MinimumDiameterofBend
    10mmdb25mm 6db
    25mm<db40mm 8db
    40mm<db57mm 10db

    8.1.2.2 Forstirrupsandtiehooks,insidediameterofbendshallnotbelessthan4bardiametersfor16mm
    barandsmaller.Forbarslargerthan16mm,diameterofbendshallbeinaccordancewithTable8.1.1.

    8.1.2.3 Insidediameterofbendinweldedwirereinforcementforstirrupsandtiesshallnotbelessthan4bar
    diameters for deformed wire larger than MD40 and 2 bar diameters for all other wires. Bends with
    insidediameteroflessthan8bardiametersshallnotbelessthan4bardiametersfromnearestwelded
    intersection.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 61
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    8.1.3 Bending

    8.1.3.1 Unlessotherwisepermittedbytheengineer,allreinforcementshallbebentcold.

    8.1.3.2 Reinforcement partiallyembeddedinconcrete shall notbebent in place, except aspermitted by the


    engineerorasshowninthedesigndrawings.

    8.1.4 SurfaceConditionsofReinforcement

    8.1.4.1 Whenconcreteisplaced,metalreinforcementshallbefreefrommud,oil,orothernonmetalliccoatings
    thatdecreasebond.Epoxycoatingofsteelreinforcementinaccordancewithstandardsreferencedin
    thiscodeshallbepermitted.

    8.1.4.2 Metal reinforcement with rust, mill scale, or a combination of both, shall be considered satisfactory,
    provided the minimum dimensions (including height of deformations) and weight of a handwire
    brushedtestspecimenarenotlessthanapplicableASTMspecificationrequirements.

    8.1.5 PlacingofReinforcement

    8.1.5.1 Reinforcementshallbeaccuratelyplacedandadequatelysupportedbeforeconcreteisplaced,andshall
    besecuredagainstdisplacementwithintolerancespermittedin8.1.5.2below.

    8.1.5.2 Reinforcement shall be placed within the following tolerances unless otherwise specified by the
    engineer:
    (a) Tolerances for depth d, and minimum concrete cover in flexural members, walls and compression
    membersshallbeassetforthinTable8.1.2.
    Table8.1.2TolerancesforPlacingReinforcement

    Toleranceford ToleranceforMinimum
    ConcreteCover
    d200mm 10mm 10mm
    d>200mm 13mm 13mm

    (b) Notwithstandingtheprovisionof(a)above,toleranceforthecleardistancetoformedsoffitsshallbe
    minus 6 mm and tolerance for cover shall not exceed minus 1/3 the minimum concrete cover
    specifiedinthedesigndrawingsorspecifications.
    (c) Toleranceforlongitudinallocationofbendsandendsofreinforcementshallbe50mm,exceptat
    discontinuousendsofbracketsandcorbels,wheretoleranceshallbe13mmandatdiscontinuous
    ends of other members, where tolerance shall be 25 mm. The tolerance for concrete cover of
    8.1.5.2ashallalsoapplyatdiscontinuousendsofmembers.

    8.1.5.3 Welded wire reinforcement (with wire size not greater than MW30 or MD30) used in slabs not
    exceeding 3 m in span shall be permitted to be curved from a point near the top of slab over the
    support to a point near the bottom of slab at midspan, provided such reinforcement is either
    continuousover,orsecurelyanchoredatsupport.

    8.1.5.4 Weldingofcrossingbarsshallnotbepermittedforassemblyofreinforcementunlessauthorizedbythe
    engineer.

    8.1.6 SpacingofReinforcement

    8.1.6.1 Theminimumclearspacingbetweenparallelbarsinalayershallbeequaltoonebardiameter,butnot
    lessthan25mm,or4/3themaximumnominalsizeofcoarseaggregate,whicheverislarger.

    62 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    8.1.6.2 Whereparallelreinforcementisplacedintwoormorelayers,barsintheupperlayersshallbeplaced
    directlyabovethoseinthebottomlayerwithcleardistancebetweenlayersnotlessthan25mm.

    8.1.6.3 Forcompressionmembers,thecleardistancebetweenlongitudinalbarsshallbenotlessthan1.5bar
    diametersnor40mmnor4/3themaximumnominalsizeofcoarseaggregate.

    8.1.6.4 Clear distance limitation between bars shall apply also to the clear distance between a contact lap
    spliceandadjacentsplicesorbars.

    8.1.6.5 Inwallsandonewayslabsthemaximumbarspacingshallnotbemorethanthreetimesthewallorslab
    thicknesshnor450mm.

    8.1.6.6 Fortwowayslabs,maximumspacingofbarsshallnotexceedtwotimestheslabthicknesshnor450
    mm.

    8.1.6.7 Fortemperaturesteelonly,maximumspacingshallnotexceedfivetimestheslabthicknesshnor450
    mm.

    8.1.6.8 BundledBars
    (a) Groupsofparallelreinforcingbarsbundledincontacttoactasaunitshallbelimitedtofourinany
    onebundle.
    (b) Bundledbarsshallbeenclosedwithinstirrupsorties.
    (c) Barslargerthan32mmshallnotbebundledinbeams.
    (d) Individualbarswithinabundleterminatedwithinthespanofflexuralmembersshallterminateat
    differentpointswithatleast40dbstagger.
    (e) Wherespacinglimitationsandminimumconcretecoverarebasedonbardiameterdb,aunitof
    bundledbarsshallbetreatedasasinglebarofadiameterderivedfromtheequivalenttotalarea.

    8.1.7 ExposureConditionandCovertoReinforcement

    8.1.7.1 The nominal concrete cover to all reinforcement (including links), maximum free watercement ratio
    and minimum cement content required for various minimum concrete strengths used in different
    exposureconditionsshallbeasspecifiedinTable8.1.3.However,formildenvironment,theminimum
    concretecoverspecifiedin8.1.7.2and8.1.7.3forvariousstructuralelementsmaybeused.

    8.1.7.2 CastinplaceConcrete:
    (a)Minimumconcretecoverforconcretecastagainstandpermanentlyexposedtoearthshallbe75mm.
    (b)Concreteexposedtoearthorweather:
    Minimumcover,mm
    19mmthrough57mm 50
    16mmbarandsmaller 40
    (c)Thefollowingminimumconcretecovermaybeprovidedforreinforcementforconcretesurfacesnotexposed
    toweatherorincontactwithground:
    Minimumcover,mm
    Slabs,Walls:
    40mm to57mm 40
    36mm barandsmaller 20

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 63

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Minimumcover,mm
    Beams,Columns:
    Primaryreinforcement, Ties, 40
    stirrups,spirals
    Shells,foldedplatemembers:
    19mmbarandlarger 20
    16mm barandsmaller 16

    Table8.1.3*ConcreteCoverandotherRequirementsforVariousExposureConditions

    Environment ExposureConditions MinimumfcN/mm2


    20 25 30 35 40 45 50
    Mild Concretesurfacesprotectedagainst 30 25 20 20 20** 20** 20**
    weatheroraggressiveconditions
    Moderate Concretesurfaceawayfromsevererain 40 35 30 25 20 20 20
    Concretesubjecttocondensation
    Concretesurfacescontinuouslyunder
    Nominalcover(mm)

    water
    Concreteincontactwithnonaggressive
    soil
    Severe Concretesurfacesexposedtosevere 45 40 30 25 25 20
    rain,alternatewettinganddryingor
    severecondensation
    Verysevere Concretesurfacesexposedtoseawater 50 40 30 30 25
    spray,corrosivefumes
    Extreme Concretesurfacesexposedtoabrasive 60 50 40 30
    action,e.g.seawatercarryingsolidsor
    flowingwaterwithpH<4.5ormachinery
    orvehicles
    Maximumwater/cementratio 0.65 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.42
    3
    Minimumcementcontent,(kg/m ) 315 325 350 375 400 410 420
    *Thistablerelatestoaggregateof20mmnominalmaximumsize.
    **Maybereducedto15mmprovidedthenominalmaximumaggregatesizedoesnotexceed15mm.

    8.1.7.3 PrecastConcrete(manufacturedunderplantcontrolconditions):
    (a)Concreteexposedtoearthorweather:
    Minimumcover,mm
    WallPanels:
    40mmto57mm 40
    36mmbarandsmaller 20
    OtherMembers:
    40mmto57mm 50
    19mm through36mm 40
    16mmbarandsmaller 30

    64 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (b)Concretenotexposedtoweatherorincontactwithground:
    Minimumcover,mm
    Slabs,Walls:
    4ommto57mm 30
    36mmbarandsmaller 16
    Beams,columns:
    Primaryreinforcement 20 40
    Ties,stirrups,spiral 15
    Shells,foldedplatemembers:
    19mmbarandlarger 16
    16mmbarandsmaller 10

    8.1.7.4 For concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth, minimum cover shall be 75 mm. If,
    concretecoverspecifiedin8.1.7.1(Table8.1.3)conflictswiththosespecifiedin8.1.7.2or8.1.7.3,the
    largervalueshallbetaken.

    8.1.7.5 BundledBars:Minimumconcretecovershallbeequaltotheequivalentdiameterofthebundle,but
    neednotbegreaterthan50mm.

    8.1.7.6 Future Extension : Exposed reinforcement, inserts, and plates intended for bonding with future
    extensionsshallbeprotectedfromcorrosion.

    8.1.7.7 FireProtection:Ifathicknessofcoverforfireprotectiongreaterthantheconcretecoversspecifiedin
    8.1.7.1through8.1.7.6isrequired,suchgreaterthicknessesshallbespecified.

    8.1.7.8 Corrosive Environments: If a thickness of cover for corrosive environment or other severe exposure
    conditionsgreaterthantheconcretecoversspecifiedin8.1.7.1through8.1.7.6isrequired,suchgreater
    thicknesses shall be specified. For corrosion protection, a specified concrete cover for reinforcement
    notlessthan50mmforwallsandslabsandnotlessthan65mmforothermembersmaybeused.For
    precastconcretemembersaspecifiedconcretecovernotlessthan40mmforwallsandslabsandnot
    lessthan50mmforothermembersmaybeused.

    8.1.8 ReinforcementDetailsforColumns

    8.1.8.1 OffsetBars:Offsetbentlongitudinalbarsshallconformtothefollowing:
    (a) Themaximumslopeofinclinedportionofanoffsetbarwithaxisofcolumnshallnotexceed1in6.
    (b) Portionsofbaraboveandbelowanoffsetshallbeparalleltotheaxisofcolumn.
    (c) Horizontalsupportatoffsetbendsshallbeprovidedbylateralties,spirals,orpartsofthefloor
    construction.Horizontalsupportprovidedshallbedesignedtoresist1.5timesthehorizontal
    componentofthecomputedforceintheinclinedportionoftheoffsetbars.Lateraltiesorspirals,if
    used,shallbeplacednotmorethan150mmawayfrompointsofbend.
    (d) Offsetbarsshallbebentbeforeplacementintheforms(see8.1.3).
    (e) Wherethefaceofthecolumnaboveisoffset75mmormorefromthefaceofthecolumnbelow,
    longitudinalbarsshallnotbepermittedtobeoffsetbent.Thelongitudinalbarsadjacenttotheoffset
    columnfacesshallbelapsplicedusingseparatedowels.Lapsplicesshallconformto8.2.14.

    8.1.8.2 Steel Cores: Load transfer in structural steel cores of composite compression members shall be
    providedbythefollowing:
    (a) Endsofstructuralsteelcoresshallbeaccuratelyfinishedtobearatendbearingsplices,withpositive
    provisionforalignmentofonecoreabovetheotherinconcentriccontact.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 65

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Atendbearingsplices,bearingshallbeconsideredeffectivetotransfernotmorethan50percentof
    thetotalcompressivestressinthesteelcore.
    (c) Transferofstressbetweencolumnbaseandfootingshallbedesignedinaccordancewith6.8.8.
    (d) Baseofstructuralsteelsectionshallbedesignedtotransferthetotalloadfromtheentirecomposite
    membertothefooting;or,thebaseshallbedesignedtotransfertheloadfromthesteelcoreonly,
    providedampleconcretesectionisavailablefortransferoftheportionofthetotalloadcarriedby
    thereinforcedconcretesectiontothefootingbycompressionintheconcreteandbyreinforcement.

    8.1.9 LateralReinforcementforColumns

    8.1.9.1 Lateralreinforcementforcompressionmembersshallconformtotheprovisionsof8.1.9.3and8.1.9.4
    belowandwhereshearortorsionreinforcementisrequired,shallalsoconformtoprovisionsofSec6.4.

    8.1.9.2 Lateralreinforcementrequirementsforcompositecolumnsshallconformto6.3.13.7and6.3.13.8.

    8.1.9.3 Spirals:Spiralreinforcementforcolumnsshallconformto6.3.9.3andtothefollowing:
    (a) Spiralsshallconsistofevenlyspacedcontinuousbarorwireofsuchsizeandsoassembledasto
    permithandlingandplacingwithoutdistortionfromdesigneddimensions.
    (b) Sizeofspiralsshallnotbelessthan10mmdiameterforcastinplaceconstruction.
    (c) Theminimumandmaximumclearspacingbetweenspiralsshallbe25mmand75mmrespectively.
    (d) Anchorageofspiralreinforcementshallbeprovidedby1.5extraturnsofspiralbarorwireateach
    endofaspiralunit.
    (e) Splicesinspiralreinforcementshallbelapsplicesof48spiraldiameterfordeformeduncoatedbaror
    wireand72spiraldiameterforothercases,butnotlessthan300mm.
    (f) Spiralsshallextendfromthetopoffootingorslabinanystoreytothelevelofthelowesthorizontal
    reinforcementinmemberssupportedabove.
    (g) Spiralsshallextendaboveterminationofspiraltobottomofslabordroppanel,wherebeamsor
    bracketsdonotframeintoallsidesofacolumn.
    (h) Spiralsshallextendtoalevelatwhichthediameterorwidthofcapitalis2timesthatofthecolumn,
    incaseofcolumnswithcapitals.
    (i) Spiralsshallbeheldfirmlyinplaceandtruetoline.

    8.1.9.4 Ties:Tiereinforcementforcompressionmembersshallconformtothefollowing:
    (a) Allbarsshallbeenclosedbylateralties,atleast10mminsizeforlongitudinalbars32mmor
    smaller,andatleast12mminsizefor36mmto57mmandbundledlongitudinalbars.
    (b) Verticalspacingoftiesshallnotexceed16longitudinalbardiametersor48tiediameters,ortheleast
    dimensionofthecompressionmembers.
    (c) Tiesshallbearrangedsuchthateverycornerandalternatelongitudinalbarshallhavelateralsupport
    providedbythecornerofatiewithanincludedanglenotmorethan135deg.Noverticalbarshallbe
    fartherthan150mmclearoneachsidealongthetiefromsuchalaterallysupportedbar.Where
    longitudinalbarsarelocatedaroundtheperimeterofacircle,acompletecirculartieisallowed.
    (d) Thelowesttieinanystoreyshallbeplacedwithinonehalftherequiredtiespacingfromthetop
    mosthorizontalreinforcementintheslaborfootingbelow.Theuppermosttieinanystoreyshallbe
    withinonehalftherequiredtiespacingfromthelowesthorizontalreinforcementintheslabordrop
    panelabove.
    (e) Wherebeamsorbracketsprovideconcreteconfinementatthetopofthecolumnonall(four)sides,
    thetoptieshallbewithin75mmofthelowesthorizontalreinforcementintheshallowestofsuch
    beamsorbrackets.
    (f) Whereanchorboltsareplacedinthetopofcolumnsorpedestals,theboltsshallbeenclosedby
    lateralreinforcementthatalsosurroundsatleastfourverticalbarsofthecolumnorpedestal.The
    lateralreinforcementshallbedistributedwithin125mmofthetopofthecolumnorpedestal,and
    shallconsistofatleasttwo12mm barsorthree10mmbars.
    (g) Wherelongitudinalbarsarearrangedinacircularpattern,individualcirculartiesperspecified
    spacingmaybeused.

    66 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    8.1.10 LateralReinforcementforBeams

    8.1.10.1 Compressionreinforcementinbeamsshallbeenclosedbytiesorstirrupssatisfyingthesizeandspacing
    limitations in 8.1.9.4 above. Such ties or stirrups shall be provided throughout the distance where
    compressionreinforcementisrequired.

    8.1.10.2 Lateralreinforcementforflexuralframingmemberssubjecttostressreversalsortotorsionatsupports
    shallconsistofclosedties,closedstirrups,orspiralsextendingaroundtheflexuralreinforcement.

    8.1.10.3 Closed ties or stirrups shall be formed in one piece by overlapping standard stirrup or tie end hooks
    aroundalongitudinalbar,orformedinoneortwopieceslapsplicedwithaClassBsplice(lapof 1. 3 l d )
    oranchoredinaccordancewith8.2.10.

    8.1.11 ShrinkageandTemperatureReinforcement

    8.1.11.1 Where the flexural reinforcement extends in one direction only, reinforcement for shrinkage and
    temperature stresses shall be provided perpendicular to flexural reinforcement in structural slabs.
    Shrinkageandtemperaturereinforcementshallbeprovidedinaccordancewith8.1.11.2below.

    8.1.11.2 Deformedreinforcementconformingto5.3.2shallbeprovidedinaccordancewiththefollowing:
    a) Areaofshrinkageandtemperaturereinforcementshallprovideatleastthefollowingratiosof
    reinforcementareatogrossconcretearea:
    0.0020 forslabswherereinforcementwith =275N/mm2or350N/mm2areused,
    0.0018 forslabswherereinforcementwith =420N/mm2areused,
    420
    0.0018 orslabswherereinforcementwith exceeding420N/mm2areused.

    Inanycase,thereinforcementratioshallnotbelessthan0.0014.
    b) Areaofshrinkageandtemperaturereinforcementforbrickaggregateconcreteshallbeatleast1.5times
    thatprovidedin(a)above.
    c) Shrinkageandtemperaturereinforcementshallbespacednotfartherapartthan5timestheslab
    thickness,nor450mm.
    d) Atallsectionswhererequired,reinforcementforshrinkageandtemperaturestressesshalldevelopthe
    specifiedyieldstrength intensioninaccordancewithSec8.2.

    8.1.12 RequirementsforStructuralIntegrity

    8.1.12.1 In the detailing of reinforcement and connections, members of a structure shall be effectively tied
    togethertoimproveintegrityoftheoverallstructure.

    8.1.12.2 Theminimumrequirementsforcastinplaceconstructionshallbe:
    (a) Inonewayslabconstruction,atleastonebottombarshallbecontinuousorshallbesplicedoverthe
    supportwithaClassAtensionsplice.Atnoncontinuoussupports,thebarsmaybeterminatedwitha
    standardhook.
    (b) Beams at the perimeter of the structure shall have at least onesixth of the tension reinforcement
    required for negative moment at the support, but not less than two bars and onequarter of the
    positive moment reinforcement required at midspan, but not less than two bars made continuous
    overthespanlengthpassingthroughtheregionboundedbythelongitudinalreinforcementofthe
    column around the perimeter and tied with closed stirrups. Closed stirrups need not be extended
    throughanyjoints.Therequiredcontinuitymaybeprovidedwithtopreinforcementsplicedatmid
    spanandbottomreinforcementsplicedatornearthesupportwithClassBtensionsplices.
    (c) Whenclosedstirrupsarenotprovided,inotherthanperimeterbeams,atleastonequarterofthe
    positivemomentreinforcementrequiredatmidspan,butnotlessthantwobarsshallpassthrough
    theregionboundedbythelongitudinalreinforcementofthecolumnandshallbecontinuousorshall

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 67

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    besplicedoverthesupportwithaClassBtensionsplice.Atnoncontinuoussupportsthebarsshall
    beanchoredtodevelop atthefaceofthesupportusingastandardhook.

    8.1.12.3 Toeffectivelytieelementstogether,tensiontiesshallbeprovidedinthetransverse,longitudinal,and
    verticaldirectionsandaroundtheperimeterofthestructureforprecastconcreteconstruction.

    8.1.13 Connections

    8.1.13.1 Enclosure shall be provided for splices of continuing reinforcement and for anchorage of terminating
    reinforcementatconnectionsofprincipalframingelements(suchasbeamsandcolumns),

    8.1.13.2 Externalconcreteorinternalclosedties,spirals,orstirrupsshallbeusedasenclosuresatconnections.

    8.2 DEVELOPMENTANDSPLICESOFREINFORCEMENT

    8.2.1 DevelopmentofReinforcementGeneral
    Calculatedtensionorcompressionstressinreinforcementateachsectionofreinforcedconcretemembersshall
    bedevelopedoneachsideofthatsectionbyembedmentlength,hookormechanicaldevice,oracombination
    thereof.Hooksmaybeusedindevelopingbarsintensiononly.

    8.2.2 ScopeandLimitation
    Thevaluesof usedinSec8.2shallnotexceed8.3MPa.Inadditiontorequirementsstatedherethataffect
    detailingofreinforcement,structuralintegrityrequirementsof8.1.12shallbesatisfied.

    8.2.3 DevelopmentofDeformedBarsandDeformedWiresinTension

    8.2.3.1 Development length for deformed bars and deformed wire in tension, shall be determined from
    either8.2.3.2or8.2.3.3andapplicablemodificationfactorsof8.2.3.4and8.2.3.5,but shallnotbe
    lessthan300mm.

    8.2.3.2 Fordeformedbarsordeformedwire, shallbeasfollows:


    Spacingandcover 19mm andsmallerbars 20mmandlargerbars
    anddeformedwires
    Clear spacing of bars or wires being
    developed or spliced not less than . .
    ,clearcovernotlessthan ,and
    stirrupsortiesthroughout notless
    thantheCodeminimum
    or
    Clear spacing of bars or wires being
    developed or spliced not less than
    2 andclearcovernotlessthan
    Othercases
    . .

    8.2.3.3 Fordeformedbarsordeformedwire, shallbe

    8.2.1
    .

    inwhichtheconfinementterm shallnotbetakengreaterthan2.5,and
    8.2.2

    68 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    where is the number of bars or wires being spliced or developed along the plane of splitting. It shall be
    permittedtouse 0asadesignsimplificationeveniftransversereinforcementispresent.

    8.2.3.4 Thefactorsusedintheexpressionsfordevelopmentofdeformedbarsanddeformedwiresintensionin
    8.2.3areasfollows:
    (a) Wherehorizontalreinforcementisplacedsuchthatmorethan300mmoffreshconcreteiscast
    belowthedevelopmentlengthorsplice, 1.3.Forothersituations, 1.0.
    (b) Forepoxycoatedbarsorwireswithcoverlessthan3 ,orclearspacinglessthan6 , 1.5.For
    allotherepoxycoatedbarsorwires, 1.2.Foruncoatedandzinccoated(galvanized)
    reinforcement, 1.0.However,theproduct neednotbegreaterthan1.7.
    (c) For19mm andsmallerbarsanddeformedwires, =0.8.For20mm andlargerbars, 1.0.
    (d) Wherelightweightconcreteisused, shallnotexceed0.75unless isspecified(see6.1.8.1).
    Wherenormalweightconcreteisused, 1.0.

    ,
    8.2.3.5 Excess Reinforcement : Development length may be reduced by the factor where
    ,
    reinforcementinaflexuralmemberisinexcessofthatrequiredbyanalysisexceptwhereanchorageor
    developmentfor isspecificallyrequiredorthereinforcementisdesignedundertheprovisionsof
    8.3.3.1(c).

    8.2.4 DevelopmentofDeformedBarsandDeformedWiresinCompression

    8.2.4.1 Development length for deformed bars and deformed wire in compression, , shall be determined
    from8.2.4.2andapplicablemodificationfactorsof8.2.4.3,but shallnotbelessthan200mm.

    8.2.4.2 For deformed bars and deformed wire, shall be taken as the larger of 0.24 and
    2
    . ,with asgivenin8.2.3.4(d)andtheconstant0.043carriestheunitofmm /N.

    8.2.4.3 Length in8.2.4.2shallbepermittedtobemultipliedbytheapplicablefactorsfor:


    ,
    (a) Reinforcementinexcessofthatrequiredbyanalysis ..
    ,
    (b) Reinforcementenclosedwithinspiralreinforcementnotlessthan6mmdiameterandnotmorethan100
    mmpitchorwithin12mm tiesinconformancewith8.1.9.4andspacedatnotmorethan100mmon
    center ...0.75

    8.2.5 DevelopmentofBundledBars

    8.2.5.1 Developmentlengthofindividualbarswithinabundle,intensionorcompression,shallbethatforthe
    individualbar,increased20percentfor3barbundlesand33percentfor4barbundles.

    8.2.5.2 Fordeterminingtheappropriatespacingandcovervaluesin8.2.3.2,theconfinementtermin8.2.3.3,
    and the factor in 8.2.3.4(b), a unit of bundled bars shall be treated as a single bar of a diameter
    derived fromthe equivalent total area and having a centroid that coincides with that of the bundled
    bars.

    8.2.6 DevelopmentofStandardHooksinTension

    8.2.6.1 Developmentlength fordeformedbarsintensionterminatinginastandardhookshallbecomputed


    as the product of the basic development length for deformed bars, of 8.2.6.2 below and the
    applicablemodificationfactororfactorsof8.2.6.3,but shallbenotlessthan8 norlessthan150
    mm.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 69

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    8.2.6.2 For deformed bars, shall be 0.24 with taken as 1.2 for epoxycoated
    reinforcement,and takenas0.75forlightweightconcrete.Forothercases, and shallbetakenas
    1.0.

    8.2.6.3 Length in8.2.6.2shallbepermittedtobemultipliedbythefollowingapplicablefactors:


    (a) For36mm barandsmallerhookswithsidecover(normaltoplaneofhook)not
    less than 65 mm, and for 90degree hook with cover on bar extension beyond
    hooknotlessthan50mm 0.7
    (b) For 90degree hooks of 36 mm bar and smaller bars that are either enclosed
    within ties or stirrups perpendicular to the bar being developed, spaced not
    greaterthan3 along ;orenclosedwithintiesorstirrupsparalleltothebar
    being developed, spaced not greater than 3 along the length of the tail
    extensionofthehookplusbend 0.8
    (c) For180degreehooksof36mm barandsmallerbarsthatareenclosedwithin
    tiesorstirrupsperpendiculartothebarbeingdeveloped,spacednotgreaterthan
    3 along 0.8
    (d) Whereanchorageordevelopmentfor isnotspecificallyrequired,reinforcement ,

    inexcessofthatrequiredbyanalysis ,

    In 8.2.6.3(b) and 8.2.6.3(c), is the diameter of the hooked bar, and the first tie or stirrup shall
    enclosethebentportionofthehook,within2 oftheoutsideofthebend.

    8.2.6.4 Forbarsbeingdevelopedbyastandardhookatdiscontinuousendsofmemberswithbothsidecover
    andtop(orbottom)coveroverhooklessthan65mm,thehookedbarshallbeenclosedwithintiesor
    stirrupsperpendiculartothebarbeingdeveloped,spacednotgreaterthan3 along .Thefirsttie
    orstirrupshallenclosethebentportionofthehook,within2 oftheoutsideofthebend,where is
    thediameterofthehookedbar.Forthiscase,thefactorsof8.2.6.3(b)and(c)shallnotapply.

    8.2.6.5 Hooksshallnotbeconsideredeffectiveindevelopingbarsincompression.

    8.2.7 DevelopmentofFlexuralReinforcementGeneral

    8.2.7.1 Tension reinforcement may be developed by bending across the web to be anchored or made
    continuouswithreinforcementontheoppositefaceofmember.

    8.2.7.2 Criticalsectionsfordevelopmentofreinforcementinflexuralmembersareatpointsofmaximumstress
    and at points within the span where adjacent reinforcement terminates, or is bent. In addition, the
    provisionsof8.2.8.3shallalsobesatisfied.

    8.2.7.3 Reinforcement shall extend beyond the point at which it is no longer required to resist flexure for a
    distance not less than nor less than 12 , except at supports of simple spans and at free end of
    cantilevers.

    8.2.7.4 Continuing reinforcement shall have an embedment length not less than the development length
    beyond the point where the bent or terminated tension reinforcement is no longer needed to resist
    bending.

    8.2.7.5 Noflexuralbarshallbeterminatedinatensionzoneunlessoneofthefollowingconditionsissatisfied:
    (a) atthelocationofterminationisnotovertwothirdsof .
    (b) Stirrupareainexcessofthatnormallyrequiredforshearandtorsionisprovidedoveradistance
    alongeachterminatedbarorwireequalto0.75dfromthepointofcutoff.ExcessstirrupareaAv
    .
    shallbenotlessthan .Spacingsshallnotexceed ,where istheratioofareaof
    reinforcementcutofftototalareaoftensionreinforcementatthesection.

    610 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (c) For36mm barandsmaller,thecontinuingbarsprovidetwicethearearequiredforflexureatthe


    cutoffpointandtheshear doesnotexceedthreequarterof .

    8.2.7.6 Wherethereinforcementstressisnotdirectlyproportionaltomoment,suchasinsloped,stepped,or
    taperedfootings,brackets,deepflexuralmembers,ormembersinwhichtensionreinforcementisnot
    paralleltothecompressionface,adequateanchorageshallbeprovidedforthetensionreinforcement.
    See8.2.8.4and8.2.9.4fordeepflexuralmembers.

    8.2.8 DevelopmentofPositiveMomentReinforcement

    8.2.8.1 At least onethird of the positive moment reinforcement in simple members and onefourth of the
    positivemomentreinforcementincontinuousmembersshallextendalongthe samefaceofmember
    intothesupport.Inbeams,suchreinforcementshallextendintothesupportatleast150mm.

    8.2.8.2 When the flexural member is a part of the primary lateral load resisting system, positive moment
    reinforcementextendedintothesupportby8.2.8.1aboveshallbeanchoredtodevelopthespecified
    yieldstrength intensionatthefaceofsupport.

    8.2.8.3 Atsimplesupportsandatpointsofinflection,positivemomenttensionreinforcementshallbelimited
    toadiametersuchthat computedfor by8.2.3satisfiesEq(8.2.3),exceptthatEq(8.2.3)neednot
    besatisfiedforreinforcementterminatingbeyondthecentrelineofsimplesupportsbyastandardhook
    oramechanicalanchorageatleastequivalenttoastandardhook.
    (8.2.3)
    where

    = nominalmomentstrengthassumingallreinforcementatsectiontobestressedto .
    = factoredshearforceatsection
    = atasupport,embeddedlengthofbarbeyondcentreofsupport;atpointofzeromoment,shall
    belimitedtodor12 ,whicheverisgreater.
    The value of may be increased 30 per cent when the ends of reinforcement are confined by a
    compressivereaction.

    8.2.8.4 At simple supports of deep beams, positive moment tension reinforcement shall be anchored to
    develop intensionatthefaceofthesupportexceptthatifdesigniscarriedoutusingAppendixA,
    the positive moment tension reinforcement shall be anchored in accordance with A.4.3. At interior
    supportsofdeepbeams,positivemomenttensionreinforcementshallbecontinuousorbesplicedwith
    thatoftheadjacentspans.

    8.2.9 DevelopmentofNegativeMomentReinforcement

    8.2.9.1 Negativemomentreinforcementinacontinuous,restrained,orcantilevermember,orinanymember
    ofarigidframe,shallbeanchoredinorthroughthesupportingmemberbyembedmentlength,hooks
    ormechanicalanchorage.

    8.2.9.2 Negativemomentreinforcementshallhaveanembedmentlengthintothespanasrequiredby8.2.1,
    8.2.2.and8.2.7.3.

    8.2.9.3 Atleastonethirdofthetotaltensionreinforcementprovidedfornegativemomentatthesupportshall
    be extended beyond the point of inflection a distance not less than , 16, or 12 , whichever is
    greater.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 611

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    8.2.9.4 At interior supports of deep flexural members, negative moment tension reinforcement shall be
    continuouswiththatoftheadjacentspans.

    8.2.10 DevelopmentofShearReinforcement

    8.2.10.1 Shearreinforcementshallbecarriedasclosetocompressionandtensionsurfacesofmemberascover
    requirementsandproximityofotherreinforcementpermits.

    8.2.10.2 The ends of single leg, simple U, or multiple Ustirrups shall be anchored by one of the following
    means:
    (a) ByastandardhookaroundlongitudinalreinforcementforMD200wires,and16mmbarsand
    smallerandfor19mm through25mm barswith 280 N/mm2.

    (b) For19mm through25mm stirrupswith greaterthan280N/mm2,astandardstirruphook
    aroundalongitudinalbarplusanembedmentbetweenmidheightofthememberandtheoutside
    .
    endofthehookequaltoorgreaterthan .
    (c) ForeachlegofweldedplainwirereinforcementformingsimpleUstirrups,either:(i)Two
    longitudinalwiresspacedata50mmspacingalongthememberatthetopoftheU;or(ii)One
    longitudinalwirelocatednotmorethan /4fromthecompressionfaceandasecondwirecloserto
    thecompressionfaceandspacednotlessthan50mmfromthefirstwire.Thesecondwireshallbe
    permittedtobelocatedonthestirruplegbeyondabend,oronabendwithaninsidediameterof
    bendnotlessthan8 .
    (d) Foreachendofasinglelegstirrupofweldedwirereinforcement,twolongitudinalwiresata
    minimumspacingof50mmandwiththeinnerwireatleastthegreaterof /4or50mmfrom /2.
    Outerlongitudinalwireattensionfaceshallnotbefartherfromthefacethantheportionofprimary
    flexuralreinforcementclosesttotheface.
    (e) Injoistconstruction,for13mmbarandMD130wireandsmaller,astandardhook.

    8.2.10.3 Each bend in the continuous portion of a simple Ustirrup or multiple Ustirrup shall enclose a
    longitudinalbarbetweenanchoredends.

    8.2.10.4 If extended into the region of tension, longitudinal bars bent to act as shear reinforcement shall be
    continuous with longitudinal reinforcement and, if extended into a region of compression, shall be
    anchored beyond middepth /2 as specified for development length in 8.2.3 for that part of
    requiredtosatisfyEq(6.4.12).

    8.2.10.5 PairsofUstirrupsortiessoplacedastoformaclosedunitshallbeconsideredproperlysplicedwhen
    lengthoflapsare1.3 .Inmembersatleast450mmdeep,suchspliceswith notmorethan40
    kNperlegshallbeconsideredadequateifstirruplegsextendthefullavailabledepthofmember.

    8.2.11 DevelopmentofPlainBars
    Forplainbars,theminimumdevelopmentlengthshallbetwicethatofdeformedbarsspecifiedin8.2.1through
    8.2.10above.

    8.2.12 SplicesofReinforcementGeneral

    8.2.12.1 Splices of reinforcement shall be made only as required or permitted on design drawings, or in
    specifications,orasauthorizedbytheengineer.

    8.2.12.2 LapSplices
    (a) Lapsplicesshallnotbeusedfor36mm barsandlarger,exceptasprovidedin8.2.14.2&6.8.8.2.3.
    (b) Lapsplicesofbundledbarsshallbebasedonthelapsplicelengthrequiredforindividualbarswithin
    thebundle,increasedinaccordancewith8.2.5.Individualbarspliceswithinabundleshallnot
    overlap.Entirebundlesshallnotbelapspliced.

    612 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (c) Barssplicedbynoncontactlapsplicesinflexuralmembersshallnotbespacedtransverselyfarther
    apartthanonefifththerequiredlapsplicelength,nor150mm.

    8.2.12.3 WeldedSplicesandMechanicalConnections
    (a) Weldedsplicesandothermechanicalconnectionsareallowed.
    (b) ExceptasprovidedinthisCode,allweldingshallconformto"StructuralWeldingCodeReinforcing
    Steel"(AWSD1.4).
    (c) Weldedsplicesshallbebuttedandweldedtodevelopintensionatleast125percentofspecified
    yieldstrength ofthebar.
    (d) Afullmechanicalconnectionshalldevelopintensionorcompression,asrequired,atleast125per
    centofspecifiedyieldstrength ofthebar.
    (e) Weldedsplicesandmechanicalconnectionsnotmeetingtherequirementsof(c)or(d)aboveare
    allowedonlyfor16mm barsorsmallerandinaccordancewith8.2.13.4.

    8.2.13 SplicesofDeformedBarsandDeformedWireinTension

    8.2.13.1 TheminimumlengthoflapfortensionsplicesshallbeasrequiredforClassAorBsplice,butnotless
    than300mm,wheretheclassificationshallbeasfollows:
    ClassAsplice1.0
    ClassBsplice1.3
    Where iscalculatedinaccordancewith8.2.3todevelop ,butwithoutthe300mmminimumof
    8.2.3.1andwithoutthemodificationfactorof8.2.3.5.

    8.2.13.2 LapsplicesofdeformedbarsanddeformedwireintensionshallbeclassBsplicesexceptthatClassA
    splicesareallowedwhentheareaofreinforcementprovidedisatleasttwicethatrequiredbyanalysis
    overtheentirelengthofthesplice,andonehalforlessofthetotalreinforcementissplicedwithinthe
    requiredlaplength.

    8.2.13.3 Where area of reinforcement provided is less than twice that required by analysis, welded splices or
    mechanicalconnectionsusedshallmeettherequirementsof8.2.12.3(c)or8.2.12.3(d)above.

    8.2.13.4 Welded splices or mechanical connections not meeting the requirements of 8.2.12.3(c) or8.2.12.3(d)
    shallbepermittedfor16mm barsorsmallerifthefollowingrequirementsaremet:
    (a) Splicesshallbestaggeredatleast600mmandinsuchmannerastodevelopateverysectionatleast
    twicethecalculatedtensileforceatthesectionbutnotlessthan140N/mm2fortotalareaof
    reinforcementprovided.
    (b) Splicedreinforcementstressshallbetakenasthespecifiedsplicestrength,incomputingtensileforce
    developedateachsection,butnottoexceed .Unsplicedreinforcementstressshallbetakenasa
    fractionof definedbytheratiooftheshortestactualdevelopmentlengthprovidedbeyondthe
    sectionto butnottobetakengreaterthan .

    8.2.13.5 Whenbarsofdifferentsizearelapsplicedintension,splicelengthshallbethelargerof oflargerbar


    andtensionlapsplicelengthofsmallerbar.

    8.2.13.6 Splicesintensiontiemembersshallbemadewithafullweldedspliceorfullmechanicalconnectionin
    accordance with 8.2.12.3(c) or8.2.12.3(d)andsplices in adjacentbarsshallbestaggeredat least750
    mm.

    8.2.14 SplicesofDeformedBarsinCompression

    8.2.14.1 Theminimumlengthoflapforcompressionspliceshallbe0.071 for equalto420N/mm2orless


    or 0.13 24 for greater than 420 N/mm2, but not less than 300 mm. For less than 21
    2
    N/mm ,lengthoflapshallbeincreasedbyonethird.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 613

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    8.2.14.2 Whenbarsofdifferentdiametersarelapsplicedincompression,thesplicelengthshallbethelargerof
    thedevelopmentlength, ofthelargerbar,andthecompressionsplicelengthofthesmallerbar.Lap
    splices of 40 mm , 43 mm , 50 mm and 57 mm bars to 36 mm and smaller bars shall be
    permitted.

    8.2.14.3 Welded splices or mechanical connections used in compression shall satisfy the requirements of
    8.2.12.3(c)or8.2.12.3(d).

    8.2.14.4 EndBearingSplices
    (a) Compressionsplicesforbarsrequiredtotransmitcompressivestressonlymayconsistofendbearing
    ofsquarecutendsheldinconcentriccontactbyasuitabledevice.
    (b) Barendsshallterminateinflatsurfaceswithin1.5degreesofarightangletotheaxisofthebars,and
    shallbefittedwithin3degreesoffullbearingafterassembly.
    (c) Endbearingsplicesshallbeusedonlyinmemberscontainingclosedties,closedstirrupsorspirals.

    8.2.15 SpecialSpliceRequirementsforColumns

    8.2.15.1 Lapsplices,buttweldedsplices,mechanicalconnections,orendbearingsplicesshallbeusedwiththe
    limitations of 8.2.15.2 through 8.2.15.4 below. A splice shall satisfy the requirements for all load
    combinationsforthecolumn.

    8.2.15.2 LapSplicesinColumns
    (a) Lapsplicesshallconformto8.2.14.1,8.2.14.2,andwhereapplicableto8.2.15.2(d)or8.2.15.2(e)
    below,wherethebarstressduetofactoredloadsiscompressive.
    (b) Wherethebarstressduetofactoredloadsistensileanddoesnotexceed0.5 intension,lap
    splicesshallbeClassBtensionlapsplicesifmorethanonehalfofthebarsaresplicedatanysection,
    orClassAtensionlapsplicesifhalforfewerofthebarsaresplicedatanysectionandalternatelap
    splicesarestaggeredby .
    (c) Wherethebarstressduetofactoredloadsisgreaterthan0.5 intension,lapsplicesshallbeClass
    Btensionlapsplices.
    (d) Intiedreinforcedcompressionmembers,ifthroughoutlapsplicelengthtieshaveaneffectivearea
    ofatleast0.0015 inbothdirections,lapsplicelengthispermittedtobemultipliedby0.83,but
    laplengthshallnotbelessthan300mm.Tielegsperpendiculartodimension shallbeusedin
    determiningeffectivearea.
    (e) Forspirallyreinforcedcompressionmembers,lapsplicelengthofbarswithinaspiralispermittedto
    bemultipliedby0.75,butlaplengthshallnotbelessthan300mm.

    8.2.15.3 Welded Splices or Mechanical Connectors in Columns: Welded splices or mechanical connectors in
    columnsshallmeettherequirementsof8.2.12.3(c)or8.2.12.3(d).

    8.2.15.4 EndBearingSplicesinColumns:Endbearingsplicescomplyingwith8.2.14.4maybeusedforcolumn
    barsstressedincompressionprovidedthesplicesarestaggeredoradditionalbarsareprovidedatsplice
    locations.Thecontinuingbarsineachfaceofthecolumnshallhaveatensilestrengthatleast0.25
    timestheareaoftheverticalreinforcementinthatface.

    8.2.16 SplicesofPlainBars
    Forplainbars,theminimumlengthoflapshallbetwicethatofdeformedbarsspecifiedin8.2.12through8.2.15
    above.

    8.2.17 Developmentofheadedandmechanicallyanchoreddeformedbarsintension

    8.2.17.1 Developmentlengthforheadeddeformedbarsintension, l,shallbedeterminedfrom8.2.17.2.Use


    ofheadstodevelopdeformedbarsintensionshallbelimitedtoconditionssatisfying(a)through(f):
    (a) Bar shallnotexceed420MPa;

    614 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (b) Barsizeshallnotexceed36mm;
    (c) Concreteshallbenormalweight;
    (d) Netbearingareaofhead shallnotbelessthan4 ;
    (e) Clearcoverforbarshallnotbelessthan2 ;and
    (f) Clearspacingbetweenbarsshallnotbelessthan4 .

    8.2.17.2 Forheadeddeformedbars,developmentlengthintension shallbe 0.19 / ,wherethe


    valueof usedtocalculate shallnotexceed40MPa,andfactor shallbetakenas1.2forepoxy
    coated reinforcement and 1.0 for other cases. Where reinforcement provided is in excess of that
    requiredbyanalysis,exceptwheredevelopmentof isspecificallyrequired,afactorof , /
    , maybeappliedtotheexpressionfor .Length shallnotbelessthanthelargerof8
    and150mm.

    8.2.17.3 Headsshallnotbeconsideredeffectiveindevelopingbarsincompression.

    8.2.17.4 Any mechanical attachmentor devicecapableofdeveloping ofreinforcement is allowed, provided


    that test results showing the adequacy of such attachment or device are approved by the Engineer.
    Developmentofreinforcementshallbepermittedtoconsistofacombinationofmechanicalanchorage
    plus additional embedment length of reinforcement between the critical section and the mechanical
    attachmentordevice.

    8.2.18 Developmentofweldeddeformedwirereinforcementintension

    8.2.18.1 Developmentlengthforweldeddeformedwirereinforcementintension, ,measuredfromthepoint


    ofcriticalsectiontotheendofwireshallbecomputedastheproductof ld,from8.2.3.2or8.2.3.3,
    timesweldeddeformedwirereinforcementfactor, ,from8.2.18.2or8.2.18.3.Itshallbepermitted
    toreduce inaccordancewith8.2.3.5whenapplicable,but shallnotbelessthan200mmexceptin
    computation of lap splices by 8.2.20. When using from 8.2.18.2, it shall be permitted to use an
    epoxycoating factor of 1.0 for epoxycoated welded deformed wire reinforcement in 8.2.3.2 and
    8.2.3.3.

    8.2.18.2 Forweldeddeformedwirereinforcementwithatleastonecrosswirewithin andnotlessthan50mm


    fromthepointofthecriticalsection, shallbethegreaterof


    And

    butnotgreaterthan1.0,wheresisthespacingbetweenthewirestobedeveloped.

    8.2.18.3 Forweldeddeformedwirereinforcementwithnocrosswireswithin orwithasinglecrosswireless


    than50mmfromthepointofthecriticalsection, shallbetakenas1.0,and shallbedetermined
    asfordeformedwire.

    8.2.18.4 Whereanyplainwires,ordeformedwireslargerthanD31,arepresentintheweldeddeformedwire
    reinforcement in the direction of the development length, the reinforcement shall be developed in
    accordancewith8.2.19.

    8.2.19 Developmentofweldedplainwirereinforcementintension
    Yield strength of welded plain wire reinforcement shall be considered developed by embedment of two cross
    wireswiththeclosercrosswirenotlessthan50mmfromthepointofthecriticalsection.However, lshallnot
    belessthan

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 615

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    . 8.2.4
    where ismeasuredfromthepointofthecriticalsectiontotheoutermostcrosswire, isthespacingbetween
    the wires to be developed, and as given in 8.2.3.4(d). Where reinforcement provided is in excess of that
    required, may be reduced in accordance with 8.2.3.5. Length, , shall not be less than 150 mm except in
    computationoflapsplicesby8.2.21.

    8.2.20 Splicesofweldeddeformedwirereinforcementintension

    8.2.20.1 Minimum lap splice length of welded deformed wire reinforcement measured between the ends of
    each reinforcement sheet shall be not less than the larger of 1.3 and 200 mm, and the overlap
    measuredbetweenoutermostcrosswiresofeachreinforcementsheetshallbenotlessthan50mm,
    where iscalculatedinaccordancewith8.2.18todevelop .

    8.2.20.2 Lap splices of welded deformed wire reinforcement, with no cross wires within the lap splice length,
    shallbedeterminedasfordeformedwire.

    8.2.20.3 Whereanyplainwires,ordeformedwireslargerthanMD200,arepresentintheweldeddeformedwire
    reinforcement in the direction of the lap splice or where welded deformed wire reinforcement is lap
    splicedtoweldedplainwirereinforcement,thereinforcementshallbelapsplicedinaccordancewith
    8.2.21.

    8.2.21 Splicesofweldedplainwirereinforcementintension
    Minimumlengthoflapforlapsplicesofweldedplainwirereinforcementshallbeinaccordancewith8.2.21.1and
    8.2.21.2.

    8.2.21.1 Where provided is less than twice that required by analysis at splice location, length of overlap
    measuredbetweenoutermostcrosswiresofeachreinforcementsheetshallbenotlessthanthelargest
    ofonespacingofcrosswiresplus50mm,1.5 ,and150mm,where iscalculatedinaccordancewith
    8.2.19todevelop .

    8.2.21.2 Where provided is at least twice that required by analysis at splice location, length of overlap
    measuredbetweenoutermostcrosswiresofeachreinforcementsheetshallnotbelessthanthelarger
    of1.5 ,and50mm,where iscalculatedinaccordancewith8.2.19todevelop .

    8.3 EARTHQUAKERESISTANTDESIGNPROVISIONS

    8.3.1 Notation
    = crosssectionalareaofastructuralmembermeasuredouttooutoftransversereinforcement,mm2
    = areaofconcretesectionresistingshearofanindividualpierorhorizontalwallsegment,mm2
    = net area of concrete section bounded by web thickness and length of section in the direction of
    shearforceconsidered,mm2
    = grossareaofsection,mm2
    = effectivecrosssectionalareawithinajoint,see8.3.7.3,inaplaneparalleltoplaneofreinforcement
    generating shear in the joint. The joint depth shall be the overall depth of the column. Where a
    beam frames into a support of larger width, the effective width of the joint shall not exceed the
    smallerof:
    a) Beamwidthplusthejointdepth
    b) twice the smaller perpendicular distance from the longitudinal axis of the
    beamtothecolumnside(See8.3.7.3)

    616 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    = total crosssectional area of transverse reinforcement (including cross ties) within spacing and
    perpendiculartodimension
    = effectivecompressiveflangewidthofastructuralmember,mm
    = webwidthordiameterofcircularsection,mm
    = bardiameter,mm
    = loadeffectsofearthquakeorrelatedinternalmomentsandforces
    = specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete
    = specifiedyieldstrengthofreinforcement
    = specifiedyieldstrengthoftransversereinforcement
    = crosssectionaldimensionofcolumncoremeasuredcentretocentreofconfiningreinforcement
    = heightofentirewall(diaphragm)orofthesegmentofwall(diaphragm)considered
    = developmentlengthforastraightbar
    = developmentlengthforabarwithastandardhook
    = minimumlength,measuredfromjointfacealongaxisofstructuralmember,overwhichtransverse
    reinforcementmustbeprovided,mm
    = lengthofentirewall(diaphragm)orofsegmentofwall(diaphragm)consideredinthedirectionof
    shearforce
    = probableflexuralmoment strength of members, with orwithout axialload,determinedusing the
    propertiesofthememberatthejointfacesassumingatensilestrengthinthelongitudinalbarsofat
    least1.25 andastrengthreductionfactor of1.0
    = portionofslabmomentbalancedbysupportmoment
    = spacingoftransversereinforcementmeasuredalongthelongitudinalaxisofthestructuralmember,
    mm
    = maximumspacingoftransversereinforcement,mm
    = nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyconcrete
    = designshearforce
    = nominalshearstrength
    = factoredshearforceatsection
    = coefficientdefiningtherelativecontributionofconcretestrengthtowallstrength
    = ratiooftensionreinforcement= /
    = ratiooftotalreinforcementareatocrosssectionalareaofcolumn
    = ratioofdistributedshearreinforcementonaplaneperpendiculartoplaneof
    = ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to the core volume confined by the spiral reinforcement
    (measuredouttoout)
    = ;where istheprojectionon ofareaofdistributedshearreinforcementcrossingthe
    planeof
    = strengthreductionfactor.

    8.3.2 Definitions
    BASEOFSTRUCTURE:Thelevelatwhichearthquakemotionsareassumedtobeimpartedtoastructure.This
    leveldoesnotnecessarilycoincidewiththegroundlevel.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 617

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    BOUNDARYMEMBERS:Membersalongwallanddiaphragmedgesstrengthenedbylongitudinalandtransverse
    reinforcement.Thesemembersdonotnecessarilyrequireanincreaseinthethicknessofthewallordiaphragm.If
    required,edgesofopeningswithinwallsanddiaphragmsshallbeprovidedwithboundarymembers.
    COLLECTORELEMENTS:Elementsthatareusedtotransmittheinertialforceswithinthediaphragmstomembers
    ofthelateralforceresistingsystems.
    CROSSTIE:Acontinuousbarhavingahooknotlessthan135degwithatleastasixdiameterextensionatone
    endbutnotlessthan75mm,andahooknotlessthan90degwithatleastasixdiameterextensionattheother
    end.Thehooksshallengageperipherallongitudinalbars.The90deghooksoftwosuccessivecrosstiesengaging
    thesamelongitudinalbarsshallbealternatedendforend.
    DEVELOPMENTLENGTHFORABARWITHASTANDARDHOOK:Theshortestdistancebetweenthecriticalsection
    andatangenttotheouteredgeofthe90deghook.
    HOOP : A hoop is a closed tie or continuously round tie. A closed tie can be made up of several reinforcing
    elements with 135 deg hooks having a six diameter extension at each end (but not less than 75 mm). A
    continuously round tie shall have at each end a 135 deg hook with a six diameter extension that engages the
    longitudinalreinforcementbutnotlessthan75mm.
    LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM : That portion of the structure composed of members designed to resist
    forcesrelatedtoearthquakeeffects.
    SHELLCONCRETE:Concreteoutsidethetransversereinforcementconfiningtheconcrete
    STRUCTURALDIAPHRAGMS:Structuralmembers,suchasfloorandroofslabs,whichtransmitinertialforcesto
    lateralforceresistingmembers.
    STRUCTURAL WALLS : Walls designed to resist combinations of shears, moments, and axial forces induced by
    earthquakemotions.Ashearwallisastructuralwall.
    STRUT:Anelementofastructuraldiaphragmusedtoprovidecontinuityaroundanopeninginthediaphragm.
    TIEELEMENTS:Elementsusedtotransmitinertialforcesandpreventseparationofbuildingcomponents.

    8.3.3 GeneralRequirements

    8.3.3.1 Scope
    (a) Thissectioncontainsspecialrequirementsfordesignandconstructionofreinforcedconcrete
    membersofastructureforwhichthedesignforces,relatedtoearthquakemotions,havebeen
    determinedonthebasisofenergydissipationinthenonlinearrangeofresponse.
    (b) TheprovisionsofChapter6,shallapplyexceptasmodifiedbytheprovisionsofthissection.
    (c) StructuresassignedtoseismicdesigncategorySDCD(seeChapter2),allreinforcedconcrete
    structuresshallsatisfytherequirementsofspecialmomentframesasgivenin8.3.3through8.3.8in
    additiontotherequirementsofChapter6.
    (d) StructuresassignedtoSDCC(seeChapter2),allreinforcedconcretestructuresshallbebuiltto
    satisfytherequirementsofintermediatemomentframesasgivenin8.3.10inadditiontothe
    requirementsofChapter6.
    (e) StructuresassignedtoSDCB(seeChapter2),allreinforcedconcretestructuresshallbebuiltto
    satisfytherequirementsofordinarymomentframesasgivenin8.3.9inadditiontotherequirements
    ofChapter6.
    (f) StructuresinlowerSDCsarepermittedtodesignwithdetailingprovisionsofhigherSDCstotake
    advantageoflowerdesignforcelevels.

    8.3.3.2 AnalysisandProportioningofStructuralMembers
    (a) Theinteractionofallstructuralandnonstructuralmembersshallbeconsideredintheanalysis.
    (b) Rigidmemberswhicharenotapartofthelateralforceresistingsystemareallowedprovidedtheir
    effectontheresponseofthesystemisconsideredandaccommodatedinthestructuraldesign.
    Consequencesoffailureofstructuralandnonstructuralmemberswhicharenotapartofthelateral
    forceresistingsystemshallalsobeconsidered.
    (c) Structuralmembersbelowbaseofstructurerequiredtotransmitforcesresultingfromearthquake
    effectstothefoundationshallalsocomplywiththerequirementsofthissection.
    (d) Allstructuralmemberswhicharenotapartofthelateralforceresistingsystemshallconformto
    8.3.9.

    618 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    8.3.3.3 StrengthReductionFactors
    Strengthreductionfactorsshallbeinaccordancewith6.2.3.2to6.2.3.4.

    8.3.3.4 ConcreteinSpecialMomentFramesandSpecialStructuralWalls
    Compressivestrength oftheconcreteshallbenotlessthan21N/mm2.Specifiedcompressivestrengthoflight
    weightconcrete, ,shallnotexceed35MPaunlessdemonstratedbyexperimentalevidence.Modificationfactor
    forlightweightconcreteinSec8.3shallbeinaccordancewith6.1.8unlessnotedotherwise.

    8.3.3.5 ReinforcementinSpecialMomentFramesandSpecialStructuralWalls
    Reinforcementresistingearthquakeinducedflexuralandaxialforcesinframesandwallboundarymembersshall
    complywithASTMA706M,ASTMA615MandBDSISO69352:2007(E).Reinforcementwith =275N/mm2and
    =420N/mm2areallowedinthesemembersif(a)theactualyieldstrengthbasedonmilltestsdoesnotexceed
    the specified yield strength by more than 125 N/mm2 (retests shall not exceed this value by more than an
    additional20N/mm2),and(b)theratiooftheactualultimatetensilestrengthtotheactualtensileyieldstrength
    is not less than 1.25. The value of used to compute the amount of confinement reinforcement shall not
    exceed700MPa.Thevalueof or usedinthedesignofshearreinforcementshallconformto6.4.3.2.

    8.3.3.6 Welding
    Reinforcement required by factored load combinations which include earthquake effect shall not be welded
    except as specified in 8.3.4.2(d) and 8.3.5.3(b). In addition, welding shall not be permitted on stirrups, ties,
    inserts,orothersimilarelementstolongitudinalreinforcementrequiredbydesign.

    8.3.4 FlexuralMembersofSpecialMomentFrames

    8.3.4.1 Scope
    Requirements of this section shall apply to special moment frame members; (i) resisting earthquake induced
    forces, and (ii) proportioned primarily to resist flexure. These frame members shall also satisfy the following
    conditions:
    (a) Factoredaxialcompressiveforceonframemembershallnotexceed0.1 .
    (b) Clearspanforthemember, shallnotbelessthanfourtimesitseffectivedepth.
    (c) Thewidthtodepthratioshallbeatleast0.3.
    (d) Thewidthshallnotbe(i)lessthan250mmand(ii)morethanthewidthofthesupportingmember
    (measuredonaplaneperpendiculartothelongitudinalaxisoftheflexuralmember)plusdistances
    oneachsideofthesupportingmembernotexceedingthreefourthsofthedepthoftheflexural
    member.
    TheserequirementsareshowninFig.8.3.1.

    8.3.4.2 LongitudinalReinforcement
    (a) Atanysectionofaflexuralmemberandforthetopaswellasforthebottomreinforcement,the
    amountofreinforcementshallbenotlessthan1.4 andthereinforcementratio, shallnot
    exceed0.025(Fig.8.3.2).Atleasttwobarsshallbeprovidedcontinuouslybothtopandbottom.
    (b) Thepositivemomentstrengthatthefaceofthejointshallbenotlessthanonehalfofthenegative
    momentstrengthprovidedatthatfaceasshowninFig.8.3.2.Neitherthenegativenorthepositive
    momentstrengthatanysectionalongthememberlengthshallbelessthanonefourththemaximum
    momentstrengthprovidedatthefaceofeitherjoint.
    (c) Lapsplicesofflexuralreinforcementshallbepermittedonlyifhooporspiralreinforcementis
    providedoverthelaplength.Maximumspacingofthetransversereinforcementenclosingthelapped
    barsshallnotexceed /4nor100mm.Lapsplicesshallnotbeused(i)withinthejoints,(ii)withina
    distanceoftwicethememberdepthfromthefaceofthejoint,and(iii)atlocationswhereanalysis
    indicatesflexuralyieldingcausedbyinelasticlateraldisplacementsoftheframe.Theserequirements
    areshowninFig.8.3.3.
    (d) Weldedsplicesandmechanicalconnectionsconformingto8.2.12.3(a)through8.2.12.3(d)are
    allowedforsplicingprovidednotmorethanalternatebarsineachlayeroflongitudinal
    reinforcementaresplicedatasectionandthecentretocentredistancebetweensplicesofadjacent
    barsis600mmormoremeasuredalongthelongitudinalaxisoftheframemember.Weldedsplices

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 619

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    andmechanicalconnections(Type1)shallnotbeusedwithinadistanceequaltotwicethemember
    depthfromthecolumnorbeamfacesforspecialmomentframesorfromsectionswhereyieldingof
    thereinforcementislikelytooccurasaresultofinelasticlateraldisplacement.

    8.3.4.3 TransverseReinforcement
    (a) Hoopsshallbeprovidedinthefollowingregionsofframemembers:
    i. Atbothendsoftheflexuralmember,overalengthequaltotwicethememberdepth
    measuredfromthefaceofthesupportingmembertowardmidspan(Fig.8.3.4).
    ii. Overlengthsequaltotwicethememberdepth(Fig.8.3.4),onbothsidesofasectionwhere
    flexuralyieldingislikelytooccurinconnectionwithinelasticlateraldisplacementsofthe
    frame.
    (b) Thefirsthoopshallbelocatednotmorethan50mmfromthefaceofthesupportingmember(Fig.
    8.3.4).Maximumspacingofthehoopsshallnotexceed(i) /4,(ii)eighttimesthediameterofthe
    smallestlongitudinalbars,(iii)24timesthediameterofthehoopbars,and(iv)300mm.
    (c) Wherehoopsarerequired,longitudinalbarsontheperimetershallhavelateralsupportconforming
    to8.1.9.4(c),andwherehoopsarenotrequired,stirrupswithseismichooksshallbespacednot
    morethan /2throughoutthelengthofthemember(Fig.8.3.4).
    (d) Hoopsinflexuralmembersareallowedtobemadeupoftwopiecesofreinforcementconsistingofa
    Ustirruphavinghooksnotlessthan135degwith6diameterbutnotlessthan75mmextension
    anchoredintheconfinedcoreandacrosstietomakeaclosedhoop(Fig.8.3.5).Consecutivecross
    tiesengagingthesamelongitudinalbarshallhavetheir90deghooksatoppositesidesoftheflexural
    member.Ifthelongitudinalreinforcingbarssecuredbythecrosstiesareconfinedbyaslabonlyon
    onesideoftheflexuralframemember,the90deghooksofthecrosstiesshallallbeplacedonthat
    side.


    Fig.8.3.1.GeneralrequirementforFlexuralMembersofSpecialMomentFrames

    620 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    8.3.5 SpecialMomentFrameMembersSubjectedtoBendingandAxialLoad

    8.3.5.1 Scope
    Therequirementsofthissectionshallapplytocolumnsandotherframemembersservingtoresistearthquake
    forcesandhavingafactoredaxialforceexceeding0.1 .Theseframemembersshallalsosatisfythefollowing
    conditions:
    (a) Theshortestcrosssectionaldimensionshallnotbelessthan300mm.
    (b) Theratiooftheshortestcrosssectionaldimensiontotheperpendiculardimensionshallnotbeless
    than0.4.
    TheserequirementsareshowninFig.8.3.6.


    Fig.8.3.2FlexuralRequirementsforFlexuralMembersofSpecialMomentFrames


    Fig.8.3.3LapSpliceRequirementsforFlexuralMembersofSpecialMomentFrames

    8.3.5.2 MinimumFlexuralStrengthofColumns

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 621

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (a) Flexuralstrengthofanycolumndesignedtoresistafactoredaxialcompressiveforceexceeding
    0.1 shallsatisfy(b)or(c)below.Lateralstrengthandstiffnessofcolumnsnotsatisfying(b)
    belowshallbeignoredincalculatingthestrengthandstiffnessofthestructurebutshallconformto
    8.3.9.
    (b) Theflexuralstrengthofthecolumnsshallsatisfythefollowingrelation:
    1.2 (8.3.1)
    where
    = sum of moments, at the centre of the joint, corresponding to the design flexural
    strength of the columns framing into that joint. The lowest flexural strength of the columns,
    calculated for the factored axial force, consistent with the direction of the lateral forces
    considered,shallbeused.
    = sum of moments, at the centre of the joint, corresponding to the design flexural
    strengthsofthegirdersframingintothatjoint.
    Flexuralstrengthsshallbesummedsuchthatthecolumnmomentsopposethebeammoments.
    Eq(8.3.1)shallbesatisfiedforbeammomentsactinginbothdirectionsintheverticalplaneof
    theframeconsidered.
    (c) Iftherequirementsof(b)aboveisnotsatisfiedatajoint,columnssupportingreactionsfromthat
    jointshallbeprovidedwithtransversereinforcementasspecifiedin8.3.5.4overtheirentireheight.


    Fig. 8.3.4 Transverse Reinforcement Requirements for Flexural Members of Special Moment
    Frames

    622 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.8.3.5HoopReinforcementRequirementsforFlexuralMembersofSpecialMomentFrames


    Fig.8.3.6GeneralRequirementsforframessubjectedtobendingandaxialload

    8.3.5.3 LongitudinalReinforcement
    (a) Thereinforcementratio, ,shallnotbelessthan0.01andshallnotexceed0.06.
    (b) Lapsplicesarepermittedonlywithinthecentrehalfofthememberlengthandshallbedesignedas
    tension splices. Welded splices and mechanical connections conforming to 8.2.12.3(a) through
    8.2.12.3(d) are allowed for splicing the reinforcement at any section provided not more than
    alternate longitudinal bars are spliced at a section and the distance between splices is 600 mm or
    morealongthelongitudinalaxisofthereinforcement.
    TheseprovisionsareshowninFig.8.3.7.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 623

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    8.3.5.4 TransverseReinforcement
    (a) TransversereinforcementshallbeprovidedasspecifiedbelowandshowninFig.8.3.8andFig.8.3.9
    unlessalargeramountisrequiredby8.3.8.
    i) Thevolumetricratioofspiralorcircularhoopreinforcement, shallnotbelessthanthat
    indicatedbythefollowingequation:
    .
    (8.3.2)

    andshallnotbelessthanthatrequiredbyEq(6.3.6).
    ii) Thetotalcrosssectionalareaofrectangularhoopreinforcementshallnotbelessthanthat
    givenbythefollowingequations:
    0.3 1 (8.3.3)
    .
    (8.3.4)

    iii) Transversereinforcementshallbeprovidedbyeithersingleoroverlappinghoopsorcross
    tiesofthesamebarsizeandspacing.Eachendofthecrosstiesshallengageaperipheral
    longitudinal reinforcing bar. Consecutive cross ties shall be alternated end for end along
    thelongitudinalreinforcement.
    iv) Ifthedesignstrengthofmembercoresatisfiestherequirementsofthespecifiedloading
    combinationsincludingearthquakeeffect,Eq(8.3.3)and(6.3.6)neednotbesatisfied.


    Fig.8.3.7LongitudinalReinforcementRequirements

    (b) Transverse reinforcement shall not be spaced more than onequarter of the minimum member
    dimensionnor100mm.
    (c) Spacingofcrosstiesorlegsofoverlappinghoopsshallnotbemorethan350mmoncentreinthe
    directionperpendiculartothelongitudinalaxisofthemember.

    624 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (d) The volume of transverse reinforcement in amount specified in (a) through (c) above shall be
    provided over a length from each joint face and on both sides of any section where flexural
    yieldingislikelytooccurinconnectionwithinelasticlateraldisplacementsoftheframe.Thelength
    shallnotbelessthan(i)thedepthofthememberatthejointfaceoratthesectionwhereflexural
    yieldingislikelytooccur,(ii)onesixthoftheclearspanofthemember,and(iii)450mm.
    (e) Ifthefactoredaxialforceincolumnssupportingreactionsfromdiscontinuedstiffmembers,suchas
    walls, exceeds 0.1 they shall be provided with transverse reinforcement as specified in (a)
    through (c) above over their full height beneath the level at which the discontinuity occurs.
    Transversereinforcement shall extend into the discontinued member for atleast the development
    lengthofthelargestlongitudinalreinforcementinthecolumninaccordancewith8.3.7.4.Ifthelower
    end of the column terminates on a wall, transverse reinforcement as specified above shall extend
    into the wall for at least the development length of the largest longitudinal reinforcement in the
    column at the point of termination. If the column terminates on a footing or mat, transverse
    reinforcementasspecifiedinaboveshallextendatleast300mmintothefootingormat.
    (f) Wheretransversereinforcementasspecifiedin(a)through(c)above,isnotprovidedthroughoutthe
    full length of the column, the remainder of the column length shall contain spiral or hoop
    reinforcementwithcentretocentrespacingnotexceedingthesmallerof6timesthediameterofthe
    longitudinalcolumnbarsor150mm.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 625

    Part6
    StructuralDesign


    Fig.8.3.8TransverseReinforcementRequirementsRectangularHoop

    626 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.8.3.9TransverseReinforcementRequirementsSpiralHoop

    8.3.6 SpecialStructuralWallsandDiaphragms

    8.3.6.1 Scope
    The requirements of this section apply to structural walls serving as parts of the earthquake force resisting
    systems as well as to diaphragms, struts, ties, chords and collector members which transmit forces induced by
    earthquake.

    8.3.6.2 Reinforcement
    (a) Thereinforcementratio, forstructuralwallsshallnotbelessthan0.0025alongthelongitudinal
    andtransversedirections.Reinforcementspacingeachwayshallnotexceed450mm.Reinforcement
    providedforshearstrengthshallbecontinuousandshallbedistributedacrosstheshearplane.Ifthe
    designshearforcedoesnotexceed0.083 ,theshearreinforcementmayconformto6.6.3.
    (b) Atleasttwolayersofreinforcementshallbeusedinawalliftheinplanefactoredshearforce
    assignedtothewallexceeds0.17 .
    (c) Structuraltrussmembers,struts,ties,andcollectormemberswithcompressivestressesexceeding
    0.2 shallhavespecialtransversereinforcement,asspecifiedin8.3.5.4overthetotallengthofthe
    member.Thespecialtransversereinforcementisallowedtobediscontinuedatasectionwherethe
    calculatedcompressivestressislessthan0.15 .Stressesshallbecalculatedforthefactoredforces
    usingalinearelasticmodelandgrosssectionpropertiesofthemembersconsidered.
    a) Allcontinuousreinforcementinstructuralwalls,diaphragms,trusses,struts,ties,chords,and
    collectormembersshallbeanchoredorsplicedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsforreinforcement
    intensionasspecifiedin8.3.7.4.

    8.3.6.3 BoundaryMembersforStructuralWallsandDiaphragms
    (a) Boundarymembersshallbeprovidedatboundariesandedgesaroundopeningsofstructuralwalls
    anddiaphragmsforwhichthemaximumextremefibrestressexceeds0.2 unlesstheentirewallor
    diaphragmmemberisreinforcedtosatisfy8.3.5.4(a)through8.3.5.4(c).Theboundarymembersmay
    bediscontinuedwherethecalculatedcompressivestressislessthan0.15 .Stressesshallbe
    calculatedforthefactoredforcesusingalinearlyelasticmodelandgrosssectionproperties.
    (b) Whererequired,boundarymembersshallhavetransversereinforcementasspecifiedin8.3.5.4(a)
    through8.3.5.4(c).
    (c) Boundarymembersofstructuralwallsshallbedesignedtocarryallfactoredgravityloadsonthe
    wall,includingtributaryloadsandselfweight,aswellastheverticalforcerequiredtoresist
    overturningmomentcalculatedfromfactoredforcesrelatedtoearthquakeeffect.
    (d) Boundarymembersofstructuraldiaphragmsshallbeproportionedtoresistthesumofthefactored
    axialforceactingintheplaneofthediaphragmandtheforceobtainedfromdividingthefactored
    momentatthesectionbythedistancebetweentheedgesofthediaphragmatthatsection.
    (e) Transversereinforcementinwallswithboundarymembersshallbeanchoredwithintheconfined
    coreoftheboundarymembertodevelopthetensileyieldstress.
    (f) Transversereinforcementterminatingattheedgesofstructuralwallswithoutboundaryelements
    shallhaveastandardhookengagingtheedgereinforcementortheedgereinforcementshallbe

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 627

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    enclosedintheUstirrupshavingthesamesizeandspacingas,andsplicedto,thetransverse
    reinforcement,exceptwhen Vuintheplaneofthewallislessthan0.083 .

    8.3.6.4 ConstructionJoints
    Allconstructionjointsinwallsanddiaphragmsshallconformto5.16.4andcontactsurfacesshallberoughenedas
    specifiedin6.4.5.9.

    8.3.6.5 DiscontinuousWalls
    Columnssupportingdiscontinuouswallsshallbereinforcedinaccordancewith8.3.5.4(e).

    8.3.7 JointsofSpecialMomentFrames

    8.3.7.1 GeneralRequirements
    (a) Forcesinlongitudinalbeamreinforcementatthefacesofjointsofreinforcedconcreteframesshall
    bedeterminedforastressof1.25 inthereinforcement.
    (b) Jointstrengthshallbecalculatedbytheappropriatestrengthreductionfactorsspecifiedin6.2.3.1.
    (c) Beam longitudinal reinforcement terminated in a column shall be extended to the far face of the
    confined column core and anchored in tension according to 8.3.7.4 below and in compression
    accordingtoSec8.2.

    8.3.7.2 TransverseReinforcement
    (a) Asspecifiedin8.3.5.4,transversehoopreinforcementshallbeprovidedwithinthejoint,unlessthe
    jointisconfinedbystructuralmembersasspecifiedin(b)below.
    (b) Withinthedepthoftheshallowestframingmember,transversereinforcementequaltoatleastone
    halftheamountrequiredby8.3.5.4(a)shallbeprovidedwheremembersframeintoallfoursidesof
    the joint and where each member width is at least threefourths the column width. At these
    locations,thespacingspecifiedin8.3.5.4(b)maybeincreasedto150mm.
    (c) As required by 8.3.5.4, transverse reinforcement shall be provided through the joint to provide
    confinementforlongitudinalbeamreinforcementoutsidethecolumncoreifsuchconfinementisnot
    providedbyabeamframingintothejoint.
    TheseprovisionsareshowninFig.8.3.10andFig.8.3.11.


    Fig.8.3.10GeneralRequirementsandTransverseReinforcementRequirementsforJointsnotconfinedbyStructural
    member

    628 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures


    Fig.8.3.11TransverseReinforcementRequirementsforJointsConfinedbyStructuralmember

    8.3.7.3 ShearStrength
    Thenominalshearstrengthforthejointshallbetakennotgreaterthantheforcesspecifiedbelow:
    1.7 forjointsconfinedonallfourfaces
    1.2 forjointsconfinedonthreefacesorontwooppositefaces
    1.0 forothers
    Amemberthatframesintoafaceisconsideredtoprovideconfinementtothejointifatleastthreequartersof
    the face of the joint is covered by the framing member. A joint is considered to be confined if such confining
    membersframeintoallfacesofthejoint.

    8.3.7.4 DevelopmentLengthofBarsinTension
    (a) Thedevelopmentlength, ,forabarwithastandard90ohookshallbenotlessthan(i)8 ,(ii)
    150mm,and(iii)thelengthrequiredbyEq(8.3.5).
    (8.3.5)
    .
    forbarsizes10mm through36mm.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 629

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Forbarsizes10mm through36mm,thedevelopmentlength, ,forastraightbarshallbenot


    lessthan(i)2.5timesthelengthrequiredby(a)above,ifthedepthoftheconcretecastinonelift
    beneaththebardoesnotexceed300mm,and(ii)3.5timesthelengthrequiredby(a)above,ifthe
    depthoftheconcretecastinoneliftbeneaththebarexceeds300mm.
    (c) Straightbarsterminatedatajointshallpassthroughtheconfinedcoreofacolumnorofaboundary
    member.Anyportionofthestraightembedmentlengthnotwithintheconfinedcoreshallbe
    increasedbyafactorof1.6.

    8.3.8 ShearStrengthRequirements

    8.3.8.1 DesignForces
    (a) FrameMembersSubjectedPrimarilytoBending:Thedesignshearforce shallbedeterminedfrom
    considerationofthestaticalforcesontheportionofthememberbetweenfacesofthejoints.Itshall
    beassumedthatmomentsofoppositesigncorrespondingtoprobablestrength actatthejoint
    faces,andthatthememberisloadedwiththefactoredtributarygravityloadalongitsspan.
    (b) FrameMembersSubjectedtoCombinedBendingandAxialLoad:Thedesignshearforce shallbe
    determinedfromconsiderationofthemaximumforcesthatcanbegeneratedatthefacesofthe
    jointsateachendofthemember.Thesejointforcesshallbedeterminedusingthemaximum
    probablemomentstrengths ofthememberassociatedwiththerangeoffactoredaxialloadson
    themember.Themembershearsneednotexceedthosedeterminedfromjointstrengthsbasedon
    theprobablemomentstrength ofthetransversemembersframingintothejoint.Innocase,
    shallbelessthanthefactoredsheardeterminedbytheanalysisofthestructure.
    (c) StructuralWallsandDiaphragms:Thedesignshearforce shallbeobtainedfromthelateralload
    analysisinaccordancewiththefactoredloadsandcombinationsspecifiedinChapter2,loads.

    8.3.8.2 TransverseReinforcementinFrameMembers
    (a) Fordeterminingtherequiredtransversereinforcementinframemembers,thequantity shallbe
    assumedtobezeroifthefactoredaxialcompressiveforceincludingearthquakeeffectsislessthan
    0.05 whentheearthquakeinducedshearforces,calculatedinaccordancewith8.3.8.1(a),
    representsonehalformoreoftotaldesignshear.
    (b) Stirrupsortiesrequiredtoresistshearshallbeclosedhoopsoverlengthsofmembersasspecifiedin
    8.3.4.3,8.3.5.4and8.3.7.2.

    8.3.8.3 ShearStrengthofSpecialStructuralWallsandDiaphragms
    (a) Nominalshearstrengthofstructuralwallsanddiaphragmsshallbedeterminedusingeither(b)or(c)
    below.
    (b) Nominalshearstrength, ofstructuralwallsanddiaphragmsshallbeassumednottoexceedthe
    shearforcecalculatedfrom
    0.17 (8.3.6)
    (c) Forwallsandwallsegmentshavingaratioof lessthan2.0,nominalshearstrengthofwall
    anddiaphragmshallbedeterminedfrom
    (8.3.7)
    wherethecoefficient varieslinearlyfrom0.25for 1.5to0.17for 2.0.
    For 1.5, 0.25.
    (d) Valueofratio usedin(c)abovefordetermining forsegmentsofawallordiaphragmshall
    bethelargeroftheratiosfortheentirewall(diaphragm)andthesegmentofwall(diaphragm)
    considered.
    (e) Wallsanddiaphragmsshallhavedistributedshearreinforcementprovidingresistanceintwo
    orthogonaldirectionsintheplaneofthewall.Iftheratio doesnotexceed2.0,
    reinforcementratio, shallnotbelessthanreinforcementratio .
    (f) Nominalshearstrengthofallwallpierssharingacommonlateralforceshallnotbeassumedto
    exceed0.67 ,where isthetotalcrosssectionalarea,andthenominalshearstrengthof
    anyoneoftheindividualwallpiersshallnotbeassumedtoexceed0.83 where
    representsthecrosssectionalareaofthepierconsidered.

    630 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (g) Nominalshearstrengthofhorizontalwallsegmentsshallbeassumednottoexceed0.83 ,
    where representsthecrosssectionalareaofahorizontalwallsegment.

    8.3.9 OrdinaryMomentFrameMembersnotProportionedtoResistForcesInducedby
    EarthquakeMotion

    8.3.9.1 Inducedmoments
    Frame members assumed not to contribute to lateral resistance shall be detailed according to (a) or (b) below
    depending on the magnitude of moments induced in those members when subjected to twice the lateral
    displacementunderthefactoredlateralforces.
    (a) Memberswithfactoredgravityaxialforcesnotexceeding0.1 shallsatisfy8.3.4.2(a)and
    8.3.8.1(a)andmemberswithfactoredgravityaxialforcesexceeding0.1 shallsatisfy8.3.5.4,
    8.3.7.2(a)and8.3.8.1(b)whentheinducedmomentexceedsthedesignmomentstrengthofthe
    framemember.
    (b) Themembershallsatisfy8.3.4.2(a)whentheinducedmomentdoesnotexceedthedesignmoment
    strengthoftheframemembers.

    8.3.9.2 Tierequirements
    All frame members with factored axial compressive forces exceeding 0.1 shall satisfy the following special
    requirementsunlesstheycomplywith8.3.5.4.
    (a) Tiesshallhavehooksnotlessthan135owithextensionsnotlessthan6tiebardiameteror60mm.
    Crosstiesasdefinedin8.3.2areallowed.
    (b) Themaximumtiespacingshallbe overalength measuredfromthejointface.Thespacing
    shallbenotmorethan(i)eightdiametersofthesmallestlongitudinalbarenclosed,(ii)24tiebar
    diameters,and(iii)onehalftheleastcrosssectionaldimensionofthecolumn.Thelength shallnot
    belessthan(i)onesixthoftheclearheightofthecolumn,(ii)themaximumcrosssectional
    dimensionofthecolumn,and(iii)450mm.
    (c) Thefirsttieshallbewithinadistanceequalto0.5 fromthefaceofthejoint.
    (d) Thetiespacingshallnotexceed2 inanypartofthecolumn.

    8.3.10 RequirementsforIntermediateMomentFrames

    8.3.10.1 Scope
    ForstructuresassignedtoSDCC,structuralframesproportionedtoresistforcesinducedbyearthquakemotions
    shallsatisfytherequirementsof8.3.10inadditiontothoseofChapter6.

    8.3.10.2 ReinforcementRequirements
    Reinforcementdetailsinaframemembershallsatisfy8.3.10.4belowifthefactoredcompressiveaxialloadfor
    the member does not exceed 0.1 . If the factored compressive axial load is larger, frame reinforcement
    detailsshallsatisfy8.3.10.5belowunlessthememberhasspiralreinforcementaccordingtoEq(6.3.6).Ifatwo
    wayslabsystemwithoutbeamsistreatedaspartofaframeresistingearthquakeeffect,reinforcementdetailsin
    anyspanresistingmomentscausedbylateralforceshallsatisfy8.3.10.6below.

    8.3.10.3 Shearrequirements
    Design shear strength of beams, columns, and twoway slabs resisting earthquake effect shall not be less than
    either (a) the sum of the shear associated with development of nominal moment strengths of the member at
    each restrained end of the clear span and the shear calculated for factored gravity loads, or (b) the maximum
    shearobtainedfromdesignloadcombinationswhichincludeearthquakeeffect.

    8.3.10.4 Beams
    (a) Thepositivemomentstrengthatthefaceofthejointshallnotbelessthanonethirdthenegative
    momentstrengthprovidedatthatface(Fig.8.3.12).Neitherthenegativenorpositivemoment
    strengthatanysectionalongthelengthofthemembershallbelessthanonefifthofthemaximum
    momentstrengthprovidedatthefaceofeitherjoint.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 631

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (b) Atbothendsofthemember,stirrupsshallbeprovidedoverlengthsequaltotwicethemember
    depthmeasuredfromthefaceofthesupportingmembertowardmidspan(Fig.8.3.13).Thefirst
    stirrupshallbelocatednotmorethan50mmfromthefaceofthesupportingmember.Maximum
    stirrupspacingshallnotexceed(a) /4,(b)8timesthediameterofthesmallestlongitudinalbar
    enclosed,(c)24timesthediameterofthestirrupbar,and(d)300mm.
    (c) Stirrupsshallbeplacedatnotmorethan /2throughoutthelengthofthemember.


    Fig.8.3.12FlexuralRequirementsforBeams


    Fig.8.3.13TransversereinforcementRequirementsforBeams

    8.3.10.5 Columns
    (a) Maximumtiespacingshallnotexceed sooveralength measuredfromthejointface.The
    spacing soshallnotexceed(i)8timesthediameterofthesmallestlongitudinalbarenclosed,(ii)24
    timesthediameterofthetiebar,(iii)onehalfofthesmallestcrosssectionaldimensionoftheframe
    member,and(iv)300mm.Thelength shallnotbelessthan(i)onesixthoftheclearspanofthe
    member,(ii)maximumcrosssectionaldimensionofthemember,and(iii)450mm.
    (b) Thefirsttieshallbelocatednotmorethan /2fromthejointface.
    (c) Jointreinforcementshallconformto6.4.9.

    632 Vol.2
    Chapter1
    UltimateStrengthDesignofReinforcedConcreteStructures

    (d) Tiespacingshallnotexceed2 throughoutthelengthofthemember.


    TheserequirementsareshowninFig.8.3.14.


    Fig.8.3.14TransverseReinforcementRequirementsforColumns

    8.3.10.6 TwowaySlabswithoutBeams
    (a) Thefactoredslabmomentatthesupportsrelatingtoearthquakeeffectshallbedeterminedforload
    combinationsspecifiedinChapter2,Loads.Allreinforcementprovidedtoresisttheportionofslab
    momentbalancedbysupportmomentshallbeplacedwithinthecolumnstripdefinedin6.5.2.1
    (Fig.8.3.15).
    (b) Thefractionalpartofthecolumnstripmomentshallberesistedbyreinforcementplacedwithinthe
    effectivewidth(Fig.8.3.15)specifiedin6.5.5.3.2.
    (c) Notlessthanonehalfofthetotalreinforcementinthecolumnstripatthesupportshallbeplaced
    withintheeffectiveslabwidth(Fig.8.3.15)specifiedin6.5.5.3.2.
    (d) Notlessthanonequarterofthetopsteelatthesupportinthecolumnstripshallbecontinuous
    throughoutthespan(Fig.8.3.16).
    (e) Continuousbottomreinforcementinthecolumnstripshallbenotlessthanonethirdofthetop
    reinforcementatthesupportinthecolumnstrip.
    (f) Notlessthanonehalfofallbottomreinforcementatmidspanshallbecontinuousandshalldevelop
    itsyieldstrengthatthefaceofsupport(Fig.8.3.17).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 633

    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (g) Atdiscontinuousedgesoftheslaballtopandbottomreinforcementatthesupportshallbe
    developedatthefaceofthesupport(Fig.8.3.16andFig.8.3.17).


    Fig.8.3.15ReinforcementDetailsatSupportofTwowaySlabswithoutbeams


    Fig.8.3.16ReinforcementDetailsinTwowaySlabswithoutbeams:ColumnStrip


    Fig.8.3.17ReinforcementDetailsinTwowaySlabswithoutbeams:MiddleStrip

    634 Vol.2
    Chapter 9
    PRESTRESSEDCONCRETESTRUCTURES

    PartADesign
    9.1 Scope

    9.1.1 Provisionsofthischaptershallapplytomembersprestressedwithwires,strands,orbarsconformingto
    thespecificationsofprestressingtendonsgiveninArticle9.5.1.3.

    9.1.2 Allprovisionsofthiscodenotspecificallyexcluded,andnotinconflictwithprovisionsofthisChapter9,
    shallapplytoprestressedconcrete.

    9.2 Definitions
    ACTION: Mechanical force or environmental effect to which the structure (or structural component) is
    subjected.
    AERODYNAMIC SHAPE FACTOR: Factor to account for the effect of geometry of structure on the surface
    pressureduetowind.
    ANALYSIS (ASSESSMENT): Acceptable methods of evaluating the performance indices or verifying the
    complianceofspecificcriteria.
    ANCHORAGE: In posttensioning, a mechanical device used to anchor the tendon to the concrete; in
    pretensioning,adeviceusedtoanchorthetendonuntiltheconcretehasreachedapredeterminedstrength,
    andtheprestressingforcehasbeentransferredtotheconcrete;forreinforcingbars,alengthofreinforcement,
    oramechanicalanchororhook,orcombinationthereofattheendofabarneededtotransfertheforcecarried
    bythebarintotheconcrete.
    ANCHORAGE BLISTER: A buildup area on the web, flange, or flangeweb junction for the incorporation of
    tendonanchoragefittings.
    ANCHORAGE ZONE: The portion of the structure in which the prestressing force is transferred from the
    anchoragedeviceontothelocalzoneoftheconcrete,andthendistributedmorewidelyinthegeneralzoneof
    thestructure.
    ATJACKING:Atthetimeoftensioningtheprestressingtendons.
    ATLOADING:Thematurityoftheconcretewhenloadsareapplied.Suchloadsincludeprestressingforcesand
    permanentloadsbutgenerallynotliveloads.
    ATTRANSFER:Immediatelyafterthetransferofprestressingforcetotheconcrete.
    AUTOGENEOUS SHRINKAGE: Volume decrease due to loss of water in the hydration process causing negative
    porepressureinconcrete.
    BIOLOGICAL DEGRADATION: The physical or chemical degradation of concrete due to the effect of organic
    matterssuchasbacteria,lichens,fungi,moss,etc.
    BLEEDING: Segregation between water and the other ingredients in concrete causing water to rise up to the
    surfaceofthefreshlyplacedconcrete.
    BONDEDMEMBER:Aprestressedconcretememberinwhichtendonsarebondedtotheconcreteeitherdirectly
    orthroughgrouting.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6449
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    BONDED POSTTENSIONING: Posttensioned construction in which the annular space around the tendons is
    groutedafterstressing,therebybondingthetendontotheconcretesection.
    BONDEDTENDON:Prestressingtendonthatisbondedtoconcreteeitherdirectlyorthroughgrouting.
    BURSTING FORCE: Tensile forces in the concrete in the vicinity of the transfer or anchorage of prestressing
    forces.
    CARBONATION:Actioncausedbychemicalreactionbetweencalciumhydroxideinconcreteandcarbondioxide
    intheenvironment,resultinginadensersurfaceforthecarbonatedconcreteandreductionofalkalinityinthe
    carbonatedportion.
    CASTINPLACECONCRETE:Concreteplacedinitsfinalpositioninthestructurewhilestillinaplasticstate.
    CHARACTERISTICSTRENGTH:Unlessotherwisestatedinthiscode,thecharacteristicstrengthofmaterialrefers
    tothevalueofthestrengthbelowwhichnoneofthetestresultsshouldfallbelowbymorethan15%or3.5MPa
    for35MPaconcrete,and10%or3.5MPafor35Mpaconcrete,whicheverislarger.
    CHEMICAL ADMIXTUREs: Admixtures which are usually used in small quantities typically in the form of liquid
    andcanbeaddedtotheconcretebothatthetimeofmixingandbeforeplacingtoimprovevariousconcrete
    propertiessuchasworkability,aircontentanddurability,etc.
    CLOSELY SPACED ANCHORAGES: Anchorage devices are defined as closely spaced if their centre to centre
    spacingdoesnotexceed1.5timesthewidthoftheanchoragedevicesinthedirectionconsidered.
    CLOSURE: A placement of castinplace concrete used to connect two or more previously cast portions of a
    structure.
    COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION: Concrete components or concrete and steel components interconnected to
    respondtoforceeffectsasaunit.
    COMPRESSIONCONTROLLED SECTION: A crosssection in which the net tensile strain in the extreme tension
    steelatnominalresistanceislessthanorequaltothecompressioncontrolledstrainlimit.
    COMPRESSIONCONTROLLEDSTRAINLIMIT:Thenettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteelatbalancedstrain
    conditions.
    CONCRETECOVER:Thespecifiedminimumdistancebetweenthesurfaceofthereinforcingbars,strands,post
    tensioningducts,anchorages,orotherembeddeditems,andthesurfaceoftheconcrete.
    CONFINEMENT: A condition where the disintegration of the concrete under compression is prevented by the
    developmentoflateraland/orcircumferentialforcessuchasmaybeprovidedbyappropriatereinforcingsteel
    orcompositetubes,orsimilardevices.
    CONFINEMENT ANCHORAGE: Anchorage for a posttensioning tendon that functions on the basis of
    containmentoftheconcreteintheanchoragezonebyspecialreinforcement.
    CREEP:Timedependentdeformationofconcreteunderpermanentload.
    CREEPCOEFFICIENT:Theratioofcreepstraintoelasticstraininconcrete.
    CREEPINCONCRETE:Increaseinstrainwithtimeinconcretesubjectedtosustainedstress.
    CURVATUREFRICTION:Frictionresultingfrombendsorcurvesinthespecifiedprestressingtendstageatwhich
    thecompressivestressesonprofile.
    DAMAGECONTROL:Ameanstoensurethatthelimitstaterequirementismetforrestorabilityorrepairability
    ofastructure.
    DECOMPRESSION:Thestageatwhichthecompressivestresses,inducedprestress,areovercomebythetensile
    stresses.
    DEEPCOMPONENT:componentsinwhichthedistancefromthepointof0.0sheartothefaceofthesupportis
    lessthan2dorcomponentsinwhichaloadcausingmorethanonethirdoftheshearatasupportiscloserthan
    2dfromthefaceofthesupport.
    DEFORMABILITY:Atermexpressingtheabilityofconcretetodeform.
    DEGREEOFDETERIORATION:Theextenttowhichtheperformanceofastructureisdegradedortheextentto
    which the deterioration has progressed from the time of construction, as a result of its exposure to the
    environment.
    DESIGN LIFE: Assumed period for which the structure is to be used satisfactorily for its intended purpose or
    functionwithanticipatedmaintenancebutwithoutsubstantialrepairbeingnecessary.

    6450 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    DETERIRATIONFACTOR:Thefactoraffectingthedeteriorationprocess.
    DETERIRATIONINDEX:Anindexselectedforestimatingandevaluatingtheextentofthedeteriorationprocess.
    DETERIORATIONPREDICTION:Prediction of the future rateofdeterioration of a structurebased on resultsof
    inspectionandrelevantrecordsmadeduringthedesignandconstructionstages.
    DEVIATION SADDLE: A concrete block buildout in web, flange, or webflange junction used to control the
    geometryofortoprovideameansforchangingdirectionof,externaltendons.
    DRYING SHRINKAGE: Volume decrease due to loss of moisture from concrete in the hardened state which is
    usuallyseriousinhotanddryenvironment.
    DURABILITYDESIGN:Designtoensurethatthestructurecanmaintainitsrequiredfunctionsduringservicelife
    underenvironmentalactions.
    DURABILITYGRADE:Theextentofdurabilitytowhichthestructureshallbemaintainedinordertosatisfythe
    requiredperformanceduringitsdesignlife.Thisaffectsthedegreeandfrequencyoftheremedialactionstobe
    carriedoutduringthatlife.
    DURABILITYLIMITSTATE:Themaximumdegreeofdeteriorationallowedforthestructureduringitsdesignlife.
    DURABILITYPREDICTION:Predictionofthefuturedegreeofdeteriorationofthestructurebasedondatausedin
    itsdesign.
    DYNAMICAPPROACH:Anapproachbasedondynamicanalysistoassesstheoverallforcesonastructureliable
    tohavearesonantresponsetowindaction.
    DYNAMICRESPONSEFACTOR:Factortoaccountfortheeffectsofcorrelationandresonantresponse.
    EARLYAGESTATE:Thestateofconcretefromfinalsettinguntiltheachievementoftherequiredcharacteristic
    strength.
    EFFECTIVEPRESTRESS:Stressremaininginprestressingtendonsafteralllosseshaveoccurred,excludingeffects
    ofdeadloadandsuperimposedload.
    ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIONS: An assembly of physical, chemical or biological influences which may cause
    deterioration to the materials making up the structure, which in turn may adversely affect its serviceability,
    restorabilityandsafety.
    FATIGUE LOADS: Repetitive loads causing fatigue in the material which reduces its strength, stiffness and
    deformability.
    FINALPRESTRESS:Stresswhichexistsaftersubstantiallyalllosseshaveoccurred.
    FINALTENSION:Thetensioninthesteelcorrespondingtothestateofthefinalprestress.
    FORMWORK: Total system of support for freshly placed concrete including the mould or sheathing, all
    supportingmembers,hardwareandnecessarybracings.
    FRESHSTATEOFCONCRETE:Thestateofconcreteaftermixinguntilthecompletionofplacing.
    FUNCTION:Thetaskwhichastructureisrequiredtoperform.
    GENERALZONE:Regionadjacenttoaposttensionedanchoragewithinwhichtheprestressingforcespreadsout
    toanessentiallylinearstressdistributionoverthecrosssectionofthecomponent.
    GROUT:Amixtureofcementitiousmaterialandwaterwithorwithoutadmixtures.
    HARDENEDSTATEOFCONCRETE:Thestateofconcreteafterachievingtherequiredstrength.
    IMPORTANCE: rank assigned to a structure according to the likely overall impact caused by its failure, due to
    deterioration,tosatisfactorilyperformitsfunctionsasdeterminedatthetimeofdesign.
    INITIALPRESTRESS:Theprestressintheconcreteattransfer.
    INITIALTENSION:Themaximumstressinducedintheprestressingtendonatthetimeofstressingoperation.
    IRREGULAR STRUCTURES: Structures having unusual shapes such as open structures, structures with large
    overhangsorotherprojections,andanybuildingwithacomplexshape.
    JACKINGFORCE:Temporaryforceexertedbydevicethatintroducestensionintoprestressingtendons.
    LIMITSTATE:Acriticalstatespecifiedusingaperformanceindex,beyondwhichthestructurenolongersatisfies
    thedesignperformancerequirements.
    LIMITSOFDISPLACEMENT:Allowabledeformationofstructureintermsofsuchparametersasinterstoreydrift
    andrelativehorizontaldisplacement,tocontrolexcessivedeflection,crackingandvibration.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6451
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Longterm performance index: Index defining the remaining capacity of a structure in performing its design
    functionsduringthedesignlife.
    LOCAL ZONE: The volume of concrete that surrounds and is immediately ahead of the anchorage device and
    thatissubjectedtohighcompressivestresses.
    MAINTENANCE: A set of activities taken to ensure that the structure continues to perform its functions
    satisfactorilyduringthedesignlife.
    MECHANICALFORCES:Anassemblyofconcentratedordistributedforcesactingonastructure,ordeformations
    imposedonit.
    MODEL: Mathematical description or experimental setup simulating the actions, material properties and
    behaviorofastructure.
    MONITORING:Continuousrecordingofdatapertainingtodeteriorationand/orperformanceofstructureusing
    appropriateequipment.
    NOMINALSTRENGTHOFMATERIAL:Thecharacteristicvaluesofthestrengthofmaterialsusedforcalculation,in
    absenceoftheavailablestatisticaldata.
    NORMALCONCRETE:Concretewhichiscommonlyusedinconstruction;itdoesnotincludespecialconstituent
    materials other than Portland cement, water, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and common mineral and
    chemicaladmixtures;itdoesnotrequireanyspecialpracticeforitsmanufacturingandhandling.
    OVERALLPERFORMANCEINDEX:Indexindicatingtheoverallperformanceofthestructure.
    specialpracticeforitsmanufacturingandhandling.
    PARTIALPERFORMANCEINDEX:Indexindicatingapartialperformanceofthestructure.
    PARTIALSAFETYFACTORFORMATERIAL:Foranalysispurposes,thedesignstrengthofamaterialisdetermined
    asthecharacteristicstrengthdividedbyapartialsafetyfactor.
    PERFORMANCE:Ability(orefficiency)ofastructuretoperformitsdesignfunctions.
    PERFORMANCEINDEX:Indexindicatingstructuralperformancequantitatively.
    PERMANENTACTIONS:Selfweightsofstructuresinclusiveofpermanentattachments,fixturesandfittings.
    PLASTIC SHRINKAGE: Shrinkage arising from loss of water from the exposed surface of concrete during the
    plasticstate,leadingtocrackingattheexposedsurface.
    PLSTICSTATE:Thestateofconcretefromjustafterplacinguntilthefinalsettingofconcrete.
    POSTTENSIONING:Methodofprestressinginwhichtendonsaretensionedafterconcretehashardened.
    PRESTRESSED CONCRETE : Reinforced concrete in which internal stresses have been introduced to reduce
    potentialtensilestressesinconcreteresultingfromloads.
    PRETENSIONING:Methodofprestressinginwhichtendonsaretensionedbeforeconcreteisplaced.
    SHRINKAGELOSS:Thelossofstressintheprestressingsteelresultingfromtheshrinkageofconcrete.
    RELIABILITY:Abilityofastructuretofulfillspecifiedrequirementsduringitsdesignlife.
    REMAINING SERVICE LIFE: Period from the point of inspection to the time when the structure is no longer
    useable,ordoesnotsatisfactorilyperformthefunctionsdeterminedatthetimeofdesign.
    REMEDIAL ACTION: Maintenance action carried out with the objective of arresting or slowing down the
    deteriorationprocess,restoringorimprovingtheperformanceofastructure,orreducingthedangerofdamage
    orinjurytotheusersoranythirdparty.
    REPAIR:Remedialactiontakenwiththeobjectiveofarrestingorslowingdownthedeteriorationofastructure,
    orreducingthepossibilityofdamagetotheusersorthirdparty.
    RESTORABILTY (OR REPAIRABILIY): Ability of a structure to be repaired physically and economically when
    damagedundertheeffectsofconsideredactions.
    ROBUSTNESS (OR STRUCTURAL INSENSITIVITY): Ability of a structure to withstand damage by events like fire,
    explosion,impact,instabilityorconsequencesofhumanerrors.
    SAFETY:Abilityofastructuretoensurethatnoharmwouldcometotheusersandtopeopleinthevicinityof
    thestructureunderanyaction.
    SEGREGATION:Separationofoneormoreconstituentmaterialsfromtherestoftheconcrete,suchasbleeding,
    aggregateblocking,etc.

    6452 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    SERVICELIFE:Thelengthoftimefromthecompletionofastructureuntilthetimewhenitisnolongerusable
    becauseofitsfailuretoadequatelyperformitsdesignfunctions.
    SERVICEABILITY:Abilityofastructuretoprovideadequateservicesorfunctionalityinuseundertheeffectsof
    consideredactions.
    SETTLEMENTOFCONCRETE:Sinkingoftheconcretesurfaceafterplacingduetobleedingand/orescapingofthe
    entrappedandentrainedairintheconcrete.
    SPECIAL CONCRETE: Concrete other than normal concrete including light weight concrete, roller compacted
    concrete,selfcompactingconcrete,fiberreinforcedconcrete,antiwashoutunderwaterconcrete,etc.
    STIFFANDFLEXIBLESTRUCURES:Stiffstructuresrefertothosethatarenotsensitivetodynamiceffectsofwind,
    whileflexibleonesarethosethataresensitivetosucheffects.
    STRENGTHENING: Remedial action applied to a structure with the objective of restoring or improving its load
    bearingcapacitytoalevelwhichisequalto,orhigherthan,theoriginaldesignlevel.
    STRESS AT TRANSFER : The stress in both the prestressing tendon and the concrete at the stage when the
    prestressingtendonisreleasedfromtheprestressingmechanism.
    SURFACE FINISHING: Action, such as troweling, applied to the exposed portion of concrete to obtain a neat
    surface.
    TEMPERATURECRACKING:Crackingcausedbythermalstresswhicharisesfromdifferentialtemperaturesinthe
    concretemass.
    TENDON:Steelelementsuchaswire,cable,bar,rod,orstrand,orabundleofsuchelements,usedtoimpart
    prestresstoconcrete.
    THRESHOLDLEVELOFPERFORMANCE:Minimumacceptablelevelofperformanceofastructure.
    TRANSFER: Act of transferring stress in prestressing tendons from jacks or pretensioning bed to concrete
    member.
    TRIBUTARYAREA:Areaofbuildingsurfacecontributingtotheforcebeingconsidered,duetowindactions,and
    projectedonaverticalplanenormaltothewinddirection.
    TRANSMISSION LENGTH : The distance required at the end of a pretensioned tendon for developing the
    maximumtendonstressbybond.
    ULTIMATELIMITSTATE:Limitstateforsafety.
    VARIABLE ACTION: Action due to a moving object on the structure as well as any load whose intensity is
    variable,includingtrafficload,waveload,waterpressure,andloadinducedbytemperaturevariation.
    WOBBLE FRICTION: Friction caused by unintended deviation of prestressing sheath or duct from its specified
    profile.
    WORKABILITY:Thetermexpressingtheeasewithwhichconcretecanbeplaced,compactedandfilled.

    9.3 Notations

    a = depthofequivalentrectangularstressblock,mm
    A = areaofthepartofcrosssectionbetweenflexuraltensionfaceandcentre
    ofgravityofgrosssection,mm2
    2
    Aps = areaofprestressedreinforcementintensionzone,mm
    2
    As = areaofnonprestressedtensionreinforcement,mm
    2
    A's = areaofcompressionreinforcement,mm
    b = widthofcompressionfaceofmember,mm
    d = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of nonprestressed
    tensionreinforcement,mm
    d = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of compression
    reinforcement,mm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6453
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    db = nominaldiameterofbar,wire,orprestressingstrand,mm
    dp = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of prestressed
    reinforcement,mm
    D = deadloads,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces
    e = baseofNapierianlogarithm
    f c
    2
    = specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete,N/mm
    f ci
    2
    = compressivestrengthofconcreteattransferofprestress,N/mm
    fd = stress due to unfactored dead load, at extreme fiber of section where
    tensilestressiscausedbyexternallyappliedloads,N/mm2
    fpe = compressivestressinconcreteduetoeffectiveprestressforcesonly(after
    allowanceforallprestresslosses)atextremefiberofsectionwheretensile
    stressiscausedbyexternallyappliedloads,N/mm2
    fpc = averagecompressivestressinconcreteduetoeffectiveprestressforceonly
    (afterallowanceforallprestresslosses),N/mm2
    fps = stressinprestressedreinforcementatnominalstrength,N/mm2
    fpu = specifiedtensilestrengthofprestressingtendons,N/mm2
    fpy = specifiedyieldstrengthofprestressingtendons,N/mm2
    fr = modulusofruptureofconcrete,N/mm2

    fse = effective stress in prestressed reinforcement (after allowance for all


    prestress
    fy = specifiedyieldstrengthofnonprestressedreinforcement,N/mm2
    h = overallthicknessofmember,mm
    hf = overallthicknessofflangeofflangedsection,mm
    I = moment of inertia of crosssection resisting externally applied factored
    loads,mm4
    k = wobblefrictioncoefficientpermeterofprestressingtendon
    l = length of span of twoway flat plates in direction parallel to that of the
    reinforcementbeingdetermined,mm
    lx = length of prestressing tendon element from jacking end to any point x,
    metre
    L = liveloads,orrelatedinternalmomentsandforces
    Mcr = momentcausingflexuralcrackingatsectionduetoexternallyappliedloads,
    kNm
    Mmax = maximum factored moment at section due to externally applied loads,
    kNm
    Mu = factoredmomentatsection,kNm
    Nc = tensileforceinconcreteduetounfactoreddeadloadplusliveload(D+L),
    kN
    Pj = prestressingtendonforceatjackingend,kN

    6454 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    PIP = Inherentorpossessedperformanceindex
    PIR = Inherentorpossessedperformanceindex
    Px = prestressingtendonforceatanypointx
    s = spacing of shear or torsion reinforcement in direction parallel to
    longitudinalreinforcement,mm
    Vc = nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyconcrete,kN
    Vci = nominal shear strength provided by concrete when diagonal cracking
    resultsfromcombinedshearandmoment,kN
    Vcw = nominal shear strength provided by concrete when diagonal cracking
    resultsfromexcessiveprincipaltensilestressinweb,kN
    Vd = shearforceatsectionduetounfactoreddeadload,kN
    Vi = factored shear force at section due to externally applied loads occurring
    simultaneouslywithMmax,kN
    Vn = nominalshearstrength,kN
    Vp = verticalcomponentofeffectiveprestressforceatsection,kN
    Vs = nominalshearstrengthprovidedbyshearreinforcement,kN
    Vu = factoredshearforceatsection,kN
    x = shorteroveralldimensionofrectangularpartofcrosssection
    = totalangularchangeofprestressingtendonprofileinradiansfromtendon
    jackingendtoanypointx
    y = longeroveralldimensionofrectangularpartofcrosssection
    yt = distancefromcentroidalaxisofgrosssection,neglectingreinforcement,to
    extremefibreintension
    1 = factordefinedinSec9.5.5(c)
    p = factorfortypeofprestressingtendon
    = 0.55for f py f pu notlessthan0.80

    = 0.40for f py f pu notlessthan0.85

    = f py f pu
    0.28for notlessthan0.90
    = curvaturefrictioncoefficient
    = ratioofnonprestressedtensionreinforcement= As bd
    = ratioofcompressionreinforcement= As bd
    p = ratioofprestressedreinforcement= A ps bd p
    = strengthreductionfactor
    = f y f c

    = f y f c
    p = p f ps f c

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6455
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    w , pw , w = reinforcement indices for flanged sections computed for w, wp, and w'
    except that b shall be the web width, and reinforcement area shall be
    thatrequiredtodevelopcompressivestrengthofwebonly.
    For other symbols and units of quantities, reference shall be made to
    Chapter6.

    9.4 Analysisanddesign

    9.4.1 Requirement

    9.4.1.1 General
    (a) Prestressed members shall be designed for adequate strength in accordance with the
    provisionsofthischapter.
    (b) Unless specifically excluded or superseded by the provisions of this chapter, all other
    relevantprovisionsofthiscodeshallapplytoprestressedconcrete.
    (c) Designofprestressedmembersshallbebasedonstrengthandonthebehavioratservice
    conditions at all critical load stages during the life of the structure from the time of
    prestressisfirstapplied.
    (d) Stressconcentrationsduetoprestressingshallbeconsideredindesign.
    (e) Provisions shall be made for effects on adjoining construction of elastic and plastic
    deformations, deflections,changes inlengthand rotationsdue to prestressing.Effects of
    temperatureandshrinkageshallalsobeconsidered.
    (f) Thepossibilityofbucklinginamemberbetweenpointswherethereisintermittentcontact
    between prestressing steel and an oversized duct and buckling in thin webs and flanges
    shallbeconsidered.
    (g) Incomputingsectionpropertiesbeforebondingofprestressingsteel,effectoflossofarea
    duetoopenductsshallbeconsidered.
    (h) Thermalgradientanddifferentialshrinkageshallbeconsideredincompositeconstruction
    usingprestressedconcretemembers.
    (i) Inevaluatingtheslendernesseffectsduringliftingofslenderbeams,considerationshallbe
    given to beam geometry, location of lifting points, method of lifting and tolerances in
    construction.Allbeamswhichareliftedonverticalorinclinedslingsshallbecheckedfor
    lateralstabilityandlateralmomentonaccountoftiltingofbeam.Referencemaybemade
    tospecialistliteratureinthisregard.

    9.4.1.2 DesignAssumptions
    (a) Strength design of prestressed members for flexure and axial loads shall be based on
    assumptions given in Sec 9.4.1.2 b. to g. and shall satisfy the applicable conditions of
    equilibriumandcompatibilityofstrains.
    (b) Strainsinsteelandconcreteshallbeassumedtobedirectlyproportionaltothedistance
    fromtheneutralaxisexceptforDeepBeams.
    (c) Stressinnonprestressedreinforcement(ifused)belowfy,shallbetakenasEstimessteel
    strain. For strains greater than that corresponding to fy, stress in reinforcement shall be
    consideredindependentofstrainandequaltofy.
    (d) Maximum usable strain at extreme concrete compression fiber shall be assumed to be
    0.003.
    (e) The relationship between concrete compressive stress distribution and concrete strain
    shallbeassumedtoberectangular,trapezoidal,parabolic,oranyothershapethatresults
    inpredictionofstrengthinsubstantialagreementwithresultsofcomprehensivetests

    6456 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    (f) Requirements of 9.4.1.2e. are satisfied by an equivalent rectangular concrete stress


    distributiondefinedbythefollowing:
    i) Concrete stress of 0.85fc shall be assumed uniformly distributed over an
    equivalentcompressionzoneboundedbyedgesofthecrosssectionandastraight
    linelocatedparalleltotheneutralaxis at a distance a = 1c from the fiber of
    maximumcompressivestrain.
    ii) Distance from the fiber of maximum strain to the neutral axis, c, measured in a
    directionperpendiculartotheneutralaxis.
    iii) Forfc'between17.5and28MPa,1shallbetakenas0.85.Forfc'above28MPa,
    1shallbereducedlinearlyatarateof0.05foreach7MPaofstrengthinexcess
    of28MPa,but1shallnotbetakenlessthan0.65.
    (g) Forinvestigationofstressesattransferofprestress,atserviceloads,andatcrackingloads,
    elastictheoryshallbeusedwiththefollowingassumptions:
    i) Strainsvarylinearlywithdepththroughtheentireloadrange.
    ii) Atcrackedsections,concreteresistsnotension.

    9.4.1.3 Classificationofprestressedconcretemembers
    PrestressedconcreteflexuralmembersshallbeclassifiedasClassU(uncracked),ClassT(transition)andClassC
    (cracked)basedonextremefiberstressintensionintheprecompressedtensilezoneasfollows:
    (a) ClassU:Permissibleflexuraltensilestresses f t 0.62 f c
    (b) ClassT: 0.62 f c f t 1.0 f c
    (c) ClassC: f t >1.0 f c
    (d) d. Prestressedtwowayslabsystemsshallbedesignedas f t 0 . 50 f c

    9.4.1.4 Shapesofbeamsandgirders
    Forprestressedconcretenoncompositebeams/girders,thefrequentlyusedshapesare:
    (a) SymmetricalIsection,(b)UnsymmetricalIsection,(c)Tsection,
    (d)InvertedTsection,(e)Boxsection,(f)solidrectangularsection.
    Commentary:
    The suitability of selecting a particularshape will depend on the specific design requirementand
    economyofconstruction.Ingeneral,toachieveeconomyinsteelandconcrete,itisbesttoputthe
    concreteneartheextremefibersofthecompressionflange.Tosuitthiscondition,Isectionisthe
    mostnaturalchoice.TheinvertedTsectionmayonlybeselectedforcompositeconstructionwhen
    tensionflangeisprecastandthecompressionflangeispouredinplace.
    Inchoosingbeam/girdershapes,dueconsiderationshouldbegiventothesimplicityofformwork.
    Whenformworkistobeusedonce,itmayconstitutethemajorcostofbeam/girder.Anyirregular
    shape of beam/girder is generally unjustifiable on this ground. Rectangular solid sections are an
    obvious choice for flat slabs for floor and roof. Precast Tee or double Tee sections with a light
    concretetappingmaybemoreeconomicalchoiceforfloorconstructionofmultistoriedresidential,
    commercialandfactorybuildingswithmoderatecolumnspacing.

    9.4.2 Materialpropertiesfordesign

    9.4.2.1 Concrete
    (a) Class
    TheClassofconcreteisdefinedbythecharacteristicstrengthofconcreteincylinderat28days,
    f'c. For example, Class 10 concrete indicates concrete with fc' = 10 N/mm2. The classes of
    concretecommonlyusedare:Class10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45and50,althoughconcretein
    betweentheseclassesmayalsobeused.
    (b) Modulusofelasticity,Ec

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6457
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Modulus of elasticity, Ec for concrete shall be permitted to be taken as wc1.50.043(fc')0.5 (in


    N/mm2)forvaluesofwcbetween1440and2560kg/m3.Fornormalweightconcrete,Ecmaybe
    permittedtobetakenas4700(fc')0.5.

    9.4.2.2 Reinforcingsteel
    a. Modulusofelasticity,Es
    Whereitisnotpossibletoascertainthemodulusofelasticityofreinforcing steel by test and
    fromthemanufacturerofsteel,themodulusofelasticityof reinforcing steel may be permitted
    tobetakenasEs=200,000N/mm2.

    9.4.2.3 Prestressingsteel
    (a) Modulusofelasticity,Es
    Whereitisnotpossibletoascertainthemodulusofelasticityofreinforcingandprestressing steel
    bytestandfromthemanufacturerofsteel,thevaluesofEs giveninTable9.4.1maybeused:

    Table9.4.1 Modulusofelasticityofprestressingsteelandcolddrawnwire

    Typeofsteel Modulusofelasticity,Es
    (kN/mm2)
    Plain/indentedcolddrawnwire 200
    Hightensilesteelbarsrolledorheattreated 205
    Strands 195

    9.4.3 Nominalstrengthsofbondedreinforcementandofconcreteattransfer

    9.4.3.1 Bondedreinforcement
    (a) Tensilestressatnominalstrengthofbondedreinforcementislimitedtofyfornonprestressed
    reinforcementandtofpyforprestressedreinforcement.Tensilestressatnominalstrengthof
    unbondedprestressedreinforcementforresistingtensileforcesintheanchoragezoneshallbe
    limitedtofps=fse+70.
    (b) Exceptforconcreteconfinedwithinspiralsorhoopsprovidingconfinementequivalenttothat
    correspondingtoEq.(9.4.31),compressivestrengthinconcreteinthegeneralzoneshallbe
    limitedto0.7fci.
    Commentary:
    Eq.(9.4.31)isgivenbelow.
    Ag fc '
    s = 0.45( 1)
    Ach f yt
    (9.4.31)
    wherethevalueof f yt usedinEq.(9.4.31)shallnotexceed700N/mm2.For f yt greaterthan
    420N/mm2normallapsplicesasshowninChapter6shallnotbeapplied.

    9.4.3.2 Concretestrengthattransfer
    Compressive strength of concrete at time of posttensioning shall be specified in the contract
    documents. Unless oversize anchorage devices are sized to compensate for the lower compressive
    strength or the prestressing steel is stressed to no more than 50 percent of the final prestressing
    force,prestressingsteelshallnotbestresseduntilcompressivestrengthofconcreteasindicatedby
    testsconsistentwiththecuringofthemember,isatleast28N/mm2formultistrandtendonsorat
    least17N/mm2forsinglestrandorbartendons.

    9.4.4 ServiceabilityRequirementsFlexuralMembers

    9.4.4.1 Stressesinconcreteimmediatelyafterprestresstransfer

    6458 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    Stressesinconcreteimmediatelyafterprestresstransfer(beforetimedependentprestresslosses
    occur)areasfollows:
    (a) Extremefiberstressincompressionexceptas
    permittedin(b)shallnotexceed................0.60fci
    (b) Extremefiberstressincompressionatendsof
    simplysupportmembersshallnotexceed...0.70fci

    (c) Where computed concrete tensile strength, ft , exceeds 0 .5 f c at ends of simply


    supportedmembers,or 0.25 f c atotherlocations,additionalbondedreinforcementshall
    beprovidedinthetensilezonetoresistthetotaltensileforceinconcretecomputedwiththe
    assumptionofanuncrackedsection.

    9.4.4.1.1 Stressesinconcreteatserviceloadsandreinforcementspacing

    9.4.4.1.2 Allowablestressesinconcrete
    ForClassUandClassTprestressedflexuralmembers,stressesinconcreteatserviceloads(based
    on uncracked section properties and afterallowancefor allprestress losses)shallnot exceed the
    following:
    (a) Extremefiberstressincompressiondue
    toprestressplussustainedload....................0.45fc
    (b) Extremefiberstressincompressiondue
    toprestressplustotalload.............................0.60fc
    (c) Permissiblestressesin9.4.3.2and9.4.4.1shallbepermittedtobeexceededif shown by test
    oranalysisthatperformancewillnotbeimpaired.

    9.4.4.1.3 Reinforcementspacing
    (a) For Class C prestressed flexural members not subject to fatigue or to aggressive exposure, the
    spacingofbondedreinforcementnearesttheextremetensionfaceshallnotexceedthatfornormal
    ReinforcedConcrete,asgivenbelow:
    s 380 280/fs 2.5cc (9.4.41)
    but not greater than 300 (280/fs), where cc is the least distance from the surface of
    reinforcementorprestressingsteeltothetensionface.Ifthereisonlyonebarorwirenearest
    totheextremetensionface,susedintheaboveequationisthewidthoftheextremetension
    face.
    (b) Calculatedstressfsinreinforcementclosesttothetensionfaceatserviceloadsshallbecomputed
    basedontheunfactoredmoment.Itshallbepermittedtotakefsas2/3fy.
    (c) For structures subject to fatigue or exposed to corrosive environments, investigations, judgment
    andprecautionsarerequired.
    (d) Thespacingrequirementsshallbemetbynonprestressedreinforcementandbondedtendons.The
    spacing of bonded tendons shall not exceed 2/3rd of the maximum spacing permitted for
    nonprestressedreinforcement.
    (e) Where both reinforcement and bonded tendons are used to meet the spacing requirement, the
    spacingbetweenabarandatendonshallnotexceed5/6ofthatpermittedby9.4.3.2.2a.,b.andc.
    (f) InapplyingEq.9.4.41toprestressingtendons,fpsshall besubstitutedforfs,where fpsshall be
    takenasthecalculatedstressintheprestressingsteelatserviceloadsbasedonacrackedsection
    analysisminusthedecompressionstressfdc .Itshallbepermittedtotakefdcequaltotheeffective
    stressintheprestressingsteelfse.Seealso9.4.4.2.2g.below.
    (g) InapplyingEq.(9.4.41)toprestressingtendons,themagnitudeoffpsshallnotexceed250N/mm2.
    Whenfpsislessthanorequalto140N/mm2,thespacingrequirementsof9.4.4.2.2a.andb.shall
    notapply.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6459
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (h) Where h of a beam exceeds 900 mm, the area of longitudinal skin reinforcement consisting of
    untensioned reinforcing steel or bonded tendons shall be uniformly distributed along both side
    facesofthemember.Skinreinforcementshallextendforadistanceofh/2fromthetensionface.
    Thespacingsshallbeasprovidedin9.4.4.2.2,whereccistheleastdistancefromthesurfaceofthe
    skin reinforcement or prestressing steel to the side face. It shall be permitted to include such
    reinforcement or prestressing steel to the side face. It shall be permitted to include such
    reinforcement in strength computations if a strain compatibility analysis is made to determine
    stressintheindividualbarsorwires.

    9.4.5 Permissiblestressesinprestressingsteel
    Tensilestressinprestressingtendonsshallnotexceedthefollowing:
    (a) Duetoprestressingsteeljackingforce......0.94fpy
    but not greater than the lesser of 0.80fpu and the maximum value recommended by the
    manufacturerofprestressingsteeloranchoragedevices.
    (b) Immediatelyafterprestresstransfer........0.82fpy
    butnotgreaterthan0.74fpu.
    (c) Posttensioningtendons,atanchoragedevicesand
    couplers,immediatelyafterforcetransfer.......0.70fpu

    9.4.6 Lossesofprestress
    To determine effective stress in the prestressing steel, fse, allowance for the following sources of
    lossofprestressshallbeconsidered:

    9.4.6.1 Immediatelosses
    (a) Lossduetoelasticshorteningofconcrete;
    (b) Lossduetoprestressingsteelseatingattransfer(Anchorageslip);
    (c) Lossduetofriction(forposttensionedconcreteonly).

    9.4.6.2 Longtermlosses
    (a) Lossduetorelaxationofprestressingsteelstress;
    (b) Lossduetocreepofconcrete;
    (c) Lossduetoshrinkageofconcrete.
    Unless otherwise determined by actual tests, allowance for these losses shall be made in
    accordancewiththeprovisionsofSec9.4.6.3through9.4.6.8.

    9.4.6.3 Lossduetoelasticshorteningofconcrete
    (a) Thelossofprestressduetoimmediateelasticshorteningofadjacentconcreteupontransferof
    initial prestress shall be calculated as specified in this section. For pretensioning, the loss of
    prestressinthetendonsattransfershallbecalculatedonamodularratiobasisusingthestress
    intheadjacentconcrete.
    (b) For members with posttensioned tendons which are not stressed simultaneously, there is a
    progressivelossofprestressduringtransferduetothegradualapplicationoftheprestressing
    forces.Thislossofprestressshallbecalculatedonthebasisofhalftheproductofthestressin
    the concrete adjacent to the tendons averaged along their lengths and the modular ratio.
    Alternatively, the loss of prestress may be exactly computed based on the sequence of
    tensioning.

    9.4.6.4 LossDuetoprestressingsteelseatingattransfer(Anchorageslip)
    a. Anylossofprestresswhichmayoccurduetoslipofwireorstrandduring anchoring or due
    tostrainingoftheanchorageshallbeallowedforinthedesign. Necessaryadditionalelongation
    maybeprovidedforatthetimeoftensioningto compensateforthisloss.

    9.4.6.5 Lossduetofriction(forposttensionedtendonsonly)

    6460 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    (a) Thedesignshalltakeintoconsiderationalllossesinprestressthatmayoccurduringtensioning
    due to friction between the posttensioning tendons and the surrounding concrete or any
    fixtureattachedtothesteelorconcrete.
    (b) ThevalueofprestressingforcePx atadistance l x metresfromthejackingendandactingin
    thedirectionofthetangenttothecurveofthecable,shallbecalculatedfromtherelation:
    (K l + )
    P = Pje x
    x 9.4.51
    When(klx+)isgreaterthan0.3,Pxmaybecomputedfrom
    Pj
    Px =

    1 + Kl x + 9.4.52

    For use in Eq. (9.4.51) and Eq. (9.4.52), the values of wobble friction coefficient K and
    curvature friction coefficient shall be experimentally determined or obtained from the
    tendonmanufacturer,andverifiedduringtendonstressingoperations.
    (c) Inabsenceoftestresultsormanufacturer'srecommendation,thefollowingvaluesof and
    K showninTable9.4.2maybetakenasaguide:

    Table9.4.2FrictionCoefficients(K&)forposttensionedtendons

    coefficient,Kper Curvaturecoefficient,per
    meter radian
    Tendonsin

    Mastic sheathing

    Wiretendons 0.00330.0049 0.150.25


    Grouted

    metal

    Highstrengthbars 0.00030.0020 0.080.30


    7wirestrand 0.00160.0066 0.150.25


    coated

    Wiretendons 0.00330.0066 0.050.15


    Unbonded

    7wirestrand 0.00330.0066 0.050.15


    tendons

    greased

    Wiretendons 0.0010.0066 0.050.15


    Pre

    7wirestrand 0.0010.0066 0.050.15

    Values of wobble and curvature friction coefficients used in designshall be shown on design
    drawings.
    (e) The effectof reversefriction shallbetakenintoconsiderationin suchcaseswherethe initial
    tension applied to a prestressing tendon is partially released and action of friction in the
    reverse direction causes significant alteration in the distribution of stress along the length of
    thetendon.
    (f) Where loss of prestress in a member occurs due to connection of member to adjoining
    construction,suchlossofprestressshallbeallowedforindesign.

    9.4.6.6 Lossduetorelaxationofpretressingsteelstress
    (a) The relaxation losses in prestressing steel shall be determined from experiments. When
    experimental values are not available, the relaxation losses, considering normal relaxation
    steel,maybeassumedasgiveninTable9.4.3.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6461
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table9.4.3RelaxationLossesforprestressingsteelat1000hoursat27oC

    InitialStress RelaxationLoss
    N/mm2
    0.5fpu 0
    0.6fpu 35
    0.7fpu 70
    0.8fpu 90

    Fortendonsathighertemperatureorsubjecttolargelateralloads,greaterrelaxationlossesmay
    beallowed,subjecttotheadviceofthemetallurgyspecialist.
    (b) No reduction in the value of the relaxation losses should be made for a tendon with a load
    equaltoorgreaterthantherelevantjackingforcethathas been applied for a short
    durationpriortotheanchoringofthetendon.

    9.4.6.7 Lossduetocreepofconcrete
    (a)Creep occurs due to superimposed permanent dead load added to the member after it has
    beenprestressed.Creepofconcretemaybeassumedtobeproportionaltothestressprovided
    thestressinconcretedoesnotexceed40percentofitscompressivestrength.
    (b) In the absence of test data, the ultimate creep strain may be estimated from the following
    valuesofcreepcoefficient,whichistheratiooftheultimatecreepstraintotheelasticstrainat
    theageofloading.Table9.4.4showsthevaluesatdifferentdays.

    Table9.4.4Creepcoefficientofconcrete

    AgeatLoading Creepcoefficient
    7days 2.2
    28days 1.6
    1year 1.1
    (c) The ultimate creep strain estimated as above does not include the elastic strain.
    Forthecalculationofdeformationatsomestagebeforethetotalcreepisreached,itmaybe
    assumed that 50 per cent of the total creep takes place in the first month after loading and
    about75percentofthetotalcreeptakesplace in the first six months after loading. For post
    tensioningthecreep coefficientsshallbetakenas80%ofthosegivenhere.
    (d) The loss of prestress due to creep of concrete shall be determined for all the permanently
    appliedloadsincludingtheprestress.Lossduetostressesofshortdurationincludingliveload
    anderectionstressesmaybeignored.
    (e) Thelossofprestressduetocreepofconcreteshallbeobtainedastheproductofthemodulus
    of elasticity of the prestressing steel and the ultimate creep strain of the concrete fiber
    integratedalongthecentrelineoftheprestressingsteeloveritsentirelength.
    (f) Thetotalcreepstrainduringanyspecificperiodshallbeassumedtobethecreepstraindueto
    sustainedstressequaltotheaverageofthestressesatthebeginningandendoftheperiod.

    9.4.6.8 Lossduetoshrinkageofconcrete
    (a) In the absence of test data, the approximate value of shrinkage strain in concrete for design
    purposesshallbeassumedasfollows:
    Forpretensioning : 0.0003
    0.0002
    Forposttensioning :
    log10 (t + 2 )
    where,t=ageofconcreteattransferindays.
    (b) Forthecalculationofdeformationofconcreteatsomestagebeforethemaximumshrinkage
    occursitmaybeassumedthat50percentoftheshrinkagetakesplaceduringthefirstmonth

    6462 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    andabout75percentoftheshrinkage takes place in the first six months after drying of


    concretestarts.
    (c) The loss of prestress due to shrinkage of concrete shall be obtained as the product of the
    modulusofelasticityofsteelandtheshrinkagestrainofconcrete.

    9.4.7 ControlofDeflection

    9.4.7.1 For prestressed concrete flexural members, designed in accordance with the provisions of this
    chapter,immediatedeflectionshallbecomputedbyusualmethodsorformulasforelasticdeflections,
    and the moment of inertia of gross concrete section, Ig, shall be permitted to be used for Class U
    flexuralmembers.

    9.4.7.2 For Class C and Class T flexural members, deflection calculations shall be based on cracked
    transformed section analysis. It shall be permitted to base calculations on an effective moment of
    inertia,IeasgiveninEq.9.4.71.

    M
    3
    M
    3

    Ie = cr I g + 1 cr I cr
    Ma M a
    9.4.71
    fr I g
    Where, M cr = and f r = 0.62 f c '
    yt
    Deflectioncomputedinaccordancewith9.4.7.1shallnotexceedthelimitsstipulatedin6.5.9.4.

    9.4.7.3 Additional longterm deflection of prestressed concrete members shall be computed taking into
    account stresses in concrete and steel under sustained load and including effects of creep and
    shrinkageofconcreteandrelaxationofsteel.

    9.4.8 FlexuralStrength

    9.4.8.1 Design moment strength of flexural members shall be computed by the strength methods of the
    Code.Forprestressingsteel,fpsshallbesubstitutedforfyinstrengthcomputations.

    9.4.8.2 Asanalternativetoamoreaccuratedeterminationoffpsbasedonstraincompatibility,thefollowing
    approximatevaluesoffpsshallbepermittedtobeusediffseisnotlessthan0.5fpu.
    (a) Formemberswithbondedtendons

    p f
    pu d
    f = f 1 p + ( ) (9.4.81)
    f d
    ps pu
    1 c p
    whereisfy/fc,isfy/fc,andpis0.55forfpy/fpunotlessthan0.80; 0.40 for fpy /fpu not
    lessthan0.85;and0.28forfpy/fpunotlessthan0.90.
    If any compression reinforcement is taken into account when calculating fps by Eq. (9.4.81), the
    termshallbetakennotlessthan0.17andd'shallbenogreaterthandp.
    f pu d
    p + ( )
    f
    c
    d
    p

    (b) Formemberswithunbondedtendonsandwithaspantodepthratioof35orless:
    f c'
    f ps = f se + 70 +
    100 p
    (9.4.72)
    but fps in Eq. (9.4.7.2) shall not be taken greater than the lesser of fpy and (fse + 420).

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6463
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    c. Formemberswithunbondedtendonsandwithaspantodepthratiogreaterthan35:
    f c'
    f ps = f se + 70 +
    300 p
    (9.4.73)
    butfpsinEq.(9.4.7.3)shallnotbetakengreaterthanthelesseroffpyand(fse+210)

    9.4.8.3 Nonprestressed reinforcement conforming to 9.4.4.2.2, if used with prestressing steel, shall be
    permittedtobeconsideredtocontributetothetensileforceandtobeincludedinmomentstrength
    computations at a stress equal to fy. Other nonprestressed reinforcement shall be permitted to be
    included in strength computations only if a strain compatibility analysis is performed to determine
    stressesinsuchreinforcement.

    9.4.9 Limitsforflexuralreinforcement

    9.4.9.1 Prestressed concrete sections shall be classified as either tensioncontrolled, transition, or


    compressioncontrolledsections,inaccordancewitha.andb.below.
    (a) Sectionsarecompressioncontrolledifthenettensilestrainintheextremetensionfibert,is
    equaltoorlessthanthecompressioncontrolledstrainlimitwhentheconcreteincompression
    reaches its assumed strain limit of 0.003. The compressioncontrolled strain limit is the net
    tensilestraininthereinforcementatbalancedstrainconditions.ForGrade420reinforcement,
    andforallprestressedreinforcement,itshallbepermittedtosetthecompressioncontrolled
    strainlimitto0.002.
    (b) Sectionsaretensioncontrolledifthenettensilestrainintheextremetensionsteel,t,isequal
    toorgreaterthan0.005whentheconcreteincompression reaches its assumed strain limit of
    0.003.Sectionswithtbetweenthecompressioncontrolledstrainlimitand0.005constitutea
    tension region between the compressioncontrolled and tensioncontrolled sections.
    Appropriatestrengthreductionfactor, ,from 9.4.9.2shallapply.

    9.4.9.2 Theappropriatestrengthreductionfactor,,shallapplyasgivenina.tof.below.
    (a) Tensioncontrolledsections 0.90
    (b) Forcompressioncontrolledsections
    i. Memberswithspiralreinforcementas
    definedin9.4.9.4 0.75
    ii. Otherreinforcedmembers 0.65
    (c) Shearandtorsion 0.75
    (d) Posttensionedanchoragezones 0.85
    (e) Strutandtiemodels 0.75
    (f) Flexuralsectionsinpretensioned
    memberswherestrandembedmentlengthisless
    thanthedevelopmentlength
    i. Fromtheendofthemember
    totheendofthetransferlength 0.75
    ii. Fromtheendofthetransferlength
    totheendofthedevelopment
    length,shallbetakenas 0.75to0.90
    Wherebondingofthestranddoesnotextendtotheendofthemember,strandembedmentshall
    beassumedtobeginattheendofthedebondedlength.

    9.4.9.3 Totalamountofprestressedandnonprestressedreinforcementinmemberswithbondedprestressed
    reinforcement shall be adequate to develop a factored load at least 1.2 times the cracking load

    6464 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    computed on the basis of the modulus of rupture fr, as given in 9.4.6.2. This provision shall be
    permitted to be waived for flexural members with shear and flexural strength at least twice that
    requiredby9.4.8.

    9.4.9.4 Volumetricspiralreinforcementratio,s,shallbenotlessthanthevaluegivenby

    Ag f '
    s = 0.45 1 c
    Ach f yt (9.4.91)
    2
    where the value of f yt in Eq. (9.4.91) shall not exceed 700 N/mm . For f yt greater than 420
    N/mm2wherelapsplicesshallnotexceedinaccordancewith9.4.9.4a.thisshallnotbeused.
    (a) Spiralreinforcementshallbespliced,ifneeded,byanyoneofthefollowingmethods:
    Lapsplicesnotlessthanthelargerof300mmandthelengthindicatedinoneof(1)through(5)
    below:
    i) deformeduncoatedbarorwire 48db
    ii) plainuncoatedbarorwire 72db
    iii) epoxycoateddeformedbarorwire 72db
    iv) plainuncoatedbarorwirewithastandard
    stirruportiehookinaccordancewith
    9.4.8.5c.atendsoflappedspiralreinforcement.
    (b) Thetermstandardhookasusedinthiscodeshallmeanoneofthefollowing:
    i) 180degreebendplus4dbextension,butnotlessthan65mmatfreeend ofbar.
    ii) 90degreebendplus12dbextensionatfreeendofbar.
    (c) Forstirrupandtiehooks
    i) No.16barandsmaller,90degreebendplus6dbextensionatfreeendof bar;or
    ii) No.19,No.22barandNo.25bar,90degreebendplus12dbextensionat free end of
    bar;or
    iii) No.25barandsmaller,135degreebendplus6dbextensionatfreeend ofbar.

    9.4.9.5 Part or all of the bonded reinforcement consisting of bars or tendons shall be provided as close as
    practicable to the tension face in prestressed flexural members. In members prestressed with
    unbondedtendons,theminimumbondedreinforcementconsistingofbarsortendonsshallbe
    asrequiredby9.4.10.

    9.4.10 Minimumbondedreinforcement

    9.4.10.1 Aminimumareaofbondedreinforcementshallbeprovidedinallflexuralmemberswithunbonded
    tendonsasrequiredby9.4.10.2and9.4.10.3.

    9.4.10.2 Exceptasprovidedin9.4.10.1,minimumareaofbondedreinforcementshallbecomputedby

    As=0.004Act (9.4.101)
    where Act is area of that part of cross section between the flexural tension face and center of
    gravityofgrosssection.
    (a) Bonded reinforcement required by Eq. (9.4.101) shall be uniformly distributed over pre
    compressedtensilezoneascloseaspracticabletoextremetensionfiber.
    (b) Bondedreinforcementshallberequiredregardlessofserviceloadstress conditions.

    9.4.10.3 For twoway flat slab systems, minimum area and distribution of bonded reinforcement shall be as
    requiredina.,b.,andcbelow.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6465
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (a) Bondedreinforcementshallnotberequiredinpositivemomentareaswhereft, the


    extremefibrestressintensionintheprecompressedtensilezoneatservice loads (after
    allowanceforallprestresslosses),doesnotexceed0.17fc.
    (b) Inpositivemomentareaswherecomputedtensilestressinconcreteatservice load exceeds
    0.17f'cminimumareaofbondedreinforcementshallbe computedby
    As Nc/0.5fy (9.4.102)
    wherethevalueoffyusedinEq.(9.4.102)shallnotexceed420MPa. Bonded reinforcement
    shallbeuniformlydistributedoverprecompressedtensilezone as close as practicable to the
    extremetensionfiber.
    (c) Innegativemomentareasatcolumnsupports,theminimumareaofbonded reinforcement
    Asinthetopoftheslabineachdirectionshallbecomputedby
    As 0.00075Acf (9.4.103)

    where, Acf is the larger gross crosssectional area of the slabbeam strips in two orthogonal
    equivalentframesintersectingatacolumninatwowayslab.

    9.4.10.4 BondedreinforcementrequiredbyEq.(9.4.103)shallbedistributedbetweenlinesthatareoutside
    oppositefacesofthecolumnsupport.Atleastfourbarsorwiresshallbeprovidedineachdirection.
    Spacingofbondedreinforcementshallnotexceed300mm.

    9.4.10.5 Minimum length of bonded reinforcement required by 9.4.10.2 and 9.4.10.3 shall be as required in
    9.4.10.5a.,b.,andc.
    (a) Inpositivemomentareas,minimumlengthofbondedreinforcementshallbe onethird the
    clearspanlength,ln,andcenteredinpositivemomentarea.
    (b) Innegativemomentareas,bondedreinforcementshallextendonesixththe clear span, ln ,
    oneachsideofsupport.
    (c) WherebondedreinforcementisprovidedforMninaccordancewith9.4.7.8,or for tensile
    stressconditionsinaccordancewith9.4.9.3b.,minimumlengthalso shall conform to
    provisionsofChapter6.

    9.4.11 Staticallyindeterminatestructures

    9.4.11.1 Frames and continuous construction of prestressed concrete shall be designed for satisfactory
    performanceatserviceloadconditionsandforadequatestrength.

    9.4.11.2 Performanceatserviceloadconditionsshallbedeterminedbyelasticanalysis,consideringreactions,
    moments, shears, and axial forces induced by prestressing, creep, shrinkage, temperature change,
    axialdeformation,restraintofattachedstructuralelements,andfoundationsettlement.

    9.4.11.3 Moments used to compute required strength shall be the sum of the moments due to reactions
    induced by prestressing (with a load factor of 1.0) and the moments due to factored loads.
    Adjustmentofthesumofthesemomentsshallbepermittedasallowedin9.4.11.4.

    9.4.11.4 Redistributionofmomentsincontinuousprestressedflexuralmembersshallbeas follows:


    (a) Where bonded reinforcement is provided at supports in accordance with 9.4.11, it shall be
    permitted to decrease negative or positive moments calculated by elastic theory for any
    assumedloading,inaccordancewith9.4.11.4b.,c.andd.below.
    (b) Except where approximate values for moments are used, it shall be permitted to decrease
    factoredmomentscalculatedbyelastictheoryatsectionsofmaximumnegativeormaximum
    positive moment in any span of continuous flexural members for any assumed loading
    arrangementbynotmorethan1000tpercent,withamaximumof20percent.

    6466 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    (c) Redistributionofmomentshallbemadeonlywhent isequaltoorgreaterthan0.0075atthe


    sectionatwhichmomentisreduced.
    (d) Thereducedmomentshallbeusedforcalculatingredistributedmomentsatallothersections
    within the spans. Static equilibrium shall be maintained after redistribution of moments for
    eachloadingarrangement.

    9.4.12 CompressionmembersCombinedflexureandaxialload

    9.4.12.1 Prestressed concrete members subject to combined flexure and axial load, with or without non
    prestressedreinforcement,shallbeproportionedbythestrengthdesignmethodsofthisCode.Effects
    ofprestress,creep,shrinkage,andtemperaturechangeshallbeincluded.

    9.4.12.2 Limitsforreinforcementofprestressedcompressionmembersshallbeasfollows:
    (a) Members with average compressive stress in concrete less than 1.6 N/mm2, due to effective
    prestressforceonly,shallhaveminimumreinforcementinaccordancewithChapter6.
    (b) Except for walls, members with average compressive stress in concrete due to effective
    prestress force only, equal to or greater than 1.6 N/mm2 shall have all tendons enclosed by
    spiralsorlateraltiesinaccordancewithc.throughg.
    (c) SpiralsshallconformtoChapter6.
    (d) LateraltiesshallbeatleastNo.10insizeorweldedwirereinforcementofequivalentarea,and
    shallbespacedverticallynottoexceed48tiebarorwirediameters,ortheleastdimensionof
    thecompressionmember.
    (e) Tiesshallbelocatedverticallynotmorethanhalfatiespacingabovetopoffootingorslabin
    anystory,andnotmorethanhalfatiespacingbelowthelowesthorizontalreinforcementin
    memberssupportedabove.
    (f) Wherebeamsorbracketsframeintoallsidesofacolumn,tiesshallbeterminatednotmore
    than75mmbelowlowestreinforcementinsuchbeamsorbrackets.
    (g) For walls with average compressive stress in concrete due to effective prestress force only
    equaltoorgreaterthan1.6N/mm2,minimumreinforcementrequiredbyChapter6shallnot
    applywherestructuralanalysisshowsadequatestrengthandstability.

    9.4.13 Slabsystems

    9.4.13.1 Factoredmomentsandshearsinprestressedslabsystemsreinforcedforflexureinmorethanone
    direction shall be determined in accordance with provisions of 6.5 or by more detailed design
    procedures.

    9.4.13.2 Mn of prestressed slabs with loads and load combinations required by Chapter 2 and 6 at every
    section shall be greater than or equal to Mu considering 9.4.11.3 and 9.4.11.4. Vn of prestressed
    slabsatcolumnsrequiredbyChapter6shallbegreaterthanorequaltoVu.

    9.4.13.3 At service load conditions, all serviceability limitations, including limits on deflections, shall be met,
    withappropriateconsiderationofthefactorslistedin9.4.11.2.

    9.4.13.4 Foruniformlydistributedloads,spacingoftendonsorgroupsoftendonsinatleastonedirectionshall
    not exceed the smaller of eight times the slab thickness and 1.5 m. Spacing of tendons also shall
    provide a minimum average effective prestress of 0.9 N/mm2 on the slab section tributary to the
    tendon or tendon group. For slabs with varying cross section along the slab span, either parallel or
    perpendicular to the tendon or tendon group, the minimum average effective prestress of 0.9
    N/mm2MPaisrequiredateverycrosssectiontributarytothetendonortendongroupalongthespan.
    Concentratedloadsandopeninginslabsshallbeconsideredwhendeterminingtendonspacing.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6467
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    9.4.13.5 Inslabswithunbondedtendons,bondedreinforcementshallbeprovidedinaccordancewith9.4.9.3
    and9.4.9.5.

    Except as permitted in 9.4.13.6, in slabs with unbonded tendons, a minimum of two 12.7 mm
    diameter or larger, sevenwire posttensioned strands shall be provided in each direction at
    columns,eitherpassingthroughoranchoredwithintheregionboundedbythelongitudinal
    reinforcement of the column. Outside column and shear cap faces, these two structural integrity
    tendons shall pass under any orthogonal tendons in adjacent spans. Where the two structural
    integritytendonsareanchoredwithintheregionboundedbythelongitudinalreinforcementofthe
    column,theanchorageshallbelocatedbeyondthecolumncentroidandawayfromtheanchored
    span.

    9.4.13.6 Prestressed slabs not satisfying 9.4.13.5 shall be permitted provided they contain bottom
    reinforcementineachdirectionpassingwithintheregionboundedbythelongitudinalreinforcement
    of the column and anchored at exterior supports as required by bar detailing requirement of slabs
    giveninChapter6.Theareaofbottomreinforcementineachdirectionshallbenotlessthan1.5times
    thatrequiredbyEq.(9.4.131)asgivenbelow.

    0.25 f c '
    As, min = bw d
    fy
    (9.4.131)
    and not less than 2.1bwd/fy, where bw is the width of the column face through which the
    reinforcementpasses.Minimumextensionofthesebarsbeyondthecolumnorshearcapfaceshall
    beequaltoorgreaterthanthebardevelopmentlengthrequiredbyChapter6.

    9.4.13.7 Inliftslabs,bondedbottomreinforcementshallbedetailedinaccordancewith9.4.13.8.

    9.4.13.8 In slabs with shear heads and in lift slab construction where it is not practical to pass to pass the
    bottombars,requiredbybardetailingrequirementofChapter6,atleasttwobondedbarsorwiresin
    eachdirectionshallpassthroughtheshearheadorliftingcollarasclosetothecolumnaspracticable
    andbecontinuousorsplicedwithaClassAsplice.Attheexteriorcolumns,thereinforcementshallbe
    anchoredthespearheadorliftingcollar.

    9.4.14 Posttensionedtendonanchoragezones

    9.4.14.1 Divisionintozones
    Theanchoragezoneshallbeconsideredascomposedoftwozonesasdescribedbelowandshownin
    Fig.9.4.141.
    (a) Thelocalzoneistherectangularprism(orequivalentrectangularprismforcircularoroval
    anchorages)ofconcreteimmediatelysurroundingtheanchoragedeviceandanyconfining
    reinforcement;
    (b) Thegeneralzoneistheanchoragezonebeyondthelocalzone.

    6468 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    Fig.9.4.141 Anchoragezones

    9.4.14.2 Localzone
    (a) Design of local zones shall be based upon the factored prestressing force, Ppu, and the
    requirementsof9.4.14.2b.andc.below.
    (b) For posttensioned anchorage zone design, a load factor of 1.2 shall be applied to the
    maximumsteeljackingforce.
    (c) Whiledesignstrengthprovidedbyamember,itsconnectionstoothermembers,anditscross
    sections in terms of flexure, axial load, shear and torsion, shall be taken as the nominal
    strengthcalculatedinaccordancewithrequirementsandassumptionsofthiscode,multiplied
    bythestrengthreductionfactor, ,forposttensionedanchoragezonethisshallbetakenas
    0.85.
    (d) Localzone reinforcement shall be provided where required for proper functioning of the
    anchoragedevice.

    9.4.14.3 Generalzone
    (a) Design of general zones shall be based upon the factored prestressing force, Ppu, and the
    requirementsof9.4.14.3b.andc.
    (b) Generalzonereinforcementshallbeprovidedwhererequiredtoresistbursting,spalling,and
    longitudinal edge tension forces induced by anchorage devices. Effects of abrupt change in
    sectionshallbeconsidered.
    (c) Thegeneralzonerequirementsof9.4.14.3b.aresatisfiedby9.4.3,9.4.14.4,and9.4.14.5and
    whicheveroneof9.4.15.2or9.4.15.3or9.4.16.3isapplicable.

    9.4.14.4 Designmethods

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6469
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The following methods shall be permitted for the design of the general zones of the prestressed
    componentsprovidedthatthespecificproceduresusedresultinpredictionofstrengthinsubstantial
    agreementwithresultsofcomprehensivetests:
    a. Equilibriumbasedplasticitymodels(strutandtiemodels);
    b. Linearstressanalysis(includingfiniteelementanalysisorequivalent);or
    c. Simplifiedequationswhereapplicable.
    d. Simplified equations shall not be used where member cross sections are nonrectangular, where
    discontinuitiesinornearthegeneralzonecausedeviationsintheforceflowpath,whereminimum
    edgedistanceislessthan11/2timestheanchoragedevicelateraldimensioninthatdirection,or
    wheremultipleanchoragedevicesareusedinotherthanonecloselyspacedgroup.
    e. Thestressingsequenceshallbeconsideredinthedesignandspecifiedonthedesign drawings.
    f. Threedimensional effects shall be considered in design and analyzed using threedimensional
    proceduresorapproximatedbyconsideringthesummationofeffectsfortwoorthogonalplanes.
    g. Foranchoragedeviceslocatedawayfromtheendofthemember,bondedreinforcementshallbe
    provided to transfer at least 0.35Apsfpu into the concrete section behind the anchor. Such
    reinforcement shall be placed symmetrically around the anchorage devices and shall be fully
    developedbothbehindandaheadoftheanchoragedevices.
    h. Wheretendonsarecurvedinthegeneralzone,exceptformonostrandtendonsinslabsorwhere
    analysisshowsreinforcementisnotrequired,bondedreinforcement shall be provided to resist
    radialandsplittingforces.
    i. Except for monostrand tendons in slabs or where analysis shows reinforcement is not required,
    minimum reinforcement with a nominal tensile strength equal to 2 percent of each factored
    prestressing force shall be provided in orthogonal directions parallel to the back face of all
    anchoragezonestolimitspalling.
    j. Tensilestrengthofconcreteshallbeneglectedincalculationsofreinforcementrequirements.

    9.4.14.5 Detailingrequirements
    Selection of reinforcement sizes, spacing, cover, and other details for anchorage zones shall make
    allowancesfortolerancesonthebending,fabrication,andplacementofreinforcement,forthesizeof
    aggregate,andforadequateplacementandconsolidationoftheconcrete.

    9.4.15 Designofanchoragezonesformonostrandorsingle16mmbartendons

    9.4.15.1 Localzonedesign
    Monostrand or single 16 mm or smaller diameter bar anchorage devices and local zone
    reinforcement shall meet the requirements of ACI 423.7 or the special anchorage device
    requirementsof9.4.16.2.

    9.4.15.2 Generalzonedesignforslabtendons
    (a) Foranchoragedevicesof 12.7mmorsmallerdiameterstrandsinnormalweightconcrete
    slabs, minimum reinforcement meeting the requirements of 9.4.15.2 b. and c. shall be
    provided unless a detailed analysis satisfying 9.4.14.4 shows such reinforcement is not
    required.
    (b) TwohorizontalbarsatleastNo.13insizeshallbeprovidedparalleltotheslabedge.Theyshall
    bepermittedtobeincontactwiththefrontfaceoftheanchoragedeviceandshallbewithina
    distanceofh/2aheadofeachdevice.Thosebarsshallextendatleast150mmeithersideofthe
    outeredgesofeachdevice.
    (c) Ifthecentertocenterspacingofanchoragedevicesis300mmorless,theanchoragedevices
    shallbeconsideredasagroup.Foreachgroupofsixormoreanchoragedevices,n+1hairpin
    barsorclosedstirrupsatleastNo.10insizeshallbeprovided,wherenisthenumberof
    anchoragedevices.Onehairpinbarorstirrupshallbeplacedbetweeneachanchoragedevice
    and one on each side of the group. Thehairpin bars orstirrups shall be placed with the legs
    extending into the slab perpendicular to the edge. The center portion of the hairpin bars or

    6470 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    stirrupsshallbeplacedperpendiculartotheplaneoftheslabfrom3h/8toh/2aheadofthe
    anchoragedevices.
    (d) For anchorage devices not conforming to 9.4.15.1, minimum reinforcement shall be based
    uponadetailedanalysissatisfying9.4.14.4.

    9.4.15.3 Generalzonedesignforgroupsofmonostrandtendonsinbeamsandgirders
    Design of general zones for groups of monostrand tendons in beams and girders shall meet the
    requirementsof9.4.13.3,9.4.14.2or9.4.14.3or9.4.15.3.

    9.4.16 Designofanchoragezonesformultistrandtendons

    9.4.16.1 Localandgeneralzonedesign
    Basicmultistrandanchoragedevicesandtherelatedlocalandgeneralzonereinforcementshallmeet
    the requirements of AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications (SI), 2007, Articles 5.10.9.6,
    ApproximateStressAnalysisandDesign,and5.10.9.7,DesignofLocalZones.

    9.4.16.2 Specialanchoragedevices
    (a) AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications (SI), 2007, Articles 5.10.9.7.3, Special Anchorage
    Devicesrequiresthatspecialanchoragedevicesthatdonotsatisfythe requirements specified
    in9.4.16.1,theyhavebeentestedbyanindependenttesting agency acceptable to the
    EngineerandhavemettheacceptancecriteriaspecifiedinArticles10.3.2and 10.3.2.3.10 of
    AASHTOLRFDBridgeConstruction Specifications.
    (b) Where special anchorage devices are to be used, supplemental skin reinforcement shall be
    furnished in the corresponding regions of the anchorage zone, in addition to the confining
    reinforcement specified for the anchorage device. This supplemental reinforcement shall be
    similar in configuration and at least equivalent in volumetricratio to any supplementary skin
    reinforcementusedinthequalifyingacceptancetestsoftheanchoragedevice.

    9.4.17 ColdDrawnLowCarbonWirePrestressedConcrete(CWPC)
    CWPC(Colddrawnwireprestressedconcrete)istermedasprestressedconcretetechnologyofchinesepattern.
    This technology is a modification of conventional prestressed concrete. In the conventional prestressed
    concretehighstrengthwireisusedasreinforcementwhileinChinesepatterncolddrawnlowcarbonmildsteel
    wireisusedassuchthistechnologyisnamedascolddrawnwireprestressedconcrete.Inshortitistermedas
    CWPC. CWPC technology is a process whereby cold drawn low carbon steel wire has been adopted as
    reinforcementforprefabricatedprestressedconcretemembersofmediumandsmallsizeasproducedbypre
    tensioningmethod.Intheotherhandlargesizesstructuralmembersareproducedbyconventionalprestressed
    concrete.
    ThemainfeaturesandadvantagesofCWPCtechnologycanbesummarisedasfollows:
    (a) Availability(Availabilityofmaterials):Therawmaterialofcolddrawnwireismadefromlowcarbon
    mild steel which can be supplied by the local mills. The tensioning process of colddrawn wire and
    productionofprecastmembersarealsosimpleandveryeasytohandle.
    (b) Simplicity(Simplicityofequipmentanddevicesforproduction):Thecoldprocessoflowcarbonmild
    steel and prefabrication process of members are done using simple equipments and devices. The
    precise and large sized equipments are not necessary. The production techniques of manufacturing
    membersarerathersimple.
    (c) Quality(Goodinquality):Thememberssomanufacturedhavehighcrackresistanceandstiffness.After
    pretensioning no crack would occur under the service load, thus the wires within the concrete
    membersarewellprotected.InContrasttoconventionalreinforcedconcretemembersunderthesame
    serviceconditions,theyhavecomparativelyhighdurabilitytoensurelongtermquality.
    (d) Economy(Lowcost):Thecolddrawnlowcarbonsteelwireusedforprestressingismadeofordinary
    hotrolledcarbonsteelcoilrod.Thisisprocessedatroomtemperaturethroughaspecialwiredrawing
    die. The low carbon coil rods are manufactured by the steel mills; the wires are processed at the
    construction site or in a prefabrication plant; or are supplied by the cold drown wire plants as ready
    madeproducts.Bycolddrawingthelowcarbonrodintowiresthestrengthisenhancedabouttwiceas

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6471
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    much as that of the coil rod. This reduces the amount of steel required in prefabricating prestressed
    concretemembers.
    (e) Therefore,incomparisonwithconventionalreinforcedconcretereinforcedwithcommoncarbonsteel,
    a prestressed concrete member reinforced with cold drawn wire would have saving of steel
    consumption by 3050%. Furthermore, since prestressed concrete members have high stiffness a
    reductionofcrosssectionofmembersispossible.Aconsiderableamountofconcretecanalsobesaved
    andhenceworkincludingtransportation,handlinganderectioncanbereduced.
    (f) Lightweightedness(Lightinweight):Asalreadymentionedthatthestiffnessofprestressedconcrete
    membersmaybeenhanced,thedimensionofit'scrosssectioncanbereducedcrosspondingly.These
    resultnotonlyreductionofconcretevolumebutalsoitsdeadweightwhichisestimatedas1030%.

    9.4.17.1 Materials
    BasicallythematerialsusedinCWPCtechnologyaresteelandconcrete.
    (a) Steel:steelusedforCWPCisobtainedbycolddrawing.Colddrawingasalreadymentionedis
    aprocessofreducingthediameterofthecoilrodbyforcingittopassthroughaconicaldie.
    Bythisprocess,thesteelcanbestrengthenedby100%.
    (b) Concrete: The requirement of concrete in CWPC is same as that of ordinary reinforced
    concrete.

    9.4.17.2 Design
    Similar to other reinforced concrete structures, CWPC structures have a complete set of design
    specificationandcomputationalapproachesbywhichvariousmembersoftheCWPCcanbedesigned.In
    thedesignofprestressedmembersthefunctionofprestressingforceandprestressinglossesshouldbe
    calculated. CWPC members should be checked for its strength, stability and cracking resistance
    respectively atdifferent stagesincluding service, manufacturing, erection and construction.Indesigning
    membersconformitytolocalspecificationsshouldbeconsidered.
    Cold drawn low carbon wire conforming to ASTM A615 or equivalent may be permitted for
    prestressingprovidedthemechanicalrequirementsshowninTable9.4.5aresatisfied.

    Table9.4.5TensileStrengthandElongationofColdDrawnWire

    Diameterofwire Minimumtensilestrength Minimumelongation


    2
    (mm) (N/mm ) (percent)
    3 650 2.0
    4 600 2.5
    5 550 3.0

    9.4.18 Externalposttensioning

    9.4.18.1 Posttensioningtendonsshallbepermittedtobeexternaltoanyconcretesectionofamember.The
    strength and serviceability design methods of this Code shall be used in evaluating the effects of
    externaltendonforcesontheconcretestructure.

    9.4.18.2 Externaltendonsshallbeconsideredasunbondedtendonswhencomputingflexuralstrengthunless
    provisionsaremadetoeffectivelybondtheexternaltendonstotheconcretesectionalongitsentire
    length.

    9.4.18.3 Externaltendonsshallbeattachedto theconcretememberinamannerthatmaintainsthedesired


    eccentricitybetweenthetendonsandtheconcretecentroidthroughoutthefullrangeofanticipated
    memberdeflection.

    9.4.18.4 Externaltendonsandtendonanchorageregionsshallbeprotectedagainstcorrosion,andthedetails
    oftheprotectionmethodshallbeindicatedonthedrawingsorintheprojectspecifications.

    6472 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    9.4.19 Performancerequirementofprestressedconcretedesign

    9.4.19.1 Classificationofperformancerequirement
    Aftertheoutlineofthememberdimensionsaredeterminedandthemostsuitablekindandtypeof
    prestressing options are selected at the structural planning stage, the prestressed concrete
    noncompositeandcompositestructuresandmembersshallsatisfyalloftherequiredperformances
    such as safety, serviceability, restorability, durability, reparability, societal and environmental
    compatibility,etc.ateverystageofdesign,constructionandmaintenancethroughoutthedesignlife
    ofthestructure.
    Table9.4.8givestheperformancerequirementofprestressedconcretestructuresandcomponents
    andrelatedperformanceitems.

    9.4.19.2 Performanceverificationmethod
    (a) Performanceverificationshallbebasedonthepartialfactormethodonthebasis of
    reliabilitytheoryandasastandarddesignprocedure,itshallbebasedonthe limit state
    method.
    (b) Ingeneralverificationshallbebasedondesignresponsestodesignactions, designlimitsas
    determinedbydesignmaterialstrengths,andindividualpartial factors. The performance
    ofthestructureshall,ingeneral,beverifiedusingEquations9.4.191and9.4.192:

    Table9.4.8 Classificationofperformancerequirementforprestressedconcretestructures

    Performance Performance item Examples of check items Example of verification


    requirements index
    Safety Structuralsafety Resistanceofwholestructure, Stressresultant,stress
    components,stability,
    deformationperformance
    Publicsafety Injurytousersandthirdparties
    Serviceability Liveloadoperating Soundnessandrigidityof Floorflatness,deformationof
    performance structures/membersunder maingirder
    usualconditions
    Usercomfort Usercomfortunderwalking Naturalfrequencyofmain
    inducedvibrations girders
    Restorability Restorabilityafter Levelofdamage(easeof Responsevalue(damagelevel)/
    earthquake, restoration) limitvalueofperformance
    cyclone,tidalbore, (damagelevel)
    fire,etc.
    Durability Fatigueresistance Fatiguedurabilityagainst Equivalentstress
    variableactions range/allowablestressrange
    Corrosion Rustpreventionandcorrosion Corrosionenvironmentand
    resistance protectionperformanceofsteel surfacefinish,paint
    material specification
    Resistanceto Concretedeterioration Watercementratio,coverof
    material concrete
    deterioration
    Maintainability Easeofmaintenance
    (inspection,easeofrepair,etc.)
    andeaseofrestoration
    Socialand Socialcompatibilty Appropriatenessofpartialfactor Partialfactor,structuralfactor,

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6473
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Performance Performance item Examples of check items Example of verification


    requirements index
    environmental (considerationofsocial etc.
    compatibility importanceofstructure)
    Economic Socialutilityduringlifecycleof Lifecyclecost(LCC),lifecycle
    rationality structure utility(LTU)
    Environmental Noise,vibration,environmental Noiseandvibrationlevelsfor
    compatibility impact,aesthetics,etc. surroundingresidents,
    aestheticreactiontostructural
    shapeandcolor,monumental
    aspect,etc.
    Constructability/ Safetyduring Safetyduringconstruction Stressresultant,stress,
    workability construction deformation
    Initialsoundness Materialquality,welding Materialproperties,
    quality,etc. workmanship
    Easeofconstruction Easeoffabricationand Userfriendlyconstruction
    constructionwork methodologyconceivedat
    designstage
    Sd
    i 1 .0
    Rd (9.14.191)
    a .S ( f .Fk )
    i 1.0
    R( f k / m ) (9.14.192)
    where, Rd :designresistance
    fk :characteristicvalueofmaterialstrength
    m :materialfactor
    b :structuralmemberfactor
    R() :functionforcalculatinglimitvalueofstructurefrommaterial strength
    Sd :designresponse
    Fk :individualcharacteristicvalueofaction
    a :structuralanalysisfactor
    f :actionfactorcorrespondingtoeachaction(loadfactor)
    S() :functionforcalculatingresponsevalueofstructurefromaction
    i :structuralfactor
    (a) During design, a verification shall be carried out for every limit state that can be
    considered.
    (b) TheflowchartexplainingtheconceptofverificationofsafetyisgiveninFig.9.4.19.

    Design resistance R Design action effect


    Characteristicvalueofmaterialstrength:fk Characteristicvalueofaction:Fk
    m f

    Designvalueofmaterialstrength:fd=fk/m Designvalueofaction:Fd=fFk

    6474 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    Resistance:R(fd) Actioneffect:S(Fd)
    b a


    Designresistance: Rd=R(fd)/b Designactioneffect:Sd= aS(Fd)

    i
    Sd
    Verification: i 1.0
    Rd
    9.4.19.3 Partialfactors
    (a) Partialfactorsshallbedeterminedontheconceptgiveni.andii.below.
    i) Thematerialfactor,structuralmemberfactor,structuralanalysisfactor,andactionfactor
    shall be determined in consideration of (i) unfavorabledeviations from characteristic
    values,(ii)uncertaintiesincomputationalaccuracy,and(iii)discrepanciesbetweendesign
    andpracticewithrespecttoactionsorstructuresandmaterials.
    Table9.4.9showsthe standardvaluesofpartialfactors.
    ii) Thestructuralfactorishallbedeterminedaccordingtostructuralimportanceandalsothe
    socialandeconomicalimpactofthestructurereachingitslimitstate.
    Table9.4.10showsthestandardvaluesofstructuralfactorifordifferentperformanceitems.

    Table9.4.9Standardvaluesofpartialfactors

    Performanceitem Actionfactor Structuralanalysis Materialfactor Structuralmember


    f factora m Factorb

    Structuralsafety 1.01.6 1.01.1 1.01.05 1.01.3
    Serviceability(user 1.0 1.0 1.01.05 1.0
    comfort)
    Durability(fatigue 1.01.1 1.0 1.0 1.01.1
    resistance)

    Table9.4.10Standardvaluesofstructuralfactors

    Performanceitem Structuralfactori
    Structuralsafety 1.01.2
    Serviceability(Usercomfort) 1.0
    Durability(fatigueresistance) 1.0

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6475
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    PartBMaterialandConstruction
    9.5 MaterialandConstruction

    9.5.1 Materials

    9.5.1.1 ConcreteingredientsandapplicableASTMstandards
    Table9.5.1showsthelistofcommonlyapplicablestandardsforcement,coarseandfineaggregates,
    admixturesandmixingwater.

    Table9.5.1Cement,coarseandfineaggregates,admixtures,waterandapplicablestandards

    Designationofthe
    Material TitleoftheStandard
    Standard
    Concrete ASTMC39 Compressiontestingofcylindricalconcretespecimens
    Cement BDSEN1971,issued Part1:Composition,specificationsandconformitycriteriaforcommon
    April2003 cements
    Fine&coarseaggregates ASTMC13606 Standardtestmethodforsieveanalysisoffineandcoarseaggregates
    Standardtestmethodfororganicimpuritiesinfineaggregatesfor
    ASTMC4004 concrete
    Claylumpsandfriableparticles
    ASTMC142 Specificgravityandabsorptionofcoarseaggregate
    ASTMC127 Specificgravityandabsorptionoffineaggregate
    ASTMC128 DegradationofsmallsizecoarseaggregatebyL.A.abrasiontest
    ASTMC131 Unitweightsandvoidsinaggregates
    SurfacemoistureinfineaggregateSoundnessofaggregatesbyuseof
    ASTMC29 sodiumsulfateormagnesiumsulfate
    ASTMC70 Soundnessofaggregatesbyuseofsodiumsulfateormagnesiumsulfate
    Alkalireactivity,potentialofcementaggregatecombinations
    Potentialalkalireactivityofaggregates(Mortarbarmethod)
    ASTMC88 Sandequivalentvalueofsoilsandfineaggregate

    ASTMC227

    ASTMC1260

    ASTMD2419

    Admixtures ASTMC494 TypeAWaterreducing
    TypeBRetarding
    TypeCAccelerating
    TypeDWaterreducingandretarding
    TypeEWaterreducingandaccelerating
    TypeFWaterreducing,highrange
    TypeGWaterreducing,highrangeandretarding
    TypeSSpecificperformanceadmixture

    6476 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    Designationofthe
    Material TitleoftheStandard
    Standard
    Mixing ASTMC1602/ Standardspecificationformixingwaterusedin the
    Water C1602M06 productionofhydrauliccementconcrete
    T

    9.5.1.2 Reinforcingsteelandapplicablestandards
    Table 9.5.2 shows the types of reinforcing steel with the ASTM and BDS Designation standard
    specifications.

    Table9.5.2ListofStandardsforthereinforcingsteel

    Material DesignationoftheStandard TitleoftheStandard


    ReinforcingSteel ASTMA615/A615M04a Standardspecificationsfor
    deformedandplaincarbonsteel
    barsforconcretereinforcement
    ASTMA706/A706M04a Standardspecificationsforlow
    alloysteeldeformedandplain
    carbonsteelbarsforconcrete
    reinforcement
    BDSISO69352:2009/ISO69352: Bangladeshstandard,Steelfor
    2007 thereinforcementofconcrete,
    Part2:Ribbedbars(1strevision)

    9.5.1.3 PrestressingsteelandapplicableASTMstandards
    Table 9.5.3 shows the types of high tensile prestressing steel and cold drawn wires used for
    prestressing,withtheASTMDesignationstandardspecifications.

    Table9.5.3ListofStandardsforthepretressingsteel

    Material Designationofthe TitleoftheStandard


    Standard
    Prestressing ASTMA416416M02 Standardspecificationforsteel,wire,harddrawnforprestressing
    Steel concretepipe
    ASTMA64804a Standardspecificationforuncoatedhighstrengthsteelbarsfor
    prestressingconcrete

    9.5.2 Constructionofprestressedconcretestructures

    9.5.2.1 Posttensioningducts

    9.5.2.1.1 Corrosionprotectionforunbondedtendons
    (a) Unbondedprestressingsteelshallbeencasedwithsheathing.Theprestressing steel shall be
    completelycoatedandthesheathingaroundtheprestressingsteelfilled with suitable material
    toinhibitcorrosion.
    (b) Sheathingshallbewatertightandcontinuousoverentirelengthtobeunbonded.
    (c) Forapplicationsincorrosiveenvironments,thesheathingshallbeconnectedtoall stressing,
    intermediateandfixedanchoragesinawatertightfashion.
    (d) Unbondedsinglestrandtendonsshallbeprotectedagainstcorrosionin accordance with
    ACI423.7.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6477
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    9.5.2.2 Posttensioningducts
    (a) Ductsforgroutedtendonsshallbemortartightandnonreactivewith concrete, prestressing
    steel,grout,andcorrosioninhibitor.
    (b) Ductsforgroutedsinglewire,singlestrand,orsinglebartendonsshallhaveaninsidediameter
    atleast6mmlargerthantheprestressingsteeldiameter.
    (c) Ductsforgroutedmultiplewire,multiplestrand,ormultiplebartendonsshall have an inside
    crosssectionalareaatleasttwotimesthecrosssectional area oftheprestressingsteel.
    (d) Ductsshallbemaintainedfreeofpondedwaterifmemberstobegroutedare exposed to
    temperaturesbelowfreezingpriortogrouting.

    9.5.2.3 Groutforbondedtendons

    9.5.2.3.1 Materialsforgrouts
    (a) GroutshallconsistofPortlandcementandwater;orPortlandcement,sand,andwater.
    (b) Materialsforgroutshallconformto9.5.2.2.1c.,d.,e.andf.below.
    (c) Portlandcementshallconformto9.5.1.1.
    (d) Watershallconformto9.5.1.1.
    (e) Sand,ifused,shallconformto9.5.1.1exceptthatgradationshallbepermittedtobemodified
    asnecessarytoobtainsatisfactoryworkability.
    (f) Admixtures conforming to 9.5.1.1 and known to have no injurious effects on grout, steel, or
    concreteshallbepermitted.Calciumchlorideshallnotbeused.

    9.5.2.3.2 Selectionofgroutproportions
    Proportionsofmaterialsforgroutshallbebasedoneithera.orb.below.
    (a) Resultsoftestsonfreshandhardenedgroutpriortobeginninggrouting operations;or
    (b) Prior documented experience with similar materials and equipment and under comparable
    fieldconditions.
    (c) CementusedintheWorkshallcorrespondtothatonwhichselectionofgroutproportionswas
    based.
    (d) Water content shall be minimum necessary for proper pumping of grout; however, water
    cementratioshallnotexceed0.45byweight.
    (e) Watershallnotbeaddedtoincreasegroutflowabilitythathasbeendecreasedbydelayeduse
    ofthegrout.

    9.5.2.3.3 Mixingandpumpingofgrout
    (a) Groutshallbemixedinequipmentcapableofcontinuousmechanicalmixingandagitationthat
    will produce uniform distribution of materials, passed through screens, and pumped in a
    mannerthatwillcompletelyfilltheducts.
    (b) Temperatureofmembersattimeofgroutingshallbeabove2Candshallbemaintainedabove
    2C until fieldcured 50 mm cubes of grout reach a minimum compressive strength of 5.5
    N/mm2.
    (c) Grouttemperaturesshallnotbeabove32Cduringmixingandpumping.

    9.5.2.4 Protectionforprestressingsteelduringwelding
    Burning or welding operations in the vicinity of prestressing steel shall be performed so that
    prestressingsteelisnotsubjecttoexcessivetemperatures,weldingsparks,orgroundcurrents.

    9.5.2.5 Applicationandmeasurementofprestressingforce

    9.5.2.5.1 Prestressingforceshallbedeterminedbybothof(a)and(b):
    (a) Measurementofsteelelongation.Requiredelongationshallbedeterminedfromaverageload
    elongationcurvesfortheprestressingsteelused;

    6478 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    (b) Observation of jacking force on a calibrated gage or load cell or by use of a calibrated
    dynamometer.

    9.5.2.5.2 Causeofanydifferenceinforcedeterminationbetween9.5.2.4.1(a)and(b)thatexceeds5
    percent for pretensioned elements or 7 percent for posttensioned construction shall be
    ascertainedandcorrected.

    9.5.2.5.3 Where the transfer of force from the bulk heads of pretensioning bed to the concrete is
    accomplishedbyflamecuttingprestressingsteel,cuttingpointsandcuttingsequenceshallbe
    predeterminedtoavoidundesiredtemporarystresses.

    9.5.2.5.4 Longlengthsofexposedpretensionedstrandshallbecutnearthemembertominimizeshock
    toconcrete.

    9.5.2.5.5 Totallossofprestressduetounreplacedbrokenprestressingsteelshallnotexceed2percentof
    totalprestress.

    9.5.2.6 Posttensioninganchoragesandcouplers

    9.5.2.6.1 Anchoragesandcouplersforbondedandunbondedtendonsshalldevelopatleast95percentof
    the fpu when tested in an unbonded condition, without exceeding anticipated set. For bonded
    tendons,anchoragesandcouplersshallbelocatedsothat100percentoffpushallbedeveloped
    atcriticalsectionsaftertheprestressingsteelisbondedinthemember.

    9.5.2.6.2 Couplersshallbeplacedinareasapprovedbythelicenseddesignprofessionalandenclosedin
    housinglongenoughtopermitnecessarymovements.

    9.5.2.6.3 Inunbondedconstructionsubjecttorepetitiveloads,attentionshallbegiventothepossibility
    offatigueinanchoragesandcouplers.

    9.5.2.6.4 Anchorages,couplers,andendfittingsshallbepermanentlyprotectedagainstcorrosion.

    9.5.3 Performancerequirementofmaterial

    9.5.3.1 Performancerequirementofmaterial
    (a) Thefundamentalperformancerequirementofmaterialsformingthestructureisthattheyshould
    beabletoresistactionssuchasthevariousloadingstowhichthestructureisexposed.
    (b) Materials forming the structure should not reach unexpected limit states as a result of
    deteriorationphenomenaduringtheworkinglifeofthestructure.
    (c) Materialsrelated energy consumption and CO2 discharges should be minimized, while
    recyclabilityshouldbehigh.
    (d) Any materials that escape into the surrounding environment during construction and service
    shouldnothaveastrongimpactonhumanbeings,animalsandplants.
    Commentary:
    Corresponding to design requirements, the materials should be evaluated to ensure that their
    propertiesaresuitablewithrespecttostrength(tensile,compressiveandshear),deformation(e.g.
    elasticmodulus),heatresistanceandwatertightness.
    The characteristic values obtained from the tests, complying appropriate BDS, ASTM, BS, or
    equivalentstandards,onsuchspecimensshouldbeconvertedtosuitthedesigncalculationmodels
    usingappropriateconversionfactorsorfunctions.
    ThecharacteristicvalueofmaterialstrengthfkiscalculatedfromtestresultsusingEq.9.5.31.
    fk fmk 9.5.31
    wherefm:meanoftestvalues,:standarddeviationoftestvalues,andk: coefficient of variance.
    The coefficient k is determined from the probability of obtaining a test value less than the
    characteristic value and the probability distribution of test results. The 5% fractile value is often
    taken as the characteristic value. In this case, the value of k is 1.64 if the normal distribution is
    assumedforthetestvalues.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6479
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Atthestructuraldesignstage,verificationshallbeperformedsothatresponsevalueislessthanor
    equaltothelimitvalueofperformancethroughoutbothconstructionperiodandworkinglife.Atthe
    end of construction stage, just completed structure shall fulfill the all required performances
    consideredinitsdesign.

    6480 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    PartCMaintenance
    9.6 Maintenance

    9.6.1 General
    Iftheprestressedconcretestructureisdesignedandconstructedinaccordancewiththeappropriateconcepts
    describedinPartIandIIofthisChapter,basedonwhichthedurabilityischeckedbyverifyingtheperformance
    requirements of the concrete and its constituent materials, it is not likely that structural deterioration would
    become so significant as to degrade the performance of the structure. On the other hand it is not easy to
    estimate the performance degradation process of the structure during its service life accurately. Also, it is
    difficulttocompletelyavoidconstructiondefectsatallconstructionstages.Therefore,thenewstructureshould
    be appropriately maintained by routine and regular inspections, based on an adequate maintenance plan
    formulatedatthedesignstage.
    For existing structures, deterioration may be evident in some cases, with the performance having been
    degraded.Thedefectsofsuchstructuresshouldbeaccuratelyassessedandidentifiedasinitialdefects,damage,
    ordeteriorations.Majorcausesforsuchdefectsshouldbeidentifiedsubsequentlysothatappropriateremedial
    actionscanbeselected.Theinitialdefectsanddamageshouldbetreatedpromptlyandappropriatelyincluding
    emergency treatments. When the deterioration that would degrade the performance is evident, the
    deteriorationmechanismsshouldbeidentifiedandappropriatemaintenance,carriedoutbasedontheresults
    ofdeteriorationpredictionandperformancedegradationevaluation.

    9.6.2 ClassificationofMaintenanceAction
    Maintenanceactionsshallbeclassifiedintodifferentcategoriesdependingonsuchfactorsastheimportanceof
    thestructure,designlife,impactonathirdparty,environmentalconditions,easeofmaintenance,andcost.
    Intheviewoftheabove,fourcategoriesarerecommendedfortheclassificationsofthemaintenanceactions:
    CategoryAPreventivemaintenance
    Maintenancetopreventdeteriorationwhichwouldotherwiseleadtounsatisfactorystructuralperformance.
    CategoryAstructuresarethose
    - forwhichremedialactionsaredifficulttotakeafterdeteriorationbecomesapparent;
    - ofwhichdeteriorationmustnotbeapparent;
    - havingalongdesignlife.
    Structuresinthiscategorygenerallyhaveahighdegreeofimportancewhichinmanycasesrequiremonitoring.
    CategoryBCorrectivemaintenance
    Maintenance to restore the performance level and/or to reduce the rate of deterioration so as to maintain
    satisfactorystructuralperformance.
    CategoryBstructuresarethoseforwhich
    - remedialmeasurescanbetakenafterdeteriorationbecomesapparent;
    - apparentdeteriorationcausesnoappreciableinconvenience.
    CategoryCObservationalmaintenance
    Maintenanceinwhichvisualinspectionisnecessarywithoutanyremedial action regardless of the
    deteriorationlevel.
    CategoryCstructuresarethose
    - foruseaslongastheyareusable;
    - forwhichensuringsafetyfromthreatsposedtothirdpartiesistheonlyrequirement.
    CategoryDIndirectmaintenance
    Maintenanceinwhichnodirectinspectionisnecessaryorpossible.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6481
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Category D structures are those for which direct inspection is extremely difficult. For these reasons, non
    inspection maintenance after the initial inspection is carried out not as routine or regular inspection, but as
    extraordinaryinspectionfollowingnaturaldisasters,accidents,etc.

    9.6.3 MaintenanceRecord
    Records,drawingsandrelateddocumentspreparedduringthetimeofplanning,designandconstructionshall
    be referred to and made use of while developing an appropriate methodology for maintenance covering
    inspectionandrepairs.
    Commentary:
    A thorough study of the planning, design and construction related documents often provide insights into the
    inherent weaknesses of the structure which in turn often serve as pointers for further detailed inspection
    and/orrepairs.
    Furthermore, a clear record should be kept of the difficulties encountered, remedial actions taken and any
    deviation from the design drawings. These record also serve as a valuable reference in the design and
    constructionofsimilarstructuresandtheirsubsequentinspections.

    9.6.4 Inspection

    9.6.4.1 General
    Onthebasisofthemethodsusedinthefrequencyandtiming,inspectionshallbeclassifiedasinitial
    inspection,routineinspection,regularinspection,detailedinspection,extraordinaryinspection,and
    monitoring.

    9.6.4.2 Initialinspection
    Initial inspection is intended to examine whether the structure is adequately constructed. It also
    allowsthecollectionofbasicdataforinitiatingamaintenanceprogram.Initialinspectionshallalsobe
    carriedoutjustafterthecompletionofremedialactions.
    Initialinspectionshouldcovertheexternalappearanceofthestructure,variationofconcretequality,
    existence of construction defects, construction errors on reinforcing and pretsressing bar
    arrangement,andsoon.

    9.6.4.3 Routineinspections
    It shall be carried out on a routine basis at certain intervals without making any specific effort to
    identify signs of deterioration, if any, and the time of their first appearance. The exact tools to be
    usedandthefrequencyofsuchinspectionsmaybedecidedonthebasisofsuchfactorsasthelikely
    mechanisms of such deterioration, environmental conditions, importance of the structure, and the
    maintenanceactionclassification.
    Aroutineinspectionshouldcovertheexternalappearanceofthestructureincludingcracks,spalling,
    delamination,colorchanges,ruststainfromreinforcement,andisolationoffreelimefromconcrete.

    9.6.4.4 Regularinspection
    Itshallbecarriedoutatregularintervalsusingappropriatetoolstoidentifysignsofdeteriorationand
    the time of their first appearance. Efforts shall be made during a regular inspection to observe the
    structurecloselytoobtaindetailswhichwillbedifficulttogatherduringaroutineinspection.
    Visualinspectionand/orhammeringinspectionarecarriedoutmainlytoobtainmoredetailsonthe
    itemsinspectedinaroutineinspection.Inaddition,inspectionsbyusingappropriatenondestructive
    testsortakingconcretecoresetc.canbeeffectivelycombinedwiththevisualinspection.

    9.6.4.5 Detailedinspection
    Detailedinspectionshallbedonewhen
    (a) somesignsofdeteriorationorachangeintheperformancelevelareobservedduringaroutine
    and/orregularinspection;
    (b) it is difficult to obtain reliable and accurate information during a routine and/or regular
    inspection;

    6482 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    (c) itisfoundthatthestructuralintegrityofthestructurehasbeenadverselyaffectedbytheextent
    ofthedeterioration;
    (d) more detailed information is required before deciding on the necessity and scope for
    undertakingamajorrepair,rehabilitationorstrengtheningwork.

    9.6.4.6 Extraordinaryinspection
    Itshallbecarriedoutafterastructurehasbeensubjectedtoanaccidentalloadtoassesstheextent
    ofthedamageandtheneedforremedialactions.Suchaccidentalloadsmayincludethosecausedby
    anearthquake,storm,flood,fire,explosion,etc.

    9.6.5 Monitoring
    Thedeteriorationand/orperformanceoftheconcernedstructureasdeterminedin9.6.2,shallbemonitored,
    throughcontinuousrecordingoftheappropriatedata,togetherwithroutineandregularinspections,sothatthe
    appropriateremedialactionscanbetakenbeforethedeteriorationbecomesdetrimentaltotheappearanceand
    otherperformanceofthestructure.

    9.6.6 DeteriorationMechanismandPrediction

    9.6.6.1 General
    Theprevailingstateoftheconcernedstructureshallbeevaluatedasproperlyaspossibleaccordingto
    the inspection results, design and construction records, environmental conditions, and any other
    relevantinformation.Thenwhenanydeteriorationisfound,thepossiblecausesofthedeterioration
    andthecorrespondingmechanismcanbeappropriatelyestimated.

    9.6.6.2 Identificationofdeteriorationmechanisms
    Deterioration of a structure is caused by the environmental actions and loading conditions.
    Environmentoriented deterioration includes carbonationinduced deterioration, chlorideinduced
    deterioration, chemical attack, alkaliaggregate reaction, etc. On the other hand external force
    orienteddeteriorationincludesfatigue,excessiveloading,anddifferentialsettlementofthesupport.

    9.6.6.3 Deteriorationfactors
    Deteriorationfactorsmaybeclassifiedintothose
    (a) external to structures such as temperature, humidity and any other environmental
    characteristics;and
    (b) internaltothestructuresuchasdesignparametersandqualitycontrolduringconstruction.
    Commentary:
    Designfactorsincludethegeometryofthemembers/segments, crackwidthspecifications,concrete
    covertoreinforcingbarandpretressingsteel/ducts,anddesignstrength.Constructionfactorsinclude
    materialselection,mixproportions,transportation,placement,andcuringmethods.

    9.6.6.4 Determinationofdeteriorationlevelsandrates
    The level of deterioration and/or performance shall be determined based on the results of
    inspectionsandsimulationsusingappropriatemodelsforthemechanismsofdeterioration.
    The following features appearing on the surface of the structure may be used for evaluating the
    degreeofdeteriorationandthelevelofperformance:
    (a) crackpattern,lengthandwidth;
    (b) theextentofdelamination,peelingandspallingofconcretecover,andscalinganddegradation
    areas;
    (c) abnormalhammertappingsoundandtheextentofabnormality;
    (d) presenceanddegreeofexudationofrustandefflorescenceandwaterleakage.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6483
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    9.6.7 EvaluationandDecisionMaking

    9.6.7.1 General
    Ingeneral,thedeteriorationandperformancedegradationofastructureprogressmonotonically.The
    decision, therefore, should be made based on the evaluation outcome of the performance of the
    structureatthetimeofinspectionandattheendofitsdesignlife.

    9.6.7.2 Thresholdlevel
    Thethresholdlevelofthestructuresdegradedperformanceshallbespecifiedinaccordancewiththe
    requirementsofsafety,functionality,appearance,societalfriendlinessandsuchotherfactors,taking
    into consideration the type, importance and maintenance level of the structure and the
    environmentalconditions.

    9.6.7.3 Evaluationofinspectionresults
    The results from routine and regular inspections shall be evaluated and a decision shall be made
    whetheradetailedinspectionisrequiredorotherwise.
    Theresultsfromthedetailedand/orextraordinaryinspectionsshallbeevaluatedandadecisionshall
    bemadewhetheraremedialactionisrequiredorotherwise.
    Immediate remedial actions shall be taken in cases where deterioration, damage and/or initial
    defectsarefoundtobehazardoustothirdparties.

    9.6.8 RemedialAction

    9.6.8.1 General
    A remedial action on a deteriorated structure shall be taken on the basis of the inspection results,
    importance of the structure, maintenance classification, and the threshold level of deterioration
    and/orperformance.
    Commentary:
    Repairandstrengtheningarethemaintechniquesofremedialactionsofwhichdetailsaredescribed
    in9.6.8.3and9.6.8.4respectively.Thefollowingmeasuresarealsoincludedintheremedialactions.
    Intensified inspection: inspection may be carried out by suitably increasing one or more of the
    following:frequencyofinspection,numberofinspectionitems,andthelocationsforinspection.
    Usagerestriction:suitablerestrictionshallbeimposedonthemaximumliveloadthatthestructure
    maycarry,dependingonthelevelofdeteriorationobserved.
    Functionalimprovementorrestoration:thismayincludeanappearanceimprovementthatbeautifies
    astructurewithsuitablypaintingorplacingadditionalconcrete,andsoon.
    Dismantlingandremoval:inacasewhenthedeteriorationofastructureistoosevereforits
    structural performance to be sufficiently restored, and dismantling or the removal is one of the
    choicesastheremedialmeasures.
    Special care for emergency: when a deteriorated structure poses an immediate threat to the
    environment,itsusers,orthirdparties,suitableemergencyactionshallbetakenimmediately.

    9.6.8.2 Selectionofremedialaction
    Selectionofmethodsandmaterialssuitablefortherelevantdeteriorationmechanismanddegreeof
    performancedegradationisparticularlyimportantformeasuresforwhichwidevarietiesofmethods
    andmaterialsareavailable.Careshouldbetakenasthemethodofrestoringtheperformancemay
    varydependingonthedeteriorationmechanism,venifthelevelofperformanceisthesame.

    9.6.8.3 Repair

    9.6.8.3.1 General
    Repair of a structure refers to the remedial action taken to prevent or slow down its further
    deteriorationandreducethepossibilityofdamagetoitsusersorthirdparties.

    6484 Vol.2
    PrestressedConcreteStructuresChapter9

    Types of repair include (i) repair of defects such as cracking and peeling; (ii) removal of concrete
    damaged by deterioration due to carbonation and such like; (iii) surface coating to prevent re
    intrusionofhazardoussubstances.

    9.6.8.3.2 Preparationandexecution
    Acompleteplanfortherepairworkincludingmethodsofrepair,materialstobeused,andteststo
    ensurethequalityofwork,shallbedevelopedbeforetherepairworkcommences.
    Repair works shall be carried out with minimum disturbances to the surrounding environment.
    Necessaryteststoensurethequalityoftherepairworkshallbecarriedout.Detailedrecordofthe
    repairworkshallbemaintainedforfuturereference.

    9.6.8.3.3 Methodsandmaterials
    Somecurrentrepairmethodsandassociatedmaterialsare
    - crackrepairbyinjectingepoxy;
    - sectionrepairincludingpatchingusingpolymercementmortar;
    - surfaceprotectionbyresinormortar;
    - cathodicprotection;
    - realkalization;
    - desalinationwhereverrequired.
    Commentary:
    Development of a repair plan comprises the selection of a repair method suitable for the
    deterioration mechanism, establishment of the required repair level, and decisions on the repair
    policy, specifications for the repair materials, sectional dimensions after repair, and execution
    methods.

    9.6.8.4 Strengthening

    9.6.8.4.1 General
    Strengtheningofastructurereferstotheremedialactiontakentorestoreorimproveitsstructural
    propertiesincludingloadcarryingcapacityandstiffness,toalevelwhichisequaltoorhigherthan
    thatoftheoriginaldesign.
    Commentary:
    Strengthening methods include (i) replacement of members; (ii) an increase in the crosssectional
    area of concrete; (iii) addition of members; (iv) an increase of the support points; (v) addition of
    strengtheningmembers;(vi)externalprestressing,etc.

    9.6.8.4.2 Preparationandexecution
    Strengthening of a structure shall be preceded by a thorough investigation of its deterioration
    consideringsuchfactorsastheremainingdesignlife,deteriorationmechanism,possiblecausesand
    extentofdeterioration,theremaininganddesiredloadcarryingcapacityorstiffness,importanceof
    thestructure,maintenanceclassification,andanyremedialactionstakenpreviously.
    A complete plan for the strengthening work including design calculations, methods of
    strengthening, materials to be used, and tests to ensure quality of the work, shall be developed
    beforeworkcommences.
    Strengtheningworkshallbecarriedoutwithminimumdisturbancetothesurroundingenvironment
    andtheserviceconditionofthestructure.

    9.6.8.4.3 Methodsandmaterials
    Somecurrentmethodsandassociatedmaterialsforstrengtheningare
    - external bonding viz plate or sheet bonding and over or underlaying using steel or carbon
    sheets;

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6485
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    - externalprestressingusingadditionaltensioncables;
    - additionofgirders,bracesand/orsupports;
    - replacementofmembers;
    - seismicisolation.
    Commentary:
    When selecting a strengthening method, it is necessary to consider effects of strengthening,
    constructability,costeffectiveness,andimpactonthecommunity/environmentduringexecution.
    Itisalsoimportanttoconsidertheeaseofmaintenanceafterstrengtheningandanyinfluenceon
    thelandscape.

    9.6.8.5 Record

    9.6.8.5.1 General
    Records shall be kept and preserved for future reference. Such records shall include details
    concerning the design, inspection and evaluation procedures, plans and execution of any repair
    and/orstrengtheningworkundertaken,andothersuchinformation.

    9.6.8.5.2 Preservation
    Themaintenancerecordsofastructureshallbepreservedwhilethestructureremainsinservice.It
    isalsodesirablethatsuchrecordsbepreservedforanindefiniteperiodasausefulreferenceforthe
    constructionandmaintenanceofothersimilarstructures.
    Commentary:
    It is important to devise a format that makes it easy to understand the history of a structure by
    simplyreferringtorecords.Therecordsshouldbemadeaccessibleatalltimes.

    9.6.8.5.3 Methodanditemofrecording
    Recordsshallbekeptinaneasytounderstandformat.
    Theitemstoberecordedshallincludereferencestoconcernedagencies,drawings,immediateand
    nearbyenvironment,classificationofstructure,resultsofdeteriorationrateestimation,resultsof
    anyinspectionscarriedout,evaluationofthestructure,anddetailsoftheplanandactualexecution
    ofremedialandotheractions.

    6486 Vol.2
    Chapter 10
    STEELSTRUCTURES

    10.1 GeneralProvisionsforStructuralSteelBuildingsandStructures
    This section states the scope of the Specification, summarizes referenced specification, code, and standard
    documents,andprovidesrequirementsformaterialsandcontractdocuments.

    10.1.1 Scope
    Thespecificationcontainedinchapter10ofPart6ofthiscodesetsforthcriteriaforthedesign,fabrication,and
    erection of structural steel buildings and other structures, where other steelstructures are defined as those
    structuresdesigned,fabricated,anderectedinamannersimilartosteelbuildings,withbuildinglikeverticaland
    lateralloadresistingelements.Whereconditionsarenotcoveredbythisspecification,designsarepermittedto
    bebasedontestsoranalysis,subjecttotheapprovaloftheauthorityhavingjurisdiction.Alternatemethodsof
    analysis and design shall be permitted, provided such alternate methods or criteria are acceptable to the
    authorityhavingjurisdiction.

    10.1.1.1 LowSeismic Applications: When the seismic response modification coefficient, R, (as specified in
    Chapter2ofPart6)istakenequaltoorlessthan3,thedesign,fabrication,anderectionofstructural
    steelframedbuildingsandothersteelstructuresshallcomplywiththisspecificationexceptthatsuch
    structuresneednottocomplywiththespecificationssetforthinSection10.20SeismicProvisions.

    10.1.1.2 HighSeismic Applications: When the seismic response modification coefficient, R, (as specified in
    Chapter2ofPart6)istakengreaterthan3,thedesign,fabricationanderectionofstructuralsteel
    framed buildings and other structures shall comply with the requirements in the Section 10.20
    Seismic Provisions, in addition to the provisions of other sections (whichever applicable) this
    specification.

    10.1.2 ReferencedSpecifications,CodesandStandards
    Thefollowingspecifications,codesandstandardsarereferencedinthisSpecification:
    ACIInternational(ACI)
    ACI31802BuildingCodeRequirementsforStructuralConcreteandCommentary
    ACI318M02MetricBuildingCodeRequirementsforStructuralConcreteandCommentary
    AmericanInstituteofSteelConstruction,Inc.(AISC)
    AISC30305CodeofStandardPracticeforSteelBuildingsandBridges
    ANSI/AISC34105SeismicProvisionsforStructuralSteelBuildings
    ANSI/AISC N6901994(R2004) Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Steel SafetyRelated
    StructuresforNuclearFacilities,includingSupplementNo.2
    ANSI/AISC N690L03 Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel SafetyRelated Structures for
    NuclearFacilities
    AmericanSocietyofCivilEngineers(ASCE)
    SEI/ASCE702MinimumDesignLoadsforBuildingsandOtherStructures
    ASCE/SFPE2999StandardCalculationMethodsforStructuralFireProtection
    AmericanSocietyofMechanicalEngineers(ASME)
    ASMEB18.2.696FastenersforUseinStructuralApplications
    ASMEB46.195SurfaceTexture,SurfaceRoughness,Waviness,andLay

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6487
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    AmericanIronandSteelInstitute(AISI)
    NorthAmericanSpecificationfortheDesignofColdFormedSteelStructuralMembers(AISI/COS/NASPEC2001).
    CodeofStandardPracticeforColdFormedSteelStructuralFraming,2005
    ASTMInternational(ASTM)
    A6/A6M04a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes,
    andSheetPiling
    A36/A36M04StandardSpecificationforCarbonStructuralSteel
    A53/A53M02StandardSpecificationforPipe,Steel,BlackandHotDipped,ZincCoated,WeldedandSeamless
    A193/A193M04a Standard Specification for AlloySteel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High
    TemperatureService
    A194/A194M04 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High
    TemperatureService,orBoth
    A216/A216M93(2003)StandardSpecificationforSteelCastings,Carbon,SuitableforFusionWelding,forHigh
    TemperatureService
    A242/A242M04StandardSpecificationforHighStrengthLowAlloyStructuralSteel
    A283/A283M03StandardSpecificationforLowandIntermediateTensileStrengthCarbonSteelPlates
    A30703StandardSpecificationforCarbonSteelBoltsandStuds,60,000PSITensileStrength
    A32504StandardSpecificationforStructuralBolts,Steel,HeatTreated,120/105ksiMinimumTensileStrength
    A325M04StandardSpecificationforHighStrengthBoltsforStructuralSteelJoints(Metric)
    A35403a Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally
    ThreadedFasteners
    A37003aStandardTestMethodsandDefinitionsforMechanicalTestingofSteelProducts
    A44904StandardSpecificationforQuenchedandTemperedSteelBoltsandStuds
    A49004StandardSpecificationforHeatTreatedSteelStructuralBolts,150ksiMinimumTensileStrength
    A490M04 Standard Specification for HighStrength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, for Structural Steel
    Joints(Metric)
    A50003a Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in
    RoundsandShapes
    A50101StandardSpecificationforHotFormedWeldedandSeamlessCarbonSteelStructuralTubing
    A50203StandardSpecificationforSteelStructuralRivets
    A514/A514M00a Standard Specification for HighYield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate,
    SuitableforWelding
    A529/A529M04StandardSpecificationforHighStrengthCarbonManganeseSteelofStructuralQuality
    A56304StandardSpecificationforCarbonandAlloySteelNuts
    A563M03StandardSpecificationforCarbonandAlloySteelNuts[Metric]
    A568/A568M03StandardSpecificationforSteel,Sheet,Carbon,andHighStrength,LowAlloy,HotRolledand
    ColdRolled,GeneralRequirementsfor
    A572/A572M04Standard Specification for HighStrength LowAlloy ColumbiumVanadium Structural
    Steel
    A588/A588M04 Standard Specification for HighStrength LowAlloy Structural Steel with 345 MPa Minimum
    YieldPointto100mmThick
    A60604StandardSpecificationforSteel,SheetandStrip,HighStrength,LowAlloy,HotRolledandColdRolled,
    withImprovedAtmosphericCorrosionResistance
    A618/A618M04 Standard Specification for HotFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength LowAlloy
    StructuralTubing
    A673/A673M04StandardSpecificationforSamplingProcedureforImpactTestingofStructuralSteel
    A668/A668M04StandardSpecificationforSteelForgings,CarbonandAlloy,forGeneralIndustrialUse

    6488 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    A709/A709M04StandardSpecificationforCarbonandHighStrengthLowAlloyStructuralSteelShapes,Plates,
    andBarsandQuenchedandTemperedAlloyStructuralSteelPlatesforBridges
    A75101StandardTestMethods,Practices,andTerminologyforChemicalAnalysisofSteelProducts
    A84799a(2003) Standard Specification for ColdFormed Welded and Seamless HighStrength, LowAlloy
    StructuralTubingwithImprovedAtmosphericCorrosionResistance
    A852/A852M03 Standard Specificationfor Quenched and TemperedLowAlloy Structural SteelPlatewith485
    MPaMinimumYieldStrengthto100mmThick
    A913/A913M04StandardSpecificationforHighStrengthLowAlloySteelShapesofStructuralQuality,Produced
    byQuenchingandSelfTemperingProcess(QST)
    A992/A992M04StandardSpecificationforStructuralSteelShapes
    A1011/A1011M04 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HotRolled, Carbon, Structural, High
    StrengthLowAlloyandHighStrengthLowAlloywithImprovedFormability
    C3303StandardSpecificationforConcreteAggregates
    C33004StandardSpecificationforLightweightAggregatesforStructuralConcrete
    E11900aStandardTestMethodsforFireTestsofBuildingConstructionand
    Materials
    E70901StandardGuideforMagneticParticleExamination
    F43603StandardSpecificationforHardenedSteelWashers
    F95902StandardSpecificationforCompressibleWasherTypeDirectTensionIndicatorsforUsewithStructural
    Fasteners
    F155499StandardSpecificationforAnchorBolts,Steel,36,55,and105ksiYieldStrength
    F185204 Standard Specification for TwistOff Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies,
    Steel,HeatTreated,120/105ksiMinimumTensileStrength
    AmericanWeldingSociety(AWS)
    AWSD1.1/D1.1M2004StructuralWeldingCodeSteel
    AWSA5.12004SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesforShieldedMetalArcWelding
    AWSA5.596SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesforShieldedMetalArcWelding
    AWSA5.17/A5.17M97SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesandFluxesforSubmergedArcWelding
    AWSA5.18:2001SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesandRodsforGasShieldedArcWelding
    AWSA5.2095SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesforFluxCoredArcWelding
    AWSA5.23/A5.23M97SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesandFluxesforSubmergedArcWelding
    AWS A5.25/A5.25M97 Specification for Carbon and LowAlloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Electroslag
    Welding
    AWSA5.26/A5.26M97SpecificationforCarbonandLowAlloySteelElectrodesforElectrogasWelding
    AWSA5.2896SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesandRodsforGasShieldedArcWelding
    AWSA5.29:1998SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesforFluxCoredArcWelding
    ResearchCouncilonStructuralConnections(RCSC)
    SpecificationforStructuralJointsUsingASTMA325orA490Bolts,2004
    BangladeshStandardsandTestingInstitute(BangladeshStandardsorBDS)

    10.1.3 Material

    10.1.3.1 StructuralSteelMaterials
    a) Regular Structural Steel: Material test reports from an acceptable testing laboratory shall constitute
    sufficientevidenceofconformitywithoneoftheabovelistedASTMstandards.Forhotrolledstructural
    shapes,plates,andbars,suchtestsshallbemadeinaccordancewithASTMA6/A6M;forsheets,such
    tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM A568/A568M; for tubing and pipe, such tests shall be
    made in accordance with the requirements of the applicable ASTM standards listed above for those

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6489
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    product forms. If requested, the fabricator shall provide an affidavit stating that the structural steel
    furnishedmeetstherequirementsofthegradespecified.
    Structural steel material conforming to one of the following specifications is approved for use under this
    Specification:
    (i)Hotrolledstructuralshapes
    ASTM A36/A36M, ASTM A529/A529M, ASTM A572/A572M, ASTM A588/A588M, ASTM
    A709/A709M,ASTMA913/A913M,ASTMA992/A992M
    (ii)Structuraltubing
    ASTMA500,ASTMA501,ASTMA618,ASTMA847,BDS1031:2006
    (iii)Pipe
    ASTMA53/A53M,Gr.B,BDS1031:2006
    (iv)Plates
    ASTM A36/A36M, ASTM A242/A242M, ASTM A283/A283M, ASTM A514/A514M, ASTM
    A529/A529M, ASTM A572/A572M,ASTMA588/A588M,ASTM A709/A709M, ASTM A852/A852M,
    ASTMA1011/A1011M,BDS1122:1987Reaffirmed2007
    (v)Bars
    ASTM A36/A36M, ASTM A529/A529M, ASTM A572/A572M, ASTM A709/A709M, BDS ISO 6935
    1:2006,BDSISO69352:2006
    (vi)Sheets
    ASTMA606,A1011/A1011MSS,HSLAS,ANDHSLASF,BDS1122:1987Reaffirmed2007
    b) UnidentifiedSteel:Unidentifiedsteelfreeofinjuriousdefectsispermittedtobeusedforunimportant
    membersordetails,wheretheprecisephysicalpropertiesandweldabilityofthesteelwouldnotaffect
    thestrengthofthestructure.
    c) RolledHeavyShapes:ASTMA6/A6Mhotrolledshapeswithaflangethicknessexceeding50mm,used
    as members subject to primary (computed) tensile forces due to tension or flexure and spliced using
    completejointpenetration groove welds that fuse through the thickness of the member, shall be
    specifiedasfollows.ThecontractdocumentsshallrequirethatsuchshapesbesuppliedwithCharpyV
    Notch (CVN) impact test results in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M, SupplementaryRequirement S30,
    CharpyVNotchImpactTestforStructuralShapesAlternateCoreLocation.Theimpacttestshallmeet
    aminimumaveragevalueof27Jabsorbedenergyat+210C.
    The above requirements do not apply if the splices and connections are made by bolting. The above
    requirements do not apply to hotrolled shapes with a flange thickness exceeding 50 mm that have
    shapes with flange or web elements less than 50 mm thick welded with completejointpenetration
    grooveweldstothefaceoftheshapeswiththickerelements.
    d) BuiltUpHeavyShapes:Builtupcrosssectionsconsistingofplateswithathicknessexceeding50mm,
    usedasmemberssubjecttoprimary(computed)tensileforcesduetotensionorflexureandsplicedor
    connected to other members using completejoint penetration groove welds that fuse through the
    thicknessoftheplates,shallbespecifiedasfollows.Thecontractdocumentsshallrequirethatthesteel
    besuppliedwithCharpyVNotchimpacttestresultsinaccordancewithASTMA6/A6M,Supplementary
    RequirementS5,CharpyVNotch ImpactTest. The impact test shallbeconductedinaccordance with
    ASTMA673/A673M,FrequencyP,andshallmeetaminimumaveragevalueof27Jabsorbedenergyat
    +210C.
    Theaboverequirementsalsoapplytobuiltupcrosssectionsconsistingofplatesexceeding50mmthat
    areweldedwithcompletejointpenetrationgrooveweldstothefaceofothersections.
    e) ColdFormSections:Specificationsforcoldformshapesregardingtheiruseasstructuralmembersisnot
    covered in Section 10. For such type of structural steel, AISI standard (AISI/COS/NASPEC 2001) or
    equivalentmaybefollowed.

    10.1.3.2 Steel Castings and Forgings: Cast steel shall conform to ASTM A216/A216M, Gr. WCB with
    Supplementary Requirement S11. Steel forgings shall conform to ASTM A668/A668M. Test reports

    6490 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    produced in accordance with the above reference standards shall constitute sufficient evidence of
    conformitywithsuchstandards.

    10.1.3.3 Bolts, Washers and Nuts: Bolt, washer, and nut material conforming to one of the following ASTM
    specificationsisapprovedforuseunderthisSpecification:
    (1)Bolts:ASTMA307,ASTMA325,ASTMA325M,ASTMA449,ASTMA490,ASTMA490M,ASTMF1852
    (2)Nuts:ASTMA194/A194M,ASTMA563,ASTMA563M
    (3)Washers:ASTMF436,ASTMF436M
    (4)CompressibleWasherTypeDirectTensionIndicators:ASTMF959,ASTMF959M

    10.1.3.4 Anchor rods and Threaded rods: Anchor rod and threaded rod material conforming to one of the
    followingASTMspecificationsisapprovedforuseunderthisSpecification:
    ASTMA36/A36M,ASTMA193/A193M,ASTMA354,ASTMA449,ASTMA572/A572M,ASTMA588/A588M,
    ASTMF1554
    A449materialisacceptableforhighstrengthanchorrodsandthreadedrodsofanydiameter.
    Threads on anchor rods and threaded rods shall conform to the Unified Standard Series of ASME
    B18.2.6andshallhaveClass2Atolerances.

    10.1.3.5 Filler metal and Flux for Welding: Filler metals and fluxes shall conform to one of the following
    specifications of the American Welding Society: AWS A5.1, AWS A5.5, AWS A5.17/A5.17M, AWS
    A5.18, AWS A5.20, AWS A5.23/A5.23M,AWS A5.25/A5.25M, AWS A5.26/A5.26M, AWS A5.28, AWS
    A5.29,AWSA5.32/A5.32M

    10.1.3.6 StudShearConnectors:SteelstudshearconnectorsshallconformtotherequirementsofStructural
    WeldingCodeSteel,AWSD1.1.

    10.1.4 StructuralDesignDrawingsandSpecifications
    Thedesigndrawingsandspecificationsshallmeettherequirementsspecifiedinthisspecification(Sections10.1
    through10.20)andshallbepreparedandpresentedinaninternationallyapprovedstandardinaccordancewith
    the provisions of Section 10.13, except for deviations specifically identified in the design drawings and/or
    specificationsandapprovedbyanappropriateauthority.

    10.2 GeneralDesignRequirements
    Thegeneralrequirementsfortheanalysisanddesignofsteelbuildingsandstructuresthatareapplicabletoall
    sectionsofChapter10ofPart6aregiveninthissection.

    10.2.1 GeneralProvisions
    Thedesignofmembersandconnectionsshallbeconsistentwiththeintendedbehavioroftheframingsystem
    and the assumptions made in the structural analysis. Unless restricted by the applicable code, lateral load
    resistanceandstabilitymaybeprovidedbyanycombinationofmembersandconnections.

    10.2.2 LoadsandLoadCombinations
    TheloadsandloadcombinationsshallbeasstipulatedinChapter2ofPart6ofthiscode.Fordesignpurposes,
    thenominalloadsshallbetakenastheloadsstipulatedintheChapter2

    10.2.3 DesignBasis
    Designs shall be made according to the provisions for Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) or to the
    provisionsforAllowableStrengthDesign(ASD).

    10.2.3.1 RequiredStrength:Therequiredstrengthofstructuralmembersandconnectionsshallbedetermined
    by structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations as stipulated in Chapter 2 of Part 6.
    Designbyelastic,inelasticorplasticanalysisispermitted.Provisionsforinelasticandplasticanalysis

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6491
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    are as stipulated in Section 10.15, Inelastic Analysis and Design. The provisions for moment
    redistributionincontinuousbeamsinSection10.15.3arepermittedforelasticanalysisonly.

    10.2.3.2 LimitStates:Designshallbebasedontheprinciplethatnoapplicablestrengthorserviceabilitylimit
    stateshallbeexceededwhenthestructureissubjectedtoallappropriateloadcombinations.

    10.2.3.3 Design for Strength Using Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD): Design according to the
    provisions for Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) satisfies the requirements of this
    Specificationwhenthedesignstrengthofeachstructuralcomponentequalsorexceedstherequired
    strengthdeterminedonthebasisoftheLRFDloadcombinationsasspecifiedinChapter2ofPart6.All
    provisionsofthisSpecification,exceptforthoseinSection10.2.3.4,shallapply.
    DesignshallbeperformedinaccordancewithEquation10.2.1:
    (10.2.1)
    where
    =requiredstrength(LRFD)
    =nominalstrength,specifiedinSections10.2through10.20
    =resistancefactor,specifiedinSections10.2through10.20
    =designstrength

    10.2.3.4 DesignforStrengthUsingAllowableStrengthDesign(ASD):Designaccordingtotheprovisionsfor
    AllowableStrengthDesign(ASD)satisfiestherequirementsofthisSpecificationwhentheallowable
    strength of each structural component equals or exceeds the required strength determined on the
    basis of the ASD load combinations as specified in Chapter 2 of Part 6. All provisions of this
    Specification,exceptthoseofSection10.2.3.3,shallapply.
    DesignshallbeperformedinaccordancewithEquation10.2.2:
    (10.2.2)
    where
    =requiredstrength(ASD)
    =nominalstrength,specifiedinSections10.2through10.20
    =safetyfactor,specifiedinSections10.2through10.20
    =allowablestrength

    10.2.3.5 DesignforStability:Stabilityofthestructureanditselementsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewith
    Section10.3.

    10.2.3.6 Design forConnection: Connection elements shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of
    Section 10.10 and 10.11. The forces and deformations used in design shall be consistent with the
    intendedperformanceoftheconnectionandtheassumptionsusedinthestructuralanalysis.
    10.2.3.6.1 Simple Connection: A simple connection transmits a negligible moment across the
    connection. In the analysis of the structure, simple connections may be assumed to allow
    unrestrainedrelativerotation between the framing elementsbeing connected.A simple connection
    shall have sufficient rotation capacity to accommodate the required rotation determined by the
    analysisofthestructure.Inelasticrotationoftheconnectionispermitted.
    10.2.3.6.2MomentConnection:Amomentconnectiontransmitsmomentacrosstheconnection.Two
    typesofmomentconnections,FRandPR,arepermitted,asspecifiedbelow.
    a) FullyRestrained(FR)MomentConnections:Afullyrestrained(FR)momentconnectiontransfers
    moment with a negligible relative rotation between the connected members. In the analysis of
    the structure, the connection may be assumed to allow no relative rotation. An FR connection
    shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to maintain the angle between the connected
    membersatthestrengthlimitstates.
    b) PartiallyRestrained (PR) Moment Connections: Partiallyrestrained (PR) moment connections
    transfermoments,buttherelativerotationbetweenconnectedmembersisnotnegligible.Inthe
    analysisofthestructure,theforcedeformationresponsecharacteristicsofthe connectionshall

    6492 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    beincluded.TheresponsecharacteristicsofaPRconnectionshallbedocumentedinthetechnical
    literatureorestablishedbyanalyticalorexperimental means.ThecomponentelementsofaPR
    connectionshallhavesufficientstrength,stiffness,anddeformationcapacityatthestrengthlimit
    states.

    10.2.3.7 DesignforConnection:Theoverallstructureandtheindividualmembers,connectionsandconnectors
    shall be checked for serviceability. Performance requirements for serviceability design are given in
    Section10.12.

    10.2.3.8 Design for Ponding: The roof system shall be investigated through structural analysis to assure
    adequatestrengthandstabilityunderpondingconditions,unlesstheroofsurfaceisprovidedwitha
    slope of 20 mm per meter or greater toward points of free drainage or an adequate system of
    drainageisprovidedtopreventtheaccumulationofwater.Methodsofcheckingpondingaregivenin
    section10.16.

    10.2.3.9 DesignforFatigue:FatigueshallbeconsideredinaccordancewithSection10.17,DesignforFatigue,
    formembersandtheirconnectionssubjecttorepeatedloading.Fatigueneednotbeconsideredfor
    seismiceffectsorfortheeffectsofwindloadingonnormalbuildinglateralloadresistingsystemsand
    buildingenclosurecomponents.

    10.2.3.10 DesignforFireConditions:TwomethodsofdesignforfireconditionsareprovidedinSection10.18,
    StructuralDesignforFireConditions:QualificationTestingandEngineeringAnalysis.Compliancewith
    thefireprotectionrequirementsinPart4ofthiscodeshallberequiredinadditiontosatisfyingthe
    requirementsofSection10.18.

    10.2.3.11 DesignforCorrosionEffects:Wherecorrosionmayimpairthestrengthorserviceabilityofastructure,
    structuralcomponentsshallbedesignedtotoleratecorrosionorshallbeprotectedagainstcorrosion.

    10.2.3.12 DesignWallThicknessforHSS:Thedesignwallthickness,t,shallbeusedincalculationsinvolvingthe
    wallthicknessofhollowstructuralsections(HSS).Thedesignwallthickness,t,shallbetakenequalto
    0.93 times the nominal wall thickness for electricresistancewelded (ERW) HSS and equal to the
    nominalthicknessforsubmergedarcwelded(SAW)HSS.

    10.2.3.13 GrossandNetAreaDetermination
    10.2.3.13.1GrossArea:Thegrossarea, ,ofamemberisthetotalcrosssectionalarea.
    10.2.3.13.2 Net Area: The net area, of a member is the sum of the products of the thickness and the net
    widthofeachelementcomputedasfollows:
    Incomputingnetareafortensionandshear,thewidthofaboltholeshallbetakenas2mmgreaterthanthe
    nominaldimensionofthehole.
    For a chain of holes extending across a part in any diagonal or zigzag line, the net width of the part shall be
    obtainedbydeductingfromthegrosswidththesumofthediametersorslotdimensionsasprovidedinSection
    2
    10.10.3.2,ofallholesinthechain,andadding,foreachgagespaceinthechain,thequantitys /(4g)
    where
    s=longitudinalcentertocenterspacing(pitch)ofanytwoconsecutiveholes,mm.
    g=transversecentertocenterspacing(gage)betweenfastenergagelines,mm.
    Forangles,thegageforholesinoppositeadjacentlegsshallbethesumofthegagesfromthebackoftheangles
    lessthethickness.
    ForslottedHSSweldedtoagussetplate,thenetarea, ,isthegrossareatheproductofthethicknessandthe
    totalwidthofmaterialthatisremovedtoformtheslot.
    Indeterminingthenetareaacrossplugorslotwelds,theweldmetalshallnotbeconsideredasaddingtothe
    netarea.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6493
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.2.4 ClassificationofSectionsforLocalBuckling
    Sectionsareclassifiedascompact,noncompact,orslenderelementsections.Forasectiontoqualifyascompact
    its flanges must be continuously connected to the web or webs and the widththickness ratios of its
    compressionelementsmustnotexceedthelimitingwidththicknessratios fromTable10.2.1.Ifthewidth
    thicknessratioofoneormorecompressionelementsexceeds ,butdoesnotexceed fromTable10.2.1,
    thesectionisnoncompact.Ifthewidththicknessratioofanyelementexceeds ,thesectionisreferredtoasa
    slenderelementsection.

    10.2.4.1 Unstiffened Elements: For unstiffened elements supported along only one edge parallel to the
    directionofthecompressionforce,thewidthshallbetakenasfollows:
    (a)ForflangesofIshapedmembersandtees,thewidthbisonehalfthefullflangewidth, .
    (b)Forlegsofanglesandflangesofchannelsandzees,thewidthbisthefullnominaldimension.
    (c)Forplates,thewidthbisthedistancefromthefreeedgetothefirstrowoffastenersorlineof
    welds.
    (d)Forstemsoftees,distakenasthefullnominaldepthofthesection.

    10.2.4.2 StiffenedElements:Forstiffenedelementssupportedalongtwoedgesparalleltothedirectionofthe
    compressionforce,thewidthshallbetakenasfollows:
    a) For webs of rolled or formed sections, h is the clear distance between flanges less the fillet or
    cornerradiusateachflange;hc istwicethedistancefromthecentroidtotheinsidefaceofthe
    compressionflangelessthefilletorcornerradius.
    b) Forwebsofbuiltupsections,histhedistancebetweenadjacentlinesoffastenersortheclear
    distancebetweenflangeswhenweldsareused,andhcistwicethedistancefromthecentroidto
    the nearest line of fasteners at the compression flange or the inside face of the compression
    flangewhenweldsareused;hpistwicethedistancefromtheplasticneutralaxistothenearest
    line of fasteners at the compression flange or the inside face of the compression flange when
    weldsareused.
    c) Forflangeordiaphragmplatesinbuiltupsections,thewidthbisthedistancebetweenadjacent
    linesoffastenersorlinesofwelds.
    d) For flanges of rectangular hollow structural sections (HSS), the width b is the clear distance
    between webs less the inside corner radius on each side. For websof rectangular HSS, h is the
    cleardistancebetweentheflangeslesstheinsidecornerradiusoneachside.Ifthecornerradius
    isnotknown,bandhshallbetakenasthecorrespondingoutsidedimensionminusthreetimes
    thethickness.Thethickness,t,shallbetakenasthedesignwallthickness,perSection10.2.3.12.
    e) For tapered flanges of rolled sections, the thickness is the nominal value halfway between the
    freeedgeandthecorrespondingfaceoftheweb.

    10.2.5 Fabrication,ErectionandQuality
    Shopdrawings,fabrication,shoppainting,erection,andqualitycontrolshallmeettherequirementsstipulated
    inSection10.13,Fabrication,Erection,andQualityControl.

    10.3 StabilityAnalysisandDesign
    Thissectionaddressesgeneralrequirementsforthestabilityanalysisanddesignofmembersandframesofsteel
    buildingsandstructures.

    10.3.1 StabilityDesignRequirements
    GeneralRequirements:Stabilityshallbeprovidedforthestructureasawholeandforeachofitselements.Any
    methodthatconsiderstheinfluenceofsecondordereffects(includingPandPeffects),flexural,shearand
    axial deformations, geometric imperfections, and member stiffness reduction due to residual stresses on the
    stability of the structure and its elements is permitted. The methods prescribed in this Section and Section
    10.14: Direct Analysis Method, satisfy these requirements. All component and connection deformations that
    contributetothelateraldisplacementsshallbeconsideredinthestabilityanalysis.

    6494 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6495
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6496 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10


    Instructuresdesignedbyelasticanalysis,individualmemberstabilityandstabilityofthestructureasawhole
    areprovidedjointlyby:
    a) Calculationoftherequiredstrengthsformembers,connectionsandotherelementsusingoneof
    themethodsspecifiedinSection10.3.2.2,and
    f) Satisfactionofthememberandconnectiondesignrequirementsinthisspecificationbasedupon
    thoserequiredstrengths.
    Instructuresdesignedbyinelasticanalysis,theprovisionsofSection10.15shallbesatisfied.

    10.3.1.1 Member Stability Design Requirements: Individual member stability is provided by satisfying the
    provisions of Section 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.10 and 10.11 etc. Where elements are designed to
    functionasbracestodefinetheunbracedlengthofcolumnsandbeams,thebracingsystemshallhave
    sufficient stiffness and strength to control member movement at the braced points. Methods of
    satisfyingthisrequirementareprovidedinSection10.19.

    10.3.1.2 SystemStabilityDesignRequirements
    Lateral stability shall be provided by moment frames, braced frames, shear walls, and/or other equivalent
    lateral load resisting systems. The overturning effects of drift and the destabilizing influence of gravity loads
    shall be considered. Force transfer and load sharing between elements of the framing systems shall be
    considered. Bracedframe and shearwall systems, moment frames, gravity framing systems, and combined
    systemsshallsatisfythefollowingspecificrequirements:
    10.3.1.3.1 BracedFrame and ShearWall Systems: In structures where lateral stability is provided solely by
    diagonalbracing,shearwalls,orequivalentmeans,theeffectivelengthfactor,K,forcompressionmembersshall
    betakenas1.0,unlessstructuralanalysisindicatesthatasmallervalueisappropriate.Inbracedframesystems,
    it is permitted to design the columns, beams, and diagonal members as a vertically cantilevered, simply
    connectedtruss.
    10.3.1.3.2 Moment Frame Systems: In frames where lateral stability is provided by the flexural stiffness of
    connected beams and columns, the effective length factor K or elastic critical buckling stress, , for columns
    andbeamcolumnsshallbedeterminedasspecifiedinSection10.3.2.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6497
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.3.1.3.3GravityFramingSystems:Columnsingravityframingsystemsshallbedesignedbasedontheiractual
    length(K=1.0)unlessanalysisshowsthatasmallervaluemaybeused.Thelateralstabilityofgravityframing
    systemsshallbeprovidedbymomentframes,bracedframes,shearwalls,and/orotherequivalentlateralload
    resistingsystems.Peffectsduetoloadonthegravitycolumnsshallbetransferredtothelateralloadresisting
    systemsandshallbeconsideredinthecalculationoftherequiredstrengthsofthelateralloadresistingsystems.
    10.3.1.3.4CombinedSystems:Theanalysisanddesignofmembers,connectionsandotherelementsincombined
    systemsofmomentframes,bracedframes,and/orshearwallsandgravityframesshallmeettherequirementsof
    theirrespectivesystems.

    10.3.2 CalculationofRequiredStrengths
    ExceptaspermittedinSection10.3.2.2.2,requiredstrengthsshallbedeterminedusingasecondorderanalysis
    as specified in Section 10.3.2.1. Design by either second order or firstorder analysis shall meet the
    requirementsspecifiedinSection10.3.2.2.

    10.3.2.1 MethodsofSecondorderAnalysis:Secondorderanalysisshallconformtotherequirementsinthis
    Section.
    10.3.2.1.1GeneralSecondOrderElasticAnalysis
    AnysecondorderelasticanalysismethodthatconsidersbothPandPeffectsmaybeused.TheAmplified
    FirstOrderElasticAnalysisMethoddefinedinSection10.3.2.1.2isanacceptedmethodforsecondorderelastic
    analysisofbraced,moment,andcombinedframingsystems.
    10.3.2.1.2SecondOrderAnalysisbyAmplifiedfirstOrderElasticAnalysis
    Thefollowingisanapproximatesecondorderanalysisprocedureforcalculatingtherequiredflexuralandaxial
    strengths in members of lateral load resisting systems. The required secondorder flexural strength, Mr , and
    axialstrength,Pr,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Mr = B1Mnt + B2 M lt (10.3.2.1a)
    Pr = Pnt + B 2 Plt (10.3.2.1b)
    Where,
    Cm
    B1 = 1
    1 Pr Pe1
    (10.3.2.2)
    Formemberssubjectedtoaxialcompression,B1maybecalculatedbasedonthefirstorderestimatePr=Pnt +
    Plt.
    FormembersinwhichB11.05,itisconservativetoamplifythesumofthenonswayandswaymoments(as
    obtained,forinstance,byafirstorderelasticanalysis)bytheB2amplifier,inotherwords,Mr=B2(Mnt+Mlt).
    1
    B2 = 1
    Pnt
    1
    Pe2 (10.3.2.3)
    And
    1.00(LRFD) 1.60(ASD)
    Mr=requiredsecondorderflexuralstrengthusingLRFDorASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mnt =firstordermomentusingLRFDorASDloadcombinations,assumingthereisnolateraltranslationofthe
    frame,Nmm
    Mlt =firstordermomentusingLRFDorASDloadcombinationscausedbylateraltranslationoftheframeonly,
    Nmm
    Pr=requiredsecondorderaxialstrengthusingLRFDorASDloadcombinations,N
    Pnt=firstorderaxialforceusingLRFDorASDloadcombinations,assumingthereisnolateraltranslationofthe
    frame,N
    =totalverticalloadsupportedbythestoryusingLRFDorASDloadcombinations,includinggravitycolumn
    loads,N

    6498 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Plt =firstorderaxialforceusingLRFDorASDloadcombinationscausedbylateraltranslationoftheframeonly,
    N
    Cm=acoefficientassumingnolateraltranslationoftheframewhosevalueshallbetakenasfollows:
    Forbeamcolumnsnotsubjecttotransverseloadingbetweensupportsintheplaneofbending,
    C m = 0.6 0.4(M1 M 2 ) (10.3.2.4)
    whereM1andM2,calculatedfromafirstorderanalysis,arethesmallerandlargermoments,respectively,at
    the ends of that portion of the member unbraced in the plane of bending under consideration. M1 / M2 is
    positivewhenthememberisbentinreversecurvature,negativewhenbentinsinglecurvature.
    For beamcolumnssubjected to transverse loading between supports, the value of Cm shall be determined
    eitherbyanalysisorconservativelytakenas1.0forallcases.
    Pe1 = elastic critical buckling resistance of the member in the plane of bending, calculated based on the
    assumptionofzerosidesway,N
    2 EI
    Pe1 =
    (K1L)2 (10.3.2.5)
    =elasticcriticalbucklingresistanceforthestorydeterminedbysidewaybucklinganalysis,N
    Formomentframes,wheresideswaybucklingeffectivelengthfactorsK2aredeterminedforthecolumns,itis
    permittedtocalculatetheelasticstorysideswaybucklingresistanceas
    2 EI
    Pe 2 = (K L)2
    2
    (10.3.2.6a)
    Foralltypesoflateralloadresistingsystems,itispermittedtouse
    HL
    Pe 2 = RM H

    (10.3.2.6b)
    where
    E=modulusofelasticityofsteel=200000MPa
    RM=1.0forbracedframesystems;
    =0.85formomentframeandcombinedsystems,unlessalargervalueisjustifiedbyanalysis
    I=momentofinertiaintheplaneofbending,mm4
    L=storyheight,mm
    K1=effectivelengthfactorintheplaneofbending,calculatedbasedontheassumptionofnolateraltranslation,
    setequalto1.0unlessanalysisindicatesthatasmallervaluemaybeused
    K2=effectivelengthfactorintheplaneofbending,calculatedbasedonasidewaybucklinganalysis
    H=firstorderinterstorydriftduetolateralforces,mm.WhereHvariesovertheplanareaofthestructure,
    Hshallbetheaveragedriftweightedinproportiontoverticalloador,alternatively,themaximumdrift.
    =storyshearproducedbythelateralforcesusedtocomputeH,N
    10.3.2.2DesignRequirements
    Theserequirementsapplytoalltypesofbraced,moment,andcombinedframingsystems.Wheretheratioof
    secondorderdrifttofirstorderdriftisequaltoorlessthan1.5,therequiredstrengthsofmembers,connections
    andotherelementsshallbedeterminedbyoneofthemethodsspecifiedinSections10.3.2.2.1or10.3.2.2.2,or
    by the Direct Analysis Method of Section 10.14. Where the ratio of secondorder drift to firstorder drift is
    greaterthan1.5,therequiredstrengthsshallbedeterminedbytheDirectAnalysisMethodofSection10.14.
    ForthemethodsspecifiedinSections10.3.2.2.1or10.3.2.2.2:
    Analyses shall be conducted according to the design and loading requirements specified in either Section
    10.2.3.3(LRFD)orSection10.2.3.4(ASD).
    Thestructureshallbeanalyzedusingthenominalgeometryandthenominalelasticstiffnessforallelements.
    10.3.2.2.1DesignBySecondOrderAnalysis

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6499
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Whererequiredstrengthsaredeterminedbyasecondorderanalysis:
    TheprovisionsofSection10.3.2.1shallbesatisfied.
    FordesignbyASD,analysesshallbecarriedoutunder1.6timestheASDloadcombinationsandtheresultsshall
    bedividedby1.6toobtaintherequiredstrengths.
    Allgravityonlyloadcombinationsshallincludeaminimumlateralloadappliedateachlevelofthestructureof
    0.002Yi , where Yi is the design gravity load applied at level i. This minimum lateral load shall be considered
    independentlyintwoorthogonaldirections.
    Wheretheratioofsecondorderdrifttofirstorderdriftislessthanorequalto1.1,membersarepermittedto
    bedesignedusingK=1.0.Otherwise,columnsandbeamcolumnsinmomentframesshallbedesignedusingaK
    factor or column bucklingstress, Fe , determined from a sidesway buckling analysis of the structure. Stiffness
    reductionadjustment duetocolumninelasticity ispermitted inthe determination of the K factor.For braced
    frames, K for compression members shall be taken as 1.0, unless structural analysis indicates a smaller value
    maybeused.
    10.3.2.2.2DesignRequirements
    Requiredstrengthsarepermittedtobedeterminedbyafirstorderanalysis,withallmembersdesignedusingK
    =1.0,providedthat
    Therequiredcompressivestrengthsofallmemberswhoseflexuralstiffnessesareconsideredtocontributeto
    thelateralstabilityofthestructuresatisfythefollowinglimitation:
    Pr 0.5P y (10.3.2.7)

    Where,
    1.0(LRFD) 1.6(ASD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthunderLRFDorASDloadcombinations
    Py=memberyieldstrength(=AFy),N.
    All load combinations include an additional lateral load, Ni , applied in combination with other loads at each
    levelofthestructure,where
    N i = 2.1( L) Yi 0.0042Yi (10.3.2.8)
    Yi=gravityloadfromtheLRFDloadcombinationor1.6timestheASDloadcombinationappliedatleveli,N
    /L=themaximumratiooftoLforallstoriesinthestructure
    =firstorderinterstorydriftduetothedesignloads,mm.Wherevariesovertheplanareaofthestructure,
    shallbetheaveragedriftweightedinproportiontoverticalloador,alternatively,themaximumdrift.
    L=storyheight,mm
    Thisadditionallateralloadshallbeconsideredindependentlyintwoorthogonaldirections.
    The nonsway amplification of beamcolumn moments is considered by applying the B1 amplifier of Section
    10.3.2.1tothetotalmembermoments.

    10.4 DesignofMembersforTension

    ThisSectionappliestosteelmemberssubjecttoaxialtension caused bystaticforcesactingthroughthecentroidal


    axis.

    10.4.1 SlendernessLimitations
    The maximum slenderness (KL/r) limit for design of structural members (except cables and hanger rods) in
    tension shall be 300 unless it is justified by a comprehensive dynamic analysis (including 2nd order effects if
    applicable)thatahigherslendernessratioissatisfactory.
    Here,
    L=laterallyunbracedlengthofthemember,mm
    r=governingradiusofgyration,mm
    K=theeffectivelengthfactordeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.3.2.

    6500 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.4.2 TensileStrength
    Thedesigntensilestrength, ,andtheallowabletensilestrength, ,oftensionmembers,shallbethe
    lowervalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesoftensileyieldinginthegrosssectionandtensilerupturein
    thenetsection.
    a) Fortensileyieldinginthegrosssection:
    Pn=FyAg (10.4.2.1)
    =0.90(LRFD) t=1.67(ASD)
    g) Fortensileruptureinthenetsection:
    Pn=FuAe (10.4.2.2)
    t=0.75(LRFD) t=2.00(ASD)
    where
    Ae=effectivenetarea,mm2
    Ag=grossareaofmember,mm2
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthetypeofsteelbeingused,MPa
    Fu=specifiedminimumtensilestrengthofthetypeofsteelbeingused,MPa
    Whenmemberswithoutholesarefullyconnectedbywelds,theeffectivenetareausedinEquation
    10.4.2.2 shall be as defined in Section 10.4.3. When holes are present in a member with welded
    endconnections,or at the weldedconnection in the caseofplug orslot welds,the effective net
    areathroughtheholesshallbeusedinEquation10.4.2.2.

    10.4.3 AreaDetermination

    10.4.3.1 GrossArea:Thegrossarea,Ag,ofamemberisthetotalcrosssectionalarea.

    10.4.3.2 NetArea:Thenetarea,An,ofamemberisthesumoftheproductsofthethicknessandthenetwidth
    ofeachelementcomputedasfollows:
    Incomputingnetareafortensionandshear,thewidthofaboltholeshallbetakenas2mmgreater
    thanthenominaldimensionofthehole.
    Forachainofholesextendingacrossapartinanydiagonalorzigzagline,thenetwidthofthepart
    shallbeobtainedbydeductingfromthegrosswidththesumofthediametersorslotdimensionsas
    providedinSection10.10.3.2,ofallholesinthechain,andadding,foreachgagespaceinthechain,
    thequantitys2/(4g)
    where
    s=longitudinalcentertocenterspacing(pitch)ofanytwoconsecutiveholes,mm.
    g=transversecentertocenterspacing(gage)betweenfastenergagelines,mm.
    Forangles,thegageforholesinoppositeadjacentlegsshallbethesumofthegagesfromthebackof
    theangleslessthethickness.
    ForslottedHSSweldedtoagussetplate,thenetarea,An,isthegrossareaminustheproductofthe
    thicknessandthetotalwidthofmaterialthatisremovedtoformtheslot.
    Indeterminingthenetareaacrossplugorslotwelds,theweldmetalshallnotbeconsideredasadding
    tothenetarea.

    10.4.3.3 EffectiveNetArea:Theeffectiveareaoftensionmembersshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Ae=AnU (10.4.3.1)
    whereU,theshearlagfactor,isdeterminedasshowninTable10.4.3.1.
    Memberssuchassingleangles,doubleanglesandWTsectionsshallhaveconnectionsproportioned
    such that U is equal to or greater than 0.60. Alternatively, a lesser value of U is permitted if these
    tensionmembersaredesignedfortheeffectofeccentricityinaccordancewithSections10.8.1.2or
    10.8.2.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6501
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6502 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.4.4 BuiltUpMembers
    Forlimitationsonthelongitudinalspacingofconnectorsbetweenelementsincontinuouscontactconsistingof
    aplateandashapeortwoplates,seeSection10.10.3.5.
    Eitherperforatedcoverplatesortieplateswithoutlacingarepermittedtobeusedontheopensidesofbuiltup
    tensionmembers.Tieplatesshallhavealengthnotlessthantwothirdsthedistancebetweenthelinesofwelds
    orfastenersconnectingthemtothecomponentsofthemember.Thethicknessofsuchtieplatesshallnotbe
    less than onefiftieth of the distance between these lines. The longitudinal spacing of intermittent welds or
    fastenersattieplatesshallnotexceed150mm.

    10.4.5 PinConnectedMembers

    10.4.5.1 TensileStrength:Thedesigntensilestrength, andtheallowabletensilestrength, ,ofpin


    connectedmembers,shallbethelowervalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesoftensilerupture,
    shearrupture,bearing,andyielding.
    a) Fortensileruptureontheneteffectivearea:
    Pn=2tbeffFu (10.4.5.1)
    t=0.75(LRFD) t=2.00(ASD)
    h) Forshearruptureontheeffectivearea:
    Pn=0.6FuAsf (10.4.5.2)
    sf=0.75(LRFD) sf=2.00(ASD)
    where
    Asf=2t(a+d/2),mm2
    a=shortestdistancefromedgeofthepinholetotheedgeofthemembermeasuredparallel
    tothedirectionoftheforce,mm
    beff =2t+ 16,mmbut not more thanthe actual distancefromthe edge of the hole to the
    edgeofthepartmeasuredinthedirectionnormaltotheappliedforce
    d=pindiameter,mm
    t=thicknessofplate,mm
    i) Forbearingontheprojectedareaofthepin,seeSection10.10.7.
    j) Foryieldingonthegrosssection,useEquation10.4.2.1.

    10.4.5.2 DimensionalRequirements:Thepinholeshallbelocatedmidwaybetweentheedgesofthemember
    in the direction normal to the applied force. When the pin is expected to provide for relative
    movementbetweenconnectedpartswhileunderfullload,thediameterofthepinholeshallnotbe
    morethan1mmgreaterthanthediameterofthepin.
    Thewidthoftheplateatthepinholeshallnotbelessthan2beff+dandtheminimumextension,a,
    beyondthebearingendofthepinhole,paralleltotheaxisofthemember,shallnotbelessthan1.33
    beff.
    Thecornersbeyondthepinholearepermittedtobecutat450totheaxisofthemember,provided
    thenetareabeyondthepinhole,onaplaneperpendiculartothecut,isnotlessthanthatrequired
    beyondthepinholeparalleltotheaxisofthemember.

    10.4.6 Eyebars

    10.4.6.1 Tensile Strength: The available tensile strength of eyebars shall be determined in accordance with
    Section10.4.2,withAgtakenasthecrosssectionalareaofthebody.
    For calculation purposes, the width of the body of the eyebars shall not exceed eight times its
    thickness.

    10.4.6.2 DimensionalRequirements:Eyebarsshallbeofuniformthickness,withoutreinforcementatthepin
    holes,andhavecircularheadswiththeperipheryconcentricwiththepinhole.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6503
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Theradiusoftransitionbetweenthecircularheadandtheeyebarbodyshallnotbelessthanthehead
    diameter.
    Thepindiametershallnotbelessthanseveneighthstimestheeyebarbodywidth,andthepinhole
    diametershallnotbemorethan1mmgreaterthanthepindiameter.
    For steels having Fy greater than 485 MPa, the hole diameter shall not exceed five times the plate
    thicknessandthewidthoftheeyebarbodyshallbereducedaccordingly.
    Athicknessoflessthan13mmispermissibleonlyifexternalnutsareprovidedtotightenpinplatesand
    filler plates into snug contact. The width from the hole edge to the plate edge perpendicular to the
    directionofappliedloadshallbegreaterthantwothirdsand,forthepurposeofcalculation,notmorethan
    threefourthstimestheeyebarbodywidth.

    10.5 DesignofMembersforCompression
    ThisSectionaddressesmemberssubjecttoaxialcompressionthroughthecentroidalaxis.

    10.5.1 GeneralProvisions
    The design compressive strength, c Pn, and the allowable compressive strength, Pn /c , are determined as
    follows:
    The nominal compressive strength, Pn , shall be the lowest value obtained according to the limit states of
    flexuralbuckling,torsionalbucklingandflexuraltorsionalbuckling.
    Fordoublysymmetricandsinglysymmetricmembersthelimitstateofflexuralbucklingisapplicable.
    Forsinglysymmetricandunsymmetricmembers,andcertaindoublysymmetricmembers,suchascruciformor
    builtupcolumns,thelimitstatesoftorsionalorflexuraltorsionalbucklingarealsoapplicable.
    c=0.90(LRFD)c=1.67(ASD)

    10.5.2 SlendernessLimitationsandeffectiveLength
    Theeffectivelengthfactor,K,forcalculation ofcolumnslenderness,KL/r,shallbedeterminedinaccordance
    withSection10.3,
    where
    L=laterallyunbracedlengthofthemember,mm
    r=governingradiusofgyration,mm
    K=theeffectivelengthfactordeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.3.2.
    Themaximumlimitofslenderness,KL/r,forcompressionmembersshallbe150unlessacomprehensiveanalysis
    includingsecondordereffects(includingdynamiceffectsifany)showsthatahighervalueisjustified.

    10.5.3 Compressive Strength for Flexural Buckling of Members without Slender


    elements
    This section applies to compression members with compact and noncompact sections, as defined in Section
    10.2.4,foruniformlycompressedelements.
    Thenominalcompressivestrength,Pn,shallbedeterminedbasedonthelimitstateofflexuralbuckling.
    Pn=FcrAg (10.5.3.1)
    Theflexuralbucklingstress,Fcr,isdeterminedasfollows:

    (a)When 4.71 (orFe0.44Fy)


    0.658 (10.5.3.2)

    (b)When 4.71 (orFe 0.44Fy)

    0.877 (10.5.3.3)
    where

    6504 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Fe=elasticcriticalbucklingstressdeterminedaccordingtoEquation10.5.3.4,Section10.5.4,ortheprovisions
    ofSection10.3.2,asapplicable,
    2

    2
    (10.5.3.4)

    10.5.4 Compressive Strength for Torsional and FlexuralTorsional Buckling of


    MemberswithoutSlenderelements
    This section applies to singly symmetric and unsymmetric members, and certain doubly symmetric members,
    suchascruciformorbuiltupcolumnswithcompactandnoncompactsections,asdefinedinSection10.2.4for
    uniformly compressed elements. These provisions are not required for single angles, which are covered in
    Section10.5.5.
    The nominal compressive strength, Pn, shall be determined based on the limit states of flexuraltorsional and
    torsionalbuckling,asfollows:
    Pn=FcrAg (10.5.4.1)
    Fordoubleangleandteeshapedcompressionmembers:
    4
    2
    1 1 2 (10.5.4.2)

    whereFcryistakenasFcrfromEquation10.5.3.2or10.5.3.3,forflexuralbuckling
    abouttheyaxisofsymmetryand ,and

    20
    (10.5.4.3)
    For all other cases, Fcr shall be determined according to Equation 10.5.3.2 or 10.5.3.3, using the torsional or
    flexuraltorsionalelasticbucklingstress,Fe,determinedasfollows:
    Fordoublysymmetricmembers:
    2
    1
    2 (10.5.4.4)

    Forsinglysymmetricmemberswhereyistheaxisofsymmetry:
    4
    2
    1 1 2 (10.5.4.5)

    Forunsymmetricmembers,Feisthelowestrootofthecubicequation:
    0 2 0 2
    2
    2
    0 (10.5.4.6)
    0 0
    where
    Ag =grossareaofmember,mm2
    Cw =warpingconstant,mm6

    2

    0 20 2

    0 (10.5.4.7)

    2 2
    0
    0
    1 2 (10.5.4.8)

    0
    2

    2
    (10.5.4.9)

    2

    2
    (10.5.4.10)

    2
    1
    2 2 (10.5.4.11)
    0

    G =shearmodulusofelasticityofsteel=77200MPa
    Ix,Iy=momentofinertiaabouttheprincipalaxes,mm4
    J =torsionalconstant,mm4
    Kz=effectivelengthfactorfortorsionalbuckling
    xo,yo=coordinatesofshearcenterwithrespecttothecentroid,mm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6505
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    =polarradiusofgyrationabouttheshearcenter,mm
    ry =radiusofgyrationaboutyaxis,mm

    10.5.5 SingleAngleCompressionMembers
    Thenominalcompressivestrength,Pn,ofsingleanglemembersshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSection
    10.5.3orSection10.5.7,asappropriate,foraxiallyloadedmembers,aswellasthosesubjecttotheslenderness
    modificationofSection10.5.5(a)or10.5.5(b),providedthemembersmeetthecriteriaimposed.
    The effects of eccentricity on single angle members are permitted to be neglected when the members are
    evaluatedasaxiallyloadedcompressionmembersusingoneoftheeffectiveslendernessratiosspecifiedbelow,
    providedthat:(1)membersareloadedattheendsincompressionthroughthesameoneleg;(2)membersare
    attachedbyweldingorbyminimumtwoboltconnections;and(3)therearenointermediatetransverseloads.
    a) Forequalleganglesorunequalleganglesconnectedthroughthelongerlegthatareindividual
    membersorarewebmembersofplanartrusseswithadjacentwebmembersattachedtothe
    samesideofthegussetplateorchord:
    (i)When0 80

    72 0.75 (10.5.5.1)

    (ii)When 80


    32 1.25 200 (10.5.5.2)

    Forunequallegangleswithleglengthratioslessthan1.7andconnectedthroughtheshorter
    leg,KL/rfromEquations10.5.5.1and10.5.5.2shallbeincreasedbyadding4[(bl/bs)21],but
    KL/rofthemembersshallnotbelessthan0.95L/rz.
    k) Forequalleganglesorunequalleganglesconnectedthroughthelongerlegthatareweb
    membersofboxorspacetrusseswithadjacentwebmembersattachedtothesamesideofthe
    gussetplateorchord:
    (i)When0 75

    60 0.8 (10.5.5.3)

    (ii)When 75

    45 200 (10.5.5.4)

    Forunequallegangleswithleglengthratioslessthan1.7andconnectedthroughtheshorter
    leg,KL/rfromEquations10.5.5.3and10.5.5.4shallbeincreasedbyadding6[(bl/bs)21],but
    KL/rofthemembersshallnotbelessthan0.82L/rz.
    where
    L=lengthofmemberbetweenworkpointsattrusschordcenterlines,mm
    bl=longerlegofangle,mm
    bs=shorterlegofangle,mm
    rx=radiusofgyrationaboutgeometricaxisparalleltoconnectedleg,mm
    rz=radiusofgyrationfortheminorprincipalaxis,mm
    SingleanglememberswithdifferentendconditionsfromthosedescribedinSection10.5.5(a)
    or(b),withleglengthratiosgreaterthan1.7,orwithtransverseloadingshallbeevaluatedfor
    combined axial load and flexure using the provisions of Section 10.8. End connection to
    differentlegsoneachendortobothlegs,theuseofsingleboltsortheattachmentofadjacent
    web members to opposite sides of the gusset plate or chord shall constitute different end
    conditionsrequiringtheuseofSection10.8provisions.

    10.5.6 BuiltupMembers

    10.5.6.1 CompressiveStrength

    6506 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    a) Thenominalcompressivestrengthofbuiltupmemberscomposedoftwoormoreshapesthatare
    interconnectedbyboltsorweldsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSections10.5.3,10.5.4,
    or10.5.7subjecttothefollowingmodification.Inlieuofmoreaccurateanalysis,ifthebuckling
    modeinvolvesrelativedeformationsthatproduceshearforcesintheconnectorsbetween
    individualshapes,KL/risreplacedby(KL/r)mdeterminedasfollows:
    (i)Forintermediateconnectorsthataresnugtightbolted:
    2 2
    (10.5.6.1)
    0

    (ii)Forintermediateconnectorsthatareweldedorpretensionedbolted:
    2 2
    2
    0.82 (10.5.6.2)
    0 1 2

    Where
    =modifiedcolumnslendernessofbuiltupmember

    = column slenderness of builtup member acting as a unit in the buckling direction being
    considered
    a=distancebetweenconnectors,mm
    ri=minimumradiusofgyrationofindividualcomponent,mm
    rib=radiusofgyrationofindividualcomponentrelativetoitscentroidalaxisparalleltomember
    axisofbuckling,mm
    =separationratio=h/2rib
    h = distance between centroids of individual components perpendicular to the member axis of
    buckling,mm
    l) Thenominalcompressivestrengthofbuiltupmemberscomposedoftwoormoreshapesor
    plateswithatleastoneopensideinterconnectedbyperforatedcoverplatesorlacingwithtie
    platesshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithSections10.5.3,10.5.4,or10.5.7subjecttothe
    modificationgiveninSection10.5.6.1(a).

    10.5.6.2 DimensionalRequirements
    Individualcomponentsofcompressionmemberscomposedoftwoormoreshapesshallbeconnectedtoone
    another at intervals, a, such that the effective slenderness ratio Ka/ri of each of the component shapes,
    between the fasteners, does not exceed threefourths times the governing slenderness ratio of the builtup
    member.Theleastradiusofgyration,ri,shallbeusedincomputingtheslendernessratioofeachcomponent
    part.TheendconnectionshallbeweldedorpretensionedboltedwithClassAorBfayingsurfaces.
    At the ends of builtup compression members bearing on base plates or milled surfaces, all components in
    contactwithoneanothershallbeconnectedbyaweldhavingalengthnotlessthanthemaximumwidthofthe
    memberorbyboltsspacedlongitudinallynotmorethanfourdiametersapartforadistanceequalto1 times
    themaximumwidthofthemember.
    Alongthelengthofbuiltupcompressionmembersbetweentheendconnectionsrequiredabove,longitudinal
    spacingforintermittentweldsorboltsshallbeadequatetoprovideforthetransferoftherequiredforces.For
    limitationsonthelongitudinalspacingoffastenersbetweenelementsincontinuouscontactconsistingofaplate
    and a shape or two plates, see Section 10.10.3.5. Where a component of a builtup compression member
    consistsofanoutsideplate,themaximumspacingshallnotexceedthethicknessofthethinneroutsideplate
    times0.75 ,nor305mm,whenintermittentweldsareprovidedalongtheedgesofthecomponentsor
    when fasteners are provided on all gage lines at each section. When fasteners are staggered, the maximum
    spacingoneachgagelineshallnotexceedthethicknessofthethinneroutsideplatetimes1.12 nor460
    mm.
    Open sides of compression members built up from plates or shapes shall be provided with continuous cover
    platesperforatedwithasuccessionofaccessholes.Theunsupportedwidthofsuchplatesataccessholes,as
    defined in Section 10.2.4, is assumed to contribute to the available strength provided the following
    requirementsaremet:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6507
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    ThewidththicknessratioshallconformtothelimitationsofSection10.2.4.
    Theratiooflength(indirectionofstress)towidthofholeshallnotexceedtwo.
    The clear distance between holes in the direction of stress shall be not less than the transverse distance
    betweennearestlinesofconnectingfastenersorwelds.
    Theperipheryoftheholesatallpointsshallhaveaminimumradiusof38mm.
    Asanalternativetoperforatedcoverplates,lacingwithtieplatesispermittedateachendandatintermediate
    points if the lacing is interrupted. Tie plates shall be as near the ends as practicable. In members providing
    available strength, the end tie plates shall have a length of not less than the distance between the lines of
    fasteners or welds connecting them to the components of the member. Intermediate tie plates shall have a
    lengthnotlessthanonehalfofthisdistance.Thethicknessoftieplatesshallbenotlessthanonefiftiethofthe
    distance between lines of welds or fasteners connecting them to the segments of the members. In welded
    construction,theweldingoneachlineconnectingatieplateshalltotalnotlessthanonethirdthelengthofthe
    plate. In bolted construction, the spacing in the direction of stress in tie plates shall be not more than six
    diametersandthetieplatesshallbeconnectedtoeachsegmentbyatleastthreefasteners.
    Lacing,includingflatbars,angles,channels,orothershapesemployedaslacing,shallbesospacedthattheL/r
    ratio of the flange included between their connections shall not exceed threefourths times the governing
    slenderness ratio for the member as a whole. Lacing shall be proportioned to provide a shearing strength
    normaltotheaxisofthememberequalto2percentoftheavailablecompressivestrengthofthemember.The
    L/r ratio for lacing bars arranged in single systemsshall not exceed 140. For double lacing this ratio shall not
    exceed200.Doublelacingbarsshallbejoinedattheintersections.Forlacingbarsincompression,Lispermitted
    to be taken as the unsupported length of the lacing bar between welds or fasteners connecting it to the
    componentsofthebuiltupmemberforsinglelacing,and70percentofthatdistancefordoublelacing.
    Foradditionalspacingrequirements,seeSection10.10.3.5.

    10.5.7 MemberswithSlenderElements
    Thissectionappliestocompressionmemberswithslendersections,asdefinedinSection10.2.4foruniformly
    compressedelements.
    Thenominalcompressivestrength,Pn,shallbedeterminedbasedonthelimitstatesofflexural,torsionaland
    flexuraltorsionalbuckling.
    Pn=FcrAg (10.5.7.1)

    a) When 4.71 (or 0.44 )



    0.658 (10.5.7.2)

    m) When 4.71 (or 0.44 )

    0.877 (10.5.7.3)
    Where
    Fe = elastic critical buckling stress, calculated using Equations 10.5.3.4 and 10.5.4.4 for doubly symmetric
    members, Equations 10.5.3.4 and 10.5.4.5 for singly symmetric members, and Equation 10.5.4.6 for
    unsymmetricmembers,exceptforsingleangleswhereFeiscalculatedusingEquation10.5.3.4.
    Q = 1.0 for members with compact and noncompact sections, as defined in Section 10.2.4, for uniformly
    compressedelements
    = Qs Qa for members with slenderelement sections, as defined in Section 10.2.4, for uniformly compressed
    elements.

    10.5.7.1 SlenderUnstiffenedElements,
    ThereductionfactorQsforslenderunstiffenedelementsisdefinedasfollows:
    Forflanges,angles,andplatesprojectingfromrolledcolumnsorothercompressionmembers:

    When 0.56

    1.0 (10.5.7.4)

    6508 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    When0.56 1.03

    1.415 0.74 (10.5.7.5)

    When 1.03
    0.69
    2
    (10.5.7.6)

    Forflanges,angles,andplatesprojectingfrombuiltupcolumnsorothercompressionmembers:

    When 0.64

    1.0 (10.5.7.7)

    When0.64 1.17

    1.415 0.65


    (10.5.7.8)

    when 1.17
    0.90
    2
    (10.5.7.9)

    Where ,andshallnotbetakenlessthan0.35norgreaterthan0.76forcalculationpurposes.

    Forsingleangles

    When 0.45

    1.0 (10.5.7.10)
    When0.45 0.91

    1.34 0.76 (10.5.7.11)

    When 0.91
    0.53
    2
    (10.5.7.12)

    Where
    b=fullwidthoflongestangleleg,mm
    Forstemsoftees

    When 0.75

    1.0 (10.5.7.13)

    When0.75 1.03


    1.908 1.22


    (10.5.7.14)

    When 1.03
    0.69
    2
    (10.5.7.15)

    Where
    b=widthofunstiffenedcompressionelement,asdefinedinSection10.2.4,mm
    d=thefullnominaldepthoftee,mm
    t=thicknessofelement,mm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6509
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.5.7.2 SlenderUnstiffenedElements,
    Thereductionfactor,Qa,forslenderstiffenedelementsisdefinedasfollows:

    (10.5.7.16)

    A =totalcrosssectionalareaofmember,mm2
    Aeff=summationoftheeffectiveareasofthecrosssectionbasedonthereducedeffectivewidth,
    be,mm2
    Thereducedeffectivewidth,be,isdeterminedasfollows:

    Foruniformlycompressed slenderelements,with 1.49 , exceptflangesofsquareandrectangular


    sectionsofuniformthickness:
    0.34
    1.92 1
    (10.5.7.17)

    Where
    fistakenasFcrwithFcrcalculatedbasedonQ=1.0.

    Forflangesofsquareandrectangularslenderelementsectionsofuniformthicknesswith 1.40

    0.38
    1.92 1
    (10.5.7.18)

    Where
    Foraxiallyloadedcircularsections:
    When0.11 0.45
    0.038 2
    (10.5.7.19)
    3
    Where
    D=outsidediameter,mm
    t=wallthickness,mm

    10.6 DesignofMembersforFlexure
    This section applies to members subject to simple bending about one principal axis. For simple bending, the
    member is loaded in a plane parallel to a principal axis that passes through the shear center or is restrained
    againsttwistingatloadpointsandsupports.

    10.6.1 GeneralProvisions
    Thedesignflexuralstrength, ,andtheallowableflexuralstrength, ,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    a) ForallprovisionsinthisSection10.6
    b=0.90(LRFD)b=1.67(ASD)
    and the nominal flexural strength, Mn , shall be determined according to Sections 10.6.2
    through10.6.12.
    n) Theprovisionsinthischapterarebasedontheassumptionthatpointsofsupportforbeamsand
    girdersarerestrainedagainstrotationabouttheirlongitudinalaxis.

    6510 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10


    Thefollowingtermsarecommontotheequationsinthischapterexceptwherenoted:
    Cb = lateraltorsional buckling modification factor for nonuniform moment diagrams when
    bothendsoftheunsupportedsegmentarebraced
    12.5 (10.6.1.1)
    3.0
    2.5 3 4 3
    Where
    Mmax=absolutevalueofmaximummomentintheunbracedsegment,Nmm
    MA =absolutevalueofmomentatquarterpointoftheunbracedsegment,Nmm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6511
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    MB =absolutevalueofmomentatcenterlineoftheunbracedsegment,Nmm

    MC =absolutevalueofmomentatthreequarterpointoftheunbracedsegment,Nmm
    Rm =crosssectionmonosymmetryparameter
    =1.0,doublysymmetricmembers
    =1.0,singlysymmetricmemberssubjectedtosinglecurvaturebending

    0.5 2 ,singlysymmetricmemberssubjectedtoreversecurvaturebending

    Iy =momentofinertiaabouttheprincipalyaxis,mm4
    Iyc = moment of inertia about yaxis referred to the compression flange, or if reverse
    curvaturebending,referredtothesmallerflange,mm4
    In singly symmetric members subjected to reverse curvature bending, the lateral torsional
    buckling strength shall be checked for both flanges. The available flexural strength shall be
    greaterthanorequaltothemaximumrequiredmomentcausingcompressionwithintheflange
    underconsideration.
    Cb is permitted to be conservatively taken as 1.0 for all cases. For cantilevers or overhangs
    wherethefreeendisunbraced,Cb=1.0.

    10.6.2 Doubly Symmetric Compact IShaped Members and Channels Bent about Their
    MajorAxis
    ThissectionappliestodoublysymmetricIshapedmembersandchannelsbentabout theirmajoraxis,having
    compactwebsandcompactflangesasdefinedinSection10.2.4.
    The nominal flexural strength, Mn, shall be the lower value obtained according to the limit states of yielding
    (plasticmoment)andlateraltorsionalbuckling.
    10.6.2.1Yielding
    Mn=Mp=FyZx (10.6.2.1)
    where
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthetypeofsteelbeingused,MPa
    Zx=plasticsectionmodulusaboutthexaxis,mm3
    10.6.2.2LateralTorsionalBuckling
    a) WhenLbLp,thelimitstateoflateraltorsionalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    o) WhenLp<LbLr
    (10.6.2.2)
    0.7

    p) WhenLb>Lr
    (10.6.2.3)
    Where
    Lb=lengthbetweenpointsthatareeitherbracedagainstlateraldisplacementofcompressionflangeorbraced
    againsttwistofthecrosssection,mm


    1 0.078 (10.6.2.4)

    andwhere
    E=modulusofelasticityofsteel=200000MPa
    J=torsionalconstant,mm4
    Sx=elasticsectionmodulustakenaboutthexaxis,mm3
    ThelimitinglengthsLpandLraredeterminedasfollows:

    6512 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    1.76 (10.6.2.5)

    0.7 (10.6.2.6)
    1.95 1 1 6.76
    0.7

    where

    (10.6.2.7)

    and
    ForadoublysymmetricIshape:c=1 (10.6.2.8a)

    Forachannel: (10.6.2.8b)

    Where
    ho=distancebetweentheflangecentroids,mm

    10.6.3 Doubly Symmetric IShaped Members with Compact Webs and Noncompact or
    SlenderFlangesBentaboutTheirMajorAxis
    ThissectionappliestodoublysymmetricIshapedmembersbentabouttheirmajoraxishavingcompactwebs
    andnoncompactorslenderflangesasdefinedinSection10.2.4.
    The nominal flexural strength, Mn , shall be the lower value obtained according to the limit states of lateral
    torsionalbucklingandcompressionflangelocalbuckling.

    10.6.3.1LateralTorsionalBuckling
    Forlateraltorsionalbuckling,theprovisionsofSection10.6.2.2shallapply.

    10.6.3.2CompressionFlangeLocalBuckling
    a) Forsectionswithnoncompactflanges

    0.7 (10.6.3.1)

    q) Forsectionswithslenderflanges
    0.9
    (10.6.3.2)

    Where


    2
    isthelimitingslendernessforacompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    isthelimitingslendernessforanoncompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    andshallnotbetakenlessthan0.35norgreaterthan0.76forcalculationpurposes

    10.6.4 Other IShaped Members with Compact or Noncompact Webs Bent about Their
    MajorAxis
    Thissectionappliesto:(a)doublysymmetricIshapedmembersbentabouttheirmajoraxiswithnoncompact
    webs; and (b) singly symmetric Ishaped members with webs attached to the midwidth of the flanges, bent
    abouttheirmajoraxis,withcompactornoncompactwebs,asdefinedinSectionB4.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6513
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The nominal flexural strength, Mn , shall be the lowest value obtained according to the limit states of
    compression flange yielding, lateraltorsional buckling, compression flange local buckling and tension flange
    yielding.

    10.6.4.1CompressionFlangeYielding
    (10.6.4.1)

    10.6.4.2LateralTorsionalBuckling
    a) WhenLbLp,thelimitstateoflateraltorsionalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    r) WhenLp<LbLr

    (10.6.4.2)

    s) WhenLb>Lr
    (10.6.4.3)
    Where
    (10.6.4.4)

    1 0.078 (10.6.4.5)

    For 0.23,Jshallbetakenaszero.

    Thestress,FL,isdeterminedasfollows:
    For 0.7

    0.7 (10.6.4.6a)

    For 0.7

    (10.6.4.6b)
    0.5

    Thelimitinglaterallyunbracedlengthforthelimitstateofyielding, is,

    1.1 (10.6.4.7)

    Thelimitingunbracedlengthforthelimitstateofinelasticlateraltorsionalbuckling,Lr,is

    1.95 1 1 6.76 (10.6.4.8)

    Thewebplastificationfactor,Rpc,isdeterminedasfollows:
    For

    (10.6.4.9a)

    For

    1 (10.6.4.9b)

    6514 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Where
    1.6
    , elasticsectionmodulusreferredtotensionandcompressionflanges,respectively,mm3

    limitingslendernessforacompactweb,Table10.2.4.1
    limitingslendernessforanoncompactweb,Table10.2.4.1
    Theeffectiveradiusofgyrationforlateraltorsionalbuckling,rt,isdeterminedasfollows:
    ForIshapeswitharectangularcompressionflange:


    1 (10.6.4.10)
    12
    6
    Where

    (10.6.4.11)

    =compressionflangewidth,mm
    =compressionflangethickness,mm
    ForIshapeswithchannelcapsorcoverplatesattachedtothecompressionflange:
    rt = radius of gyration of the flange components in flexural compression plus onethird of the web area in
    compressionduetoapplicationofmajoraxisbendingmomentalone,mm
    aw=theratiooftwotimesthewebareaincompressionduetoapplicationofmajoraxisbendingmomentalone
    totheareaofthecompressionflangecomponents.

    10.6.4.1 CompressionFlangeLocalBuckling
    a) Forsectionswithcompactflanges,thelimitstateoflocalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    t) Forsectionswithnoncompactflanges
    (10.6.4.12)

    u) Forsectionswithslenderflanges
    0.9 (10.6.4.13)

    Where
    isdefinedinEquations10.6.4.6aand10.6.4.6b
    isthewebplastificationfactor,determinedbyEquations10.6.4.9
    andshallnotbetakenlessthan0.35norgreaterthan0.76forcalculationpurposes


    2
    limitingslendernessforacompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    limitingslendernessforanoncompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    10.6.4.4TensionFlangeYielding
    a) WhenSxtSxc,thelimitstateoftensionflangeyieldingdoesnotapply.
    v) WhenSxt<Sxc
    (10.6.4.14)
    Where

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6515
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The web plastification factor corresponding to the tension flange yielding limit state, Rpt , is determined as
    follows:
    For

    (10.6.4.15a)

    For

    1 (10.6.4.15b)

    Where

    ,thelimitingslendernessforacompactweb,definedinTable10.2.4.1
    ,thelimitingslendernessforanoncompactweb,definedinTable10.2.4.1

    10.6.5 DoublySymmetricandSinglySymmetricIShapedMemberswithSlenderWebs
    BentaboutTheirMajorAxis
    ThissectionappliestodoublysymmetricandsinglysymmetricIshapedmemberswithslenderwebsattachedto
    themidwidthoftheflanges,bentabouttheirmajoraxis,asdefinedinSection10.2.4.
    The nominal flexural strength, Mn , shall be the lowest value obtained according to the limit states of
    compression flange yielding, lateraltorsional buckling, compression flange local buckling and tension flange
    yielding.

    10.6.5.1CompressionFlangeYielding
    (10.6.5.1)

    10.6.5.2LateralTorsionalBuckling
    (10.6.5.2)
    a) WhenLbLp,thelimitstateoflateraltorsionalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    w) WhenLp<LbLr
    (10.6.5.3)
    0.3

    x) WhenLb>Lr
    (10.6.5.4)

    where
    LpisdefinedbyEquation10.6.4.7
    (10.6.5.5)

    0.7

    Rpgisthebendingstrengthreductionfactor:
    (10.6.5.6)
    1 5.7 1.0
    1200 300

    awisdefinedbyEquation10.6.4.11butshallnotexceed10and
    rtistheeffectiveradiusofgyrationforlateralbucklingasdefinedinSection10.6.4.

    6516 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.6.5.3CompressionFlangeLocalBuckling
    (10.6.5.7)
    a) Forsectionswithcompactflanges,thelimitstateofcompressionflangelocalbucklingdoesnot
    apply.
    y) Forsectionswithnoncompactflanges
    (10.6.5.8)
    0.3

    z) Forsectionswithslenderflanges
    0.9 (10.6.5.9)

    2
    Where


    andshallnotbetakenlessthan0.35norgreaterthan0.76forcalculationpurposes


    2
    ,thelimitingslendernessforacompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    ,thelimitingslendernessforanoncompactflange,Table10.2.4.1

    10.6.5.4TensionFlangeYielding
    (a)WhenSxtSxc,thelimitstateoftensionflangeyieldingdoesnotapply.
    (b)WhenSxt<Sxc
    Mn=FySxt (10.6.5.10)

    10.6.6 IShapedMembersandChannelsBentaboutTheirMinorAxis
    ThissectionappliestoIshapedmembersandchannelsbentabouttheirminoraxis.
    Thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,shallbethelowervalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding(
    plasticmoment)andflangelocalbuckling.

    10.6.6.1 Yielding
    Mn=Mp=FyZy1.6FySy (10.6.6.1)

    10.6.6.2 FlangeLocalBuckling
    a) Forsectionswithcompactflangesthelimitstateofyieldingshallapply.
    aa) Forsectionswithnoncompactflanges
    (10.6.6.2)
    0.7

    bb) Forsectionswithslenderflanges
    Mn=FcrSy
    (10.6.6.3)
    where
    0.69 (10.6.6.4)


    ,thelimitingslendernessforacompactflange,Table10.2.4.1
    ,thelimitingslendernessforanoncompactflange,Table10.2.4.1

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6517
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Syforachannelshallbetakenastheminimumsectionmodulus

    10.6.7 SquareandRectangularHSSandBoxShapedMembers
    This section applies to square and rectangular HSS, and doubly symmetric boxshaped members bent about
    either axis, having compact or noncompact webs and compact, noncompact or slender flanges as defined in
    Section10.2.4.
    Thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding
    (plasticmoment),flangelocalbucklingandweblocalbucklingunderpureflexure.

    10.6.7.1 Yielding
    Mn=Mp=FyZ (10.6.7.1)
    Where
    Z=plasticsectionmodulusabouttheaxisofbending,mm3

    10.6.7.2 FlangeLocalBuckling
    a) Forcompactsections,thelimitstateofflangelocalbucklingdoesnotapply.(b)Forsectionswith
    noncompactflanges
    (10.6.7.2)
    3.57 4.0

    cc) Forsectionswithslenderflanges
    Mn=FySeff
    (10.6.7.3)
    where
    Seffistheeffectivesectionmodulusdeterminedwiththeeffectivewidthofthecompressionflangetakenas:
    (10.6.7.4)
    0.38
    1.92 1

    10.6.7.3 WebLocalBuckling
    a) Forcompactsections,thelimitstateofweblocalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    dd) Forsectionswithnoncompactwebs

    0.305 0.738 (10.6.7.5)

    10.6.8 RoundHSS
    .
    ThissectionappliestoroundHSShavingD/tratiosoflessthan

    The nominal flexural strength, Mn ,shall be the lower value obtained according to the limit states of yielding
    (plasticmoment)andlocalbuckling.

    10.6.8.1Yielding
    Mn=Mp=FyZ (10.6.8.1)

    10.6.8.2LocalBuckling
    a) Forcompactsections,thelimitstateofflangelocalbucklingdoesnotapply.(b)Fornoncompact
    sections
    (10.6.8.2)
    0.021

    6518 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    ee) Forsectionswithslenderwalls
    Mn=FcrS
    (10.6.8.3)
    where
    0.33 (10.6.8.4)

    S=elasticsectionmodulus,mm3

    10.6.9 TeesandDoubleAnglesLoadedinthePlaneofSymmetry
    Thissectionappliestoteesanddoubleanglesloadedintheplaneofsymmetry.Thenominalflexuralstrength,
    Mn,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding(plasticmoment),lateraltorsional
    bucklingandflangelocalbuckling.

    10.6.9.1 Yielding
    Mn=Mp (10.6.9.1)
    Where
    Mp=FyZx1.6Myforstemsintension (10.6.9.2)
    Myforstemsincompression (10.6.9.3)

    10.6.9.2 LateralTorsionalBuckling
    (10.6.9.4)
    1

    Where
    (10.6.9.5)
    2.3

    The plus sign for B applies when the stem is in tension and the minus sign applies when the stem is in
    compression.Ifthetipofthestemisincompressionanywherealongtheunbracedlength,thenegativevalueof
    Bshallbeused.

    10.6.9.3 FlangeLocalBucklingofTees
    Mn=FcrSxc (10.6.9.6)
    Sxcistheelasticsectionmodulusreferredtothecompressionflange.
    Fcrisdeterminedasfollows:
    Forcompactsections,thelimitstateofflangelocalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    Fornoncompactsections
    (10.6.9.7)
    1.19 0.50
    2

    Forslendersections
    0.69 (10.6.9.8)

    10.6.10 SingleAngle
    Thissectionappliestosingleangleswithandwithoutcontinuouslateralrestraintalongtheirlength.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6519
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Singleangleswithcontinuouslateraltorsionalrestraintalongthelengthshallbepermittedtobedesignedon
    thebasisofgeometricaxis(x,y)bending.Singleangleswithoutcontinuouslateraltorsionalrestraintalongthe
    lengthshallbedesignedusingtheprovisionsforprincipalaxisbendingexceptwheretheprovisionforbending
    aboutageometricaxisispermitted.
    Thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding
    (plasticmoment),lateraltorsionalbucklingandleglocalbuckling.

    10.6.10.1 Yielding
    Mn=1.5My (10.6.10.1)
    where
    My=yieldmomentabouttheaxisofbending,Nmm

    10.6.10.2 LateralTorsionalBuckling
    Forsingleangleswithoutcontinuouslateraltorsionalrestraintalongthelength
    WhenMeMy
    0.17 (10.6.10.2)
    0.92

    WhenMe>My
    (10.6.10.3)
    1.92 1.17 1.5

    Where
    Me,theelasticlateraltorsionalbucklingmoment,isdeterminedasfollows:
    Forbendingaboutoneofthegeometricaxesofanequalleganglewithnolateraltorsionalrestraint
    Withmaximumcompressionatthetoe
    (10.6.10.4a)
    0.66
    1 0.78 1

    Withmaximumtensionatthetoe
    (10.6.10.4b)
    0.66
    1 0.78 1

    Myshallbetakenas0.80timestheyieldmomentcalculatedusingthegeometricsectionmodulus.
    Forbendingaboutoneofthegeometricaxesofanequalleganglewithlateraltorsionalrestraintatthepointof
    maximummomentonly

    Meshallbetakenas1.25timesMecomputedusingEquation10.6.10.4aor10.6.10.4b.
    Myshallbetakenastheyieldmomentcalculatedusingthegeometricsectionmodulus.
    Forbendingaboutthemajorprincipalaxisofequallegangles:
    0.46 (10.6.10.5)

    Forbendingaboutthemajorprincipalaxisofunequallegangles:
    (10.6.10.6)
    4.9
    0.052

    Where

    6520 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    CbiscomputedusingEquation10.6.1.1withamaximumvalueof1.5.
    L=laterallyunbracedlengthofamember,mm
    Iz=minorprincipalaxismomentofinertia,mm4
    rz=radiusofgyrationfortheminorprincipalaxis,mm
    t =anglelegthickness,mm
    =asectionpropertyforunequallegangles,positiveforshortlegsincompressionandnegativeforlonglegs
    in compression. If the long leg is in compression anywhere along the unbraced length of the member, the
    negativevalueofwshallbeused.

    10.6.10.3 LegLocalBuckling
    Thelimitstateofleglocalbucklingapplieswhenthetoeofthelegisincompression.
    a) Forcompactsections,thelimitstateofleglocalbucklingdoesnotapply.
    ff) Forsectionswithnoncompactlegs
    (10.6.10.7)
    2.43 1.72

    Forsectionswithslenderlegs
    (10.6.10.8)
    Where
    0.71 (10.6.10.9)

    b=outsidewidthoflegincompression,mm
    Sc=elasticsectionmodulustothetoeincompressionrelativetotheaxisofbending,mm3.Forbendingabout
    one of the geometric axes of an equalleg angle with no lateraltorsional restraint, Sc shall be 0.80 of the
    geometricaxissectionmodulus.

    10.6.11 RectangularBarsandRounds
    Thissectionappliestorectangularbarsbentabouteithergeometricaxisandrounds.
    Thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,shallbethelowervalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding(
    plasticmoment)andlateraltorsionalbuckling,asrequired.

    10.6.11.1 Yielding
    .
    Forrectangularbarswith bentabouttheirmajoraxis,rectangularbarsbentabouttheirminoraxis
    androunds:
    1.6 (10.6.11.1)

    10.6.11.2 LateralTorsionalBuckling
    . .
    a) Forrectangularbarswith bentabouttheirmajoraxis:

    (10.6.11.2)
    1.52 0.274
    .
    gg) Forrectangularbarswith bentabouttheirmajoraxis:

    (10.6.11.3)
    Where

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6521
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    1.9 (10.6.11.4)

    t=widthofrectangularbarparalleltoaxisofbending,mm
    d=depthofrectangularbar,mm
    Lb=lengthbetweenpointsthatareeitherbracedagainstlateraldisplacementofthecompressionregionor
    bracedagainsttwistofthecrosssection,mm
    (c)Forroundsandrectangularbarsbentabouttheirminoraxis,thelimitstateoflateraltorsionalbucklingneed
    notbeconsidered.

    10.6.12 UnsymmetricalShapes
    Thissectionappliestoallunsymmetricalshapes,exceptsingleangles.
    Thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn ,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofyielding
    (yieldmoment),lateraltorsionalbucklingandlocalbucklingwhere
    (10.6.12.1)
    Where
    S=lowestelasticsectionmodulusrelativetotheaxisofbending,mm3
    10.6.12.1Yielding
    (10.6.12.2)
    10.6.12.2LateralTorsionalBuckling
    (10.6.12.3)
    Where
    Fcr=bucklingstressforthesectionasdeterminedbyanalysis,MPa
    10.6.12.3LocalBuckling
    (10.6.12.4)
    Where
    Fcr=bucklingstressforthesectionasdeterminedbyanalysis,MPa

    10.6.13 ProportionsofBeamsandGirders

    10.6.13.1 Holereductions
    This section applies to rolled or builtup shapes, and coverplated beams with holes, proportioned on the basis of
    flexuralstrengthofthegrosssection.
    InadditiontothelimitstatesspecifiedinothersectionsofthisChapter,thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,shallbe
    limitedaccordingtothelimitstateoftensileruptureofthetensionflange.
    ForFuAfnYtFyAfg,thelimitstateoftensilerupturedoesnotapply.
    ForFuAfn<YtFyAfg ,thenominalflexuralstrength,Mn,atthelocationoftheholesinthetensionflangeshallnotbe
    takengreaterthan:
    (10.6.13.1)

    Where
    Afg=grosstensionflangearea,calculatedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSection10.4.3.1,mm2
    Afn=nettensionflangearea,calculatedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSection10.4.3.2,mm2
    Yt=1.0forFy/Fu0.8
    =1.1otherwise

    6522 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.6.13.2 ProportioningLimitsforIShapedMembers
    SinglysymmetricIshapedmembersshallsatisfythefollowinglimit:
    (10.6.13.2)
    0.1 0.9

    Ishapedmemberswithslenderwebsshallalsosatisfythefollowinglimits:
    For 1.5

    (10.6.13.3)
    11.7

    For 1.5
    0.42 (10.3.13.4)

    Where
    a=cleardistancebetweentransversestiffeners,mm
    Inunstiffenedgirdersh/twshallnotexceed260.Theratioofthewebareatothecompressionflangeareashallnot
    exceed10.

    10.6.13.3 CoverPlates
    Flangesofweldedbeamsorgirdersmaybevariedinthicknessorwidthbysplicingaseriesofplatesorbythe
    useofcoverplates.
    Thetotalcrosssectionalareaofcoverplatesofboltedgirdersshallnotexceed70percentofthetotalflange
    area.
    Highstrengthboltsorweldsconnectingflangetoweb,orcoverplatetoflange,shallbeproportionedtoresist
    thetotalhorizontalshearresultingfromthebendingforcesonthegirder.Thelongitudinaldistributionofthese
    boltsorintermittentweldsshallbeinproportiontotheintensityoftheshear.
    However, the longitudinal spacing shall not exceed the maximum permitted for compression or tension
    members in Section 10.5.6 or 10.4.4, respectively. Bolts or welds connecting flange to web shall also be
    proportioned to transmit to the web any loads applied directly to the flange, unless provision is made to
    transmitsuchloadsbydirectbearing.
    Partiallengthcoverplatesshallbeextendedbeyondthetheoreticalcutoffpointandtheextendedportionshall
    be attached to the beam or girder by highstrength bolts in a slipcritical connection or fillet welds. The
    attachmentshallbeadequate,at theapplicablestrengthgiveninSections10.10.2.2,10.10.3.8,or10.2.3.9to
    developthecoverplatesportionoftheflexuralstrengthinthebeamorgirderatthetheoreticalcutoffpoint.
    For welded cover plates, the welds connecting the cover plate termination to the beam or girder shall have
    continuousweldsalongbothedgesofthecoverplateinthelengtha,definedbelow,andshallbeadequateto
    developthecoverplatesportionofthestrengthofthebeamorgirderatthedistanceafromtheendofthe
    coverplate.
    Whenthereisacontinuousweldequaltoorlargerthanthreefourthsoftheplatethicknessacrosstheendof
    theplate
    (10.6.13.5)
    Where
    w=widthofcoverplate,mm.
    Whenthereisacontinuousweldsmallerthanthreefourthsoftheplatethicknessacrosstheendoftheplate
    1.5 (10.6.13.6)
    Whenthereisnoweldacrosstheendoftheplate
    2 (10.6.13.7)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6523
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.6.13.4 BuiltUpBeams
    Where two or more beams or channels are used sidebyside to form a flexural member, they shall be
    connectedtogetherincompliancewithSection10.5.6.2.Whenconcentratedloadsarecarriedfromonebeam
    toanother,ordistributedbetweenthebeams,diaphragmshavingsufficientstiffnesstodistributetheloadshall
    beweldedorboltedbetweenthebeams.

    10.7 DesignofMembersforShear
    Thissectionaddresseswebsofsinglyordoublysymmetricmemberssubjecttoshearintheplaneoftheweb,
    singleanglesandHSSsections,andshearintheweakdirectionofsinglyordoublysymmetricshapes.

    10.7.1 GeneralProvisions
    Twomethodsofcalculatingshearstrengtharepresentedbelow.ThemethodpresentedinSection10.7.2does
    not utilize the post buckling strength of the member (tension field action). The method presented in Section
    10.7.3utilizestensionfieldaction.
    Thedesignshearstrength, andtheallowableshearstrength, ,shallbedeterminedasfollows.
    ForallprovisionsinthissectionexceptSection10.7.2.1a:
    0.90(LRFD) 1.67(ASD)

    10.7.2 MemberswithUnstiffenedorStiffenedWebs

    10.7.2.1 NominalShearStrength
    Thissectionappliestowebsofsinglyordoublysymmetricmembersandchannelssubjecttoshearintheplane
    oftheweb.
    Thenominalshearstrength,Vn,ofunstiffenedorstiffenedwebs,accordingtothelimitstatesofshearyielding
    andshearbuckling,is
    0.6 (10.7.2.1)

    ForwebsofrolledIshapedmemberswith 2.24
    1.00(LRFD) 1.50(ASD)
    And
    1.0 (10.7.2.2)
    Forwebsofallotherdoublysymmetricshapesandsinglysymmetricshapesandchannels,exceptroundHSS,
    thewebshearcoefficient,Cv,isdeterminedasfollows:
    For 1.10

    1.0 (10.7.2.3)
    For1.10 1.37

    1.10 (10.7.2.4)


    For 1.37

    1.51 (10.7.2.5)


    Where
    Aw=theoveralldepthtimesthewebthickness,dtw,mm2
    Thewebplatebucklingcoefficient,kv,isdeterminedasfollows:
    Forunstiffenedwebswith 260, 5exceptforthestemofteeshapeswherekv=1.2.
    Forstiffenedwebs,

    6524 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    5
    5

    5when 3.0or

    Where
    a=cleardistancebetweentransversestiffeners,mm
    h=forrolledshapes,thecleardistancebetweenflangeslessthefilletorcornerradii,mm
    =forbuiltupweldedsections,thecleardistancebetweenflanges,mm
    =forbuiltupboltedsections,thedistancebetweenfastenerlines,mm
    =fortees,theoveralldepth,mm.

    10.7.2.2 TransverseStiffeners
    Transversestiffenersarenotrequiredwhere 2.46 ,orwheretherequiredshearstrengthisless
    thanorequaltotheavailableshearstrengthprovidedinaccordancewithSection10.7.2.1forkv=5.
    Transverse stiffeners used to develop the available web shear strength, as provided in Section 10.7.2.1, shall
    haveamomentofinertiaaboutanaxisinthewebcenterforstiffenerpairsoraboutthefaceincontactwiththe
    webplateforsinglestiffeners,whichshallnotbelessthan ,where
    2.5
    2 0.5 (10.7.2.6)

    Transversestiffenersarepermittedtobestoppedshortofthetensionflange,providedbearingisnotneededto
    transmitaconcentratedloadorreaction.Theweldbywhichtransversestiffenersareattachedtothewebshall
    beterminatednotlessthanfourtimesnormorethansixtimesthewebthicknessfromtheneartoetotheweb
    toflangeweld.Whensinglestiffenersareused,theyshallbeattachedtothecompressionflange,ifitconsistsof
    arectangularplate,toresistanyuplifttendencyduetotorsionintheflange.Whenlateralbracingisattachedto
    a stiffener, or a pair of stiffeners, these, in turn, shall be connected to the compression flange to transmit 1
    percentofthetotalflangeforce,unlesstheflangeiscomposedonlyofangles.
    Boltsconnectingstiffenerstothegirderwebshallbespacednotmorethan305mmoncenter.Ifintermittent
    filletweldsareused,thecleardistancebetweenweldsshallnotbemorethan16timesthewebthicknessnor
    morethan250mm.

    10.7.3 TensionFieldAction

    10.7.3.1 LimitsontheUseofTensionFieldAction
    Considerationoftensionfieldactionispermittedforflangedmemberswhenthewebplateissupportedonallfour
    sidesbyflangesorstiffeners.Considerationoftensionfieldactionisnotpermittedfor:
    endpanelsinallmemberswithtransversestiffeners;
    memberswhena/hexceeds3.0or 260 ;
    2 2.5; or
    or 6.0
    where
    Afc=areaofcompressionflange,mm2
    Aft=areaoftensionflange,mm2
    bfc=widthofcompressionflange,mm
    bft=widthoftensionflange,mm
    Inthesecases,thenominalshearstrength,Vn,shallbedeterminedaccordingtotheprovisionsofSection10.7.2.

    10.7.3.2 NominalShearStrengthwithTensionFieldAction
    When tension field action is permitted according to Section 10.7.3.1, the nominal shear strength, Vn , with tension
    fieldaction,accordingtothelimitstateoftensionfieldyielding,shallbe
    For 1.10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6525
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    0.6 (10.7.3.1)
    For 1.10

    1
    0.6 (10.7.3.2)
    1.15 1
    Where
    kvandCvareasdefinedinSection10.7.2.1.

    10.7.3.3 TransverseStiffeners
    TransversestiffenerssubjecttotensionfieldactionshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.7.2.2andthefollowing
    limitations:

    0.56

    (10.7.3.3)
    0.15 1 18 0

    Where
    (b/t)st=thewidththicknessratioofthestiffener
    Fyst =specifiedminimumyieldstressofthestiffenermaterial,MPa
    Cv =coefficientdefinedinSection10.7.2.1
    Ds =1.0forstiffenersinpairs
    =1.8forsingleanglestiffeners
    =2.4forsingleplatestiffeners
    Vr =requiredshearstrengthatthelocationofthestiffener,N
    Vc =availableshearstrength; , (LRFD)or (ASD)withVnasdefinedinSection10.7.3.2,N

    10.7.4 SingleAngles
    Thenominalshearstrength,Vn,ofasingleanglelegshallbedeterminedusingEquation10.7.2.1withCv=1.0,
    Aw=btwhereb=widthofthelegresistingtheshearforce,mmandkv=1.2.

    10.7.5 RectangularHSSandBoxMembers
    Thenominalshearstrength,Vn ,ofrectangularHSSandboxmembersshallbedeterminedusingtheprovisions
    ofSection 10.7.2.1 with Aw = 2ht whereh for the widthresistingthe shearforce shallbetakenas theclear
    distancebetweentheflangeslesstheinsidecornerradiusoneachsideandtw=tandkv=5.Ifthecorner
    radiusisnotknown,hshallbetakenasthecorrespondingoutsidedimensionminusthreetimesthethickness.

    10.7.6 RoundHSS
    Thenominalshearstrength,Vn,ofroundHSS,accordingtothelimitstatesof
    shearyieldingandshearbuckling,is
    /2 (10.7.6.1)
    Where
    shallbethelargerof
    1.60

    (10.7.6.2a)

    and

    6526 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    0.78

    (10.7.6.2b)

    butshallnotexceed0.6Fy
    Ag=grossareaofsectionbasedondesignwallthickness,mm2
    D=outsidediameter,mm
    Lv=thedistancefrommaximumtozeroshearforce,mm
    T=designwallthickness,equalto0.93timesthenominalwallthicknessforERWHSSandequaltothenominal
    thicknessforSAWHSS,mm

    10.7.7 WeakAxisShearinSinglyandDoublySymmetricShapes
    Forsinglyanddoublysymmetricshapesloadedintheweakaxiswithouttorsion,thenominalshearstrength,Vn
    ,foreachshearresistingelementshallbedeterminedusingEquation10.7.2.1andSection10.7.2.1bwithAw=
    bftfandkv=1.2.

    10.7.8 BeamsandgirderswithWebOpenings
    Theeffectofallwebopeningsonthenominalshearstrengthofsteelandcompositebeamsshallbedetermined.
    Adequate reinforcement shall be provided when the required strength exceeds the available strength of the
    memberattheopening.

    10.8 DesignofMembersforCombinedForcesandTorsion
    This section addresses members subject to axial force and flexure about one or both axes, with or without
    torsion,andtomemberssubjecttotorsiononly.

    10.8.1 DoublyandSinglySymmetricMembersSubjecttoFlexureandAxialForce

    10.8.1.1 DoublyandSinglySymmetricMembersinFlexureandCompression
    The interaction of flexure and compression indoubly symmetricmembers and singlysymmetric members for
    which0.1(Iyc/Iy)0.9,thatareconstrainedtobendaboutageometricaxis(xand/ory)shallbelimitedby
    Equations 10.8.1.1a and 10.8.1.1b, where Iyc is the moment of inertia about the yaxis referred to the
    compressionflange,mm4.
    For 0.2

    8 (10.8.1.1a)
    1.0
    9

    For 0.2

    (10.8.1.1b)
    1.0
    2
    Where
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrength,N
    Pc=availableaxialcompressivestrength,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrength,Nmm
    Mc=availableflexuralstrength,Nmm
    x =subscriptrelatingsymboltostrongaxisbending
    y =subscriptrelatingsymboltoweakaxisbending
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6527
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Pc=cPn=designaxialcompressivestrength,determinedinaccordancewithSection10.5,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mc=bMn=designflexuralstrengthdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    c=resistancefactorforcompression=0.90
    b=resistancefactorforflexure=0.90
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pc=Pn/c=allowableaxialcompressivestrength,determinedinaccordancewithSection10.5,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mc=Mn/b=allowableflexuralstrengthdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    c=safetyfactorforcompression=1.67
    b=safetyfactorforflexure=1.67

    10.8.1.2 DoublyandSinglySymmetricMembersinFlexureandTension
    The interaction of flexure and tension in doubly symmetric members and singly symmetric members
    constrainedtobendaboutageometricaxis(xand/ory)shallbelimitedbyEquations10.8.1.1aand10.8.1.1b,
    Where
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Pr=requiredtensilestrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Pc=tPn=designtensilestrength,determinedinaccordancewithSection10.4.2,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mc=bMn=designflexuralstrengthdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    t=resistancefactorfortension(seeSection10.4.2)
    b=resistancefactorforflexure=0.90

    For doubly symmetric members, Cb in Section 10.6 may be increased by 1 for axial tension that acts
    concurrentlywithflexure,
    Where

    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Pr=requiredtensilestrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pc=Pn/t=allowabletensilestrength,determinedinaccordancewithSection10.4.2,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mc=Mn/b=allowableflexuralstrengthdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    t=safetyfactorfortension(seeSection10.4.2)
    b=safetyfactorforflexure=1.67
    .
    Fordoublysymmetricmembers,CbinSection10.6maybeincreasedby 1 foraxialtensionthatacts
    concurrentlywithflexure
    Where

    AmoredetailedanalysisoftheinteractionofflexureandtensionispermittedinlieuofEquations10.8.1.1aand
    10.8.1.1b.

    10.8.1.3 DoublySymmetricMembersinSingleAxisFlexureandCompression

    6528 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    For doubly symmetric members in flexure and compression with moments primarily in one plane, it is
    permissible to consider the two independent limit states, inplane instability and outofplane buckling or
    flexuraltorsionalbuckling,separatelyinlieuofthecombinedapproachprovidedinSection10.8.1.1.
    a) Forthelimitstateofinplaneinstability,Equations10.8.1.1shallbeusedwithPc,Mr,andMc
    determinedintheplaneofbending.
    hh) Forthelimitstateofoutofplanebuckling
    (10.8.1.2)
    1.0

    Where
    =availablecompressivestrengthoutoftheplaneofbending,N
    =availableflexuraltorsionalstrengthforstrongaxisflexuredeterminedfromSection10.6,Nmm
    Ifbendingoccursonlyabouttheweakaxis,themomentratioinEquation10.8.1.2shallbeneglected.
    For members with significant biaxial moments (Mr/Mc 0.05 in both directions), the provisions of Section
    10.8.1.1shallbefollowed.

    10.8.2 UnsymmetricandOtherMembersSubjecttoFlexureandAxialForce
    ThissectionaddressestheinteractionofflexureandaxialstressforshapesnotcoveredinSection10.8.1.Itis
    permittedtousetheprovisionsofthisSectionforanyshapeinlieuoftheprovisionsofSection10.8.1.
    (10.8.2.1)
    1.0

    Where
    fa =requiredaxialstressatthepointofconsideration,MPa
    Fa =availableaxialstressatthepointofconsideration,MPa
    fbw,fbz=requiredflexuralstressatthepointofconsideration,MPa
    Fbw,Fbz=availableflexuralstressatthepointofconsideration,MPa
    w =subscriptrelatingsymboltomajorprincipalaxisbending
    z =subscriptrelatingsymboltominorprincipalaxisbending
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    fa =requiredaxialstressusingLRFDloadcombinations,MPa
    Fa =cFcr=designaxialstress,determinedinaccordancewithSection10.5forcompressionorSection10.4.2
    fortension,MPa
    fbw,fbz=requiredflexuralstressatthespecificlocationinthecrosssectionusingLRFDloadcombinations,MPa
    , design flexural stress determined in accordance with Section 10.6, MPa. Use the section
    modulusforthespecificlocationinthecrosssectionandconsiderthesignofthestress.
    c =resistancefactorforcompression=0.90
    t =resistancefactorfortension(Section10.4.2)
    b =resistancefactorforflexure=0.90
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    fa=requiredaxialstressusingASDloadcombinations,MPa
    =allowableaxialstressdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.5forcompression,orSection10.4.2
    fortension,MPa
    fbw,fbz=requiredflexuralstressatthespecificlocationinthecrosssectionusingASDloadcombinations,MPa
    , allowable flexural stress determined in accordance with Section 10.6, MPa. Use the section
    modulusforthespecificlocationinthecrosssectionandconsiderthesignofthestress.
    c =safetyfactorforcompression=1.67

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6529
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    t =safetyfactorfortension(Section10.4.2)
    b =safetyfactorforflexure=1.67
    Equation10.8.2.1shallbeevaluatedusing theprincipal bending axes by considering thesense of the flexural
    stressesatthecriticalpointsofthecrosssection.Theflexuraltermsareeitheraddedtoorsubtractedfromthe
    axialtermasappropriate.Whentheaxialforceiscompression,secondordereffectsshallbeincludedaccording
    totheprovisionsofSection10.3.
    AmoredetailedanalysisoftheinteractionofflexureandtensionispermittedinlieuofEquation10.8.2.1.

    10.8.3 Members under Torsion and Combined Torsion, Flexure, Shear and/or Axial
    Force

    10.8.3.1 TorsionalStrengthofRoundandRectangularHSS
    Thedesign torsional strength, andthe allowable torsionalstrength, , forround andrectangular
    HSSshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    0.90(LRFD) 1.67(ASD)
    Thenominaltorsionalstrength,Tn,accordingtothelimitstatesoftorsionalyieldingandtorsionalbucklingis:
    (10.8.3.1)
    Where
    CistheHSStorsionalconstant
    Fcrshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    ForroundHSS,Fcrshallbethelargerof
    1.23 (10.8.3.2a)

    and
    0.60 (10.8.3.2b)

    butshallnotexceed0.6Fy,
    where
    L=lengthofthemember,mm
    D=outsidediameter,mm
    ForrectangularHSS
    For 2.45
    0.6 (10.8.3.3)

    For2.45 3.07
    (10.8.3.4)
    0.6 2.45

    For3.07 260
    0.458 / (10.8.3.5)

    10.8.3.2 HSSSubjecttoCombinedTorsion,Shear,FlexureandAxialForce
    Whentherequiredtorsionalstrength,Tr,islessthanorequalto20percentoftheavailabletorsionalstrength,
    Tc,theinteractionoftorsion,shear,flexureand/oraxialforceforHSSshallbedeterminedbySection10.8.1and
    thetorsionaleffectsshallbeneglected.WhenTrexceeds20percentofTc,theinteractionoftorsion,shear,
    flexureand/oraxialforceshallbelimitedby

    6530 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    (10.8.3.6)
    1.0

    Where
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Pr=requiredaxialstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Pc= ,designtensileorcompressivestrengthinaccordancewithSection10.4or10.5,N
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Mc= ,designflexuralstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    Vr=requiredshearstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Vc= ,designshearstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.7,N
    Tr=requiredtorsionalstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Tc= ,designtorsionalstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.8.3.1,Nmm
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Pr=requiredaxialstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pc=Pn/,allowabletensileorcompressivestrengthinaccordancewithSection10.4or10.5,N
    Mr =requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinationsdeterminedinaccordancewithSection10.2.5,N
    mm
    Mc=Mn/ ,allowableflexuralstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.6,Nmm
    Vr=requiredshearstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N
    Vc=Vn/ ,allowableshearstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.7,N
    Tr=requiredtorsionalstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Tc=Tn/ ,allowabletorsionalstrengthinaccordancewithSection10.8.3.1,Nmm
    10.8.3.3StrengthofNonHSSMembersunderTorsionandCombinedStress
    Thedesigntorsionalstrength, ,andtheallowabletorsionalstrength, ,fornonHSSmembersshallbe
    the lowest value obtained according to the limit states of yielding under normal stress, shear yielding under
    shearstress,orbuckling,determinedasfollows:
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    a) Forthelimitstateofyieldingundernormalstress
    Fn=Fy (10.8.3.7)
    ii) Forthelimitstateofshearyieldingundershearstress
    Fn=0.6Fy (10.8.3.8)
    jj) Forthelimitstateofbuckling
    Fn=Fcr (10.8.3.9)
    where
    Fcr=bucklingstressforthesectionasdeterminedbyanalysis,MPa
    Someconstrainedlocalyieldingispermittedadjacenttoareasthatremainelastic.

    10.9 EVALUATIONOFEXISTINGSTRUCTURES
    Thissectionappliestotheevaluationofthestrengthandstiffnessunderstaticvertical(gravity)loadsofexisting
    structuresbystructuralanalysis,byloadtests,orbyacombination of structuralanalysisand load tests when
    specifiedbytheengineerofrecordorinthecontractdocuments.Forsuchevaluation,thesteelgradesarenot
    limited to those listedinSection10.1.3.1.Thissectiondoesnotaddressloadtestingfortheeffects ofseismic
    loadsormovingloads(vibrations).

    10.9.1 GENERALPROVISIONS
    These provisions shall be applicable when the evaluation of an existing steel structure is specified for (a)
    verificationof a specificset of design loadings or(b)determinationoftheavailablestrengthofaloadresisting

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6531
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    member or system. The evaluation shall be performed by structural analysis (Section 10.9.3), by load tests
    (Section 10.9.4), or by a combination of structural analysis and load tests, as specified in the contract
    documents.Where load tests are used, the engineerofrecordshallfirstanalyzethestructure,prepareatesting
    plan,anddevelopawritten procedure to prevent excessive permanent deformation or catastrophic collapse
    duringtesting.

    10.9.2 MATERIALPROPERTIES

    Determinationof Required Tests: The engineer of record shall determine the specific tests that are required
    fromSection10.9.2.2through10.9.2.6andspecifythelocationswheretheyarerequired.Whereavailable,the
    useofapplicableprojectrecordsshallbepermittedtoreduceoreliminatetheneedfortesting.

    10.9.2.1 TensileProperties

    Tensilepropertiesofmembersshallbe consideredin evaluation by structuralanalysis (Section10.9.3)orload


    tests (Section 10.9.4). Such properties shall include the yield stress, tensile strength and percent elongation.
    Whereavailable,certified mill test reports or certified reports of tests made by the fabricator or a testing
    laboratory in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M or A568/A568M, as applicable, shall be permitted for this
    purpose. Otherwise, tensile tests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM A370 from samples cut from
    componentsofthestructure.

    10.9.2.2 ChemicalComposition

    Whereweldingis anticipatedfor repairor modificationof existing structures,thechemicalcompositionofthe


    steelshallbedeterminedforuseinpreparingaweldingprocedurespecification(WPS).Whereavailable,results
    from certified mill test reports or certified reports of tests made by the fabricator or a testing laboratory in
    accordancewithASTMproceduresshallbepermittedforthispurpose.Otherwise,analysesshallbeconductedin
    accordancewithASTMA751fromthesamplesusedtodeterminetensileproperties,orfromsamplestakenfrom
    thesamelocations.

    10.9.2.3 BaseMetalNotchToughness

    Where welded tension splices in heavy shapes and plates as defined in Section 10.1.3.1d are criticalto the
    performance of the structure, the Charpy VNotch toughness shall be determined in accordance with the
    provisions of Section 10.1.3.1d. If thenotchtoughnesssodetermineddoesnotmeettheprovisionsofSection
    10.1.3.1d,theengineerofrecordshalldetermineifremedialactionsarerequired.

    10.9.2.4 WeldMetal

    Wherestructuralperformanceisdependentonexistingweldedconnections,representativesamplesofweldmetal
    shall be obtained. Chemical analysis and mechanical tests shall be made to characterize the weld metal. A
    determinationshallbemadeofthemagnitudeandconsequencesofimperfections.IftherequirementsofAWS
    D1.1arenotmet,theengineerofrecordshalldetermineifremedialactionsarerequired.

    10.9.2.5 BoltsandRivets

    Representative samples of bolts shall be inspected to determine markings and classifications. Where bolts
    cannotbeproperlyidentifiedvisually,representativesamplesshallberemovedandtestedtodeterminetensile
    strength in accordance with ASTMF606 or ASTMF606Mand the bolt classifiedaccordingly.Alternatively, the
    assumptionthattheboltsareASTMA307shallbepermitted.RivetsshallbeassumedtobeASTMA502,Grade1,
    unlessahighergradeisestablishedthroughdocumentationortesting.

    10.9.3 EVALUATIONBYSTRUCTURALANALYSIS

    10.9.3.1 DimensionalData

    Alldimensionsusedintheevaluation,suchasspans,columnheights,memberspacings,bracinglocations,cross
    sectiondimensions,thicknessesandconnection details, shall be determined from a fieldsurvey. Alternatively,
    when available, it shall be permitted to determine such dimensions from applicable project design or shop
    drawingswithfieldverificationofcriticalvalues.

    6532 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.9.3.2 StrengthEvaluation
    Forces (load effects) in membersand connectionsshall be determinedby structuralanalysisapplicabletothe
    typeofstructureevaluated.Theloadeffectsshallbe determinedfortheloadsandfactoredloadcombinations
    stipulatedinSection10.2.2.
    TheavailablestrengthofmembersandconnectionsshallbedeterminedfromapplicableprovisionsofSections
    10.2through10.19ofthisSpecification.

    10.9.3.3 ServiceabilityEvaluation
    Whererequired,thedeformationsatserviceloadsshallbecalculatedandreported.

    10.9.4 EVALUATIONBYLOADTESTS

    10.9.4.1 DeterminationofLoadRatingbyTesting
    To determine the load rating of an existing floor or roof structure by testing, a test load shall be applied
    incrementally in accordance with the engineer of records plan. The structure shall be visually inspected for
    signsofdistressorimminentfailureateachloadlevel.Appropriatemeasuresshallbetakeniftheseoranyother
    unusualconditionsareencountered.
    Thetestedstrengthofthestructureshallbetakenasthemaximumappliedtestloadplustheinsitudeadload.
    The live load ratingof a floorstructureshall bedetermined by setting the tested strength equal to 1.2D+
    1.6L, where D isthe nominal dead load and L is the nominal live load rating for the structure.Thenominal
    liveloadratingofthefloorstructureshallnotexceedthatwhichcanbecalculatedusingapplicableprovisionsof
    thespecification.Forroofstructures,Lr , S, or R as definedin the Symbols, shall be substituted for L. More
    severeloadcombinationsshallbeusedifrequiredbyspecificationsofChapter2ofPart6.
    Periodic unloading shall be considered once the service load level is attained and after the onsetof inelastic
    structuralbehaviorisidentifiedtodocumenttheamount of permanentset and the magnitudeof the inelastic
    deformations. Deformations of the structure, such as member deflections, shall be monitored at critical
    locations during the test, referenced to the initial position before loading. It shall be demonstrated, while
    maintainingmaximumtestloadforonehourthatthedeformation ofthestructuredoesnotincreasebymore
    than10percentabovethatatthe beginning of the holdingperiod.It is permissibleto repeatthe sequenceif
    necessarytodemonstratecompliance.
    Deformationsofthestructureshallalsoberecorded24hoursafterthetestloadingisremovedtodeterminethe
    amountofpermanentset.Becausetheamountofacceptablepermanentdeformationdependsonthespecific
    structure,no limit is specifiedforpermanentdeformationatmaximumloading.Whereitisnotfeasibleto load
    test the entire structure, a segment or zone of not less than one complete bay, representative of the most
    criticalconditions,shallbeselected.

    10.9.4.2 ServiceabilityEvaluation
    When load tests are prescribed, the structure shall be loaded incrementally to the service load level.
    Deformations shall be monitored for a period of one hour. The structure shall then be unloaded and the
    deformationrecorded.

    10.9.5 EVALUATIONREPORT
    Aftertheevaluationofanexistingstructurehasbeencompleted,theengineerofrecordshallprepareareport
    documenting the evaluation. The report shall indicate whether the evaluation was performed by structural
    analysis,byloadtestingorbyacombinationofstructuralanalysisandloadtesting.Furthermore,whentestingis
    performed,thereportshallincludetheloadsandloadcombination used and the loaddeformationand time
    deformationrelationshipsobserved.Allrelevantinformationobtainedfromdesigndrawings,milltestreportsand
    auxiliarymaterialtestingshallalsobereported.Finally,thereportshallindicatewhetherthestructure,including
    allmembersandconnections,isadequatetowithstandtheloadeffects.

    10.10 Connections
    Thissectionaddressesconnectingelements,connectors,andtheaffectedelementsoftheconnectedmembers
    notsubjecttofatigueloads.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6533
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.10.1 GeneralProvisions

    10.10.1.1 DesignBasis
    Thedesignstrength, Rn,andtheallowablestrengthRn/,ofconnectionsshallbedeterminedinaccordance
    withtheprovisionsofthissectionandtheprovisionsofSection10.2.
    The required strength of the connections shall be determined by structural analysis for the specified design
    loads,consistentwiththetypeofconstructionspecified,orshallbeaproportionoftherequiredstrengthofthe
    connectedmemberswhensospecifiedherein.
    Where the gravity axes of intersecting axially loaded members do not intersect at one point, the effects of
    eccentricityshallbeconsidered.

    10.10.1.2 SimpleConnection
    Simple connections of beams, girders, or trusses shall be designed as flexible and are permitted to be
    proportioned for the reaction shears only, except as otherwise indicated in the design documents. Flexible
    beam connections shall accommodate end rotations of simple beams. Some inelastic, but selflimiting
    deformationintheconnectionispermittedtoaccommodatetheendrotationofasimplebeam.

    10.10.1.3 MomentConnection
    End connections of restrainedbeams,girders,andtrusses shallbe designedfor thecombined effectofforces
    resulting from moment and shear induced by the rigidity of the connections. Response criteria for moment
    connectionsareprovidedinSection10.2.6.3.2.

    10.10.1.4 CompressionMemberswithBearingJoints
    a) Whencolumnsbearonbearingplatesorarefinishedtobearatsplices,thereshallbesufficient
    connectorstoholdallpartssecurelyinplace.
    b) Whencompressionmembersotherthancolumnsarefinishedtobear,thesplicematerialandits
    connectorsshallbearrangedtoholdallpartsinlineandshallbeproportionedforeither(i)or(ii)
    below.Itispermissibletousethelesssevereofthetwoconditions:
    (i)Anaxialtensileforceof50percentoftherequiredcompressivestrengthofthemember;or
    (ii)Themomentandshearresultingfromatransverseloadequalto2percentoftherequired
    compressive strength of the member. The transverse load shall be applied at the location of
    the splice exclusive of other loads that act on the member. The member shall be taken as
    pinnedforthedeterminationoftheshearsandmomentsatthesplice.

    10.10.1.5 SplicesinHeavySections
    Whentensileforcesduetoappliedtensionorflexurearetobetransmittedthroughsplicesinheavysections,as
    definedinSection10.1.3.1cand10.1.3.1d,bycompletejointpenetrationgroove(CJP)welds,materialnotch
    toughnessrequirementsasgiveninSection10.1.3.1cand10.1.3.1d,weldaccessholedetailsasgiveninSection
    10.10.1.6 and thermal cut surface preparation and inspection requirements as given in 10.1.3.2.2 shall apply.
    The foregoing provision is not applicable to splices of elements of builtup shapes that are welded prior to
    assemblingtheshape.

    10.10.1.6 BeamCopesandWeldAccessHoles
    All weld access holes required to facilitate welding operations shall have a length from the toe of the weld
    preparation not lessthan 1 times the thickness of thematerial in whichthe hole is made.Theheightofthe
    accessholeshallbe1 timesthethicknessofthematerialwiththeaccesshole,tw,butnotlessthan25mmnor
    doesitneedtoexceed50mm.Theaccessholeshallbedetailedtoprovideroomforweldbackingasneeded.
    Forsectionsthatarerolledorweldedpriortocutting,theedgeofthewebshallbeslopedorcurvedfromthe
    surfaceoftheflangetothereentrantsurfaceoftheaccesshole.Inhotrolledshapes,andbuiltupshapeswith
    CJPgrooveweldsthatjointhewebtoflange,allbeamcopesandweldaccessholesshallbefreeofnotchesand
    sharpreentrantcorners.Noarcoftheweldaccessholeshallhavearadiuslessthan10mm.
    In builtup shapes with fillet or partialjointpenetration groove welds that join the webtoflange, all beam
    copes and weld access holes shall be free of notches and sharp reentrant corners. The access hole shall be

    6534 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    permittedtoterminateperpendiculartotheflange,providingtheweldisterminatedatleastadistanceequalto
    theweldsizeawayfromtheaccesshole.
    For heavy sections as defined in 10.1.3.1c and 10.1.3.1d, the thermally cut surfaces of beam copes and weld
    access holes shall be ground to bright metal and inspected by either magnetic particle or dye penetrant
    methods prior to deposition of splice welds. If the curved transition portion of weld access holes and beam
    copes are formed by predrilled or sawed holes, that portion of the access hole or cope need not be ground.
    Weld access holes and beam copes in other shapes need not be ground nor inspected by dye penetrant or
    magneticparticlemethods.

    10.10.1.7 PlacementofWeldsandBolts
    Groupsofweldsorboltsattheendsofanymemberwhichtransmitaxialforceintothatmembershallbesized
    sothatthecenterofgravityofthegroupcoincideswiththecenterofgravityofthemember,unlessprovisionis
    madefortheeccentricity.Theforegoingprovisionisnotapplicabletoendconnectionsofstaticallyloadedsingle
    angle,doubleangle,andsimilarmembers.

    10.10.1.8 BoltsinCombinationwithWelds
    Boltsshallnotbeconsideredassharingtheloadincombinationwithwelds,exceptthatshearconnectionswith
    any grade of bolts permitted by Section 10.1.3.3 installed in standard holes or short slots transverse to the
    directionoftheloadarepermittedtobeconsideredtosharetheloadwithlongitudinallyloadedfilletwelds.In
    such connections the available strength of the bolts shall not be taken as greater than 50 percent of the
    availablestrengthofbearingtypeboltsintheconnection.
    Inmakingweldedalterationstostructures,existingrivetsandhighstrengthboltstightenedtotherequirements
    forslipcriticalconnectionsarepermittedtobeutilizedforcarryingloadspresentatthetimeofalterationand
    theweldingneedonlyprovidetheadditionalrequiredstrength.

    10.10.1.9 HighStrengthBoltsinCombinationwithRivets
    In both new work and alterations, in connections designed as slipcritical connections in accordance with the
    provisions of Section 10.10.3, highstrength bolts are permitted to be considered as sharing the load with
    existingrivets.

    10.10.1.10 LimitationsonBoltedandWeldedConnections
    Pretensionedjoints,slipcriticaljointsorweldsshallbeusedforthefollowingconnections:
    Columnsplicesinallmultistorystructuresover38minheight
    Connections of all beams and girders to columns and any other beams and girders on which the bracing of
    columnsisdependentinstructuresover38minheight
    Inallstructurescarryingcranesofover50kNcapacity:rooftrusssplicesandconnectionsoftrussestocolumns,
    columnsplices,columnbracing,kneebraces,andcranesupports
    Connectionsforthesupportofmachineryandotherliveloadsthatproduceimpactorreversalofload
    SnugtightenedjointsorjointswithASTMA307boltsshallbepermittedexceptwhereotherwisespecified.

    10.10.2 Welds
    All provisions of AWS D1.1apply under this Specification, with the exception that the provisions of the listed
    sectionsapplyunderthisspecificationinlieuofthecitedAWSprovisionsasfollows:
    Section10.10.1.6inlieuofAWSD1.1Section5.17.1
    Section10.10.2.2.1inlieuofAWSD1.1Section2.3.2
    Table10.10.2.2inlieuofAWSD1.1Table2.1
    Table10.10.2.5inlieuofAWSD1.1Table2.3
    Table10.17.1.1inlieuofAWSD1.1Table2.4
    Section10.2.3.9andSection10.17inlieuofAWSD1.1Section2,PartC
    Section10.13.2.2inlieuofAWSD1.1Sections5.15.4.3and5.15.4.4

    10.10.2.1 GrooveWelds

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6535
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.10.2.1.1EffectiveArea
    The effective area of groove welds shall be considered as the length of the weld times the effective throat
    thickness.
    The effective throat thickness of a completejointpenetration (CJP) groove weld shall be the thickness of the
    thinnerpartjoined.
    Table10.10.2.1:EffectiveThroatofPartialJointPenetrationGrooveWelds

    WeldingProcess WeldingPositionF(flat),H GrooveType(AWS EffectiveThroat


    (horiz.),V(vert.),OH D1.1,Figure3.3)
    (overhead)
    ShieldedMetalArc(SMAW) All JorUGroove
    0
    GasMetalArc(GMAW) All 60 V DepthofGroove
    FluxCoredArc(FCAW)
    SubmergedArc(SAW) F JorUGroove
    0
    60 BevelorV
    0
    GasMetalArc(GMAW) F,H 45 Bevel DepthofGroove
    FluxCoredArc(FCAW)
    0
    ShieldedMetalArc(SMAW) All 45 Bevel DepthofGroove
    Minus3mm
    GasMetalArc(GMAW) V,OH 450Bevel DepthofGroove
    FluxCoredArc(FCAW) Minus3mm

    The effective throat thickness of a partialjointpenetration (PJP) groove weld shall be as shown in Table
    10.10.2.1.
    Theeffectiveweldsizeforflaregroovewelds,whenfilledflushtothesurfaceofaroundbar,a900bendina
    formed section, or rectangular HSS shall be as shown in Table 10.10.2.2, unless other effective throats are
    demonstratedbytests.TheeffectivesizeofflaregrooveweldsfilledlessthanflushshallbeasshowninTable
    10.10.2.2,lessthegreatestperpendiculardimensionmeasuredfromalineflushtothebasemetalsurfacetothe
    weldsurface.
    TABLE10.10.2.2:EffectiveWeldSizesofFlareGrooveWelds

    WeldingProcess FlareBevelGroove[a] FlareVGroove


    GMAWandFCAWG 5/8R 3/4R

    SMAWandFCAWS 5/16 R 5/8 R

    SAW 5/16R 1/2R

    [a]ForFlareBevelGroovewithR<10mmuseonlyreinforcingfilletweldonfilledflushjoint.GeneralNote:R=radius
    ofjointsurface(canbeassumedtobe2tforHSS),mm

    Larger effective throat thicknesses than those in Table 10.10.2.2 are permitted, provided the fabricator can
    establishbyqualificationtheconsistentproductionofsuchlargereffectivethroatthicknesses.Qualificationshall
    consistofsectioningtheweldnormaltoitsaxis,atmidlengthandterminalends.Suchsectioningshallbemade
    onanumberofcombinationsofmaterialsizesrepresentativeoftherangetobeusedinthefabrication.

    10.10.2.1.2Limitations
    Theminimumeffectivethroatthicknessofapartialjointpenetrationgrooveweldshallnotbelessthanthesize
    requiredtotransmitcalculatedforcesnorthesizeshowninTable10.10.2.3.Minimumweldsizeisdetermined
    bythethinnerofthetwopartsjoined.

    6536 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    TABLE10.10.2.3:MinimumEffectiveThroatThicknessofPartialJointPenetrationGrooveWelds

    MaterialThicknessofThinnerPartJoined,mm MinimumEffectiveThroatThickness,[a]mm
    To6inclusive 3
    Over6to13 5
    Over13to19 6
    Over19to38 8
    Over38to57 10
    Over57to150 13
    [a]SeeTable10.10.2.1.

    10.10.2.2 FilletWelds

    10.10.2.2.1EffectiveArea
    Theeffectiveareaofafilletweldshallbetheeffectivelengthmultipliedbytheeffectivethroat.Theeffective
    throat of a fillet weld shall be the shortest distance from the root to the face of the diagrammatic weld. An
    increaseineffectivethroatispermittedifconsistentpenetrationbeyondtherootofthediagrammaticweldis
    demonstratedbytestsusingtheproductionprocessandprocedurevariables.
    Forfilletweldsinholesandslots,theeffectivelengthshallbethelengthofthecenterlineoftheweldalongthe
    centeroftheplanethroughthethroat.Inthecaseofoverlappingfillets,theeffectiveareashallnotexceedthe
    nominalcrosssectionalareaoftheholeorslot,intheplaneofthefayingsurface.

    10.10.2.2.2Limitations
    Theminimumsizeoffilletweldsshallbenotlessthanthesizerequiredtotransmitcalculatedforcesnorthesize
    asshowninTable10.10.2.4.Theseprovisionsdonotapplytofilletweldreinforcementsofpartialorcomplete
    jointpenetrationgroovewelds.
    TABLE10.10.2.4:MinimumSizeofFilletWelds

    MaterialThicknessofThinner MinimumSizeofFillet
    d ld [a]
    To6inclusive 3
    Over6to13 5
    Over13to19 6

    [a]Legdimensionoffilletwelds.Singlepassweldsmustbeused.

    Themaximumsizeoffilletweldsofconnectedpartsshallbe:
    Alongedgesofmateriallessthan6mmthick,notgreaterthanthethicknessofthematerial.
    Alongedgesofmaterial6mmormoreinthickness,notgreaterthanthethicknessofthematerialminus2mm,
    unlesstheweldisespeciallydesignatedonthedrawingstobebuiltouttoobtainfullthroatthickness.Intheas
    weldedcondition,thedistancebetweentheedgeofthebasemetalandthetoeoftheweldispermittedtobe
    lessthan2mmprovidedtheweldsizeisclearlyverifiable.
    Theminimumeffectivelengthoffilletweldsdesignedonthebasisofstrengthshallbenotlessthanfourtimes
    the nominal size,or else thesizeofthe weldshall be considered not to exceed 1 /4ofits effective length.If
    longitudinalfilletweldsareusedaloneinendconnectionsofflatbartensionmembers,thelengthofeachfillet
    weldshallbenotlessthantheperpendiculardistancebetweenthem.Fortheeffectoflongitudinalfilletweld
    lengthinendconnectionsupontheeffectiveareaoftheconnectedmember,seeSection10.4.3.3.
    Forendloadedfilletweldswithalengthupto100timesthelegdimension,itispermittedtotaketheeffective
    length equal to the actual length. When the length of the endloaded fillet weld exceeds 100 times the weld
    size,theeffectivelengthshallbedeterminedbymultiplyingtheactuallengthbythereductionfactor,,
    1.2 0.002 1.0 (10.10.2.1)
    where

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6537
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    =actuallengthofendloadedweld,mm
    =weldlegsize,mm
    Whenthelengthoftheweldexceeds300timesthelegsize,thevalueof shallbetakenas0.60.
    Intermittentfilletweldsarepermittedtobeusedtotransfercalculatedstressacrossajointorfayingsurfaces
    whentherequiredstrengthislessthanthatdevelopedbyacontinuousfilletweldofthesmallestpermittedsize,
    andtojoincomponentsofbuiltupmembers.Theeffectivelengthofanysegmentofintermittentfilletwelding
    shallbenotlessthanfourtimestheweldsize,withaminimumof38mm.
    Inlapjoints,theminimumamountoflapshallbefivetimesthethicknessofthethinnerpartjoined,butnotless
    than25mm.Lapjointsjoiningplatesorbarssubjectedtoaxialstressthatutilizetransversefilletweldsonlyshall
    be fillet welded along the end of both lapped parts, except where the deflection of the lapped parts is
    sufficientlyrestrainedtopreventopeningofthejointundermaximumloading.
    Filletweldterminationsarepermittedtobestoppedshortorextendtotheendsorsidesofpartsorbeboxed
    exceptaslimitedbythefollowing:
    Forlapjointsinwhichoneconnectedpartextendsbeyondanedgeofanotherconnectedpartthatissubjectto
    calculatedtensilestress,filletweldsshallterminatenotlessthanthesizeoftheweldfromthatedge.
    Forconnectionswhereflexibilityoftheoutstandingelementsisrequired,whenendreturnsareused,thelength
    ofthereturnshallnotexceedfourtimesthenominalsizeoftheweldnorhalfthewidthofthepart.
    Fillet welds joining transverse stiffeners to plate girder webs 19 mm thick or less shall end not less than four
    timesnormorethansixtimesthethicknessofthewebfromthewebtoeofthewebtoflangewelds,except
    wheretheendsofstiffenersareweldedtotheflange.
    Filletweldsthatoccuronoppositesidesofacommonplaneshallbeinterruptedatthecornercommontoboth
    welds.
    Filletweldsinholesorslotsarepermittedtobeusedtotransmitshearinlapjointsortopreventthebucklingor
    separationoflappedpartsandtojoincomponentsofbuiltupmembers.Suchfilletweldsmayoverlap,subject
    totheprovisionsofSection10.10.2.Filletweldsinholesorslotsarenottobeconsideredplugorslotwelds.

    10.10.2.3 PlugandSlotWelds
    10.10.2.3.1EffectiveArea
    Theeffectiveshearingareaofplugandslotweldsshallbeconsideredasthenominalcrosssectionalareaofthe
    holeorslotintheplaneofthefayingsurface.
    10.10.2.3.2Limitations
    Plugorslotweldsarepermittedtobeusedtotransmitshearinlapjointsortopreventbucklingoflappedparts
    andtojoincomponentpartsofbuiltupmembers.
    Thediameteroftheholesforaplugweldshallnotbelessthanthethicknessofthepartcontainingitplus8mm,
    roundedtothenextlargeroddevenmm,norgreaterthantheminimumdiameterplus3mmor2 timesthe
    thicknessoftheweld.
    Theminimumcentertocenterspacingofplugweldsshallbefourtimesthediameterofthehole.
    Thelengthofslotforaslotweldshallnotexceed10timesthethicknessoftheweld.Thewidthoftheslotshall
    benotlessthanthethicknessofthepartcontainingitplus8mmroundedtothenextlargeroddevenmm,nor
    shallitbelargerthan2 timesthethicknessoftheweld.Theendsoftheslotshallbesemicircularorshallhave
    thecornersroundedtoaradiusofnotlessthanthethicknessofthepartcontainingit,exceptthoseendswhich
    extendtotheedgeofthepart.
    Theminimumspacingoflinesofslotweldsinadirectiontransversetotheirlengthshallbefourtimesthewidth
    oftheslot.Theminimumcentertocenterspacinginalongitudinaldirectiononanylineshallbetwotimesthe
    lengthoftheslot.
    Thethicknessofplugorslotweldsinmaterial16mmorlessinthicknessshallbeequaltothethicknessofthe
    material.Inmaterialover16mmthick,thethicknessoftheweldshallbeatleastonehalfthethicknessofthe
    materialbutnotlessthan16mm.

    10.10.2.4 Strength

    6538 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Thedesignstrength, Rnandtheallowablestrength,Rn/,ofweldsshallbethelowervalueof thebase


    materialandtheweldmetalstrengthdeterminedaccordingtothelimitstatesoftensilerupture,shearrupture
    oryieldingasfollows:
    TABLE10.10.2.5:AvailableStrengthofWeldedJoints,N

    LoadTypeandDirection Pertine Nominal Effective RequiredFillerMetalStrength


    and
    [a][b]
    RelativetoWeldAxis nt Strength Area Level
    Metal (FBMor (ABMorAw)mm2
    Fw)
    COMPLETEJOINTPENETRATIONGROOVEWELDS
    Tension Matchingfillermetalshallbeused.
    Normaltoweldaxis ForTandcornerjointswithbacking
    Strengthofthejointiscontrolledbythebasemetal
    leftinplace,notchtoughfillermetal
    isrequired.SeeSection10.10.2.6.

    Compression Fillermetalwithastrengthlevel
    Normaltoweldaxis equaltooronestrengthlevelless
    Strengthofthejointiscontrolledbythebasemetal
    thanmatchingfillermetalis
    permitted.
    TensionorCompression Tensionorcompressioninpartsjoinedparalleltoaweld Fillermetalwithastrengthlevel
    Paralleltoweldaxis neednotbeconsideredindesignofweldsjoiningthe equaltoorlessthanmatchingfiller
    parts. metalispermitted.
    Shear Matchingfillermetalshallbe
    Strengthofthejointiscontrolledbythebasemetal
    used.[c]
    PARTIALJOINTPENETRATIONGROOVEWELDSINCLUDINGFLAREVEEGROOVEANDFLAREBEVELGROOVEWELDS

    Tension =0.90 See


    Normaltoweldaxis
    =0.80 See

    CompressionColumnto
    BasePlateandcolumn Compressivestressneednotbeconsideredindesignof
    splicesdesignedper weldsjoiningtheparts.
    10.10.1.4(a)
    CompressionConnections Base =0.90 Fy See
    ofmembersdesignedto =1.67 10.10.4
    bearother
    =0.80 0.60 See
    thancolumnsasdescribed
    Weld =1.88 FEXX 10.10.2.1.1
    in10.10.1.4(b)
    CompressionConnections =0.90 See
    notfinishedtobear
    =0.80 See
    Fillermetalwithastrengthlevel
    TensionorCompression Tensionorcompressioninpartsjoinedparalleltoaweld equaltoorlessthanmatchingfiller
    Paralleltoweldaxis neednotbeconsideredindesignofweldsjoiningthe metalispermitted.
    Base Governedby10.10.4
    Shear
    = 0.60FEXX See

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6539
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE10.10.2.5(Contd..):AvailableStrengthofWeldedJoints,N
    Load Type and Direction Relative to Weld Pertinent
    Axis Metal and
    Nominal Effective RequiredFillerMetal
    Strength Area StrengthLevel[a][b]
    FILLETWELDSINCLUDINGFILLETSINHOLESANDSLOTSANDSKEWEDTJOINTS

    Base Governedby10.10.4
    Shear = See Fillermetalwithastrengthlevelequaltoor
    Weld 0..75 0.60 10.10.2.2.1 lessthanmatchingfillermetalispermitted.
    =
    2.00
    TensionorCompression Tensionorcompressioninpartsjoinedparallel
    Paralleltoweldaxis toaweldneednotbeconsideredindesignof
    weldsjoiningtheparts.

    PLUGANDSLOTWELDS
    ShearParalleltofaying Base Governedby10.10.4 Fillermetalwithastrengthlevelequaltoor
    surfaceontheeffective = 0.60 lessthanmatchingfillermetalispermitted.

    FormatchingweldmetalseeAWSD1.1,Section3.3.
    Fillermetalwithastrengthlevelonestrengthlevelgreaterthanmatchingispermitted.
    Fillermetalswithastrengthlevellessthanmatchingmaybeusedforgrooveweldsbetweenthewebsandflangesofbuilt
    up sections transferring shear loads, or in applications where high restraint is a concern. In these applications, the weld
    jointshallbedetailedandtheweldshallbedesignedusingthethicknessofthematerialastheeffectivethroat,=0.80,=
    1.88and0.60FEXXasthenominalstrength.


    Forthebasemetal
    (10.10.2.2)
    Fortheweldmetal
    (10.10.2.3)
    Where
    FBM=nominalstrengthofthebasemetalperunitarea,MPa
    Fw=nominalstrengthoftheweldmetalperunitarea,MPa
    ABM=crosssectionalareaofthebasemetal,mm2
    Aw=effectiveareaoftheweld,mm2
    Thevaluesof,,FBM,andFwandlimitationsthereonaregiveninTable10.10.2.5.
    Alternatively,forfilletweldsloadedinplanethedesignstrength, Rnandtheallowablestrength,Rn/,of
    weldsispermittedtobedeterminedasfollows:
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    Foralinearweldgrouploadedinplanethroughthecenterofgravity
    (10.10.2.4)
    where
    0.60 1.0 0.50sin . (10.10.2.5)
    And
    =electrodeclassificationnumber,MPa
    =angleofloadingmeasuredfromtheweldlongitudinalaxis,degrees
    =effectiveareaoftheweld,mm2

    6540 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Forweldelementswithinaweldgroupthatareloadedinplaneandanalyzedusinganinstantaneouscenterof
    rotation method, the components of the nominal strength, Rnx and Rny , are permitted to be determined as
    follows:

    (10.10.2.6)

    where
    Awi=effectiveareaofweldthroatofanyithweldelement,mm2
    0.60 1.0 0.50sin . (10.10.2.7)
    .
    1.9 0.9 (10.10.2.8)
    Fwi=nominalstressinanyithweldelement,MPa
    Fwix=xcomponentofstress,Fwi
    Fwiy=ycomponentofstress,Fwi
    p =i/m,ratioofelementideformationtoitsdeformationatmaximumstress
    w =weldlegsize,mm
    rcrit=distancefrominstantaneouscenterofrotationtoweldelementwithminimum /riratio,mm
    I = deformation of weld elements at intermediate stress levels, linearly proportioned to the critical
    deformationbasedondistancefromtheinstantaneouscenterofrotation,ri,mm=riu/rcrit
    m=0.209(+2)0.32w,deformationofweldelementatmaximumstress,mm
    u=1.087(+6)0.65w0.17w,deformationofweldelementatultimatestress(fracture),usuallyinelement
    furthestfrominstantaneouscenterofrotation,mm
    Forfilletweldgroupsconcentricallyloadedandconsistingofelementsthat
    areorientedbothlongitudinallyandtransverselytothedirectionofappliedload,thecombinedstrength,Rn,of
    thefilletweldgroupshallbedeterminedasthegreaterof
    (10.10.2.9a)
    or
    0.85 1.5 (10.10.2.9b)
    where
    =thetotalnominalstrengthoflongitudinallyloadedfilletwelds,asdeterminedinaccordancewithTable
    10.10.2.5,N
    = the total nominal strength of transversely loaded fillet welds, as determined in accordance with Table
    10.10.2.5withoutthealternateinSection10.10.2.4(a),N

    10.10.2.5 CombinationofWelds
    Iftwoormoreofthegeneraltypesofwelds(groove,fillet,plug,slot)arecombinedinasinglejoint,thestrength
    ofeachshallbeseparatelycomputedwithreferencetotheaxisofthegroupinordertodeterminethestrength
    ofthecombination.

    10.10.2.6 FillerMetalRequirements
    Thechoiceofelectrodeforusewithcompletejointpenetrationgrooveweldssubjecttotensionnormaltothe
    effectiveareashallcomplywiththerequirementsformatchingfillermetalsgiveninAWSD1.1.
    FillermetalwithaspecifiedCharpyVNotch(CVN)toughnessof27.12Nm(27J)at4 0 Cshallbeusedinthe
    followingjoints:
    CompletejointpenetrationgrooveweldedTandcornerjointswithsteelbackingleftinplace,subjecttotension
    normaltotheeffectivearea,unlessthejointsaredesignedusingthenominalstrengthandresistancefactoror
    safetyfactorasapplicableforaPJPweld.
    Completejointpenetration groove welded splices subject to tension normal to the effective area in heavy
    sectionsasdefinedin10.1.3.1cand10.1.3.1d.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6541
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.10.2.7 MixedWeldMetal
    WhenCharpyVNotchtoughnessisspecified,theprocessconsumablesforallweldmetal,tackwelds,rootpass
    andsubsequentpassesdepositedinajointshallbecompatibletoensurenotchtoughcompositeweldmetal.

    10.10.3 BoltsandThreadedParts

    10.10.3.1 HighStrengthBolts
    UseofhighstrengthboltsshallconformtotheprovisionsoftheSpecificationforStructuralJointsUsingASTM
    A325 or A490 Bolts, hereafter referred to as the RCSC Specification, as approved by the Research Council on
    StructuralConnections,exceptasotherwiseprovidedinthisSpecification.
    Whenassembled,alljointsurfaces,includingthoseadjacenttothewashers,shallbefreeofscale,excepttight
    millscale.AllASTMA325orA325MandA490orA490Mboltsshallbetightenedtoabolttensionnotlessthan
    thatgiveninTable10.10.3.1,exceptasnotedbelow.Exceptaspermittedbelow,installationshallbeassuredby
    anyofthefollowingmethods:turnofnutmethod,adirecttensionindicator,calibratedwrenchoralternative
    designbolt.
    Boltsarepermittedtobeinstalledtoonlythesnugtightconditionwhenusedin
    bearingtypeconnections.
    tensionorcombinedshearandtensionapplications,forASTMA325orA325Mboltsonly,wherelooseningor
    fatigueduetovibrationorloadfluctuationsarenotdesignconsiderations.

    TABLE10.10.3.1:MinimumBoltPretension,kN
    BoltSize,mm A325MBolts A490MBolts
    M16 91 114
    M20 142 179
    M22 176 221
    M24 205 257
    M27 267 334

    Equal to0.70timestheminimumtensilestrengthofbolts,roundedofftonearestkN,asspecifiedinASTM

    Thesnugtightconditionisdefinedasthetightnessattainedbyeitherafewimpactsofanimpactwrenchorthe
    fulleffortofaworkerwithanordinaryspudwrenchthatbringstheconnectedpliesintofirmcontact.Boltsto
    betightenedonlytothesnugtightconditionshallbeclearlyidentifiedonthedesignanderectiondrawings.
    When ASTMA490 orA490Mbolts over25 mm in diameter are usedinslotted or oversized holes in external
    plies,asinglehardenedwasherconformingtoASTMF436,exceptwith8mmminimumthickness,shallbeused
    inlieuofthestandardwasher.
    In slipcritical connections in which the direction of loading is toward an edge of a connected part, adequate
    availablebearingstrengthshallbeprovidedbasedupontheapplicablerequirementsofSection10.10.3.10.
    When bolt requirements cannot be provided by ASTM A325 and A325M, F1852, or A490 and A490M bolts
    becauseofrequirementsforlengthsexceeding12diametersordiametersexceeding38mm,boltsorthreaded
    rodsconformingtoASTMA354Gr.BC,A354Gr.BD,orA449arepermittedtobeusedinaccordancewiththe
    provisionsforthreadedrodsinTable10.10.3.2.
    WhenASTMA354Gr.BC,A354Gr.BD,orA449boltsandthreadedrodsareusedinslipcriticalconnections,the
    bolt geometry including the head and nut(s) shall be equal to or (if larger in diameter) proportional to that
    provided by ASTM A325 and A325M, or ASTM A490 and A490M bolts. Installation shall comply with all
    applicable requirements of the RCSC Specification with modifications as required for the increased diameter
    and/orlengthtoprovidethedesignpretension.

    10.10.3.2 SizeandUseofHoles
    The maximum sizes of holes for bolts are given in Table 10.10.3.3, except that larger holes, required for
    toleranceonlocationofanchorrodsinconcretefoundations,arepermittedincolumnbasedetails.
    Standardholesorshortslottedholestransversetothedirectionoftheloadshallbeprovidedinaccordancewith
    the provisions of this specification, unless oversized holes, shortslotted holes parallel to the load or long
    slotted holes are approved by the engineer of record. Finger shims up to 6 mm are permitted in slipcritical

    6542 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    connections designed on the basis of standard holes without reducing the nominal shear strength of the
    fastenertothatspecifiedforslottedholes.
    Oversized holes are permitted in any or all plies of slipcritical connections, but they shall not be used in
    bearingtypeconnections.Hardenedwashersshallbeinstalledoveroversizedholesinanouterply.
    Shortslotted holes are permitted in any or all plies of slipcritical or bearingtype connections. The slots are
    permittedwithoutregardtodirectionofloadinginslipcriticalconnections,butthelengthshallbenormalto
    thedirectionoftheloadinbearingtypeconnections.Washersshallbeinstalledovershortslottedholesinan
    outerply;whenhighstrengthboltsareused,suchwashersshallbehardened.
    Longslotted holes are permitted in only one of the connected parts of either a slipcritical or bearingtype
    connection at an individual faying surface. Long slotted holes are permitted without regard to direction of
    loading in slipcritical connections, but shall be normal to the direction of load in bearingtype connections.
    Where longslotted holes are used in an outer ply, plate washers, or a continuous bar with standard holes,
    havingasizesufficienttocompletelycovertheslotafterinstallation,shallbeprovided.Inhighstrengthbolted
    connections,suchplatewashersorcontinuousbarsshallbenotlessthan8mmthickandshallbeofstructural
    gradematerial,butneednotbehardened.Ifhardenedwashersarerequiredforuseofhighstrengthbolts,the
    hardenedwashersshallbeplacedovertheoutersurfaceoftheplatewasherorbar.

    10.10.3.3 MinimumSpacing
    The distance between centers of standard, oversized, or slotted holes, shall not be less than 2 times the
    nominaldiameter,d,ofthefastener;adistanceof3dispreferred.

    10.10.3.4 MinimumEdgeDistance
    Thedistancefromthecenterofastandardholetoanedgeofaconnectedpartinanydirectionshallnotbeless
    thaneithertheapplicablevaluefromTable10.10.3.4,orasrequiredinSection10.10.3.10.Thedistancefrom
    thecenterofanoversizedorslottedholetoanedgeofaconnectedpartshallbenotlessthanthatrequiredfor
    astandardholetoanedgeofaconnectedpartplustheapplicableincrementC2fromTable10.10.3.5.


    TABLE10.10.3.2:NominalStressofFastenersandThreadedParts,MPa
    DescriptionofFasteners NominalTensile NominalShearStressinBearingType
    Stress,Fnt,MPa Connections,Fnv,MPa

    A307bolts 310[a][b] 165[b][c][f]


    A325orA325Mbolts,whenthreads 620 [e] 330 [f]
    arenotexcludedfromshearplanes
    A325orA325Mbolts,whenthreads 620 [e] 414 [f]
    areexcludedfromshearplanes
    A490orA490Mbolts,whenthreads 780 [e] 414 [f]
    arenotexcludedfromshearplanes
    A490orA490Mbolts,whenthreads 780 [e] 520 [f]
    areexcludedfromshearplanes
    [a][d]
    Threadedpartsmeetingthe 0.75 Fu 0.40Fu
    requirementsofSection10.1.3.4,
    whenthreadsarenotexcludedfrom
    shearplanes
    [a][d]
    Threadedpartsmeetingthe 0.75 Fu 0.50Fu
    requirementsofSection10.1.3.4,
    whenthreadsareexcludedfrom
    shearplanes

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6543
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    [a]Subjecttotherequiremen
    ntsofSection10
    0.17.
    [b]ForA307b
    boltsthetabulattedvaluesshallbereducedby11percentforeacch2mmover5diametersoflen
    ngthinthe
    grip.
    [c]Threadspeermittedinsheaarplanes.
    [d]Thenomin
    naltensilestrenggthofthethreadedportionofaanupsetrod,basseduponthecro
    osssectionalare
    eaatits
    majorthreaddiameter,AD,w eaoftherodbefforeupsettingtimesFy.
    whichshallbelaargerthanthenominalbodyare


    TAB
    BLE10.10.3.3:N
    NominalHoleDimensions,mm
    m

    HoleDimensio
    ons
    Boltt
    Stan
    ndard ShortSlot LongSloot
    Diame
    eter Ovversize(Dia.)
    (Dia.) (WidthLength) (WidthLe
    ength)
    M16
    6 18
    1 20 18 22 18 40
    0
    M20
    0 22
    2 24 22 26 22 50
    0
    M22
    2 24
    2 28 24 30 24 55
    5
    M24
    4 27[a] 30 27 32 27 60
    0
    M27
    7 30
    3 35 30 37 30 67
    7
    M30
    0 33
    3 38 33 40 33 75
    5
    [a]Clearanceprovidedallo
    owstheuseofa25mm.boltifdeesirable.


    [a] [b]
    TABLE10.1
    10.3.4:Minimum
    mEdgeDistancce, mm,from
    mCenterofStandardHole to
    oEdgeofConneectedPart

    AtRolledEdggesof
    BoltDiameter
    B (mm) AtShearedEdge
    es
    Plates,Shapeso
    orBars,orTheermallyCutEd
    dges[c]
    16 28 22
    20 34 26
    22 38 [d] 28
    24 42 [d] 30
    27 48 34
    [aa]Lesseredged
    distancesareperrmittedtobeusedprovidedpro
    ovisionsofSectio
    on10.10.3.10,asappropriate,aresatisfied.
    [b
    b]Foroversized
    dorslottedholess,seeTable10.1
    10.3.5.
    [cc]Alledgedistancesinthiscolu
    umnarepermitteedtobereduced3mmwhenth
    heholeisatapo
    ointwhererequiredstrength
    do
    oesnotexceed2
    25percentofth
    hemaximumstreengthintheelem
    ment.


    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.10.3.5 MaximumSpacingandEdgeDistance
    Themaximumdistancefromthecenterofanyboltorrivettothenearestedgeofpartsincontactshallbe12
    timesthethicknessoftheconnectedpartunderconsideration,butshallnotexceed150mm.Thelongitudinal
    spacingoffastenersbetweenelementsincontinuouscontactconsistingofaplateanda
    Forpaintedmembersorunpaintedmembersnotsubjecttocorrosion,thespacingshallnotexceed24timesthe
    thicknessofthethinnerplateor305mm.
    Forunpaintedmembersofweatheringsteelsubjecttoatmosphericcorrosion,thespacingshallnotexceed14
    timesthethicknessofthethinnerplateor180mm.

    10.10.3.6 TensionandShearStrengthofBoltsandThreadedParts
    Thedesigntensionorshearstrength,Rnandtheallowabletensionorshearstrength,Rn/,ofasnugtightened
    orpretensionedhighstrengthboltorthreadedpartshallbedeterminedaccordingtothelimitstatesoftensile
    ruptureandshearruptureasfollows:
    (10.10.3.1)
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    where
    Fn=nominaltensilestressFnt,orshearstress,FnvfromTable10.10.3.2,MPa
    Ab =nominalunthreadedbodyareaofboltorthreadedpart(forupsetrods,seefootnoted,Table10.10.3.2,
    mm2
    Therequiredtensilestrengthshallincludeanytensionresultingfrompryingactionproducedbydeformationof
    theconnectedparts.
    10.10.3.7CombinedTensionandShearinBearingTypeConnection
    Theavailabletensilestrengthofaboltsubjectedtocombinedtensionandshearshallbedeterminedaccording
    tothelimitstatesoftensionandshearruptureasfollows:
    (10.10.3.2)
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    where
    =nominaltensilestressmodifiedtoincludetheeffectsofshearingstress,MPa

    1.3 LRFD (10.10.3.3a)


    1.3 ASD (10.10.3.3b)

    Fnt=nominaltensilestressfromTable10.10.3.2,MPa
    Fnv=nominalshearstressfromTable10.10.3.2,MPa
    fv=therequiredshearstress,MPa
    Theavailableshearstressofthefastenershallequalorexceedtherequiredshearstrengthperunitarea,fv.

    10.10.3.7 HighStrengthBoltsinSlipCriticalConnections
    Highstrength bolts in slipcritical connections are permitted to be designed to prevent slip either as a
    serviceabilitylimitstateorattherequiredstrengthlimitstate.Theconnectionmustalsobecheckedforshear
    strengthinaccordancewithSections10.10.3.6and10.10.3.7andbearingstrengthinaccordancewithSections
    10.10.3.1and10.10.3.10.
    Slipcritical connections shall be designed as follows, unless otherwise designated by the engineer of record.
    Connectionswithstandardholesorslotstransversetothedirectionoftheloadshallbedesignedforslipasa
    serviceabilitylimitstate.Connectionswithoversizedholesorslotsparalleltothedirectionoftheloadshallbe
    designedtopreventslipattherequiredstrengthlevel.
    Thedesignslipresistance,Rnandtheallowableslipresistance,Rn/,shallbedeterminedforthelimitstate
    ofslipasfollows:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6545
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (10.10.3.4)
    Forconnectionsinwhichpreventionofslipisaserviceabilitylimitstate
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    Forconnectionsdesignedtopreventslipattherequiredstrengthlevel
    =0.85(LRFD) =1.76(ASD)
    Where
    =meanslipcoefficientforClassAorBsurfaces,asapplicable,orasestablishedbytests
    = 0.35 for Class A surfaces (unpainted clean mill scale steel surfaces or surfaces with Class A coatings on
    blastcleanedsteelandhotdippedgalvanizedandroughenedsurfaces)
    =0.50forClassBsurfaces(unpaintedblastcleanedsteelsurfacesorsurfaceswithClassBcoatingsonblast
    cleanedsteel)
    Du=1.13;amultiplierthatreflectstheratioofthemeaninstalledboltpretensiontothespecifiedminimumbolt
    pretension.Theuseofothervaluesmaybeapprovedbytheengineerofrecord.
    hsc=holefactordeterminedasfollows:
    a) Forstandardsizeholes h sc = 1.00
    c) Foroversizedandshortslottedholes h sc = 0.85
    d) Forlongslottedholes h sc = 0.70
    Ns=numberofslipplanes
    Tb=minimumfastenertensiongiveninTable10.10.3.1,kN

    10.10.3.8 CombinedTensionandShearinSlipCriticalConnections
    When a slipcritical connection is subjected to an applied tension that reduces the net clamping force, the
    availableslipresistanceperbolt,fromSection10.10.3.8,shallbemultipliedbythefactor,ks,asfollows:

    1 LRFD (10.10.3.5a)

    1.5
    1 ASD (10.10.3.5b)

    where
    Nb=numberofboltscarryingtheappliedtension
    Ta=tensionforceduetoASDloadcombinations,kN
    Tb=minimumfastenertensiongiveninTable10.10.3.1,kN
    Tu=tensionforceduetoLRFDloadcombinations,kN
    10.10.3.10BearingStrengthatBoltHoles
    Theavailablebearingstrength,RnandRn/,atboltholesshallbedeterminedforthelimitstateofbearingas
    follows:
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    For a bolt in a connection with standard, oversized, and shortslotted holes, independent of the direction of
    loading,oralongslottedholewiththeslotparalleltothedirectionofthebearingforce:
    a) Whendeformationattheboltholeatserviceloadisadesignconsideration
    1.2 2.4 (10.10.3.6a)
    e) Whendeformationattheboltholeatserviceloadisnotadesignconsideration
    1.5 3.0 (10.10.3.6b)
    Foraboltinaconnectionwithlongslottedholeswiththeslotperpendiculartothedirectionofforce:
    1.0 2.0 (10.10.3.6c)

    6546 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    ForconnectionsmadeusingboltsthatpasscompletelythroughanunstiffenedboxmemberorHSSseeSection
    10.10.7andEquation10.10.7.1,
    where
    d=nominalboltdiameter,mm
    Fu=specifiedminimumtensilestrengthoftheconnectedmaterial,MPa
    Lc=cleardistance,inthedirectionoftheforce,betweentheedgeoftheholeandtheedgeoftheadjacenthole
    oredgeofthematerial,mm
    t=thicknessofconnectedmaterial,mm
    For connections, the bearing resistance shall be taken as the sum of the bearing resistances of the individual
    bolts.
    Bearingstrengthshallbecheckedforbothbearingtypeandslipcriticalconnections.Theuseofoversizedholes
    andshortandlongslottedholesparalleltothelineofforceisrestrictedtoslipcriticalconnectionsperSection
    10.10.3.2.

    10.10.3.9 SpecialFasteners
    ThenominalstrengthofspecialfastenersotherthantheboltspresentedinTable10.10.3.2shallbeverifiedby
    tests.

    10.10.3.10 TensionFasteners
    WhenboltsorotherfastenersintensionareattachedtoanunstiffenedboxorHSSwall,thestrengthofthewall
    shallbedeterminedbyrationalanalysis.

    10.10.4 AffectedElementsofMembersandConnectingElements
    Thissectionappliestoelementsofmembersatconnectionsandconnectingelements,suchasplates,gussets,
    angles,andbrackets.

    10.10.4.1 StrengthofElementsinTension
    Thedesignstrength, Rnandtheallowablestrength,Rn/,ofaffectedandconnectingelementsloadedin
    tensionshallbethelowervalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesoftensileyieldingandtensilerupture.
    Fortensileyieldingofconnectingelements:
    (10.10.4.1)
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Fortensileruptureofconnectingelements:
    (10.10.4.2)
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    where
    Ae=effectivenetareaasdefinedinSection10.4.3.3,mm2;forbolted
    spliceplates,Ae=An0.85Ag

    10.10.4.2 StrengthofElementsinShear
    The available shear yield strength of affected and connecting elements in shear shall be the lower value
    obtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofshearyieldingandshearrupture:
    Forshearyieldingoftheelement:
    0.60 (10.10.4.3)
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    Forshearruptureoftheelement:
    0.60 (10.10.4.4)
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6547
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where
    Anv=netareasubjecttoshear,mm2
    10.10.4.3BlockShearStrength
    The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture along a shear failure path or path(s) and a
    perpendiculartensionfailurepathshallbetakenas
    0.60 0.6 (10.10.4.5)
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    where
    Agv=grossareasubjecttoshear,mm2
    Ant=netareasubjecttotension,mm2
    Anv=netareasubjecttoshear,mm2
    Wherethetensionstressisuniform,Ubs=1;wherethetensionstressisnonuniform,Ubs=0.5.

    10.10.4.3 StrengthofElementsinCompression
    Theavailablestrengthofconnectingelementsincompressionforthelimitstatesofyieldingandbucklingshall
    bedeterminedasfollows.
    For 25
    (10.10.4.6)
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    For 25theprovisionsofSection10.5apply.

    10.10.5 Fillers
    Inweldedconstruction,anyfiller6mmormoreinthicknessshallextendbeyondtheedgesofthespliceplate
    andshallbeweldedtothepartonwhichitisfittedwithsufficientweldtotransmitthespliceplateload,applied
    atthesurfaceofthefiller.Theweldsjoiningthespliceplatetothefillershallbesufficienttotransmitthesplice
    plateloadandshallbelongenoughtoavoidoverloadingthefilleralongthetoeoftheweld.Anyfillerlessthan
    6mmthickshallhaveitsedgesmadeflushwiththeedgesofthespliceplateandtheweldsizeshallbethesum
    ofthesizenecessarytocarrythespliceplusthethicknessofthefillerplate.
    Whenaboltthatcarriesloadpassesthroughfillersthatareequaltoorlessthan6mmthick,theshearstrength
    shallbeusedwithoutreduction.Whenaboltthatcarriesloadpassesthroughfillersthataregreaterthan6mm
    thick,oneofthefollowingrequirementsshallapply:
    Forfillersthatareequaltoorlessthan19mmthick,theshearstrengthoftheboltsshallbemultipliedbythe
    factor[10.0154(t6)],wheretisthetotalthicknessofthefillersupto19mm;
    The fillers shall be extended beyond the joint and the filler extension shall be secured with enough bolts to
    uniformlydistributethetotalforceintheconnectedelementoverthecombinedcrosssectionoftheconnected
    elementandthefillers;
    Thesizeofthejointshallbeincreasedtoaccommodateanumberofboltsthatisequivalenttothetotalnumber
    requiredin(2)above;or
    ThejointshallbedesignedtopreventslipatrequiredstrengthlevelsinaccordancewithSection10.10.3.8.

    10.10.6 Splices
    Groovewelded splices in plate girders and beams shall develop the nominal strength of the smaller spliced
    section.Othertypesofsplicesincrosssectionsofplategirdersandbeamsshalldevelopthestrengthrequired
    bytheforcesatthepointofthesplice.

    10.10.7 BearingStrength
    The design bearing strength, Rn and the allowable bearing strength, Rn/ , of surfaces in contact shall be
    determinedforthelimitstateofbearing(localcompressiveyielding)asfollows:
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)

    6548 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Thenominalbearingstrength,Rn,isdefinedasfollowsforthevarioustypesofbearing:
    Formilledsurfaces,pinsinreamed,drilled,orboredholes,andendsoffittedbearingstiffeners:
    1.8 (10.10.7.1)
    where
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstress,MPa
    Apb=projectedbearingarea,mm2
    Forexpansionrollersandrockers:
    Ifd635mm
    1.2 90 /20 (10.10.7.2)
    Ifd>635mm
    30.2 90 /20 (10.10.7.3)
    where
    d=diameter,mm
    l=lengthofbearing,mm

    10.10.8 ColumnBasesandBearingonConcrete
    Properprovisionshallbemadetotransferthecolumnloadsandmomentstothefootingsandfoundations.
    Intheabsenceofcoderegulations,thedesignbearingstrength,cPp,andtheallowablebearingstrength,Pp
    /c,forthelimitstateofconcretecrushingarepermittedtobetakenasfollows:

    c=0.60(LRFD)c=2.50(ASD)
    Thenominalbearingstrength,Pp,isdeterminedasfollows:
    Onthefullareaofaconcretesupport:
    0.8 (10.10.8.1)
    Onlessthanthefullareaofaconcretesupport:

    0.8 1.7 (10.10.8.2)


    where
    A1=areaofsteelconcentricallybearingonaconcretesupport,mm2
    A2=maximumareaoftheportionofthesupportingsurfacethatisgeometricallysimilartoandconcentricwith
    theloadedarea,mm2

    10.10.9 AnchorRodsandEmbedments
    Anchor rods shall be designed to provide the required resistance to loads on the completed structure at the
    base of columns including the net tensile components of any bending moment that may result from load
    combinations stipulated in Section 10.2.2. The anchor rods shall be designed in accordance with the
    requirementsforthreadedpartsinTable10.10.3.2.
    Largeroversizedandslottedholesarepermittedinbaseplateswhenadequatebearingisprovidedforthenut
    byusingstructuralorplatewasherstobridgethehole.
    Whenhorizontalforcesarepresentatcolumnbases,theseforcesshould,wherepossible,beresistedbybearing
    against concrete elements or by shear friction between the column base plate and the foundation. When
    anchorrodsaredesigned to resist horizontal force thebaseplate hole size, the anchorrodsetting tolerance,
    andthehorizontalmovementofthecolumnshallbeconsideredinthedesign.

    10.10.10 FlangesandWebswithConcentratedForces
    This section applies to single and doubleconcentrated forces applied normal to the flange(s) of wide flange
    sectionsandsimilarbuiltupshapes.Asingleconcentratedforcecanbeeithertensileorcompressive.Double

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6549
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    concentrated forces are one tensile and one compressive and form a couple on the same side of the loaded
    member.
    When the required strength exceeds the available strength as determined for the limit states listed in this
    section,stiffenersand/ordoublersshallbeprovidedandshallbesizedforthedifferencebetweentherequired
    strength and the available strength for the applicable limit state. Stiffeners shall also meet the design
    requirementsinSection10.10.10.8.DoublersshallalsomeetthedesignrequirementinSection10.10.10.9.
    StiffenersarerequiredatunframedendsofbeamsinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSection10.10.10.7.

    10.10.10.1 FlangeLocalBending
    This section applies to tensile singleconcentrated forces and the tensile component of doubleconcentrated
    forces.
    Thedesignstrength, Rnandtheallowablestrength,Rn/,forthelimitstateofflangelocalbendingshallbe
    determinedasfollows:
    6.25 (10.10.10.1)
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    where
    Fyf=specifiedminimumyieldstressoftheflange,MPa
    tf =thicknessoftheloadedflange,mm
    If the length of loading across the member flange is less than 0.15bf , where bf is the member flange width,
    Equation10.10.10.1neednotbechecked.
    Whentheconcentratedforcetoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberendthatislessthan10tf,
    Rnshallbereducedby50percent.
    Whenrequired,apairoftransversestiffenersshallbeprovided.

    10.10.10.2 WebLocalYielding
    Thissectionappliestosingleconcentratedforcesandbothcomponentsofdoubleconcentratedforces.
    Theavailablestrengthforthelimitstateofweblocalyieldingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    Thenominalstrength,Rn,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Whentheconcentratedforcetoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberendthatisgreaterthan
    thedepthofthememberd,
    5 (10.10.10.2)
    Whentheconcentratedforcetoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberendthatislessthanor
    equaltothedepthofthememberd,
    2.5 (10.10.10.3)
    where
    k=distancefromouterfaceoftheflangetothewebtoeofthefillet,mm
    Fyw=specifiedminimumyieldstressoftheweb,MPa
    N =lengthofbearing(notlessthankforendbeamreactions),mm
    tw=webthickness,mm
    Whenrequired,apairoftransversestiffenersoradoublerplateshallbeprovided.

    10.10.10.3 WebCrippling
    This section applies to compressive singleconcentrated forces or the compressive component of double
    concentratedforces.
    Theavailablestrengthforthelimitstateofweblocalcripplingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    Thenominalstrength,Rn,shallbedeterminedasfollows:

    6550 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Whentheconcentratedcompressiveforcetoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberendthatis
    greaterthanorequaltod/2:
    .
    0.80 1 3 (10.10.10.4)

    Whentheconcentratedcompressiveforcetoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberendthatis
    lessthand/2:
    ForN/d0.2
    .
    0.40 1 3 (10.10.10.5a)

    ForN/d>0.2
    .
    4
    0.40 1 0.2 (10.10.10.5b)

    where
    d=overalldepthofthemember,mm
    tf=flangethickness,mm
    Whenrequired,atransversestiffenerorpairoftransversestiffeners,oradoublerplateextendingatleastone
    halfthedepthofthewebshallbeprovided.

    10.10.10.4 WebSideswayBuckling
    ThisSectionappliesonlytocompressivesingleconcentratedforcesappliedtomemberswhererelativelateral
    movement between the loaded compression flange and the tension flange is not restrained at the point of
    applicationoftheconcentratedforce.
    Theavailablestrengthofthewebshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    =0.85(LRFD) =1.76(ASD)
    Thenominalstrength,Rn,forthelimitstateofwebsideswaybucklingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Ifthecompressionflangeisrestrainedagainstrotation:
    For / 2.3


    1 0.4 (10.10.10.6)

    For / 2.3,thelimitstateofwebsideswaybucklingdoesnotapply.
    Whentherequiredstrengthofthewebexceedstheavailablestrength,locallateralbracingshallbeprovidedat
    thetensionflangeoreitherapairoftransversestiffenersoradoublerplateshallbeprovided.
    Ifthecompressionflangeisnotrestrainedagainstrotation
    For / 1.7


    0.4 (10.10.10.7)

    For / 1.7thelimitstateofwebsideswaybucklingdoesnotapply.
    Whentherequiredstrengthofthewebexceedstheavailablestrength,locallateralbracingshallbeprovidedat
    bothflangesatthepointofapplicationoftheconcentratedforces.
    InEquations10.10.10.6and10.10.10.7,thefollowingdefinitionsapply:
    bf=flangewidth,mm
    Cr=6.62106MPawhenMu<My(LRFD)or1.5Ma<My(ASD)atthelocationoftheforce

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6551
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    =3.31106MPawhenMuMy(LRFD)or1.5MaMy(ASD)atthelocationoftheforce
    h=cleardistancebetweenflangeslessthefilletorcornerradiusforrolledshapes;distancebetweenadjacent
    linesoffastenersorthecleardistancebetweenflangeswhenweldsareusedforbuiltupshapes,mm
    l =largestlaterallyunbracedlengthalongeitherflangeatthepointofload,mm
    tf=flangethickness,mm
    tw=webthickness,mm

    10.10.10.5 WebCompressionBuckling
    ThisSectionappliestoapairofcompressivesingleconcentratedforcesorthecompressivecomponentsinapair
    ofdoubleconcentratedforces,appliedatbothflangesofamemberatthesamelocation.
    Theavailablestrengthforthelimitstateofweblocalbucklingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    24
    (10.10.10.8)

    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Whenthepairofconcentratedcompressiveforcestoberesistedisappliedatadistancefromthememberend
    thatislessthand/2,Rnshallbereducedby50percent.
    Whenrequired,asingletransversestiffener,apairoftransversestiffeners,oradoublerplateextendingthefull
    depthofthewebshallbeprovided.

    10.10.10.6 WebPanelZoneShear
    This section applies to doubleconcentrated forces applied to one or both flanges of a member at the same
    location.
    Theavailablestrengthofthewebpanelzoneforthelimitstateofshearyieldingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Thenominalstrength,Rn,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Whentheeffectofpanelzonedeformationonframestabilityisnotconsideredintheanalysis:
    For 0.4
    0.60 (10.10.10.9)
    For 0.4

    0.60 1.4 (10.10.10.10)

    Whenframestability,includingplasticpanelzonedeformation,isconsideredintheanalysis:
    For 0.75
    3
    0.60 1 (10.10.10.11)

    For 0.75
    3 1.2
    0.60 1 1.9 (10.10.10.12)

    InEquations10.10.10.9through10.10.10.12,thefollowingdefinitionsapply:
    A=columncrosssectionalarea,mm2
    bcf=widthofcolumnflange,mm
    db=beamdepth,mm
    dc=columndepth,mm
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthecolumnweb,MPa
    Pc=Py,N(LRFD)
    Pc=0.6Py,N(ASD)

    6552 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Pr=requiredstrength,N
    Py=FyA,axialyieldstrengthofthecolumn,N
    tcf=thicknessofthecolumnflange,mm
    tw=columnwebthickness,mm
    Whenrequired,doublerplate(s)orapairofdiagonalstiffenersshallbeprovidedwithintheboundariesofthe
    rigidconnectionwhosewebslieinacommonplane.
    SeeSection10.10.10.9fordoublerplatedesignrequirements.

    10.10.10.7 UnframedEndsofBeamsandGirders
    Atunframedendsofbeamsandgirdersnototherwiserestrainedagainstrotationabouttheirlongitudinalaxes,
    apairoftransversestiffeners,extendingthefulldepthoftheweb,shallbeprovided.

    10.10.10.8 AdditionalStiffenersRequirementsforConcentratedForces
    Stiffenersrequiredtoresisttensileconcentratedforcesshallbedesignedinaccordancewiththerequirements
    of Section 10.4 and welded to the loaded flange and the web. The welds to the flange shall be sized for the
    differencebetweentherequiredstrengthandavailablelimitstatestrength.Thestiffenertowebweldsshallbe
    sizedtotransfertothewebthealgebraicdifferenceintensileforceattheendsofthestiffener.
    Stiffeners required to resist compressive concentrated forces shall be designed in accordance with the
    requirementsinSections10.5.6.2and10.10.4.4andshalleitherbearonorbeweldedtotheloadedflangeand
    weldedtotheweb.Theweldstotheflangeshallbesizedforthedifferencebetweentherequiredstrengthand
    the applicable limit state strength. The weld to the web shall be sized to transfer to the web the algebraic
    differenceincompressionforceattheendsofthestiffener.Forfittedbearingstiffeners,seeSection10.10.7.
    Transversefulldepthbearingstiffenersforcompressiveforcesappliedtoabeamorplategirderflange(s)shall
    bedesignedasaxiallycompressedmembers(columns)inaccordancewiththerequirementsofSections10.5.6.2
    and10.10.4.4.
    Thememberpropertiesshallbedeterminedusinganeffectivelengthof0.75handacrosssectioncomposedof
    two stiffeners and a strip of the web having a width of 25tw at interior stiffeners and 12tw at the ends of
    members.Theweldconnectingfulldepthbearingstiffenerstothewebshallbesizedtotransmitthedifference
    incompressiveforceateachofthestiffenerstotheweb.
    Transverseanddiagonalstiffenersshallcomplywiththefollowingadditionalcriteria:
    Thewidthofeachstiffenerplusonehalfthethicknessofthecolumnwebshallnotbelessthanonethirdofthe
    widthoftheflangeormomentconnectionplatedeliveringtheconcentratedforce.
    The thickness of a stiffener shall not be less than onehalf the thickness of the flange or moment connection
    platedeliveringtheconcentratedload,andgreaterthanorequaltothewidthdividedby15.
    Transverse stiffeners shall extend a minimum of onehalf the depth of the member except as required in
    10.10.10.5and10.10.10.7.
    10.10.10.9AdditionaldoublerPlateRequirementsforConcentratedForces
    Doubler plates required for compression strength shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of
    Section10.5.
    DoublerplatesrequiredfortensilestrengthshallbedesignedinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSection
    10.4.
    Doubler plates required for shear strength (see Section 10.10.10.6) shall be designed in accordance with the
    provisionsofSection10.7.
    Inaddition,doublerplatesshallcomplywiththefollowingcriteria:
    Thethicknessandextentofthedoublerplateshallprovidetheadditionalmaterialnecessarytoequalorexceed
    thestrengthrequirements.
    Thedoublerplateshallbeweldedtodeveloptheproportionofthetotalforcetransmittedtothedoublerplate.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6553
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.11 DesignofHSSandBoxMemberConnections
    ThissectioncoversmemberstrengthdesignconsiderationspertainingtoconnectionstoHSSmembersandbox
    sectionsofuniformwallthickness.SeealsoSection10.10foradditionalrequirementsforboltingtoHSS.

    10.11.1 ConcentratedForcesonHSS

    10.11.1.1 DefinitionsofParameters
    B=overallwidthofrectangularHSSmember,measured90degreestotheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    Bp=widthofplate,measured90degreestotheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    D=outsidediameterofroundHSSmember,mm.
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofHSSmembermaterial,MPa.
    Fyp=specifiedminimumyieldstressofplate,MPa.
    Fu=specifiedminimumtensilestrengthofHSSmaterial,MPa.
    H=overallheightofrectangularHSSmember,measuredintheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    N=bearinglengthoftheload,measuredparalleltotheaxisoftheHSSmember,(ormeasuredacrossthe
    widthoftheHSSinthecaseofloadedcapplates),mm.
    t =designwallthicknessofHSSmember,mm.
    tp =thicknessofplate,mm.

    10.11.1.2 LimitsofApplicability
    The criteria herein are applicable only when the connection configuration is within the following limits of
    applicability:
    Strength:Fy360MPa.forHSS
    Ductility:Fy/Fu0.8forHSS
    Otherlimitsapplyforspecificcriteria

    10.11.1.3 ConcentratedForceDistributedTransversely
    10.11.1.3.1CriterionforRoundHSS
    WhenaconcentratedforceisdistributedtransverselytotheaxisoftheHSSthedesignstrength,Rnandthe
    allowablestrength,Rn/,forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    5.5/ 1 0.81 / 10.11.1.1
    0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    whereQfisgivenbyEquation10.11.2.1.Additionallimitsofapplicabilityare
    0.2<Bp/D1.0
    D/t50forTconnectionsandD/t40forcrossconnections
    10.11.1.3.2CriterionforRectangularHSS
    WhenaconcentratedforceisdistributedtransverselytotheaxisoftheHSSthedesignstrength,Rnandthe
    allowablestrength,Rn/,shallbethelowestvalueaccordingtothelimitstatesoflocalyieldingduetouneven
    loaddistribution,shearyielding(punching)andsidewallstrength.
    Additionallimitsofapplicabilityare
    0.25<Bp/B1.0
    B/tfortheloadedHSSwall35
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistributionintheloadedplate,
    10/ / / 10.11.1.2
    0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),

    6554 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    0.6 2 2 10.11.1.3
    0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    Where
    10 / /
    ThislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhenBp>(B2t),norwhenBp<0.85B.
    For the limit state of sidewall under tension loading, the available strength shall be taken asthe strength for
    sidewall local yielding. For the limit state of sidewall under compression loading, available strength shall be
    takenasthelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofsidewalllocalyielding,sidewalllocalcrippling
    andsidewalllocalbuckling.
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedunlessthechordmemberandbranchmember(connectingelement)have
    thesamewidth(=1.0).
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalyielding,
    2 5 10.11.1.4
    1.0(LRFD)=1.50(ASD)
    where
    k=outsidecornerradiusoftheHSS,whichispermittedtobetakenas1.5tifunknown,mm.
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalcrippling,inTconnections,
    . 10.11.1.5
    1.6 1 3 / 3
    0.75(LRFD)=2.0(ASD)
    whereQfisgivenbyEquation10.11.2.10.
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalbucklingincrossconnections,
    . 10.11.1.6
    48 / 3
    0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    whereQfisgivenbyEquation10.11.2.10
    Thenonuniformityofloadtransferalongthelineofweld,duetotheflexibilityoftheHSSwallinatransverse
    platetoHSSconnection,shallbeconsideredinproportioningsuchwelds.Thisrequirementcanbesatisfiedby
    limitingthetotaleffectiveweldlength,Le,ofgrooveandfilletweldstorectangularHSSasfollows:
    2 10/ / / 2 10.11.1.7
    where
    Le=totaleffectiveweldlengthforweldsonbothsidesofthetransverseplate,mm.
    InlieuofEquation10.11.17,thisrequirementmaybesatisfiedbyotherrationalapproaches.

    10.11.1.4 Concentrated Force Distributed Longitudinally at the Center of the HSS Diameter or Width and
    ActingPerpendiculartotheHSSAxis
    When a concentrated force is distributed longitudinally along the axis of the HSS at the center of the HSS
    diameter or width, and also acts perpendicular to the axis direction of the HSS (or has a component
    perpendicular to the axis direction of the HSS), the design strength, Rn and the allowable strength, Rn / ,
    perpendiculartotheHSSaxisshallbedeterminedforthelimitstateofchordplastificationasfollows.
    10.11.1.4.1CriterionforRoundHSS
    Anadditionallimitofapplicabilityis:
    D/t50forTconnectionsandD/t40forcrossconnections
    5.5 1 0.25 / 10.11.1.8
    0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    whereQfisgivenbyEquation10.11.2.1.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6555
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.11.1.4.2CriterionforRectangularHSS
    Anadditionallimitofapplicabilityis:
    B/tfortheloadedHSSwall40
    . 10.11.1.9
    / 1 2 / 4 1 /
    1.00(LRFD)=1.50(ASD)
    where
    Qf=(1U2)0.5
    UisgivenbyEquation10.11.2.12

    10.11.1.5 ConcentratedForceDistributedLongitudinallyattheCenteroftheHSSWidthandActingParallelto
    theHSSAxis
    WhenaconcentratedforceisdistributedlongitudinallyalongtheaxisofarectangularHSSandalsoactsparallel
    buteccentrictotheaxisdirectionofthemember,theconnectionshallbeverifiedasfollows:
    10.11.1.10

    10.11.1.6 ConcentratedAxialForceontheEndofaRectangularHSSwithaCapPlate
    WhenaconcentratedforceactsontheendofacappedHSSandtheforceisinthedirectionoftheHSSaxis,the
    design strength, Rn and the allowable strength, Rn/ , shall be determined for the limit states of wall local
    yielding (due to tensile or compressive forces) and wall local crippling (due to compressive forces only), with
    considerationforshearlag,asfollows.
    If(5tp+N)B,theavailablestrengthoftheHSSiscomputedbysummingthecontributionsofallfourHSSwalls.
    If(5tp+N)<B,theavailablestrengthoftheHSSiscomputedbysummingthecontributionsofthetwowallsinto
    whichtheloadisdistributed.
    Forthelimitstateofwalllocalyielding,foronewall,
    5 10.11.1.11
    1.00(LRFD)=1.50(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofwalllocalcrippling,foronewall,
    . . 10.11.1.12
    0.8 1 6 / / /
    0.75(LRFD)=2.00(ASD)

    10.11.2 HSSToHSSTrussConnections
    HSStoHSStrussconnectionsaredefinedasconnectionsthatconsistofoneormorebranchmembersthatare
    directlyweldedtoacontinuouschordthatpassesthroughtheconnectionandshallbeclassifiedasfollows:
    a) Whenthepunchingload(Prsin)inabranchmemberisequilibratedbybeamshearinthe
    chordmember,theconnectionshallbeclassifiedasaTconnectionwhenthebranchis
    perpendiculartothechordandaYconnectionotherwise.
    b) Whenthepunchingload(Prsin)inabranchmemberisessentiallyequilibrated(within20
    percent)byloadsinotherbranchmember(s)onthesamesideoftheconnection,the
    connectionshallbeclassifiedasaKconnection.Therelevantgapisbetweentheprimary
    branchmemberswhoseloadsequilibrate.AnNconnectioncanbeconsideredasatypeofK
    connection.
    c) Whenthepunchingload(Prsin)istransmittedthroughthechordmemberandisequilibrated
    bybranchmember(s)ontheoppositeside,theconnectionshallbeclassifiedasacross
    connection.
    d) Whenaconnectionhasmorethantwoprimarybranchmembersorbranchmembersinmore
    thanoneplane,theconnectionshallbeclassifiedasageneralormultiplanarconnection.

    6556 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    e) WhenbranchmemberstransmitpartoftheirloadasKconnectionsandpartoftheirloadasT,
    Y,orcrossconnections,thenominalstrengthshallbedeterminedbyinterpolationonthe
    proportionofeachintotal.
    For the purposes of this Specification, the centerlines of branch members and chord members shall lie in a
    common plane. Rectangular HSS connections are further limited to have all members oriented with walls
    parallel to the plane. For trusses that are made with HSS that are connected by welding branch members to
    chord members, eccentricities within the limits of applicability are permitted without consideration of the
    resultingmomentsforthedesignoftheconnection.

    10.11.2.1 DefinitionsofParameters
    B=overallwidthofrectangularHSSmainmember,measured90degreestotheplaneoftheconnection,
    mm.
    Bb = overall width of rectangular HSS branch member, measured 90 degrees to the plane of the
    connection,mm.
    D=outsidediameterofroundHSSmainmember,mm.
    Db=outsidediameterofroundHSSbranchmember,mm.
    E=eccentricityinatrussconnection,positivebeingawayfromthebranches,mm.
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofHSSmainmembermaterial,MPa.
    Fyb=specifiedminimumyieldstressofHSSbranchmembermaterial,MPa.
    Fu=specifiedminimumtensilestrengthofHSSmaterial,MPa.
    G=gapbetweentoesofbranchmembersinagappedKconnection,neglectingthewelds,mm.
    H=overallheightofrectangularHSSmainmember,measuredintheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    Hb=overallheightofrectangularHSSbranchmember,measuredintheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    t =designwallthicknessofHSSmainmember,mm.
    tb =designwallthicknessofHSSbranchmember,mm.
    =thewidthratio;theratioofbranchdiametertochorddiameter=Db/DforroundHSS;theratioof
    overallbranchwidthtochordwidth=Bb/BforrectangularHSS
    eff=theeffectivewidthratio;thesumoftheperimetersofthetwobranchmembersinaKconnection
    dividedbyeighttimesthechordwidth
    =thechordslendernessratio;theratioofonehalfthediametertothewallthickness=D/(2t)forround
    HSS;theratioofonehalfthewidthtowallthickness=B/(2t)forrectangularHSS
    =theloadlengthparameter,applicableonlytorectangularHSS;theratioofthelengthofcontactofthe
    branchwiththechordintheplaneoftheconnectiontothechordwidth=N/B,whereN=Hb/sin
    =acuteanglebetweenthebranchandchord(degrees)
    =thegapratio;theratioofthegapbetweenthebranchesofagappedKconnectiontothewidthofthe
    chord=g/BforrectangularHSS

    10.11.2.2 CriteriaforRoundHSS
    The interaction of stress due to chord member forces and local branch connection forces shall be
    incorporatedthroughthechordstressinteractionparameterQf.
    Whenthechordisintension,
    1
    Whenthechordisincompression,
    1.0 0.3 1 10.11.2.1
    whereUistheutilizationratiogivenby
    / / 10.11.2.2
    and

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6557
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Pr=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,N;forKconnections,Pristobedeterminedonthesideofthejointthat
    hasthelowercompressionstress(lowerU)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,Nmm.
    Ag=chordgrossarea,mm2
    Fc=availablestress,MPa.
    S=chordelasticsectionmodulus,mm3
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD):
    Pr=Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Mu=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=Fy,MPa.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD):
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Ma=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=0.6Fy,MPa.
    10.11.2.2.1LimitsofApplicability
    The criteria herein are applicable only when the connection configuration is within the following limits of
    applicability:
    Jointeccentricity:0.55De0.25D,whereDisthechorddiameterandeispositiveawayfromthebranches
    Branchangle: 300
    Chordwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto50forT,YandKconnections;
    lessthanorequalto40forcrossconnections
    Tensionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto50
    Compressionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto0.05E/Fy
    Widthratio:0.2<Db/D1.0ingeneral,and0.4Db/D1.0forgappedKconnections
    Ifagapconnection:ggreaterthanorequaltothesumofthebranchwallthicknesses
    If an overlap connection: 25% Ov 100%, where Ov = (q / p) 100%. P is the projected length of the
    overlapping branch on the chord; q is the overlap length measured along the connecting face of the chord
    beneath the two branches. For overlap connections, the larger (or if equal diameter, the thicker) branch is a
    thrumemberconnecteddirectlytothechord.
    Branchthicknessratioforoverlapconnections:thicknessofoverlappingbranchtobelessthanorequaltothe
    thicknessoftheoverlappedbranch
    Strength:Fy360MPa.forchordandbranches
    Ductility:Fy/Fu0.8
    10.11.2.2.2BrancheswithAxialLoadsinT,YandCrossConnections
    ForTandYconnections,thedesignstrengthofthebranch Pnortheallowablestrengthofthebranch,Pn/
    , shall be the lower value obtained according to the limit states of chord plastification and shear yielding
    (punching).
    ForthelimitstateofchordplastificationinTandYconnections,
    . 10.11.2.3
    sin 3.1 15.6
    0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),
    0.6 1 sin /2sin 10.11.2.4
    0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen>(11/ ).
    Forthelimitstateofchordplastificationincrossconnections,
    sin 5.7/ 1 0.81 10.11.2.5

    6558 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    10.11.2.2.3BrancheswithAxialLoadsinKConnections
    ForKconnections,thedesignstrengthofthebranch,Pnandtheallowablestrengthofthebranch,Pn/,shall
    be the lower value obtained according to the limit states of chord plastification for gapped and overlapped
    connectionsandshearyielding(punching)forgappedconnectionsonly.
    Forthelimitstateofchordplastification,
    =0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    Forthecompressionbranch:
    sin 2.0 11.33 / 10.11.2.6
    whereDbreferstothecompressionbranchonly,and
    . 10.11.2.7
    .
    0.024
    1 .
    .
    1
    In gapped connections, g(measured along the crown of the chord neglecting weld dimensions)is positive.In
    overlappedconnections,gisnegativeandequalsq.
    Forthetensionbranch,
    sin sin 10.11.2.8
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching)ingappedKconnections,
    0.6 1 sin /2sin 10.11.2.9
    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)

    10.11.2.3 CriteriaforRectangularHSS
    Theinteractionofstressduetochordmemberforcesandlocalbranchconnectionforcesshallbeincorporated
    throughthechordstressinteractionparameterQf.
    Whenthechordisintension,
    Qf=1
    WhenthechordisincompressioninT,Y,andcrossconnections,
    1.3 0.4 / 1 10.11.2.10
    WhenthechordisincompressioningappedKconnections,
    1.3 0.4 / 1 10.11.2.11
    whereUistheutilizationratiogivenby
    / / 10.11.2.12
    and
    Pr =requiredaxialstrengthinchord,N.ForgappedKconnections,Pristobedeterminedonthesideofthe
    jointthathasthehighercompressionstress(higherU).
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,Nmm.
    Ag=chordgrossarea,mm2
    Fc=availablestress,MPa.
    S=chordelasticsectionmodulus,mm3
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD):
    Pr=Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Mu=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=Fy,MPa.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD):
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,N.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6559
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Mr=Ma=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=0.6Fy,MPa.
    10.11.2.3.1LimitsofApplicability
    Thecriteriahereinareapplicableonlywhentheconnectionconfigurationiswithinthefollowinglimits:
    Jointeccentricity:0.55He0.25H,whereHisthechorddepthandeispositiveawayfromthebranches
    Branchangle:300
    Chord wall slenderness: ratio of overall wall width to thickness less than or equal to 35 for gapped K
    connectionsandT,Yandcrossconnections;lessthanorequalto30foroverlappedKconnections
    Tensionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofoverallwallwidthtothicknesslessthanorequalto35
    Compressionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofoverallwallwidthtothicknesslessthanorequalto1.25(E/Fyb)0.5
    and also less than 35 for gapped Kconnections and T, Y and crossconnections; less than or equal to
    1.1(E/Fyb)0.5foroverlappedKconnections
    Widthratio:ratioofoverallwallwidthofbranchtooverallwallwidthofchordgreaterthanorequalto0.25for
    T,Y,crossandoverlappedKconnections;greaterthanorequalto0.35forgappedKconnections
    Aspectratio:0.5ratioofdepthtowidth2.0
    Overlap:25%Ov100%,whereOv =(q/p)100%.pistheprojectedlengthoftheoverlappingbranchon
    thechord;qistheoverlaplengthmeasuredalongtheconnectingfaceofthechordbeneaththetwobranches.
    Foroverlapconnections,thelarger(orifequalwidth,thethicker)branchisathrumemberconnecteddirectly
    tothechord
    Branch width ratio for overlap connections: ratio of overall wall width of overlapping branch to overall wall
    widthofoverlappedbranchgreaterthanorequalto0.75
    Branchthicknessratioforoverlapconnections:thicknessofoverlappingbranchtobelessthanorequaltothe
    thicknessoftheoverlappedbranch
    Strength:Fy360MPa.forchordandbranches
    Ductility:Fy/Fu0.8
    Otherlimitsapplyforspecificcriteria
    10.11.2.3.2BrancheswithAxialLoadsinT,YandCrossConnections
    For T, Y and crossconnections, the design strength of the branch, Pn or the allowable strength of the
    branch,Pn/,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothelimitstatesofchordwallplastification,shear
    yielding(punching),sidewallstrengthandlocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution.Inadditiontothelimits
    ofapplicabilityinSection10.11.2.3a,shallnotbelessthan0.25.
    Forthelimitstateofchordwallplastification,
    . 10.11.2.13
    sin 2/ 1 4/ 1
    =1.00(LRFD)=1.50(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen>0.85.
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),
    sin 0.6 2 2 10.11.2.14
    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)
    InEquation10.11.2.14,theeffectiveoutsidepunchingparametereop=5/shallnotexceed.
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen>(11/),norwhen<0.85andB/t10.
    For the limit state of sidewall strength, the available strength for branches in tension shall be taken as the
    availablestrengthforsidewalllocalyielding.Forthelimitstateofsidewallstrength,theavailablestrengthfor
    branchesincompressionshallbetakenasthelowerofthestrengthsforsidewalllocalyieldingandsidewalllocal
    crippling.Forcrossconnectionswithabranchanglelessthan90degrees,anadditionalcheckforchordsidewall
    shearfailuremustbemadeinaccordancewithSection10.7.5.
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedunlessthechordmemberandbranchmemberhavethesamewidth(=
    1.0)
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyielding,

    6560 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    sin 2 5 10.11.2.15
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    where
    k=outsidecornerradiusoftheHSS,whichispermittedtobetakenas1.5tifunknown,mm.
    N=bearinglengthoftheload,paralleltotheaxisoftheHSSmainmember,Hb/sin,mm.
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalcrippling,inTandYconnections,
    . 10.11.2.16
    sin 1.6 1 3 / 3
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalcripplingincrossconnections,
    . 10.11.2.17
    sin 48 / 3
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution,
    2 2 4 10.11.2.18
    =0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    where
    10/ / / 10.11.2.19
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen<0.85.
    10.11.2.3.3BrancheswithAxialLoadsinGappedKConnections
    ForgappedKconnections,thedesignstrengthofthebranch,Pnortheallowablestrengthofthebranch,Pn/,
    shall be the lowest value obtained according to the limit states of chord wall plastification, shear yielding
    (punching), shear yielding and local yielding due to uneven load distribution. In addition to the limits of
    applicabilityinSection10.11.2.3a,thefollowinglimitsshallapply:
    a) Bb/B 0.1+ /50
    b) eff 0.35
    c) 0.5(1eff)
    d) Gap:ggreaterthanorequaltothesumofthebranchwallthicknesses
    e) ThesmallerBb 0.63timesthelargerBb
    Forthelimitstateofchordwallplastification,
    . 10.11.2.20
    sin 9.8
    =0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),
    sin 0.6 2 10.11.2.21
    =0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    Intheaboveequation,theeffectiveoutsidepunchingparametereop=5/shallnotexceed.
    ThislimitstateneedonlybecheckedifBb<(B2t)orthebranchisnotsquare.
    Forthelimitstateofshearyieldingofthechordinthegap,availablestrengthshallbecheckedinaccordance
    withSection10.7.Thislimitstateneedonlybecheckedifthechordisnotsquare.
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution,
    2 4 10.11.2.22
    =0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    where
    10/ / / 10.11.2.23

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6561
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    ThislimitstateneedonlybecheckedifthebranchisnotsquareorB/t<15.
    10.11.2.3.4BrancheswithAxialLoadsinOverlappedKConnections
    ForoverlappedKconnections,thedesignstrengthofthebranch,Pnortheallowablestrengthofthebranch,
    Pn/shallbedeterminedfromthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution,
    =0.95(LRFD)=1.58(ASD)
    Fortheoverlappingbranchandforoverlap25%Ov50%measuredwithrespecttotheoverlappingbranch,
    /50 2 4 10.11.2.24
    Fortheoverlappingbranch,andforoverlap50%Ov<80%measuredwithrespecttotheoverlappingbranch,
    2 4 10.11.2.25
    Fortheoverlappingbranchandforoverlap80%Ov100%measuredwithrespecttotheoverlappingbranch,
    2 4 10.11.2.26
    where
    beoiistheeffectivewidthofthebranchfaceweldedtothechord,
    10/ / / 10.11.2.27
    beovistheeffectivewidthofthebranchfaceweldedtotheoverlappedbrace,
    10/ / / 10.11.2.28
    Bbi=overallbranchwidthoftheoverlappingbranch,mm.
    Bbj=overallbranchwidthoftheoverlappedbranch,mm.
    Fybi=specifiedminimumyieldstressoftheoverlappingbranchmaterial,MPa.
    Fybj=specifiedminimumyieldstressoftheoverlappedbranchmaterial,MPa.
    Hbi=overalldepthoftheoverlappingbranch,mm.
    Tbi =thicknessoftheoverlappingbranch,mm.
    tbj =thicknessoftheoverlappedbranch,mm.
    For the overlapped branch, Pn shall not exceed Pn of the overlapping branch, calculated using Equation
    10.11.2.24,10.11.2.25,or10.11.2.26,asapplicable,multipliedbythefactor(AbjFybj/AbiFybi),
    where
    Abi=crosssectionalareaoftheoverlappingbranch
    Abj=crosssectionalareaoftheoverlappedbranch
    10.11.2.3.5WeldstoBranches
    Thenonuniformityofloadtransferalongthelineofweld,duetodifferencesinrelativeflexibilityofHSSwallsin
    HSStoHSSconnections,shallbeconsideredinproportioningsuchwelds.Thiscanbeconsideredbylimitingthe
    totaleffectiveweldlength,Le,ofgrooveandfilletweldstorectangularHSSasfollows:
    InT,Yandcrossconnections,
    for 50degrees
    2 1.2 10.11.2.29
    1.2
    sin
    for 60degrees
    2 1.2 10.11.2.30

    sin
    LinearinterpolationshallbeusedtodetermineLeforvaluesofbetween50and60degrees.
    IngappedKconnections,aroundeachbranch,
    for 50degrees

    6562 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    2 1.2 10.11.2.31
    2 1.2
    sin
    for 60degrees
    2 1.2 10.11.2.32
    1.2
    sin
    LinearinterpolationshallbeusedtodetermineLeforvaluesofbetween50and60degrees.
    InlieuoftheabovecriteriainEquations10.11.2.29to10.11.2.32,otherrationalcriteriaarepermitted.

    10.11.3 HSSToHSSMomentConnections
    HSStoHSSmomentconnectionsaredefinedasconnectionsthatconsistofoneortwobranchmembersthatare
    directlyweldedtoacontinuouschordthatpassesthroughtheconnection,withthebranchorbranchesloaded
    bybendingmoments.Aconnectionshallbeclassified
    As aTconnection when there is onebranch andit isperpendicularto thechord andas a Yconnection when
    thereisonebranchbutnotperpendiculartothechord.
    Asacrossconnectionwhenthereisabranchoneach(opposite)sideofthechord.
    ForthepurposesofthisSpecification,thecenterlinesofthebranchmember(s)andthechordmembershalllie
    inacommonplane.

    10.11.3.1 DefinitionsofParameters
    B=overallwidthofrectangularHSSmainmember,measured90degreestotheplaneoftheconnection,
    mm.
    Bb = overall width of rectangular HSS branch member, measured 90 degrees to the plane of the
    connection,mm.
    D=outsidediameterofroundHSSmainmember,mm.
    Db=outsidediameterofroundHSSbranchmember,mm.
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofHSSmainmember,MPa.
    Fyb=specifiedminimumyieldstressofHSSbranchmember,MPa.
    Fu=ultimatestrengthofHSSmember,MPa.
    H=overallheightofrectangularHSSmainmember,measuredintheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    Hb=overallheightofrectangularHSSbranchmember,measuredintheplaneoftheconnection,mm.
    t =designwallthicknessofHSSmainmember,mm.
    tb =designwallthicknessofHSSbranchmember,mm.
    =thewidthratio;theratioofbranchdiametertochorddiameter=Db/DforroundHSS;theratioof
    overallbranchwidthtochordwidth=Bb/BforrectangularHSS
    =thechordslendernessratio;theratioofonehalfthediametertothewallthickness=D/(2t)forround
    HSS;theratioofonehalfthewidthtowallthickness=B/(2t)forrectangularHSS
    =theloadlengthparameter,applicableonlytorectangularHSS;theratioofthelengthofcontactofthe
    branchwiththechordintheplaneoftheconnectiontothechordwidth=N/B,whereN=Hb/sin
    =acuteanglebetweenthebranchandchord(degrees)

    10.11.3.2 CriteriaforRoundHSS
    Theinteractionofstressduetochordmemberforcesandlocalbranchconnectionforcesshallbeincorporated
    throughthechordstressinteractionparameterQf.
    Whenthechordisintension,
    Qf=1
    Whenthechordisincompression,
    1.0 0.3 1 10.11.3.1
    whereUistheutilizationratiogivenby

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6563
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    / / 10.11.3.2
    and
    Pr=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,N.
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,Nmm.
    Ag=chordgrossarea,mm2
    Fc=availablestress,MPa.
    S=chordelasticsectionmodulus,mm3
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD):
    Pr=Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Mu=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=Fy,MPa.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD):
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Ma=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=0.6Fy,MPa.
    10.11.3.2.1LimitsofApplicability
    The criteria herein are applicable only when the connection configuration is within the following limits of
    applicability:
    Branchangle: 300
    Chordwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto50forTandYconnections;
    lessthanorequalto40forcrossconnections
    Tensionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto50
    Compressionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofdiametertowallthicknesslessthanorequalto0.05E/Fy
    Widthratio:0.2 Db/D 1.0
    Strength:Fy 360MPa.forchordandbranches
    Ductility:Fy/Fu 0.8
    10.11.3.2.2BrancheswithInPlaneBendingMomentsinT,YandCrossConnections
    Thedesignstrength, Mnandtheallowablestrength,Mn/,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothe
    limitstatesofchordplastificationandshearyielding(punching).
    Forthelimitstateofchordplastification,
    . 10.11.3.3
    sin 5.39
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),
    0.6 1 3 sin /4sin 10.11.3.4
    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen (11/ ).
    10.11.3.2.3BrancheswithOutofPlaneBendingMomentsinT,YandCrossConnections
    Thedesignstrength,Mnandtheallowablestrength,Mn/,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothe
    limitstatesofchordplastificationandshearyielding(punching).
    Forthelimitstateofchordplastification,
    sin 3.0/ 1 0.81 10.11.3.5
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    Forthelimitstateofshearyielding(punching),
    0.6 3 sin /4sin 10.11.3.6

    6564 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen (11/ ).
    10.11.3.2.4BrancheswithCombinedBendingMomentandAxialForceinT,YandCrossConnections
    Connections subject to branch axial load, branch inplane bending moment, and branch outofplane bending
    moment,oranycombinationoftheseloadeffects,shouldsatisfythefollowing.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD):
    / / / 1.0 10.11.3.7
    where
    Pr =Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Pn=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.2.2.2
    Mrip=requiredinplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnip=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.2.2
    Mrop=requiredoutofplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnop=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.2.3
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD):
    / / / / / / 1.0 10.11.3.8
    where
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pn/ =allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.2.2.2
    Mrip=requiredinplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnip/=allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.2.2
    Mrop =requiredoutofplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnop/=allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.2.3

    10.11.3.3 CriteriaforRectangularHSS
    Theinteractionofstressduetochordmemberforcesandlocalbranchconnectionforcesshallbeincorporated
    throughthechordstressinteractionparameterQf.
    Whenthechordisintension,
    Qf=1
    Whenthechordisincompression,
    1.3 0.4 / 1 10.11.3.9
    whereUistheutilizationratiogivenby
    / / 10.11.3.10
    and
    Pr=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,N.
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,Nmm.
    Ag=chordgrossarea,mm2
    Fc=availablestress,MPa.
    S=chordelasticsectionmodulus,mm3.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD):
    Pr=Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Mr=Mu=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=Fy,MPa.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD):
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,N

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6565
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Mr=Ma=requiredflexuralstrengthinchord,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Fc=0.6Fy,MPa.
    10.11.3.3.1LimitsofApplicability
    Thecriteriahereinareapplicableonlywhentheconnectionconfigurationiswithinthefollowinglimits:
    Branchangleisapproximately900
    Chordwallslenderness:ratioofoverallwallwidthtothicknesslessthanorequalto35
    Tensionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofoverallwallwidthtothicknesslessthanorequalto35
    Compressionbranchwallslenderness:ratioofoverallwallwidthtothicknesslessthanorequalto1.25(E/Fyb)0.5
    andalsolessthan35
    Widthratio:ratioofoverallwallwidthofbranchtooverallwallwidthofchordgreaterthanorequalto0.25
    Aspectratio:0.5ratioofdepthtowidth2.0
    Strength:Fy360MPa.forchordandbranches
    Ductility:Fy/Fu0.8
    Otherlimitsapplyforspecificcriteria
    10.11.3.3.2BrancheswithInPlaneBendingMomentsinTandCrossConnections
    Thedesignstrength, Mnandtheallowablestrength,Mn/,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothe
    limitstatesofchordwallplastification,sidewalllocalyieldingandlocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution.
    Forthelimitstateofchordwallplastification,
    . 10.11.3.11
    1/2 2/ 1 / 1
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen>0.85.
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalyielding,
    0.5 5 10.11.3.12
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    where
    =FyforTconnections
    =0.8Fyforcrossconnections
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen<0.85.
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution,
    1 / 10.11.3.13
    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)
    Where
    10/ / / 10.11.3.14
    3
    Zb=branchplasticsectionmodulusabouttheaxisofbending,mm .
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen<0.85.
    10.11.3.3.3BrancheswithOutofPlaneBendingMomentsinTandCrossConnections
    Thedesignstrength, Mnandtheallowablestrength,Mn/,shallbethelowestvalueobtainedaccordingtothe
    limitstatesofchordwallplastification,sidewalllocalyielding,localyieldingduetounevenloaddistributionand
    chorddistortionalfailure.
    Forthelimitstateofchordwallplastification,
    . 10.11.3.15
    0.5 1 / 1 2 1 / 1
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen>0.85.
    Forthelimitstateofsidewalllocalyielding,

    6566 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    5 10.11.3.16
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    where
    =FyforTconnections
    =0.8Fyforcrossconnections
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen<0.85.
    Forthelimitstateoflocalyieldingduetounevenloaddistribution,
    0.5 1 / 10.11.3.17
    =0.95(LRFD) =1.58(ASD)
    where
    10/ / / 10.11.3.18
    Zb=branchplasticsectionmodulusabouttheaxisofbending,mm3.
    Thislimitstateneednotbecheckedwhen<0.85.
    Forthelimitstateofchorddistortionalfailure,
    . 10.11.3.19
    2
    =1.00(LRFD) =1.50(ASD)
    This limit state need not be checked for crossconnections or for Tconnections if chord distortional failure is
    preventedbyothermeans.
    10.11.3.3.4BrancheswithCombinedBendingMomentandAxialForceinTandCrossConnections
    Connections subject to branch axial load, branch inplane bending moment and branch outofplane bending
    moment,oranycombinationoftheseloadeffects,shouldsatisfy
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    / / / 1.0 10.11.3.20
    where
    Pr =Pu=requiredaxialstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Pn=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.2.3.2
    Mrip=requiredinplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnip=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.3.2
    Mrop=requiredoutofplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnop=designstrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.3.3
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    / / / / / / 1.0 10.11.3.21
    where
    Pr=Pa=requiredaxialstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pn/ =allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.2.3.2
    Mrip=requiredinplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnip/=allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.3.2
    Mrop =requiredoutofplaneflexuralstrengthinbranch,usingASDloadcombinations,Nmm.
    Mnop/=allowablestrengthobtainedfromSection10.11.3.3.3

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6567
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.12 DesignforServiceability
    Thischapteraddressesserviceabilityperformancedesignrequirements.

    10.12.1 GeneralProvisions
    Serviceability is a state in which the function of a building, its appearance, maintainability, durability, and
    comfort of its occupants are preserved under normal usage. Limiting values of structural behavior for
    serviceability (for example, maximum deflections, accelerations) shall be chosen with due regard to the
    intendedfunctionofthestructure.Serviceabilityshallbeevaluatedusingappropriateloadcombinationsforthe
    serviceabilitylimitstatesidentified.

    10.12.2 Camber
    Wherecamberis usedto achieveproperposition and location of thestructure, themagnitude, direction and
    locationofcambershallbespecifiedinthestructuraldrawingsinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofChapter1.

    10.12.3 Deflections
    Deflectionsinstructuralmembersandstructuralsystemsunderappropriateserviceloadcombinationsshallnot
    impairtheserviceabilityofthestructure.Limitingvaluesofdeflectionsofvariousstructuralmembersshallbein
    accordancewiththosespecifiedinSection1.4ofChapter1.

    10.12.4 Drift
    Driftofastructureshallbeevaluatedunderserviceloadstoprovideforserviceabilityofthestructure,including
    theintegrityofinteriorpartitionsandexteriorcladding.Driftunderstrengthloadcombinationsshallnotcause
    collisionwithadjacentstructuresorexceedthelimitingvaluesspecifiedinSection1.5.6ofChapter1.

    10.12.5 Vibration
    Theeffectofvibrationonthecomfortoftheoccupantsandthefunctionofthestructureshallbeconsidered.
    Sourcesofvibrationtobeconsideredincludepedestrianloading,vibratingmachineryandothersidentifiedfor
    thestructure.Itmustbeshownbyanyrationalmethodofanalysisthatthevibrationsinducedbyanysource
    including the above mentioned ones is within tolerable limit and shall not cause any adverse effect on the
    safety,stabilityanddurabilityofthestructure.

    10.12.6 WindInducedMotion
    The effect of windinduced motion of buildings on the comfort of occupants shall be considered. For flexible
    building and structures as defined in Sec. 2.4.2, it must be shown by a rational dynamic analysis that wind
    inducedvibrationdoesnotcauseanydiscomforttooccupantsaswellasthewindinduceddynamiceffectdoes
    notcauseanyadverseeffectonthesafety,stabilityanddurabilityofthestructure.

    10.12.7 ExpansionandContraction
    Theeffectsofthermalexpansionandcontractionofabuildingshallbeconsidered.Damagetobuildingcladding
    cancausewaterpenetrationandmayleadtocorrosion.

    10.12.8 ConnectionSlip
    The effects of connection slip shall be included in the design where slip at bolted connections may cause
    deformations that impair the serviceability of the structure. Where appropriate, the connection shall be
    designedtoprecludeslip.ForthedesignofslipcriticalconnectionsseeSections10.10.3.8and10.10.3.9.

    10.13 Fabrication,ErectionandQualityControl
    This chapter addresses requirements for design and shop drawings, fabrication, shop painting, erection and
    qualitycontrol.

    10.13.1 DESIGNDRAWINGSANDSPECIFICATIONS
    StructuralDesignDrawingsandSpecifications

    6568 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Unless otherwise indicated in the contract documents, the structural design drawings shall be based upon
    consideration of the design loads and forces to be resisted by the structural steel frame in the completed
    project.
    Thestructuraldesigndrawingsshallclearlyshowtheworkthatistobeperformedandshallgivethefollowing
    informationwithsufficientdimensionstoaccuratelyconveythequantityandnatureofthestructuralsteeltobe
    fabricated:
    a) Thesize,section,materialgradeandlocationofallmembers;
    b) Allgeometryandworkingpointsnecessaryforlayout;
    c) Floorelevations;
    d) Columncentersandoffsets;
    e) Thecamberrequirementsformembers;
    f) Joiningrequirementsbetweenelementsofbuiltupmembers;and,
    g) TheinformationthatisrequiredinSections10.13.1.1.1through10.13.1.1.6.
    Thestructuralsteelspecificationsshallincludeanyspecialrequirementsforthefabricationanderectionofthe
    structuralsteel.
    The structural design drawings, specifications and addenda shall be numbered and dated for the purposesof
    identification.

    10.13.1.1 DetailingofComponents
    Permanentbracing,columnstiffeners,columnwebdoublerplates,bearingstiffenersinbeamsandgirders,
    web reinforcement, openings for other trades and other special details, where required, shall be shown in
    sufficientdetailinthestructuraldesigndrawingssothatthequantity,detailingandfabricationrequirementsfor
    theseitemscanbereadilyunderstood.

    10.13.1.2 Designer'sResponsibility
    The owners designated representative for design shall indicate one of the following options for each
    connection:
    (1)Thecompleteconnectiondesignshallbeshowninthestructuraldesigndrawings;
    (2)Inthestructuraldesigndrawingsorspecifications,theconnectionshallbedesignatedtobeselectedor
    completedbyanexperiencedsteeldetailer;or,
    (3)Inthestructuraldesigndrawingsorspecifications,theconnectionshallbedesignatedtobedesignedby
    alicensedprofessionalengineerworkingforthefabricator.
    Inalloftheaboveoptions,
    (a)TherequirementsofSection10.13.1.1shallapply;and,
    (b)TheapprovalsprocessinSection10.13.2.4shallbefollowed.
    Whenoption(2)aboveisspecified:
    Theexperiencedsteeldetailershallutilizetablesorschematicinformationprovidedinthestructuraldesign
    drawingsintheselectionorcompletionoftheconnections.Whensuchinformationisnotprovided,standard
    referenceinformationasapprovedbytheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign,shallbeused.
    Whenoption(2)or(3)aboveisspecified
    Theownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesignshallprovidethefollowinginformationinthestructural
    designdrawingsandspecifications:
    a) Anyrestrictionsonthetypesofconnectionsthatarepermitted;
    b) Dataconcerningtheloads,includingshears,moments,axialforcesandtransferforces,thatare
    toberesistedbytheindividualmembersandtheirconnections,sufficienttoallowthe
    selection,completion,ordesignoftheconnectiondetailswhilepreparingtheshopand
    erectiondrawings;
    c) Whetherthedatarequiredin(b)isgivenattheserviceloadlevelorthefactoredloadlevel;
    d) WhetherLRFDorASDistobeusedintheselection,completion,ordesignofconnection
    details;and,
    e) Whatsubstantiatingconnectioninformation,ifany,istobeprovidedwiththeshopand
    erectiondrawingstotheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6569
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Whenoption(3)aboveisspecified:
    a) Thefabricatorshallsubmitinatimelymannerrepresentativesamplesoftherequired
    substantiatingconnectioninformationtotheownersdesignatedrepresentativesfor
    designandconstruction.Theownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesignshallconfirmin
    writinginatimelymannerthattheserepresentativesamplesareconsistentwiththe
    requirementsinthecontractdocuments,orshalladvisewhatmodificationsarerequiredto
    bringtherepresentativesamplesintocompliancewiththerequirementsinthecontract
    documents.ThisinitialsubmittalandreviewisinadditiontotherequirementsinSection
    10.13.2.4.
    b) Thelicensedprofessionalengineerinresponsiblechargeoftheconnectiondesignshallreview
    andconfirminwritingaspartofthesubstantiatingconnectioninformation,thattheshopand
    erectiondrawingsproperlyincorporatetheconnectiondesigns.However,thisreviewbythe
    licensedprofessionalengineerinresponsiblechargeoftheconnectiondesigndoesnotreplace
    theapprovalprocessoftheshopanderectiondrawingsbytheownersdesignated
    representativefordesigninSection10.13.2.4.
    c) Thefabricatorshallprovideameansbywhichthesubstantiatingconnectioninformationis
    referencedtotherelatedconnectionsontheshopanderectiondrawingsforthepurposeof
    review.

    10.13.1.2.1 LevellingPlates
    When leveling plates are to be furnished as part of the contract requirements, their locations and required
    thicknessandsizesshallbespecifiedinthecontractdocuments.

    10.13.1.2.2 NonStructuralElements
    Whenthestructuralsteelframe,inthecompletelyerectedandfullyconnectedstate,requiresinteractionwith
    nonstructuralsteelelements(seeSection2)forstrengthand/orstability,thosenonstructuralsteelelements
    shallbeidentifiedinthecontractdocumentsasrequiredinSection10.13.5.10.

    10.13.1.2.3 Camber
    Whencamberisrequired,themagnitude,directionandlocationofcambershallbespecifiedinthestructural
    designdrawings.

    10.13.1.2.4 PaintingInformation
    Specific members or portions thereof that are to be left unpainted shall be identified in the contract
    documents. When shop painting is required, the painting requirements shall be specified in the contract
    documents,includingthefollowinginformation:
    a) Theidentificationofspecificmembersorportionsthereoftobepainted;
    b) Thesurfacepreparationthatisrequiredforthesemembers;
    c) Thepaintspecificationsandmanufacturersproductidentificationthatarerequiredforthese
    members;and,
    d) Theminimumdryfilmshopcoatthicknessthatisrequiredforthesemembers.

    10.13.1.3 Architectural,ElectricalandMechanicalDesignDrawingsandSpecifications
    All requirements for the quantities, sizes and locations of structural steel shall be shown or noted in the
    structural design drawings. The use of architectural, electrical and/or mechanical design drawings as a
    supplementtothestructuraldesigndrawingsispermittedforthepurposesofdefiningdetailconfigurationsand
    constructioninformation.

    10.13.1.4 Discrepancies
    When discrepancies exist between the design drawings and specifications, the design drawings shall govern.
    Whendiscrepanciesexistbetweenscaledimensionsinthedesigndrawingsandthefigureswritteninthem,the
    figures shall govern. When discrepancies exist between the structural design drawings and the architectural,
    electrical or mechanical design drawings or design drawings for other trades, the structural design drawings
    shallgovern.

    6570 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    When a discrepancy is discovered in the contract documents in the course of the fabricators work, the
    fabricatorshallpromptlynotifytheownersdesignatedrepresentativeforconstructionsothatthediscrepancy
    canberesolvedbytheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign.Suchresolutionshallbetimelysoasnotto
    delaythefabricatorswork.SeeSections10.13.1.5and10.13.7.3.

    10.13.1.5 LegibilityofDesignDrawings
    Designdrawingsshallbeclearlylegibleanddrawntoanidentifiedscalethatisappropriatetoclearlyconveythe
    information.

    10.13.1.6 RevisionstotheDesignDrawingsandSpecifications
    Revisions to the design drawings and specifications shall be made either by issuing new design drawings and
    specifications or by reissuing the existing design drawings and specifications. In either case, all revisions,
    includingrevisionsthatarecommunicatedthroughresponsestoRFIsortheannotationofshopand/orerection
    drawings (see Section 10.13.2.4.2), shall be clearly and individually indicated in the contract documents. The
    contractdocumentsshallbedatedandidentifiedbyrevisionnumber.Eachdesigndrawingsshallbeidentified
    bythesamedrawingnumberthroughoutthedurationoftheproject,regardlessoftherevision.SeealsoSection
    10.13.7.3.

    10.13.2 ShopandErectionDrawings
    Shop drawings shall be prepared in advance of fabrication and give complete information necessary for the
    fabrication of the component parts of the structure, including the location, type and size of welds and bolts.
    Erectiondrawingsshallbepreparedinadvanceoferectionandgiveinformationnecessaryforerectionofthe
    structure.Shopanderectiondrawingsshallclearlydistinguishbetweenshopandfieldweldsandboltsandshall
    clearlyidentifypretensionedandslipcriticalhighstrengthboltedconnections.Shopanderectiondrawingsshall
    bemadewithdueregardtospeedandeconomyinfabricationanderection.

    10.13.2.1 OwnerResponsibility
    Theownershallfurnish,inatimelymannerandinaccordancewiththecontractdocuments,completestructural
    design drawings and specifications that have been released for construction. Unless otherwise noted, design
    drawingsthatareprovidedaspartofacontractbidpackageshallconstituteauthorizationbytheownerthatthe
    designdrawingsarereleasedforconstruction.
    Records of the meetings should be written and distributed to all parties. Subsequent meetings to
    discussprogressandissuesthatariseduringconstructionalsocanbehelpful,particularlywhentheyare
    heldonaregularschedule.

    10.13.2.2 FabricatorResponsibility
    ExceptasprovidedinSection10.13.2.5,thefabricatorshallproduceshopanderectiondrawingsforthe
    fabricationanderectionofthestructuralsteelandisresponsibleforthefollowing:
    (a) The transfer of information from the contract documents into accurate and complete shop and erection
    drawings;and,
    (b)Thedevelopmentofaccurate,detaileddimensionalinformationtoprovideforthefitupofpartsinthefield.

    Eachshopanderectiondrawingshallbeidentifiedbythesamedrawingnumberthroughoutthedurationofthe
    projectandshallbeidentifiedbyrevisionnumberanddate,witheachspecificrevisionclearlyidentified.
    When the fabricator submits a request to change connection details that are described in the contract
    documents, the fabricator shall notify the owners designated representatives for design and construction in
    writinginadvanceofthesubmissionoftheshopanderectiondrawings.Theownersdesignatedrepresentative
    fordesignshallreviewandapproveorrejecttherequestinatimelymanner.
    Whenrequestedtodosobytheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign,thefabricatorshallprovideto
    theownersdesignatedrepresentativesfordesignandconstructionitsscheduleforthesubmittalofshopand
    erectiondrawingssoastofacilitatethetimelyflowofinformationbetweenallparties.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6571
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.13.2.3 UseofCADFilesand/orCopiesofDesignDrawings
    Thefabricatorshallneitherusenorreproduceanypartofthedesigndrawingsaspartoftheshoporerection
    drawingswithoutthewrittenpermissionoftheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign.WhenCADfilesor
    copies of the design drawings are made available for the fabricators use, the fabricator shall accept this
    informationunderthefollowingconditions:
    a) AllinformationcontainedintheCADfilesorcopiesofthedesigndrawingsshallbeconsidered
    instrumentsofserviceoftheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesignandshallnotbe
    usedforotherprojects,additionstotheprojectorthecompletionoftheprojectbyothers.
    CADfilesandcopiesofthedesigndrawingsshallremainthepropertyoftheowners
    designatedrepresentativefordesignandinnocaseshallthetransferoftheseCADfilesor
    copiesofthedesigndrawingsbeconsideredasale.
    b) TheCADfilesorcopiesofthedesigndrawingsshallnotbeconsideredtobecontract
    documents.IntheeventofaconflictbetweenthedesigndrawingsandtheCADfilesorcopies
    thereof,thedesigndrawingsshallgovern;
    c) TheuseofCADfilesorcopiesofthedesigndrawingsshallnotinanywayobviatethe
    fabricatorsresponsibilityforpropercheckingandcoordinationofdimensions,details,member
    sizesandfitupandquantitiesofmaterialsasrequiredtofacilitatethepreparationofshopand
    erectiondrawingsthatarecompleteandaccurateasrequiredinSection4.2;and,
    d) Thefabricatorshallremoveinformationthatisnotrequiredforthefabricationorerectionof
    thestructuralsteelfromtheCADfilesorcopiesofthedesigndrawings.

    10.13.2.4 Approval
    Except as provided in Section 10.13.2.5, the shop and erection drawings shall be submitted to the owners
    designated representatives for design and construction for review and approval. The shop and erection
    drawingsshallbereturnedtothefabricatorwithin14calendardays.
    Finalsubstantiatingconnectioninformation,ifany,shallalsobesubmittedwiththeshopanderectiondrawings.
    Theownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesignisthefinalauthorityintheeventofadisagreementbetween
    partiesregardingconnectiondesign.
    Approvedshopanderectiondrawingsshallbeindividuallyannotatedbytheownersdesignatedrepresentatives
    fordesignandconstructionaseitherapprovedorapprovedsubjecttocorrectionsnoted.Whensorequired,the
    fabricatorshallsubsequentlymakethecorrectionsnotedandfurnishcorrectedshopanderectiondrawingsto
    theownersdesignatedrepresentativesfordesignandconstruction.

    10.13.2.4.1 ConstituentsofApproval
    Approvaloftheshopanderectiondrawings,approvalsubjecttocorrectionsnotedandsimilarapprovalsshall
    constitutethefollowing:
    a) Confirmationthatthefabricatorhascorrectlyinterpretedthecontractdocumentsinthe
    preparationofthosesubmittals;
    b) Confirmationthattheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesignhasreviewedand
    approvedtheconnectiondetailsshownontheshopanderectiondrawingsandsubmittedin
    accordancewithSections10.13.1and10.13.2,ifapplicable;and,
    c) Releasebytheownersdesignatedrepresentativesfordesignandconstructionforthe
    fabricatortobeginfabricationusingtheapprovedsubmittals.
    Such approval shall not relieve the fabricator of the responsibility for either the accuracy of the detailed
    dimensionsintheshopanderectiondrawingsorthegeneralfitupofpartsthataretobeassembledinthefield.
    Thefabricatorshalldeterminethefabricationschedulethatisnecessarytomeettherequirementsof
    thecontract.

    10.13.2.4.2 AuthorizationbyOwner
    Unlessotherwisenoted,anyadditions,deletionsorrevisionsthatareindicatedinresponsestoRFIsoronthe
    approvedshopanderectiondrawingsshallconstituteauthorizationbytheownerthattheadditions,deletions
    or revisions are released for construction. The fabricator and the erector shall promptly notify the owners
    designatedrepresentativeforconstructionwhenanydirectionornotationinresponsestoRFIsorontheshop

    6572 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    orerectiondrawingsorotherinformationwillresultinanadditionalcostand/oradelay.SeeSections10.13.1.5
    and10.13.7.3.

    10.13.2.5 Shopand/orErectionDrawingsNotFurnishedbytheFabricator
    Whentheshopanderectiondrawingsarenotpreparedbythefabricator,butarefurnishedbyothers,theyshall
    bedeliveredtothefabricatorinatimelymanner.Theseshopanderectiondrawingsshallbeprepared,insofar
    asispractical,inaccordancewiththeshopfabricationanddetailingstandardsofthefabricator.Thefabricator
    shallneitherberesponsibleforthecompletenessoraccuracyofshopanderectiondrawingssofurnished,nor
    forthegeneralfitupofthemembersthatarefabricatedfromthem.

    10.13.2.6 TheRFIProcess
    Whenrequestsforinformation(RFIs)areissued,theprocessshallincludethemaintenanceofawrittenrecord
    ofinquiriesandresponsesrelatedtointerpretationandimplementationofthecontractdocuments,including
    theclarificationsand/orrevisionstothecontractdocumentsthatresult,ifany.RFIsshallnotbeusedforthe
    incrementalreleaseforconstructionofdesigndrawings.WhenRFIsinvolvediscrepanciesorrevisions,see
    Sections10.13.1.3,10.13.1.5,and10.13.2.4.2.

    10.13.2.7 ErectionDrawings
    Erectiondrawingsshallbeprovidedtotheerectorinatimelymannersoastoallowtheerectortoproperlyplan
    andperformthework.

    10.13.3 MATERIALS

    10.13.3.1 MillMaterials
    Unlessotherwisenotedinthecontractdocuments,thefabricatorispermittedtoorderthematerialsthatare
    necessary for fabrication when the fabricator receives contract documents that have been released for
    construction.
    Unless otherwise specified by means of special testing requirements in the contract documents, mill
    testingshallbelimitedtothoseteststhatarerequiredforthematerialintheASTMspecificationsindicatedin
    the contract documents. Materials ordered to special material requirements shall be marked by the
    supplierasspecifiedinASTMA6/A6MSection12priortodeliverytothefabricatorsshoporotherpointofuse.
    Suchmaterialnotsomarkedbythesupplier,shallnotbeuseduntil:
    a) ItsidentificationisestablishedbymeansoftestinginaccordancewiththeapplicableASTM
    specifications;and,
    b) Afabricatorsidentificationmark,asdescribedinSection10.13.2hasbeenapplied.
    WhenmillmaterialdoesnotsatisfyASTMA6/A6Mtolerancesforcamber,profile,flatnessor
    sweep,thefabricatorshallbepermittedtoperformcorrectiveprocedures,includingtheuseof
    controlledheatingand/ormechanicalstraightening,subjecttothelimitationsintheAISC
    Specification.

    10.13.3.2 StockMaterials
    Ifusedforstructuralpurposes,materialsthataretakenfromstockbythefabricatorshallbeofaquality
    thatisatleastequaltothatrequiredintheASTMspecificationsindicatedinthecontractdocuments.
    Materialtestreportsshallbeacceptedassufficientrecordofthequalityofmaterialstakenfromstockbythe
    fabricator. The fabricator shall review and retain the material test reports that cover such stock materials.
    However, the fabricator need not maintain records that identify individual pieces of stock material against
    individualmaterialtestreports,providedthefabricatorpurchasesstockmaterialsthatmeettherequirements
    formaterialgradeandqualityintheapplicableASTMspecifications.
    Stockmaterialsthatarepurchasedundernoparticularspecification,underaspecificationthatislessrigorous
    thantheapplicableASTMspecificationsorwithoutmaterialtestreportsorotherrecognizedtestreportsshall
    notbeusedwithouttheapprovaloftheownersdesignatedrepresentativefordesign.

    10.13.4 Fabrication

    10.13.4.1 Cambering,CurvingandStraightening

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6573
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Localapplicationofheatormechanicalmeansispermittedtobeusedtointroduceorcorrectcamber,curvature
    andstraightness.Thetemperatureofheatedareas,asmeasuredbyapprovedmethods,shallnotexceed5930C
    forA514/A514MandA852/A852Msteelnor1,2000F(6490C)forothersteels.

    10.13.4.2 ThermalCutting
    ThermallycutedgesshallmeettherequirementsofAWSD1.1,Sections5.15.1.2,5.15.4.3and5.15.4.4withthe
    exception that thermally cut free edges that will be subject to calculated static tensile stress shall be free of
    roundbottom gouges greater than 5 mm deep and sharp Vshaped notches. Gouges deeper than 5 mm and
    notchesshallberemovedbygrindingorrepairedbywelding.
    Reentrantcorners,exceptreentrantcornersofbeamcopesandweldaccessholes,shallmeettherequirements
    of AWS D1.1, Section A5.16. If another specified contour is required it must be shown on the contract
    documents.
    BeamcopesandweldaccessholesshallmeetthegeometricalrequirementsofSection10.10.1.6.Beamcopes
    andweldaccessholesinshapesthataretobegalvanizedshallbeground.Forshapeswithaflangethicknessnot
    exceeding50mmtheroughnessofthermallycutsurfacesofcopesshallbenogreaterthanasurfaceroughness
    value of 50m as defined in ASME B46.1 Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness, and Lay). For beam
    copesandweldaccessholesinwhichthecurvedpartoftheaccessholeisthermallycutinASTMA6/A6Mhot
    rolled shapes with a flange thickness exceeding 50 mm and welded builtup shapes with material thickness
    greaterthan50mm,apreheattemperatureofnotlessthan660Cshallbeappliedpriortothermalcutting.The
    thermallycutsurfaceofaccessholesinASTMA6/A6Mhotrolledshapeswithaflangethicknessexceeding50
    mmandbuiltupshapeswithamaterialthicknessgreaterthan50mmshallbegroundandinspectedforcracks
    usingmagneticparticleinspectioninaccordancewithASTME709.Anycrackisunacceptableregardlessofsize
    orlocation.

    10.13.4.3 PlaningofEdges
    Planingorfinishingofshearedorthermallycutedgesofplatesorshapesisnotrequiredunlessspecificallycalled
    forinthecontractdocumentsorincludedinastipulatededgepreparationforwelding.

    10.13.4.4 WeldedConstruction
    The technique of welding, the workmanship, appearance and quality of welds, and the methods used in
    correctingnonconformingworkshallbeinaccordancewithAWSD1.1exceptasmodifiedinSectionJ2.

    10.13.4.5 BoltedConstruction
    Partsofboltedmembersshallbepinnedorboltedandrigidlyheldtogetherduringassembly.Useofadriftpinin
    boltholesduringassemblyshallnotdistortthemetalorenlargetheholes.Poormatchingofholesshallbecause
    forrejection.
    BoltholesshallcomplywiththeprovisionsoftheRCSCSpecificationforStructuralJointsUsingASTMA325or
    A490Bolts,Section10.13.3.3exceptthatthermallycutholesshallbepermittedwithasurfaceroughnessprofile
    notexceeding25masdefinedinASMEB46.1.Gougesshallnotexceedadepthof2mm.
    Fullyinsertedfingershims,withatotalthicknessofnotmorethan6mmwithinajointarepermittedinjoints
    without changing the strength (based upon hole type) for the design of connections. The orientation of such
    shimsisindependentofthedirectionofapplicationoftheload.
    TheuseofhighstrengthboltsshallconformtotherequirementsoftheRCSCSpecificationforStructuralJoints
    UsingASTMA325orA490Bolts,exceptasmodifiedinSection10.10.3.

    10.13.4.6 CompressionJoints
    Compressionjointsthatdependoncontactbearingaspartofthesplicestrengthshallhavethebearingsurfaces
    ofindividualfabricatedpiecespreparedbymilling,sawing,orothersuitablemeans.

    10.13.4.7 DimensionalTolerances
    DimensionaltolerancesshallbeinaccordancewithASTMA6/A6M.

    10.13.4.8 FinishofColumnBases
    Columnbasesandbaseplatesshallbefinishedinaccordancewiththefollowingrequirements:

    6574 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    (1)Steelbearingplates50mmorlessinthicknessarepermittedwithoutmilling,providedasatisfactorycontact
    bearing is obtained. Steel bearing plates over 50 mm but not over 100 mm in thickness are permitted to be
    straightened by pressing or, if presses are not available, by milling for bearing surfaces (except as noted in
    subparagraphs2and3ofthissection),toobtainasatisfactorycontactbearing.Steelbearingplatesover100
    mminthicknessshallbemilledforbearingsurfaces(exceptasnotedinsubparagraphs2and3ofthissection).
    (2) Bottom surfaces of bearing plates and column bases that are grouted to ensure full bearing contact on
    foundationsneednotbemilled.
    (3) Top surfaces of bearing plates need not be milled when completejoint penetration groove welds are
    providedbetweenthecolumnandthebearingplate.

    10.13.4.9 HolesforAnchorRods
    Holes for anchor rods shall be permitted to be thermally cut in accordance with the provisions of Section
    10.13.2.2.

    10.13.4.10 DrainHoles
    WhenwatercancollectinsideHSSorboxmembers,eitherduringconstructionorduringservice,themember
    shallbesealed,providedwithadrainholeatthebase,orprotectedbyothersuitablemeans.

    10.13.4.11 RequirementsforGalvanizedMembers
    Membersandpartstobegalvanizedshallbedesigned,detailedandfabricatedtoprovideforflowanddrainage
    ofpicklingfluidsandzincandtopreventpressurebuildupinenclosedparts.

    10.13.5 ShopPainting

    10.13.5.1 GeneralRequirements
    Shoppaintisnotrequiredunlessspecifiedbythecontractdocuments.

    10.13.5.2 InaccessibleSurfaces
    Except for contact surfaces, surfaces inaccessible after shop assembly shall be cleaned and painted prior to
    assembly,ifrequiredbythedesigndocuments.

    10.13.5.3 ContactSurfaces
    Paint is permitted in bearingtype connections. For slipcritical connections, the faying surface requirements
    shallbeinaccordancewiththeRCSCSpecificationforStructuralJointsUsingASTMA325orA490Bolts,Section
    3.2.2(b).

    10.13.5.4 FinishedSurfaces
    Machinefinishedsurfacesshallbeprotectedagainstcorrosionbyarustinhibitivecoatingthatcanberemoved
    priortoerection,orwhichhascharacteristicsthatmakeremovalpriortoerectionunnecessary.

    10.13.5.5 SurfacesAdjacenttoFieldWelds
    Unlessotherwisespecifiedinthedesigndocuments,surfaceswithin50mmofanyfieldweldlocationshallbe
    freeofmaterialsthatwouldpreventproperweldingorproduceobjectionablefumesduringwelding.

    10.13.6 Erection

    10.13.6.1 AlignmentofColumnBases
    Columnbasesshallbesetlevelandtocorrectelevationwithfullbearingonconcreteormasonry.

    10.13.6.2 Bracing
    Theframeofsteelskeletonbuildingsshallbecarrieduptrueandplumb.Temporarybracingshallbeprovided,
    wherevernecessarytosupporttheloadstowhichthestructuremaybesubjected,includingequipmentandthe
    operationofsame.Suchbracingshallbeleftinplaceaslongasrequiredforsafety.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6575
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.13.6.3 Alignment
    Nopermanentboltingorweldingshallbeperformeduntiltheadjacentaffectedportionsofthestructurehave
    beenproperlyaligned.

    10.13.6.4 FitofColumnCompressionJointsandBasePlates
    Lack of contact bearing not exceeding a gap of 2 mm, regardless of the type of splice used ( partialjoint
    penetrationgrooveweldedorbolted),ispermitted.Ifthegapexceeds2mm,butislessthan6mm,andifan
    engineering investigation shows that sufficient contact area does not exist, the gap shall be packed out with
    nontaperedsteelshims.Shimsneednotbeotherthanmildsteel,regardlessofthegradeofthemainmaterial.

    10.13.6.5 FieldWelding
    Shoppaintonsurfacesadjacenttojointstobefieldweldedshallbewirebrushedifnecessarytoassureweld
    quality.
    Fieldweldingofattachmentstoinstalledembedmentsincontactwithconcreteshallbedoneinsuchamanner
    as to avoid excessive thermal expansion of the embedment which could result in spalling or cracking of the
    concreteorexcessivestressintheembedmentanchors.

    10.13.6.6 FieldPainting
    Responsibilityfortouchuppainting,cleaningandfieldpaintingshallbeallocatedinaccordancewithaccepted
    localpractices,andthisallocationshallbesetforthexplicitlyinthedesigndocuments.

    10.13.6.7 Connections
    Aserectionprogresses,thestructureshallbesecurelyboltedorweldedtosupportthedead,windanderection
    loads.

    10.13.7 QualityControl
    The fabricator shall provide quality control procedures to the extent that the fabricator deems necessary to
    assurethattheworkisperformedinaccordancewiththisSpecification.Inadditiontothefabricatorsquality
    controlprocedures,materialandworkmanshipatalltimesmaybesubjecttoinspectionbyqualifiedinspectors
    representingthepurchaser.Ifsuchinspectionbyrepresentativesofthepurchaserwillberequired,itshallbeso
    statedinthedesigndocuments.

    10.13.7.1 Cooperation
    Asfaraspossible,theinspectionbyrepresentativesofthepurchasershallbemadeatthefabricatorsplant.The
    fabricatorshallcooperatewiththeinspector,permittingaccessforinspectiontoallplaceswhereworkisbeing
    done.Thepurchasersinspectorshallschedulethisworkforminimuminterruptiontotheworkofthefabricator.

    10.13.7.2 Rejections
    Materialorworkmanshipnotinconformancewith theprovisionsofthisSpecificationmayberejectedatany
    timeduringtheprogressofthework.
    Thefabricatorshallreceivecopiesofallreportsfurnishedtothepurchaserbytheinspectionagency.

    10.13.7.3 InspectionofWelding
    TheinspectionofweldingshallbeperformedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofAWSD1.1exceptasmodified
    inSection10.10.2.
    WhenvisualinspectionisrequiredtobeperformedbyAWScertifiedweldinginspectors,itshallbesospecified
    inthedesigndocuments.
    When nondestructive testing is required, the process, extent and standards of acceptance shall be clearly
    definedinthedesigndocuments.

    10.13.7.4 InspectionofSlipCriticalHighStrengthBoltedConnections
    Theinspectionofslipcriticalhighstrengthboltedconnectionsshallbeinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofthe
    RCSCSpecificationforStructuralJointsUsingASTMA325orA490Bolts.

    6576 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.13.7.5 IdentificationofSteel
    Thefabricatorshallbeabletodemonstratebyawrittenprocedureandbyactualpracticeamethodofmaterial
    identification,visibleatleastthroughthefitupoperation,forthemainstructuralelementsofeachshipping
    piece.

    10.14 DirectAnalysisMethod
    Thissectionaddressesthedirectanalysismethodforstructuralsystemscomprisedofmomentframes,braced
    frames,shearwalls,orcombinationsthereof.

    10.14.1 GeneralRequirements
    MembersshallsatisfytheprovisionsofSection10.8.1withthenominalcolumnstrengths,Pn,determinedusing
    K = 1.0. The required strengths for members, connections and other structural elements shall be determined
    using a secondorder elastic analysis with the constraints presented in Section 10.14.3. All component and
    connectiondeformationsthatcontributetothelateraldisplacementofthestructureshallbeconsideredinthe
    analysis.

    10.14.2 NotionalLoads
    Notional loads shall be applied to the lateral framing system to account for the effects of geometric
    imperfections,inelasticity,orboth.Notionalloadsarelateralloadsthatareappliedateachframingleveland
    specifiedintermsofthegravityloadsappliedatthatlevel.Thegravityloadusedtodeterminethenotionalload
    shall be equal to or greater than the gravity load associated with the load combination being evaluated.
    Notional loads shall be applied in the direction that adds to the destabilizing effects under the specified load
    combination.

    10.14.3 NotionalLoads
    (1)ThesecondorderanalysisshallconsiderbothPandPeffects.Itispermittedtoperformtheanalysisusing
    anygeneralsecondorderanalysismethod, or by the amplified firstorder analysis method of Section 10.3.2,
    provided thatthe B1 and B2 factors are based on the reduced stiffnesses definedin Equations 10.14.3.2and
    10.14.3.3. Analyses shall be conducted according to the design and loading requirements specifiedin either
    Section10.2.3.3(LRFD)orSection10.2.3.4(ASD). ForASD,thesecondorderanalysisshallbecarriedoutunder
    1.6timestheASDloadcombinationsandtheresultsshallbedividedby1.6toobtaintherequiredstrengths.
    MethodsofanalysisthatneglecttheeffectsofPonthelateraldisplacementofthestructurearepermitted
    where the axial loads in all members whose flexural stiffnesses are considered to contribute to the lateral
    stabilityofthestructuresatisfythefollowinglimit:
    0.15 10.14.3.1
    where
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthunderLRFDorASDloadcombinations,N
    PeL 2EI/L2,evaluatedintheplaneofbending
    And=1.0(LRFD)=1.6(ASD)
    (2)Anotionalload,Ni=0.002Yi,appliedindependentlyintwoorthogonaldirections,shallbeappliedasalateral
    loadinallloadcombinations.Thisloadshallbeinadditiontootherlateralloads,ifany,
    where
    Ni=notionallateralloadappliedatleveli,N
    Yi=gravityloadfromtheLRFDloadcombinationor1.6timestheASDloadcombinationappliedatleveli,N
    The notional load coefficient of 0.002 is based on an assumed initial story outofplumbness ratio of 1/500.
    Where a smaller assumed outofplumbness is justified, the notional load coefficient may be adjusted
    proportionally.
    Forframeswheretheratioofsecondorderdrifttofirstorderdriftisequaltoorlessthan1.5,itispermissible
    to apply the notional load, Ni , as a minimum lateral load for the gravityonly load combinations and not in
    combinationwithotherlateralloads.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6577
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Forallcases,itispermissibletousetheassumedoutofplumbnessgeometryintheanalysisofthestructurein
    lieuofapplyinganotionalloadoraminimumlateralloadasdefinedabove.
    (3)Areducedflexuralstiffness,EI*,
    0.08 10.14.3.2
    shallbeusedforallmemberswhoseflexuralstiffnessisconsideredtocontributetothelateralstabilityofthe
    structure,
    where
    I=momentofinertiaabouttheaxisofbending,mm4
    B=1.0forPr/Py0.5
    =4 Pr/Py 1 Pr/Py forPr/Py>0.5
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthunderLRFDorASDloadcombinations,N
    Py=AFy,memberyieldstrength,N
    And=1.0(LRFD)=1.6(ASD)
    Inlieuofusingb<1.0wherePr /Py>0.5,b=1.0maybeusedforallmembers,providedthatanadditive
    notionalloadof0.001Yiisaddedtothenotionalloadrequiredin(2).
    (4)Areducedflexuralstiffness,EA*,
    0.8 10.14.3.3
    shall be used for members whose axial stiffness is considered to contribute to the lateral stability of the
    structure,whereAisthecrosssectionalmemberarea.

    10.15 InelasticAnalysisandDesign

    10.15.1 GeneralProvisions
    InelasticanalysisispermittedfordesignaccordingtotheprovisionsofSection10.2.3.3(LRFD).Inelasticanalysis
    isnotpermittedfordesignaccordingtotheprovisionsofSection10.2.3.4(ASD)exceptasprovidedinSection
    10.15.3.

    10.15.2 Materials
    Membersundergoingplastichingingshallhaveaspecifiedminimumyieldstressnotexceeding450MPa.

    10.15.3 MomentRedistribution
    Beams and girders composed of compact sections as defined in Section 10.2.4 and satisfying the unbraced
    lengthrequirementsofSection10.15.7,includingcompositemembers,maybeproportionedforninetenthsof
    thenegativemomentsatpointsofsupport,producedbythegravityloadingcomputedbyanelasticanalysis,
    providedthatthemaximumpositivemomentisincreasedbyonetenthoftheaveragenegativemoments.This
    reductionisnotpermittedformomentsproducedbyloadingoncantileversandfordesignaccordingtoSections
    10.15.4through10.15.8ofthissection.
    Ifthenegativemomentisresistedbyacolumnrigidlyframedtothebeamorgirder,theonetenthreduction
    may be used in proportioning the column for combined axial force and flexure, provided that the axial force
    doesnotexceed0.15cFyAgforLRFDor0.15FyAg/cforASD,

    where

    Ag=grossareaofmember,mm2
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthecompressionflange,MPa.
    c=resistancefactorforcompression=0.90

    c=safetyfactorforcompression=1.67

    6578 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.15.4 LocalBuckling
    Flangesandwebsofmemberssubjecttoplastichingingincombinedflexureandaxialcompressionshallbe
    compactwithwidththicknessratioslessthanorequaltothelimitingpdefinedinTable10.2.4.1orasmodified
    asfollows:
    a) ForwebsofdoublysymmetricwideflangemembersandrectangularHSSincombinedflexure
    andcompression
    (i)For / 0.125

    2.75 10.15.4.1
    / 3.76 1

    (ii)For / 0.125
    10.15.4.2
    / 1.12 2.33 1.49

    where
    E=modulusofelasticityofsteel200000MPa.
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthetypeofsteelbeingused,MPa.
    h=asdefinedinSection10.2.4.2,mm.
    Pu=requiredaxialstrengthincompression,N.
    Py=memberyieldstrength,N.
    tw=webthickness,mm.
    b=resistancefactorforflexure=0.90
    b) Forflangesofrectangularboxandhollowstructuralsectionsofuniformthicknesssubjectto
    bendingorcompression,flangecoverplates,anddiaphragmplatesbetweenlinesoffasteners
    orwelds
    10.15.4.3
    0.94

    where
    b=asdefinedinSection10.2.4.2,mm.
    t=asdefinedinSection10.2.4.2,mm.
    (c)Forcircularhollowsectionsinflexure
    0.045 10.15.4.4
    where
    D=outsidediameterofroundHSSmember,mm.

    10.15.5 StabilityandSecondOrderEffects
    Continuous beams not subjected to axial loads and that do not contribute to lateral stability of framed
    structuresmaybedesignedbasedonafirstorderinelasticanalysisoraplasticmechanismanalysis.
    Braced frames and moment frames may be designed based on a firstorder inelastic analysis or a plastic
    mechanismanalysisprovidedthatstabilityandsecondordereffectsaretakenintoaccount.
    Structures may be designed on the basis of a secondorder inelastic analysis. For beamcolumns, connections
    and connected members, the required strengths shall be determined from a secondorder inelastic analysis,
    where equilibrium is satisfied on the deformed geometry, taking into account the change in stiffness due to
    yielding
    10.15.5.1BracedFrames
    Inbracedframesdesignedonthebasisofinelasticanalysis,bracesshallbedesignedtoremainelasticunderthe
    designloads.Therequiredaxialstrengthforcolumnsandcompressionbracesshallnotexceedc 0.85FyAg ,

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6579
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where
    c=0.90(LRFD)
    10.15.5.2MomentFrames
    Inmomentframesdesignedonthebasisofinelasticanalysis,therequiredaxialstrengthofcolumnsshallnot
    exceedc 0.75FyAg
    where
    c=0.90(LRFD)

    10.15.6 ColumnsandOtherCompressionMembers
    InadditiontothelimitssetinSections10.15.5.1and10.15.5.2,therequiredaxialstrengthofcolumnsdesigned
    on the basis of inelastic analysis shall not exceed the design strength, c Pn , determined according to the
    provisionsofSection10.5.3.
    Designbyinelasticanalysisispermittedifthecolumnslendernessratio,L/r,doesnotexceed4.71 ,
    where
    L=laterallyunbracedlengthofamember,mm.
    r=governingradiusofgyration,mm.

    10.15.7 BeamsandOtherFlexuralMembers
    The required moment strength, Mu, of beams designed on the basis of inelastic analysis shall not exceed the
    designstrength,Mn,where

    1.6 10.15.7.1
    0.90
    a) FordoublysymmetricandsinglysymmetricIshapedmemberswiththecompressionflange
    equaltoorlargerthanthetensionflangeloadedintheplaneoftheweb:
    10.15.7.2
    0.12 0.076

    where
    M1 = smaller moment at end of unbraced length of beam, N-mm
    M2 = larger moment at end of unbraced length of beam, N-mm
    ry = radius of gyration about minor axis, mm
    (M1 /M2) is positive when moments cause reverse curvature and negative for single curvature.
    b) Forsolidrectangularbarsandsymmetricboxbeams:
    10.15.7.3
    0.17 0.10 0.10

    There is no limit on Lbfor members with circular or square cross sections or for any beam bent about its minor axis.

    10.15.8 BeamsandOtherFlexuralMembers
    When inelastic analysis is used for symmetric members subject to bending and axial force, the provisions in
    Section10.8.1apply.
    Inelasticanalysisisnotpermittedformemberssubjecttotorsionandcombinedtorsion,flexure,shearand/or
    axialforce.

    6580 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.15.9 Connections
    Connectionsadjacenttoplastichingingregionsofconnectedmembersshallbedesignedwithsufficientstrength
    andductilitytosustaintheforcesanddeformationsimposedundertherequiredloads.

    10.16 DesignforPonding
    This section provides methods for determining whether aroof system hasadequate strength and stiffness to
    resistponding.

    10.16.1 SimplifiedDesignforPonding
    The roof system shall be considered stable for ponding and no further investigation is needed if both of the
    followingtwoconditionsaremet:
    0.9 0.25 10.16.1.1
    3940 10.16.1.2
    where
    504


    504


    Lp=columnspacingindirectionofgirder(lengthofprimarymembers),m.
    Ls=columnspacingperpendiculartodirectionofgirder(lengthofsecondarymembers),m.
    S=spacingofsecondarymembers,m.
    Ip=momentofinertiaofprimarymembers,mm4.
    Is=momentofinertiaofsecondarymembers,mm4
    Id=momentofinertiaofthesteeldecksupportedonsecondarymembers,mm4perm.
    For trusses and steel joists, the moment of inertia Is shall be decreased 15 percent when used in the above
    equation. A steel deck shall be considered a secondary member when it is directly supported by the primary
    members.

    10.16.2 ImprovedDesignforPonding
    Theprovisionsgivenbelowarepermittedtobeusedwhenamoreexactdeterminationofframingstiffnessis
    neededthanthatgiveninSection10.16.1.
    Forprimarymembers,thestressindexshallbe
    0.8 10.16.2.1

    Forsecondarymembers,thestressindexshallbe
    0.8 10.16.2.2

    where
    fo=stressduetotheloadcombination(D+R)
    D=nominaldeadload
    R=nominalloadduetorainwaterorsnow,exclusiveofthepondingcontribution,MPa.
    Forroofframingconsistingofprimaryandsecondarymembers,thecombinedstiffnessshallbeevaluatedas
    follows: enter Figure 10.16.1 at the level of the computed stress index Up determined for the primary
    beam; move horizontally to the computed Cs value of the secondary beams and then downward to the

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6581
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    abscissascale.Thecombinedstiffnessoftheprimaryandsecondaryframingissufficienttopreventponding
    if theflexibility constant read from thislatter scale is more thanthe value of Cp computed for thegiven
    primarymember;ifnot,astifferprimaryorsecondarybeam,orcombinationofboth,isrequired.


    Fig.10.16.1. Limitingflexibilitycoefficientfortheprimarysystems


    Fig.10.16.2.Limitingflexibilitycoefficientforthesecondarysystems.

    AsimilarproceduremustbefollowedusingFigure10.16.2.

    6582 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Forroofframingconsistingofaseriesofequallyspacedwallbearingbeams,thestiffnessshallbeevaluatedas
    follows.Thebeamsareconsideredassecondarymemberssupportedonaninfinitelystiffprimarymember.For
    thiscase,enterFigure10.16.2withthecomputedstressindexUs.ThelimitingvalueofCsisdeterminedbythe
    interceptofahorizontallinerepresentingtheUsvalueandthecurveforCp=0.
    Forroofframingconsistingofmetaldeckspanningbetweenbeamssupportedoncolumns,thestiffnessshallbe
    evaluatedasfollows.EmployFigure10.16.1or10.16.2usingasCstheflexibilityconstantfora1mwidthofthe
    roofdeck(S=1.0).

    10.17 DesignforFatigue
    This section applies to members and connections subject to high cyclic loading within the elastic range of
    stresses of frequency and magnitude sufficient to initiate cracking and progressive failure, which defines the
    limitstateoffatigue

    10.17.1 General
    TheprovisionsofthisSectionapplytostressescalculatedonthebasisofserviceloads.Themaximumpermitted
    stressduetounfactoredloadsis0.66Fy.
    Stressrangeisdefinedasthemagnitudeofthechangeinstressduetotheapplicationorremovaloftheservice
    liveload.Inthecaseofastressreversal,thestressrangeshallbecomputedasthenumericalsumofmaximum
    repeated tensile and compressive stresses or the numerical sum of maximum shearing stresses of opposite
    directionatthepointofprobablecrackinitiation.
    Inthecaseofcompletejointpenetrationbuttwelds,themaximumdesignstressrangecalculatedbyEquation
    10.17.3.1appliesonlytoweldswithinternalsoundnessmeetingtheacceptancerequirementsofSection6.12.2
    or6.13.2ofAWSD1.1.
    Noevaluationoffatigueresistanceisrequirediftheliveloadstressrangeislessthanthethresholdstressrange,
    FTH.SeeTable10.17.1.
    No evaluation of fatigue resistance is required if the number of cycles of application of live load is less than
    20,000.
    ThecyclicloadresistancedeterminedbytheprovisionsofthisSectionisapplicabletostructureswithsuitable
    corrosionprotectionorsubjectonlytomildlycorrosiveatmospheres,suchasnormalatmosphericconditions.
    ThecyclicloadresistancedeterminedbytheprovisionsofthisSectionisapplicableonlytostructuressubjectto
    temperaturesnotexceeding150oC.
    The engineer of record shall provide either complete details including weld sizes or shall specify the planned
    cyclelifeandthemaximumrangeofmoments,shearsandreactionsfortheconnections.

    10.17.2 CalculationofMaximumStressesandStressRanges
    Calculatedstressesshallbebaseduponelasticanalysis.Stressesshallnotbeamplifiedbystressconcentration
    factorsforgeometricaldiscontinuities.
    Forboltsandthreadedrodssubjecttoaxialtension,thecalculatedstressesshallincludetheeffectsofprying
    action,ifany.Inthecaseofaxialstresscombinedwithbending,themaximumstresses,ofeachkind,shallbe
    thosedeterminedforconcurrentarrangementsoftheappliedload.
    Formembershavingsymmetriccrosssections,thefastenersandweldsshallbearrangedsymmetricallyabout
    the axis of the member, or the total stresses including those due to eccentricity shall be included in the
    calculationofthestressrange.
    Foraxiallyloadedanglememberswherethecenterofgravityoftheconnectingweldsliesbetweenthelineof
    thecenterofgravityoftheanglecrosssectionandthecenteroftheconnectedleg,theeffectsofeccentricity
    shall be ignored. If the center of gravity of the connecting welds lies outside this zone, the total stresses,
    includingthoseduetojointeccentricity,shallbeincludedinthecalculationofstressrange.

    10.17.3 DesignStressRange
    Therangeofstressatserviceloadsshallnotexceedthedesignstressrangecomputedasfollows.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6583
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (a) For stress categories A, B, B, C, D, E and E (see table 10.17.1) the design stress range, FSR, shall be
    determinedbyEquation10.17.3.1or10.17.3.2.
    . 10.17.3.1
    329

    where
    FSR=designstressrange,MPa.
    Cf=constantfromTable10.17.1forthecategory
    N=numberofstressrangefluctuationsindesignlife
    =numberofstressrangefluctuationsperday365yearsofdesignlife
    FTH=thresholdfatiguestressrange,maximumstressrangeforindefinitedesignlifefromTable10.17.1,MPa.
    (b)ForstresscategoryF,thedesignstressrange,FSR,shallbedeterminedbyEquation10.17.3.2.

    .
    11 10
    10.17.3.2

    (c)Fortensionloadedplateelementsconnectedattheirendbycruciform,T,orcornerdetailswithcomplete
    jointpenetration (CJP) groove welds or partial jointpenetration (PJP) groove welds, fillet welds, or
    combinationsofthepreceding,transversetothedirectionofstress,thedesignstressrangeonthecrosssection
    ofthetensionloadedplateelementatthetoeoftheweldshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    (i) Based upon crack initiation from the toe of the weld on the tension loaded plate element the design
    stressrange,FSR,shallbedeterminedbyEquation10.17.3.3forstresscategoryCwhichisequalto
    .
    14.4 10
    68.9 10.17.3.3

    (ii)Baseduponcrackinitiationfromtherootoftheweldthedesignstressrange,FSR,onthetensionloaded
    plateelementusingtransversePJPgroovewelds,withorwithoutreinforcingorcontouringfilletwelds,the
    designstressrangeonthecrosssectionatthetoeoftheweldshallbedeterminedbyEquation10.17.3.4,
    stresscategoryCasfollows:
    . 10.17.3.8
    14.4 10

    where
    RPJP is the reduction factor for reinforced or nonreinforced transverse PJP groove welds determined as
    follows:
    2 10.17.3.9
    1.12 1.01 1.24
    . 1.0

    IfRPJP=1.0,usestresscategoryC.
    2a = the length of the nonwelded root face in the direction of the thickness of the tensionloaded plate,
    mm.
    W=thelegsizeofthereinforcingorcontouringfillet,ifany,inthedirectionofthethicknessofthetension
    loadedplate,mm.
    tp=thicknessoftensionloadedplate,mm.

    (iii)Baseduponcrackinitiationfromtherootsofapairoftransversefilletweldsonoppositesidesofthe
    tensionloadedplateelementthedesignstressrange,FSR,onthecrosssectionatthetoeoftheweldsshall
    bedeterminedbyEquation10.17.3.5,stresscategoryCasfollows:

    6584 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10


    . 10.17.3.10
    14.4 10

    where
    RFIListhereductionfactorforjointsusingapairoftransversefilletweldsonly.
    0.10 1.24 10.17.3.11
    . 1.0

    IfRFIL=1.0,usestresscategoryC.

    10.17.4 BoltsandThreadedParts
    Therangeofstressatserviceloadsshallnotexceedthestressrangecomputedasfollows.
    a) Formechanicallyfastenedconnectionsloadedinshear,themaximumrangeofstressinthe
    connectedmaterialatserviceloadsshallnotexceedthedesignstressrangecomputedusing
    Equation10.17.3.1whereCfandFTHaretakenfromSection2ofTable10.17.1.
    b) Forhighstrengthbolts,commonbolts,andthreadedanchorrodswithcut,groundorrolled
    threads,themaximumrangeoftensilestressonthenettensileareafromappliedaxialload
    andmomentplusloadduetopryingactionshallnotexceedthedesignstressrangecomputed
    usingEquation10.17.3.1.ThefactorCfshallbetakenas3.9108(asforstresscategoryE).
    Thethresholdstress,FTHshallbetakenas48MPa(asforstresscategoryD).Thenettensile
    areaisgivenbyEquation10.17.4.1.

    0.9382 10.17.4.1
    4
    where
    P=pitch,mmperthread
    db=thenominaldiameter(bodyorshankdiameter),mm.
    n=threadspermm.
    Forjointsinwhichthematerialwithinthegripisnotlimitedtosteelorjointswhicharenottensionedtothe
    requirementsofTable10.10.3.1,allaxialloadandmomentappliedtothejointpluseffectsofanypryingaction
    shallbeassumedtobecarriedexclusivelybytheboltsorrods.
    Forjointsinwhichthematerialwithinthegripislimitedtosteelandwhicharetensionedtotherequirementsof
    Table10.10.3.1,ananalysisoftherelativestiffnessoftheconnectedpartsandboltsshallbepermittedtobe
    used to determine the tensile stress range in the pretensioned bolts due to the total service live load and
    moment plus effects of any prying action. Alternatively, the stress range in the bolts shall be assumed to be
    equaltothestressonthenettensileareadueto20percentoftheabsolutevalueoftheserviceloadaxialload
    andmomentfromdead,liveandotherloads.

    10.17.5 SpecialFabricationandErectionRequirements
    Longitudinal backing bars are permitted to remain in place, and if used, shall be continuous. If splicing is
    necessaryforlongjoints,thebarshallbejoinedwithcompletepenetrationbuttjointsandthereinforcement
    groundpriortoassemblyinthejoint.
    In transversejointssubject totension, backingbars, if used,shall be removedand thejoint back gougedand
    welded.
    IntransversecompletejointpenetrationTandcornerjoints,areinforcingfilletweld,notlessthan6mminsize
    shallbeaddedatreentrantcorners.
    Thesurfaceroughnessofflamecutedgessubjecttosignificantcyclictensilestressrangesshallnotexceed25
    m,whereASMEB46.1isthereferencestandard.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6585
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Reentrantcornersatcuts,copesandweldaccessholesshallformaradiusofnotlessthan10mmbypredrilling
    orsubpunchingandreamingahole,orbythermalcuttingtoformtheradiusofthecut.Iftheradiusportionis
    formedbythermalcutting,thecutsurfaceshallbegroundtoabrightmetalsurface.
    Fortransversebuttjointsinregionsofhightensilestress,runofftabsshallbeusedtoprovideforcascadingthe
    weldterminationoutsidethefinishedjoint.Enddamsshallnotbeused.Runofftabsshallberemovedandthe
    endoftheweldfinishedflushwiththeedgeofthemember.
    SeeSection10.10.2.2forrequirementsforendreturnsoncertainfilletweldssubjecttocyclicserviceloading.

    TABLE 10 17 1 F ti D i P t
    Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack
    Description Category Cf FTH(MPa) Initiation Point
    SECTION 1 PLAIN MATERIAL AWAY FROM ANY WELDING

    1.1 Base metal, except non coated A 250 108 165 Away from all welds or
    weathering steel, with rolled or structural connections
    cleaned surface. Flamecut edges with
    surface roughness value of 25 m or less,
    butwithoutreentrantcorners.

    1.2 Non-coated weathering steel base B 120 108 110 Away from all welds or
    metal with rolled or cleaned surface. structural connections
    Flame-cut edges with surface roughness
    value of 25 m or less, but without reentrant
    corners.

    1.3 Member with drilled or reamed B 120 108 110 At any external edge or at hole
    holes. Member with re- entrant corners at perimeter
    copes, cuts, block-outs or other geometrical
    discontinuities made to requirements of
    Section 10.17.3.5, except weld access
    holes.

    1.4 Rolled cross sections with weld access C 44 108 69 At reentrant corner of weld
    holes made to re- quirements of Section access hole or at any small hole
    10.10.1.6 and Section 10.17.3.5. Members (may contain bolt for minor
    with drilled or reamed holes con- taining connections)
    bolts for attachment of light bracing where
    there is a small longitudinal component of
    brace force.

    SECTION 2 CONNECTED MATERIAL IN MECHANICALLY FASTENED JOINTS


    2.1 Gross area of base metal inlapjoints B 120 108 110 Throughgrosssectionnear
    connected by high strength bolts in hole
    jointssatisfying all requirementsforslip
    criticalconnections.
    2.2 Base metal at net section of high B 120 108 110 Innet sectionoriginatingat
    strength bolted joints, de signed on the sideofhole
    basisofbearingresistance, butfabricated
    and installed to all requirements for slip
    criticalconnections.

    6586 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    2.3Basemetalatthenetsectionofother D 22 108 48 Innet sectionoriginatingat


    mechanically fas tened joints except eye sideofhole
    barsandpinplates.

    2.4 Base metal at net section of eyebar E 11 108 31 Innet sectionoriginatingat


    headorpinplate. sideofhole

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6587
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE 10 17 1 (cont ) Fatigue Design Parameters

    Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack


    Description
    Category Cf FTH(MPa) Initiation Point

    SECTION 3 WELDED JOINTS JOINING COMPONENTS OF BUILT-UP MEMBERS


    3.1Base metal and weldmetalin members B 120 108 110 Fromsurfaceorinternal
    withoutattachmentsbuiltup ofplatesor discontinuitiesinweldawayfrom
    shapesconnectedbycontinuouslongitudinal endofweld
    completejointpenetrationgroovewelds, back
    gougedand weldedfromsecondside,orby
    3.2Base metal and weldmetalin members B 61 108 83 Fromsurfaceorinternal
    withoutattachmentsbuiltup ofplatesor discontinuitiesinweld,including
    shapes,connectedbycontinuouslongitudinal weldattachingbackingbars
    completejointpenetrationgroovewelds with
    backingbars not removed, orbycontinuous
    3.3Basemetalandweldmetaltermination of D 22 108 48 Fromtheweldtermination into
    longitudinal welds atweldaccess holes in the web orflange
    t d b ilt b
    3.4 Base metal at endsoflongitudinal E 11 108 31 Inconnectedmaterialatstartand
    intermittentfilletweldsegments. stoplocationsofanywelddeposit
    3.5Base metal at endsofpartiallength Inflange at toe ofendweldorin
    weldedcoverplatesnarrowerthantheflange flangeatterminationof
    havingsquareortaperedends,with orwithout longitudinalweldorinedgeof
    weldsacrosstheendsofcoverplateswiderthan flangewithwidecoverplates
    theflangewithweldsacrosstheends.
    Flangethickness 20mm
    Flangethickness> 20mm
    3.6Basemetalatendsofpartiallength welded E 3.9 108 18 Inedgeofflangeatendof
    coverplates widerthantheflange without coverplateweld
    ld th d
    SECTION 4 LONGITUDINAL FILLET WELDED END CONNECTIONS

    4.1 Basemetalatjunction ofaxially loaded


    memberswithlongitudinallyweldedend
    connections.Welds shallbe on each side of Initiatingfrom endofanyweld
    theaxisofthemembertobalanceweldstresses. terminationextendingintothe
    t 20mm E 11 108 31 basemetal

    t > 20mm E 3.9 108 18

    6588 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6589
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE10.17.1 (cont.):FatigueDesign Parameters

    Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack


    Description
    Category Cf FTH(MPa) Initiation Point
    SECTION 5 WELDED JOINTS TRANSVERSE TO DIRECTION OF STRESS

    5.1Basemetalandweldmetalinoradjacent Frominternaldiscon
    tocompletejointpenetrationgroovewelded tinuitiesinfillermetalor
    splicesinrolledorweldedcrosssectionswith B 120108 110 alongthefusionboundary
    weldsgroundessentiallyparalleltothedirection
    ofstress.
    5.2Basemetalandweldmetalinoradjacent Frominternaldisconti
    tocompletejointpenetrationgroovewelded nuitiesinfillermetaloralong
    spliceswithweldsgroundessentiallyparallelto fusionboundaryoratstartof
    thedirectionofstressattransitionsinthickness transitionwhenFy620
    orwidthmadeonaslopenogreaterthan MPa
    8to20%.
    Fy<620MPa B 120108 110
    Fy620MPa B 61108 83

    5.3BasemetalwithFyequaltoorgreater Frominternaldiscon
    than620MPaandweldmetalinoradjacentto tinuitiesinfillermetalor
    completejointpenetrationgroovewelded discontinuitiesalongthe
    spliceswithweldsgroundessentiallyparallelto fusionboundary
    thedirectionofstressattransitionsinwidth B 120108 110

    madeonaradiusofnotlessthan600mmwith
    thepointoftangencyattheendofthegroove
    weld.

    5.4Basemetalandweldmetalinoradjacentto Fromsurfacediscontinuity
    thetoeofcompletejointpenetrationTorcorner attoeofweldextendinginto
    jointsorsplices,withorwithouttransitionsin C 44108 69 basemetaloralongfusion
    thicknesshavingslopesnogreaterthan8to20%, boundary.
    whenweldreinforcementisnotremoved.

    5.5Basemetalandweldmetalattransverse Initiatingfromgeometrical
    endconnectionsoftensionloadedplate discontinuityattoeofweld
    elementsusingpartialjointpenetrationbuttorT extendingintobasemetalor,
    orcornerjoints,withreinforcingorcontouring C 44108 69 initiatingatweldroot
    fillets,FSRshallbethesmallerofthetoecrackor subjecttotensionextending
    rootcrackstressrange. upandthenoutthrough
    Crackinitiatingfromweldtoe:Crackinitiating C Eqn. None weld
    fromweldroot: 10.17.3.4 provided

    6590 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6591
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE10.17.1(cont.):FatigueDesignParameters

    Stress Threshold Potential Crack


    Description
    Category Constant F TH(MPa) Initiation Point

    SECTION 5 WELDED JOINTS TRANSVERSE TO DIRECTION OF STRESS (contd)


    5.6Base metal and fillermetalat Initiatingfromgeometrical
    transverseendconnectionsoftension discontinuityattoeofweld
    loadedplateelementsusinga pair offillet extendingintobasemetalor,
    welds onoppositesidesoftheplate. FSR initiatingatweldrootsubject
    shallbe the smaller ofthetoecrackor totensionextendingupand
    rootcrackstressrange. C 44 108 69 thenoutthroughweld

    Crackinitiatingfromweldtoe: C Eqn. None
    10.17.3.5 provided
    5.7Basemetaloftensionloadedplate C 44 108 69 Fromgeometricaldis
    elementsand on girdersandrolledbeam continuityattoeoffillet
    websorflangesattoeoftransversefillet extendingintobasemetal
    weldsadjacenttoweldedtransverse
    stiffeners.
    SECTION 6 BASE METAL AT WELDED TRANSVERSE MEMBER CONNECTIONS
    6.1 Base metal at details attached Near point of tangency of
    by complete-joint- penetration radius at edge of member
    groove welds subject to
    longitudinal loading only when the detail
    embodies a transition radius R with the
    weld termination ground smooth.
    R 600 mm B 120 108 110

    600 mm > R 150 mm C 44 108 69

    150 mm > R 50 mm D 48
    22 108

    50 mm > R E 31
    11 108

    6592 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6593
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE 10.17.1 (cont.): Fatigue Design Parameters


    Description Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack
    Category Cf FTH(MPa) Initiation Point
    SECTION 6 BASE METAL AT WELDED TRANSVERSE MEMBER CONNECTIONS (contd)
    6.2 Base metal atdetails ofequal
    thicknessattachedbycompletejoint
    penetrationgrooveweldssubjecttotrans
    verse loadingwithor without
    longitudinalloadingwhenthe detail
    embodies a transitionradiusR withthe
    weldterminationgroundsmooth:
    When weld reinforcement isremoved:
    R 600mm B 120 108 110

    600mm> R 150mm 44 108 69
    C Nearpointsoftangency
    150mm> R 50mm 22108 48 ofradiusorintheweld
    D
    oratfusionboundaryor
    50mm> R E 11 108 31 memberorattachment

    When weld reinforcement isnotremoved:


    R 600mm
    C 44 108 69
    600mm> R 150mm
    C
    44 108 69
    D
    150mm> R 50mm Attoeoftheweldeither
    22 108 48 along edgeofmember
    E
    50mm> R ortheattachment
    11 108 31

    6.3 Basemetalatdetailsofunequal
    thicknessattachedbycompletejoint
    penetrationgrooveweldssubjecttotrans
    verse loadingwithorwithoutlongitudinal
    loadingwhen thedetailembodiesa
    transitionradius Rwiththeweld termina
    tiongroundsmooth. At toeofweldalong
    When weld reinforcementisremoved: edgeofthinnermaterial
    R> 50mm D 22 108 48 In weldterminationin
    smallradius
    R 50mm E 11 108 31

    When reinforcementisnotremoved: At toeofweldalong


    Anyradius E 11 108 31 edgeofthinnermaterial

    6594 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6595
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE 10 17 1 ( t ) F ti D i P t
    Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack
    Description
    Category Cf FTH(MPa) Initiation Point
    SECTION 6 BASE METAL AT WELDED TRANSVERSE MEMBER CONNECTIONS (contd)
    6.4Base metal subjecttolongitudinal stressat In weld termination or from
    transversemembers,withorwithouttransverse the toe of the weld
    stress,attachedbyfilletorpartialpenetrationgroove extending into member
    weldsparallel todirection of stresswhenthe
    detailembodiesatransitionradius,R,withweld
    terminationgroundsmooth:
    R> 50mm D 22 108

    R 50mm E 11 108

    SECTION 7 BASE METAL AT SHORT ATTACHMENTS1


    7.1Basemetalsubjecttolongitudinalloadingat In thememberat theend
    detailsattachedby filletweldsparallelortrans oftheweld
    versetothedirectionofstresswherethedetail
    embodies notransition radiusandwithdetaillength
    indirectionofstress, a,andattachmentheight
    normaltothesurfaceofthemember,b:
    a< 50mm C 44 108 69
    50mm a 12b
    or100mm D 22 108 48
    a> 12bor100mm
    whenbis 25mm E 11 108 31
    a> 12bor100mm
    whenbis> 25mm E 3.9 108 18

    7.2Basemetalsubjecttolongitudinalstressatdetails Inweldterminationex
    attachedbyfilletorpartialjointpenetrationgroove tendingintomember
    welds,withorwithouttransverse loadondetail,
    whenthedetail embodiesatransitionradius, R,with
    weldterminationgroundsmooth:
    R> 50mm D 22 108
    R 50mm E 11 108

    1 Attachmentasusedherein,isdefinedasanysteeldetailweldedtoamemberwhich,byitsmerepresenceandindependentofitsloading,causesa

    discontinuityinthestressflowinthememberandthusreducesthefatigueresistance.

    6596 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6597
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    TABLE 10 17 1 (cont ): Fatigue Design Parameters


    Stress Constant Threshold Potential Crack
    Description Initiation Point
    Category Cf F TH(MPa)

    SECTION 8 - MISCELLANEOUS
    8.1 Base metal atstudtypeshear C 44 108 69 Attoeofweldinbase
    connectorsattachedbyfilletorelectricstud metal
    welding.
    8.2Shearonthroatof continuousor F 150 1010 55 Inthroatofweld
    intermittentlongitudinalortransversefillet (Eqn.
    welds. 10.17.3.2)

    8.3Base metal at plugorslotwelds. E 11 108 31 Atendofweldinbase


    metal
    8.4Shearonplugorslotwelds. F 150 1010 55 Atfayingsurface
    (Eqn.
    10.17.3.2)

    8.5Notfullytightenedhighstrengthbolts, E 3.9 108 48 At therootofthe


    commonbolts,threadedanchorrods threadsextendinginto
    andhangerrodswithcut,groundorrolled thetensilestressarea
    threads.Stressrangeontensilestressarea
    duetoliveloadpluspryingactionwhen
    applicable.

    6598 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.18 StructuralDesignforFireConditions
    Thissectionprovidescriteriaforthedesignandevaluationofstructuralsteelcomponents,systemsandframesfor
    fireconditions.Thesecriteriaprovideforthedeterminationoftheheatinput,thermalexpansionanddegradation
    inmechanicalpropertiesofmaterialsatelevatedtemperaturesthatcauseprogressivedecreaseinstrengthand
    stiffnessofstructuralcomponentsandsystemsatelevatedtemperatures.

    10.18.1 GeneralProvisions
    Themethodscontainedinthissectionprovideregulatoryevidenceofcomplianceinaccordancewiththedesign
    applicationsoutlinedinthissection.
    ThesectionusesthefollowingtermsinadditiontothetermsintheGlossary.
    Activefireprotection:Buildingmaterialsandsystemsthatareactivatedbyafiretomitigateadverseeffectsor
    tonotifypeopletotakesomeactiontomitigateadverseeffects.
    Compartmentation:Theenclosureofabuildingspacewithelementsthathaveaspecificfireendurance.
    Convectiveheattransfer:Thetransferofthermalenergyfromapointofhighertemperaturetoapointoflower
    temperaturethroughthemotionofaninterveningmedium.
    Designbasis fire: A set of conditions that define the development of a fire and the spread of combustion
    productsthroughoutabuildingorportionthereof.
    Elevated temperatures: Heating conditions experienced by building elements or structures as a result of fire,
    whichareinexcessoftheanticipatedambientconditions.
    Fire:Destructiveburning,asmanifestedbyanyorallofthefollowing:light,flame,heat,orsmoke.
    Fire barrier: Element of construction formed of fireresisting materials and tested in accordance with ASTM
    Standard E119, or other approved standard fireresistance test, to demonstrate compliance with the Building
    Code.
    Fire endurance: A measure of the elapsed time during which a material or assembly continues to exhibit fire
    resistance.
    Fireresistance:Thatpropertyofassembliesthatpreventsorretardsthepassageofexcessiveheat,hotgases
    orflamesunderconditionsofuseandenablesthemtocontinuetoperformastipulatedfunction.
    Fireresistancerating:Theperiodoftimeabuildingelement,componentorassemblymaintainstheabilityto
    contain a fire, continues to perform a given structural function, or both, as determined by test or methods
    basedontests.
    Flashover:Therapidtransitiontoastateoftotalsurfaceinvolvementinafireofcombustiblematerialswithin
    anenclosure.
    Heatflux:Radiantenergyperunitsurfacearea.
    Heatreleaserate:Therateatwhichthermalenergyisgeneratedbyaburningmaterial.
    Passivefireprotection:Buildingmaterialsandsystemswhoseabilitytoresisttheeffectsoffiredoesnotrelyon
    anyoutsideactivatingconditionormechanism.
    Performancebased design: An engineering approach to structural design that is based on agreedupon
    performance goals and objectives, engineering analysis and quantitative assessment of alternatives against
    thosedesigngoalsandobjectivesusingacceptedengineeringtools,methodologiesandperformancecriteria.
    Prescriptivedesign:Adesignmethodthatdocumentscompliancewithgeneralcriteriaestablishedinabuilding
    code.
    Restrainedconstruction:Floorandroofassembliesandindividualbeamsinbuildingswherethesurroundingor
    supportingstructureiscapableofresistingsubstantialthermalexpansionthroughouttherangeofanticipated
    elevatedtemperatures.
    Unrestrainedconstruction:Floorandroofassembliesandindividualbeamsinbuildingsthatareassumedtobe
    freetorotateandexpandthroughouttherangeofanticipatedelevatedtemperatures.

    10.18.1.1 PerformanceObjective
    Structural components, members and building frame systems shall be designed so as to maintain their load
    bearing function during the designbasis fire and to satisfy other performance requirements specified for the
    building occupancy. Deformation criteria shall be applied where the means of providing structural fire

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6599
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    resistance,orthedesigncriteriaforfirebarriers,requiresconsiderationofthedeformationoftheloadcarrying
    structure.Withinthecompartmentoffireorigin,forcesanddeformationsfromthedesignbasisfireshallnot
    causeabreachofhorizontalorverticalcompartmentation.

    10.18.1.2 DesignbyEngineeringAnalysis
    TheanalysismethodsinSection10.18.2arepermittedtobeusedtodocumenttheanticipatedperformanceof
    steel framing when subjected to designbasis fire scenarios. Methods in Section 10.18..2 provide evidence of
    compliancewithperformanceobjectivesestablishedinSection10.18.1.1.
    The analysis methods in Section 10.18.2 are permitted to be used to demonstrate an equivalency for an
    alternativematerialormethod,aspermittedbythebuildingcode.

    10.18.1.3 DesignbyQualificationTesting
    ThequalificationtestingmethodsinSection10.18.3arepermittedtobeusedtodocumentthefireresistanceof
    steelframingsubjecttothestandardizedfiretestingprotocolsrequiredbybuildingcodes.

    10.18.1.4 LoadCombinationsandRequiredStrength
    The required strength of the structure and its elements shall be determined from the following gravity load
    combination:
    0.9 1.2 0.5 0.2 10.18.1.1
    where
    D=nominaldeadload
    L=nominaloccupancyliveload
    S=nominalsnowload
    T=nominalforcesanddeformationsduetothedesignbasisfiredefinedinSection4.2.1
    A lateral notional load, Ni = 0.002Yi, as defined in Section 10.20, where Ni = notional lateral load applied at
    framing level i and Yi = gravity load from combination 10.18.1.1 acting on framing level i, shall be applied in
    combination with the loads stipulated in Equation 10.18.1.1. Unless otherwise stipulated by the authority
    havingjurisdiction,D,LandSshallbethenominalloadsspecifiedinChapter2ofPart6ofthiscode.

    10.18.2 StructuralDesignforFireConditionsByAnalysis
    It is permitted to design structural members, components and building frames for elevated temperatures in
    accordancewiththerequirementsofthissection.

    10.18.2.1 DesignBasisFire
    A designbasis fire shall be identified to describe the heating conditions for the structure. These heating
    conditions shall relate to the fuel commodities and compartment characteristics present in the assumed fire
    area.Thefuelloaddensitybasedontheoccupancyofthespaceshallbeconsideredwhendeterminingthetotal
    fuelload.Heatingconditionsshallbespecifiedeitherintermsofaheatfluxortemperatureoftheuppergas
    layercreatedbythefire.Thevariationoftheheatingconditionswithtimeshallbedeterminedfortheduration
    ofthefire.
    When the analysis methods in Section 10.18.2 are used to demonstrate an equivalency as an alternative
    material or method as permitted by a building code, the designbasis fire shall be determined in accordance
    withASTME119.

    10.18.2.1.1LocalizedFire
    Where the heat release rate from the fire is insufficient to cause flashover, a localized fire exposure shall be
    assumed.Insuchcases,thefuelcomposition,arrangementofthefuelarrayandfloorareaoccupiedbythefuel
    shallbeusedtodeterminetheradiantheatfluxfromtheflameandsmokeplumetothestructure.

    10.18.2.1.2PostFlashoverCompartmentFires
    Where the heat release rate from the fire is sufficient to cause flashover, a postflashover compartment fire
    shallbeassumed.Thedeterminationofthetemperatureversustimeprofileresultingfromthefireshallinclude

    6600 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    fuel load, ventilation characteristics to the space (natural and mechanical), compartment dimensions and
    thermalcharacteristicsofthecompartmentboundary.

    10.18.2.1.3ExteriorFires
    The exposure of exterior structure to flames projecting from windows or otherwall openings as aresult of a
    postflashovercompartmentfireshallbeconsideredalongwiththeradiationfromtheinteriorfirethroughthe
    opening.Theshapeandlengthoftheflameprojectionshallbeusedalongwiththedistancebetweentheflame
    andtheexteriorsteelworktodeterminetheheatfluxtothesteel.ThemethodidentifiedinSection10.18.2.1.2
    shallbeusedfordescribingthecharacteristicsoftheinteriorcompartmentfire.

    10.18.2.1.4FireDuration
    Thefiredurationinaparticularareashallbedeterminedbyconsideringthetotalcombustible mass,inother
    words,fuelloadavailableinthespace.Inthecaseofeitheralocalizedfireorapostflashovercompartmentfire,
    the time duration shall be determined as the total combustible mass divided by the mass loss rate, except
    wheredeterminedfromSection10.18.2.1.2.

    10.18.2.1.5ActiveFireProtectionSystems
    Theeffectsofactivefireprotectionsystemsshallbeconsideredwhendescribingthedesignbasisfire.
    Whereautomaticsmokeandheatventsareinstalledinnonsprinkleredspaces,theresultingsmoketemperature
    shallbedeterminedfromcalculation.

    10.18.2.2 TemperaturesinStructuralSystemsunderFireConditions
    Temperatureswithinstructuralmembers,componentsandframesduetotheheatingconditionsposedbythe
    designbasisfireshallbedeterminedbyaheattransferanalysis.


    10.18.2.3 MaterialStrengthsatElevatedTemperatures
    Materialpropertiesatelevatedtemperaturesshallbedeterminedfromtestdata.Intheabsenceofsuchdata,it
    ispermittedtousethematerialpropertiesstipulatedinthissection.Theserelationshipsdonotapplyforsteels
    withayieldstrengthinexcessof448MPaorconcreteswithspecifiedcompressionstrengthinexcessof55MPa.

    10.18.2.3.1ThermalElongation
    Thermal expansion of structural and reinforcing steels: For calculations at temperatures above 65oC, the
    coefficientofthermalexpansionshallbe1.4105/oC.


    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6601
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Thermalexpansionofnormalweightconcrete:Forcalculationsattemperaturesabove65 oC,thecoefficientof
    thermalexpansionshallbe1.8105/oC.
    Thermal expansion of lightweight concrete: For calculations at temperatures above 65oC, the coefficient of
    thermalexpansionshallbe7.9106/oC.

    10.18.2.3.2MechanicalPropertiesatElevatedTemperatures
    Thedeteriorationinstrengthandstiffnessofstructuralmembers,components,andsystemsshallbetakeninto
    accountinthestructuralanalysisoftheframe.
    ThevaluesFym,Fum,Em,fcm,Ecm andcuatelevatedtemperaturetobeusedinstructuralanalysis,expressedas
    theratiowithrespecttothepropertyatambient,assumedtobe20o C,shallbedefinedasinTables10.18.2.1
    and10.18.2.2.Itispermittedtointerpolatebetweenthesevalues.


    10.18.2.4 StructuralDesignRequirements

    10.18.2.4.1GeneralStructuralIntegrity
    Thestructuralframeshallbecapableofprovidingadequatestrengthanddeformationcapacitytowithstand,as
    a system, the structural actions developed during the fire within the prescribed limits of deformation. The
    structural system shall be designed to sustain local damage with the structural system as a whole remaining
    stable.
    Continuous load paths shall be provided to transfer all forces from the ex posed region to the final point of
    resistance. The foundation shall be designed to resist the forces and to accommodate the deformations
    developedduringthedesignbasisfire.

    10.18.2.4.2StrengthRequirementsandDeformationLimits
    Conformance of the structural system to these requirements shall be demonstrated by constructing a
    mathematicalmodelofthestructurebasedonprinciplesofstructuralmechanicsandevaluatingthismodelfor
    theinternalforcesanddeformationsinthemembersofthestructuredevelopedbythetemperaturesfromthe
    designbasisfire.
    Individual members shall be provided with adequate strength to resist the shears, axial forces and moments
    determinedinaccordancewiththeseprovisions.
    Connections shall develop the strength of the connected members or the forces indicated above. Where the
    means of providing fire resistance requires the consideration of deformation criteria, the deformation of the
    structuralsystem,ormembersthereof,underthedesignbasisfireshallnotexceedtheprescribedlimits.

    6602 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.18.2.4.3MethodsofAnalysis

    10.18.2.4.3aAdvancedMethodsofAnalysis
    The methods of analysis in this section are permitted for the design of all steel building structures for fire
    conditions. The designbasis fire exposure shall be that determined in Section 10.18.2.1. The analysis shall
    includebothathermalresponseandthemechanicalresponsetothedesignbasisfire.
    Thethermalresponseshallproduceatemperaturefieldineachstructuralelementasaresultofthedesignbasis
    fire and shall incorporate temperature dependent thermal properties of the structural elements and fire
    resistivematerialsasperSection10.18.2.2.
    The mechanical response results in forces and deflections in the structural sys tem subjected to the thermal
    response calculated from the designbasis fire. The mechanical response shall take into account explicitly the
    deteriorationinstrengthandstiffnesswithincreasingtemperature,theeffectsofthermalexpansionsandlarge
    deformations. Boundary conditions and connection fixity must represent the proposed structural design.
    MaterialpropertiesshallbedefinedasperSection10.18.2.3.
    Theresultinganalysisshallconsiderallrelevantlimitstates,suchasexcessivedeflections,connectionfractures,
    andoverallorlocalbuckling.

    10.18.2.4.3aAdvancedMethodsofAnalysis
    The methods of analysis in this section are applicable for the evaluation of the performance of individual
    membersatelevatedtemperaturesduringexposuretofire.
    The support and restraint conditions (forces, moments and boundary conditions) applicable at normal
    temperaturesmaybeassumedtoremainunchangedthroughoutthefireexposure.
    (1)Tensionmembers
    It is permitted to model the thermal response of a tension element using a onedimensional heat transfer
    equationwithheatinputasdirectedbythedesignbasisfiredefinedinSection10.18.2.1.
    ThedesignstrengthofatensionmembershallbedeterminedusingtheprovisionsofSection10.4,withsteel
    propertiesasstipulatedinSection10.18.2.3andassumingauniformtemperatureoverthecrosssectionusing
    thetemperatureequaltothemaximumsteeltemperature.
    (2)Compressionmembers
    Itispermittedtomodelthethermalresponseofacompressionelementusingaonedimensionalheattransfer
    equationwithheatinputasdirectedbythedesignbasisfiredefinedinSection10.18.2.1.
    The design strength of a compression member shall be determined using the provisions of Section 10.5 with
    steelpropertiesasstipulatedinSection10.18.2.3.
    (3)Flexuralmembers
    It is permitted to model the thermal response of flexural elements using a onedimensional heat transfer
    equation to calculate bottom flange temperature and to assume that this bottom flange temperature is
    constantoverthedepthofthemember.Thedesignstrengthofaflexuralmembershallbedeterminedusingthe
    provisionsofSection10.6withsteelpropertiesasstipulatedinSection10.18.2.3.
    (4)Compositefloormembers
    It is permitted to model the thermal response of flexural elements supporting a concrete slab using a one
    dimensionalheattransferequationtocalculatebottomflangetemperature.Thattemperatureshallbetakenas
    constantbetweenthebottomflangeandmiddepthofthewebandshalldecreaselinearlybynomorethan25
    percentfromthemiddepthofthewebtothetopflangeofthebeam.
    ThedesignstrengthofacompositeflexuralmembershallbedeterminedusingtheprovisionsofChapter13of
    Part6ofthiscode,withreducedyieldstressesinthesteelconsistentwiththetemperaturevariationdescribed
    underthermalresponse.

    10.18.2.4.4DesignStrength
    The design strength shall be determined as in Section 10.2.3.3. The nominal strength, Rn , shall be calculated
    usingmaterialproperties,asstipulatedinSection10.18.2.3,atthetemperaturedevelopedbythedesignbasis
    fire.


    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6603
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.18.3 DesignByQualificationTesting

    10.18.3.1 DesignStrength
    Structuralmembersandcomponentsinsteelbuildingsshallbequalifiedfortheratingperiodinconformance
    with ASTM E119. It shall be permitted to demonstrate compliance with these requirements using the
    proceduresspecifiedforsteelconstructioninSection5ofASCE/SFPE29.

    10.18.3.2 RestrainedConstruction
    For floor and roof assemblies and individual beams in buildings, a restrained condition exists when the
    surroundingorsupportingstructureiscapableofresistingactionscausedbythermalexpansionthroughoutthe
    rangeofanticipatedelevatedtemperatures.
    Steel beams, girders and frames supporting concrete slabs that are welded or bolted to integral framing
    members(inotherwords,columns,girders)shallbeconsideredrestrainedconstruction.

    10.18.3.3 UnrestrainedConstruction
    Steelbeams,girdersandframesthatdonotsupportaconcreteslabshallbeconsideredunrestrainedunlessthe
    membersareboltedorweldedtosurroundingconstructionthathasbeenspecificallydesignedanddetailedto
    resistactionscausedbythermalexpansion.
    A steel member bearing on a wall in a single span or at the end span of multiple spans shall be considered
    unrestrainedunlessthewallhasbeendesignedanddetailedtoresisteffectsofthermalexpansion.

    10.19 StabilityBracingForColumnsandBeams
    Thissectionaddressestheminimumbracestrengthandstiffnessnecessarytoprovidememberstrengthsbased
    ontheunbracedlengthbetweenbraceswithaneffectivelengthfactor,K,equalto1.0.

    10.19.1 GeneralProvisions
    Bracingisassumedtobeperpendiculartothememberstobebraced;forinclinedordiagonalbracing,thebrace
    strength (force or moment) and stiffness (force per unit displacement or moment per unit rotation) shall be
    adjusted for the angle of inclination. The evaluation of the stiffness furnished by a brace shall include its
    memberandgeometricproperties,aswellastheeffectsofconnectionsandanchoringdetails.
    Two general types of bracing systems are considered, relative and nodal. A relative brace controls the
    movementofthebracepointwithrespecttoadjacentbracedpoints.Anodalbracecontrolsthemovementat
    thebracedpointwithoutdirectinteractionwithadjacentbracedpoints.Theavailablestrengthandstiffnessof
    thebracingshallequalorexceedtherequiredlimitsunlessanalysisindicatesthatsmallervaluesarejustifiedby
    analysis.
    Asecondorderanalysisthatincludesaninitialoutofstraightnessofthemembertoobtainbracestrengthand
    stiffnessispermittedinlieuoftherequirementsofthissection.

    10.19.2 Columns
    Itispermittedtobraceanindividualcolumnatendandintermediatepointsalongitslengthbyeitherrelativeor
    nodalbracingsystems.Itisassumedthatnodalbracesareequallyspacedalongthecolumn.

    10.19.2.1 RelativeBracing
    Therequiredbracestrengthis
    0.004 10.19.2.1
    Therequiredbracestiffnessis
    1 2 2 10.19.2.2

    where
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)

    6604 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N

    10.19.2.2 NodalBracing
    Therequiredbracestrengthis
    0.01 10.19.2.3
    Therequiredbracestiffnessis
    1 8 8 10.19.2.4

    where
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Pr=requiredaxialcompressivestrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N
    WhenLbislessthanLq,whereLqisthemaximumunbracedlengthfortherequiredcolumnforcewithKequal
    to1.0,thenLbinEquation10.19.2.4ispermittedtobetakenequaltoLq.

    10.19.3 Beams
    Atpointsofsupportforbeams,girdersandtrusses,restraintagainstrotationabouttheirlongitudinalaxisshall
    be provided. Beam bracing shall prevent the relative displacement of the top and bottom flanges, in other
    words,twistofthesection.Lateralstabilityofbeamsshallbeprovidedbylateralbracing,torsionalbracingora
    combination of the two. Inmembers subjected todouble curvature bending,the inflection pointshall not be
    consideredabracepoint.

    10.19.3.1 LateralBracing
    Bracingshallbeattachednearthecompressionflange,exceptforacantileveredmember,whereanendbrace
    shallbeattached nearthe top(tension) flange. Lateral bracingshall be attached to both flangesatthe brace
    point nearest the inflection point for beams subjected to double curvature bending along the length to be
    braced.
    a. RelativeBracing
    Therequiredbracestrengthis
    0.008 / 10.19.3.1
    Therequiredbracestiffnessis

    10.19.3.2

    Where,
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    ho=distancebetweenflangecentroids,mm.
    Cd=1.0forbendinginsinglecurvature;2.0fordoublecurvature;Cd=2.0onlyappliestothebraceclosesttothe
    inflectionpoint.
    Lb=laterallyunbracedlength,mm.
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6605
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    b. NodalBracing
    Therequiredbracestrengthis
    0.02 / 10.19.3.3
    Therequiredbracestiffnessis

    10.19.3.4

    where
    =0.75(LRFD) =2.00(ASD)
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    WhenLbislessthanLq,themaximumunbracedlengthforMr,thenLbinEquation10.19.3.4shallbepermitted
    tobetakenequaltoLq.

    10.19.3.2 TorsionalBracing
    Itispermittedtoprovideeithernodalorcontinuoustorsionalbracingalongthebeamlength.Itispermittedto
    attachthebracingatanycrosssectionallocationanditneednotbeattachednearthecompressionflange.The
    connectionbetweenatorsionalbraceandthebeamshallbeabletosupporttherequiredmomentgivenbelow.
    a. NodalBracing
    Therequiredbracingmomentis
    0.024 10.19.3.5

    Therequiredcrossframeordiaphragmbracingstiffnessis
    10.19.3.6

    1

    where


    .

    .
    10.19.3.7

    3.3 1.5 10.19.3.8



    12 12
    where
    =0.75(LRFD) =3.00(ASD)
    L=spanlength,mm
    n=numberofnodalbracedpointswithinthespan
    E=modulusofelasticityofsteel200000MPa
    Iy=outofplanemomentofinertia,mm4
    Cb=modificationfactordefinedinSection10.6
    tw=beamwebthickness,mm
    ts=webstiffenerthickness,mm
    bs=stiffenerwidthforonesidedstiffeners(usetwicetheindividualstiffenerwidthforpairsofstiffeners),mm.
    T=bracestiffnessexcludingwebdistortion,Nmm/radian
    sec=webdistortionalstiffness,includingtheeffectofwebtransversestiffeners,
    ifany,Nmm/radian

    6606 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    FordesignaccordingtoSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Mr=requiredflexuralstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Ifsec<T,Equation10.19.3.6isnegative,whichindicatesthattorsionalbeambracingwillnotbeeffective
    duetoinadequatewebdistortionalstiffness.
    Whenrequired,thewebstiffenershallextendthefulldepthofthebracedmemberandshallbeattachedtothe
    flange if the torsional brace is also attached to the flange. Alternatively, it shall be permissible to stop the
    stiffenershortbyadistanceequalto4twfromanybeamflangethatisnotdirectlyattachedtothetorsional
    brace.WhenLbislessthanLq,thenLbinEquation10.19.3.5shallbepermittedtobetakenequaltoLq.

    b. ContinuousTorsionalBracing
    Forcontinuousbracing,useEquations10.19.3.5,10.19.3.6and10.19.3.8withL/ntakenas1.0andLbtakenas
    Lq;thebracingmomentandstiffnessaregivenperunitspanlength.Thedistortionalstiffnessforanunstiffened
    webis
    3.3 10.19.3.9

    12

    10.19.4 SlendernessLimitations
    The slenderness ratio, L/r, of any stability bracing shall not exceed 180 unless a comprehensive analysis
    includingsecondordereffectsjustifiesahighervalue.

    10.20 SeismicProvisionsforStructuralSteelBuildings

    10.20.1 Scope
    TheSeismicProvisionsforStructuralSteelBuildings,hereinafterreferredtoastheseProvisionsasoutlineinthis
    Section10.20, shall govern the design, fabrication and erection of structuralsteel members and connections
    in the seismic load resisting systems (SLRS) and splices in columns that are not part of the SLRS, in
    buildings and other structures, where other structures are defined as those structures designed, fabricated
    anderectedinamannersimilartobuildings,withbuildinglikeverticalandlateralloadresistingelements.

    TheseProvisionsshallapplywhentheseismicresponsemodificationcoefficient,R,(asspecifiedinChapter2of
    Part 6) is taken greater than 3, regardless of the seismic design category. When the seismic response
    modificationcoefficient,R,istakenas3orless,thestructureisnotrequiredtosatisfytheProvisionsthisSection
    10.20,unlessspecificallyrequiredbytheapplicableauthority

    TheseProvisionsshallbeappliedinconjunctionwiththespecificationsetforthinSections10.1through10.19
    whicheverisapplicable.

    Loads,loadcombinations,systemlimitationsandgeneraldesignrequirementsshallbethoseinChapter2ofPart
    6ofthiscodeaswellasthosementionedinSection10.2.

    10.20.2 ReferencedSpecifications,CodesandStandards
    The documents referenced in these Provisions shall include those listed in Section 10.1.2 with the following
    additionsandmodifications:

    AmericanInstituteofSteelConstruction(AISC):
    SpecificationforStructuralSteelBuildings,ANSI/AISC36005

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6607
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    PrequalifiedConnectionsforSpecialandIntermediateSteelMomentFramesforSeismicApplications,ANSI/AISC
    35805
    AmericanSocietyforNondestructiveTesting(ASNT):
    RecommendedPracticefortheTrainingandTestingofNondestructiveTestingPersonnel,ASNTSNTTC1a2001
    StandardfortheQualificationandCertificationofNondestructiveTestingPersonnel,ANSI/ASNTCP1892001
    AmericanWeldingSociety(AWS):
    Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic
    SteelWeldMetalProducedbyArcWelding,AWSA4.393R
    StandardMethodsforMechanicalTestingofWeldsU.S.Customary,ANSI/AWSB4.098
    StandardMethodsforMechanicalTestingofWeldsMetricOnly,ANSI/AWSB4.0M:2000
    StandardfortheQualificationofWeldingInspectors,AWSB5.1:2003
    OxygenCuttingSurfaceRoughnessGaugeandWallChartforCriteriaDescribingOxygenCutSurfaces,AWSC4.1
    FederalEmergencyManagementAgency(FEMA)
    RecommendedSeismicDesignCriteriaforNewSteelMomentFrameBuildings,FEMA350,July2000
    Symbols
    Symbolsusedinthissectionarelistedbelow.Numbersinparenthesesafterthedefinitionrefertothesectionin
    theseProvisionsinwhichthesymbolisfirstused.
    Symbol Description Section

    Ab Crosssectionalareaofahorizontalboundaryelement(HBE), 10.20.17.2.1
    (mm2)
    Ac Crosssectional area of a vertical boundary element (VBE), 10.20.17.2.1
    (mm2)
    A f Flangearea,(mm2) 10.20.8
    Ag 2
    Grossarea, (mm ) 10.20.9
    Asc
    Areaoftheyieldingsegmentofsteelcore, (mm ) 2
    10.20.16
    2
    Ast Areaoflinkstiffener, (mm ) 10.20.15
    Aw Linkwebarea,(mm2) 10.20.15
    Ca Ratioofrequiredstrengthtoavailablestrength Table10.20.8.1
    Cd Coefficientrelatingrelativebracestiffnessandcurvature 10.20.9
    Cd Deflectionamplificationfactor 10.C.2
    Cr Parameter used for determining the approximate 10.C.2
    fundamentalperiod
    D Dead load due to the weight of the structural elements and 10.20.9
    permanentfeaturesonthebuilding,(N)
    D OutsidediameterofroundHSS,(mm) Table10.20.8.1
    E Earthquakeload 10.20.4
    E Effectofhorizontalandverticalearthquakeinducedloads 10.20.9
    E Modulusofelasticityofsteel,E=200,000MPa 10.20.8
    EI Flexuralelasticstiffnessofthechordmembersofthespecial 10.20.12
    segment,(Nmm2)
    Fy Specifiedminimumyieldstressofthetypeofsteeltobeused, 10.20.6
    (MPa). As used in the Specification, yield stress denotes
    either the minimum specified yield point (for those steels
    that have a yield point) or the specified yield strength (for
    thosesteelsthatdonothaveayieldpoint)
    Fyb Fyofabeam,(MPa) 10.20.9

    6608 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Symbol Description Section


    Fyc Fyofacolumn,(MPa) 10.20.9
    Fysc Specified minimum yield stress of the steel core, or actual 10.20.16
    yield stress of the steel core as determined from a coupon
    test,(MPa).
    Fu Specifiedminimumtensilestrength,(MPa) 10.20.6
    H Heightofstory,whichmaybetakenasthedistancebetween 10.20.8
    thecenterlineoffloorframingateachofthelevelsaboveand
    below,orthedistancebetweenthetopoffloorslabsateach
    ofthelevelsaboveandbelow,(mm)
    I Momentofinertia,(mm4) 10.20.12
    Ic Moment of inertia of a vertical boundary element (VBE) 10.20.17
    taken perpendicular to the direction of the web plate line,
    (mm4)
    K Effectivelengthfactorforprismaticmember 10.20.13
    L Spanlengthofthetruss,(mm) 10.20.12
    L DistancebetweenVBEcenterlines,(mm) 10.20.17
    Lb Length between points which are either braced against 10.20.13
    lateraldisplacementofcompressionflangeorbracedagainst
    twistofthecrosssection,(mm)
    Lb Linklength,(mm) 10.20.15
    Lcf CleardistancebetweenVBEflanges,(mm) 10.20.17
    Lh Distancebetweenplastichingelocations,(mm) 10.20.9
    Lp Limiting laterally unbraced length for full plastic flexural 10.20.12
    strength,uniformmomentcase,(mm)
    Lpd Limitinglaterallyunbracedlengthforplasticanalysis,(mm) 10.20.13
    Ls Lengthofthespecialsegment,(mm) 10.20.12
    Ma Required flexural strength, using ASD load combinations, 10.20.9
    (Nmm)
    Mav Additional moment due to shear amplification from the 10.20.9
    location of the plastic hinge to the column centerline based
    onASDloadcombinations,(Nmm)
    Mn Nominalflexuralstrength,(Nmm) 10.20.11
    Mnc Nominalflexuralstrengthofthechordmemberofthespecial 10.20.12
    segment,(Nmm)
    Mp Nominalplasticflexuralstrength,(Nmm) Table10.20.8.1
    Mpa Nominalplasticflexuralstrengthmodifiedbyaxialload,(N 10.20.15
    mm)
    Mpb Nominalplasticflexuralstrengthofthebeam,(Nmm) 10.20.9
    Mp,exp Expectedplasticmoment,(Nmm) 10.20.9
    Mpc Nominalplasticflexuralstrengthofthecolumn,(Nmm) 10.20.8
    Mr Expectedflexuralstrength,(Nmm) 10.20.9
    Muv Additional moment due to shear amplification from the 10.20.9
    location of the plastic hinge to the column centerline based
    onLRFDloadcombinations,(Nmm)
    Mu Required flexural strength, using LRFD load combinations, 10.20.9
    (Nmm)
    Mu,exp Expectedrequiredflexuralstrength,(Nmm) 10.20.15

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6609
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Symbol Description Section


    Pa Required axial strength of a column using ASD load 10.20.8
    combinations,(N)

    Pac RequiredcompressivestrengthusingASDloadcombinations, 10.20.9
    (N)
    Pb Requiredstrengthoflateralbraceatendsofthelink,(N) 10.20.15
    Pc Availableaxialstrengthofacolumn,(N) 10.20.9
    Pn Nominalaxialstrengthofacolumn,(N) 10.20.8
    Pnc Nominalaxialcompressivestrengthofdiagonalmembersof 10.20.12
    thespecialsegment,(N)
    Pnt Nominal axial tensile strength of diagonal members of the 10.20.12
    specialsegment,(N)
    Pr Requiredcompressivestrength,(N) 10.20.15
    Prc Required compressive strength using ASD or LRFD load 10.20.9
    combinations,(N)
    Pu RequiredaxialstrengthofacolumnoralinkusingLRFDload 10.20.8
    combinations,(N)
    Puc Required compressive strength using LRFD load 10.20.9
    combinations,(N)
    Py Nominalaxialyieldstrengthofamember,equaltoFyAg,(N) Table10.20.8.1
    Pysc Axialyieldstrengthofsteelcore,(N) 10.20.16
    Qb Maximum unbalanced vertical load effect applied to a beam 10.20.13
    bythebraces,(N)
    Q1 Axial forces and moments generated by at least 1.25 times 10.20.15
    theexpectednominalshearstrengthofthelink
    R Seismicresponsemodificationcoefficient 10.20.1
    Rn Nominalstrength,(N) 10.20.6
    Rt Ratio of the expected tensile strength to the specified 10.20.6
    minimum tensile strength Fu, as related to overstrength in
    materialyieldstressRy
    Ru Requiredstrength 10.20.9
    Rv Panelzonenominalshearstrength 10.20.9
    Ry Ratio of the expected yield stress to the specified minimum 10.20.6
    yieldstress,Fy
    S Snowload,(N) 10.20.9
    Va RequiredshearstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,(N) 10.20.9
    Vn Nominalshearstrengthofamember,(N) 10.20.15
    Vne Expectedverticalshearstrengthofthespecialsegment,(N) 10.20.12
    Vp Nominalshearstrengthofanactivelink,(N) Table10.20.8.1
    Vpa Nominalshearstrengthofanactivelinkmodifiedbytheaxial 10.20.15
    loadmagnitude,(N)
    Vu RequiredshearstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,(N) 10.20.10
    Z Plasticsectionmodulusofamember,(mm ) 3
    10.20.9
    3
    Zb Plasticsectionmodulusofthebeam,(mm ) 10.20.9
    Zc Plasticsectionmodulusofthecolumn,(mm ) 3
    10.20.9

    6610 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Symbol Description Section


    Zx 3
    Plasticsectionmodulusxaxis,(mm ) 10.20.8
    ZRBS Minimum plastic section modulus at the reduced beam 10.20.9
    section,(mm3)
    a Anglethatdiagonalmembersmakewiththehorizontal 10.20.12
    b Width of compression element as defined in Specification Table10.20.8.1
    Section10.2.4.1,(mm)
    bcf Widthofcolumnflange,(mm) 10.20.9
    bf Flangewidth,(mm) 10.20.9
    d Nominalfastenerdiameter,(mm) 10.20.7
    d Overallbeamdepth,(mm) 10.20.15
    dc Overallcolumndepth,(mm) 10.20.9
    dz Overallpanelzonedepthbetweencontinuityplates,(mm) 10.20.9
    e EBFlinklength,(mm) 10.20.15
    h Cleardistancebetweenflangeslessthefilletorcornerradius Table10.20.8.1
    for rolled shapes; and for builtup sections, the distance
    between adjacent lines of fasteners or the clear distance
    between flanges when welds are used; for tees, the overall
    depth; and for rectangular HSS, the clear distance between
    theflangeslesstheinsidecornerradiusoneachside,(mm)
    h Distance between horizontal boundary element centerlines, 10.20.17
    (mm)
    ho Distancebetweenflangecentroids,(mm) 10.20.9
    l Unbraced length between stitches of builtup bracing 10.20.13
    members,(mm).
    l Unbracedlengthofcompressionorbracingmember,(mm) 10.20.13
    r Governingradiusofgyration,(mm) 10.20.13
    ry Radiusofgyrationaboutyaxis,(mm) 10.20.9
    t Thicknessofconnectedpart,(mm) 10.20.7
    t Thicknessofelement,(mm) Table10.20.8.1
    t Thicknessofcolumnwebordoublerplate,(mm) 10.20.9
    tbf Thicknessofbeamflange,(mm) 10.20.9
    tcf Thicknessofcolumnflange,(mm) 10.20.9
    tf Thicknessofflange,(mm) 10.20.17
    tp Thicknessofpanelzoneincludingdoublerplates,(mm) 10.20.9
    tw Thicknessofweb,(mm) Table10.20.8.1
    wz Widthofpanelzonebetweencolumnflanges,(mm) 10.20.9
    x Parameter used for determining the approximate 10.C.2
    fundamentalperiod
    zb Minimum plastic section modulus at the reduced beam 10.20.9
    section,(mm3)
    M*pc Moment at beam and column centerline determined by 10.20.9
    projecting the sum of the nominal column plastic moment
    strength,reducedbytheaxialstressPuc /Ag,fromthetopand
    bottomofthebeammomentconnection
    M*pb Moment at the intersection of the beam and column 10.20.9
    centerlines determined by projecting the beam maximum

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6611
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Symbol Description Section


    developed moments from the column face. Maximum
    developedmomentsshallbedeterminedfromtestresults
    Compressionstrengthadjustmentfactor 10.20.16
    Designstorydrift 10.20.15
    b Deformation quantity used to control loading of test 10.E.2
    specimen (total brace end rotation for the subassemblage
    testspecimen;totalbraceaxialdeformationforthebracetest
    specimen)
    bm Value of deformation quantity, b, corresponding to the 10.E.6
    designstorydrift
    by Valueofdeformationquantity,b,atfirstsignificantyieldof 10.E.6
    testspecimen
    Safetyfactor 10.20.6
    b Safetyfactorforflexure=1.67 10.20.8
    c Safetyfactorforcompression=1.67 10.20.8
    o Horizontalseismicoverstrengthfactor 10.20.4
    v Safety factor for shear strength of panel zone of beamto 10.20.9
    columnconnections
    Angleofdiagonalmemberswiththehorizontal 10.20.12
    Angleofwebyieldinginradians,asmeasuredrelativetothe 10.20.17
    vertical
    Deformation quantity used to control loading of test 10.D.6
    specimen
    y Value of deformation quantity at first significant yield of 10.D.6
    testspecimen
    RatioofrequiredaxialforcePu torequiredshearstrengthVu 10.20.15
    ofalink
    p,ps Limitingslendernessparameterforcompactelement 10.20.8
    Resistancefactor 10.20.6
    b Resistancefactorforflexure 10.20.8
    c Resistancefactorforcompression 10.20.8
    v Resistancefactorforshearstrengthofpanelzoneofbeamto 10.20.9
    columnconnections
    v Resistancefactorforshear 10.20.15
    Interstorydriftangle,radians 10.D.3
    total Linkrotationangle 10.D.2
    Strainhardeningadjustmentfactor 10.20.16

    Glossary
    Notes:
    (1) Terms designated with * are usually qualified by the type of load effect, for example,nominal tensilestrength,
    availablecompressivestrength,designflexuralstrength.
    (2) Termsdesignatedwith**areusuallyqualifiedbythetypeofcomponent,forexample,weblocalbuckling,flange
    localbending.

    Adjustedbrace strength. Strength of a brace in a bucklingrestrained bracedframeatdeformationscorresponding


    to2.0timesthedesignstorydrift.

    6612 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Allowablestrength*.Nominalstrengthdividedbythesafetyfactor,Rn / .
    Applicablebuildingcode(ABC).Buildingcodeunderwhichthestructureisdesigned.
    Amplified seismic load. Horizontal component of earthquake load E multiplied by o, where E and the horizontal
    componentofEarespecifiedintheapplicablebuildingcode.
    Authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). Organization, political subdivision, office or individual charged with the
    responsibility of administering and enforcing theprovisions of thisstandard.
    Availablestrength*.Designstrengthorallowablestrength,asappropriate.
    ASD (Allowable Strength Design). Method of proportioning structural components such that the allowable strength
    equalsorexceedstherequiredstrengthofthecomponentundertheactionoftheASDloadcombinations.
    ASD load combination. Load combination in the applicable building code intended for allowable strength design
    (allowablestressdesign).
    Bucklingrestrained braced frame (BRBF). Diagonally braced frame safisfyingtherequirements of Section 16
    in which all members of the bracing system are subjectedprimarilytoaxialforcesandinwhichthelimitstateof
    compressionbucklingofbracesisprecludedatforcesanddeformationscorrespondingto 2.0timesthe designstory
    drift.
    Bucklingrestraining system. System of restraints that limits buckling of the steel core inBRBF.Thissystemincludes
    thecasingonthesteelcoreandstructuralelementsadjoining its connections. The bucklingrestraining system is
    intended to permit the transverse expansion and longitudinal contraction of the steel core for deformations
    correspondingto2.0timesthedesignstorydrift.
    Casing. Element that resists forces transverse to the axis of the brace thereby restrainingbucklingofthecore.The
    casing requires a means of delivering this force to the remainder of the bucklingrestraining system. The casing
    resists little or noforce in the axis ofthebrace.
    Columnbase.Assemblageofplates,connectors,bolts,androdsatthebaseofacolumnusedtotransmitforcesbetween
    thesteelsuperstructureandthefoundation.
    Continuityplates.Columnstiffenersatthetopandbottomofthepanelzone;alsoknownastransversestiffeners.
    Contractor.Fabricatororerector,asapplicable.
    Demandcriticalweld.WeldsodesignatedbytheseProvisions.
    Designearthquake.Theearthquakerepresentedbythedesignresponsespectrumasspecifiedintheapplicablebuilding
    code.
    Design story drift.Amplified story drift (drift under the design earthquake, including theeffectsofinelasticaction),
    determinedasspecifiedintheapplicablebuildingcode.
    Designstrength*.Resistancefactormultipliedbythenominalstrength,Rn.
    Diagonal bracing. Inclined structural members carrying primarily axial load that are employed to enable a
    structuralframetoactasatrusstoresistlateralloads.
    Dual system. Structural system with the following features: (1) an essentially complete space frame that provides
    support for gravity loads; (2) resistance to lateral load provided by moment frames (SMF, IMF or OMF) that are
    capable of resisting at least 25 percent ofthe base shear, and concrete or steel shear walls, or steel braced frames
    (EBF, SCBF or OCBF); and (3) each system designed to resist the total lateral load in proportion to its relative
    rigidity.
    Ductile limit state. Ductile limit states include member and connection yielding, bearingdeformation at bolt holes,
    as well as buckling of members that conform to the width thickness limitations of Table I81. Fracture of a
    memberorofaconnection,orbucklingofaconnectionelement,isnotaductilelimitstate.
    Eccentrically braced frame (EBF). Diagonally braced frame meeting the requirements ofSection15thathasatleast
    oneendofeachbracingmemberconnectedtoabeamashortdistancefromanotherbeamtobraceconnectionora
    beamtocolumnconnection.
    Exemptedcolumn.ColumnnotmeetingtherequirementsofEquation93forSMF.
    Expectedyieldstrength.Yieldstrengthintensionofamember,equaltotheexpectedyieldstressmultipliedbyAg.
    Expected tensile strength *. Tensile strength of a member, equal to the specified minimum tensile strength, Fu,
    multipliedbyRt.
    Expected yield stress.Yield stress of the material, equal to the specified minimumyieldstress,Fy,multipliedbyRy .
    Intermediate momentframe(IMF).MomentframesystemthatmeetstherequirementsofSection10.20.10
    Interstorydriftangle.Interstorydisplacementdividedbystoryheight,radians.
    InvertedVbracedframe.SeeVbracedframe.
    karea. The karea is the region of the web that extends from the tangent point of the web andtheflangewebfillet
    (AISCkdimension)adistanceof38mmintothewebbeyondthekdimension.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6613
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Kbracedframe.Abracingconfigurationinwhichbracesconnecttoacolumnatalocationwithnodiaphragmorother
    outofplanesupport.
    Lateral bracing member. Member that is designed to inhibit lateral buckling or lateral torsional buckling of
    primaryframingmembers.
    Link.InEBF,thesegmentofabeamthatislocatedbetweentheendsoftwodiagonalbracesorbetweentheendofa
    diagonalbraceandacolumn.Thelengthofthelinkisdefinedasthecleardistancebetweentheendsoftwodiagonal
    bracesorbetweenthediagonalbraceandthecolumnface.
    Linkintermediatewebstiffeners.VerticalwebstiffenersplacedwithinthelinkinEBF.
    Linkrotationangle.Inelasticanglebetweenthelinkandthebeamoutsideofthelinkwhenthetotalstorydriftisequal
    tothedesignstorydrift.
    Link shear design strength. Lesser of the available shear strength of the link developed from the moment or shear
    strengthofthelink.
    Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature (LAST). The lowest 1hour average temperature with a 100year mean
    recurrenceinterval.
    LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design). Method of proportioning structural components such that the
    design strength equals or exceeds the required strength of the component under the action of the LRFD load
    combinations.
    LRFD Load Combination. Load combination in the applicable building code intended for strength design (load and
    resistancefactordesign).
    Measuredflexuralresistance.Bendingmomentmeasuredinabeamatthefaceofthecolumn,forabeamtocolumntest
    specimentestedinaccordancewithAppendixS.
    Nominalload.Magnitudeoftheloadspecifiedbytheapplicablebuildingcode.
    Nominal strength*. Strength of a structure or component (without the resistance factor or safety factor applied) to
    resisttheloadeffects,asdeterminedinaccordancewiththisSpecification.
    Ordinaryconcentricallybracedframe(OCBF).Diagonallybracedframemeetingtherequirements of Section 14 in
    which all members of the bracing system are subjectedprimarilytoaxialforces.
    Ordinary moment frame (OMF). Moment frame system that meets the requirementsofSection10.20.11.
    Overstrengthfactor,o.Factorspecifiedbytheapplicablebuildingcodeinordertodeterminetheamplifiedseismicload,
    whererequiredbytheseProvisions.
    Prequalifiedconnection.ConnectionthatcomplieswiththerequirementsofAppendix10.A
    Protectedzone.Areaofmembersinwhichlimitationsapplytofabricationandattachments.
    Prototype.Theconnectionorbracedesignthatistobeusedinthebuilding(SMF,IMF,EBF,andBRBF).
    Qualityassuranceplan.Writtendescriptionofqualifications,procedures,qualityinspections,resources,andrecordsto
    beusedtoprovideassurancethatthestructurecomplieswiththeengineersqualityrequirements,specificationsand
    contractdocuments.
    Reduced beam section. Reduction in cross section over a discrete length that promotes a zone of inelasticity in the
    member.
    Required strength*. Forces, stresses, and deformations produced in a structural component, determined by either
    structural analysis, for the LRFD or ASD loadcombinations, asappropriate,orasspecifiedbytheSpecificationand
    theseProvisions.
    Resistancefactor,.Factorthataccountsforunavoidabledeviationsofthenominalstrength
    fromtheactualstrengthandforthemannerandconsequencesoffailure.
    Safetyfactor,.Factorthataccountsfordeviationsoftheactualstrengthfromthenominalstrength,deviationsofthe
    actualloadfromthenominalload,uncertaintiesintheanalysisthattransformstheloadintoaloadeffect,andforthe
    mannerandconsequencesoffailure.
    Seismic design category. Classification assigned to a building by the applicable buildingcode based upon its seismic
    use group and the design spectral responseaccelerationcoefficients.
    Seismic load resisting system (SLRS). Assembly of structural elements in the building that resists seismic loads,
    includingstruts,collectors,chords,diaphragmsandtrusses.
    Seismic response modification coefficient, R. Factor that reduces seismic loadeffectstostrengthlevelasspecifiedby
    theapplicablebuildingcode.
    Seismicusegroup.Classificationassignedtoastructurebasedonitsuseasspecifiedbytheapplicablebuildingcode.
    Special concentrically braced frame (SCBF). Diagonally braced frame meeting the requirements of Section
    1 0 . 2 0 . 13 in which all members of the bracing system are subjectedprimarilytoaxialforces.
    Specialm o m e n t frame(SMF).MomentframesystemthatmeetstherequirementsofSection10.20.9.
    Special plate shear wall (SPSW). Plate shear wall system that meets the requirements ofSection10.20.17.

    6614 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Special truss moment frame (STMF). Truss moment frame system that meetstherequirementsofSection
    10.20.12.
    Static yield strength. Strength of a structural member or connection determined on the basis of testing conducted
    underslowmonotonicloadinguntilfailure.
    Steelcore.AxialforceresistingelementofbracesinBRBF.Thesteelcorecontainsayieldingsegment and connections to
    transfer its axial force to adjoining elements; it may also contain projections beyond the casing and transition
    segments between the projectionsandyieldingsegment.
    Testedconnection.ConnectionthatcomplieswiththerequirementsofAppendix10.B.
    Vbraced frame. Concentrically braced frame (SCBF, OCBF or BRBF) in which a pair ofdiagonalbraceslocatedeither
    aboveorbelowabeamisconnectedtoasinglepointwithintheclearbeamspan.Wherethediagonalbracesarebelow
    thebeam,thesystemisalsoreferredtoasaninvertedVbracedframe.
    Xbracedframe.Concentricallybracedframe(OCBForSCBF)inwhichapairofdiagonalbracescrossesnearthemid
    lengthofthebraces.
    Ybracedframe.Eccentricallybracedframe(EBF)inwhichthestemoftheYisthelinkoftheEBFsystem.

    10.20.3 GeneralSeismicDesignRequirements
    Therequiredstrengthandotherseismicprovisionsandthelimitationsonheightandirregularityarespecifiedin
    Chapter2ofPart6ofthiscode.
    ThedesignstorydriftshallbeinaccordancewiththerequirementssetforthinChapter2ofPart6ofthiscode.

    10.20.4 Loads,LoadCombinations,andNominalStrengths

    10.20.4.1 LoadsandLoadCombinations
    The loads and load combinations shall be as stipulated in Chapter 2 of Part 6 of this code. Where amplified
    seismic loads are required by these Provisions, the horizontal portion of the earthquake load E (as definedin
    Chapter2ofPart6)shallbemultipliedbytheoverstrengthfactor,o,asapplicable.

    10.20.4.2 NominalStrength
    The nominal strength of s y s t e m s , members and connections shall comply with the Specification, except as
    modifiedthroughouttheseProvisions.

    10.20.5 StructuralDesignDrawingsandSpecifications,ShopDrawings,andErection
    Drawings
    10.20.5.1StructuralDesignDrawingsandSpecifications
    Structural design drawings and specifications shall show the work to be performed, and include items
    requiredbytheSpecificationandthefollowing,asapplicable:
    (1)Designationoftheseismicloadresistingsystem(SLRS)
    (2)DesignationofthemembersandconnectionsthatarepartoftheSLRS
    (3) Configurationoftheconnections
    (4)Connectionmaterialspecificationsandsizes
    (5)Locationsofdemandcriticalwelds
    (6) Lowestanticipatedservicetemperature(LAST)ofthesteelstructure,ifthe structure is not enclosed
    andmaintainedatatemperatureof10Corhigher.
    (7)Locationsanddimensionsofprotectedzones
    (8)Locationswheregussetplatesaretobedetailedtoaccommodateinelasticrotation
    (9)WeldingrequirementsasspecifiedinAppendix10.F,Section10.F.2.1.
    ShopDrawings
    ShopdrawingsshallincludeitemsrequiredbytheSpecificationandthefollowing,asapplicable:
    (1)DesignationofthemembersandconnectionsthatarepartoftheSLRS
    (2) Connectionmaterialspecifications
    (3)Locationsofdemandcriticalshopwelds

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6615
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (4)Locationsanddimensionsofprotectedzones
    (5)Gussetplatesdrawntoscalewhentheyaredetailedtoaccommodateinelasticrotation
    WeldingrequirementsasspecifiedinAppendix10.F,Section10.F.2.2.
    10.20.5.2ErectionDrawings
    ErectiondrawingsshallincludeitemsrequiredbytheSpecificationandthefollowing,asapplicable:
    (1)DesignationofthemembersandconnectionsthatarepartoftheSLRS
    (2) Fieldconnectionmaterialspecificationsandsizes
    (3)Locationsofdemandcriticalfieldwelds
    (4)Locationsanddimensionsofprotectedzones
    (5)Locationsofpretensionedbolts
    (6)FieldweldingrequirementsasspecifiedinAppendix10.F,Section10.F.2.3

    10.20.6 Materials
    10.20.6.1 MaterialSpecifications
    Structural steel used in the seismic load resisting system (SLRS) shall meet the requirements of Section
    10.1.3.1a, except as modified in present Section10.20. The specified minimum yield stress of steel to be
    used for membersin which inelastic behavior is expected shall not exceed 345 MPa forsystems defined in
    Sections 10.20.9, 10.20.10, 10.20.12, 10.20.13, 10.20.15, 10.20.16, and 10.20.17 nor 380 MPafor systems
    defined in Sections 10.20.11 and 10.20.14, unless the suitability of the materialis determined by testing or
    otherrationalcriteria.Thislimitationdoesnotapplytocolumnsforwhichtheonlyexpectedinelasticbehavior
    isyieldingatthecolumnbase.
    The structural steelusedintheSLRSdescribedin Sections10.20.9through10.20.17shallmeetoneofthefollowing
    ASTM Specifications: A36/ A36M, A53/A53M, A500 (Grade B or C), A501, A529/A529M, A572/A572M [Grade
    290, 345 or 380], A588/A588M, A913/A913M [Grade 345, 415 or 450], A992/A992M, or A1011 HSLAS Grade
    380. The structural steel used for columnbaseplatesshall meetone of the precedingASTMspecifications or
    ASTMA283/A283MGradeD.
    Other steels and nonsteel materials in bucklingrestrained braced frames arepermittedtobeusedsubjectto
    therequirementsofSection10.20.16andAppendix10.E.
    MaterialPropertiesforDeterminationofRequiredStrengthofMembersandConnections
    Therequiredstrengthofanelement(amemberoraconnection)shallbedetermined from the expected yield
    stress,Ry Fy,ofanadjoiningmember,whereFy isthespecifiedminimumyieldstressofthegradeofsteeltobe
    used in theadjoiningmembers andRy is the ratio of theexpectedyieldstresstothespecifiedminimumyield
    stress,Fy ,ofthatmaterial.
    Theavailablestrengthoftheelement, RnforLRFDandRn/forASD,shallbeequaltoorgreaterthanthe
    requiredstrength,whereRnisthenominalstrengthoftheconnection.Theexpectedtensilestrength,RtFu,and
    theexpected yieldstress,RyFy,arepermittedtobeusedinlieuofFuandFy,respectively,indeterminingthe
    nominal strength, Rn, of rupture and yielding limit states within the same member for which the required
    strengthisdetermined.
    ThevaluesofRy andRt forvarioussteelsaregiveninTable10.20.1.OthervaluesofRy andRt shallbepermittedif
    thevaluesaredeterminedbytestingofspecimenssimilarinsizeandsourceconductedinaccordancewiththe
    requirementsforthespecifiedgradeofsteel.

    10.20.6.2 HeavySectionCVNRequirements
    For structural steel in the SLRS, in addition to the requirements of Section 10.1.3.1c, hot rolled shapes with
    flangethickness38mmandthickershallhaveaminimumCharpyVNotchtoughnessof27Jat21C,testedin
    thealternatecorelocationasdescribedinASTMA6SupplementaryRequirementS30.Plates50mmthickand
    thickershallhaveaminimumCharpyVNotchtoughnessof27Jat21C,measuredatanylocationpermittedby
    ASTMA673,wheretheplateisusedinthefollowing:
    1. Membersbuiltupfromplate
    2. Connectionplateswhereinelasticstrainunderseismicloadingisexpected
    3. Asthesteelcoreofbucklingrestrainedbraces

    6616 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    TABLE10.20.1:RyandRt ValuesforDifferentMemberTypes

    Application Ry Rt
    Hot-rolled structural shapes and bars:


    ASTM A36/A36M 1.5 1.2

    ASTM A572/572M Grade 42 (290) 1.3 1.1


    ASTM A572/572M Grade 50 (345) or 55 (380), 1.1 1.1


    ASTM A913/A913M Grade 50 (345), 60 (415), or 65 (450),
    ASTM A588/A588M,

    ASTM A992/A992M, A1011 HSLAS Grade 55 (380)

    ASTM A529 Grade 50 (345) 1.2 1.2

    ASTM A529 Grade 55 (380) 1.1 1.2


    Hollow structural sections (HSS):

    ASTM A500 (Grade B or C), ASTM A501 1.4 1.3


    Pipe:

    ASTM A53/A53M 1.6 1.2

    Plates:

    ASTM A36/A36M 1.3 1.2

    ASTM A572/A572M Grade 50 1.1 1.2
    (345), ASTM A588/A588M

    10.20.7 Connections,JointsandFasteners

    10.20.7.1 Scope
    Connections, joints and fasteners that are part of the seismic load resisting system (SLRS) shall comply with
    Section10.10,andwiththeadditionalrequirementsofthisSection.
    ThedesignofconnectionsforamemberthatisapartoftheSLRSshallbeconfigured such that a ductile limit
    state in eithertheconnection or themembercontrolsthedesign.

    10.20.7.2 BoltedJoints
    All bolts shall be pretensioned high strength bolts and shall meet the requirements for slipcritical faying
    surfacesinaccordancewithSection10.10.3.8withaClassAsurface.Boltsshallbeinstalledinstandardholesor
    in shortslotted holes perpendicular to the applied load. For brace diagonals, oversized holes shall be
    permitted when the connection is designed as a slipcritical joint, and the oversized hole is in one ply only.
    Alternative hole types are permitted if determined in a connection prequalification in accordance with
    Appendix 10.A, or ifdeterminedinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.Dor10.E.
    The available shear strength of bolted jointsusing standard holes shallbecalculated as that for bearingtype
    joints in accordance with Sections 10.10.3.7 and 10.10.3.10,except thatthe nominalbearingstrength atbolt
    holesshallnotbetakengreaterthan2.4dtFu.
    Exception:Thefayingsurfacesforendplatemomentconnectionsarepermittedtobecoatedwithcoatingsnot
    testedforslipresistance,orwithcoatingswithaslipcoefficientlessthanthatofaClassAfayingsurface.
    Boltsandweldsshallnotbedesignedtoshareforceinajointorthesameforcecomponentinaconnection.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6617
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.20.7.3 WeldedJoints
    WeldingshallbeperformedinaccordancewithAppendix10.F.Weldingshallbeperformed in accordance with
    a welding procedure specification (WPS) as required in AWS D1.1. The WPS variables shall be within the
    parametersestablishedbythefillermetalmanufacturer.
    GeneralRequirements
    All welds used in members and connections in the SLRS shall be made with a filler metal that can produce
    weldsthathaveaminimumCharpyVNotchtoughnessof27Jatminus18C,asdeterminedbytheappropriate
    AWSA5 classification test method or manufacturer certification. This requirement for notch toughness shall
    also apply in other cases as required in theseProvisions.
    DemandCriticalWelds
    Whereweldsaredesignatedasdemandcritical,theyshallbemadewithafillermetal capable of providing a
    minimum Charpy VNotch (CVN) toughness of 27 J at 29 C as determined by the appropriate AWS
    classification test method or manufacturer certification, and 54 J at 21CasdeterminedbyAppendix10.Gor
    otherapprovedmethod,whenthesteelframeisnormallyenclosedandmaintainedatatemperatureof10Cor
    higher. For structures with service temperatures lower than 10 C, thequalificationtemperatureforAppendix
    10.Gshallbe11Cabovethelowestanticipatedservicetemperature,oratalowertemperature.
    SMAW electrodes classified in AWS A5.1 as E7018 or E7018X, SMAW electrodes classified in AWS A5.5 as
    E7018C3L orE8018C3,andGMAW solidelectrodesareexemptedfromproductionlottestingwhentheCVN
    toughnessoftheelectrodeequalsorexceeds27Jatatemperaturenotexceeding29CasdeterminedbyAWS
    classification test methods. The manufacturers certificate of compliance shall be considered sufficient
    evidenceofmeetingthisrequirement.
    ProtectedZone
    WhereaprotectedzoneisdesignatedbytheseProvisions,itshallcomplywiththefollowing:
    (1) Within the protected zone, discontinuities created by fabrication or erection operations, such as tack
    welds, erection aids, airarc gouging and thermalcuttingshallberepairedasrequiredbytheengineerof
    record.
    (2) Weldedshearstudsanddeckingattachmentsthatpenetratethebeamflangeshall not be placed on
    beam flanges within the protected zone. Decking arc spot welds as required to secure decking shall be
    permitted.
    (3)Welded,bolted,screwedorshotinattachmentsforperimeteredgeangles,exteriorfacades,partitions,
    ductwork,pipingorotherconstructionshallnotbeplacedwithintheprotectedzone.
    Exception:Weldedshearstudsandotherconnectionsshallbepermittedwhendetermined in accordance with
    a connection prequalification in accordance withAppendix10.A,orasdeterminedinaprogramofqualification
    testinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    Outsidetheprotectedzone,calculationsbasedupontheexpectedmomentshallbemadetodemonstratethe
    adequacyofthemembernetsectionwhenconnectorsthatpenetratethememberareused.
    ContinuityPlatesandStiffeners
    Corners of continuity plates and stiffeners placed in the webs of rolled shapes shall be clipped as described
    below.Alongtheweb,theclipshallbedetailedsothattheclipextendsadistanceofatleast38mmbeyondthe
    publishedkdetaildimensionfortherolledshape.Alongtheflange,theclipshallbedetailedsothattheclipdoes
    notexceedadistanceof12mmbeyondthepublishedk1 detaildimension.Theclipshallbedetailedtofacilitate
    suitableweldterminationsfor boththe flange weld and thewebweld.If acurved clip is used, it shallhavea
    minimumradiusof12mm.
    At the end of the weld adjacent to the column web/flange juncture, weld tabsfor continuity plates shall not
    beused,exceptwhenpermittedbytheengineerofrecord.Unlessspecifiedbytheengineerofrecordthatthey
    beremoved,weldtabsshallnotberemovedwhenusedinthislocation.

    10.20.8 Members

    10.20.8.1 Scope
    Members in the seismic load resisting system (SLRS) shall comply with the specifications of Sections 10.1
    through10.11andSection10.20.8.ForcolumnsthatarenotpartoftheSLRS,seeSection10.20.8.4.2.

    6618 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.20.8.2 ClassificationofSectionsforLocalBuckling
    Compact
    WhenrequiredbytheseProvisions,membersoftheSLRSshallhaveflangescontinuouslyconnectedtotheweb
    orwebsandthewidththicknessratiosofitscompressionelementsshallnotexceedthelimitingwidththickness
    ratios,p,fromSpecificationTableB4.1.
    SeismicallyCompact
    WhenrequiredbytheseProvisions,membersoftheSLRSmusthaveflangescontinuouslyconnectedtotheweb
    orwebsandthewidththicknessratiosofitscompressionelementsshallnotexceedthelimitingwidththickness
    ratios,ps,fromProvisionsTable10.2.4.1.
    ColumnStrength
    WhenPu/cPn(LRFD)>0.4orcPa/Pn(ASD)>0.4,asappropriate,withoutconsiderationoftheamplifiedseismic
    load,
    where
    c =0.90(LRFD) c=1.67(ASD)
    Pa =requiredaxialstrengthofacolumnusingASDloadcombinations,N
    Pn =nominalaxialstrengthofacolumn,N
    Pu =requiredaxialstrengthofacolumnusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Thefollowingrequirementsshallbemet:
    The required axial compressive and tensile strength, considered in the absence of any applied moment, shall
    be determined using the load combinationsstipulatedbytheapplicablebuildingcodeincludingtheamplified
    seismicload.
    Therequiredaxialcompressiveandtensilestrengthshallnotexceedeitherofthefollowing:
    (a) The maximum load transferred to the column considering 1.1Ry (LRFD) or (1.1/1.5)Ry (ASD), as
    appropriate,timesthenominalstrengthsoftheconnectingbeamorbraceelementsofthebuilding.
    (b) Thelimitasdeterminedfromtheresistanceofthefoundationtooverturninguplift.

    TABLE10.20.2:LimitingWidthThicknessRatiosforCompressionElements

    Limiting Width- Thickness Ratios


    Width- Thickness
    Description of Element
    Ratio ps
    (seismicallycompact)
    Flexure in flanges of rolled or built-up
    I-shaped sections [a], [c], [e], [g], [h] b/t 0.30(E/Fy)
    Uniform compression in flanges of rolled
    or built-up I-shaped sections [b], [h] 0.30(E/Fy)
    b/t
    Uniform compression in flanges of rolled
    Unstiffened Elements

    or built-up I-shaped sections [d] b/t 0.38(E/Fy)


    Uniform compression in flanges of
    channels, outstanding legs of pairs of
    angles in continuous contact, and braces b/t 0.30(E/Fy)
    [c] [g]
    Uniform compression in flanges of
    H-pile sections b/t 0.45(E/Fy)
    Flat bars [f] b/t 2.5
    Uniform compression in legs of single
    angles, legs of double angle members with 0.30(E/Fy)
    b/t
    separators, or flanges of tees [g]

    Uniform compression in stems of tees [g]


    d/t 0.30(E/Fy)
    Note: See continued Table 10.20.2 for stiffened elements.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6619
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    6620 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    10.20.8.3 ColumnSplices
    General
    The required strength of column splices in the seismic load resistingsystem(SLRS) shall equal the required
    strength of the columns, including that determinedfromSections10.20.8.3,10.20.9.9,10.20.10.9,10.20.11.9,
    10.20.13.5and10.20.16.5.2.
    In addition, welded column splices that are subject to a calculated net tensileload effect determined using
    the load combinations stipulated by the applicable building code including the amplified seismic load, shall
    satisfybothofthefollowingrequirements:
    (1) Theavailablestrengthofpartialjointpenetration(PJP)grooveweldedjoints,ifused,shallbeatleast
    equalto200percentoftherequiredstrength.
    (2) The available strength for each flange splice shall be at leastequalto0.5Ry Fy Af (LRFD) or
    (0.5/1.5)Ry Fy Af (ASD),asappropriate,whereRyFy istheexpectedyieldstressofthecolumnmaterialandAf
    istheflangeareaofthesmallercolumnconnected.
    Beveled transitions are not required when changes in thickness and width of flanges and webs occur in
    column splices where PJP groovewelded jointsareused.
    Column web splices shall be either bolted or welded, or welded to one column and bolted to the other. In
    momentframesusingboltedsplices,platesorchannelsshallbeusedonbothsidesofthecolumnweb.
    The centerline of column splices made with fillet welds or partialjointpenetration groove welds shall be
    located1.2mormoreawayfromthebeamtocolumn connections. When the column clear height between
    beamtocolumnconnectionsislessthan2.4m,splicesshallbeathalftheclearheight.
    ColumnsNotPartoftheSeismicLoadResistingSystem
    SplicesofcolumnsthatarenotapartoftheSLRSshallsatisfythefollowing:
    (1) Splices shall be located 1.2m or more away from the beamtocolumn connections. When the
    columnclearheightbetweenbeamtocolumn connections is less than 2.4m, splices shall be at half the
    clearheight.
    (2)The required shear strength of column splices with respect to bothorthogonalaxesofthecolumn
    shall be Mpc /H (LRFD) or Mpc /1.5H (ASD), as appropriate, where Mpc is the lesser nominal plastic flexural
    strengthofthecolumnsectionsforthedirectioninquestion,andHisthestoryheight.

    10.20.8.4 ColumnBases
    The required strength of column bases shall be calculated in accordance with Sections 1 0 . 2 0 . 8.5.1,
    1 0 . 2 0 . 8.5.2, and 1 0 . 2 0 . 8.5.3. The available strength of anchor rods shall be determined in accordance
    withSpecificationSection10.10.3.
    The available strength of concrete elements at the column base, including anchor rod embedment and
    reinforcing steel, shall be in accordancewith AppendixDofChapter6ofPart6ofthiscode.
    Exception:ThespecialrequirementsinAppendixDofChapter6ofPart6ofthiscode,forregionsofmoderate
    or high seismic risk, or for structures assigned to intermediate or high seismic performance or design
    categoriesneednotbeapplied.
    RequiredAxialStrength
    The required axial strength of column bases, including their attachment to the foundation, shall be the
    summation of the vertical components of the requiredstrengthsofthesteelelementsthatareconnectedto
    thecolumnbase.
    RequiredShearStrength
    The required shear strength of column bases, including their attachments to the foundations, shall be the
    summationofthehorizontalcomponentoftherequiredstrengthsofthesteelelementsthatareconnected
    tothecolumnbaseasfollows:
    (1) For diagonal bracing, the horizontal component shall be determined from the required strength o f
    bracingconnectionsfortheseismicloadresistingsystem(SLRS).
    (2)Forcolumns,thehorizontalcomponentshallbeatleastequaltothelesserofthefollowing:
    (a) 2Ry Fy Zx /H(LRFD)or(2/1.5)Ry Fy Zx /H(ASD),asappropriate,ofthecolumn

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6621
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where
    H =height of story, which may be taken as the distance betweenthecenterlineoffloorframingat
    eachofthelevelsaboveandbelow,orthedistancebetweenthetopoffloorslabsateachofthelevels
    aboveandbelow,mm.
    (b) The shear calculated using the load combinations of theapplicablebuildingcode,includingthe
    amplifiedseismicload.
    RequiredFlexuralStrength
    Therequired flexural strength of column bases, including theirattachmentto the foundation, shall be the
    summationoftherequiredstrengthsofthesteelelementsthatareconnectedtothecolumnbaseasfollows:
    (1) For diagonal bracing, the required flexural strength shall be at least equal to the required strength of bracing
    connectionsfortheSLRS.
    (2)For columns, the required flexural strength shall be at least equal tothelesserofthefollowing:
    (a)1.1Ry Fy Z (LRFD) or (1.1/1.5)Ry Fy Z (ASD), as appropriate, ofthecolumnor
    (b) the moment calculated using the load combinations of the applicable building code, including the
    amplifiedseismicload.

    10.20.8.5 HPiles
    DesignofHPiles
    DesignofHpilesshallcomplywiththeprovisionsoftheSpecificationregarding design of members subjected
    to combined loads. Hpilesshall meet therequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    BatteredHPiles
    Ifbattered(sloped)andverticalpilesareusedinapilegroup,thevertical pilesshall be designed to support
    the combined effects of the dead andlive loadswithouttheparticipationofthebatteredpiles.
    TensioninHPiles
    Tension in each pile shall be transferred to the pile cap by mechanical meanssuch as shear keys, reinforcing
    barsorstudsweldedtotheembeddedportionofthepile.Directlybelowthebottomofthepilecap,eachpile
    shallbefreeofattachmentsandweldsforalengthatleastequaltothedepthofthepilecrosssection.

    10.20.9 SpecialMomentFrames(SMF)

    10.20.9.1 Scope
    Specialmomentframes(SMF)areexpectedtowithstandsignificantinelasticdeformationswhensubjectedtothe
    forcesresultingfromthemotionsofthedesignearthquake.SMFshallsatisfytherequirementsinthisSection.

    10.20.9.2 BeamtoColumnConnections
    Requirements
    Beamtocolumn connections used in the seismic load resisting system (SLRS) shall satisfy the following three
    requirements:
    (1)Theconnectionshallbecapableofsustaininganinterstorydriftangleofatleast0.04radians.
    (2) The measured flexural resistance of the connection, determined at the column face, shall equal at least
    0.80Mp oftheconnectedbeamataninterstorydriftangleof0.04radians.
    (3) The required shear strength of the connection shall be determined using the following quantity for the
    earthquakeloadeffectE:
    E 2 1.1RyMp /Lh 10.20.9.1

    where
    Ry = ratiooftheexpectedyieldstresstothespecifiedminimumyieldstress,Fy
    Mp= nominalplasticflexuralstrength,(Nmm)
    Lh = distancebetweenplastichingelocations,(mm)

    6622 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    WhenEasdefinedinEquation10.20.9.1isusedinASDloadcombinationsthatareadditivewithothertransient
    loadsand that arebased on Chapter2(ofPart6), the0.75combinationfactorfortransientloadsshallnotbe
    appliedtoE.
    Connections that accommodate the required interstory drift angle within the connection elements and
    provide the measured flexural resistanceandshearstrengths specified above are permitted. In addition to
    satisfying the requirements noted above, the design shall demonstrate that any additional drift due to
    connectiondeformationcanbeaccommodatedbythestructure.Thedesignshall include analysisforstability
    effectsoftheoverallframe,includingsecondordereffects.

    ConformanceDemonstration
    BeamtocolumnconnectionsusedintheSLRSshallsatisfytherequirementsof Section 10.20.9.2.1byoneofthe
    following:
    (a)UseofSMFconnectionsdesignedinaccordancewithANSI/AISC358.
    (b) UseofaconnectionprequalifiedforSMFinaccordancewithAppendix10.A.
    (c)ProvisionofqualifyingcyclictestresultsinaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    Results of at least two cyclic connection tests shall be provided andarepermittedtobebasedononeof
    thefollowing:
    (i) Testsreportedintheresearchliteratureordocumentedtestsperformedforotherprojects
    thatrepresenttheprojectconditions,withinthelimitsspecifiedinAppendix10.D.
    (ii) Tests that are conducted specifically for the project and are representative of project
    member sizes, material strengths, connection configurations, and matching connection
    processes,withinthelimitsspecifiedinAppendix10.D.

    Welds
    Unless otherwise designated by ANSI/AISC 358, or otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in
    accordance with Appendix 10.A, or as determined in a program of qualification testing in accordance with
    Appendix 10.D, completejointpenetration groove welds of beam flanges, shear plates, and beam webs to
    columnsshallbedemandcriticalweldsasdescribedinSection10.20.7.3.2.

    ProtectedZones
    Theregionateachendofthebeamsubjecttoinelasticstrainingshallbedesignated as a protected zone, and
    shallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.7.4.Theextent of the protected zone shall be as designated in
    ANSI/AISC 358, or asotherwisedeterminedinaconnectionprequalificationinaccordancewithAppendix10.A,
    orasdeterminedinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.

    10.20.9.3 PanelZoneofBeamtoColumnConnections(beamwebparalleltocolumnweb)
    ShearStrength
    The required thickness of the panel zone shall be determined in accordance with the method used in
    proportioning the panel zone of the tested or prequalified connection. As a minimum, the required shear
    strength of the panel zone shallbe determined from the summation of the moments at the column faces as
    determined by projecting the expected moments at the plastic hinge points to the column faces. The design
    shearstrengthshallbevRvandtheallowableshearstrengthshallbeRv/vwhere
    v=1.0(LRFD) v=1.50(ASD)

    and the nominal shear strength, Rv, according to the limit state of shear yielding, is determined as specified in
    SpecificationSection10.10.10.6.
    PanelZoneThickness
    The individual thicknesses, t, of column webs and doubler plates, if used, shall conform to the following
    requirement:
    t dz wz /90 10.20.9.2
    where
    t =thicknessofcolumnwebordoublerplate,mm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6623
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    dz =panelzonedepthbetweencontinuityplates,mm
    wz =panelzonewidthbetweencolumnflanges,mm
    Alternatively,whenlocalbucklingofthecolumnwebanddoublerplateispreventedbyusingplugweldsjoining
    them,thetotalpanelzonethicknessshallsatisfyEquation10.20.9.2.
    PanelZoneDoublerPlates
    Doublerplatesshallbeweldedtothecolumnflangesusingeithera completejointpenetrationgroovewelded
    orfilletweldedjointthatdevelopstheavailableshearstrengthofthefulldoublerplatethickness.Whendoubler
    platesareplacedagainstthecolumnweb,theyshallbeweldedacrossthetopandbottomedgestodevelopthe
    proportion of the total force that is transmitted to the doubler plate. When doubler plates are placed away
    fromthecolumnweb,theyshallbeplacedsymmetricallyinpairsandweldedtocontinuityplatestodevelopthe
    proportionofthetotalforcethatistransmittedtothedoublerplate.
    BeamandColumnLimitations
    TherequirementsofSection10.20.8.1shallbesatisfied,inadditiontothefollowing.
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    BeamandcolumnmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2,unlessotherwisequalifiedby
    tests.
    BeamFlanges
    Abruptchangesinbeamflangeareaarenotpermittedinplastichinge regions.The drilling of flange holes or
    trimming of beam flange width is permitted if testing or qualification demonstrates that the resulting
    configuration can develop stable plastic hinges. The configuration shall be consistent with a prequalified
    connection designated in ANSI/AISC 358, or as otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in
    accordancewithAppendix10.A,orinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    ContinuityPlates
    Continuity plates shall be consistent with the prequalified connection designated in ANSI/AISC 358, or as
    otherwisedeterminedinaconnectionprequalificationinaccordancewithAppendix10.A,orasdeterminedina
    programofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    ColumnBeamMomentRatio
    The following relationship shall be satisfied at beam-to-column connections:

    M pc* > 1.0 10.20.9.3


    M pb*
    Mpc* =thesumofthemomentsinthecolumnaboveandbelowthejointattheintersectionofthebeamand
    columncenterlines. Mpc
    *
    isdeterminedbysummingtheprojectionsofthenominalflexuralstrengthsofthe
    columns(includinghauncheswhereused)aboveandbelowthejointtothebeamcenterlinewithareductionfor
    theaxialforceinthecolumn.Itispermittedtotake M pc
    *
    =Zc(Fyc Puc /Ag)(LRFD)orZc[(Fyc/1.5) Pac/Ag]
    (ASD),asappropriate.Whenthecenterlinesofopposingbeamsinthesamejointdonotcoincide,themidline
    betweencenterlinesshallbeused.
    Mpb* =thesumofthemomentsinthebeamsattheintersectionofthebeamandcolumncenterlines. Mpb*
    isdeterminedbysummingtheprojectionsoftheexpectedflexuralstrengthsofthebeamsattheplastichinge
    locations to the column centerline. It is permitted to take Mpb
    *
    = (1.1RyFybZb + Muv) (LRFD) or
    [(1.1/1.5)RyFybZb + Mav] (ASD), as appropriate. Alternatively, it is permitted to determine Mpb* consistent
    with a prequalified connection design as designated in ANSI/AISC 358, or as otherwise determined in a
    connection prequalification in accordance with Appendix 10.A, or in a program of qualification testing in
    accordancewithAppendix10.D.Whenconnectionswithreducedbeamsectionsareused,itispermittedtotake
    Mpb* =(1.1RyFybZRBS+Muv)(LRFD)or[(1.1/1.5)RyFybZRBS+Mav](ASD),asappropriate.
    Ag =grossareaofcolumn,mm
    Fyc =specifiedminimumyieldstressofcolumn,MPa
    Mav =theadditionalmomentduetoshearamplificationfromthelocationoftheplastichingetothecolumn
    centerline,basedonASDloadcombinations,Nmm.

    6624 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Muv =theadditionalmomentduetoshearamplificationfromthelocationoftheplastichingetothecolumn
    centerline,basedonLRFDloadcombinations,Nmm
    Pac=requiredcompressivestrengthusingASDloadcombinations,(positivenumber)N.
    Puc=requiredcompressivestrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,(positivenumber)N
    Zb =plasticsectionmodulusofthebeam,mm3
    Zc =plasticsectionmodulusofthecolumn,mm3
    ZRBS =minimumplasticsectionmodulusatthereducedbeamsection,mm3
    Exception:Thisrequirementdoesnotapplyifeitherofthefollowingtwoconditionsissatisfied:
    (a) Columns with Prc < 0.3Pc for all load combinations other thanthose determined using the amplified
    seismic load that satisfy either of thefollowing:
    (i)Columnsusedinaonestorybuildingorthetopstoryofamultistorybuilding.
    (ii) Columns where: (1) the sum of the available shear strengths ofallexempted columns in the story is
    less than 20 percent of the sum of the available shear strengths of all moment frame columns in the story
    acting in the same direction; and (2) the sum of theavailable shearstrengthsofallexemptedcolumnson
    eachmomentframecolumnlinewithinthatstoryislessthan33percentoftheavailableshearstrengthofall
    moment frame columns on that column line. For the purpose ofthis exception, a column line is defined as a
    single line of columns or parallel lines of columns located within 10 percent of the plan dimension
    perpendiculartothelineofcolumns.
    where
    FordesignaccordingtoSpecificationSection10.2.3.3(LRFD),
    Pc =Fyc Ag,N
    Prc = Puc,requiredcompressivestrength,usingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    FordesignaccordingtoSpecificationSection10.2.3.4(ASD),
    Pc =Fyc Ag /1.5,N
    Prc =Pac,requiredcompressivestrength,usingASDloadcombinations,N
    (b)Columnsinanystorythathasaratioofavailableshearstrengthtorequiredshearstrengththatis50percent
    greaterthanthestoryabove.

    10.20.9.4 LateralBracingatBeamtoColumnConnections
    BracedConnections
    Column flanges at beamtocolumn connections require lateral bracing only atthe level of the top flanges of
    the beams, when the webs of the beams and columnarecoplanar,andacolumnisshowntoremainelastic
    outside of the panel zone. It shall be permitted to assume that the column remains elastic when the ratio
    calculatedusingEquation10.20.9.3isgreaterthan2.0.
    Whenacolumncannotbeshowntoremainelasticoutsideofthepanelzone,thefollowingrequirementsshall
    apply:
    The column flanges shall be laterally braced at the levels of both the top and bottom beam flanges. Lateral
    bracingshallbeeitherdirectorindirect.
    Eachcolumnflangelateralbraceshallbedesignedforarequired strengththat is equal to 2 percent of the
    available beam flangestrength Fy bf tbf(LRFD)orFy bf tbf /1.5(ASD),asappropriate.
    UnbracedConnections
    Acolumncontainingabeamtocolumnconnectionwithnolateralbracingtransversetotheseismicframeatthe
    connection shall be designed using the distance between adjacent lateral braces as the column height for
    bucklingtransversetotheseismicframeandshallconformtoSpecificationSection10.8,exceptthat:
    (1) Therequiredcolumnstrengthshallbedeterminedfromtheappropriateloadcombinations,exceptthatE
    shallbetakenasthelesserof:
    (a) Theamplifiedseismicload.
    (b) 125percentoftheframeavailablestrengthbaseduponeitherthebeamavailableflexuralstrengthorpanel
    zoneavailableshearstrength.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6625
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (2)TheslendernessL/rforthecolumnshallnotexceed60.
    Thecolumnrequiredflexuralstrengthtransversetotheseismicframeshallinclude that moment caused by the
    application of the beam flange force specified in Section 10.20.9.7.1.(2) in addition to the secondorder
    momentduetotheresultingcolumnflangedisplacement.
    LateralBracingofBeams
    Both flanges of beams shall be laterally braced, with a maximum spacing of Lb =0.086ry E/Fy.Bracesshall
    meettheprovisionsofEquations10.19.3.3and10.19.3.4ofSection10.19,whereMr =Mu =Ry ZFy(LRFD)orMr
    =Ma=Ry ZFy /1.5(ASD),asappropriate,ofthebeamandCd =1.0.
    In addition, lateral braces shall be placed near concentrated forces, changes in crosssection, and other
    locationswhereanalysisindicatesthataplastichingewill form during inelastic deformations of the SMF. The
    placement of lateral bracing shall be consistent with that documented for a prequalified connection
    designated inANSI/AISC 358, or as otherwise determined in a connectionprequalificationinaccordancewith
    Appendix10.A,orinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    TherequiredstrengthoflateralbracingprovidedadjacenttoplastichingesshallbePu =0.06Mu /ho (LRFD)orPa
    = 0.06Ma /ho (ASD), as appropriate, where ho is the distance between flange centroids; and the required
    stiffnessshallmeettheprovisionsofEquation10.19.3.4ofSection10.19.
    ColumnSplices
    Column splices shall comply with the requirements of Section 1 0 . 2 0 . 8.4.1.Wheregrooveweldsareused
    to make the splice, they shall be completejointpenetration groove welds that meet the requirements of
    Section10.20.7.3.2.Weldtabsshallberemoved.Whencolumnsplicesarenotmadewithgroovewelds,they
    shallhavearequiredflexuralstrengththatisatleastequaltoRy Fy Zx (LRFD)orRy Fy Zx /1.5(ASD),asappropriate,of
    thesmallercolumn.TherequiredshearstrengthofcolumnwebsplicesshallbeatleastequaltoMpc/H(LRFD)
    or Mpc /1.5H (ASD), as appropriate, where Mpc is the sum of the nominal plastic flexural strengths of the
    columnsaboveandbelowthesplice.
    Exception:Therequired strength of the column spliceconsidering appropriatestress concentration factors or
    fracturemechanicsstressintensityfactorsneednotexceedthatdeterminedbyinelasticanalyses.

    10.20.10 IntermediateMomentFrames(IMF)

    10.20.10.1 Scope
    Intermediatemomentframes(IMF)areexpectedtowithstandlimited inelasticdeformations in their members
    and connections when subjected to the forcesresultingfromthemotionsofthedesignearthquake.IMFshall
    meettherequirementsinthisSection.

    10.20.10.2 BeamtoColumnConnections
    Requirements
    Beamtocolumnconnectionsusedintheseismicloadresistingsystem (SLRS)shallsatisfytherequirementsof
    Section10.20.9.2.1,withthefollowingexceptions:
    (1)Therequiredinterstorydriftangleshallbeaminimumof0.02radian.
    (2)TherequiredstrengthinshearshallbedeterminedasspecifiedinSection10.20.9.2.1, except that a lesser
    value of Vu or Va, as appropriate, is permitted if justified by analysis.The required shear strength need not
    exceed the shear resulting from the application of appropriate load combinations using the amplified
    seismicload.
    ConformanceDemonstration
    ConformancedemonstrationshallbeasdescribedinSection10.20.9.2.2tosatisfytherequirementsofSection
    10.20.10.2.1 for IMF, except that a connection prequalified for IMF in accordance with ANSI/AISC 358, or as
    otherwisedeterminedinaconnection prequalification in accordance withAppendix 10.A, or as determined in
    aprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    Welds
    Unless otherwise designated by ANSI/AISC 358, or otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in
    accordance with Appendix 10.A, or as determined in a program of qualification testing in accordance with

    6626 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Appendix 10.D, complete joint penetration groove welds of beam flanges, shear plates, and beam webs to
    columnsshallbedemandcriticalweldsasdescribedinSection10.20.7.3.2.
    ProtectedZone
    Theregionateachendofthebeamsubjecttoinelasticstrainingshallbetreatedasaprotectedzone,andshall
    meet the requirements of Section 10.20.7.4. The extent of the protected zone shall be as designated in
    ANSI/AISC 358, or as other wise determined in a connection prequalification in accordance with Appendix
    10.A,orasdeterminedinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    PanelZoneofBeamtoColumnConnections(beamwebparalleltocolumnweb)
    NoadditionalrequirementsbeyondtheSpecification.
    BeamandColumnLimitations
    TherequirementsofSection10.20.8.1shallbesatisfied,inadditiontothefollowing.
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    BeamandcolumnmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.1,unlessotherwisequalifiedby
    tests.
    BeamFlanges
    Abrupt changes in beam flange area are not permitted in plastic hinge regions. Drilling of flange holes or
    trimming of beam flange width is permitted if testing or qualification demonstrates that the resulting
    configuration can develop stable plastic hinges. The configuration shall be consistent with a prequalified
    connection designated in ANSI/AISC 358, or as otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in accordance
    with Appendix 10.A, or in a program of qualification testing in accordance with Appendix 10.D.
    ContinuityPlates
    Continuityplatesshallbeprovidedtobeconsistentwiththeprequalifiedconnections designatedinANSI/AISC
    358, or as otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in accordance with Appendix 10.A, or as
    determinedinaprogramofqualificationtestinginaccordancewithAppendix10.D.
    ColumnBeamMomentRatio
    NoadditionalrequirementsbeyondtheSpecification.
    LateralBracingatBeamtoColumnConnections
    NoadditionalrequirementsbeyondtheSpecification.
    LateralBracingofBeams
    Bothflangesshallbelaterallybraceddirectlyorindirectly.Theunbracedlengthbetweenlateralbracesshallnot
    exceed 0.17ry E/Fy. Braces shall meet the provisions of Equations 10.19.3.3 and 10.19.3.4 of Section 10.19,
    whereMr =Mu =Ry ZFy (LRFD)orMr =Ma =Ry ZFy /1.5(ASD),asappropriate,ofthebeam,andCd =1.0.
    In addition, lateral braces shall be placed near concentrated loads, changes in crosssection and other
    locations where analysis indicates that a plastic hinge will form during inelastic deformations of the IMF.
    Where the design is baseduponassembliestestedinaccordancewithAppendix10.D,theplacementoflateral
    bracing for the beams shall be consistent with that used in the tests or as required for prequalification in
    Appendix10.A.TherequiredstrengthoflateralbracingprovidedadjacenttoplastichingesshallbePu =0.06Mu
    /ho (LRFD)orPa =0.06Ma /ho (ASD),asappropriate,whereho =distancebetweenflangecentroids;andthe
    requiredstiffnessshallmeettheprovisionsofEquation10.19.3.4ofSection10.19.
    ColumnSplices
    Column splices shall comply with the requirements of Section10.20.8.4.1.Wheregrooveweldsareusedto
    makethesplice,theyshallbecompletejointpenetrationgrooveweldsthatmeettherequirementsofSection
    10.20.7.3.2.

    10.20.11 OrdinaryMomentFrames(OMF)

    10.20.11.1 Scope
    Ordinary moment frames (OMF) are expected to withstand minimalinelasticdeformations in their members
    and connections when subjected to the forcesresulting from the motions of the design earthquake.OMF
    shall meet the requirements of this Section. Connections in conformance with Sections 10 . 20 . 9.2.1 and

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6627
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.20.9.5 or Sections 10.20.10.2.1 and 10.20.10.5 shall be permitted for use in OMF withoutmeetingthe
    requirementsofSections10.20.11.2.1,10.20.11.2.3,and10.20.11.5

    10.20.11.2 BeamtoColumnConnections
    Beamtocolumn connections shall be made with welds and/or highstrength bolts. Connections are
    permittedtobefullyrestrained(FR)orpartiallyrestrained(PR)momentconnectionsasfollows.
    RequirementsforFRMomentConnections
    FRmomentconnectionsthatarepartoftheseismicloadresistingsystem(SLRS)shallbedesignedforarequired
    flexuralstrengththatisequalto1.1RyMp (LRFD)or(1.1/1.5)Ry Mp (ASD),asappropriate,ofthebeamorgirder,or
    themaximummomentthatcanbedevelopedbythesystem,whicheverisless.
    FRconnectionsshallmeetthefollowingrequirements.
    (1) Where steel backing is used in connections with completejointpenetration (CJP) beam flange groove
    welds, steel backing and tabs shall be removed, except that topflange backing attached to the column by a
    continuousfilletweldontheedgebelowtheCJPgrooveweldneednotberemoved.Removalofsteelbackingand
    tabsshallbeasfollows:
    (i) Following the removal of backing, the root pass shall be backgouged to sound weld metal and
    backweldedwithareinforcingfillet.Thereinforcingfilletshallhaveaminimumlegsizeof8mm.
    (ii)Weldtabremovalshallextendtowithin3mmofthebasemetalsurface,exceptatcontinuityplateswhere
    removaltowithin6mmoftheplateedgeisacceptable.Edgesoftheweldtabshallbefinishedtoasurface
    roughnessvalueof13morbetter.Grindingtoaflushconditionisnotrequired.Gougesandnotchesare
    notpermitted.Thetransitionalslopeofanyareawheregougesandnotcheshavebeenremovedshallnot
    exceed 1:5. Material removed by grinding that extends more than 2 mm below the surface of the base
    metalshallbefilledwithweldmetal.Thecontouroftheweldattheendsshallprovideasmoothtransition,
    freeofnotchesandsharpcorners.
    (2)Whereweldaccessholesareprovided,theyshallbeasshowninFigure10.20.11.1.Theweldaccesshole
    shallhaveasurfaceroughnessvaluenottoexceed13m,andshallbefreeofnotchesandgouges.Notchesand
    gougesshallberepairedasrequiredbytheengineerofrecord.Weldaccessholesareprohibitedinthebeam
    webadjacenttotheendplateinboltedmomentendplateconnections.
    (3)The required strength of doublesided partialjointpenetration groovewelds and doublesided fillet
    welds that resist tensile forces in connections shall be 1.1Ry Fy Ag (LRFD) or (1.1/1.5)Ry Fy Ag (ASD), as
    appropriate,oftheconnectedelementorpart.Singlesidedpartialjointpenetration grooveweldsand
    singlesidedfilletweldsshallnotbeusedtoresisttensileforcesintheconnections.
    (4)ForFRmomentconnections,therequiredshearstrength,Vu orVa,asappropriate,oftheconnectionshallbe
    determinedusingthefollowingquantityfortheearthquakeloadeffectE:
    E 2 1.1Ry Mp /Lh 10.20.11.1

    WherethisEisusedinASDloadcombinationsthatareadditivewithothertransient loads and that are based


    onChapter2(ofPart6),the 0.75combinationfactorfortransientloadsshallnotbeappliedtoE.
    Alternatively,alesservalueofVu orVa ispermittedifjustifiedbyanalysis.Therequiredshearstrengthneednot
    exceedtheshearresultingfromtheapplicationofappropriateloadcombinationsintheapplicablebuildingcode
    usingtheamplifiedseismicload
    RequirementsforPRMomentConnections
    PRmomentconnectionsarepermittedwhenthefollowingrequirementsaremet:
    (1)SuchconnectionsshallbedesignedfortherequiredstrengthasspecifiedinSection10.20.11.2.1above.
    (2)Thenominalflexuralstrengthoftheconnection,Mn,shallbenolessthan50percentofMp oftheconnected
    beamorcolumn,whicheverisless.
    (3)ThestiffnessandstrengthofthePRmomentconnectionsshallbe consideredinthedesign,includingthe
    effectonoverallframestability.
    (4) For PR moment connections, Vu or Va, as appropriate, shall be determined from the load combination
    aboveplustheshearresultingfromthemaximumendmomentthattheconnectioniscapableofresisting.

    6628 Vol.2
    SteelStructu
    ures C
    Chapter10

    Fig.10.20.111.1.Weldaccesssholedetail(FEMA350)

    Notes:1.Bevelasrequireedforselectedggrooveweld.
    2.Largeroftbf or13mm(plustbf,orminustbf)
    3.tbf totbf
    b ,19mmminim
    mum(6mm)
    4.10mmm
    minimumradius((plusnotlimited,minus0)
    5.3tbf (13
    3mm)
    Tolerancessshallnotaccum
    mulatetotheexttentthatthean
    ngleoftheaccesssholecuttoth
    heflangesurfacceexceeds25.
    Welds
    Completejointpenetraation groove welds
    w of beam
    m flanges, she
    ear plates, and beam webss to columns shall be
    demandcrriticalweldsasdescribedin
    nSection10.200.7.3.2.
    PanelZoneeofBeamtoColumnConn
    nections(beam
    mwebparallelltocolumnweeb)
    Noadditio
    onalrequirementsbeyondttheSpecificatiion.
    Beamand
    dColumnLimiitations
    Norequire
    ementsbeyon
    ndSection10.20.8.1.
    ContinuityyPlates
    When FR moment con nnections aree made by mmeans of weld ds of beam fflanges or beamflange connection
    plates directly to column flanges, continuity plaates shall be provided in accordance
    a with Section J1
    10 of the
    Specificatiion.Continuityyplatesshallaalsoberequiredwhen:
    tcf<0.54(bftbfFyb/Fyc)1/2
    orwhen,
    tcf<bf/6
    d,thethicknessoftheplateesshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Wherecontinuityplatesarerequired
    For onesiided connectiions, continuity plate thickkness shall bee at least oneehalfofthe thickness
    t of th
    hebeam
    flange.
    Fortwosiidedconnectionsthecontinuityplatessshallbeatleaastequalinth
    hicknesstothethickerofthebeam
    flanges.
    The weldeed joints of th nges shall be made with either
    he continuity plates to thee column flan e compleetejoint
    penetratioon groove weelds, twoside edpartialjointpenetration groove welds combined with reinforccing fillet
    welds, or twosidedfillet welds. The required sttrength of theese jointsshall not be le
    ess than thea
    available
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    strengthofthecontactareaoftheplatewiththecolumnflange.Therequiredstrengthoftheweldedjointsof
    thecontinuityplatestothecolumnwebshallbetheleastofthefollowing:
    Thesumoftheavailablestrengthsattheconnectionsofthecontinuityplatetothecolumnflanges.
    Theavailableshearstrengthofthecontactareaoftheplatewiththecolumnweb.
    Theweldavailablestrengththatdevelopstheavailableshearstrengthofthecolumnpanelzone.
    Theactualforcetransmittedbythestiffener.
    ColumnBeamMomentRatio
    Norequirements.
    LateralBracingatBeamtoColumnConnections
    NoadditionalrequirementsbeyondtheSpecification.
    LateralBracingofBeams
    NoadditionalrequirementsbeyondtheSpecification.
    ColumnSplices
    ColumnsplicesshallcomplywiththerequirementsofSection10.20.8.4.1.

    10.20.12 SpecialTrussMomentFrames(STMF)
    10.20.12.1 Scope
    Special truss moment frames (STMF) are expected to withstand significant inelastic deformation within a
    specially designed segment of the truss when subjected to the forces from the motions of the design
    earthquake.STMFshallbelimitedtospanlengthsbetweencolumnsnottoexceed20mandoveralldepthnot
    toexceed1.8m.Thecolumnsandtrusssegmentsoutsideofthespecialsegmentsshallbedesignedtoremain
    elasticundertheforcesthatcanbegeneratedbythefullyyieldedandstrainhardenedspecialsegment.STMF
    shallmeettherequirementsinthisSection.

    10.20.12.2 SpecialSegment
    Eachhorizontaltrussthatispartoftheseismicloadresistingsystem(SLRS)shallhave a special segment thatis
    located between the quarter points of the span of the truss. The length of the special segment shall be
    between0.1and0.5timesthetrussspanlength.Thelengthtodepthratioofanypanelinthespecialsegment
    shallneitherexceed1.5norbelessthan0.67.
    Panels within a special segment shall either be all Vierendeel panels or all Xbraced panels; neither a
    combinationthereofnortheuseofothertrussdiagonalconfigurations is permitted.Where diagonal members
    are usedin the specialsegment,theyshallbearrangedinanXpatternseparatedbyverticalmembers.Such
    diagonal members shall be interconnected at points where they cross. The interconnection shall have a
    required strength equal to 0.25 times the nominal tensile strength of the diagonal member. Bolted
    connections shall not be usedforwebmemberswithinthespecialsegment.Diagonalwebmemberswithinthe
    specialsegmentshallbemadeofflatbarsofidenticalsections.
    Splicingofchordmembersisnotpermittedwithinthespecialsegment,norwithinonehalfthepanellengthfrom
    the ends of the special segment. The required axial strength of the diagonal web members in the special
    segment due to dead and live loads within the special segment shall not exceed 0.03FyAg (LRFD) or
    (0.03/1.5)FyAg(ASD),asappropriate.
    The special segment shall be a protected zone meeting therequirementsofSection 10.20.7.4.
    StrengthofSpecialSegmentMembers
    The available shear strength of the special segment shall be calculated as the sum of the available shear
    strengthofthechordmembersthroughflexure,andtheshearstrengthcorrespondingtotheavailabletensile
    strengthand0.3timestheavailablecompressivestrengthofthediagonalmembers,whentheyareused.Thetop
    andbottomchordmembersinthespecialsegmentshallbemadeofidenticalsectionsandshallprovideatleast
    25 percent of the required vertical shear strength. The required axial strength in the chord members,
    determined according to the limit state of tensile yielding, shall not exceed 0.45 times Pn (LRFD) or Pn /
    (ASD),asappropriate,
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    where,

    6630 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Pn=FyAg
    The endconnectionofdiagonal webmembers in the specialsegment shall havearequiredstrengththatisat
    leastequaltotheexpectedyieldstrength,intension,ofthewebmember,Ry Fy Ag (LRFD)orRy Fy Ag/1.5(ASD),as
    appropriate.
    StrengthofNonSpecialSegmentMembers
    MembersandconnectionsofSTMF,exceptthoseinthespecialsegmentspecified in Section 1 0 . 2 0 . 12.2, shall
    have a required strength based on theappropriateloadcombinationsintheapplicablebuildingcode,replacing
    theearthquakeloadterm Ewiththe lateral loads necessary to developthe expectedverticalshearstrengthof
    thespecialsegmentVne (LRFD)orVne/1.5(ASD),asappropriate,atmidlength,givenas:
    3.75 R y M nc L Ls
    Vne = + 0.075 EI + R y ( Pnt + 0.3Pnc ) sin
    Ls L3s 10.20.12.1
    where
    Mnc=nominalflexuralstrengthofachordmemberofthespecialsegment,Nmm
    EI=flexuralelasticstiffnessofachordmemberofthespecialsegment,Nmm2
    L=spanlengthofthetruss,mm
    Ls=lengthofthespecialsegment,mm
    Pnt =nominal tensile strength ofa diagonalmember of thespecialsegment,N
    Pnc=nominalcompressivestrengthofadiagonalmemberofthespecialsegment,N
    =angleofdiagonalmemberswiththehorizontal
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    Chord members and diagonal web members within the special segment shall meet the requirements of
    Section10.20.8.2.2.
    LateralBracing
    The topandbottomchordsofthetrussesshallbelaterallybracedattheendsofthespecialsegment,andat
    intervals not to exceed Lp according to Specification Section 10.6 along the entire length of the truss. The
    required strength ofeachlateralbraceattheendsofandwithinthespecialsegmentshallbe
    Pu =0.06Ry Pnc (LRFD)or
    Pa =(0.06/1.5)Ry Pnc (ASD),asappropriate,
    where Pnc is the nominal compressive strength of the special segment chord member. Lateral braces
    outsideofthespecialsegmentshallhavearequiredstrengthof
    Pu =0.02Ry Pnc (LRFD)or
    Pa =(0.02/1.5)Ry Pnc (ASD),asappropriate.
    The required brace stiffness shall meet the provisions of Equation 10.19.2.4ofSection 10.19, where
    Pr=Pu =Ry Pnc (LRFD)or
    Pr=Pa =Ry Pnc /1.5(ASD),asappropriate.

    10.20.13 SpecialConcentricallyBracedFrames(SCBF)

    10.20.13.1 Scope
    Specialconcentricallybracedframes(SCBF)areexpectedtowithstandsignificant inelastic deformations when
    subjected to the forces resulting from the motions of the design earthquake. SCBF shall meet the
    requirements in thisSection.

    10.20.13.2 MembersSlenderness
    BracingmembersshallhaveKl/r4(E/Fy).
    Exception: Braces with 4(E/Fy) < Kl/r 200 are permitted in frames in which the available strength of the
    column is at least equal to the maximum load transferred to the column considering Ry (LRFD) or (1/1.5)Ry
    (ASD), as appropriate, times the nominal strengths of the connecting brace elements of the building. Column

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6631
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    forces need not exceed those determined by inelastic analysis, nor the maximum load effects that can be
    developedbythesystem.
    RequiredStrength
    Wheretheeffectivenetareaofbracingmembersislessthanthegrossarea,therequiredtensilestrengthofthe
    bracebaseduponthelimitstateoffractureinthenetsectionshallbegreaterthanthelesserofthefollowing:
    (a)Theexpectedyieldstrength,intension,ofthebracingmember,determinedasRy Fy Ag (LRFD)orRy Fy Ag /1.5
    (ASD),asappropriate.
    (b)Themaximumloadeffect,indicatedbyanalysisthatcanbetransferredtothebracebythesystem.
    LateralForceDistribution
    Alonganylineofbracing,bracesshallbedeployedinalternatedirectionssuchthat,foreitherdirectionofforce
    paralleltothebracing,atleast30percentbutnomorethan70percentofthetotalhorizontalforcealongthat
    lineisresistedbybraces in tension, unless the available strength of each brace in compression islarger than
    the required strength resulting from the application of the appropriate load combinations stipulated by the
    applicable building code including the amplified seismic load. For the purposes of this provision, a line of
    bracing is defined as a single line or parallel lines with a plan offset of 10 percent or less of the building
    dimensionperpendiculartothelineofbracing.
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    ColumnandbracemembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    BuiltupMembers
    Thespacingofstitchesshallbesuchthattheslendernessratiol/rof individualelementsbetweenthestitches
    doesnotexceed0.4timesthegoverningslendernessratioofthebuiltupmember.
    Thesumoftheavailableshearstrengthsofthestitchesshallequalorexceedtheavailabletensilestrengthofeachelement.
    The spacing of stitches shall be uniform.Notlessthantwostitchesshallbeusedinabuiltupmember.Boltedstitchesshall
    notbelocatedwithinthemiddleonefourthoftheclearbracelength.
    Exception:Wherethebucklingofbracesabouttheircriticalbuckingaxis doesnotcauseshearinthestitches,thespacing
    of the stitches shall be such that the slenderness ratio l/r of the individual elements between the stitches does not
    exceed0.75timesthegoverningslendernessratioofthebuiltupmember.
    RequiredStrengthofBracingConnections
    RequiredTensileStrength
    The required tensile strength of bracing connections (including beamtocolumn connections if part of the
    bracingsystem)shallbethelesserofthefollowing:
    (a)Theexpectedyieldstrength,intension,ofthebracingmember,determinedasRy Fy Ag (LRFD)orRy Fy Ag /1.5
    (ASD),asappropriate.
    (b)Themaximumloadeffect,indicatedbyanalysisthatcanbetransferredtothebracebythesystem.
    RequiredFlexuralStrength
    Therequiredflexuralstrengthofbracingconnectionsshallbeequalto1.1RyMp (LRFD) or(1.1/1.5)Ry Mp (ASD),
    asappropriate,ofthebraceaboutthecriticalbucklingaxis.
    Exception:BraceconnectionsthatmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.13.3.1 andcan accommodate the
    inelastic rotations associated with bracepostbucklingdeformationsneednotmeetthisrequirement.
    RequiredCompressiveStrength
    Bracingconnectionsshallbedesignedforarequiredcompressivestrengthbasedonbucklinglimitstatesthatisat
    least equalto 1.1RyPn (LRFD) or(1.1/1.5)RyPn (ASD), as appropriate, where Pn is the nominalcompressive
    strength of thebrace.
    SpecialBracingConfigurationRequirements
    VTypeandInvertedVTypeBracing
    VtypeandinvertedVtypeSCBFshallmeetthefollowingrequirements:
    (1)Therequiredstrengthofbeamsintersectedbybraces,theirconnections,andsupportingmembersshallbe
    determinedbasedontheloadcombinationsofthe applicable building code assuming that the braces provide
    no support for dead and live loads. For load combinations that include earthquake effects, the earthquake
    effect,E,onthebeamshallbedeterminedasfollows:

    6632 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    (a) The forces in all braces in tension shall be assumed to be equaltoRy Fy Ag.
    (b) Theforcesinalladjoiningbracesincompressionshallbeassumedtobeequalto0.3Pn.
    (2) Beams shall be continuous between columns. Both flanges of beams shall be laterally braced, with a
    maximum spacing of Lb = Lpd, as specified byEquation10.15.7.2and10.15.7.3ofSection10.15.Lateralbraces
    shallmeettheprovisionsofEquations10.19.3.3and10.19.3.4ofSection10.19,whereMr =Mu =Ry ZFy (LRFD)
    orMr =Ma =Ry ZFy /1.5(ASD),asappropriate,ofthebeamandCd =1.0.
    Asaminimum,onesetoflateralbracesisrequiredatthepointofintersectionoftheVtype(orinvertedVtype)
    bracing,unlessthebeamhassufficientoutofplanestrengthandstiffnesstoensurestabilitybetweenadjacent
    bracepoints.
    KTypeBracing
    KtypebracedframesarenotpermittedforSCBF.
    ColumnSplices
    In addition to meeting the requirements in Section 10.20.8.4, column splices in SCBF shall be designed to
    develop 50 percent of the lesser available flexural strength of the connected members. The required shear
    strength shall be Mpc /H (LRFD) or Mpc /1.5H (ASD), as appropriate, where Mpc is the sum of the nominal
    plasticflexuralstrengthsofthecolumnsaboveandbelowthesplice.
    ProtectedZone
    TheprotectedzoneofbracingmembersinSCBFshallincludethecenteronequarterofthebracelength,anda
    zoneadjacenttoeachconnectionequaltothebracedepthintheplaneofbuckling.TheprotectedzoneofSCBF
    shallincludeelementsthatconnectbracestobeamsandcolumnsandshallsatisfytherequirementsofSection
    10.20.7.4.

    10.20.14 OrdinaryConcentricallyBracedFrames(OCBF)

    10.20.14.1 Scope
    Ordinaryconcentricallybracedframes(OCBF)areexpectedtowithstand limitedinelasticdeformationsintheir
    members andconnections whensubjected totheforcesresultingfromthemotionsofthedesignearthquake.
    OCBF shall meet the requirements in this Section. OCBF above the isolation system in seismically isolated
    structures shall meet the requirements of Sections 10.20.14.4 and 10.20.14.5 and need not meet the
    requirementsofSections10.20.14.2and10.20.14.3.

    10.20.14.2 BracingMembers
    BracingmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    Exception:HSSbracesthatarefilledwithconcreteneednotcomplywiththisprovision.
    BracingmembersinK,V,orinvertedVconfigurationsshallhaveKL/r4(E/Fy).
    SpecialBracingConfigurationRequirements
    Beams in Vtype and inverted Vtype OCBF and columns in Ktype OCBF shall be continuous at bracing
    connectionsawayfromthebeamcolumnconnectionandshallmeetthefollowingrequirements:
    (1) Therequiredstrengthshallbedeterminedbasedontheloadcombinationsoftheapplicablebuildingcode
    assuming that the braces provide no support of dead and live loads. For load combinations that include
    earthquakeeffects,theearthquakeeffect,E,onthemembershallbedeterminedasfollows:
    (a) TheforcesinbracesintensionshallbeassumedtobeequaltoRy Fy Ag.ForVtypeandinvertedVtype
    OCBF,theforcesinbracesintensionneed not exceed the maximum force that can be developed by the
    system.
    (b) Theforcesinbracesincompressionshallbeassumedtobeequalto0.3Pn.
    (2)Bothflangesshallbe laterallybraced, witha maximum spacing ofLb =Lpd,asspecifiedbyEquations
    10.15.7.2 and10.15.7.3 ofSection10.15.. Lateral braces shall meet the provisions of Equations10.19.3.3and
    10.19.3.4 ofSection10.19,whereMr= Mu = Ry ZFy(LRFD)orMr=Ma=Ry ZFy /1.5(ASD),asappropriate,ofthe
    beam and Cd = 1.0. As a minimum, one set of lateral braces is required at the point of intersection of the
    bracing, unless the member has sufficient outofplane strength and stiffness to ensure stability between
    adjacentbracepoints.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6633
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    BracingConnections
    Therequiredstrengthofbracingconnectionsshallbedeterminedasfollows.
    (1)For the limit state of bolt slip, the required strength of bracingconnectionsshallbethatdetermined
    usingtheloadcombinationsstipulatedbytheapplicablebuildingcode,notincludingtheamplifiedseismicload.
    (2) For other limit states, the required strength of bracing connections is the expected yield strength, in
    tension, of the brace, determined asRyFyAg(LRFD)orRyFyAg/1.5(ASD),asappropriate.
    Exception:Therequiredstrengthofthebraceconnectionneednotexceedeitherofthefollowing:
    (a)Themaximumforcethatcanbedevelopedbythesystem
    (b)Aloadeffectbaseduponusingtheamplifiedseismicload
    OCBFaboveSeismicIsolationSystems
    BracingMembers
    BracingmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2andshallhave
    KL/r4(E/Fy).
    KTypeBracing
    Ktypebracedframesarenotpermitted.
    VTypeandInvertedVTypeBracing
    Beamsin Vtype and inverted Vtype bracing shall be continuousbetweencolumns.

    10.20.15 EccentricallyBracedFrames(EBF)
    10.20.15.1 Scope
    Eccentrically braced frames (EBFs) are expected to withstand significantinelastic deformations in the links
    when subjected to the forces resulting from the motions of the design earthquake. The diagonal braces,
    columns,andbeamsegments outside of the links shall be designed toremain essentially elasticunderthe
    maximumforcesthatcanbegeneratedbythefullyyieldedandstrainhardened links, except where permitted
    in this Section. In buildings exceedingfive stories in height, the upper story of an EBF system is permitted to
    be designed as an OCBF or a SCBFand still be considered to be part of an EBFsystemforthepurposesof
    determiningsystemfactorsintheapplicablebuildingcode.EBFshallmeettherequirementsinthisSection.
    10.20.15.2 Links
    Limitations
    LinksshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    The web of a link shall be single thickness. Doublerplate reinforcement and web penetrations are not
    permitted.
    ShearStrength
    Exceptaslimitedbelow,thelinkdesignshearstrength, vVn,andtheallowableshearstrength,Vn/v,according
    tothelimitstateofshearyieldingshallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Vn =nominalshearstrengthofthelink,equaltothelesserofVp or2Mp/e,N
    v=0.90(LRFD) v=1.67(ASD)
    where
    Mp=FyZ,Nmm
    Vp=0.6FyAw,N
    e=linklength,mm
    Aw=(d2tf)tw
    Theeffectofaxialforceonthelinkavailableshearstrengthneednotbeconsideredif
    Pu0.15Py(LRFD)orPa(0.15/1.5)Py(ASD),asappropriate.
    Where,
    Pu=requiredaxialstrengthusingLRFDloadcombinations,N
    Pa=requiredaxialstrengthusingASDloadcombinations,N

    6634 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    Py=nominalaxialyieldstrength=FyAg,N

    IfPu >0.15Py (LRFD)orPa > (0.15/1.5)Py (ASD), as appropriate, the following additional requirements
    shallbemet:

    (1)Theavailableshearstrengthofthelinkshallbethelesserof
    vVpaand2 vMpa/e(LRFD)

    or
    Vpa/vand2(Mpa/e)/v(ASD),asappropriate,where
    v=0.90(LRFD),v=1.67(ASD)

    Vpa = VP (1 ( Pr / Pc ) 2 (10.20.15.1)
    M pa = 1 .18 M p [1 ( Pr / Pc )] (10.20.15.2)
    Pr=Pu(LRFD)orPa(ASD),asappropriate
    Pc=Py(LRFD)orPy/1.5(ASD),asappropriate
    (2)Thelengthofthelinkshallnotexceed:
    (a)[1.150.5(Aw/Ag)]1.6Mp/Vpwhen(Aw/Ag)0.3 (10.20.15.3)
    Nor,
    (b)1.6Mp/Vpwhen(Aw/Ag)<0.3 (10.20.15.4)
    Where,
    Aw=(d2tf)tw
    =Pr/Vr
    andwhere,
    Vr=Vu(LRFD)orVa(ASD),asappropriate
    Vu=requiredshearstrengthbasedonLRFDloadcombinations.
    Va=requiredshearstrengthbasedonASDloadcombinations.
    LinkRotationAngle
    Thelinkrotationangleistheinelasticanglebetweenthelinkandthebeamoutsideofthelinkwhenthetotal
    storydriftisequaltothedesignstorydrift,.Thelinkrotationangleshallnotexceedthefollowingvalues:

    (a)0.08radiansforlinksoflength1.6Mp /Vp orless.



    (b)0.02radiansforlinksoflength2.6Mp /Vp orgreater.

    (c) The value determined by linear interpolation between the above values for links of length between
    1.6Mp /Vp and2.6Mp /Vp .
    LinkStiffeners

    Fulldepthwebstiffenersshallbeprovidedonbothsidesofthelinkwebatthediagonalbraceendsofthelink.
    Thesestiffenersshallhaveacombinedwidthnotlessthan(bf2tw)andathicknessnotlessthan0.75twor10
    mm,whichever is larger, where bf and tw are the link flangewidth and linkwebthickness,respectively.
    Linksshallbeprovidedwithintermediatewebstiffenersasfollows:
    (a)Linksoflengths1.6Mp /Vp orlessshallbeprovidedwithintermediatewebstiffeners spaced atintervals not
    exceeding (30twd/5) for a link rotation angle of 0.08 radian or (52twd/5) for link rotation angles of 0.02
    radianorless. Linearinterpolation shall beusedforvaluesbetween 0.08 and 0.02radian.
    (b)Linksoflengthgreaterthan2.6Mp /Vp andlessthan5Mp /Vpshallbeprovidedwithintermediateweb
    stiffenersplacedatadistanceof1.5timesbffromeachendofthelink.
    (c) Links of length between 1.6Mp /Vp and 2.6Mp /Vp shall be providedwithintermediatewebstiffeners
    meetingtherequirementsof(a)and(b)above.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6635
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (d)Intermediatewebstiffenersarenotrequiredinlinksoflengthsgreaterthan5Mp/Vp.
    (e)Intermediatewebstiffenersshallbefulldepth.Forlinksthatareless than635mmindepth,stiffenersare
    requiredononlyonesideofthelinkweb.The thickness of onesided stiffenersshallnot be less than tw or10
    mm,whicheverislarger,andthewidthshallbenotlessthan(bf /2)tw .For links that are 635 mm in depth or
    greater,similarintermediatestiffenersarerequiredonbothsidesoftheweb.
    TherequiredstrengthoffilletweldsconnectingalinkstiffenertothelinkwebisAstFy (LRFD)orAstFy/1.5(ASD),
    as appropriate, where Ast is the area of the stiffener. The required strength of fillet welds connecting the
    stiffenertothelinkflangesisAstFy/4(LRFD)orAstFy/4(1.5)(ASD).
    LinktoColumnConnections

    Linktocolumn connections must be capable of sustaining the maximum link rotation angle based on the
    lengthofthelink,asspecifiedinSection10.20.15.2.3.Thestrengthoftheconnectionmeasuredatthecolumn
    face shall equal at least thenominalshearstrengthofthelink,Vn ,asspecifiedinSection10.20.15.2.2atthe
    maximumlinkrotationangle.
    Linktocolumnconnectionsshallsatisfytheaboverequirementsbyoneofthefollowing:
    (a)UseaconnectionprequalifiedforEBFinaccordancewithAppendix10.A.
    (b) Provide qualifying cyclic test results in accordance with Appendix 10.D. Results of at least two cyclic
    connectiontestsshallbeprovidedandarepermittedtobebasedononeofthefollowing:
    (i) Testsreportedinresearchliteratureordocumentedtestsperformed forother projects
    thatarerepresentativeofprojectconditions,withinthelimitsspecifiedinAppendix10.D.
    (ii) Tests that are conducted specifically for the project and are representative of project
    member sizes, material strengths, connection configurations, and matching connection
    processes,withinthelimitsspecifiedinAppendix10.D.
    Exception:Wherereinforcementatthe beamtocolumnconnection at the linkend precludes yielding of the
    beam over the reinforced length, the link is permitted to be the beam segment from the end of the
    reinforcement to the brace connection. Where such links are used and the link length does not exceed
    1.6Mp /Vp,cyclictestingofthereinforcedconnectionisnotrequirediftheavailablestrengthofthereinforced
    sectionandtheconnectionequalsorexceedstherequiredstrengthcalculatedbaseduponthestrainhardened
    linkasdescribedinSection10.20.15.6.FulldepthstiffenersasrequiredinSection10.20.15.3shallbeplacedat
    thelinktoreinforcementinterface.
    LateralBracingofLink

    Lateralbracingshallbeprovidedatboththetopandbottomlinkflangesat theends of the link. The required


    strength of each lateral brace at the ends of the link shall be Pb = 0.06 Mr /ho, where ho is the distance
    betweenflangecentroidsinmm.
    FordesignaccordingtoSpecificationSection10.2.3.3(LRFD)
    Mr =Mu,exp =RyZFy
    FordesignaccordingtoSpecificationSection10.2.3.4(ASD)
    Mr =Mu,exp/1.5
    The required brace stiffness shall meet the provisions of Equation 10.19.3.4 of Section 10.19, where Mr is
    definedabove,Cd =1,andLb isthelinklength.

    10.20.15.3 DiagonalBraceandBeamOutsideofLink
    DiagonalBrace
    The required combined axial and flexural strength of the diagonal brace shall be determined based on load
    combinationsstipulatedbytheapplicablebuildingcode.Forloadcombinationsincludingseismiceffects,aload
    Q1shallbesubstitutedforthetermE,whereQ1 isdefinedastheaxialforcesandmomentsgeneratedbyat
    least 1.25 times the expected nominal shear strength of the link RyVn, where Vn is as defined in Section
    10.20.15.2.2.TheavailablestrengthofthediagonalbraceshallcomplywithSpecificationSection10.10.Brace
    membersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.1.
    BeamOutsideLink

    6636 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    The required combined axial and flexural strength of the beam outside of thelinkshallbedeterminedbased
    on load combinations stipulated by the applicable building code. For load combinations including seismic
    effects,aloadQ1 shallbesubstitutedforthetermEwhereQ1 isdefinedastheforcesgeneratedbyatleast
    1.1 times the expected nominal shear strength of the link, RyVn, where Vn is as defined in Section
    10.20.15.2.2.The available strength of the beam outside of the link shall be determined by the Specification,
    multipliedbyRy .
    At the connection between the diagonal brace and the beam at the link end ofthebrace,theintersectionof
    thebraceandbeamcenterlinesshallbeattheendofthelinkorinthelink.
    BracingConnections
    The required strength of the diagonal brace connections, at both ends ofthebrace, shall be at least equal
    to the required strength of the diagonal brace, as defined in Section 10.20.15.6.1. The diagonal brace
    connectionsshallalsosatisfytherequirementsofSection10.20.13.3.3.
    Nopartofthediagonalbraceconnectionatthelinkendofthebraceshallextendover the link length. If the
    brace is designed to resist a portion of the link endmoment,thenthediagonalbraceconnectionatthelink
    endofthebraceshallbedesignedasafullyrestrainedmomentconnection.
    BeamtoColumnConnections
    IftheEBFsystemfactorsintheapplicablebuildingcoderequiremomentresisting connections awayfrom the
    link, then the beamtocolumn connections away from the link shall meet the requirements for beamto
    columnconnectionsforOMFspecifiedinSections10.20.11.2and10.20.11.5.
    If the EBF system factors in the applicable building code do not require moment resisting connections away
    fromthelink,thenthebeamtocolumnconnectionsawayfromthelinkarepermittedtobedesignedaspinned
    intheplaneoftheweb.
    RequiredStrengthofColumns
    In addition to the requirements in Section 10.20.8.3, the required strength of columns shall be determined
    from load combinations as stipulated bythe applicablebuildingcode,exceptthattheseismicloadEshallbe
    the forces generated by 1.1 times the expected nominal shear strength of all links above the level under
    consideration. The expected nominal shear strength of a link is RyVn, where Vn is as defined in Section
    10.20.15.2.2.ColumnmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    ProtectedZone
    LinksinEBFsareaprotectedzone,andshallsatisfytherequirementsofSection 10.20.7.4. Welding on links is
    permittedforattachmentoflinkstiffeners,asrequiredinSection10.20.15.3.
    DemandCriticalWelds
    Completejointpenetrationgrooveweldsattachingthelinkflangesandthelinkwebtothecolumnaredemand
    criticalwelds,andshallsatisfytherequirementsofSection10.20.7.3.2.

    10.20.16 BucklingRestrainedBracedFrames(BRBF)

    10.20.16.1 Scope
    Bucklingrestrained braced frames (BRBF) are expected to withstand significant inelastic deformations when
    subjectedtotheforcesresultingfromthemotionsofthedesignearthquake.BRBFshallmeettherequirementsin
    thisSection.WheretheapplicablebuildingcodedoesnotcontaindesigncoefficientsforBRBF,theprovisionsof
    Appendix10.Cshallapply.

    10.20.16.2 BracingMembers
    Bracingmembersshallbecomposedofastructuralsteelcoreandasystemthatrestrainsthesteelcorefrom
    buckling.

    SteelCore
    Thesteelcoreshallbedesignedtoresisttheentireaxialforceinthebrace.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6637
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    The brace design axial strength, Pysc (LRFD), and the brace allowable axialstrength,Pysc/ (ASD),intension
    andcompression,accordingtothelimitstateofyielding,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    Pysc=Fysc Asc (10.20.16.1)
    =0.90(LRFD) =1.67(ASD)
    where
    Fysc=specifiedminimumyieldstressofthesteelcore,oractualyieldstressofthesteelcoreasdetermined
    fromacoupontest,MPa
    A=netareaofsteelcore,mm2
    Plates used in the steel core that are 50 mm thick or greater shall satisfy the minimum notch toughness
    requirementsofSection10.20.6.3.
    Splicesinthesteelcorearenotpermitted.

    BucklingRestrainingSystem
    The bucklingrestraining system shall consist of the casing for the steel core. In stability calculations, beams,
    columns,andgussetsconnectingthecoreshallbeconsideredpartsofthissystem.
    The bucklingrestraining system shall limit local and overall buckling of the steel core for deformations
    correspondingto2.0timesthedesignstorydrift.Thebucklingrestrainingsystemshallnotbepermittedtobuckle
    withindeformationscorrespondingto2.0timesthedesignstorydrift.

    Testing
    Thedesignofbracesshallbebaseduponresultsfromqualifyingcyclictestsinaccordancewiththeprocedures
    andacceptancecriteriaofAppendix10.E.Qualifyingtestresultsshallconsistofatleasttwosuccessfulcyclictests:
    one is required to be a test of a brace subassemblage that includes brace connection rotational demands
    complyingwithAppendix10.E,Section10.E.4andtheothershallbeeitherauniaxial orasubassemblagetest
    complying with Appendix 10.E, Section 10.E.5. Both test types are permitted to be based upon one of the
    following:
    (a)Tests reported in research or documented tests performed forotherprojects.
    (b)Teststhatareconductedspecificallyfortheproject.
    Interpolation or extrapolation of test results for different member sizes shall be justified by rational analysis
    that demonstrates stress distributions and magnitudes of internal strains consistent with or less severe than
    thetested assembliesandthatconsiderstheadverseeffectsofvariationsinmaterialproperties.Extrapolation
    of test results shall be based upon similar combinations of steel core and bucklingrestraining system sizes.
    TestsshallbepermittedtoqualifyadesignwhentheprovisionsofAppendix10.Earemet.
    AdjustedBraceStrength
    Where required by these Provisions, bracing connections and adjoining members shall be designed to resist
    forcescalculated based onthe adjusted bracestrength.
    The adjusted brace strengthincompressionshallbeRyPysc.Theadjustedbracestrengthintensionshallbe
    RyPysc.
    Exception:ThefactorRyneednotbeappliedifPyscisestablishedusingyieldstressdeterminedfromacoupon
    test.
    Thecompressionstrengthadjustment factor, ,shall be calculated asthe ratio of themaximum compression
    force to the maximum tension force of the test specimen measured from the qualification tests specified in
    Appendix10.E,Section10.E.6.3fortherangeofdeformationscorrespondingto2.0timesthedesignstorydrift.
    Thelargervalueoffromthetworequiredbracequalificationtestsshallbeused.Innocaseshallbetakenas
    lessthan1.0.Thestrainhardeningadjustmentfactor,,shallbecalculatedastheratioofthemaximumtension
    force measured from the qualification tests specified in Appendix 10.E, Section 10.E.6.3 (for the range of
    deformationscorrespondingto2.0timesthedesignstorydrift)toFyscofthetestspecimen.Thelargervalueof
    fromthetworequiredqualificationtestsshallbeused.Wherethetestedsteelcorematerialdoesnotmatch
    thatoftheprototype,shallbebasedoncoupontestingoftheprototypematerial.

    10.20.16.3 BracingConnections
    RequiredStrength

    6638 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    The required strength of bracing connections in tension and compression (including beamtocolumn
    connectionsifpartofthebracingsystem)shallbe1.1timestheadjustedbracestrengthincompression(LRFD)
    or1.1/1.5timestheadjustedbracestrengthincompression(ASD).
    GussetPlates
    Thedesignofconnectionsshallincludeconsiderationsoflocalandoverallbuckling.Bracingconsistentwiththat
    usedinthetestsuponwhichthedesignisbasedisrequired.
    SpecialRequirementsRelatedtoBracingConfiguration
    VtypeandinvertedVtype braced frames shall meet thefollowingrequirements:
    (1)Therequiredstrengthofbeamsintersectedbybraces,theirconnections,andsupportingmembersshallbe
    determinedbasedontheloadcombinationsofthe applicable building code assuming that the braces provide
    no support for dead and live loads. For load combinations that include earthquake effects, the vertical and
    horizontalearthquakeeffect,E,onthebeamshallbedeterminedfromtheadjustedbracestrengthsintension
    andcompression.
    (2) Beams shall be continuous between columns. Both flanges of beams shall be laterally braced. Lateral
    bracesshallmeetthe provisions of Equations10.19.3.3 and 10.19.3.4 of Section10.19,where Mr= Mu=RyZFy
    (LRFD)orMr =Ma =RyZFy/1.5(ASD),asappropriate,ofthebeamandCd =1.0.Asaminimum,onesetoflateral
    bracesisrequiredatthepointof intersection of theVtype (or invertedVtype) bracing, unless the beamhas
    sufficientoutofplanestrengthandstiffnesstoensurestabilitybetweenadjacentbracepoints.
    Forpurposesofbracedesignandtesting,thecalculatedmaximumdeformationofbracesshallbeincreasedby
    includingtheeffectoftheverticaldeflectionofthebeamundertheloadingdefinedinSection10.20.16.4(1).
    KtypebracedframesarenotpermittedforBRBF.

    BeamsandColumns
    BeamsandcolumnsinBRBFshallmeetthefollowingrequirements.
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    BeamandcolumnmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    RequiredStrength
    TherequiredstrengthofbeamsandcolumnsinBRBFshallbedeterminedfromloadcombinationsasstipulated
    intheapplicablebuildingcode.Forloadcombinationsthatincludeearthquakeeffects,theearthquakeeffect,E,
    shallbedeterminedfromtheadjustedbracestrengthsintensionandcompression.
    The required strength of beams and columns need not exceed themaximumforcethatcanbedevelopedby
    thesystem.
    Splices
    In addition to meeting the requirements in Section 10.20.8.4, column splices in BRBF shall be designed to
    develop 50 percent of the lesser available flexural strengthof the connected members, determined basedon
    the limit state of yielding. The required shear strength shall be Mpc /H (LRFD) or Mpc /1.5H (ASD), as
    appropriate,whereMpc isthesumofthenominalplasticflexuralstrengthsofthe columnsaboveandbelowthe
    splice.
    ProtectedZone
    Theprotectedzoneshallincludethesteelcoreofbracingmembersandelementsthatconnectthesteelcoreto
    beamsandcolumns,andshallsatisfytherequirementsofSection10.20.7.4.

    10.20.17 SpecialPlateShearWalls(SPSW)

    10.20.17.1 Scope
    Specialplateshearwalls(SPSW)areexpectedtowithstandsignificantinelasticdeformationsinthewebswhen
    subjectedtotheforcesresultingfromthemotionsofthedesignearthquake.Thehorizontalboundaryelements
    (HBEs) and vertical boundary elements (VBEs) adjacent to the webs shall be designed to remain essentially
    elasticunderthemaximumforcesthatcanbegeneratedbythefullyyieldedwebs,exceptthatplastichingingat
    theendsofHBEsispermitted.SPSWshallmeettherequirementsofthisSection.Wheretheapplicablebuilding
    codedoesnotcontaindesigncoefficientsforSPSW,theprovisionsofAppendix10.Cshallapply.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6639
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    10.20.17.2 Webs

    ShearStrength
    The panel design shear strength, Vn (LRFD), and the allowable shear strength, Vn/ (ASD), according to the
    limitstateofshearyielding,shallbedeterminedasfollows:
    V n = 0 .42 F y t w L cf sin 2
    10.20.17.1
    =0.90(LRFD)=1.67(ASD)
    where
    tw=thicknessoftheweb,mm.
    Lcf=cleardistancebetweenVBEflanges,mm
    istheangleofwebyieldinginradians,asmeasuredrelativetothevertical,anditisgivenby:
    twL
    1+
    2 Ac
    tan 4 =
    1 h3
    1 + t w h +
    A
    b 360I c L 10.20.17.2
    h =distancebetweenHBEcenterlines,mm
    Ab =crosssectionalareaofaHBE,mm2
    Ac =crosssectionalareaofaVBE,mm2
    Ic =momentofinertiaofaVBEtakenperpendiculartothedirectionofthewebplateline,mm4
    L =distancebetweenVBEcenterlines,mm
    PanelAspectRatio
    Theratioofpanellengthtoheight,L/h,shallbelimitedto0.8<L/h2.5.
    OpeningsinWebs
    Openings in webs shall be bounded on all sides by HBE and VBE extendingthefullwidthandheightofthe
    panel,respectively,unlessotherwisejustifiedbytestingandanalysis.
    ConnectionsofWebstoBoundaryElements
    The required strength of web connections to the surrounding HBE and VBE shall equal the expected yield
    strength,intension,ofthewebcalculatedatanangle,definedbyEquation10.20.17.2.

    10.20.17.3 HorizontalandVerticalBoundaryElements
    RequiredStrength
    In additiontotherequirementsofSection10.20.8.3,therequiredstrengthofVBEshallbebasedupontheforces
    correspondingtotheexpectedyieldstrength,intension,ofthewebcalculatedatanangle.
    TherequiredstrengthofHBEshallbethegreateroftheforcescorrespondingtotheexpectedyieldstrength,in
    tension,ofthewebcalculatedatanangleorthatdeterminedfromtheloadcombinationsintheapplicable
    buildingcodeassumingthewebprovidesnosupportforgravityloads.
    The beamcolumn moment ratio provisions in Section 10.20.9.6 shall be met for all HBE/VBE intersections
    withoutconsiderationoftheeffectsofthewebs.
    HBEtoVBEConnections
    HBEtoVBE connections shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1 0 . 2 0 . 11.2. Therequiredshearstrength,
    Vu,ofaHBEtoVBEconnectionshallbedeterminedinaccordance with the provisions of Section 10.20.11.2,
    except that the required shearstrength shall not be less than the shear corresponding to moments at each
    endequalto1.1Ry Mp (LRFD)or(1.1/1.5)Ry Mp (ASD),asappropriate,togetherwiththeshearresultingfromthe
    expectedyieldstrengthintensionofthewebsyieldingatanangle.
    WidthThicknessLimitations
    HBEandVBEmembersshallmeettherequirementsofSection10.20.8.2.2.
    LateralBracing

    6640 Vol.2
    SteelStructures Chapter10

    HBE shall be laterally braced at all intersections with VBE and at aspacingnottoexceed0.086ry E/Fy .Both
    flanges of HBEshall be bracedeither directlyor indirectly.Therequiredstrengthoflateral bracingshall beat
    least2percentoftheHBEflangenominalstrength,Fy bf tf .Therequiredstiffnessofalllateralbracingshallbe
    determinedinaccordancewithEquation10.19.3.4ofSection10.19.Intheseequations,Mr shallbecomputedas
    Ry ZFy (LRFD)orMr shallbecomputedasRy ZFy/1.5(ASD),asappropriate,andCd =1.0.
    VBESplices
    VBEsplicesshallcomplywiththerequirementsofSection10.20.8.4.
    PanelZones
    TheVBEpanelzonenext tothetopandbaseHBEoftheSPSWshall complywiththerequirementsinSection
    10.20.9.3.
    StiffnessofVerticalBoundaryElements
    TheVBEshallhavemomentsofinertiaaboutanaxistakenperpendiculartotheplaneoftheweb,Ic,notless
    than0.00307twh4/L.

    10.20.18 QualityAssurancePlan
    Scope
    When required by the applicable building code or the engineer of record, a quality assurance plan shall be
    provided.ThequalityassuranceplanshallincludetherequirementsofAppendix10.B.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6641
    Chapter 11
    TIMBER

    11.1 SCOPE

    11.1.1 This Section relates to the use of structural timber instructures or elements of structures connected
    togetherbyfasteners/fasteningtechniques.

    11.1.2 Thisshallnotbeinterpretedtopreventtheuseofmaterialormethodsofdesignorconstructionnot
    specificallymentionedherein;andthemethodsofdesignmaybebasedonanalyticalandengineering
    principles,orreliabletestdata,orboth,thatdemonstratethesafetyandserviceabilityoftheresulting
    structure.Noristheclassificationoftimberintostrengthgroupstobeinterpretedaspreventingtheuse
    ofdesigndatadesiredforaparticulartimberorgradeoftimberonthebasisofreliabletests.

    11.2 TERMINOLOGY

    11.2.1 ThissectionprovidesanalphabeticallistofthetermsusedinthischapteroftheCode.Incaseofany
    conflict or contradiction between a definition given in this section and that in Part 1, the meaning
    providedinthissectionshallgovernforinterpretationoftheprovisionsofthischapter.

    11.2.2 StructuralPurposeDefinitions

    11.2.2.1 Beam,BuiltUpLaminated
    Abeammadebyjoininglayersoftimbertogetherwithmechanicalfastenings,sothatthegrainofalllayersis
    essentiallyparallel.

    11.2.2.2 Beam,GluedLaminated
    A beam made by bonding layers of veneers or timber with an adhesive, so that grain of all laminations is
    essentiallyparallel.

    11.2.2.3 Diaphragm,Structural
    Astructuralelementoflargeextentplacedinabuildingasawall,orroof,andmadeuseoftoresisthorizontal
    forcessuchaswindorearthquakesactingparalleltoitsownplane.

    11.2.2.4 DurationofLoad
    Periodduringwhichamemberoracompletestructureisstressedasaconsequenceoftheloadsapplied.

    11.2.2.5 EdgeDistance
    Thedistancemeasuredperpendiculartograinfromthecentreoftheconnectortotheedgeofthemember.

    11.2.2.6 EndDistance
    Thedistancemeasuredparalleltograinofthememberfromthecentreoftheconnectortotheclosestendof
    timber.

    11.2.2.7 FingerJoint
    Jointproducedbyconnectingtimbermembersendtoendbycuttingprofiles(taperedprojections)intheform
    of Vshaped grooves to the ends of timber planks or scantlings to be joined, gluing the interfaces and then
    matingthetwoendstogetherunderpressure.

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6643
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    11.2.2.8 FundamentalorUltimateStress
    Thestresswhichisdeterminedonsmallclearspecimenoftimber,inaccordancewithgoodpractice;anddoes
    nottakeintoaccounttheeffectofnaturallyoccurringcharacteristicsandotherfactors.

    11.2.2.9 InsideLocation
    Positioninbuildingsinwhichtimberremainscontinuouslydryorprotectedfromweather.

    11.2.2.10 LaminatedVeneerLumber
    Astructuralcompositemadebylaminatingveneers,1.5mmto4.2mmthick,withsuitableadhesiveandwith
    thegrainofveneersinsuccessivelayersalignedalongthelongitudinal(length)dimensionofthecomposite.

    11.2.2.11 LoadedEdgeDistance
    Thedistancemeasuredfromthecentretotheedgetowardswhichtheloadinducedbytheconnectoracts,and
    theunloadededgedistanceistheoneoppositetotheloadededge.

    11.2.2.12 Location
    Atermgenerallyreferredtoasexactplacewhereatimberisusedinbuilding.

    11.2.2.13 OutsideLocation
    Positioninbuildingsinwhichtimbersareoccasionallysubjectedto wettinganddryingasinthecaseofopen
    shedsandoutdoorexposedstructures.

    11.2.2.14 PermissibleStress
    Stressobtainedbyapplyingfactorofsafetytotheultimatestress.

    11.2.2.15 Sandwich,Structural
    Alayeredconstructioncomprisingacombinationorrelativelyhighstrengthfacingmaterialintimatelybonded
    toandactingintegrallywithalowdensitycorematerial.

    11.2.2.16 SpacedColumn
    Twocolumnsectionsadequatelyconnectedtogetherbyglue,bolts,screwsorotherwise.

    11.2.2.17 Structure,Permanent
    Structural units in timber which are constructed for a long duration and wherein adequate protection and
    designmeasureshaveinitiallybeenincorporatedtorenderthestructureserviceablefortherequiredlife.

    11.2.2.18 Structure,Temporary
    Structureswhichareerectedforashortperiod,suchashutmentsatprojectsites,forrehabilitation,temporary
    defenceconstructions,exhibitionstructures,etc.

    11.2.2.19 StructuralElement
    Thecomponenttimbermembersandjointswhichmakeuparesultingstructuralassembly.

    11.2.2.20 StructuralGrades
    Grades defining the maximum size of strength reducing natural characteristics (knots, sloping grain, etc)
    deemedpermissibleinanypieceofstructuraltimberwithindesignatedstructuralgradeclassification.

    11.2.2.21 StructuralTimber
    Timber in which strength is related to the anticipated inservice use as a controlling factor in grading and
    selectionand/orstiffness.

    11.2.2.22 Termite
    An insect of the order Isopteran which may burrow in the wood or wood products of a building for food or
    shelter.

    6644 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.2.2.23 WetLocation
    Positioninbuildingsinwhichtimbersarealmostcontinuouslydamporwetincontactwiththeearthorwater,
    suchaspilesandtimberfoundations.

    11.2.3 DefinitionsofDefectsinTimber

    11.2.3.1 Check
    Aseparationoffibresextendingalongthegrainwhichisconfinedtoonefaceofapieceofwood.

    11.2.3.2 CompressionWood
    Abnormal wood which is formed on the lower sides of branches and inclined stems of coniferous trees. It is
    darkerandharderthannormalwoodbutrelativelylowinstrengthforitsweight.Itcanbeusuallyidentifiedby
    wideeccentricgrowthringswithabnormallyhighproportionofgrowthlatewood.

    11.2.3.3 DeadKnot
    Aknotinwhichthelayersofannualgrowtharenotcompletelyintergrownwiththoseoftheadjacentwood.Itis
    surroundedbypitchorbark.Theencasementmaybepartialorcomplete.

    11.2.3.4 DecayorRot
    Disintegrationofwoodtissuecausedbyfungi(wooddestroying)orothermicroorganisms.

    11.2.3.5 DecayedKnot
    Aknotsofterthanthesurroundingwoodandcontainingdecay.

    11.2.3.6 DiameterofKnot
    Themaximumdistancebetweenthetwopointsfarthestapartontheperipheryofaroundknot,onthefaceon
    whichitbecomesvisible.Inthecaseofaspikeorasplayknot,themaximumwidthoftheknotvisibleonthe
    faceonwhichitappearsshallbetakenasitsdiameter.

    11.2.3.7 Discoloration
    Achangefromthenormalcolourofthewoodwhichdoesnotimpairthestrengthofthewood.

    11.2.3.8 Knot
    Abranchbaseorlimbembeddedinthetreeortimberbynaturalgrowth.

    11.2.3.9 KnotHole
    Aholeleftasaresultoftheremovalofaknot.

    11.2.3.10 LiveKnot
    A knot free from decay and other defects, in which the fibres are firmly intergrown with those of the
    surroundingwood.Syn.Integrownknot;cf.DeadKnot.

    11.2.3.11 LooseGrain(LoosenedGrain)
    Adefectona6flatsawnsurfacecausedbytheseparationorraisingofwoodfibresalongthegrowthrings;C$
    RaisedGrain.

    11.2.3.12 LooseKnot
    Aknotthatisnotheldfirmlyinplacebygrowthorposition,andthatcannotbereliedupontoremaininplace;
    cfTightKnot.

    11.2.3.13 Mould
    A soft vegetative growth that forms on wood in damp, stagnant atmosphere. It is the least harmful type of
    fungus,usuallyconfinedtothesurfaceofthewood.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6645
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    11.2.3.14 PitchPocket
    Accumulationofresinbetweengrowthringsofconiferouswoodasseenonthecrosssection.

    11.2.3.15 SapStain
    Discolorationofthesapwoodmainlyduetofungi.

    11.2.3.16 Sapwood
    Theouterlayeroflog,whichinthegrowingtreecontainlivingcellsandfoodmaterial.Thesapwoodisusually
    lighterincolourandisreadilyattackedbyinsectsandfungi.

    11.2.3.17 Shake
    Apartialorcompleteseparationbetweenadjoininglayersoftissuesasseeninendsurfaces.

    11.2.3.18 SlopeofGrain
    Theinclinationofthefibrestothelongitudinalaxisofthemember.

    11.2.3.19 SoundKnot
    Atightknotfreefromdecay,whichissolidacrossitsface,andatleastashardasthesurroundingwood.

    11.2.3.20 Split
    Acrackextendingfromonefaceofapieceofwoodtoanotherandmnsalongthegrainofthepiece.

    11.2.3.21 TightKnot
    Aknotsoheldbygrowthorpositionastoremainfirminpositioninthepieceofwood;C$LooseKnot.

    11.2.3.22 Wane
    Theoriginalroundedsurfaceofatreeremainingonapieceofconvertedtimber.

    11.2.3.23 Warp
    Adeviationinsawntimberfromatrueplanesurfaceordistortionduetostressescausingdeparturefromatrue
    plane.

    11.2.3.24 WarmHoles
    Cavitiescausedbyworms.

    11.3 SYMBOLS

    11.3.1 ForthepurposeofthisSection,thefollowinglettersymbolsshallhavethemeaningindicatedagainst
    each:
    a=Projectedareaofboltinmainmember(tXd3),mm2
    B=Widthofthebeam,mm
    C=Concentratedload,N
    D=Depthofbeam,mm
    D1=Depthofbeamatthenotch,mm
    D2=Depthofnotch,mm
    d=Dimensionofleastsideofcolumn,mm
    d1=Leastoverallwidthofboxcolumn,mm
    d2=Leastoveralldimensionofcoreinboxcolumn,mm
    d3=Diameterofbolt,mm
    df=Boltdiameterfactor

    6646 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    e=Lengthofthenotchmeasuredalongthebeamspanfromtheinneredgeofthesupporttothefarthestedge
    ofthenotch,mm
    E=Modulusofelasticityinbending,N/mm2
    F=Loadactingonaboltatanangletograin,N
    fab=Calculatedbendingstressinextremefibre,N/mm2
    fac=Calculatedaverageaxialcompressivestress,N/mm2
    fat=Calculatedaxialtensilestress,N/mm2
    fb=Permissiblebendingstressontheextremefibre,N/mm2
    fc=Permissiblestressinaxialcompression,N/mm2
    fcn=Permissiblestressincompressionnormal(perpendicular)tograin,N/mm2
    fcp=Permissiblestressincompressionparalleltograin,N/mm2
    fc=Permissiblecompre~sivestressinthedirectionofthelineofactionoftheload,N/mm2
    ft=Permissiblestressintensionparalleltograin,N/mm2
    H=Horizontalshearstress,N/mm2
    I=Momentofinertiaofasection,mm4
    K=Coefficientindeflectiondependingupontypeandcriticalityofloadingonbeam
    K1=Modificationfactorforchangeinslopeofgrain
    K2=Modificationfactorforchangeindurationofloadings
    K 3,

    K 4,

    K 5, = Formfactors
    and
    K 6
    K7=Modificationfactorforbearingstress
    E
    K8=Constantequalto 0.584
    f cp

    UE
    K9=Constantequalto
    2 5qf cp

    2.5 E
    K10=Constantequalto 0.584
    f cp
    L=Spanofabeamortruss,mm
    M=MaximumbendingmomentinbeamN/mm2
    N=Totalnumberofboltsinthejoint
    n=Shankdiameterofthenail,mm
    P=Loadonboltparalleltograin,N
    P1=Ratioofthethicknessofthecompressionflangetothedepthofthebeam
    Q=Staticalmomentofareaaboveorbelowtheneutralaxisaboutneutralaxis,mm3
    q=Constantforparticularthicknessofplank
    q1=Ratioofthetotalthicknessofweborwebstotheoverallwidthofthebeam
    R=Loadonboltperpendicular(normal)tograin,N
    S=Unsupportedoveralllengthofcolumn,mm
    t=Nominalthicknessofplanksusedinformingboxtypecolumn,mm

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6647
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    t=Thicknessofmainmember,mm
    U=Constantforaparticularthicknessoftheplank
    V=Verticalendreactionorshearatasection,N
    W=Totaluniformload,N
    x=Distancefromreactiontoload,mm
    =AfactordeterminingthevalueofformfactorK4
    =Deflectionatmiddleofbeam,mm
    =Angleofloadtograindirection
    Z=Sectionmodulusofbeam,mm3
    1=Percentagefactorfort/d3ratio,paralleltograin
    2=Percentagefactorfort/d3ratio,perpendiculartograin

    11.4 MATERIALS

    11.4.1 SpeciesofTimber
    ThespeciesoftimberrecommendedforstructuralpurposesaregiveninTable11.4.1.

    11.4.1.1 Grouping
    Speciesoftimberrecommendedforconstructionalpurposesareclassifiedinthreegroupsonthebasisoftheir
    strengthproperties,namely,modulusofelasticity(E)andextremefibrestressinbendingandtension(fb).
    Thecharacteristicsofthesegroupsareasgivenbelow:
    GroupAEabove12.6x103N/mm2andfbabove18.0N/mm2.
    Group B Eabove 9.8 x 103N/mm2 and up to 12.6 x 103 N/mm2 and fb above12.0N/mm2and up to 18.0
    N/mm2.
    Group C E above 5.6 x 103 N/mm2 and up to 9.8 x 103 N/mm2 and fb above 8.5 N/mm2 and up to 12.0
    N/mm2.
    NOTEModulusofelasticitygivenaboveisapplicableforalllocationsandextremefibrestressinbendingis
    forinsidelocation.

    11.4.2
    ThegeneralcharacteristicslikedurabilityandtreatabilityofthespeciesarealsogiveninTable11.4.1.
    Species of timber other than those recommended in Table 11.4.1 may be used, provided the basic strength
    propertiesaredeterminedandfoundinaccordancewith11.5.1.
    NOTE For obtaining basic stress figures of the unlisted species, reference may be made to the Forest
    ResearchInstitute,DebraDun.

    11.4.3
    Thepermissiblelateralstrength(indoubleshear)ofmildsteelwireshallbeasgiveninTable11.4.2andTable
    11.4.3fordifferentspeciesoftimber.

    11.4.4
    MoistureContentinTimberThepermissiblemoisturecontentoftimberforvariouspositionsinbuildingsshall
    beasgiveninTable11.4.4.

    6648 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    Table11.4.1SafePermissibleStressesfortheSpeciesofTimber

    2
    Species Average Modulusof PermissibleStressinN/mm forGradeI PreservativeCharacters

    BotanicalName Trade Densityat12 Elasticityx Bendingand Shearall Compression Compression Durability Treatability Refracterinesto
    Name percent 103N/mm2 TensionAlong Location ParalleltoGrain Perpendicularto Class Grade AllSeasoning
    Content Grains,Extreme Grain
    3
    Kg/m FibreStress

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation
    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation
    wetLocation

    wetLocation

    wetLocation
    AlongGrain
    Horizontal
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
    Acacianilotica Babla 797 _ _ 12.9 10.3 1.4 2.1 8.9 7.9 6.4 5.2 4.0 3.3 I b B
    Aglaia odulis Aglaia 815 12.56 18.2 15.2 12.1 1.4 2.0 10.1 8.9 7.3 4.4 3.4 2.8 _ _ A
    Ailantahus grandis Gokul 404 7.94 8.3 6.9 5.5 0.6 0.8 5.3 4.7 3.9 1.1 0.9 0.7 III _ C
    Altingia excelsa Jutili 795 11.37 17.1 14.3 11.4 1.2 1.8 11.0 9.8 8.0 6.8 5.3 4.4 II e A

    Amoora rehituka Pitraj 668 8.98 12.3 10.2 8.2 1.1 1.5 8.0 7.1 5.8 4.0 3.1 2.6 I _ B

    Amoorawallichii Lali 583 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _


    Amooraspp. Arnari 625 1.05 13.4 1.1 9.2 0.9 1.3 8.4 7.4 6.0 3.7 2.9 2.4 II d B
    Anisopleraglabra Boilam 573 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III b _
    Aphenamixispolystachya Pitraj 583 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III e B
    Arlocarpuschaplasha Chapalish 515 9.11 13.2 11.0 8.8 0.9 1.2 8.5 7.5 6.2 3.6 2.8 2.3 III d B
    Artocarpusintegrifolia Kanthal 537 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III c B
    Azadirachtaindica Neem 836 8.52 14.6 12.1 9.7 1.3 1.8 10.0 8.9 7.3 5.0 3.9 3.2 _ _ _
    Betula lnoides Birch 625 9.23 9.6 8.0 6.4 0.8 1.1 5.7 5.0 4.1 2.2 1.7 1.4 _ _ B
    Bischofiajavanica Bhadi 769 8.84 9.6 8.2 6.5 0.8 1.1 5.9 5.3 4.3 3.6 2.8 2.3 III _ A
    Bruguieraconjugata Kankra 879 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6649
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Species Average Modulusof PermissibleStressinN/mm2forGradeI PreservativeCharacters

    BotanicalName Trade Densityat12 Elasticityx Bendingand Shearall Compression Compression Durability Treatability Refracterinesto
    3 2
    Name percent 10 N/mm TensionAlong Location ParalleltoGrain Perpendicularto Class Grade AllSeasoning
    Content Grains,Extreme Grain
    Kg/m3 FibreStress

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation
    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation
    wetLocation

    wetLocation

    wetLocation
    AlongGrain
    Horizontal
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
    Bucklandiapopulnea Plpli 672 9.89 12.8 10.7 8.6 1.1 1.5 7.9 7.0 5.7 3.5 2.7 2.2 III e C
    Canarium strictum White dhup 569 10.54 10.1 8.4 6.7 0.7 1.1 6.2 5.5 4.5 2.1 1.6 1.3 III _ C
    Cassiafistula Sonalu 865 11.80 19.2 16.0 12.8 1.4 2.0 12.3 10.9 8.9 7.2 5.6 4.6 I _ A
    Castanopsis hystrix Chestanut 624 9.85 10.6 8.8 7.0 0.8 1.2 6.4 5.7 4.6 2.7 2.1 1.7 II b B
    Carallia lucida Maniawaga 748 12.60 18.4 15.3 12.3 1.2 1.7 11.4 10.1 8.3 5.9 4.6 3.8 _ _ _
    Cassiasiamea Minjiri 695 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
    Chukrasiatabularis Chickrassy 666 8.35 11.8 9.8 7.9 1.1 1.5 7.1 6.3 5.2 3.9 3.1 2.5 II c B
    Dalbergiasissoo Sissoo 808 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B
    Dillemiaindica Dillenia 617 8.61 12.1 10.0 8.0 0.8 1.2 7.3 6.5 5.3 2.7 2.1 1.7 III a B
    Dilleniapentagyne Dillenia 622 7.56 11.8 9.9 7.9 0.9 1.3 7.1 6.3 5.2 3.5 2.7 2.2 III d B
    Dipterocarpusalatus Garjan 721 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III a B
    Dipterocarpus rnacrocarpus Hollong 726 13.34 14.5 12.0 9.6 0.8 1.1 8.8 7.9 6.4 3.5 2.7 2.2 III a B

    Duabangasonneratioides Banderhol 485 8.38 9.8 8.2 6.5 0.6 0.9 6.4 5.7 4.7 1.8 1.4 1.1 III c C
    Garugapiannata Garuga 571 7.58 11.7 9.7 7.8 1.0 1.5 7.2 6.4 5.3 3.4 2.6 2.1 I e B
    Geriopsroxbarghiana Goran 869 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
    gGmelinearborea Garnar 501 7.02 9.8 8.2 6.6 0.8 1.4 5.7 5.0 4.1 4.2 3.2 2.7 I e B
    Grewiaveslita Dhaman 758 12.00 15.4 12.6 10.3 1.4 2.0 9.1 8.1 6.6 4.1 3.2 2.6 III d B
    Heritieraspp. Sundri 872 13.37 17.9 14.9 11.9 1.3 1.8 11.0 9.8 8.0 6.5 5.0 4.1 I _ A

    6650 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    2
    Species Average Modulusof PermissibleStressinN/mm forGradeI PreservativeCharacters

    BotanicalName Trade Densityat12 Elasticityx Bendingand Shearall Compression Compression Durability Treatability Refracterinesto
    Name percent 103N/mm2 TensionAlong Location ParalleltoGrain Perpendicularto Class Grade AllSeasoning
    Content Grains,Extreme Grain
    3
    Kg/m FibreStress

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation
    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation
    wetLocation

    wetLocation

    wetLocation
    AlongGrain
    Horizontal
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
    Hopeaodorata Telsur 711 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III a B
    Kayeafloribund Karal 813 10.88 16.8 14.0 1.1 1.1 1.6 10.1 9.0 7.3 4.4 3.4 2.8 III _ _
    Lagerstrocmiaspp. Jarul 654 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III e B
    Machilusmacrantha Machilus 692 10.00 12.4 10.3 8.3 1.0 1.5 8.2 7.3 6.0 3.5 2.7 2.2 III e B/C
    Manglietiainsignia 449 10.37 10.9 9.1 7.3 0.7 1.4 8.0 7.1 5.8 3.4 2.6 2.1 _ _ _
    Manilota polyandra Ping 903 13.20 19.1 15.9 12.7 1.3 1.8 1.2 10.0 8.5 5.7 4.4 3.6 III b A
    Mesua assamica Keyea 842 12.83 17.4 14.5 11.6 1.0 1.4 11.7 10.4 8.5 5.3 4.1 3.3 II e _

    Mesua ferrea Mesua 965 16.30 23.3 19.4 15.5 1.2 1.8 15.5 13.8 11.3 5.9 4.6 3.7 I _ A
    Micheliachampaca Champa 644 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B
    Michelia montana Champ 512 8.25 10.9 9.1 7.3 0.7 1.0 6.6 5.9 4.8 2.8 2.2 1.8 I _ B
    Champ 513 10.12 9.8 8.2 6.5 0.7 1.0 6.1 5.5 4.5 1.6 1.3 1.0 II e B
    Michelia excelsa

    Mitragynapervifolia Dakroom 651 7.82 12.6 10.5 8.4 1.0 1.5 7.9 7.0 5.7 3.7 2.9 2.4 III b B
    Palaquiumpolyanthum Tali 734 11.24 14.9 12.4 10.0 1.1 1.6 9.9 8.8 7.2 4.7 3.7 3.0 _ _ B
    Phoebe hainesiana Bonsum 566 9.5 13.2 11.0 8.8 0.8 1.2 8.8 7.8 6.4 2.8 2.1 1.8 II c B
    Phoebe goalperansis Bonsum 511 7.65 9.7 8.1 6.5 0.7 1.0 6.6 5.9 4.8 2.2 1.7 1.4 II c B
    Plerygotaalata Narikel 593 10.95 13.4 11.8 8.9 0.8 1.2 8.2 7.3 6.0 2.7 2.1 1.7 III _ C
    Prunus napeulensis Arupati 548 9.41 4.4 8.7 69.6 0.9 1.2 6.7 6.0 4.9 2.4 1.9 1.6 _ _ _
    Pterespermum acerifolium Hattipaila 607 9.55 13.5 11.3 9.0 0.9 1.2 8.7 7.7 6.3 3.2 2.5 2.0 III C B

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6651
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Species Average Modulusof PermissibleStressinN/mm2forGradeI PreservativeCharacters

    BotanicalName Trade Densityat12 Elasticityx Bendingand Shearall Compression Compression Durability Treatability Refracterinesto
    3 2
    Name percent 10 N/mm TensionAlong Location ParalleltoGrain Perpendicularto Class Grade AllSeasoning
    Content Grains,Extreme Grain
    Kg/m3 FibreStress

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation

    outsideLocation
    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation

    InsideLocation
    wetLocation

    wetLocation

    wetLocation
    AlongGrain
    Horizontal
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
    Quercuslineate Oak 874 12.63 15.2 12.7 10.1 1.2 1.7 9.6 8.6 7.0 5.3 4.1 3.4 II c A
    Quercuslamellosa Oak 87 12.44 14.5 12.1 9.7 1.2 1.7 8.7 7.8 6.4 3.8 2.9 2.4 II c A
    Schima wallichii Chilauni 693 9.57 11.1 9.3 7.4 0.9 1.3 6.6 5.9 4.8 2.3 1.8 1.4 III d B
    Seritierafomes Sundri 1073 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III b B
    Shotea assamica Makai 548 9.27 11.1 9.2 7.4 0.9 1.3 7.1 6.3 5.2 2.9 2.2 1.8 III c B
    Shorearobusta Sal 889 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III e B
    Sonneralia apetale Keora 617 8.63 12.8 10.7 8.5 0.9 1.3 7.4 6.6 5.4 4.8 3.7 3.0 II _ B
    Swintoniafloribunda Civit 665 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III a C
    Syzygiumcumini Jamun 841 10.55 14.8 12.4 9.9 1.1 1.6 9.0 8.0 6.5 6.9 5.4 4.4 II e A
    Syzygiumspp. Jam 823 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ III e A
    Taxus buccata Yew 705 7.79 14.3 11.9 9.5 1.2 1.7 8.7 7.8 6.4 4.7 3.7 3.0 _ _ _
    Tectonagrandis Teak 660 9.97 15.5 12.9 10.3 1.2 1.6 9.4 8.3 6.8 4.5 3.5 2.8 I e B
    Toenaciliata Toon 487 6.40 8.7 7.3 5.8 0.7 1.0 5.4 4.8 3.9 2.4 1.8 1.5 II c B
    Terminalia citrna 755 11.89 17.1 14.3 11.4 1.1 1.6 10.8 9.6 7.9 5.0 3.9 3.2 _ _ _
    Terminalia myriocarpa Hollock 615 9.62 11.9 9.9 8.0 0.9 1.2 7.6 6.7 5.5 2.9 2.2 1.8 III a B
    Xyliadolabriformis Lohakat 1007 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
    Xylocarpusrolloensis Passur 757 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B
    Mullilam 587 10.65 14.7 12.2 9.8 0.9 1.2 9.5 8.4 6.9 3.4 2.6 2.1 I e B
    Zanthoxylum budranga

    6652 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    Classificationforpreservationbasedondurabilitytests,etc.
    Class
    IAveragelifemorethan120months;
    IIAveragelife60monthsorabovebutlessthan120months;and
    IIIAveragelifelessthan60months.

    TreatabilityGrades
    aHeartwoodeasilytreatable;
    bHeartwoodtreatable,butcompletepenetrationnotalwaysobtained;incasewheretheleastdimensionismorethan60mm;
    cHeartwoodonlypartiallytreatable;
    dHeartwoodrefractorytotreatment;and
    eHeartwoodveryrefractorytotreatment,penetrationofpreservativebeingpracticallynilevenfromtheends.

    Databasedonstrengthpropertiesatthreeyearsofageoftree.

    Classificationsbasedonseasoningbehavioroftimberandrefractorinessw.r.t.cracking,splittinganddryingrate.
    AHighlyrefractory(slowanddifficultytoseasonfreefromsurfaceandendcracking);
    BModeratelyrefractory(maybeseasonedfreefromsurfaceandendcrackingwithinreasonablyshortperiods,givenalittleprotectionagainstrapiddryingconditions);and
    CNonrefractory(mayberapidlyseasonedfreefromsurfaceandendcrackingevenintheopenairandsun.Ifnotrapidlydried,theydevelopbluestainandmouldonthesurface.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6653
    Table11.4.2PermissibleLateralStrengths(inDoubleShear)ofNails3.55mmDia,80mmLong

    Sl SpeciesofWood ForPermanentConstruction ForTemporary


    No. StrengthperNail StructuresStrength
    perNail(forBoth

    LengtheningJointsand
    BotanicalName Tradename Lengthening NodeJoints
    2
    NodeJoints)Nx102
    Joints Nx10
    Nx102
    1 2 3 4 5 6
    Acacianilotica Babla 15 11 34
    Aphenamixispolystachya Pitraj 19 9 19
    Canarium strictum White dhup 9 8 10.5
    Castanopsis hystrix Chestanut 18 10.5 23.5
    Chukrasiatabularis Chickrassy 24 8 27
    Dilleniapentagyne Dillenia 16.5 12 16
    Dipterocarpus rnacrocarpus Hollong 17 7 20
    Grewiaveslita Dhaman 13 5 24
    Hopeaodorata Telsur 31.5 13 28.5
    Lagerstrocmiaspp. Jarul 24.5 21.5 22.5
    Maniltoa polyandra Ping 26 23.5 32
    Mesua ferrea Mesua 26 8 41
    Michelia excelsa Champ 13 9 20
    Phoebe hainesiana Bonsum 12 6 13
    Shorearobusta Sal 23 15.5 19.5
    Syzygiumspp. Jam 15 12 25
    Tectonagrandis Teak 14 8 13
    Terminalia myriocarpa Hollock 13 10 19
    Toonaciliata Toon 16 9 21
    NOTES
    1. Nailsof3.55mmdiameteraremostcommonlyused.Theabovevaluescanalsobeusedfor4mmdiameter100mmlong
    nails.
    2. ThevaluesinNareapproximateconvertedvaluesfromkgf.Forexactconversionthevalueis1kgf=9.80665N.

    11.4.4.1 Tolerances
    Permissibletolerancesinmeasurementsofcutsizesofstructuraltimbershallbeasfollows:
    a)Forwidthandthickness:
    +3
    1)Uptoandincluding100mm mm
    0
    +6
    2)Above100mm mm
    3
    + 10
    b)Forlength mm
    0

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6654
    Timber Chapter11

    11.4.5 GradingofStructuralTimber

    11.4.5.1 Cutsizesofstructuraltimbershallbegraded,afterseasoning,intothreegradesbasedon
    permissibledefectsgiveninTable11.4.8:
    a) SelectGrade
    b) GradeI
    c) GradeII

    Table11.4.3PermissibleLateralStrengths(inDoubleShear)ofNails5.00mmDia,125mmand150mmLong

    SpeciesofWood ForPermanentConstruction ForTemporaryStructures


    StrengthperNail StrengthperNail(for
    BothLengtheningJoints
    andNodeJoints)Nx102
    BotanicalName Tradename Lengthening Node
    Joints Joints
    Nx10
    2 Nx102
    2 3 4 5 6
    Acacianilotica Babla 27 13.5 53
    Dalbergiasissoo Sissoo 17 15 43
    Mesua ferrea Mesua 24 15.5 57.5
    Michelia excelsa Champ 26 12.5 39
    Phoebe hainesiana Bonsum 20 7.5 30
    Shorearobusta Sal 19.5 17 37
    Syzygiumspp. Jam 18 14.5 38.5
    Tectonagrandis Teak 28 13 30
    Terminalia myriocarpa Hollock 27.5 9 41

    Table11.4.4PermissiblePercentageMoistureContentValues

    Sl Use Zones(seeNote)
    No.
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
    i) Structuralelements 12 14 17 20
    ii) Doorsandwindows
    50mmandaboveinthickness 10 12 14 16
    Thinnerthan50mm 8 10 12 14
    iii) Flooringstripsforgeneralpurposes 8 10 10 12
    NOTEThecountryhasbeenbroadlydividedintothefollowingfourzonesbasedonthehumidityvariationsinthecountry:
    ZoneIAverageannualrelativehumiditylessthan40percent.
    ZoneIIAverageannualrelativehumidity40to50percent.
    ZoneIIIAverageannualrelativehumidity50to67percent.
    ZoneIVAverageannualrelativehumiditymorethan67percent.
    Fordetailedzonalclassification,tolerances,etcreferencemaybemadetogoodpractice[63A(4)].

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6655
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.4.6 SawnTimber

    11.4.6.1 Sizes
    PreferredcutsizesoftimberforuseinstructuralcomponentsshallbeasgiveninTables11.4.5to11.4.7.

    Table11.4.5PreferredCutSizesofStructuralTimbersforRoofTrusses(Spanfrom3mto20m)

    Thickness Width
    mm mm
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
    20 40 50 60 80 100 _ _ _
    25 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 180
    30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 180
    35 _ _ 60 80 100 120 160 180
    40 _ _ 60 80 100 120 160 180
    50 _ _ 60 80 100 120 160 180
    60 _ _ _ 80 100 120 160 180
    80 _ _ _ _ 100 120 160 180
    NOTES
    1 For truss spans marginally above 20 m, preferred cut sizes of structural timber may be allowed.

    2 Preferred lengths of timhec 1, 1.5,2,2.5 and 3 m.

    Table11.4.6PreferredCutSizesofStructuralTimberforRoofPurlins,Rafters,FloorBeams,Etc

    Thickness Width
    mm mm
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
    50 80 100 120 140 _ _ _
    60 80 100 120 140 160 _ _
    80 _ 100 120 140 160 _ _
    100 _ _ _ 140 160 180 200

    NOTE Preferred lengths of timber: 1.5,2,2.5 and 3 m.

    Table11.4.7PreferredCutSizesofStructuralTimbersforPartitionFramingandCovering,andforCentering

    Thickness Width
    mm mm
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    10 40 50 60 80 _ _ _ _ _
    15 40 50 60 80 100 _ _ _ _
    20 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 _
    25 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 240
    30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 240
    40 40 _ 60 80 100 120 160 200 240
    50 _ 50 _ 80 100 120 160 200 240
    60 _ _ 60 80 100 120 160 200 240
    80 _ _ _ 80 100 120 160 200 240

    6656 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    Table11.4.8PermissibleDefectsforCutSizesofTimberforStructuralUse

    Sl Defects SelectGrade Grade I Grade II


    No.
    1 2 3 4 5

    i) Wane Shallbepermissibleatitsdeepest Shallbepermissibleatitsdeepest Shallbepermissibleatits


    portionuptoalimitof1/8ofthe portionuptoalimitof1/6ofthe deepest
    widthofthesurfaceonwhichit widthofthesurfaceonwhichit portionuptoalimitof1/4of
    occurs occurs the
    widthofthesurfaceon
    whichit
    occurs
    ii) Wormholes Otherthanthoseduetopowder Otherthanthoseduetopowder Otherthanthosedueto
    postbeetlesarepermissible postbeetlesarepermissible powderpost
    beetlesarepermissible
    iii) Slopeofgrain Shallnotbemorethan1in20 Shallnotbemorethan1in15 Shallnotbemorethan1in
    12
    iv) Live knots:
    WidthofWide Permissible Maximum Size of Live Permissible Maximum Size of Permissible Maximum Size
    Faces ofCut Knot on Live Knot on of Live Knot on
    Sizes
    of Timber
    Max Narrowfaces Remaining Narrowfaces Remaining Narrow Remaining
    and centralhalfof and centralhalfof facesand central
    1/4ofthe thewidthofthe 1/4ofthe thewidthofthe 1Aofthe halfofthe
    width widefaces width widefaces width width
    facecloseto facecloseto faceclose ofthewide
    edgesofcut edgesofcut to faces
    size size edgesofcut
    oftimber oftimber size
    oftimber
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7
    75 10 10 19 19 29 30
    100 13 13 25 25 38 39
    150 19 19 38 38 57 57
    200 22 25 44 50 66 75
    250 25 29 50 57 66 87
    300 27 38 54 75 81 114
    350 29 41 57 81 87 123
    400 32 44 63 87 96 132
    450 33 47 66 93 99 141
    500 35 50 69 100 105 150
    550 36 52 72 103 108 156
    600 38 53 75 106 114 159
    v) Checksand
    shakes:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6657
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    Widthofthe PermissibleDepth PermissibleDepth PermissibleDepth
    Faceof Max Max Max
    theTimber
    Max
    1 2 3 4
    75 12 25 36
    100 18 35 54
    150 25 50 75
    200 33 65 99
    250 40 81 120
    300 50 100 150
    350 57 115 171
    400 66 131 198
    450 76 150 225
    500 83 165 249
    550 90 181 270
    600 100 200 300

    11.4.6.2 Theprohibiteddefectsgivenin4.6.2.1andpermissibledefectsgivenin4.6.2.2shallapplytostructural
    timber.

    11.4.6.2.1 Prohibiteddefects
    Loosegrains,splits,compressionwoodinconiferousspecies,heartwoodrot,saprot,crookedness,wormholes
    madebypowderpostbeetlesandpitchpocketsshallnotbepermittedinallthethreegrades.

    11.4.6.2.2 DefectstotheextentspecifiedinTable11.4.8shallbepermissible.
    NOTE Wanes are permitted provided they are not combined with knots and the reduction in strength on
    accountofthewanesisnotmorethanthereductionwithmaximumallowableknots.

    11.4.6.3 LocationofDefects
    Theinfluenceofdefectsintimberisdifferentfordifferentlocationsinthestructuralelement.Therefore,these
    should be placed during construction in such a way so that they do not have any adverse effect on the
    members.

    11.4.7 Suitability

    11.4.7.1 SuitabilityinRespectofDurabilityandTreatabilityforPermanentStructures
    Therearetwochoicesasgivenin11.4.7.1.1and11.4.7.1.2.

    11.4.7.1.1 Firstchoice
    Thespeciesshallbeanyoneofthefollowing:
    a) Untreatedheartwoodofhighdurability.Heartwoodifcontainingmorethan15percentsap
    wood,mayneedchemicaltreatmentforprotection;
    b) Treatedheartwoodofmoderateandlowdurabilityandclassaandclassbtreatability;
    c) Heartwoodofmoderatedurabilityandclassctreatabilityafterpressureimpregnation,and
    d) Sapwoodofallclassesofdurabilityafterthoroughtreatmentwithpreservative.

    11.4.7.1.2 Secondchoice
    Thespeciesoftimbershallbeheartwoodofmoderatedurabilityandclassdtreatability.

    11.4.7.2 Choiceofloadbetingtemporarystructuresorsemistructuralcomponentsatconstructionsite
    a) Heartwoodoflowdurabilityandclassetreatability;or

    6658 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    b) Thespecieswhosedurabilityand/ortreatabilityareyettobeestablished,aslistedinTable
    11.4.1.

    11.4.8 Fastenings
    All structural members shall be framed, anchored, tied and braced to develop the strength and rigidity
    necessaryforthepurposesforwhichtheyareused.
    Allowable stresses or loads on joints and fasteners shall be determined in accordance with recognized
    principles.Commonmechanicalfasteningsareofbartypesuchasnailsandspikes,woodscrewsandbolts,and
    timber connectors including metallic rings or wooden discdowels. Chemical fastenings include synthetic
    adhesivesforstructuralapplications.

    11.5 PERMISSIBLESTRESSES

    11.5.1 ThepermissiblestressesforGroupsA,BandCfordifferentlocationsapplicabletoGradeIstructural
    timbershallbeasgiveninTable11.5.1providedthatthefollowingconditionsaresatisfied:
    a) Thetimbersshouldbeofhighormoderatedurabilityandbegiventhesuitabletreatment
    wherenecessary.
    b) Timberoflowdurabilityshallbeusedafterproperpreservativetreatmentand
    c) Theloadsshouldbecontinuousandpermanentandnotofimpacttype.

    Table11.5.1MinimumPermissibleStressLimits(N/mm2)inThreeGroupsofStructuralTimbers(forGradeI
    Material)

    Sl StrengthCharacter LocationofUse Group Group Group


    No. A B C
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
    1)
    i) Bendingandtensionalonggrain Inside 18.0 12.0 8.5
    2)
    ii) Shear Alllocations 1.05 0.64 0.49
    Horizontal
    Alonggrain Alllocations 15 0.91 0.70
    1)
    iii) Compressionpe4rpendiculartograin Inside 11.7 7.8 4.9
    1)
    iv) Compressionperpendiculartograin Inside 4.0 2.5 1.1
    v) Modulusofelasticity(103N/mm2) Alllocationsand 12.6 9.8 5.6
    grade
    1) Forworkingstressesforotherlocationsofuse,thatis,outsideandwet,generallyfactorsof5/6and2/3areapplied.
    2) Thevaluesofhorizontalsheartobeusedonlyforbeams.Inallothercasesshearalonggraintobeused.

    11.5.2 Thepermissiblestresses(exceptingE)giveninTable11.5.1shallbemultipliedbythefollowing
    factorstoobtainthepermissiblestressesforothergradesprovidedthattheconditionslaiddownin
    5.2aresatisfied:
    a) ForSelectGradeTimber1.16
    b) ForGradeIITimber0.84
    When low durability timbers are to be used [see 5.2(b)] on outside locations, the permissible stresses for all
    gradesoftimber,arrivedatby5.2and5.3shallbemultipliedby0.80.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6659
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.5.3 ModificationFactorsforPermissibleStresses

    11.5.3.1 DuetoChangeinSlopeofGrain
    Whenthetimberhasnotbeengradedandhasmajordefectslikeslopeofgrain,knotsandchecksorshakesbut
    not beyond permissible value, the permissible stress given in Table 11.4.1 shall be multiplied by modification
    factorK1fordifferentslopesofgrainasgiveninTable11.5.2.

    Table11.5.2ModificationsFactorK1toAllowforChangeinSlopeofGrain

    slope ModificationFactorK1

    StrengthofBeams, Strengthof
    JoistsandTies PostsorColumns

    1 2 3
    1in10 0.80 0.74

    1in12 0.90 0.82

    1in14 0.98 0.8

    1in15andfla~ 1.00 1.00

    NOTEForintermediaryslopesofgrains,valuesofmodificationfactormaybeobtainedbyinterpolation.

    11.5.3.2 DuetoDurationofLoad
    For different durations of design load, the permissible stresses given in Table 1 shall be multiplied by the
    modificationfactorK2giveninTable11.5.3.

    Table11.5.3ModificationsFactorK2,forChangeinDuratiouofLoading

    DurationofLoading ModificationFactorK2

    1 2
    Continuous(Normal) 1.0
    Twomonths 1.15
    Sevendays 1.25
    Windandearthquake 1.33
    Instantaneousorimpact 2.00
    NOTEThestrengthpropertiesoftimberunderloadaretimedependent.

    6660 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.5.3.2.1 The factor K2 is applicable to modulus of elasticity when used to design timber columns,
    otherwisetheydonotapplythereto.

    11.5.3.2.2 If there are several duration of loads (in addition to the continuous) to be considered, the
    modification factorshall be basedonthe shortest durationload inthe combination, thatis, the
    one yielding the largest increase in the permissible stresses, provided the designed section is
    foundadequateforacombinationofotherlargerdurationloads.
    [Explanation:Inanystructuraltimberdesignfordeadloads,snowloadsandwindorearthquake
    forces, membersmay be designed onthe basis of total of stressesdueto dead,snowandwind
    loadsusingK2=1.33,factorforthepermissiblestress(ofTable11.4.1)toaccommodatethewind
    load,thatis, the shortest of duration and giving thelargest increase in the permissible stresses.
    The section thus found is checked to meet the requirements based on dead loads alone with
    modificationK2=1.00].

    11.5.3.2.3 ModificationfactorK2shallalsobeappliedtoallowableloadsformechanicalfastenersindesign
    ofjoints,whenthewoodandnotthestrengthofmetaldeterminetheloadcapacity.

    11.6 DESIGNCONSIDERATIONS

    11.6.1 Allstructuralmembers,assembliesorframeworkinabuilding,incombinationwiththefloors,wallsand
    otherstructuralpartsofthebuildingshallbecapableofsustaining,withduestabilityandstiffnessthe
    wholedeadandimposedloadingsasperPart6StructuralDesign,Section1Loads,ForcesandEffects,
    withoutexceedingthelimitsofrelevantstressesspecifiedinthisSection.

    11.6.2 Buildings shall be designed for all dead and imposed loads or forces assumed to come upon them
    duringconstructionoruse,includingupliftsorhorizontalforcesfromwindandforcesfromearthquakes
    orotherloadings.Structuralmembersandtheirconnectionsshallbeproportionedtoprovideasound
    and stable structure with adequate strength and stiffness. Wooden components in construction
    generallyincludepanelsforsheathinganddiaphragms,siding,beams,girder,columns,lightframings,
    masonry wall and joist construction, heavyframes, glued laminated structural members, structural
    sandwiches,prefabricatedpanels,lamellaarches,portalframesandotherauxiliaryconstructions.

    11.6.3 NetSection

    11.6.3.1 Thenetsectionisobtainedbydeductingfromthegrosssectionalareaoftimbertheprojectedareaof
    allmaterialremovedbyboring,groovingorothermeansatcriticalplane.Incaseofnailing,theareaof
    thepreboredholeshallnotbetakenintoaccountforthispurpose.

    11.6.3.2 The net section used in calculating load carrying capacity of a member shall be at least net section
    determined as above by passing a plane or a series of connected planes transversely through the
    members.

    11.6.3.3 Notchesshallbeinnocaseremovemorethanonequarterofthesection.

    11.6.3.4 In the design of an intermediate or a long column, gross section shall be used in calculating load
    carryingcapacityofthecolumn.

    11.6.4 Loads

    11.6.4.1 TheloadsshallconformtothosegiveninPart6StructuralDesign,Chapter2LoadsonBuildingsand
    Structures.

    11.6.4.2 Theworstcombinationandlocationofloadsshallbeconsideredfordesign.Windandseismicforces
    shallnotbeconsideredtoactsimultaneously.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6661
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.6.5 FlexuralMembers

    11.6.5.1 Suchstructuralmembersshallbeinvestigatedforthefollowing:
    a) Bendingstrength,
    b) Maximumhorizontalshear,
    c) Stressatthebearings,and
    d) Deflection.

    11.6.5.2 EffectiveSpan
    Theeffectivespanofbeamsandotherflexuralmembersshallbetakenasthedistancefromfaceofsupports
    plusonehalfoftherequiredlengthofbearingateachendexceptthatforcontinuousbeamsandjoiststhespan
    maybemeasuredfromcentreofbearingatthosesupportsoverwhichthebeamiscontinuous.

    11.6.5.3 Usualformulaforflexuralstrengthshallapplyindesign:
    M
    f ab fb
    Z
    11.6.5.4 FormFactorsforFlexuralMembers
    Thefollowingformfactorsshallbeappliedtothebendingstress:
    a) RectangularSectionForrectangularsections,fordifferentdepthsofbeams,theformfactor
    K3shallbetakenas:
    D 2 + 89400
    K3 = 0.81 2
    D + 55000
    NOTEFormfactor(K3)shallnotbeappliedforbeamshavingdepthlessthanorequalto300mm.
    b) BoxBeamsandIBeamsForboxbeamsandIbeams,theformfactorKAobtainedbyusing
    theformula:
    D 2 + 89400 1
    K 4 = 0.8 + 0.8 y
    D + 55000
    2

    where
    y = p12 + (6 8 p1 + 3 p12 )(1 q1 ) + q1
    c) SolidCircularCrossSectionsForsolidcircularcrosssectionstheformfactorKSshallbetaken
    as1.18.
    d) SquareCrossSectionsForsquarecrosssectionswheretheloadisinthedirectionof
    diagonal,theformfactorKGshallbetakenas1.414.

    11.6.5.5 Width
    The minimum width of the beam or any flexural member shall not be less than 50 mm or 1/50 of the span,
    whicheverisgreater.

    11.6.5.6 Depth
    Thedepthofbeamoranyflexuralmembershallnotbetakenmorethanthreetimesofitswidthwithoutlateral
    stiffening.

    11.6.5.6.1 Stiffening
    Allflexuralmembershavingadepthexceedingthreetimesitswidthoraspanexceeding50timesitswidthor
    bothshallbe laterallyrestrainedfromtwistingorbucklingandthedistancebetweensuchrestraintsshallnot
    exceed50timesitswidth.

    6662 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.6.5.7 Shear

    11.6.5.7.1 Thefollowingformulaeshallapply:
    a) Themaximumhorizontalshear,whentheloadonabeammovesfromthesupporttowardsthe
    centreofthespan,andtheloadisatadistanceofthreetofourtimesthedepthofthebeam
    fromthesupport,shallbecalculatedfromthefollowinggeneralformula:
    VQ
    H=
    Ib
    b) Forrectangularbeams:
    3V
    H=
    2bD
    c) Fornotchedbeams,withtensionnotchatsupports:
    3VD
    H=
    2bD12

    D1
    D

    SQUARE NOTCH
    (BOTTM SIDE NOTCHED)
    d) Fornotchedatupper(compression)face,wheree>D:
    3V
    H=
    2bD1
    e
    D2
    D

    D1

    SPLAYED NOTCH
    (UPPER SIDE NOTCHED)

    e) Fornotchedatupper(compression)face,wheree<D
    3V
    H=
    D
    2b D 2 e
    D

    11.6.5.7.2 Forconcentratedloads:
    10C ( I x)( x / D ) 2
    V=

    [
    9 I 2 + ( x / D) 2 ]
    andforuniformlydistributedloads,

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6663
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    W 2D
    V = 1
    2 I
    AfterarrivingatthevalueofV,itsvaluewillbesubstitutedintheformula:
    VQ
    H=
    Ib
    11.6.5.7.3 Indeterminingtheverticalreactionfollowingdeductionsinloadsmaybemade:
    a) Considerationshallbegiventothepossibledistributionofloadtoadjacentparallelbeams,if
    any;
    b) Alluniformlydistributedloadswithinadistanceequaltothedepthofthebeamfromtheedge
    oftheearnestsupportmaybeneglectedexceptincaseofbeamhangingdownwardsfroma
    particularsupport,and
    c) Allconcentratedloadsinthevicinityofthesupportsmaybereducedbythereductionfactor
    applicableaccordingtoTable11.6.1.

    Table11.6.1ReductionFactorforConcentratedLoadsintheVicinityofSupports

    DistanceofLoadfrom LSDorLess 2D 2.5D 3DorMore


    theNearestSupport
    1 2 3 4 5
    Reductionfactor 0.6 0.4 0.2 NoReduction
    NOTEForintermediatedistances,factormaybeobtainedbylinearinterpolation.

    11.6.5.7.4 Unless the local stress is calculated and found to be within the permissible stress, flexural
    membershallnotbecut,notchedorboredexceptasfollows:
    a)Notchesmaybecutinthetoporbottomneitherdeeperthanonefifthofthedepthofthebeamnorfarther
    fromtheedgeofthesupportthanonesixthofthespan;
    b)Holesnotlargerindiameterthanonequarterofthedepthmaybeboredinthemiddlethirdofthedepthand
    length;and
    c)Ifholesornotchesoccuratadistancegreaterthanthreetimesthedepthofthememberfromtheedgeofthe
    nearestsupport,thenetremainingdepthshallbeusedindeterminingthebendingstrength.
    Net
    Depth

    NOTCHED AT MIDDLE
    Fig.11.6.1NotchedBeams

    11.6.5.8 Bearing

    11.6.5.8.1 Theendsofflexuralmembersshallbesupportedinrecesseswhichprovideadequateventilation
    to prevent dry rot and shall not be enclosed. Flexural members except roof timbers which are
    supporteddirectlyonmasonryorconcreteshallhavealengthofbearingofnotlessthan75mm.
    Memberssupportedoncorbels,offsetsandrooftimbersonawallshallbearimmediatelyonand
    befixedtowallplatenotlessthan75mmx40mm.

    11.6.5.8.2 Timberjoistsor floorplanks shallnot be supported on thetop flange ofsteel beamsunlessthe


    bearingstress,calculatedonthenetbearingasshapedtofitthebeam,islessthanthepermissible
    compressivestressperpendiculartothegrain.

    6664 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.6.5.8.3 Bearingstress
    Lengthandpositionofbearing
    a) Atanybearingonthesidegrainoftimber,thepermissiblestressincompressionperpendicular
    tothegrain,fcn,isdependentonthelengthandpositionofthebearing.
    b) ThepermissiblestressesgiveninTable11.4.1forcompressionperpendiculartothegrainare
    alsothepermissiblestressesforanylengthattheendsofamemberandforbearings150mm
    ormoreinlengthatanyotherposition.
    c) Forbearingslessthan150mminlengthlocated75mmormorefromtheendofamemberas
    showninFig.11.6.2,thepermissiblestressmaybemultipliedbythemodificationfactorK7
    giveninTable11.6.2.
    d) Noallowanceneedbemadeforthedifferenceinintensityofthebearingstressduetobending
    ofabeam.
    e) Thebearingareashouldbecalculatedasthenetareaafterallowancefortheamountofwane.
    f) Forbearingsstressunderawasherorasmallplate,thesamecoefficientspecifiedinTable
    11.6.2maybetakenforabearingwithalengthequaltothediameterofthewasherorthe
    widthofthesmallplate.
    g) Whenthedirectionofstressisatangletothedirectionofthegraininanystructuralmember,
    thenthepermissiblebearingstressinthatmembershallbecalculatedbythefollowing
    formula:
    f cp f cn
    f c =
    f cp sin + f cn cos 2
    2

    Table11.6.2:ModificationfactorK7forbearingstresses

    Lengthofbearinginmm 15 25 40 50 75 100 150ormore

    ModificationfactorK7 1.67 1.40 1.25 1.20 1.13 1.10 1.00

    75mm 150 mm max


    min Bearing


    Fig.11.6.2PositionOfEndBearings

    11.6.5.9 Deflection
    Thedeflectioninthecaseofallflexuralmemberssupportingbrittlematerialslikegypsumceilings,slates,tiles
    andasbestossheetsshallnotexceed1/360ofthespan.Thedeflectioninthecaseofotherflexuralmembers
    shallnotexceed1/240ofthespanand1/150ofthefreelyhanginglengthinthecaseofcantilevers.

    11.6.5.9.1
    Usualformulafordeflectionshallapply:
    KWL3
    =
    EI (ignoringdeflectionduetoshearstrain)

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6665
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    Kvalues= 1/3forcantileverswithloadatfreeend,
    1/8forcantileverswithuniformlydistributedload,
    1/48forbeamssupportedatbothendswithpointloadatcentre,and
    5/384forbeamssupportedatbothendswithuniformlydistributedload.

    11.6.5.9.2 InordertoallowtheeffectoflongdurationloadingonE,forcheckingdeflectionincaseofbeams
    andjoiststheeffectiveloadsshallbetwicethedeadloadiftimberisinitiallydry.

    11.6.5.9.3 Selfweightofbeamshallbeconsideredindesign.

    11.6.6 Columns
    NOTETheformulaegivenareforcolumnswithpinendconditionsandthelengthshallbemodifiedsuitably
    withotherendconditions.

    11.6.6.1 SolidColumns
    Solid columns shallbeclassified intoshort,intermediateand longcolumns dependingupontheir slenderness
    ratio(S/d)asfollows:

    a) ShortcolumnswhereS/ddoesnotexceed11.
    b) IntermediatecolumnswhereS/disbetween11andKg,and
    c) LongcolumnswhereS/disgreaterthanKg.

    11.6.6.1.1 Forshortcolumns,thepermissiblecompressivestressshallbecalculatedasfollows:
    f c = f cp

    11.6.6.1.2 Forintermediatecolumns,thepermissiblecompressivestressiscalculatedbyusingthefollowing
    formula:
    1 S 4
    f c = f cp 1
    3 K g d

    11.6.6.1.3 For long columns, the permissible compressive stress shall be calculated by using the following
    formula:
    0.329 E
    fc =
    (S / d )2

    11.6.6.1.4 Incaseofsolidcolumnsoftimber,S/dratioshallnotexceed50.

    11.6.6.1.5 The permissible loadon a column of circularcrosssection shallnot exceed that permitted for a
    squarecolumnofanequivalentcrosssectionalarea.

    11.6.6.1.6 FordeterminingS/dratioofataperedcolumn,itsleastdimensionshallbetakenasthesumofthe
    corresponding least dimensions at the small end of the column and onethird of the difference
    betweenthisleastdimensionatthesmallendandthecorrespondingleastdimensionatthelarge
    end,butinnocaseshalltheleastdimensionforthecolumnbetakenasmorethanoneandahalf
    times the least dimension at the small end. The induced stress at the small end of the tapered
    columnshallnotexceedthepermissiblecompressivestressinthedirectionofgrain.

    11.6.6.2 BuiltupColumns

    11.6.6.2.1 Boxcolumn
    Boxcolumnsshallbeclassifiedintoshort,intermediateandlongcolumnsasfollows:

    6666 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    S
    a) Shortcolumnswhere islessthan8;
    d + d 22
    1
    2

    S
    b) Intermediatecolumnswhere isbetween8andK9;and
    d + d 22
    1
    2

    S
    c) Longcolumnswhere isgreaterthanK9.
    d12 + d 22

    11.6.6.2.2 Forshortcolumns,thepermissiblecompressivestressshallbecalculatedasfollows:
    f c = qf cp

    11.6.6.2.3 For intermediate columns, the permissible compressive stress shall be obtained using the
    followingformula

    4

    1
    f c = qf cp 1
    S
    3 d2 + d2
    1 1

    11.6.6.2.4 For long columns, the permissible compressive stress shall be calculated by using the following
    formula:
    0.329UE
    fc = 2

    S
    d + d2
    2
    1 2
    11.6.6.2.5 ThefollowingvaluesofUandq,dependinguponplankthickness(t)in11.6.6.2.3and11.6.6.2.4,
    shallbeused:

    t(mm) U q
    25 0.80 1.00
    30 0.60 1.00

    11.6.6.3 SpacedColumns

    11.6.6.3.1 The formulae for solid columns as specified in 6.6.1 are applicable to spaced columns with a
    restraintfactorof2.5or3,dependingupondistancesofendconnectorsinthecolumn.
    NOTEArestrainedfactorof2.5forlocationofcentroidgroupoffastenersatS/20fromendand
    3forlocationatS/10toS/20fromendshallbetaken.

    11.6.6.3.2 Forintermediatespacedcolumn,thepermissiblecompressivestressshallbe:
    1 S 4
    f c = f cp 1
    3 k10d

    11.6.6.3.3 Forlongspacedcolumns,theformulashallbe:

    0.329 E 2.5
    fc =
    (S / d )2

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6667
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.6.6.3.4 Forindividualmembersofspacedcolumns,S/dratioshallnotexceed80.

    11.6.6.4 Compression members shall not be notched. When it is necessary to pass services through such a
    member,thisshallbeeffectedbymeansofaboredholeprovidedthatthelocalstressiscalculated
    andfoundtobewithinthepermissiblestressspecified.Thedistancefromtheedgeoftheholetothe
    edgeofthemembershallnotbelessthanonequarterofwidthoftheface.

    11.6.7 StructuralMembersSubjecttoBendingandAxialStresses

    11.6.7.1 Structural members subjected both to bending and axial compression shall be designed to comply
    withthefollowingformula:
    f ac f ab
    +
    fc fb

    11.6.7.2 Structuralmemberssubjectedbothtobendingandaxialtensionshallbedesignedtocomplywiththe
    followingformula:
    f at f ab
    +
    ft fb

    11.7 DESIGNOFCOMMONSTEELWIRENAILJOINTS

    11.7.1 General
    Nailjointedtimberconstructionissuitableforlightandmediumtimberframings(trusses,etc)upto15mspans.
    With the facilities of readily available materials and simpler workmanship in monochord and split chord
    constructions,thistypeoffabricationhasalargescope.

    11.7.2 DimensionsofMembers

    11.7.2.1 Thedimensionofartindividualpieceoftimber(thatis,anysinglemember)shallbewithintherange
    givenbelow:
    a) Theminimumthicknessofthemainmembersinmonochordconstructionshallbe30mm.
    b) Theminimumthicknessofanindividualpieceofmembersinsplitchordconstructionshall
    c) Thespacebetweentwoadjacentpiecesoftimbershallberestrictedtoamaximumof3times
    thethicknessoftheindividualpieceoftimberofthechordmember.Incaseofwebmembers,
    itmaybegreaterforjoiningfacilities.

    11.7.3 No lengthening joint shall preferably be located at a panel point. Generally not more than two, but
    preferablyone,lengtheningjointshallbepermittedbetweenthetwopanelpointsofthemembers.

    11.7.4 SpecificationandDiameterofNails

    11.7.4.1 ThenailsusedfortimberjointsshallconformtoPart5BuildingMaterials.Thenailsshallbediamond
    pointed.

    11.7.4.2 Thediameterofnailshall bewithinthelimitsof oneeleventhto onesixthof theleast thicknessof


    membersbeingconnected.

    11.7.4.3 Wherethenailsareexposedtobesalineconditions,commonwirenailsshallbegalvanized.

    11.7.5 ArrangementofNailsintheJoints
    The end distances, edge distances and spacings of nails in a nailed joint should be such as to avoid undue
    splittingofthewoodandshallnotbelessthanthosegivenin11.7.5.1and11.7.5.2.

    6668 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.7.5.1 LengtheningJoints
    Therequirementofspacingofnailsinalengtheningjointshallbeasfollows(seealsoFig.11.7.1):

    Sl. SpacingofNails TypeofStressinthe Requirement


    No. Joint Min
    (1) (2) (3) (4)
    i) Enddistance Tension 12n

    Compression 10n
    ii) Indirectionofgrain Tension 10n

    Compression 5n

    iii) Edgedistance 5n
    iv) Betweenrowofnails 5n
    perpendiculartothegrain
    Notes:
    1. nisshankdiameterofnails
    2. The5ndistancebetweentherowsofnailsperpendiculartothegrainmay
    beincreasedsubjecttotheavailabilityofwidthofthememberkeeping
    edgedistanceconstant.

    11.7.5.2 NodeJoints
    TherequirementforspacingofnailsinnodejointsshallbeasspecifiedinFig.11.7.2wherethemembersareat
    rightangleandasinFig.11.7.3wherethemembersareinclinedtooneanotheratanglesotherthan90and
    subjectedtoeitherpurecompressionorpuretension.

    11.7.6 PenetrationofNails

    11.7.6.1 For a lap joint when the nails are driven from the side of the thinner member, the length of
    penetrationofnailsinthethickermembershallbeoneandahalftimesthethicknessofthethinner
    membersubjecttomaximumofthethicknessofthethickermember.

    11.7.6.2 Forbuttjointsthenailsshallbedriventhroughtheentirethicknessofthejoint.

    11.7.7 DesignConsiderations

    11.7.7.1 Whereanumberofnailsareusedinajoint,theallowableloadinlateralresistanceshallbethesumof
    theallowableloadsfortheindividualnails,providedthatthecentroidofthegroupofthesenailslies
    ontheaxisofthememberandthespacingsconformto7.5.Wherealargenumberofnailsaretobe
    providedatajoint,theyshouldbesoarrangedthattherearemoreofrowsratherthanmorenumber
    ofnailsinarow.

    11.7.7.2 Nailsshall,asfaraspracticable,bearrangedsothatthelineofforceinamemberpassesthroughthe
    centroid of the group of nails. Where this is not practicable, allowance shall be made for any
    eccentricity in computing the maximum load on the fixing nails as well as the loads and bending
    momentinthemember.

    11.7.7.3 Adjacentnailsshallpreferablybedrivenfromoppositefaces,thatis,thenailsaredrivenalternatively
    fromeitherfaceofjoint.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6669
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.7.7.4 Forarigidjoint,aminimumof2nailsfornodaljointsand4nailsforlengtheningjointshallbedriven.

    11.7.7.5 Twonailsinahorizontalrowarebetterthanusingthesamenumberofnailsinaverticalrow.

    11.7.8 SpecialConsiderationinNailJointedTrussConstruction

    11.7.8.1 The initial upward camber provided at the centre of the lower chord of nailjointed timber trusses
    shall be not less than 1/200 of the effective span for timber structures using seasoned wood and
    1/100forunseasonedorpartiallyseasonedwood.

    11.7.8.2 Thetotalcombinedthicknessofthegussetorspliceplatesoneithersideofthejointinamonochord
    type construction shall not be less than one and a half times the thickness of the main members
    subjecttoaminimumthicknessof25mmofindividualgussetplate.

    5n 10n 5n

    Effective end
    Distance, 10n min 10n

    5n
    5n
    5n
    5n

    2A MONOCHORD TYPE BUTT JOINT SUBJECT TO COMPRESSION

    10n 12n 10n

    12n min 12n min

    5n min
    5n min
    5n min

    Effective end
    Distance, 5n min

    n = SHANK DIAMETER OF NAIL

    2B MONOCHORD TYPE BUTT JOINT SUBJECT TO TENSION

    Fig.11.7.1SpacingofNailsInALenghtheningJointContinued

    6670 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    5n 10n 5n

    Effective end
    Distance, 10n min 10n min

    5n min
    5n min
    5n min
    5n min
    5n min

    Effective end
    Distance, 5n min

    2C SPLIT - CHORD TYPE BUTT JOINT SUBJECT TO COMPRESSION

    10n min 12n min 10n min

    12n min Effective end


    Distance, 12n min

    5n min
    5n min
    5n min
    5n min

    Effective end
    n = SHANK DIAMETER OF NAIL Distance, 5n min

    2C SPLIT - CHORD TYPE BUTT JOINT SUBJECT TO TENSION


    Fig.11.7.1SpacingofNailsInALenghtheningJoint

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6671
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    5n min 5n min
    Unloaded Loaded
    Edge Edge

    5n
    5n 10n

    5n 5n
    5n
    10n
    5n
    5n

    3A 3B

    5n min

    10n

    5n
    5n

    10n

    n = SHANK DIAMETER OF NAIL


    *5n MAY BE INCREASED TO 10n, IF THE DESIGNED WIDTH OF
    CORD MEMBER PERMITS. OTHERWISE THE END OF THE LOADED
    WEB MEMBER MAY BE EXTENDED BY 5n min

    3C
    Fig.11.7.2SpacingOfNailsWhereMembersAreAtRightAnglesToOneAnother

    6672 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    5n 5n

    Unloaded Loaded
    Edge Edge

    5n
    10n
    5n
    5n 5n

    10n 5n
    5n *
    5n
    Loaded Uploaded
    4A Edge 4B
    Edge

    Timber fish
    Plate

    Bottom
    Chord

    Web
    Members

    5n
    5n

    10n

    10n 5n
    5n
    5n
    10n
    10n

    10n

    5n

    10n

    5n 5n 5n 5n

    4C
    *5n MAY BE INCREASED TO 10n, IF THE DESIGNED WIDTH OF CHORD MEMBER PERMITS.
    OTHERWISE THE END OF THE LOADED WEB MEMBER MAY BE EXTENDED BY 5n min
    n = SHANK DIAMETER OF NAIL
    Fig.11.7.3SpacingOfNailsAtNodeWhereMembersAreInclinedToOneAnother

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6673
    Part6
    StructuralDesign
    11.7.8.3 Thetotalcombinedthicknessofallspacerblocksorplatesorbothincludingouterspliceplates,atany
    jointinasplitchordtypeconstructionshallnotbelessthanoneandahalftimesthetotalthicknessof
    allthemainmembersatthatjoint.

    11.8 DESIGNOFNAILLAMINATEDTIMBERBEAMS

    11.8.1 MethodofArrangement

    11.8.1.1 Thebeamismadeupof20mmto30mmthickplanksplacedverticallywithjointsstaggeredinthe
    adjoiningplankswithaminimumdistanceof300mm.Theplanksarelaminatedwiththehelpofwire
    nails at regular intervals to take up horizontal shear developed in the beam besides keeping the
    planksinposition(seeFig.11.8.1).

    11.8.1.2 The advantage in laminations lies in dimensional stability, dispersal of defects and better structural
    performance.

    11.8.2 SizesofPlanksandBeams

    11.8.2.1 Theplankthicknessforfabricationofnailedlaminatedbeamsrecommendedare20,25and30mm.

    11.8.2.2 Incaseofnailedlaminatedtimberbeamthemaximumdepthandlengthofplanksshallbelimitedto
    250mmand2000mm,respectively.

    11.8.2.3 Inordertoobtaintheoverallwidthofthebeam,thenumberandthicknessofplankstoformvertical
    nailedlaminatedbeams,andalsotypeandsizeofwirenailshallbeasmentionedinTable10.8.1.The
    protrudingportionofthenailshallbecutofforclenchedacrossthegrains.

    11.8.3 DesignConsiderations

    11.8.3.1 Naillaminatedbeamsshallbedesignedinaccordancewith11.6.

    Table10.8.1:Numberandsizeofplanksandnailsfornailedlaminatedbeams

    Sl. OverallWidth No.of Thicknessof No.andSizeof


    No. ofBeam Planks eachPlank Nailtobeused
    (mm) (mm) (mm)
    (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
    i) 50 2 25 80long3.55dia
    ii) 60 3 20 do
    iii) 70 3 (2x25) do
    (1x20)
    iv) 80 4 20 100long4.0dia
    v) 90 3 30 do
    vi) 100 4 25 125long5.0dia
    vii) 110 4 (3x30) do
    (1x20)
    viii) 120 4 30 do
    ix) 150 5 30 150long5.0dia
    Notes:Anumberofcombinationsofdifferentthicknessofplanksmaybe
    adoptedaslongastheminimumandmaximumthicknessoftheplanksare
    adheredto.

    6674 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.8.3.1.1 The deflection in the case of nailed laminated timber beams, joists, purlins, battens and other
    flexuralmemberssupportingbrittlematerialslikegypsum,ceilingslates,tilesandasbestossheets
    shall not exceed 1/480 of the span. The deflection in case of other flexural members shall not
    exceed1/360ofthespaninthecaseofbeamsandjoists,and1/225ofthefreelyhanginglengthin
    caseofcantilevers.

    11.8.3.2 PermissiblelateralstrengthofmildsteelwirenailsshallbeasgiveninTable11.4.2andTable11.4.3
    forIndianSpeciesoftimber,whichshallapplytonailsthathavetheirpointscutflushwiththefaces.
    Fornailsclenchedacrossthegrainsthestrengthmaybeincreasedby20percentoverthevaluesfor
    nailswithpointscutflush.

    11.8.3.3 ArrangementofNails

    11.8.3.3.1 Aminimumnumberoffournailsinaverticalrowatregularintervalnotexceeding75mmtotake
    uphorizontalshearaswellastokeeptheplanksinpositionshallbeused.Nearthejointsofthe
    planksthisdistancemay,however,belimitedto5cminsteadof75mm.

    11.8.3.3.2 Shearshallbecalculatedatvariouspointsofthebeamand[henumberofnailsrequiredshallbe
    accommodatedwithinthedistanceequaltothedepthofthebeam,withaminimumof4nailsina
    rowatastandardspacingasshowninFig.11.8.2.

    11.8.3.3.3 Ifthedepthofthebeamismore,thentheverticalintermediatespacingofnailsmaybeincreased
    proportionately.

    11.8.3.3.4 If the nails required at a point are more than that can be accommodated in a row, then these
    shallheprovidedlengthwiseofthebeamwithinthedistanceequaltothedepthofthebeamat
    standardlengthwisespacing.

    11.8.3.3.5 Fornailedlaminatedbeamminimumdepthof100mmfor3.55mmand4mmdiameternails,and
    125mmfor5mmdiameternailsshallbeprovided.

    11.9 DESIGNOFBOLTEDCONSTRUCTIONJOINTS

    11.9.1 General
    Boltedjointssuittherequirementsofprefabricationinsmallandmediumspantimberstructuresforspeedand
    economy in construction. Bolt jointed construction units offer better facilities as regards to workshop ease,
    massproductionofcomponents,transportconvenienceandreassemblyatsiteofworkparticularlyindefence
    sectorforhighaltitudesandfaroffsituations.
    Designingismainlyinfluencedbythespecies,sizeofbolts,moistureconditionsandtheinclinationofloadingsto
    thegrains.Inprincipleboltedjointsfollowthepatternofrivettedjointsinsteelstructures.

    11.9.2 DesignConsiderations

    11.9.2.1 Boltedtimberconstructionshallbedesignedinaccordancewith6.Theconceptofcriticalsection,that
    is, the net section obtained by deducting the projected area of boltholes from the crosssectional
    areaofmemberisveryimportantforthesuccessfuldesignandeconomyintimber.

    11.9.2.2 BoltBearingStrengthofWood
    Theallowableloadforaboltinajointconsistingoftwomembers(singleshear)shallbetakenasonehalfthe
    allowableloadscalculatedforathreememberjoint(doubleshear)forthesamet/d3ratio.Thepercentageof
    safeworkingcompressive stressoftimber onbolted joints fordifferent t/d3 ratios shall be as given in Table
    11.9.1.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2011 6675
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    4000
    1600 1600 800

    1200 1600 1200


    800 1600 1600
    400 1600 1600 400
    100

    25mm THICK TIMBER PLANKS


    4 @ 75mm = 300mm

    25

    175

    25 50
    25 CAMBER

    All dimensions in millimetres.

    Fig.11.8.1PlanAndElevationOfATypicalNailedLaminatedTimberBeam

    6676 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    20 20 20 20 20
    100
    50 75 75

    6A FOR 3.55 mm AND 4 mm DIAMETER NAILS

    25
    25
    125

    25
    25
    25

    50 75 75

    6B FOR 5 mm DIAMETER NAILS

    All dimensions in millimetres.


    FIG.11.8.2StandardLengthwiseSpacingInNailedLaminatedBeam

    11.9.2.2.1
    Whereanumberofboltsareusedinajoint,theallowableloadsshallbethesumoftheallowableloadsforthe
    individualbolts.

    11.9.2.2.2
    he factors for different bolt diameter used in calculating safe bearing stress perpendicular to grain in the joint
    shallbeasgiveninTable11.9.2.

    11.9.2.3 DimensionsofMembers
    a) Theminimumthicknessofthemainmemberinmonochordconstructionshallbe40mm.
    b) Theminimumthicknessofsidemembersshallbe20mmandshallbehalfthethicknessofmain
    members.
    c) Theminimumindividualthicknessofspacedmemberinsplitchordconstructionshallbe20mm
    and25mmforwebsandchordmembersrespectively.

    11.9.2.4 BoltsandBolting
    a) Thediameterofboltinthemainmembershallbesochosentogivelargerslenderness(t/d3)
    ratioofbolt.
    b) Thereshallbemorenumberofsmalldiameterboltsratherthansmallnumberoflargediameter
    boltsinajoint.
    c) Aminimumoftwoboltsfornodaljointsandfourboltsforlengtheningjointsshallbeprovided.
    d) Thereshallbemorenumberofrowsratherthanmoreboltsinarow.
    e) Theboltholesshallbeofsuchdiameterthattheboltcanbedriveneasily.
    f) Washersshallbeusedbetweentheheadofboltandwoodsurfaceasalsobetweenthenutand
    wood.

    11.9.3 ArrangementofBolts

    11.9.3.1 Thefollowingspacinginboltedjointsshallbefollowed(seeFig.11.9.1):

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6677
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    a) SpacingofBoltsinaRowForparallelandperpendiculartograinloading=4d3

    b) SpacingBetweenRowsofBolts

    Table11.9.1:Percentageofsafeworkingcompressivestressoftimberforboltedjointsindoubleshear

    t//d3ratio StressPercentage
    Parallelto Perpendicularto
    Grain Grain
    1 2
    (1) (2) (3)
    1.0 100 100
    1.5 100 96
    2.0 100 88
    2.5 100 80
    3.0 100 72
    3.5 100 66
    4.0 96 60
    4.5 90 56
    5.0 80 52
    5.5 72 49
    6.0 65 46
    6.5 58 43
    7.0 52 40
    7.5 46 39
    8.0 40 38
    8.5 36 36
    9.0 34 34
    9.5 32 33
    10.0 30 31
    10.5 31
    11.0 30
    11.5 30
    12.0 28

    1) Forperpendiculartograinloading2.5d3,to5d3(2.5d3,fort/d3,ratioof2and5d3fort/d3ratioof6or
    more.Forratiosbetween2to6thespacingshallbeobtainedbyinterpolation.

    2) For parallel to grain loading At least (N 4) d3, with a minimumof 2.5 d3. Also governed by net areaat
    criticalsectionwhichshouldbe80percentofthetotalareainbearingunderallbolts.

    c) EndDistance7d3forsoftwoodsintension,5d3forhardwoodsintensionand4d3forall
    speciesincompression.

    d) EdgeDistance
    1) Forparalleltograinloading1.5d3orhalfthedistancebetweenrowsofbolts,whicheverisgreater.
    2) Forperpendiculartograinloading,(loadededgedistance)shallbeatleast4d3.

    11.9.3.2 Forinclinedmembers,thespacinggivenaboveforperpendicularandparalleltograinofwoodmaybe
    usedasaguideandboltsarrangedatthejointwithrespecttoloadingdirection.

    6678 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.9.3.3 Theboltsshallbearrangedinsuchamannersoastopassthecentreofresistanceofboltsthroughthe
    intersectionofthegravityaxisofthemembers.

    11.9.3.4 Staggering of bolts shall be avoided as far as possible in case of members loaded parallel to grain of
    wood.Forloadsactingperpendiculartograinofwood,staggeringispreferabletoavoidsplittingdueto
    weathereffects.

    Table11.9.2:Boltdiameterfactor

    Sl.No. DiameterofBolt DiameterFactor


    (mm) (dr)

    (1) (2) (3)


    i) 6 5.70
    ii) 10 3.60
    iii) 12 3.35
    iv) 16 3.15
    v) 20 3.05
    vi) 22 3.00
    vii) 25 2.90

    11.9.3.5 Bolting
    Theboltholesshallbeboredordrilledperpendiculartothesurfaceinvolved.Forcibledrivingoftheboltsshallbe
    avoidedwhichmaycausecrackingorsplittingofmembers.Aboltholeof1.0mmoversizemaybeusedasaguide
    forpreboring.

    11.9.3.5.1 Boltsshallbetightenedafteroneyearofcompletionofstructureandsubsequentlyatanintervalof
    twotothreeyears.

    11.9.4 OutlineforDesignofBoltedJoints
    Allowable load on one bolt (unit bearing stress) in a joint with wooden splice plates shall not be greater than
    valueofP,R,Fasdeterminedbyoneofthefollowingequations:
    a) ForLoadsParalleltoGrain
    P = f cp a1

    b) ForLoadsPerpendiculartoGrain
    R = f cp a2 d f

    c) ForLoadsatanAngletoGrain
    PR
    F=
    P sin + R cos 2
    2

    11.10 DESIGNOFTIMBERCONNECTORJOINTS

    11.10.1
    Inlargespanstructures,themembershavetotransmitveryheavystressesrequiringstrongerjointingtechniques
    with metallic rings or wooden discdowels. Improvised metallic ring connector is a split circular band of steel
    madefrommildsteelpipes.Thisisplacedinthegroovescutintothecontactfacesofthetimbermemberstobe
    joined,theassemblybeingheldtogetherbymeansofaconnectingbolt.

    11.10.1.1 Dimensions of Members Variation of thickness of central (main) and side members affect the load
    carryingcapacityofthejoint.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6679
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    HEAD
    HEXAGONAL

    t d3

    LENGTH OF BOLT
    WASHER
    4d 3

    B
    NUT
    A

    4d 3

    UNLOADED
    EDGE

    2d 3min.

    4d 3

    4d
    3

    LOADED
    7d 4d 7d
    3 3 3 EDGE

    B 1.5d 3 min 1.5d3 min

    2.5 d3 for t/d3 RATIO 2


    A
    5 d3 for t/d3 RATIO 6
    B
    LOADED
    EDGE

    7A SPACING OF BOLTS IN LENTHENING JOINTS


    4d 3
    (JOINTS LOADED PARALLEL TO GRAIN)
    4d 3

    2d 3 min.

    UNLOADED
    EDGE

    1.5d3 min 1.5d3 min

    2.5 d3 for t/d3 ratio 2


    5 d3 for t/d3 ratio 6

    7B SPACING OF BOLTS AT NODE JOINTS


    Fig.11.9.1TypicalSpacingOfBoltsInStructuralJoints

    Thethicknessofmainmembershallbeatleast57mmandthatofsidemember38mmwithlengthand
    widthfmembersgovernedbyplacementofconnectoratjoint.

    Themetallicconnectorshallbesoplacedthattheloadededgedistanceisnotlessthanthediameterof
    theconnectorandtheenddistancenotlessthan1.75timesthediameterontheloadedside.

    6680 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.10.1.2 DesignConsiderations
    Figure 11.10.1 illustrates the primary stresses in a split ring connector joint under tension. The shaded areas
    representthepartofwoodinshear,compressionandtension.RelatedformulaeforthesameareindicatedinFig.
    11.10.1.
    For fabrication of structural members, a hole of the required size of the bolt is drilled into the member and a
    grooveismadeonthecontactfacesofthejoint.

    SPLIT RING CONNECTOR

    t1 e t2

    d1
    d2 d2
    b W

    a/2 t 1- a a/2 t2

    Fig.11.10.1StressDistributionInASplitRingConnector

    11.10.2 WoodenDiscDowel

    11.10.2.1 It is a circular hardwood disc general] y tapered each way from the middle so as to form a double
    conicalfrustum.Suchadiscismadetofitintopreformedholes(recesses),halfinonememberandthe
    otherhalfinanother,theassemblybeingheldbyonemildsteelboltthroughthecentreofthediscto
    actasacouplingforkeepingthejointedwoodenmembersfromspreadingapart.

    11.10.2.2 DimensionsofMembers
    Thethicknessofdowelmayvaryfrom25mmto35mmantidiameterfrom50mmto150mm.Thediameterof
    dowelshallbe3.25to3.50timesthethickness.
    Theedgeclearanceshallrangefrom12mmto20mmasperthesizeofthedowel.Theendclearanceshallbeat
    least equal to the diameter of dowel for joints subjected to tension and threefourth the diameter for
    compressionjoints.Discdowelshallbeturnedfromquartersawnplanksofseasonedmaterial.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6681
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    11.10.2.3 ChoiceofSpecies
    Woodusedformakingdowelsshallbefairlystraightgrained,freefromexcessiveliabilitytoshrinkandwarp,and
    retainshapewellafterseasoningspeciesrecommendedinclude:
    Babul
    Sissoo
    Pyinkado
    Yon
    NOTE Data on the above species as per Table 11.4.1 except for the species Pyinkado, which is not an
    indigenousspecies.

    11.10.2.4 DesignConsiderations
    Figure11.10.2illustratestheforcesondowelinalapjointandbuttjoint.Dowelissubjectedtoshearingatthe
    midsection, and compression along the grain at the bearing surfaces. For equal strength in both the forces,
    formulaequationsaregiveninFig.11.10.2todeterminethesizeofdowel.
    Themakingofwoodendiscsmaypresentsomeproblemsinthefield,buttheymaybemadeinsmallworkshopto
    thespecificationsofthedesigner.Thisisalsoeconomicallyimportant.Oncethewoodfittingsareshoptailored
    andmade,theconstructionprocessinthefieldisgreatlysimplified.
    Theoreticalsafeloadsindesignshallbeconfirmedthroughsampletests.

    11.11 GLUEDLAMINATEDCONSTRUCTIONANDFINGERJOINTS

    11.11.1 Developments in the field of synthetic adhesive have brought glueing techniques within the range of
    engineeringpractice.Timbermembersoflargercrosssectionsandlonglengthscanbefabricatedfrom
    smallsizedplanksbytheprocessofgluelam.Thetermgluedlaminatedtimberconstructionasappliedto
    structuralmembersreferstovariouslaminationsgluedtogether,eitherinstraightorcurvedform,having
    grainofalllaminationsessentiallyparalleltothelengthsofthemember.

    11.11.1.1 ChoiceofGlue
    Theadhesiveusedforgluedlaminatedassemblyaregapfillingtype.Afillerinpowderformisintroducedinthe
    adhesive. Structural adhesives are supplied either in powder form to which water is added or in resin form to
    which a hardener or catalyst is added. However, it is important that only boiling water proof (BWP) grade
    adhesivesshallbeusedforfabricationofgluelamintropical,highhumidclimateslikeIndia.

    11.11.1.2 ManufacturingSchedule
    In absence of a systematic flowline in a factory, provisions of intermediate technology shall be created for
    manufacturingstructuralelements.Thescheduleinvolvessteps:
    a) Dryingofplanks;
    b) Planning;
    c) Endjointingbyscarfsorfingers;
    d) Machiningoflaminations;
    e) Settingupdryassemblyofstructuralunit;
    f) Applicationofglue;
    g) Assemblyandpressingthelaminations;
    h) Curingthegluelines,asspecified;and
    i) Finishing,protectionandstorage.

    11.11.2
    Fingerjointsaregluedjointsconnectingtimbermembersendtoend(Fig.11.11.1).Suchjointsshallbeproduced
    bycuttingprofiles(taperedprojections)intheformofVshapedgroovestotheendsoftimberplanksorscantling
    tobejoined,glueingtheinterfacesandthenmeetingthetwoendstogetherunderpressure.Fingerjointsprovide
    long lengths of timber, ideal for upgrading timber by permitting removal of defects, minimizing warping and
    reducingwastagebyavoidingshortoffcuts.

    6682 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    DOWEL

    LAP JOINT

    BUTT JOINT
    LapJoint:Boltinsimpletensionduetoclockwiseturningmomentondowel:
    ButtJoint:Notiltingmomentindowelduetobalancingeffect[dowelsareinshear(nobending,shearing
    andtensilestressonbolts)]
    Sizeofdowelforequalstrengthinbothshearingandbearing.
    d 2 t
    S = d c
    4 2
    Where
    d=Middiameterofthedowel
    t=Thicknessofdowel
    s=Safeworkingstressinshearalonggrain,and
    c=Safecompressivestressalonggrain.
    NOTESymbolsareexclusiveinthisfigure.
    Fig.11.10.2DistributionOfForcesInDoewlJoint

    11.11.2.1 Infingerjointsthegluedsurfacesareonthesidegrainratherthanontheendgrainandthegluelineis
    stressedinshearratherintension.

    11.11.2.1.1 The figures can be cut from edgetoedge or from facetoface. The difference is mainly in
    appearance, although bending strength increases if several fingers share the load. Thus a joist is
    slightly stronger with edgetoedge finger joints and a plank is stronger with facetoface finger
    joint.

    11.11.2.1.2 For structural finger jointed members for interior dry locations, adhesives based on melamine
    formaldehyde cross linked polyvinyl acetate (PVA) are suited. For high humid and exterior
    conditions, phenol formaldehyde and resorcinol formaldehyde type adhesives are recommended.
    Properadhesivesshouldbeselectedinconsultationwiththedesignerandadhesivemanufacturers.

    11.11.2.2 ManufacturingProcess
    In the absence of sophisticated machinery, the finger joints shall be manufactured through intermediate
    technologywiththefollowingsteps:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6683
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    a) Dryingofwood,
    b) Removalofknotsandotherdefects,
    c) Squaringtheendsofthelaminatingplanks,
    d) Cuttingtheprofileoffingerjointintheendgrain,
    e) Applyingadhesivesonthefingerinterfaces,
    f) Pressingthejointtogetheratspecifiedpressure,
    g) Curingofadhesivelineatspecifiedtemperature,and
    h) Planningoffingerjointedplanksforsmoothsurface.

    11.11.2.3 Strength
    Strengthoffingerjointsdependsuponthegeometryoftheprofileforstructuralpurpose;thisisgenerally50mm
    long,12mmpitch.

    11.11.2.3.1 End joints shall be scattered in adjacent laminations, which shall not be located in very highly
    stressedouterlaminations.

    11.11.2.4 Tipthicknesswillbeassmallaspracticallypossible.

    t
    p

    TIP GAP L

    L = FINGER LENGTH
    P = PITCH
    t = TIP THICKNESS
    e = 6

    ORIENTATION OF FINGER JOINTS


    Fig.11.11.1TypicalFingerJointGeometry

    6684 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.12 LAMINATEDVENEERLUMBER

    11.12.1 Certain reconstituted lignocellulosic products with fibre oriented along a specific direction have been
    developed and are being adopted for load bearing applications. Laminated veneer lumber is one such
    productdevelopedasaresultofresearchesinplantationgrownspeciesofwood.Densityoflaminated
    veneerlumberrangesfrom0.6to0.75.

    11.12.1.1 Dimensions
    Sizes of laminated veneer lumber composite shall be inclusive of margin for dressing and finishing unless
    manufacturedtoorder.Themarginfordressingandfinishingshallnotexceed3mminthewidthandthickness
    and12mminthelength.

    11.12.1.2 PermissibleDefects
    Jointing gaps Not more than 3 mm wide, provided they are well staggered in their spacing and position
    betweenthesuccessiveplies.
    SlopeofgrainNotexceeding1in10inthefacelayers.
    TightknotThreenumbersupto25mmdiameterinonesquaremetreprovidedtheyarespaced300mmor
    moreapart.
    WarpNotexceeding1.5mmpermetrelength.

    11.12.1.3 StrengthRequirements
    ThestrengthrequirementsforlaminatedveneerlumbershallbeasperTable11.12.1.

    Table11.12.1:Requirementsoflaminatedveneerlumber

    Sl.No. Properties Requirement


    (1) (2) (3)
    2
    i) Modulusofrupture(N/mm ),Min 50
    2
    ii) Modulusofelasticity(N/mm ),Min 7500
    iii) Compressivestrength:
    2
    a) Paralleltograin(N/mm ),Min 35
    2
    b) Perpendiculartograin(N/mm ),Min 50
    iv) Horizontalshear:
    2
    a) Paralleltolaminac(N/mm ),Min 6
    b) Perpendiculartolaminac(N/mm2),Min 8
    v) Tensilestrengthparalleltograin(N/mm2),Min 55
    vi) Screwholdingpower:
    a) Edge(N),Min 2300
    b) Face(N),Min 2700
    vii) Thicknessswellingin2hwatersoaking(percent),Max 3

    11.13 DESIGNOFGLUEDLAMINATEDBEAMS

    11.13.1 General
    Glued laminated structural members shall be fabricated only where there are adequate facilities for accurate
    sizing and surfacing of planks, uniform application of glue, prompt assembly, and application of adequate
    pressure and prescribed temperature for setting and curing of the glue. Design and fabrication shall be in
    accordance with established engineering principles and good practice. A glued laminated beam is a straight
    membermadefromanumberoflaminationsassembledbothwayseitherhorizontallyorvertically.Whilevertical

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6685
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    laminations have limitations in restricting the crosssection of a beam by width of the plank, horizontally
    laminatedsectionofferswiderscopetothedesignerincreatingeventhecurvedmembers.
    Simplestraightbeamsandjoistsareusedformanystructuresfromsmalldomesticraftersorridgestothelight
    industrialstructures.

    11.13.2 Design
    Thedesignofgluelaminatedwoodelementsshallbeinaccordancewithgoodengineeringpracticeandshalltake
    intoconsiderationthespeciesandgradeoftimberused,presenceofdefects,locationofendjointsinlaminations,
    depthofbeamsandmoisturecontentsexpectedwhileinservice.Beamsoflargespansshallbedesignedwitha
    suitable camber toassist in achieving themost cost effective section where deflectiongovernsthe design. The
    strengthandstiffnessoflaminatedbeamsisoftengovernedbythequalityofouterlaminations.Gluedlaminated
    beamscanbetaperedtofollowspecificroofslopesacrossabuildingand/ortocommensuratewiththevarying
    bendingmoments.

    11.13.3 Material
    Laminatingboardsshallnotcontaindecay,knotsorotherstrengthreducingcharacteristicsinexcessofthosesizes
    oramountspermittedbyspecifications.Themoisturecontentshallapproachthatexpectedinserviceandshallin
    nocaseexceed15percentatthetimeofglueing.Themoisturecontentofindividuallaminationsinastructural
    member shall not differ by more than 3 percent at the time of glueing. Glue shall be of type suitable for the
    intendedserviceofastructuralmember.

    11.13.4 Fabrication/Manufacture
    Inordertoassureawellbondedandwellfinishedmemberoftrueshapeandsize,allequipments,endJointing,
    glue spread, assembly, pressing, curing or any other operation in connection with the manufacture of glued
    structural members shall be in accordance with the available good practices and as per glue manufacturers
    instructionsasapplicable.

    11.14 STRUCTURALUSEOFPLYWOOD
    Unlike sawn timber, plywood is a layered panel product comprising veneers of wood bonded together with
    adjacent layers usually at right angles. As wood is strongest when stressed parallel to grain, and weak
    perpendicularto grain, thelay up orarrangement of veneersinthepanel determines itsproperties. When the
    facegrainoftheplywoodisparalleltothedirectionofstress,veneersparalleltothefacegraincarryalmostall
    theload.Someinformation/guidelinesforstructuraluseofplywoodaregivenin11.14.1to11.14.3.

    11.14.1 Theplywoodhasahighstrengthtoweightratio,andisdimensionallystablematerialavailableinsheets
    ofanumberofthicknessesandconstruction.Plywoodcanbesawn,drilledandnailedwithordinarywood
    workingtools.Thegluesusedtobondtheseveneerstogetherarederivedfromsyntheticresinswhichare
    setandcuredbyheating.Thepropertiesofadhesivescandeterminethedurabilityofplywood.

    11.14.2 Ingluedplywoodconstruction,structuralplywoodisgluedtotimberresultinginhighlyefficientandlight
    structuralcomponentslikewebbeams(Iandboxsections),(Fig.11.15.1andFig.11.15.2)stressedskin
    panels(Fig.11.15.3)usedforflooringandwallingandprefabricatedhouses,cabins,etc.

    WOODEN FLANGE
    (TYPICAL)

    PLYWOOD
    PLYWOOD WEB PLYWOOD
    WEB

    I - SECTION DOUBLE - I BOX

    Fig.11.15.1TypicalCrossSectionOfWebBeams

    6686 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    Glueingcanbecarriedoutbynailglueingtechniqueswithspecialclamps.Highshearstrengthofplywood
    incombinationwithhighflexuralstrengthandstiffnessofwoodresultinstructurescharacterizedbyhigh
    stiffness for even medium spares. Plywood can act as web transmitting shear stress in web bearing or
    stressedskinorsandwichconstruction.Theeffectivemomentofinertiaofwebbeamandstressedskin
    constructiondependsonmodularratiothatis,EofwoodtoEofplywood.

    11.14.3 Structuralplywoodisalsoveryefficientascladdingmaterialinwoodframeconstruction,suchashouses.
    Thistype ofsheathing is capable of resistingrackingdue to wind and quackforces. Structuralplywood
    hasbeenwidelyusedasdiaphragm(horizontal)asinroofingandflooringintimberframeconstruction.It
    hasbeenestablishedthat6mmthickplywoodcanbeusedforsheathingandevenforwebandstressed
    skin construction, 912 mm thick plywood is suitable for beams, flooring diaphragms, etc. Phenol
    formaldehyde(PF)andPRFadhesivearesuitableforfabricationofgluedplywoodcomponents.6mm12
    mm thick structural plywood can be very well used as nailed or bolded gussets in fixing members of
    trussesorlatticegridersortrussedrafters.
    Normally,scarfjointsareusedforfixingplywoodtorequiredlengthandtimbercanbejoinedbyusing
    eitherfingerorscarfjoints.Archpanels,foldedplates,shelvesareotherpossibilitieswiththistechnique.

    11.15 TRUSSEDRAFTER

    11.15.1 General
    Arooftrussisessentiallyaplanestructurewhichisverystiffintheplaneofthemembers,thatis,theplanein
    which it is expected to carry loads, but very flexible in every other direction. Thus it can virtually be seen as a
    deep, narrow girder liable to buckling and twisting under loads. In order, therefore, to reduce this effect,
    eccentricity of loading and promote prefabrication for economy, lowpitched trussed rafters are designed with
    boltply/nailplyjoints.Plywoodasgussets,besidesbeingsimplehaveinherentconstructionaladvantageofgrain
    over solid wood for joints, and a better balance is achievable between the joint strength and the member
    strength.
    Trussedraftersarelightweighttrussunitsspacedatclosecentresforlimitedspanstocarrydifferenttypesofroof
    loads.Theyaremadefromtimbermembersofuniformthicknessfastenedtogetherinoneplane.Theplywood
    gussetsmaybenailedorgluedtothetimbertoformthejoints.Conceptuallyatrussedrafterisatriangularpin
    jointedsystem,traditionallymeanttocarrythecombinedroofweight,claddingservicesandwindloads.Thereis
    considerable scope for saving timber by minimizing the sections through proper design without affecting
    structuralandfunctionalrequirements.
    Trussedraftersrequiretobesupportedonlyattheirendssothatthereisnoneedtoprovideloadbearinginternal
    walls, Purlins,etc are dispensed with and incomparison with traditionalmethods of constructiontheyuseless
    timber and considerably reduces of site labour, Mass production or reliable units can be carried out under
    workshopcontrols.

    11.15.2 Design
    Trussed rafter shall be designed to sustain the dead and imposed loads specified in Part 6 Structural Design:
    Chapter2LoadsonBuildingsandStructuresandthecombinationsexpectedtooccur.Extrastresses/deflections
    during handling, transportation and erection shall be taken care of. Structural analysis, use of loadslip and
    moment,rotationcharacteristicsoftheindividualjointsmaybeusediffeasible.Alternativelythemaximumdirect
    forceinamembermaybeassessedtobegivenbyanidealizedpinjointedframework,fullyloadedwithmaximum
    deadandimposedloadinthecombinationinwhichtheymayreasonablybeexpectedtooccur.

    11.15.3 Timber
    Thespeciesoftimberincludingplantationgrownspecieswhichcanbeusedfortrussedrafterconstructionand
    permissible stresses thereof shall be in accordance with Table 11.4.1. Moisture contents to be as per zonal
    requirementsinaccordancewith11.4.4.

    11.15.4 Plywood
    Boilingwaterresistant(BWR)gradepreservativetreatedplywoodshallbeused.Introductionofaplywoodgusset
    simplifies the jointing and in addition provides rigidity to the joint. Preservation of plywood and other panel

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6687
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    products shall be done in accordance with good practice prescribed by Bangladesh Forest Research Institute,
    Chittagong.


    STIFFNER WOODEN
    FLANGE PLYWOOD

    X SECTION XX
    SPAN UPTO 6 - 9m
    STRAIGHT

    SPAN UPTO 9m

    DOUBLE TAPERD

    SPAN UPTO 9m

    HAUNCHED
    Fig.11.15.2WebBeamConfigurations

    UPPER SKIN

    WEBS

    BLOCKING

    LOWER SKIN
    Fig.11.15.3StressedSkinPanelConstruction(SingleSkinOrDoubleSkin)

    6688 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.16 STRUCTURALSANDWICHES

    11.16.1 General
    Sandwichconstructionsarecompositesofdifferentmaterialsincludingwoodbasedmaterialsformedbybonding
    two thin facings of high strength material to a light weight core which provides a combination of desirable
    properties that are not attainable with the individual constituent materials (Fig. 11.16.1). The thin facings are
    usuallyofstrongdensematerialsincethataretheprincipalloadcarryingmembersoftheconstruction.Thecore
    mustbestiffenoughtoensurethefacesremainatthecorrectdistanceapart.Thesandwichesusedasstructural
    elementsinbuildingconstructionshallbeadequatelydesignedfortheirintendedservicesandshallbefabricated
    onlywherethereareadequatefacilitiesforglueingorotherwisebondingcorestofacingstoensureastrongand
    durableproduct.Theentireassemblyprovidesastructuralelementofhighstrengthandstiffnessinproportionto
    itsmass.
    Nonstructural advantages can also be derived by proper selection of facing and core material for example, an
    impermeablefacingscanbeusedtoserveasamoisturebarrierforwallsandroofpanelsandcoremayalsobe
    selectedtoprovidethermaland/oracousticinsulation,fireresistance,etc,besidesthedimensionalstability.

    L
    E R IA
    M AT
    RE
    CO ADHESIVE

    FACE SHEETS
    Fig.11.16.1:Sandwitchconstructioninstructuralapplications

    11.16.2 Cores
    Sandwichcoresshallbeofsuchcharacteristicsastogivetotherequiredlateralsupporttothestressedfacingsto
    sustainortransmittheassumedloadsorstresses.Coregenerallycarriesshearingloadsandtosupportthethin
    facingsduetocompressiveloads.Coreshallmaintainthestrengthanddurabilityundertheconditionsofservice
    forwhichtheiruseisrecommended.AmaterialwithlowEandsmallshearmodulusmaybesuitable.

    11.16.3 Facings
    Facingsshallhavesufficientstrengthandrigiditytoresiststressesthatmaycomeuponthemwhenfabricatedinto
    a sandwich construction. They shall be thick enough to carry compressive and tensile stresses and to resist
    punctureordentingthatmaybeexpectedinnormalusages.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6689
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    11.16.4 Designing
    Structural designing may be comparable to the design of Ibeams, the facings of the sandwich represent the
    flangesoftheIbeamandthesandwichcoreIbeamweb.

    11.16.5 Tests
    Testsshallinclude,asapplicable,oneormoreofthefollowing:
    a) Flexuralstrengtldstiffness,
    b) Edgewisecompressions,
    c) Flatwisecompression,
    d) Shearinflatwiseplane,
    e) Flatwisetensions,
    f) Flexuralcreep(creepbehaviourofadhesive),
    g) Cantilevervibrations(dynamicproperty),and
    h) Weatheringfordimensionalstability.

    11.17 LAMELLAROOFING

    11.17.1 General
    The Lamella roofing offers an excellent architectural edifice in timber, amenable to prefabrication, light weight
    structure with high central clearance. It is essentially an arched structure formed by a system of intersecting
    skewedarchesbuiltupofrelativelyshorttimberplanksofuniformlengthandcrosssection.Roofisdesignedasa
    two hinged arch with a depth equal to the depth of an individual lamella and width equal to the span of the
    building. The curved lamellas (planks) are bevelled and bored at the ends and bolted together at an angle,
    forming a network (grid) pattern of mutually braced and stiffened members (Fig. 11.17.1). The design shall be
    basedonthebalancedorunbalancedassumedloaddistributionusedforroofarches.Effectofdeformationorslip
    ofjointsunderloadontheinducedstressesshallbeconsideredindesign.Thrustcomponentsinbothtransverse
    andlongitudinaldirectionsofthebuildingduetoskewnessofthelamellaarchshallbeadequatelyresisted.Thrust
    at lamella joints shall be resisted by the moment of inertia in the continuous lamella and roof sheathening
    (decking)oflamellaroofing.Theinteractionofarchesintwodirectionsaddstothestrengthandstabilityagainst
    horizontal forces. For design calculations several assumption tested and observed derivations, longduration
    loadingfactors,seasoningadvantagesandeffectsofdefectsaretakenintoaccount.

    11.17.2 Lamellas
    Planking shall be of a grade of timber that is adequate in strength and stiffness to sustain the assumed loads,
    forces,thrustandbendingmomentsgeneratedinLamellaroofing.Lamellaplanksshallbeseasonedtoamoisture
    content approximating that they will attain in service. Lamella joints shall be proportioned so that allowable
    stresses at bearings of the noncontinuous lamellas on the continuous Iamellas or bearings under the head or
    washerofboltsarenotexceeded.

    11.17.3 Construction
    DesignandconstructionoflamellaroofsinIndiaassumestheroofsurfacestobecylindricalwitheveryindividual
    lamella an elliptic segment of an elliptical arch of constant curved length but of different curvature. Lamella
    constructionisthusmoreofanartthanscienceasthereisnoanalyticalmethodavailablefortruegenerationof
    schedule of cutting lengths and curvature of curved members forming the lamella grid. Dependence of an
    engineeronthepracticalingenuityofmastercarpenterisalmostfinal.Allthelamellajointsshallbeaccuratelycut
    andfittedtogivefullbearingwithoutexcessivedeformationorslip.Boltsatlamellasplicesshallbeadequateto
    holdthe members intheir proper position andshall not be over tightened tocause bendingofthe lamellas or
    mashingofwoodundertheboltheads.Connectionoflamellastotheendarchesshallbeadequatetotransmit
    thethrustoranyotherforce.Sufficientfalseworkorslidingjigshallbeprovidedforthesupportoflamellaroof
    duringactualconstruction/erection.

    6690 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    LAMELLA GRID

    WIND BLOCK
    LAMELLA

    NODAL JOINT

    BRESSUMMER

    LAMELLS GRID

    MIDDLE LAMELLA

    OUTER LAMELLA
    r

    H H
    38 to 42

    I r
    r
    V V
    OUTER
    BOLT
    R
    R

    LAMELLA

    LAMELLA NODAL JOINT

    LOAD REACTION DIAGRAM


    Fig.11.17.1:TypicalarrangementofLamellaroofing

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6691
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    11.18 NAILANDSCREWHOLDINGPOWEROFTIMBER

    11.18.1 General
    Oneof themostcommonwaysofjoiningtimberpiecestooneanotherisbymeansofcommonwirenailsand
    wood screws. Timber is used for structural and nonstructural purposes inform of scantlings, rafters, joists,
    boarding,cratingandpackingcases,etcneedingsuitablemethodsofjoiningthem.Neverthelessitisthetimber
    whichholdsthenailsorscrewsandassuchpullingofthenails/screwsisthechieffactorwhichcomeintoplay
    predominantly.Instructuralnailedjoints,nailsareessentiallyloadedlaterally,thedesigndataforwhichisalready
    availableasstandardcodeofpractice.Dataonholdingpowerofnails/screwsindifferentspeciesisalsousefulfor
    common commercial purposes. The resistance of mechanical fastenings is a function of the specific gravity of
    wood, direction of penetration with respect to the grain direction, depth of penetration and the diameter of
    fastenerassumingthatthespacingoffastenersshouldbeadequatetoprecludesplittingofwood.

    11.18.2 Nails
    Nailsareprobablythemostcommonandfamiliarfastener.Theyareofmanytypesandsizesinaccordancewith
    theacceptedstandards[63A(16)].
    Ingeneralnailsgivestrongerjointswhendrivenintothesidegrainofwoodthanintotheendgrain.Nailsperform
    bestwhenloadedlaterallyascomparedtoaxialwithdrawalsothenailedjointsshouldbedesignedforlateralnail
    bearinginstructuraldesign.Informationonwithdrawalresistanceofnailsisavailableandjointsmaybedesigned
    forthatkindofloadingasandwhennecessary.

    11.18.3 Screw
    Nexttothehammerdrivennails,thewoodscrewmaybethemostcommonlyusedfastener.Woodscrewsare
    seldomusedinstructuralworkbecauseoftheirprimaryadvantageisinwithdrawalresistance,forexample,for
    fixing of ceiling boards to joists, purlin cleats, besides the door hinges etc. They are of considerable structural
    importanceinfixturedesignandmanufacture.Woodscrewsaregenerallyfinishedinavarietyofheadshapesand
    manufacturedinvariouslengthsfordifferentscrewdiametersorgauges.
    Thewithdrawalresistanceofwoodscrewsisafunctionofscrewdiameter,lengthofengagementofthethreaded
    portion into the member, and the specific gravity of the species of wood. Withdrawal load capacity of wood
    screwsareavailableforsomespeciesandjointsmaybedesignedaccordingly.Endgrainloadonwoodscrewsare
    unreliableandwoodscrewsshallnotbeusedforthatpurpose.

    11.19 PROTECTIONAGAINSTTERMITEATTACKINBUILDINGS

    11.19.1 Two groups of organisms which affect the mechanical and aesthetic properties of wood in houses are
    fungiandinsects.Themostimportantwooddestroyinginsectsbelongtotermitesandbeetles.Ofabout
    250speciesofwooddestroyingtermitesrecordedinIndia,notmorethanadozenspeciesattackbuilding
    causingabout90percentofthedamagetotimberandothercellulosicmaterials.Subterraneantermites
    arethemostdestructiveoftheinsectsthatinfestwoodinhousesjustifyingpreventionmeasurestobe
    incorporatedinthedesignandconstructionofbuildings.

    11.19.1.1 Control measures consist in isolating or sealing off the building from termites by chemical and non
    chemicalconstructiontechniques.Itisrecognizedthat95percentdamageisduetointernaltravelof
    the termites from ground upwards rather than external entry through entrance thus calling upon for
    appropriatecontrolmeasuresinaccordancewithgoodpractices[63A(18)].

    11.19.2 ChemicalMethods
    Termitesliveinsoilinlargecoloniesanddamagethewoodenstructureinthebuildingsbyeatingupthewoodor
    buildingnestsinthewood.Poisoningthesoilunderandaroundthebuildingisanormalrecommendedpractice.
    Sprayingofchemicalsolutioninthetrenchesoffoundationsinandaroundwalls,areasunderfloorsbeforeand
    afterfillingofearth,etc.Inalreadyconstructedbuildingthetreatmentcanbegivenbydiggingtrenchesallaround
    thebuildingandthengivingaliberaldoseofchemicalsandthenclosingthetrenches.

    6692 Vol.2
    Timber Chapter11

    11.19.3 WoodPreservatives
    Natural resistance against organisms of quite a few wood species provides durability of timber without special
    protection measure. It is a property of heartwood while sapwood is normally always susceptible to attack by
    organisms.Preservativesshouldbewellappliedwithsufficientpenetrationintotimber.Forengineers,architects
    andbuilders,thefollowingareprimeconsiderationsforchoiceofpreservatives:
    a) Inflammabilityoftreatedtimberisnotincreasedandmechanicalpropertiesarenotdecreased;
    b) Compatibilitywiththeglueinlaminatedwood,plywoodandboardmaterial;
    c) Waterrepellenteffectispreferred;
    d) Possiblesuitabilityforprimingcoat;
    e) Possibilityofpaintingandotherfinishes;
    f) Noncorrosivenaturefasteners;and
    g) Influenceonplastics,incaseofmetalrubber,tilesandconcrete.

    11.19.4 ConstructionalMethod
    Protectionagainstpotentialproblemof termiteattackcansimplybecarriedoutbyordinarygoodconstruction
    whichpreventsacolonyfromgainingaccessby:
    a) periodicvisualobservationsontermitegalleriestobebrokenoff;
    b) speciallyformedandproperlyinstalledmetalshieldatplinthlevel;and
    c) continuousfloorslabs,apronfloorsandtermitegroovesonperipheryofbuildings.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6693
    Chapter 12
    FerrocementStructures

    12.1 SCOPE
    Thischaptercoversselection,standardsandtestingofferrocementmaterials,designcriteriaandapproaches,
    constructionmethods,andmaintenanceandrepairproceduresofferrocementstructures.Theprovisionsofthis
    chapter are consistent with those of Chapter 6, except for the special requirements of ferrocement, such as
    reinforcementcoverandlimitsondeflection.

    12.2 TERMINOLOGY

    12.2.1 ReinforcementParameters
    Forthepurposeofthischapter,thefollowingparameterscharacterizingthereinforcementinferrocementshall
    havethedefinitionsgiven:
    VOLUME FRACTION OF REINFORCEMENT (Vf): Volume fraction of reinforcement is the total volume of
    reinforcementdividedbythevolumeofcomposite(reinforcementandmatrix).Foracompositereinforcedwith
    meshes with square openings, Vf shall be equally divided into Vfl and Vft for the longitudinal and transverse
    directions,respectively.Forothertypesofreinforcement,suchasexpandedmetal,VflandVftmaybeunequal.
    ProceduresforcomputationofVfareshowninAppendix6.12.A.
    SPECIFICSURFACEOFREINFORCEMENT(Sr):Sristhetotalbondedareaofreinforcement(interfaceareaorarea
    ofthesteelthatcomesincontactwiththemortar)dividedbythevolumeofthecomposite.
    Foraferrocementplateofwidthbanddepthh,thespecificsurfaceofreinforcementcanbecomputedfrom
    o
    Sr =
    bh 12.2.1
    inwhich o isthetotalsurfaceareaofbondedreinforcementperunitlength.
    TherelationbetweenSrandVfwhensquaregridwiremeshesareusedis
    4V f
    Sr = 12.2.2
    db
    wheredbisthediameterofthewire.Forothertypesofreinforcement,suchasexpandedmetal,SrlandSrtmay
    beunequal.
    EFFECTIVE MODULUS OF THE REINFORCEMENT: For welded steel meshes, effective modulus of the
    reinforcingsystem,Ershallbetakenequaltotheelasticmodulusofthesteelwires.Forothermeshes,Ershallbe
    determinedfromtensiletestsontheferrocementcompositeasspecifiedinSec12.8.

    12.2.2 Notation
    Ac = crosssectionalareaofferrocementcomposite
    As = totaleffectivecrosssectionalareaofreinforcementinthedirectionconsidered
    N
    As = A si
    i =1

    Asi = effective crosssectional area of reinforcement of mesh layer i in the direction


    considered
    b = widthofferrocementsection
    c = distancefromextremecompressionfibretoneutralaxis

    Part6
    StructuralDesign 6695
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Cc = resultantofthecompressivestressblockinferrocement
    Csi = compressiveforceinferrocementlayeri
    d c = clearcoverofmortaroverfirstlayerofmesh
    db = diameterorequivalentdiameterofreinforcementused
    di = distancefromextremecompressionfibretocentroidofreinforcinglayeri
    Ec = elasticmodulusofmortarmatrix
    Er = effectivemodulusofthereinforcingsystem
    f c = specifiedcompressivestrengthofferrocementmortar
    fy = yieldstrengthofmeshreinforcementorreinforcingbars
    h = thicknessofferrocementsection
    Mn = nominalmomentstrength
    Nn = nominaltensilestrength
    N = numberoflayersofmesh;nominalresistance
    nr = modularratioofreinforcement
    s = meshopeningorsize
    Sr = specificsurfaceofreinforcement
    Srl = specificsurfaceofreinforcementinthelongitudinaldirection
    Srt = specificsurfaceofreinforcementinthetransversedirection
    Tsi = tensileforceintheferrocementlayeri
    Vf = volumefractionofreinforcement
    U = minimumrequireddesignstrength
    Vfi = volumefractionofreinforcementformeshlayeri
    Vfl = volumefractionofreinforcementinthelongitudinaldirection
    Vft = volumefractionofreinforcementinthetransversedirection
    1 = factordefiningdepthofrectangularstressblock
    = global efficiency factor of embedded reinforcement in resisting tension or tensile
    bendingloads
    l = value of when the load or stress is applied along the longitudinal direction of the
    meshsystemorrodreinforcement
    t = valueofwhentheloadorstressisappliedalongthetransversedirectionofthemesh
    reinforcementsystemorrodreinforcement
    = valueof whentheloadorstressisappliedalongadirectionformingananglewith
    thelongitudinaldirection
    si = strainofmeshreinforcementatlayeri
    fy
    y = nominalyieldstrainofmeshreinforcement=
    Er
    o = totalsurfaceareaofbondedreinforcementperunitlength
    = strengthreductionfactor.

    12.2.3 Definitions
    ARMATURE:Thetotalreinforcementsystemorskeletalreinforcementandmeshforaferrocementelement.
    LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION: The roll direction (longer direction) of the mesh as produced in plant (see Fig
    12.2.1).
    SKELETAL REINFORCEMENT: A planar framework or widely spaced tied steel bars that provides shape and
    supportforlayersofmeshorfabricattachedtoeitherside.
    SPRITZING:Sprayingorsquirtingamortarontoasurface.

    6696 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    TRANSVERSEDIRECTION:Directionofmeshnormaltoitslongitudinaldirection;alsowidthdirectionofmeshas
    producedinplant(seeFig12.2.1)

    Longitudinal Direction

    Bar Square Mesh Expanded Mesh Hexagonal Mesh

    Transverse Direction
    Fig.12.2.1AssumedLongitudinalandTransverseDirectionsofReinforcement

    12.3 MATERIALS
    ThematerialusedinferrocementconsistsprimarilyofmortarmadewithPortlandcement,waterandaggregate
    andthereinforcingmesh.

    12.3.1 Cement
    ThecementshallcomplywithASTMC15085a,ASTMC59585,oranequivalentstandard.Thecementshallbe
    fresh,ofuniformconsistency,andfreeoflumpsandforeignmatter.Itshallbestoredunderdryconditionsfor
    asshortadurationaspossible.
    Thechoiceofaparticularcementshalldependontheserviceconditions.Serviceconditionscanbeclassifiedas
    electrochemicallypassiveoractive.Landbasedstructuressuchasferrocementsilos,bins,andwatertankscan
    beconsideredaspassivestructures,exceptwhenincontactwithsulphatebearingsoils,inwhichcasetheuseof
    sulphateresistantcement,suchasASTMTypeIIorTypeV,maybenecessary.
    Blended hydraulic cement conforming to ASTM C59585 Type 1 (PM), IS, 1 (SM), ISA, IP, or IPA can also be
    used.
    Mineraladmixtures,suchasflyash,silicafumes,orblastfurnaceslag,maybeusedtomaintainahighvolume
    fractionoffinefillermaterial.Whenused,mineraladmixturesshallcomplywithASTMC61885andC98985a.
    In addition to the possible improvement of flow ability, these materials also benefit long term strength gain,
    lowermortarpermeability,andinsomecasesimprovedresistancetosulphatesandchlorides.

    12.3.2 Aggregates
    Aggregateusedinferrocementshallbenormalweightfineaggregate(sand).ItshallcomplywithASTMC3386
    requirements(forfineaggregate)oranequivalentstandard.Itshallbeclean,inert,freeoforganicmatterand
    deleterioussubstances,andrelativelyfreeofsiltandclay.
    ThegradingoffineaggregateshallbeinaccordancewiththeguidelinesofTable12.3.1.However,themaximum
    particle size shall be controlled by construction constraints such asmesh size and distance between layers. A
    maximumparticlesizepassingsieveNo.16(1.18mm)maybeconsideredappropriateinmostapplications.The
    sandshallbeuniformlygradedunlesstrialtestingofmortarworkabilitypermitstheuseofagapgradedsand.
    Aggregatesthatreactwiththealkalisincementshallbeavoided.Whenaggregatesmaybereactive,theyshall
    betestedinaccordancewithASTMC22781.Ifprovenreactive,theuseofapozzolantosuppressthereactivity
    shallbeconsideredandevaluatedinaccordancewithASTMC44181.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6697
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Table12.3.1GuidelinesforGradingofSand

    SieveSize PercentPassingbyWeight
    U.S.StandardSquareMesh
    No.8(2.36mm) 80100
    No.16(1.18mm) 5085
    No.30(0.60mm) 2560
    No.50(0.30mm) 1030
    No.100(0.15mm) 210

    12.3.3 Water
    Themixingwatershallbefresh,clean,andpotable.Thewatershallberelativelyfreefromorganicmatter,silt,
    oil, sugar, chloride, and acidic material. It shall have a pH 7 to minimize the reduction in pH of the mortar
    slurry.Saltwaterisnotacceptable,butchlorinateddrinkingwatercanbeused.

    12.3.4 Admixtures
    Conventional and high range water reducing admixtures (super plasticizers) shall conform to ASTM C49486.
    Waterreducingadmixturesmaybeusedtoachieveanincreaseinsandcontentforthesamedesignstrengthor
    adecreaseinwatercontentforthesameworkability.Decreasesinwatercontentresultinlowershrinkageand
    less surface crazing. Retarders may be used in large time consuming plastering projects, especially in hot
    weatherconditions.
    Ifwatertightnessisimportant,suchasinwaterorliquidretainingstructures,specialprecautionsshallbetaken.
    Toachievewatertightness,thewatercementratioshallpreferablybekeptbelow0.4,crackwidthslimited(see
    Sec12.4)and,ifnecessary,waterproofingcoatingsapplied(seeSec12.6.3).
    Mineral admixtures such as fly ash (ASTM C61885) can be added to the cement to increase workability and
    durability.Normally,15percentofthecementcanbereplacedwithmineraladmixtureswithoutappreciably
    reducingthestrength.Pozzolanicadmixturesmaybeaddedtoreplacepartofthefineaggregatestoimprove
    plasticity.Thetendencyforsomenaturalpozzolanstoabsorbwaterandthusadverselyaffecthydrationofthe
    cementphaseshallbecheckedbymeasuringthewaterofabsorption.
    A quality matrix can be obtained without using any admixtures if experience has shown its applicability.
    AdmixturesnotcoveredinASTMstandardsshallnotbeused.

    12.3.5 MixProportioning
    Therangesofmixproportionsforcommonferrocementapplicationsshallbesandcementratiobyweight,1.5
    to 2.5, and water cement ratio by weight, 0.35 to 0.5. The higher the sand content, the higher the required
    watercontenttomaintainthesameworkability.Finenessmodulusofthesand,watercementratio,andsand
    cementratioshallbedeterminedfromtrialbatchestoensureamixthatcaninfiltrate(encapsulate)themesh
    anddevelopastronganddensematrix.
    The moisture content of the aggregate shall be considered in the calculation of required water. Quantities of
    materialsshallpreferablybedeterminedbyweight.
    The mix shall be as stiff as possible, provided it does not prevent full penetration of the mesh. Normally the
    slumpoffreshmortarshallnotexceed50mm.Formostapplications,the28daycompressivestrengthof75by
    150mmmoistcuredcylindersshallnotbelessthan35N/mm2.

    12.3.6 Reinforcement
    Thereinforcementshallbecleanandfreefromdeleteriousmaterialssuchasdust,looserust,coatingofpaint,
    oil,orsimilarsubstances.
    Wire mesh with closely spaced wires is the most commonly used reinforcement in ferrocement. Expanded
    metal, welded wire fabric, wires or rods, prestressing tendons, and discontinuous fibers may also be used in
    specialapplicationsorforreasonsofperformanceoreconomy.

    6698 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    12.3.6.1 WireMesh:
    Reinforcingmeshesforuseinferrocementshallbeevaluatedfortheirsusceptibilitytotakeandholdshapeas
    wellasfortheirstrengthperformanceinthecompositesystem.Commontypesandsizesofsteelmeshesthat
    maybeusedinferrocementareprovidedinAppendix6.12.B.

    12.3.6.2 WeldedWireFabric:
    Welded wire fabric may be used in combination with wire mesh to minimize the cost of reinforcement. The
    fabric shall conform to ASTM A49685 and A49786. The minimum yield strength of the wire measured at a
    strainof0.035shallbe410N/mm2.Weldedwirefabricnormallycontainslargerdiameterwires(2mmormore)
    spacedat25mmormore.

    12.3.6.3 ExpandedMetalMeshReinforcement:
    Expandedmeshreinforcement(metallath),formedbyslittingthingaugesteelsheetsandexpandingthemina
    direction perpendicular to the slits, may be used in ferrocement. Punched or otherwise perforated sheet
    productsmayalsobeused.Expandedmeshissuitablefortanksifproperconstructionproceduresareadopted.

    12.3.6.4 Bars,WiresandPrestressingStrands:
    Reinforcingbarsandprestressingwiresorstrandsmaybeusedincombinationwithwiremeshesinrelatively
    thickferrocementelementsorintheribsofribbedorTshapedelements.
    Reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A61586, A61686 or A61784. Reinforcing bars shall be steel with a
    minimum yield strength of 410 N/mm2 and a tensile strength of about 615 N/mm2. Prestressing wires and
    strands,whetherprestressedornotshallconformtoASTMA42180andA41686,respectively.

    12.3.6.5 DiscontinuousFibresandNonmetallicReinforcement:
    Fibrereinforcementconsistingofirregularlyarrangedcontinuousfilamentsofsyntheticornaturalorganicfibres
    such as jute and bamboo may be used in ferrocement. If organic materials are used, care shall be taken to
    conductappropriateinvestigationstoensurethestrengthanddurabilityofthefinishedferrocementproduct.

    12.4 DESIGN

    12.4.1 GeneralPrinciplesandRequirements

    12.4.1.1 The analysis of a ferrocement crosssection subject to either bending, or to bending and axial load,
    whether based on strength or working stresses, is similar to the analysis of a reinforced concrete
    beamorcolumnhavingseverallayersofsteel(Fig12.4.1).


    Fig.12.4.1StrainandForceDistributionatUltimateinaFerrocementSectionUnderBending

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6699
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    12.4.1.2 In the design of ferrocement structures, members shall be proportioned for adequate strength in
    accordance with the provisions of this chapter using load factors and strength reduction factors
    specifiedinChapter6.

    12.4.1.3 Ferrocementmembersmayalternativelybedesignedusingserviceloadsandpermissibleserviceload
    stressesinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSec12.4.3.

    12.4.1.4 Allmembersshallalsobedesignedtosatisfyserviceabilitycriteriainaccordancewiththeprovisions
    ofSec12.4.4.

    12.4.2 StrengthRequirements
    Ferrocementstructuresandstructuralmembersshallhaveadesignstrengthatallsectionsatleastequaltothe
    required strengths for the factored load and load combinations stipulated in Chapter 1, General Design
    Requirements.RequiredstrengthUtoresistdeadloadDandliveloadLshallbedeterminedinaccordancewith
    Chapter2,Sec2.7.5.1.
    Designstrengthprovidedbyamemberorcrosssectionintermsofaxialload,bendingmoment,shearforce,or
    stressshall betaken as thenominal strength calculatedinaccordance with requirements andassumptionsof
    Chapter6,Sec6.1.4multipliedbythestrengthreductionfactor tosatisfythegeneralrelationship.
    U N 12.4.1
    where U is the factored load equal to the minimum required design strength , N is the nominal
    resistance,and isastrengthreductionfactordefinedinSec6.2.3.1.
    Design strength for the mesh reinforcement shall be based on the yield strength fy of the reinforcement but
    shallnotexceed690N/mm2.Designyieldstrengthsofvariousmeshreinforcementshallbeinaccordancewith
    Table12.4.1.Theseshallbeusedfordesignonlywhentestdataarenotavailable.Whentestsfordetermination
    ofyieldstrengthareneeded,theyshallbeconductedinaccordancewithSec12.8.2.3and12.8.2.4.
    Table 12.4.1 Minimum Values of Yield Strength and Effective Modulus for Steel Meshes and Bars
    RecommendedforDesign

    Woven Welded Hexa Expanded Longitu


    Square Square Gonal Metal dinal
    Mesh Mesh Mesh Mesh Bars
    Yield fy 450 450 310 310 410
    2
    Strength N/mm
    Effective (Er)long. 138000 200000 104000 138000 200000
    2
    Modulus (N/mm )
    (Er)tran. 165000 200000 69000 69000
    2
    (N/mm )

    12.4.2.1 Flexure:
    The strain distribution at nominal moment resistance shall be assumed to be linear, and a rectangular stress
    blockshallbeusedincomputingtheresultantcompressiveforceactingontheconcrete.
    a) AssumptionsStrengthdesignofferrocementmembersforflexureandaxialloadsshallbe
    basedonthefollowingassumptionsandonsatisfactionofequilibriumandcompatibilityof
    strains.
    i) Straininreinforcementandmortar(concrete)shallbeassumeddirectlyproportionaltothe
    distancefromtheneutralaxis.
    ii) Maximumstrainatextrememortar(concrete)compressionfibreshallbeassumedequalto
    0.003.
    iii) Stress in reinforcement below specified yield strength fy shall be taken as Er times steel
    strain. For strains greater than that corresponding to fy, stress in reinforcement shall be
    consideredindependentofstrainandequaltofy.

    6700 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    iv) Tensilestrengthofmortar(concrete)shallbeneglectedinflexuralstrengthcalculations.
    v) Relationshipbetweenmortar(concrete)compressivestressdistributionandmortar
    (concrete) strain may be considered satisfied by the use of the equivalent rectangular
    concretestressdistribution.
    b) EffectiveareaofreinforcementTheareaofreinforcementperlayerofmeshconsidered
    effectivetoresisttensilestressesinacrackedferrocementsectionshallbedeterminedas
    follows:
    A si = V fi A c
    12.4.2
    where
    Asi = effectiveareaofreinforcementformeshlayeri
    = globalefficiencyfactorofmeshreinforcementintheloadingdirectionconsidered
    Vfi = volumefractionofreinforcementformeshlayeri
    Ac = grosscrosssectionalareaofmortar(concrete)section.
    The global efficiency factor when multiplied by the volume fraction of reinforcement, gives the equivalent
    volumefraction(orequivalentreinforcementratio)intheloadingdirectionconsidered.Ineffect,itleadstoan
    equivalent(effective)areaofreinforcementperlayerofmeshinthatloadingdirection.Forsquaremeshes, =
    0.5whenloadingisappliedinoneoftheprincipaldirections.Forareinforcingbarloadedalongitsaxis, =
    1.0.
    Intheabsenceofvaluesderivedfromtestsforaparticularmeshsystem,thevaluesof giveninTable12.4.2
    forcommontypesofmeshandloadingdirectionmaybeused.Theglobalefficiencyfactorshallapplywhether
    thereinforcementisinthetensionzoneorinthecompressionzone.
    The value of =0.2 forexpandedmetalmesh (Table12.4.2)maynot always beconservative,particularlyin
    thickersectionsinflexurewiththemeshorientedintheshortwaydiamond.ThevaluesinTable12.4.2shallbe
    usedforsections50mmorlessinthickness,andtestsconductedforglobalefficiencyvaluesforsectionsmore
    than50mminthickness.
    Table12.4.2RecommendedDesignValuesoftheGlobalEfficiencyFactorofReinforcementforaMember
    inUniaxialTensionorBending

    Woven Welded Hexa Expanded Longi


    Square Square gonal Metal tudinal
    Mesh Mesh Mesh Mesh Bars
    Global Longitudina, l 0.50 0.50 0.45 0.65 1
    efficiency Transverse t
    factor 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.20 0
    At45
    =45
    0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.70

    12.4.2.2 Tension:
    Thenominalresistanceofcrackedferrocementelementssubjecttopuretensileloadingshallbeapproximated
    by the load carrying capacity of the mesh reinforcement alone in the direction of loading by the following
    equation:
    Nn = A s f y
    12.4.3
    where
    Nn = nominaltensileloadresistanceindirectionconsidered
    As = effectivecrosssectionalareaofreinforcementindirectionconsidered
    fy = yieldstressofmeshreinforcement
    ThevalueofAsisgivenby
    N
    As = A si
    i =1 12.4.4

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6701
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    where
    N = numberofmeshlayers
    Asi = effectiveareaofreinforcementformeshlayeri(Eq12.4.2)

    12.4.2.3 Compression:
    Asafirstapproximation,thenominalresistanceofferrocementsectionssubjecttouniaxialcompressionshallbe
    derivedfromtheloadcarryingcapacityoftheunreinforcedmortar(concrete)matrixassumingauniformstress
    distributionof 0. 85 f c where f c isthedesigncompressivestrengthofthemortarmatrix.However,thetransverse
    component of the reinforcement can contribute additional strength when square or rectangular wire meshes
    are used. Expanded mesh contributes virtually no strengthening beyond that achieved by the mortar alone.
    Slendernesseffectsofthinsections,whichcanreducetheloadcarryingcapacitybelowthatbasedonthedesign
    compressivestrengthshallbeconsidered.

    12.4.3 ServiceLoadDesign

    12.4.3.1 Flexure:
    Forinvestigationofstressesatserviceloads,straightlinetheory(forflexure)shallbeusedwiththefollowing
    assumptions.
    a) Strainsvarylinearlywithdistancefromtheneutralaxis.
    b) Stressstrainrelationshipsofmortar(concrete)andreinforcementarelinearforstresseslessthanorequal
    topermissibleserviceloadstresses.
    c) Mortar(concrete)resistsnotension.
    d) Perfectbondexistsbetweensteelandmortar(concrete).
    Tocomputestressesandstrainsforagivenloading,thecrackedtransformedsectionshallbeused.Theeffective
    areaofeachlayerofmeshreinforcementshallbedeterminedfromEq(12.4.2).Thesamevalueofmodularratio
    nr=Er/Ec,maybeusedforbothtensileandcompressivereinforcement.RecommendeddesignvaluesofErare
    giveninTable12.4.1.Oncetheneutralaxisisdetermined,theanalysisshallproceedasforreinforcedconcrete
    beamsorcolumnshavingseverallayersofsteelandsubjecttopurebending.

    12.4.3.2 AllowableTensileStress:
    Theallowabletensilestressinthemeshreinforcementunderserviceconditionsshallbetakenas0.60fywhere
    fyistheyieldstrength.Forliquidretainingandsanitarystructures,theallowabletensilestressshallbelimitedto
    200N/mm2.Considerationshallbegiventoincreasetheallowabletensilestressesifcrackwidthmeasurements
    onamodeltestindicatethatahigherstresswillnotimpairperformance.

    12.4.3.3 AllowableCompressiveStress:
    Theallowablecompressivestressineitherthemortar(concrete)ortheferrocementcompositeshallbetakenas
    whereisthespecifiedcompressivestrengthofthemortar.Measurementsofthemortarcompressivestrength
    shallbeobtainedfromtestson75mmx150mmcylinders.

    12.4.4 ServiceabilityRequirements
    FerrocementstructuresshallgenerallysatisfytheintentoftheserviceabilityrequirementsofChapter6except
    fortheconcretecover.

    12.4.4.1 CrackWidthLimitations:
    Themaximumvalueofcrackwidthunderserviceloadconditionsshallbelessthan0.10mmfornoncorrosive
    environmentsand0.05mmforcorrosiveenvironmentsand/orwaterretainingstructures.

    12.4.4.2 FatigueStressRange:
    For ferrocement structures to sustain a minimum fatigue life of two million cycles, the stress range in the
    reinforcementshallbelimitedto200N/mm2.Astressrangeof350N/mm2shallbeusedforonemillioncycles.
    Highervaluesmaybeconsideredifjustifiedbytests.

    6702 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    12.4.4.3 CorrosionDurability:
    Particularcareshallbetakentoensureadurablemortarmatrixandoptimizetheparametersthatreducethe
    riskofcorrosion.

    12.4.4.4 DeflectionLimitation:
    Sinceferrocementinthinsectionsisveryflexibleanditsdesignisverylikelytobecontrolledbycriteriaother
    thandeflection,noparticulardeflectionlimitationisrecommended.

    12.4.5 ParticularDesignParameters

    12.4.5.1 The cover of the reinforcement shall be about twice the diameter of the mesh wire or thickness of
    otherreinforcementused.Asmallercoverisacceptableprovidedthereinforcementisnotsusceptible
    torapidcorrosion,thesurfaceisprotectedbyanappropriatecoating,andthecrackwidthislimited
    to0.05mm.Forferrocementelementsofthicknesslessthan25mm,acoveroftheorderof2mm
    shallbeprovided.

    12.4.5.2 Foragivenferrocementcrosssectionoftotalthicknessh,themeshopeningshallnotbelargerthan
    h.

    12.4.5.3 Fornonprestressedwaterretainingstructuresthetotalvolumefractionofreinforcementshallnotbe
    less than 3.5 per cent and the total specific surface of reinforcement shall not be less than 0.16
    mm2/mm3.

    12.4.5.4 Incomputingthespecificsurfaceofthereinforcement,thecontributionoffibresaddedtothematrix
    shallbeconsidered,whilethefibrecontributionmaybeignoredincomputingthevolumefractionof
    reinforcement.

    12.4.5.5 Ifskeletalreinforcementisused,theskeletalreinforcementshallnotoccupymorethan50percentof
    thethicknessoftheferrocementcomposite.

    12.4.5.6 For a given volume fraction of reinforcement, better performance in terms of crack widths, water
    tightness,andductilitymaybeachievedbyuniformdistributionofthereinforcementthroughoutthe
    thicknessandbyincreasingitsspecificsurface.Aminimumoftwolayersofmeshshallbeacceptable,
    butmorethantwolayersofreinforcementarepreferable.

    12.4.6 DesignAids
    The following nondimensional equation can be used to predict the nominal moment strengthof ferrocement
    beamssubjectedtopurebending:

    ( ) ( )
    Mn 2
    = 0.005 + 0.422 V f f y / f c 0.0772 V f f y / f c
    f c bh2
    12.4.5
    AdesigngraphrepresentingEq(12.4.5)isgiveninFig12.4.2.

    12.5 FABRICATION

    12.5.1 GeneralRequirements
    Thissectionspecifiestherequirementsforthemixing,placing,andhandlingofmaterialsusedinferrocement
    construction.

    12.5.1.1 Planning:
    Plasteringforfabricationwithferrocementshallbecontinuousthroughthecompletionofthejob.Thisrequires
    alargenumberofworkersinvolvedinplasteringandinmaintainingaconstantsupplyofmaterialsduringwork,

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6703
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    mostofteninconfinedworkspaces.Adequatebondatcoldjointsmaybeachievedthroughsurfaceroughness
    or treatment with bonding agents. Retarders may be useful in large time consuming plastering projects,
    especiallyinhotweatherconditions.Planningforthejobshalltakeintoaccountalltheserequirements.

    0.4

    0.3

    0.2
    2.
    Y = M n / 1'c bh ?

    2
    Y = 0.005+0.422X-0.077X

    0.1

    0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2

    X = Vf fy / f'c

    Fig.12.4.2ChartforStrengthDesignofFerrocementinBending

    12.5.1.2 Mixing:
    Anymethod,includinghandmixing,whichassuresahomogeneousmixtureofingredientsshallbesatisfactory.
    Mixingmaybeaccomplishedinamortarmixerwithaspiralbladeorpaddlesinsideastationarydrumorina
    pan type mixer. The use of rotating drum mixers with fins affixed to the sides shall not be permitted. Mix
    ingredientsshallbecarefullybatchedbyweight,includingthewater,andaddedorchargedinthemixersothat
    thereisnocaking.Mixwatershallbeaccuratelyweighedsothatthewatercementratioiscontrolled.Thewater
    cementratioshallbeaslowaspossiblebutthesandcementratioshallbeadjustedtoprovideafluidmixfor
    initialpenetrationofthearmaturefollowedbyastiffermoreheavilysandedmixatthefinish.Mortarshallbe
    mixedinbatches so thatmortaris plastered within an hour after mixing.Retemperingofthe mortarshallbe
    prohibited.

    12.5.1.3 MortarPlacement:
    Mortar shall generally be placed by hand plastering. In this process, the mortar is forced through the mesh.
    Alternatively,themortarmaybeshotthroughaspraygundevice.

    12.5.1.4 Finishing:
    Surfaces shall be finished to assure proper cover to the last mesh layer. The surface finish shall be slightly
    roughenedifasurfacecoatingistobebondedlater.
    Surfaces that are too smooth shall be mechanically abraded by sandblasting or other means of mechanical
    abrasion. Alternatively,such surfaces maybeetched with phosphoric acid,provided theresidue leftby itwill
    not interfere with specified finishes. Mild solutions of muriatic acid may be applied with proper attention to
    corrosionpotential.Additionalcareshallbetakenwhenplasteringaroundopenings.

    12.5.1.5 Curing:
    Moist or wet curing is essential for ferrocement concrete construction. The low water cement ratio and high
    cement factors create a demand for large quantities of free water in the hydration process, and the amount
    permittedtoevaporateintotheairshallbekepttoanabsoluteminimum.Theuseoffoggingdevicesundera
    moistureretainingenclosureisdesirable.Adoublelayerofsoakedburlapcoveredwithpolyethyleneorasoaker
    hosemayalsobeused.Continuouswettingofthesurfaceorofwetburlaporthelikeshallbemaintainedto
    avoiddryspots.Curingshallstartwithinareasonabletimeafterapplicationofthefinishinglayer.

    12.5.2 ConstructionMethods
    Allmethodsshallhavehighlevelqualitycontrolcriteriatoachievethecompleteencapsulationofseverallayers
    ofreinforcingmeshbyawellcompactedmortarorconcretematrixwithaminimumofentrappedair.Themost

    6704 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    appropriate fabrication technique shall be decided on the basis of the nature of the particular ferrocement
    application,theavailabilityofmixing,handling,andplacingmachinery,andtheskillandcostofavailablelabour.
    Severalrecommendedconstructionmethodsareoutlinedinthefollowingsubsections.

    12.5.2.1 ArmatureSystem:
    Thearmaturesystemisaframeworkoftiedreinforcingbars(skeletalsteel)towhichlayersofreinforcingmesh
    areattachedoneachside.Mortaristhenappliedfromonesideandforcedthroughthemeshlayerstowards
    theotherside,asshowninFig12.5.1.
    The skeletal steel can assume any shape. Diameter of the steel bars depends on the size of the structure.
    Skeletalsteelshallbecuttospecifiedlengths,benttotheproperprofile,andtiedinpropersequence.Sufficient
    embedmentlengthsshallbeprovidedtoensurecontinuity.Forbarsizes6mmorless,laplengthsfrom230to
    300mmmaybesufficient.Therequirednumberoflayersofmeshshallbetiedtoeachsideoftheskeletalsteel
    frame.

    12.5.2.2 ClosedmouldSystem:
    The mortaris applied fromone sidethroughseveral layers of mesh ormesh androd combinationsthat have
    beenstapledorotherwiseheldinpositionagainstthesurfaceofaclosedmould,i.e.amalemouldorafemale
    mould. The mould may remain as a permanent part of the finished ferrocement structure. If removed,
    treatmentwithreleaseagentsmaybeneeded.TheuseoftheclosedmouldsystemrepresentedinFig12.5.2
    tendstoeliminatetheuseofrodsorbars,thuspermittinganessentiallyallmeshreinforcement.Itrequiresthat
    plasteringbedonefromonesideonly.

    12.5.2.3 IntegralmouldSystem:
    An integral mould is first constructed by application of mortar from one or two sides onto a semirigid
    framework made with a minimum number of mesh layers. This forms, after mortar setting, a rigid but low
    quality ferrocement mould onto which further layer of reinforcingmesh and mortar shall beapplied on both
    sides.Alternatively,theintegralmouldmaybeformedusingrigidinsulationmaterials,suchaspolystyreneor
    polyurethane,asthecore.AschematicdescriptionofthissystemisgiveninFig12.5.3.

    12.5.2.4 OpenmouldSystem:
    Intheopenmouldsystem,mortarisappliedfromonesidethroughlayersofmeshormeshandrodsattached
    toanopenmouldmadeofalatticeofwoodstrips.Theform,showninFig12.5.4,iscoatedwithareleaseagent
    orentirelycoveredwithpolyethylenesheeting(therebyformingaclosedbutnonrigidandtransparentmould)
    tofacilitatemouldremovalandtopermitobservationand/orrepairduringthemortarapplicationprocess.
    Thissystemissimilartotheclosedmouldsysteminwhichthemortarisappliedfromoneside,atleastuntilthe
    mouldcanberemoved.Itenablesatleastpartoftheundersideofthemouldtobeviewedandrepaired,where
    necessary,toensurecompleteandthoroughimpregnationofthemesh.

    12.6 MAINTENANCE

    12.6.1 General
    Terrestrialstructuresaresusceptibletodeteriorationfrompollutantsingroundwaterandthosethatprecipitate
    fromtheair(acidrain).Environmentaltemperatureandhumidityvariationsalsoaffectferrocementdurability
    andmaintenanceprocedures.
    Maintenanceshallinvolvedetectingandfillingvoids,replacingspalledcover,providingprotectivecoatings,and
    cosmetictreatmentofsurfaceblemishes.Duetothethincoverinferrocement,muriaticacid(hydrochloricacid)
    shall be used with extreme caution. Phosphoric acid and other nonchloride cleaners shall be the specified
    alternative(seeSec12.5.1.4).
    Repairsnotinvolvinglargequantitiesofmaterialsshallbeaccomplishedbyhand.Emphasisshallbeplacedon
    theabilityoftherepairmaterialtopenetratethemeshcage,tofullycoatthereinforcingtoinhibitcorrosion,
    andtobondtothesubstrate.Rapidsetandstrengthgainshallbetheoverridingconsiderationsforemergency
    repairs. Protective coatings shall bond well and be alkali tolerant, thermally compatible, and resistant to
    environmentalpollutantsandultravioletradiation,ifexposed.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6705
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    12.6.2 BlemishandStainRemoval

    12.6.2.1 General:
    Sinceferrocementisusuallylessporousthanconventionalconcrete,stainsdonotpenetrateverydeepinthe
    mortar matrix. Care shall be taken when preparing the surface not to diminish the thin cover of mortar over
    ferrocementreinforcement.

    12.6.2.2 ConstructionBlemishes:
    Constructionblemishesareoftencausedbyimproperselectionoruseofmaterials,faultyworkmanship,uneven
    evaporation, and uneven curing. Care shall be exercised to minimize these and the following causes of
    blemishesinferrocement.


    Fig.12.5.1ArmatureSystem


    Fig.12.5.2ClosedmouldSystem

    6706 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12


    Fig.12.5.3IntegralmouldSystem


    Fig.12.5.4OpenmouldSystem

    a) Cementfromdifferentmillswillcausecolourvariation,althoughmostofthecolourinmortaris
    duetothesandcomponent.Whereappearanceiscritical,careshallbetakentoobtainsand
    fromasinglesourceandhaveitthoroughlywashed.
    b) Mottlingresultsfromtheuseofcalciumchlorideorhighalkalicementcombinedwithuneven
    curing.
    c) Theuseofpolyethylenesheetmaterialtocoversurfacespromotesunevencuring.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6707
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    d) Thewatercementratioaffectstoneandsurfaceappearance.Lowwatercementratiowill
    resultinadarkerappearance.
    e) Hardsteeltowelingdensifiesthesurface,causingmorerapiddryingandalsoleavinga
    darkenedsurface.

    12.6.2.3 StainRemoval:
    Treatmentofstainsshallbedonepromptlyafterdiscolorationappears.Thoroughflushingandbrushingwitha
    stiffbristlebrushanddetergentisthefirstapproach.Ifthisisineffective,adilute(aboutthreepercent)solution
    of phosphoric or acetic acid shall be applied. Another chemical treatment that may be considered safe and
    effectiveisa20to30percentsolutionofdiammoniumcitrate,amildacidthatattackscalciumcarbonatesand
    calciumhydroxides.Thistreatmentmakesthesurfacemoreporousandpromoteshydration.
    When a stain has penetrated too deeply to be removed by surface chemical application and scrubbing, a
    poultice or a bandage may be needed. A poultice is intended to dissolve the stain and absorb it into the
    poultice.Thepoulticeismadebymixingoneormorechemicalssuchasasolutionofphosphoricacidwithafine
    inertpowersuchastalc,whiting,hydratedlime,ordiatomaceousearthtoformapaste.Thepasteisspreadina
    thicklayeroverthestainandallowedtodry.Abandagemayconsistofafewlayersofclothorpapertoweling
    soakedinachemicalsolution.Morethanoneapplicationofapoulticeorbandagemaybeneededforstubborn
    stains.
    Caution:
    Most of the chemicals used to remove stains are toxic and require safeguards against skin contact and
    inhalation.Wheneveracidsareused,surfacesshallfirstbesaturatedwithwaterorthedissolvedstainmaterial
    maymigratedeeperintotheconcreteandreappearatalaterdateasefflorescence.

    12.6.2.4 Efflorescence:
    Efflorescenceiscausedbydepositionofsaltsonthesurfaceduetotheevaporationofmigratingwaterbearing
    saltsfromwithinferrocement;itistypicallyassociatedwithaporousferrocement.Watercementratioshallbe
    limited to within 0.4 and the mortar well compacted to minimize efflorescence. Voids, if present, may be
    treatedbybreakingintowithahammerandreplastering.Alternatively,voidsmaybedrilledintowithamasonry
    bitandrepairedbyinjectinganonshrinkingcementgrout.

    12.6.3 ProtectiveSurfaceTreatments

    12.6.3.1 General:
    Goodqualitymortarhasexcellentresistancetoweathering.Theapplicationofprotectivesurfacetreatments
    canimprovetheperformanceofferrocementandextenditsusefulservicelife.Surfacetreatmentsshallbeused
    toimproveappearance,hardenthesurface,andreducepermeability,thusguardingagainstthecorrosiveaction
    ofacids,alkalinesalts,andorganicsubstances.

    12.6.3.2 Hardeners:
    Hardenersmaybeusedtoprotecttheferrocementsurfaceortosealandprepareitforapplicationofpaints.
    When asodium silicate hardenerisused,itshall be diluted with water. The actual proportion of water to be
    usedshalldependonthemanufacturer'srecommendation.Thehardenershallbeappliedinmultiplecoatswith
    thefirstcoatbeingmoredilutethanthesubsequentones.Eachcoatmustbecompletelydrybeforethenext
    coatisapplied.
    Otherhardenersthatsealandpreparethesurfaceforapplicationofoilbasepaintsaremagnesiumfluorosilicate
    andzincfluorosilicate.Thetreatmentshallconsistoftwoormoreapplications.Asolutioncontainingabout1kg
    offluorosilicatecrystalsper10litresofwatershallbeusedforthefirstapplication;andasolutioncontaining2.4
    kg per 10 litres of water shall be used for subsequent applications. After the last application has dried, the
    surfaceshallbebrushedandwashedwithwatertoremoveanycrystalsthatmayhaveformed.

    12.6.3.3 Coatings:
    When resistance to abrasion is desired, ferrocement surfaces may be coated with polyurethanes, especially
    thosefurnishedintwopartmixtures.Coatingsformulatedfromacrylicsmaybeusedtoprovideresistanceto
    sunlightandweathering.Waterbasedacryliclatexhousepaintsmaybeusedforapplicationtodampsurfaces.

    6708 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    Foranysurfaceoppositeasurfacesealedwithanimpermeablecoating,anacryliccoatingformulatedtoallow
    theescapeofwatervapourshallbespecified.

    12.7 DAMAGEREPAIR

    12.7.1 CommonTypesofDamage
    Ferrocementstructuresshallbeinspected,aspartofaregularmaintenanceprogramme,todetectanyofthe
    followingtypesofdamage.Appropriaterepairmeasuresshallthenbetaken.

    12.7.1.1 Delaminations:
    Delaminationsoccurwhenferrocementsplitsbetweenlayersinlaminatedconstructionsduetospringingback
    orbridgingofthemeshduringconstruction.Delaminationsometimesoccursatorneartheneutralaxisunder
    impact or flexure when there are manyvoids in the interior layers. Such areas give off a hollow sound when
    tappedwithahammerorstrokedwithasteelbar.

    12.7.1.2 Spalls:
    Aspallisdefinedasadepressionresultingwhenafragmentisdetachedfromalargermassbyablow,bythe
    actionofweather,bypressure,orbyexpansionwithinthemass.Spallsshallbeconsideredlargewhentheirsize
    exceedsapproximately20mmindepthor150mminanydimension,andshallberepairedbyreplastering.
    Spalls are usually caused by corrosion of steel, which causes an expansive pressure within the ferrocement.
    Chlorides in the concrete greatly increase the potential for corrosion of the steel. Under such conditions,
    continued spalling is likely and the repair of local spall areas may even promote the deterioration of the
    concretebecauseofthepresenceofdissimilarmaterials.
    An area of steel corrosion and chloride contaminated concrete may be considerably larger than the area of
    spalledconcrete,andthefullareaofcontaminationratherthanthespallitselfshallbebrokenandreplastered.

    12.7.1.3 FireDamage:
    Ferrocementmaybemoresusceptibletofiredamagethanconventionalconcretebecauseofthethincover.
    If the fire were intense enough to release the amount of chemically bound water in the cement, destroy the
    bondbetweenthecementandtheaggregate,oroxidizethereinforcement,thesurfacewouldbecharredand
    spalledsothatthedamagecouldbeeasilyidentified.Fullscaleremovalandrepairshallthenberequired.

    12.7.1.4 CracksandLocalFractures:
    Hairline cracks and crazing due to temperature changes or drying shrinkage in the cover coat do not require
    repair.Continuouswetcuringwillcauseautogenoushealing,andaflexiblecoatingwillconcealthecrackfrom
    view.Ifcracksarecausedbycontinuingoverloadsorareduetostructuralsettlementandthecausecannotbe
    removed, replacement or a structural overlay shall be required. Cracks due to occasional impact or overload
    may be repaired. Local fractures are cracks in which displacement of the section has occurred as a result of
    impact.

    12.7.2 EvaluationofDamage

    12.7.2.1 Evaluationofdamageshalltakeintoconsiderationitsextent,cause,andlikelihoodofthecausestill
    beingactive.Themethodofrepairshallbedictatedbythetypeofdamage,theavailabilityofspecial
    equipmentandrepairmaterials,andthelevelofskilloftheworkersemployed.Economicfactorsmay
    influencethedecisionastowhethertherepairshallbeextensiveandpermanent,orlimitedinscope
    inresponsetoanimmediateproblem.

    12.7.2.2 Repairmaterialsshallbondtotheoriginalstructure,resistpollutantsinthesurroundingsoil,wateror
    air, and respond the same way to changes in temperature, moisture, and loads. Removal of
    deteriorated or chloride contaminated mortar trapped within the reinforcing mesh requires a large
    amountofhandlabour,soitmaybeeconomical(andbetterforlongtermdurability)toreconstructor

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6709
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    replaceanentireareausingtheoriginalstructureasaformthatcanbeleftinplaceorremovedafter
    the overlaid structure has cured. Complete reconstruction shall be undertaken when chloride
    contamination,meshcorrosion,anddeteriorationofthemortarareextensive.

    12.7.2.3 Testingfordamageinferrocementmaybedonebytappingwithahammertobreakintoanyvoids
    underthesurface,orbydrawingametalbaroverthesurfaceandlisteningforsoundsindicatingvoids
    orthepresenceofdeterioratedconcrete.Ahighqualityferrocementshouldproduceabelllikesound
    andresistmoderatelyseverehammerblowswithoutdamage.

    12.7.3 SurfacePreparationforRepairofDamage

    12.7.3.1 General:
    Theprimaryobjectiveistoremoveanydeterioratedmortarormortarcontaminatedwithcorrosiveagentsand
    toprovideasurfacetowhichtherepairmaterialscanbebondedproperly.Therougherthesurface,thegreater
    istheareaavailableforbonding.

    12.7.3.2 RemovalofDeterioratedConcrete:
    Asafirststepinanyrepairalldisintegrated,unsound,andcontaminatedmortarshallberemoved.Sawsand
    chippinghammersusedforconventionalconcreteshallnotbeusedforferrocementunlesslargesectionsareto
    becompletelyremoved.
    Smallareasshallbepreparedbyhandhammeringjusthardenoughtopulverizedeterioratedorcrackedmortar,
    butnottothepointofdamagingthereinforcingmesh.
    Apneumaticneedlegunmaybeusedforcleaningoutbrokenferrocement,openingoutcracks,androughening
    thesurface.
    Particlesofsoundmortarembeddedinthemeshneednotberemovedprovidedtheyaresmallenoughnotto
    interferewiththepenetrationofnewmortarandtheywillnotprojectfromthefinishedsurface.

    12.7.3.3 Reinforcement:
    Anyloose,scalycorrosionrevealedoncleaningoutthemortarshallberemovedbysandblasting,waterjet,air
    blasting,orvacuummethods.
    Analternativemethodforremovingrustistobrushnavaljellyorspraydilutephosphoricacidovertherepair
    areaandflushthoroughly.
    Where the mesh cage has been displaced but is still intact, it may be pushed or jacked back in place and
    supported securely to withstand the pressure of applying the repair material. Where the reinforcement has
    beentorn,theoldmeshshallbelacedbacktoclosetheopening.
    Whenrodssupportingthemeshcagearetorntheyshallbesplicedbya15diameteroverlapofthepartnerrod
    oranchoredbyhooks.

    12.7.3.4 Cleaning:
    Looseparticlesanddustresiduefromhammeringorsandblastingshallbeairjettedorvacuumcleanedifepoxy
    ormethymethacrylate(MMA)istherepairmaterial.Waterjettingmaybeusediftherepairistobemadewith
    hydrauliccementorlatexmodifiedmortar.
    Ifanairjetisused,thecompressorshallbeequippedwithanoiltraptopreventcontaminationofthesurface.
    Surfaceoilordirtshallberemovedbytrisodiumphosphateorotherstrongdetergents.

    12.7.3.5 Cracks:
    Cracks may be cleaned by hammering out the mortar on each side of the crack and replastered with latex
    mortar.
    Ifopeningthecrackisnotfeasible,epoxyorMMAinjectionsystemsshallbeattemptedinaccordancewiththe
    productdirections.Thecrackshallbecleanedfirstwithoilfreecompressedair,andsmall(about2to3mm)drill
    holesshallbemadeatthehighestandlowestpointsinthecrack.Thesurfacebetweentheholesshallbesealed
    with strong coatings or a pressure pad. Catalyzed epoxy or MMA shall be injected at the lower hole until it
    comesoutattheupperhole.

    6710 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    Wherelatexcementgroutistobeused,theinteriorofthecrackshallbethoroughlysaturatedwithwaterand
    allowedtodrain.

    12.7.4 RepairMaterials

    12.7.4.1 PortlandCementandSand:
    PortlandcementusedforrepairshallconformtotherequirementsofSec12.3.1.
    Sand which matches that used in the original construction may be used unless the need for the repair arose
    because of reactive or contaminated sand. Neat Portland or blended cement paste shall be used to fill small
    cracks,andamortarwithfinesandshallbeusedtofilllargercracksorvoids.Bothshallbeusedincombination
    withlatexforthinpatchesandoverlays.Largercracksshallbecoatedwithneat cementslurry,andthendry
    packedwithaverylowwatercementratiomortar.
    The addition of latex to Portland cement mortar markedly improves bond to the substrate and the tensile
    strength of the patch. Of the synthetic latexes, polyvinyl acetate and polyvinylidene are unsuitable for wet
    environments.Acrylicsmaybeusedasadmixturestoimprovebondingandascuringcompounds.Acryliclatexin
    concentratedformshallbedilutedto10to20percentsolidsandthenusedasthemixingwaterforthemortar.
    Latexmortarsmaybeappliedtoadampsurface,butthepatchshallbeallowedtodrythoroughlybeforebeing
    immersedinwater.

    12.7.4.2 PolymerMortars:
    Nonlatex polymer mortars shall require the use of surface dried and, preferably, oven dried sand. The
    monomershaveverylowviscosityandsoshallbemixedwiththickeningagentstobeplacedinanyareathat
    cannotbesealedtightly.Epoxyresinsthataremoisturetolerantmaybeusedondampsurfaces.
    Careshallbeexercisedinapplyingpolymersorthepromotersandhardenersusedwiththemwhicharetoxic.

    12.7.4.3 Admixture:
    Accelerators may be employed where cement alone is the repair material. Since chloride compounds may
    promotecorrosion,nonchlorideacceleratorsshallbepreferredforallferrocement.Emergencyrepairsofsmall
    areas below the waterline with hot plug, which is neat cement moistened to a putty consistency with a
    concentratedsolutionofcalciumchloridemaybepermitted.Thehotplugmaybecarriedinthehandorina
    plasticbagtothesiteoftheleak,pressedintothehole,andheldafewminutesuntilset.Permanentrepairshall
    beaccomplishedassoonaspossibleusingmaterialswithoutchlorides.

    12.7.5 RepairProcedure

    12.7.5.1 Mixing:
    Small quantitiesofmaterialsrequiredfor ferrocementrepairs may be hand mixed on flatsurfaceor in atray
    usingpremixeddryingredients.Forlargequantities,aplasterorpanmixerratherthanarotatingdrumtype
    mixershallbeused.Formachinemixingwatershallbeputinfirst;thenthecement,toformslurry;thenthe
    pozzolan,ifused;andfinally,enoughsandtobringthemortartothedesireddegreeofworkability.
    The consistency of the mortar shall be selected according to the nature of the repair. A slurry of cream
    consistency shall be used first to paint the moistened edges of the repair area, fill cracks or small voids, and
    thoroughly coat all the interior mesh and rods. After this, more sand shall be added until the mortar is stiff
    enoughtoholditsshapewhenbroughtoutflushwiththefinishedsurface.
    Toavoid excessive amounts of entrainedair,mortarscontaining acrylics orepoxies shallnot be mixed longer
    thantwominutes.Theyshallbeappliedwithinthirtyminutesofmixing.

    12.7.5.2 FullDepthRepair:
    Whenbothfacesareaccessible,afluidmortarshallbepushedthroughthemeshcagefromonesideuntilan
    excessappearsontheoppositeface.Thisexcessshallthenbepushedbackandfinishedflush.Avibratingfloat
    ortrowelmaybeusedtoplaceandfinishaverystiffmortar.Penciltypevibratorsshallnotbeused.

    12.7.5.3 PartialDepthPatches:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6711
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Theareatobepatchedshallfirstbesaturatedwithwater,thenairblownorblottedfreeofstandingwateruntil
    onlysurfacemoist.Cementslurryofnotmorethan0.4watercementratioandofpaintlikeconsistencyshallbe
    brushedoverthewholeareaandintoanyopeningsinthemesh.Thisshallbeimmediatelyfollowedbyaheavily
    sandedmortarofthesamewatercementratio,whichshallbevibratedortampedintothepatchandfinished
    flush.

    12.7.5.4 Overlays:
    ThesubstrateshallbepreparedinthemannerprescribedinSec12.7.5.3forpatches.Theoldsurfaceshallbe
    thoroughly cleaned or scarified by mechanical means and the repair materials shall match the thermal
    characteristicsofthesubstrate.
    Chemical etching shall be followed by mechanical abrasion, unless the surface is flushed with high pressure
    waterjetequipment.
    Forthinoverlays,velocityplacementsuchasspritzingorcastingbyhand,andshotcreting,shallbeused.

    12.7.5.5 Shotcrete:
    Shotcrete may be used in ferrocement repair when a large area is involved. Small, low cost portable plaster
    pumpsoperatingontheMoynoprogressivecavityprinciplewitharotorinsideastatortubeshallbeadequate
    forbothoriginalferrocementconstructionandrepair.
    Shotcreteorplasteringequipmentmaybeusedforlargeoverlaysincorporatingadditionallayersofreinforcing
    mesh by laminating techniques. Existing surfaces shall be scarified or sandblasted, then saturated with water
    andallowedtodampdryjustbeforetheshotcreteormortarsprayisapplied.Aninitialapplicationofcement
    slurry is not needed with shotcrete but a latex or wet to dry epoxy bonding compound may be used to
    advantagewithrepairsmadewithplasteringequipment.

    12.7.5.6 Curing:
    AllPortlandcementpatchesandoverlaysshallbethoroughlycuredunlesslatexcompoundsareusedtosealthe
    surface and furnish water for hydration. Curing shall be instituted immediately for thin patches and overlays.
    Several layers of paper or cloth soaked in water and covered with a plastic sheet that is well secured at the
    edges may be used on patches. A full plastic film covering overlays may be used but it may produce
    discolorationwhereittouchesthesurface.

    12.8 TESTING

    12.8.1 TestRequirement
    Testsandobservationsthatarecommonlymadeduringthedesign,construction,andsubsequentservicelifeof
    concretestructuresshallalsobeapplicabletoferrocementstructures.Thetestprogrammeshallinclude
    a) testsonphysical,chemicalandmechanicalpropertiesoftheferrocementingredients,suchas
    waterpurity,sieveanalysis,meshstrengthetc.,
    b) controltestsforfreshmortarmix,suchasslump,aircontentetc.,
    c) testsonthemechanicalpropertiesofthehardenedferrocement,suchasbending,crackingand
    fatiguestrengths,permeabilityetc.,and
    d) inserviceconditiontests,suchaspotentialforcorrosion,cracking,durabilityetc.
    For predicting the mechanical properties of ferrocement, the tests specified in Sec 12.8.2.1 through 12.8.2.4
    shallbeconducted.

    12.8.2 TestMethods

    12.8.2.1 CompressiveStrengthandStaticModulusofElasticityofMortar:
    Thecompressivestrengthandstaticmodulusofelasticityofthemortarusedforthefabricationofferrocement
    shall be determined from 75 mm x 150 mm cylinders tested in accordance with ASTM C3986 and C46983,
    respectively.

    12.8.2.2 FlexuralStrengthofFerrocement:

    6712 Vol.2
    FerrocementStructures Chapter12

    Ferrocementspecimensshallbetestedasasimplysupportedbeamwiththirdpointloading.Thespantodepth
    ratio of the beam specimen shall not be less than 20 and its width shall not be less than six times the mesh
    openingorwirespacingmeasuredatrightanglestothespandirection.

    12.8.2.3 TensilePropertiesoftheMeshReinforcement:
    Squareorrectangularmeshesmaybetesteddirectlyintension;hexagonalmeshesandexpandedmetalmeshes
    shallbetestedonlywhileencapsulatedinmortar.Inthelattercasethetensiletestshallbeperformedonthe
    ferrocementmaterialasdescribedinSec12.8.2.4below.
    Forsquareandrectangularmeshes,theyieldstrength,elasticmodulus,andultimatetensilestrengthshallbe
    obtainedfromdirecttensiletestsonsamplesofwiresorflatcouponscutfromthemesh.Thetestshallbein
    accordancewiththefollowingguidelines(seealsoFig12.8.1).
    1. Thetestspecimenshallbepreparedbyembeddingbothendsofarectangularcouponofmeshinmortar
    over a length at least equal to the width of the sample. The mortar embedded ends shall serve as pads for
    gripping.Thefree(notembedded)portionofthemeshshallrepresentthetestsample.
    2. Thewidthofthetestsampleshallbenotlessthansixtimesthemeshopeningorwirespacingmeasuredat
    rightanglestotheloadingdirection.
    3. Thelengthofthetestsampleshallbenotlessthanthreetimesitswidthor150mm,whicheverislarger.
    4. Measurements of elongations (from which strains are to be computed) shall be recorded over half the
    lengthofthemeshsample.
    5. Yieldstrainofmeshreinforcementshallbetakenasthestrainattheintersectionofthebeststraightlinefit
    oftheinitialportionofthestressstraincurveandthebeststraightlinefitoftheyieldedportionofthestress
    straincurve,asshowninFig12.8.1.Theyieldstressshallbetakenasthestresspointontheoriginalstressstrain
    curveattheyieldstrainfoundabove.TheprocedureisdemonstratedinFig12.8.1.


    Fig.12.8.1SchematicDescriptionofMeshTensileTestSampleandCorrespondingStressStrainCurve

    12.8.2.4 TensileTestofFerrocement:
    Direct tensile tests of ferrocement elements shall be made using rectangular specimens satisfying the same
    minimumsizerequirementasthosesetinSec12.8.2.3forthemeshreinforcement.Thetestspecimensshallbe
    additionallyreinforcedattheir ends forgripping. Themiddlehalf of thenongripped(free) portion ofthe test
    specimenshallbeinstrumentedtorecordelongations.Aplotoftheloadelongationcurveuptofailureshallbe

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6713
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    usedtoestimatetheeffectivemodulusofthemeshsystemaswellasitsyieldstrength,ultimatestrength,and
    efficiency factor. The yield strain and corresponding stress shall be determined in accordance with the
    proceduredescribedinSec12.8.2.3.

    RelatedAppendices
    Appendix6.12.ACalculationofVolumeFractionofReinforcement
    Appendix6.12.BCommonTypesandSizesofSteelMeshesUsedinFerrocement

    6714 Vol.2
    Chaptter 13

    SteelConcreeteCom
    mpositteStru
    ucturalMemb
    bers

    13.1 GeneralP
    ProvisionsforSteelC
    ConcreteCo
    ompositeSttructuralM
    Members
    This sectio
    on states the scope of thee specification
    n, summarizess referenced specificationss, codes and standard
    s
    documenttsandprovideerequirementtsformateriaalsforsteelco oncretecomp positemembe ers.Generalprovisions
    forcompo ositesectionsaandshearcon nnectorsarealsoincluded.

    13.1.1 Scope
    The guideelines included
    d in chapter 13
    1 of part 6 o
    of this code presents
    p the ddesign guidelin
    nes for steel concrete
    compositeemembersfreequentlyused dinmediumto ohighrisebuildings.Thischaptermainlyyaddressesco omposite
    columnsccomposedofrrolledorbuiltupstructurallsteelshapesorHSS,andsstructuralcon ncreteactingttogether,
    and steel beams suppo orting a reinfforced concreete slab so in
    nterconnected d that the beaams and the slab act
    together to
    t resist bending. Simple and continuo ous composite beams with shear conn nectors and concrete
    c
    encased beams,
    b constrructed with or
    o without teemporary sho ores, are inclu
    uded. Seismicc provisions for
    f steel
    concreteccompositemeembersarealssoprovided.

    13.1.2 Referenced
    R Specificatiions,CodessandStand
    dards
    Thedocummentsreferen ncedinthese provisionsshaallincludetho
    oselistedinPart6Chapter 10Section2 withthe
    followingaadditionsandmodificationss:
    AmericanSocietyofCivvilEngineers
    ASCE391StandardfortheStructura
    alDesignofCo
    ompositeSlabss
    AmericanWeldingSocieety
    AWSD1.104StructurallWeldingCod
    deSteel
    AWSD1.498StructurallWeldingCod
    deReinforcingSteel
    CanadianStandardsAsssociation
    CSAS160
    01DesignofStteelStructuress

    13.1.3 MaterialLim
    M mitations
    Concreteaandsteelreinfforcingbarsin
    ncompositesyystemsshallb
    besubjecttothefollowinglimitations.
    a)) Forthedetterminationofftheavailableestrength,concreteshallhaaveacompressivestrength h of
    notlessthaan21MPanormorethan770MPafornormalweightconcreteandn notlessthan221MPa
    c
    normorethan42MPaforlightweighttconcrete.
    b)) Thespecifieedminimumyyieldstressofstructuralsteelandreinforrcingbarsused
    dincalculatingthe
    strengthoffacompositecolumnshalln notexceed5225MPa.
    Highermaaterialstrengthsarepermitttedwhentheiiruseisjustifiedbytestingoranalysis.

    13.1.4 GeneralPro
    G ovisions
    In determ mbers and connections of a structure tthat includes composite members,
    mining load efffects in mem m
    considerattionshallbeggiventotheeeffectivesectioonsatthetim
    meeachincrem mentofloadiisapplied.Theedesign,
    detailing and material properties related to tthe concrete and reinforccing steel po ortions of co omposite
    construction shall compply with the reinforced
    r con
    ncrete and reeinforcing bar design speciffications stipu
    ulated by
    theprovisionsinPart6Chapter5.
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    13.1.4.1 ResistaancePriortoC
    CompositeAcction
    The
    efactoredresiistanceofthesteelmembeerpriortotheattainmento
    ofcompositeaactionshallbeedeterminedin
    accordancewithChapter10offPart6.

    13.1.4.2 Nomin
    nalStrengthofCompositeSSections
    Two o methods arre provided for
    f determining the nominnal strength of composite sections: thee plastic stress
    hodandthesttraincompatibilitymethod.
    disttributionmeth
    e tensile strength of the concrete shall be neglected in the de
    The etermination of the nomin
    nal strength of
    com
    mpositememb bers.

    13.1.4.2.1 PlastticStressDistributionMeth
    hod
    For the plastic stress distrib
    bution method, the nomin nal strength shall be com mputed assum ming that steeel
    com
    mponents havve reached a a stress of Fy in either teension or com mpression annd concrete components
    c in
    com
    mpression havve reached a stress of 0.885 fc . For ro ed with concrete, a stress of 0.95 fc is
    ound HSS fille
    perrmittedtobe usedforconccretecompon nentsinuniformcompressiiontoaccoun ntfortheeffe ectsofconcrete
    con
    nfinement.

    13.1.4.2.2 StrainCompatibilityMethod
    Forthestraincom
    mpatibilitymeethod,alineardistribution ofstrainsacrossthesectio
    onshallbeassumed,withth he
    maxximumconcreetecompressivestrainequ ualto0.003mmm/mm(in/in n).Thestressstrainrelation
    nshipsforsteeel
    and
    dconcreteshaallbeobtained
    dfromtestsorfrompublish hedresultsforrsimilarmaterials.

    13.1.4.2.3 SheaarConnectorss
    Sheear connectorss shall be heaaded steel stu
    uds not less th
    han four studd diameters inn length after installation, or
    o
    hottrolled steel channels.
    c She
    ear stud desiggn values shalll be taken ass per Sectionss 13.2.1.7 and
    d 13.3.2.4. Stu
    ud
    con
    nnectors shall conform totthe requiremeentsofSection 13.3.2.4(3) Channelconn nectors shall conformto
    c th
    he
    requirementsofSection13.3.2 2.4(4).

    13..2 DesiignofCompositeAxia
    alMemberss
    Thiss section states the design
    n guidelines fo
    or two types of composite axial membeers. These include encaseed
    com
    mpositecolum mnsandconcreetefilledhollo owstructuralsections.

    13.2.1 Encase
    edComposiiteColumn
    ns

    13.2
    2.1.1 Scope
    Thisssectionappliestodoublysymmetricsteeelcolumnsencasedinconcrete,provideedthat
    (1)thesteelshap
    peisacompacctornoncom
    mpactsection;
    (2)thecrosssecttionalareaofthesteelcore entofthetotalcompositecrosssection.
    ecomprisesattleast1perce
    (3) concrete enccasement of the
    t steel core d with continuous longitud
    e is reinforced dinal bars and
    d lateral ties or
    o
    spirrals.Theminim mentshallbeatleast6mm2permmoftieespacing.
    mumtransverrsereinforcem
    (4)Theminimum
    mreinforcementratioforco
    ontinuouslonggitudinalreinfforcing,
    sr,shallbe0.00
    04,wheresrisgivenby:
    Asr 13.2.1
    sr =
    Ag

    Wh
    here
    mm2
    ntinuousreinfforcingbars,m
    =areaofcon
    m2
    Ag=grossareaofcompositemember,mm
    SteelConcreeteCompositeSStructuralMemb
    bers C
    Chapter13

    13.2.1.2 CompressiveStrength
    Thedesign ablecompresssivestrength, Pn c ,foraaxiallyloadedencased
    ncompressiveestrength,cPn,andallowa
    compositeecolumnsshallbedetermin
    nedforthelim
    mitstateoffllexuralbucklin
    ngbasedonccolumnslendeernessas
    follows:

    c=0.75(LR
    RFD) c=2.00(A
    ASD)

    (a) When Pe 0.44 Po


    Po 13
    3.2.2
    Pn = Po 0.658 e
    P

    (b) When Pe < 0.44 Po

    Pn = 0.87
    77 Pe 13
    3.2.3

    Where

    Po = As Fy + Asr Fyr + 0.85 Ac f c 13


    3.2.4

    2 ( EI
    E eff ) 13
    3.2.5
    Pe =
    (KL)2

    andwheree
    As=areaaofthesteelssection,mm2
    Ac=areaaofconcrete,,mm2
    usreinforcingbars,mm2
    Asr=areaaofcontinuou
    Ec=mod
    dulusofelasticityofconcre
    ete 0.043 wc
    1.5
    f c MPa
    Es=mod dulusofelasticityofsteel=210MPa
    f
    =speecifiedcompreessivestrengthofconcrete,,MPa
    Fy=speccifiedminimum
    myieldstressofsteelsectio
    on,MPa
    Fyr=speccifiedminimumyieldstresssofreinforcinggbars,MPa
    Ic=mom mm4
    mentofinertiaaoftheconcrretesection,m
    Is=mom pe,mm4
    mentofinertiaofsteelshap
    Isr=mom ngbars,mm4
    mentofinertiaofreinforcin
    K=theeffectivelenggthfactordeteerminedinacccordancewith
    hChapter10P
    Part6
    L=laterallyunbraced
    dlengthoftheemember,mm
    m
    wc2500kg/m3
    wc=weigghtofconcretteperunitvollume1500w
    Where
    EIeff=effecctivestiffnessofcompositeesection,Nmm2
    EIeff=EsIs+0.5EsIsr+C1EcIc 133.2.6

    Where

    As 13
    3.2.7
    C1 = 0.1 + 2 0.3
    Ac + As
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    13.2
    2.1.3 Tensile
    eStrength
    edesigntensillestrength, tPn,andallowabletensile strength,Pn//t,forencassedcompositeecolumnsshaall
    The
    bed
    determinedfo
    orthelimitstaateofyieldinggas
    Pn = As Fy + Asr Fyry 13.2.8

    0.90(LRFD) 1.67(ASD)

    13.2
    2.1.4 ShearSStrength
    Theeavailablesheearstrengthsshallbecalculaatedbasedon
    neitherthesh
    hearstrength ofthesteelssectionalone as
    spe
    ecifiedinSection10.7plusttheshearstreengthprovideddbytiereinfo
    orcement,ifpresent,ortheeshearstrengtth
    oftthereinforced
    dconcreteporrtionalone.

    13.2
    2.1.5 LoadT
    Transfer
    Loaadsappliedtoaxiallyloaded
    dencasedcom
    mpositecolum
    mnsshallbetransferredbettweenthesteeelandconcrete
    inaaccordancewiththefollowingrequiremeents:
    a) Wheentheexternaalforceisapplieddirectlyto onnectorsshalllbeprovided
    othesteelsecction,shearco
    totrransferthereq
    quiredshearfforce,V,asffollows:

    AF 13.2.9
    V = V 1 s y
    Po

    Wh
    here
    V==requiredshe
    earforceintro
    oducedtocolu
    umn,N
    n,mm2
    As=areaofsteelcrosssection
    Po=nominalaxia
    = alcompressiveestrengthwith
    houtconsiderrationoflengttheffects,N
    Whhentheexternnalforceisap
    pplieddirectlytotheconcreeteencaseme
    ent,shearcon
    nnectorsshall beprovidedtto
    tran
    nsfertherequ
    uiredshearforrce, ,asfo
    ollows:

    AF 13.2.10
    V =V s y
    Po

    b) Wheenloadisappliedtothecon ncreteofanencasedcompo ositecolumnbydirectbearringthedesign
    n
    bearringstrength,BPp,andtheallowablebeearingstrengtth,Pp/B,oftheconcreteshallbe:
    Pp=1.7fAB 13.2.11
    c
    Where
    B=0.65(LRFD) B=2.31(ASD)

    where
    m2
    AB=loadedareaoffconcrete,mm

    13.2
    2.1.6 DetailingRequireme
    ents

    13.2
    2.1.6.1 LonggitudinalBars
    The
    e concrete en
    ncasement sh hall be reinforced with lonngitudinal bars and lateraal ties extending completeely
    aroundthestructuralsteelcorre.Theclearccovershallnottbelessthan40mm.
    elongitudinalbarsshall
    The
    a) Beccontinuousatfframedlevelswhenconsideeredtocarrylload;
    b) Have eanareanotlessthan0.01
    1timesthetottalgrosscrossssectionalareea;
    c) Beloocatedateach
    hcorner;and
    d) Spaccedonallside
    esnotfurtherapartthan5225t/fytimeson nehalftheleaastdimensionofthe
    com
    mpositesection n.
    SteelConcreeteCompositeSStructuralMemb
    bers C
    Chapter13

    13.2.1.6.2 Lateraltiess
    Thelateraltiesshall
    a)) Be15Mbars,exceptthat10Mbarsmaybeusedwh hennosidediimensionofth
    hecompositesection
    exceeds50
    00mm;and
    b)) Haveavertticalspacingn
    notexceedingtheleastofth
    hefollowing:

    i) Twothirdso
    oftheleastsid
    dedimensiono
    ofthecrossseection;
    ii) 16longitudin
    nalbardiametters;or
    iii) 500mm.
    Wherereqquired,shear connectorstrransferringtheerequiredshe
    earforceshalllbedistributeedalongthellengthof
    themembberatleastad
    distanceof2.5
    5timesthewidthofarectaangularHSSor2.5timesthediameteroffaround
    HSSbothaaboveandbellowtheloadttransferregion
    n.Themaximu umconnectorrspacingshallbe405mm.

    13.2.1.6.3 ShearConn
    nectors
    Shearconnectorsshall beprovidedttotransfertheerequiredsheearforceSecttionspecified in13.2.2.5.TTheshear
    connectorrsshallbedisttributedalonggthelengthoffthememberratleastadisstanceof2.5ttimesthedepthofthe
    encasedcompositecolu umnabovean ndbelowthelloadtransferregion.Them maximumconn nectorspacinggshallbe
    405 mm. Connectors tot transfer axxial load shall be placed on at least two
    t faces of the steel shaape in a
    configurattionsymmetricalaboutthesteelshapeaxes.

    13.2.1.6.4 Columnsw
    withMultipleB
    BuiltupShapees
    mposite crosss section is built
    If the com b up from
    m two or mo ore encased ssteel shapes, the shapes shall be
    interconneected with la
    acing, tie platees, batten pla
    ates or similar components to prevent buckling of in
    ndividual
    shapesduetoloadsapp pliedpriortohhardeningofttheconcrete.

    13.2.1.7 StrengthofSttudShearCon
    nnectors
    Thenomin earconnectorembeddedin
    nalstrengthoffonestudshe nsolidconcretteis:

    Qn = 0.5 Ascc f cEc Ascc Fu 13


    3.2.12

    where
    hearconnector,mm2
    osssectionalareaofstudsh
    =cro
    =speecifiedminimu
    umtensilestreengthofastudshearconneector,MPa

    13.2.2 ConcreteFillledHollow
    wStructura
    alSection

    13.2.2.1 Scope
    Section 13
    3.2.2 applies to compositee members co
    onsisting of stteel hollow sttructural secttions completely filled
    withconcrrete,provideddthat
    a)) ThecrossssectionalareaofthesteelH
    HSSshallcomp priseatleast11percentofth
    hetotalcomposite
    crosssectio
    on.
    b)) Thewidthtothicknessrratioofthewaallsofrectangularhollowsttructuralsectioonsdoesnoteexceed
    1350 F y
    c)) Theoutsideediametertoothicknessrattionofcircularrhollowstructuralsectionsdoesnotexceeed
    28000/Fy
    d)) Theconcreetestrengthisbetween20aand80MPafo oraxiallyloadedcolumnsan ndbetween220and40
    MPaforco
    olumnssubjecttedtoaxialcoompressionan ndbending.

    13.2.2.2 CompressiveStrength
    n compressivee strength, c Pn and allowable compreessive strengtth, Pn /c , fo
    The design or axially load
    ded filled
    compositeecolumnsshaallbedetermiinedforthelimitstateoffflexuralbuckllingbasedon Section13.2.1.2with
    thefollow
    wingmodifications:
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    Po = As Fy + Asr Fyr + C2 Ac f c 13.2.13



    C2=0.85forrectangularsectionsand0.95forcircularsections
    EI eff = Es I s + Es I sr + C3 Ec I c 13.2.14

    As 13.2.15
    C3 = 0.6 + 2 0.9
    Ac + As

    13.2.2.3 TensileStrength
    Thedesigntensilestrength, tPn,andallowabletensilestrength,Pn/t ,forfilledcompositecolumnsshallbe
    determinedforthelimitstateofyieldingas:
    Pn = As Fy + Asr Fyr 13.2.16


    t=0.90(LRFD) t=1.67(ASD)

    13.2.2.4 ShearStrength
    Theavailableshearstrengthshallbecalculatedbasedoneithertheshearstrengthofthesteelsectionaloneas
    specified in Chapter 10 or the shear strength of the reinforced concrete portion alone. The shear strength of
    reinforcedconcreteportionmaybedeterminedaccordingtoChapter6ofPart6.

    13.2.2.5 LoadTransfer
    Loads applied to filled composite columns shall be transferred between the steel and concrete. When the
    external force is applied either to the steel section or to the concrete infill, transfer of force from the steel
    section to the concrete core is required from direct bond interaction, shear connection or direct bearing. The
    forcetransfermechanismprovidingthelargestnominalstrengthmaybeused.Theseforcetransfermechanisms
    shallnotbesuperimposed.
    When load is applied to the concrete of an encased or filled composite column by direct bearing the design
    bearingstrength,BPp,andtheallowablebearingstrength,Pp/B,oftheconcreteshallbe:
    Pp = 1.7 f cAE 13.2.17

    B=0.65(LRFD) B=2.31(ASD)
    where
    ABistheloadedarea,mm2

    13.2.2.6 DetailingRequirements
    Whererequired,shearconnectorstransferringtherequiredshearforceshallbedistributedalongthelengthof
    thememberatleastadistanceof2.5timesthewidthofarectangularHSSor2.5timesthediameterofaround
    HSSbothaboveandbelowtheloadtransferregion.Themaximumconnectorspacingshallbe405mm.

    13.3 DesignofCompositeFlexuralMembers
    This section applies to composite beams consisting of steel sections interconnected with either a reinforced
    concreteslaborasteeldeckwithaconcretecoverslab.Thesteelbeamsandthereinforcedconcreteslabareso
    interconnected that the beamsand the slabacttogetherto resist bending.Simple and continuouscomposite
    beamswithshearconnectorsandconcreteencasedbeams,constructedwithorwithouttemporaryshores,are
    included.Designphilosophyforcompositecolumnssubjectedtobendingmomentsisalsostated.

    6720 Vol.2
    SteelConcreteCompositeStructuralMembers Chapter13

    13.3.1 General

    13.3.1.1 Deflections
    Calculation of deflections shall take into account the effects of creep of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, and
    increased flexibility resulting from partial shear connection and from interfacial slip. These effects shall be
    established by test or analysis, where practicable. Consideration shall also be given to the effects of full or
    partialcontinuityinthesteelbeamsandconcreteslabsinreducingcalculateddeflections.
    Inlieuoftestsoranalysis,theeffectsofpartialshearconnectionandinterfacialslip,creep,andshrinkagemay
    beassessedasfollows:
    a) Forincreasedflexibilityresultingfrompartialshearconnectionandinterfacialslip,thedeflections
    shallbecalculatedusinganeffectivemomentofinertiagivenby
    0.25 ( I I ) 13.3.1
    le = l s + 0.85 p t s

    Where
    Is =moment of inertia of a steel beam, or of a steel joist or truss adjusted to include the effect of
    sheardeformations,whichmaybetakenintoaccountbydecreasingthemomentofinertiabasedon
    thecrosssectionalareasofthetopandbottomchordsby15%orbyamoredetailedanalysis
    P=fractionoffullshearconnection
    =1.00forfullshearconnection
    It=transformedmomentofinertiaofcompositebeambasedonthemodularrationn=E/Ec
    b) Forcreep,elasticdeflectionscausedbydeadloadsandlongtermliveloads,ascalculatedinItem
    (a),needtobeincreasedby15%and
    c) Forshrinkageofconcrete,usingaselectedfreeshrinkagestrain,straincompatibilitybetweenthe
    steelandconcrete,andanageadjustedeffectivemodulusofelasticityofconcreteasitshrinksand
    creeps,thedeflectionofasimplysupportedcompositebeam,joist,ortrussshallbecalculatedas
    follows:

    L2 L2 f Ac y 13.3.2
    s = = c
    8 8 nsles

    Where
    L=spanofthebeam,joist,ortruss
    =curvaturealonglengthofthebeam,joist,ortrussduetoshrinkageofconcrete
    c=empiricalcoefficientusedtomatchtheorywithtestresults(accountingforcrackingofconcrete
    intension,thenonlinearstressstrainrelationshipofconcrete,andotherfactors)
    =freeshrinkagestrainofconcrete
    Ac=effectiveareaofconcreteslab
    Y = distance from centroid of effective of effective area of concrete slab to centroidal axis of the
    compositebeam,joist,ortruss
    ns=modularration,E/Ec
    where

    Ec ' = Ec (1 + ) 13.3.3

    =ageadjustedeffectivemodulusofelasticityofconcrete
    Where
    =agingcoefficientofconcrete
    =creepcoefficientofconcrete

    I es = I s + 0.85 p 0.25 (I ts I s ) 13.3.4

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6721
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    =effectiveemomentofin
    nertiaofcomp
    positebeam,truss,orjoistbaasedonthemo
    odularrations
    Where
    W
    Its=transforme edmomentofinertiabasedoonthemodularrations

    13.3
    3.1.2 Design
    nEffectiveWid
    dthofConcre
    ete
    Theeeffectivewid
    dthoftheconcreteslabistthesumoftheeeffectivewid
    dthsforeach sideofthebe
    eamcenterline,
    eacchofwhichshallnotexceed
    d:
    a) oneeighthofthebeamspan,ccentertocentterofsupports;
    b) onehalfthedistaancetothecen
    nterlineoftheeadjacentbeaam;or
    c) thed
    distancetotheedgeoftheslab.

    13.33.1.3 ShearSStrength
    Thee available sheear strength of
    o composite beams with shear
    s connecttors shall be determined based
    b upon thhe
    propertiesofthe steelsectionaaloneinaccord dancewithParrt6Chapter100Section10.77.Theavailableeshearstrengtth
    of concreteencas
    c sed and filled composite members
    m shall be determineed based upon n the properties of the steel
    secttionaloneinaaccordancewitthPart6Chap pter10Section
    n10.7orbaseedupontheprropertiesofth heconcretean nd
    longgitudinalsteelreinforcementt.

    13.3
    3.1.4 StrenggthduringCon
    nstruction
    Wh
    hentemporaryyshoresaren
    notuseddurin
    ngconstructio
    on,thesteelseectionalonesshallhaveadeequatestrengtth
    tossupportallloa
    adsappliedprriortothecon ncreteattainin
    ng75percentofitsspecifieedstrength .Theavailab
    ble
    flexxuralstrengthofthesteelseectionshallbe
    edetermined
    c accordingtoPart6Chapter10Section110.6.

    13.3.2 Streng
    gthofComp
    positeBeam
    mswithShe
    earConnecctors

    13.3
    3.2.1 PositivveFlexuralStrrength
    The
    e design posittive flexural strength,
    s b Mn and the allowable
    a possitive flexural strength, Mn /b , shall b
    be
    determinedforthelimitstateofyieldingasfollows:
    b=0.90(LRFD)b==1.67(ASD)
    a) For h 3.76 E
    tw Fy

    Mnshallbedetermminedfromtheplasticstressd distributionon
    nthecompositte
    sectio
    onforthelimittstateofyieldiing(plasticmo
    oment).

    b) For h > 3.76 E


    tw Fy

    Mnshhallbedeterm nofelasticstreesses,considerringtheeffecttsofshoring,for
    minedfromtheesuperposition
    thelimitstateofyieelding(yieldm
    moment).

    3.2.2 NegatiiveFlexuralSttrength
    13.3
    The
    e design nega
    ative flexural strength,
    s b Mn , and the allowable neggative flexuraal strength, Mn /b , shall be
    b
    determinedforthesteelsectio onalone,inacccordancewitththerequirementsofPart6Chapter10Section10.6.
    Alteernatively,theeavailableneggativeflexuralstrengthshaallbedeterminedfromthe plasticstressdistributiono
    on
    thecompositeseection,forthelimitstateofyielding(plasticmoment),with

    b=0
    0.90(LRFD)b=1.67(ASD)
    providedthat:
    a) ThesteelbeamiscompactandisadequatelyybracedaccorrdingtoSectio on10.6.
    b) Sheaarconnectorsconnectthesslabtothesteelbeamintheenegativemo omentregion.
    c) Theslabreinforceementparalleltothesteelb
    beam,withinttheeffectivew
    widthofthesllab,isproperlyy
    deveeloped.
    SteelConcreteCompositeStructuralMembers Chapter13

    13.3.2.3 StrengthofCompositeBeamswithFormedSteelDeck
    (1)General
    The available flexural strength of composite construction consisting of concrete slabs on formed steel deck
    connectedtosteelbeamsshallbedeterminedbytheapplicableportionsofSection13.3.2.1and13.3.2.2,with
    thefollowingrequirements:
    a) Thissectionisapplicabletodeckswithnominalribheightnotgreaterthan75mm.Theaverage
    widthofconcreteriborhaunch,wr,shallbenotlessthan50mm,butshallnotbetakenin
    calculationsasmorethantheminimumclearwidthnearthetopofthesteeldeck.
    b) Theconcreteslabshallbeconnectedtothesteelbeamwithweldedstudshearconnectors19mm
    orlessindiameter(AWSD1.1).Studsshallbeweldedeitherthroughthedeckordirectlytothe
    steelcrosssection.Studshearconnectors,afterinstallation,shallextendnotlessthan38mm
    abovethetopofthesteeldeckandthereshallbeatleast13mmofconcretecoverabovethetop
    oftheinstalledstuds.
    c) Theslabthicknessabovethesteeldeckshallbenotlessthan50mm.
    d) Steeldeckshallbeanchoredtoallsupportingmembersataspacingnottoexceed460mm.Such
    anchorageshallbeprovidedbystudconnectors,acombinationofstudconnectorsandarcspot
    (puddle)welds,orotherdevicesspecifiedbythedesigner.

    (2)DeckRibsOrientedPerpendiculartoSteelBeam
    Concretebelowthetopofthesteeldeckshallbeneglectedindeterminingcompositesectionpropertiesandin
    calculatingAcfordeckribsorientedperpendiculartothesteelbeams.

    (3)DeckRibsOrientedParalleltoSteelBeam
    Concretebelowthetopofthesteeldeckmaybeincludedindeterminingcompositesectionpropertiesandshall
    beincludedincalculatingAc.
    Formed steel deck ribs over supporting beams may be split longitudinally and separated to form a concrete
    haunch.
    Whenthenominaldepthofsteeldeckis38mmorgreater,theaveragewidth,wr ,ofthesupportedhaunchor
    rib shall be not less than 50 mm for the first stud in the transverse row plus four stud diameters for each
    additionalstud.

    13.3.2.4 ShearConnectors

    (1)LoadTransferforPositiveMoment
    Theentirehorizontalshearattheinterfacebetweenthesteelbeamandtheconcreteslabshallbeassumedto
    be transferred by shear connectors, except for concreteencased beams as defined in Section 10.9.3.3. For
    compositeactionwithconcretesubjecttoflexuralcompression,thetotalhorizontalshearforce,V,between
    the point of maximum positive moment and the point of zero moment shall be taken as the lowest value
    accordingtothelimitstatesofconcretecrushing,tensileyieldingofthesteelsection,orstrengthoftheshear
    connectors:
    Concretecrushing
    V = 0.85 f cAc 13.3.5a

    Tensileyieldingofthesteelsection
    V = Fy As 13.3.5b

    Strengthofshearconnectors

    V = Qn 13.3.5c

    where
    Ac=areaofconcreteslabwithineffectivewidth,mm2

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6723
    Partt6
    Stru
    ucturalDesign

    As=areaofsteeelcrosssectiion,mm2
    Qn =sumofnoominalstrenggthsofshearcconnectorsbeetweenthepoointofmaximuumpositivem
    momentandth
    he
    pointofzeromoment,N

    (2)LoadTransferrforNegativeMoment
    In continuous composite
    c beaams where longitudinal rreinforcing steel in the negative mom ment regions is
    connsidered to acct compositely with the steel beam, th he total horizzontal shear fforce betweeen the point of
    maxximumnegatiivemomentaandthepoint ofzeromom mentshallbettakenasthelowervalueaccordingtoth he
    limiitstatesofyieeldingofthestteelreinforcementinthesllab,orstrengtthoftheshearconnectors:
    a) Tenssileyieldingofftheslabreinforcement
    V = Ar Fyr 13.3.6a

    wheere
    Ar = area of adequately
    a de
    eveloped longgitudinal reinfforcing steel within
    w the effe o the concrete
    fective width of
    b,mm2
    slab
    Fyrr =specifiedminimumyielldstressofthe
    ereinforcingssteel,MPa
    b) Strengthofshearconnectors
    V = Qn 13.3.6b

    (3)StrengthofSttudShearCon
    nnectors
    The
    enominalstreengthofonesttudshearconnectorembed
    ddedinsolidcconcreteorinacompositesslabis

    Qn = 0.5 Asc f c Ec R g R p Asc Fu 13.3.7



    wheere
    nnector,mm2
    =crosssecttionalareaofsstudshearcon
    =moduluso
    ofelasticityoffconcrete= 0.043
    0 wc 1.5
    f c ,MPa
    =specifiedm
    minimumtenssilestrengtho
    ofastudshearrconnector
    =1.0;(a)fo
    oronestudwweldedinasteeeldeckribwiththedeckoorientedperpendiculartotthesteelshappe;
    (b)foranynumb berofstudsw
    weldedinarowwdirectlytothesteelshape;(c)forany numberofstuudsweldedin
    na
    row
    wthroughsteeeldeckwithth hedeckorientedparalleltoothesteelshaapeandtheratiooftheavverageribwidtth
    torribdepth1.5 5
    =0.85;(a)fo
    ortwostudswweldedinastteeldeckribw
    withthedeckoorientedperp pendiculartotthesteelshap
    pe;
    (b)foronestudw weldedthrougghsteeldeckw withthedeckorientedparaalleltothesteeelshapeandtheratioofth
    he
    ave erageribwidth htoribdepth<1.5
    =0.7forthrreeormoresstudswelded inasteeldecckribwiththeedeckorienteedperpendicu
    ulartothesteeel
    shape
    =1.0forsstudswelded directlytothesteelshape(inotherwoords,notthrouughsteeldeckorsheet)an nd
    havvingahaunchdetailwithnootmorethan5 50percentofthetopflangeecoveredbyd
    deckorsheetsteelclosuress
    =0.75;(a)foorstudsweldedinacompo hthedeckorieentedperpendiculartothebeamandemid
    ositeslabwith m
    ht 50mm;(b)f
    forstudsweld
    dedthroughstteeldeck,orssteelsheetussedasgirderffillermaterial andembeddeed
    inaacompositeslaabwiththede eckorientedp
    paralleltothebeam
    =0.6forstudsweldedinacompositteslabwithdeckorientedp
    perpendicularrtothebeamandemidht<5
    50
    mm m
    emiddht=distanceefromtheed
    dgeofstudsh hanktothesteeldeckweb,measuredattmidheightoofthedeckrib,
    and
    dintheloadb bearingdirectiionofthestud(inotherwo
    ords,inthediirectionofmaaximummome
    entforasimp
    ply
    sup
    pportedbeam),mm
    wc=weightofconcreteperunitvolume(1500wc2500kg/m3)
    SteelConcreeteCompositeSStructuralMemb
    bers C
    Chapter13

    (4)StrengtthofChannelShearConnecctors
    nalstrengthoffonechannelshearconnecctorembedde
    Thenomin edinasolidco
    oncreteslabis

    Q n = 0.3(t f + 0.5t w ) Lc f c Ec 113.3.8



    where
    =flan
    ngethicknesso
    ofchannelsheearconnectorr,mm
    =web
    bthicknessoffchannelsheaarconnector,m
    mm
    =lenggthofchannelshearconnector,mm
    Thestrenggthofthechannelshearconnectorshallbedeveloped dbyweldingth
    hechanneltothebeamflangefora
    forceequaalto ,conssideringeccen
    ntricityontheeconnector.

    (5)RequiredNumberoffShearConneectors
    The numbber of shear connectors reequired betw
    ween the secttion of maxim
    mum bending moment, po ositive or
    negative,aandtheadjacentsectionoffzeromomen ntshallbeequ
    ualtothehoriizontalshearfforceasdeterminedin
    Sections1
    10.9.3.2d(1)and10.9.3.2d(2)dividedby thenominal strengthofo oneshearcon nnectorasdettermined
    fromSectiion10.9.3.2d((3)orSection10.9.3.2d(4).

    (6)ShearC
    ConnectorPlaacementandSSpacing
    Shearconnectorsrequiiredoneachssideofthepo ointofmaximumbendingm moment,posiitiveornegative,shall
    buted uniform
    be distrib mly between that point and the adjaccent points of zero mome ent, unless otherwise
    specified. However, thee number of shear connecctors placed between
    b any concentrated
    c load and thee nearest
    pointofzeromoment shallbesufficcienttodevellopthemaxim mummomenttrequiredatttheconcentra atedload
    point.
    Shearconnectorsshall haveatleast 25mmoflateeralconcrete cover,excepttforconnecto orsinstalledin
    ntheribs
    offormed dsteeldecks.TThediameter ofstudsshalllnotbegreatterthan2.5ttimesthethicknessofthefflangeto
    whichtheyarewelded,,unlesslocateedovertheweb.Theminim mumcenterto ocenterspaciingofstudconnectors
    shall be six
    s diameters along the lo ongitudinal axis of the su
    upporting com
    mposite beam m and four diameters
    transverse etothelongitudinalaxisofthesupportin
    ngcompositebeam,exceptthatwithinth heribsofform
    medsteel
    decksorieentedperpend diculartothe steelbeamtheminimum centertocen nterspacingsh hallbefourdiameters
    inany dire
    ection. The maximum
    m centtertocenter spacing of shear connectors shallnot exceed eighttimes the
    totalslabtthicknessnor900mm.

    13.3.3 SlabReinforrcement

    13.3.3.1 General
    Slabs shall be adequattely reinforce
    ed to support all loads annd to control both crackiing transversee to the
    compositeebeamspanaandlongitudin nalcrackingovverthesteelssection.Reinfo
    orcementshalllnotbelesstthanthat
    requiredb
    bythespecifieedfireresistan
    ncedesignofttheassembly..

    13.3.3.2 Parallelreinfo
    orcement
    Reinforcem mentparalleltothespano ofthebeamin nregionsofne egativebendingmomentofthecompositebeam
    shallbeannchoredbyem mbedmentin concretethatisincompreession.Thereinforcemento ofslabsthataaretobe
    continuouus over the en ns or joists fittted with flexible end connections shall be given
    nd support off steel section
    specialatttention.Reinforcementatttheendsofbeeamssupporttingribbedslaabsperpendiculartothebeeamshall
    benotlesssthantwo15Mbarsorequ uivalent.

    13.3.3.3 Transversere
    einforcementconcreteslab
    bonmetaldeck
    Unlessitissknownfrom mexperiencethatlongitudin nalcrackingcaausedbycompositeactiondirectlyoverthesteel
    section is unlikely, additional transsverse reinforrcement or other
    o effectivve means shaall be provideed. Such
    additionalreinforcemen ntshallbeplaacedinthelo
    owerpartoftheslabandaanchoredsoastodevelopttheyield
    strengthoofthereinforccement.Theaareaofsuchrreinforcementtshallbenot lessthan0.00 02timesthe concrete
    areabeinggreinforcedandshallbeun niformlydistribbuted.
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    13.3.3.4 TransversereinforcementRibbedslabs
    a) Wheretheribsareparalleltothebeamspan,theareaoftransversereinforcementshallbenot
    lessthan0.002timestheconcretecoverslabareabeingreinforcedandshallbeuniformly
    distributed.
    b) Wheretheribsareperpendiculartothebeamspan,theareaoftransversereinforcementshallbe
    notlessthan0.001timestheconcretecoverslabareabeingreinforcedandshallbeuniformly
    distributed.

    13.3.4 FlexuralStrengthofConcreteEncasedandFilledMembers
    The nominal flexural strength of concreteencased and filled members shall be determined using one of the
    followingmethods:
    a) Thesuperpositionofelasticstressesonthecompositesection,consideringtheeffectsofshoring,
    forthelimitstateofyielding(yieldmoment),where

    b=0.90(LRFD) b=1.67(ASD)
    b) Theplasticstressdistributiononthesteelsectionalone,forthelimitstateofyielding(plastic
    moment),where

    b=0.90(LRFD) b=1.67(ASD)
    c) IfshearconnectorsareprovidedandtheconcretemeetstherequirementsofSection10.9.1.2,the
    nominalflexuralstrengthshallbecomputedbasedupontheplasticstressdistributiononthe
    compositesectionorfromthestraincompatibilitymethod,where

    b=0.85(LRFD) b=1.76(ASD)

    13.3.5 CombinedAxialForceandFlexure
    Theinteractionbetweenaxialforcesandflexureincompositemembersshallaccountforstabilityasrequiredby
    ChapterC.Thedesigncompressivestrength, cPn,andallowablecompressivestrength,Pn/c andthedesign
    flexuralstrength,bMnandallowableflexuralstrength,Mn/b,aredeterminedasfollows:
    c=0.75(LRFD)c=2.00(ASD)
    b=0.90(LRFD)b=1.67(ASD)

    (1)Thenominalstrengthofthecrosssectionofacompositemembersubjectedtocombinedaxialcompression
    and flexure shall be determined using either the plastic stress distribution method or the straincompatibility
    method.

    (2)Toaccountfortheinfluenceoflengtheffectsontheaxialstrengthofthemember,thenominalaxialstrength
    ofthemembershallbedeterminedbySection10.9withPotakenasthenominalaxialstrengthofthecross
    sectiondeterminedinSection10.9.4(13)above.

    13.3.6 SpecialCases
    When composite construction does not conform to the requirements of Section 13.2 and Section 13.3, the
    strengthofshearconnectorsanddetailsofconstructionshallbeestablishedbytesting.

    13.4 CompositeConnections
    ThisSectionisapplicabletoconnectionsinbuildingsthatutilizecompositeordualsteelandconcretesystems.
    Composite connections shall be demonstrated to have Design Strength, ductility and toughness that is
    comparable to that exhibited by similar structural steel or reinforced concrete connections that meet the
    requirementsinPart6Chapter10andChapter5,respectively.Methodsforcalculatingtheconnectionstrength
    shallmeettherequirementsinthisSection.

    6726 Vol.2
    SteelConcreteCompositeStructuralMembers Chapter13

    13.4.1 General
    Connections shall have adequate deformation capacity to resist the critical Required Strengths at the Design
    Story Drift. Additionally, connections that are required for the lateral stability of the building under seismic
    forcesshallmeettherequirementsinSection13.5baseduponthespecificsysteminwhichtheconnectionis
    used.WhentheRequiredStrengthisbaseduponnominalmaterialstrengthsandnominalmemberdimensions,
    thedeterminationoftherequiredconnectionstrengthshallaccountforanyeffectsthatresultfromtheincrease
    intheactualNominalStrengthoftheconnectedmember.

    13.4.2 NominalStrengthofConnections
    The Nominal Strength of connections in composite Structural Systems shall be determined on the basis of
    rational models that satisfy both equilibrium of internal forces and the strength limitation of component
    materials and elements based upon potential limit states. Unless the connection strength is determined by
    analysisandtesting,themodelsusedforanalysisofconnectionsshallmeetthefollowingrequirements:
    (1)Whenrequired,forceshallbetransferredbetweenstructuralsteelandreinforcedconcretethroughdirect
    bearingofheadedshearstudsorsuitablealternativedevices,byothermechanicalmeans,byshearfrictionwith
    the necessary clamping force provided by reinforcement normal to the plane of shear transfer, or by a
    combination of these means. Any potential bond strength between structural steel and reinforced concrete
    shallbeignoredforthepurposeoftheconnectionforcetransfermechanism.
    (2) Thenominalbearingand shearfriction strengthsshallmeet the requirements in Part6 Chapter 6 and10,
    except that the strength reduction (resistance) factors shall be as given in Part 6 Chapter6. Unless a higher
    strengthissubstantiatedbycyclictesting,thenominalbearingandshearfrictionstrengthsshallbereducedby
    25percentforthecompositeseismicsystems.
    (3) The Design Strengths of structural steel components in composite connections, as determined in Section
    13.2andSection13.3andtheLRFDSpecification,shallequalorexceedtheRequiredStrengths.Structuralsteel
    elementsthatareencasedinconfinedreinforcedconcretearepermittedtobeconsideredtobebracedagainst
    out of plane buckling. Face Bearing Plates consisting of stiffeners between the flanges of steel beams are
    requiredwhenbeamsareembeddedinreinforcedconcretecolumnsorwalls.
    (4) The nominal shear strength of reinforcedconcreteencased steel Panel Zones in beamtocolumn
    connections shall be calculated as the sum of the Nominal Strengths of the structural steel and confined
    reinforcedconcreteshearelementsasdeterminedinPart6Chapter10andPart6Chapter5,respectively.The
    strengthreduction(resistance)factorsforreinforcedconcreteshallbeasgiveninPart6Chapter6.
    (5) Reinforcement shall be provided to resist all tensile forces in reinforced concrete components of the
    connections.Additionally,theconcreteshallbeconfinedwithtransversereinforcement.Allreinforcementshall
    befullydevelopedintensionorcompression,asappropriate,beyondthepointatwhichitisnolongerrequired
    toresisttheforces.DevelopmentlengthsshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithPart6Chapter6.Connections
    shallmeetthefollowingadditionalrequirements:
    (a)Whentheslabtransfershorizontaldiaphragmforces,theslabreinforcementshallbedesignedandanchored
    tocarrytheinplanetensileforcesatallcriticalsectionsintheslab,includingconnectionstocollectorbeams,
    columns,bracesandwalls.
    (b) For connections between structural steel or Composite Beams and reinforced concrete or Reinforced
    ConcreteEncased Composite Columns, transverse hoop reinforcement shall be provided in the connection
    regiontomeettherequirementsinChapter6ofPart6exceptforthefollowingmodifications:
    (i) Structural steel sections framing into the connections are considered to provide confinement over a width
    equaltothatoffacebearingstiffenerplatesweldedtothebeamsbetweentheflanges.
    (ii) Lap splices are permitted for perimeter ties when confinement of the splice is provided by Face Bearing
    Platesorothermeansthatpreventsspallingoftheconcretecover.
    (c) The longitudinal bar sizes and layout in reinforced concrete and Composite Columns shall be detailed to
    minimize slippage of the bars through the beamtocolumn connection due to high force transfer associated
    withthechangeincolumnmomentsovertheheightoftheconnection.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6727
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    13.5 SeismicProvisionsforCompositeStructuralSystems
    These Provisions are intended for the design and construction of composite structural steel and reinforced
    concrete members and connections in the Seismic Load Resisting Systems in buildings for which the design
    forces resulting from earthquake motions have been determined on the basis of various levels of energy
    dissipationintheinelasticrangeofresponse.

    13.5.1 Scope
    ProvisionsshallbeappliedinconjunctionwiththeAISCLoadandResistanceFactorDesign(LRFD)Specification
    forStructuralSteelBuildings,hereinafterreferredtoastheLRFDSpecification.Allmembersandconnectionsin
    theSeismicLoadResistingSystemshallhaveaDesignStrengthasrequiredintheLRFDSpecificationandshall
    meettherequirementsintheseProvisions.TheapplicablerequirementsinPart6Chapter10shallbeusedfor
    the design of structural steel components in composite systems. Reinforcedconcrete members subjected to
    seismicforcesshallmeettherequirementsinChapter5and10ofPart6exceptasmodifiedintheseprovisions.
    When the design is based upon elastic analysis, the stiffness properties of the component members of
    compositesystemsshallreflecttheirconditionattheonsetofsignificantyieldingofthebuilding.

    13.5.2 SeismicDesignCategories
    The Required Strength and other seismic provisions for Seismic Design Categories, Seismic Use Groups or
    SeismicZonesandthelimitationsonheightandirregularityshallbeasstipulatedinthePart6Chapter10.

    13.5.3 Loads,LoadCombinations,andNominalStrengths
    The loads and load combinations shall be as stipulated by the Applicable Building Code. Where Amplified
    SeismicLoadsarerequiredbytheseprovisions,thehorizontalearthquakeloadE(asdefinedinPart6Chapter
    10)shallbemultipliedbytheoverstrengthfactoroprescribedbythePart6Chapter10.

    13.5.4 Materials

    13.5.4.1 StructuralSteel
    StructuralsteelusedincompositeSeismicLoadResistingSystemsshallmeettherequirementsinSection10.20
    ofPart6inadditionSection13.1ofPart6.Thestructuralsteelsthatareexplicitlypermittedforuseinseismic
    design have been selected based upon their inelastic properties and weld ability. In general, they meet the
    following characteristics: (1) a ratio of yield stress to tensile stress not greater than 0.85; (2) a pronounced
    stressstrainplateauattheyieldstress;(3)alargeinelasticstraincapability(forexample,tensileelongationof
    20percentorgreaterina2in.(50mm)gagelength);and(4)goodweldability.Othersteelsshouldnotbeused
    withoutevidencethattheabovecriteriaaremet.

    13.5.4.2 ConcreteandSteelReinforcement
    Concrete and steel reinforcement used in composite Seismic Load Resisting Systems shall meet the
    requirementsinPart6Chapter5,andthefollowingrequirements:
    (1)Thespecifiedminimumcompressivestrengthofconcreteincompositemembersshallequalorexceed2.5
    ksi(17MPa).
    (2) For the purposes of determining the Nominal Strength of composite members, fc shall not be taken as
    greaterthan10ksi(69MPa)fornormalweightconcretenor4ksi(28MPa)forlightweightconcrete.
    Concrete and steel reinforcement used in the composite Seismic Load Resisting Systems described shall also
    meettherequirementsinPart6Chapter6.

    13.5.5 CompositeMembers

    13.5.5.1 CompositeFloorandRoofSlabs
    The design of composite floor and roof slabs shall meet the requirements of ASCE 391. Composite slab
    diaphragmsshallmeettherequirementsinthisSection.
    DetailsshallbedesignedtotransferforcesbetweenthediaphragmandBoundaryMembers,CollectorElements,
    andelementsofthehorizontalframingsystem.

    6728 Vol.2
    SteelConcreteCompositeStructuralMembers Chapter13

    Thenominalshearstrengthofcompositediaphragmsandconcretefilledsteeldeckdiaphragmsshallbetaken
    asthenominalshearstrengthofthereinforcedconcreteabovethetopofthesteeldeckribsinaccordancewith
    Part6Chapter5.Alternatively,thecompositediaphragmdesignshearstrengthshallbedeterminedbyinplane
    sheartestsofconcretefilleddiaphragms.

    13.5.5.2 CompositeBeams
    CompositeBeamsshallmeettherequirementsinSection13.3.CompositeBeamsthatarepartofCSMFshall
    alsomeetthefollowingrequirements:
    (1)Thedistancefromthemaximumconcretecompressionfibertotheplasticneutralaxisshallnotexceed:
    Ycon + db
    1700 Fy 13.5.1
    1 +

    Es
    where
    Ycon=distancefromthetopofthesteelbeamtothetopofconcrete,mm
    db=depthofthesteelbeam,mm
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstrengthofthesteelbeam,MPa
    Es=modulusofelasticityofthesteelbeam,MPa
    (2) Beam flanges shall meet the requirements in Part 6 Section 10.20.9.4.2, except when fully reinforced
    concreteencased compression elements have a reinforced concrete cover of at least 2 in. (50 mm) and
    confinement is provided by hoop reinforcement in regions where plastic hinges are expected to occur under
    seismicdeformations.HoopreinforcementshallmeettherequirementsinPart6Chapter6.

    13.5.5.3 ReinforcedConcreteEncasedCompositeColumns
    This Section is applicable to columns that: (1) consist of reinforcedconcrete encased structural steel sections
    withastructuralsteelareathatcomprisesatleast4percentofthetotalcompositecolumncrosssection;and
    (2) meet the additional limitations in Section 13.2.2.1. Such columns shall meet the requirements in Section
    13.2.2, except as modified in this Section. Additional requirements, as specified for intermediate and special
    seismicsystemsinSections13.5.5.3.2and13.5.5.3.3,shallapplyasrequired.
    Columns thatconsist of reinforcedconcreteencased structuralsteel sectionswith a structuralsteel area that
    comprises less than 4 percent of the total composite column crosssection shall meet the requirements for
    reinforcedconcretecolumnsinPart6Chapter5exceptasmodifiedfor:
    (1)ThesteelshapeshearconnectorsinSection13.5.4.3.1(2).
    (2)Thecontributionofthereinforcedconcreteencasedstructuralsteelsectiontothestrengthofthecolumnas
    providedinPart6Chapter6.
    (3)Theseismicrequirementsforreinforcedconcretecolumnsasspecifiedinthedescriptionofthecomposite
    seismicsystemsinSections13.5.5.3.1through13.5.5.3.3.

    13.5.5.3.1 OrdinarySeismicSystemRequirements
    The following requirements for ReinforcedConcreteEncased Composite Columns are applicable to all
    compositesystems:
    (1) The nominal shear strength of the column shall be determined as the nominal shear strength of the
    structural shape plus the nominal shear strength that is provided by the tie reinforcement in the reinforced
    concrete encasement. The nominal shear strength of the structural steel section shall be determined in
    accordance with Section 10.20 of Chapter 6. The nominal shear strength of the tie reinforcement shall be
    determinedinaccordancewithPart6Chapter5.InPart6Chapter5,thedimensionbwshallequalthewidthof
    theconcretecrosssectionminusthewidthofthestructuralshapemeasuredperpendiculartothedirectionof
    shear. The nominal shear strength shall be multiplied by v equal to 0.75 to determine the design shear
    strength.
    (2)CompositeColumnsthataredesignedtosharetheappliedloadsbetween the structuralsteelsectionand
    reinforcedconcreteshallhaveshearconnectorsthatmeetthefollowingrequirements:

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6729
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    (a) If an external member is framed directly to the structural steel section to transfer a vertical reaction Vu,
    shearconnectorsshallbeprovidedtotransfertheforceVu(1AsFy/Pn)betweenthestructuralsteelsection
    and the reinforced concrete, where As is the area of the structural steel section, Fy is the specified minimum
    yield strength of the structural steel section, and Pn is the nominal compressive strength of the Composite
    Column.
    (b)IfanexternalmemberisframeddirectlytothereinforcedconcretetotransferaverticalreactionVu,shear
    connectors shall be provided to transfer the force Vu As Fy /Pn between the structural steel section and the
    reinforcedconcrete,whereAs,FyandPnareasdefinedabove.
    (c)Themaximumspacingofshearconnectorsshallbe16in.(406mm)withattachmentalongtheoutsideflange
    facesoftheembeddedshape.
    (3)Themaximumspacingoftransversetiesshallbetheleastofthefollowing:
    (a)onehalftheleastdimensionofthesection
    (b)16longitudinalbardiameters
    (c)48tiediameters
    Transversetiesshallbelocatedverticallywithinonehalfthetiespacingabovethetopofthefootingorlowest
    beam or slab in any story and shall be spaced as provided herein within onehalf the tie spacing below the
    lowestbeamorslabframingintothecolumn.
    Transverse bars shall have a diameter that is not less than onefiftieth of greatest side dimension of the
    compositemember,exceptthattiesshallnotbesmallerthanNo.3barsandneednotbelargerthanNo.5bars.
    Alternatively, welded wire fabric of equivalent area is permitted as transverse reinforcement except when
    prohibitedforintermediateandspecialsystems.
    (4)AllLoadCarryingReinforcementshallmeetthedetailingandsplicerequirementsinPart6Chapter5.Load
    CarryingReinforcementshallbeprovidedateverycornerofarectangularcrosssection.Themaximumspacing
    ofotherloadcarryingorrestraininglongitudinalreinforcementshallbeonehalfoftheleastsidedimensionof
    thecompositemember.
    (5) Splices and end bearing details for reinforcedconcreteencased structural steel sections shall meet the
    requirementsinChapter5ofPart6.Ifadversebehavioraleffectsduetotheabruptchangeinmemberstiffness
    and nominal tensile strength occur when reinforcedconcrete encasement of a structural steel section is
    terminated, either at a transition to a pure reinforced concrete column or at the Column Base, they shall be
    consideredinthedesign.

    13.5.5.3.2 IntermediateSeismicSystemRequirements
    ReinforcedConcreteEncased Composite Columns in intermediate seismic systems shall meet the following
    requirementsinadditiontothoseinSection13.5.5.3.1:
    (1)Themaximumspacingoftransversebarsatthetopandbottomshallbetheleastofthefollowing:
    a) onehalftheleastdimensionofthesection
    b) 8longitudinalbardiameters
    c) 24tiebardiameters
    d) 12in.(305mm)
    These spacings shall be maintained over a vertical distance equal to the greatest of the following lengths,
    measuredfromeachjointfaceandonbothsidesofanysectionwhereflexuralyieldingisexpectedtooccur:
    a) onesixththeverticalclearheightofthecolumn
    b) themaximumcrosssectionaldimension
    c) 18in.(457mm)
    (2)Tiespacingovertheremainingcolumnlengthshallnotexceedtwicethespacingdefinedabove.
    (3)Weldedwirefabricisnotpermittedastransversereinforcementinintermediateseismicsystems.

    13.5.5.3.3 SpecialSeismicSystemRequirements
    Reinforcedconcreteencased columns for special seismic systems shall meet the following requirements in
    additiontothoseinSections13.5.4.3.2andSections13.5.4.4.3:
    (1) The required axial strength for ReinforcedConcreteEncased Composite Columns and splice details shall
    meettherequirementsinSection13.2.

    6730 Vol.2
    SteelConcreteCompositeStructuralMembers Chapter13

    (2)LongitudinalLoadCarryingReinforcementshallmeettherequirementsinPart6Chapter6.
    (3) Transverse reinforcement shall be hoop reinforcement as defined in Part 6 Chapter 6 and shall meet the
    followingrequirements:
    a) TheminimumareaoftiereinforcementAshshallmeetthefollowingrequirement:

    Fy As f c'
    Ash = 0.09hcc s1
    F 13.5.2
    Pn yh

    where
    hcc = crosssectional dimension of the confined core measured centertocenter of the tie reinforcement,
    mm
    s=spacingoftransversereinforcementmeasuredalongthelongitudinalaxisofthestructuralmember,mm
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstrengthofthestructuralsteelcore,MPa
    As=crosssectionalareaofthestructuralcore,mm2
    Pn=nominalaxialcompressivestrengthoftheCompositeColumncalculatedinaccordancewiththeLRFD
    Specification,N
    fc=specifiedcompressivestrengthofconcrete,MPa
    Fyh=specifiedminimumyieldstrengthoftheties,MPa
    Equation13.5.2neednotbesatisfiediftheNominalStrengthofthereinforcedconcreteencasedstructural
    steelsectionaloneisgreaterthan1.0D+0.5L.
    b) Themaximumspacingoftransversereinforcementalongthelengthofthecolumnshallbethe
    lesserof6longitudinalloadcarryingbardiametersand152mm(6in.).
    c) WhenspecifiedinSections13.5.5.3.3(4),(5)or(6),themaximumspacingoftransverse
    reinforcementshallbethelesserofonefourththeleastmemberdimensionand102mm(4in.).
    Forthisreinforcement,crossties,legsofoverlappinghoops,andotherconfiningreinforcement
    shallbespacednotmorethan355mm(14in.)oncenterinthetransversedirection.
    (4)ReinforcedConcreteEncasedCompositeColumnsinBracedFrameswithaxialcompressionforcesthatare
    largerthan0.2timesPoshallhavetransversereinforcementasspecifiedinSection13.5.5.3.3(3),overthetotal
    element length. This requirement need not be satisfied if the Nominal Strength of the reinforcedconcrete
    encasedsteelsectionaloneisgreaterthan1.0D+0.5L.
    (5)CompositeColumnssupportingreactionsfromdiscontinuedstiffmembers,suchaswallsorBracedFrames,
    shallhavetransversereinforcementasspecifiedinSection13.5.5.3.3(3)(c)overthefulllengthbeneaththelevel
    atwhichthediscontinuityoccursiftheaxialcompressionforceexceeds0.1timesPo.Transversereinforcement
    shall extend into the discontinued member for at least the length required to develop full yielding in the
    reinforcedconcreteencasedstructuralsteelsectionandlongitudinalreinforcement.Thisrequirementneednot
    besatisfiediftheNominalStrengthofthereinforcedconcreteencasedstructuralsteelsectionaloneisgreater
    than1.0D+0.5L.
    (6) ReinforcedConcreteEncased Composite Columns that are used in CSMF shall meet the following
    requirements:
    a) Transversereinforcementshallmeettherequirementsin13.5.5.3.3(3)(c)atthetopandbottomof
    thecolumnovertheregionspecifiedinSection6.4b.
    b) Thestrongcolumn/weakbeamdesignrequirementsinshallbesatisfied.ColumnBasesshallbe
    detailedtosustaininelasticflexuralhinging.
    c) TheminimumrequiredshearstrengthofthecolumnshallmeettherequirementsinPart6Chapter
    5.
    (7)Whenthecolumnterminatesonafootingormatfoundation,thetransversereinforcementasspecifiedin
    thissectionshallextendintothefootingormatatleast305mm(12in.).Whenthecolumnterminatesonawall,
    thetransversereinforcementshallextendintothewallforatleastthelengthrequiredtodevelopfullyieldingin
    thereinforcedconcreteencasedstructuralsteelsectionandlongitudinalreinforcement.
    (8)Weldedwirefabricisnotpermittedastransversereinforcementforspecialseismicsystems.

    BangladeshNationalBuildingCode2012 6731
    Part6
    StructuralDesign

    13.5.5.4 ConcreteFilledCompositeColumns
    This Section is applicable to columns that: (1) consist of concretefilled steel rectangular or circular hollow
    structuralsections(HSS)withastructuralsteelareathatcomprisesatleast4percentof thetotalcomposite
    columncrosssection;and(2)meettheadditionallimitationsinSection13.2.Suchcolumnsshallbedesignedto
    meettherequirementsinSection13.2,exceptasmodifiedinthisSection.
    The design shear strength of the Composite Column shall be the design shear strength of thestructuralsteel
    sectionalone.
    Inthespecialseismicsystemsdescribedin,membersandcolumnsplicesforConcreteFilledCompositeColumns
    shallalsomeettherequirementsinPart6Section10.20.
    ConcreteFilledCompositeColumnsusedinCSMFshallmeetthefollowingadditionalrequirements:
    (1)TheminimumrequiredshearstrengthofthecolumnshallmeettherequirementsinPart6Chapter5.
    (2)Thestrongcolumn/weakbeamdesignrequirementsshallbemet.ColumnBasesshallbedesignedtosustain
    inelasticflexuralhinging.
    (3)TheminimumwallthicknessofconcretefilledrectangularHSSshallequal b F y / (2 Es ) fortheflatwidthb
    ofeachface,wherebisasdefinedinPart6Chapter10Table10.2.1.

    13.5.6 CompositeSteelPlateShearWalls(CSPW)

    13.5.6.1 Scope
    ThisSectionisapplicabletostructuralwallsconsistingofsteelplateswithreinforcedconcreteencasementon
    one or both sides of the plate and structural steel or composite Boundary Members. CSPW shall meet the
    requirementsofthissection.

    13.5.6.2 WallElements

    13.5.6.2.1 NominalShearStrength
    The nominal shear strength of CSPW with a stiffened plate conforming to Section 13.5.4.2.2 shall be
    determinedas:
    Vns = 0.6 Asp Fy 13.5.3

    where
    Vns=nominalshearstrengthofthesteelplate,N
    Asp=horizontalareaofstiffenedsteelplate,mm2
    Fy=specifiedminimumyieldstrengthoftheplate,MPa
    The nominal shear strength of CSPW with a plate that does not meet the stiffening requirements in Section
    13.5.4.2.2shallbebaseduponthestrengthoftheplate,excludingthestrengthofthereinforcedconcrete,and
    meettherequirementsinthePart6Chapter10,includingtheeffectsofbucklingoftheplate.

    13.5.6.2.2 DetailingRequirements
    Thesteelplateshallbeadequatelystiffenedbyencasementorattachmenttothereinforcedconcreteifitcan
    bedemonstratedwithanelasticplatebucklinganalysisthatthecompositewallcanresistanominalshearforce
    equal to Vns . The concrete thickness shall be a minimum of 102 mm (4 in.) on each side when concrete is
    providedonbothsidesofthesteelplateand200mm(8in.)whenconcreteisprovidedononesideofthesteel
    plate.Headedshearstudconnectorsorothermechanicalconnectorsshallbeprovidedtopreventlocalbuckling
    andseparationoftheplateandreinforcedconcrete.Horizontalandverticalreinforcementshallbeprovidedin
    the concrete encasement to meet the detailing requirements in Part 6 Chapter 5. The reinforcement ratio in
    bothdirectionsshallnotbelessthan0.0025;themaximumspacingbetweenbarsshallnotexceed455mm(18
    in.).
    ThesteelplateshallbecontinuouslyconnectedonalledgestostructuralsteelframingandBoundaryMembers
    withweldsand/orslipcriticalhighstrengthboltstodevelopthenominalshearstrengthoftheplate.TheDesign
    StrengthofweldedandboltedconnectorsshallmeettheadditionalrequirementsinPart6Chapter10.

    6732 Vol.2

    You might also like